Quotations.ch
  Directory : Of Human Bondage
GUIDE SUPPORT US BLOG
  • The Project Gutenberg EBook of Of Human Bondage, by W. Somerset Maugham
  • This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
  • almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
  • re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
  • with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.net
  • Title: Of Human Bondage
  • Author: W. Somerset Maugham
  • Release Date: May 6, 2008 [EBook #351]
  • [Original release date: October, 1995]
  • [Most recently updated: July 12, 2013]
  • Language: English
  • *** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OF HUMAN BONDAGE ***
  • OF HUMAN BONDAGE
  • BY
  • W. SOMERSET MAUGHAM
  • I
  • The day broke gray and dull. The clouds hung heavily, and there was a
  • rawness in the air that suggested snow. A woman servant came into a room
  • in which a child was sleeping and drew the curtains. She glanced
  • mechanically at the house opposite, a stucco house with a portico, and
  • went to the child's bed.
  • "Wake up, Philip," she said.
  • She pulled down the bed-clothes, took him in her arms, and carried him
  • downstairs. He was only half awake.
  • "Your mother wants you," she said.
  • She opened the door of a room on the floor below and took the child over
  • to a bed in which a woman was lying. It was his mother. She stretched out
  • her arms, and the child nestled by her side. He did not ask why he had
  • been awakened. The woman kissed his eyes, and with thin, small hands felt
  • the warm body through his white flannel nightgown. She pressed him closer
  • to herself.
  • "Are you sleepy, darling?" she said.
  • Her voice was so weak that it seemed to come already from a great
  • distance. The child did not answer, but smiled comfortably. He was very
  • happy in the large, warm bed, with those soft arms about him. He tried to
  • make himself smaller still as he cuddled up against his mother, and he
  • kissed her sleepily. In a moment he closed his eyes and was fast asleep.
  • The doctor came forwards and stood by the bed-side.
  • "Oh, don't take him away yet," she moaned.
  • The doctor, without answering, looked at her gravely. Knowing she would
  • not be allowed to keep the child much longer, the woman kissed him again;
  • and she passed her hand down his body till she came to his feet; she held
  • the right foot in her hand and felt the five small toes; and then slowly
  • passed her hand over the left one. She gave a sob.
  • "What's the matter?" said the doctor. "You're tired."
  • She shook her head, unable to speak, and the tears rolled down her cheeks.
  • The doctor bent down.
  • "Let me take him."
  • She was too weak to resist his wish, and she gave the child up. The doctor
  • handed him back to his nurse.
  • "You'd better put him back in his own bed."
  • "Very well, sir." The little boy, still sleeping, was taken away. His
  • mother sobbed now broken-heartedly.
  • "What will happen to him, poor child?"
  • The monthly nurse tried to quiet her, and presently, from exhaustion, the
  • crying ceased. The doctor walked to a table on the other side of the room,
  • upon which, under a towel, lay the body of a still-born child. He lifted
  • the towel and looked. He was hidden from the bed by a screen, but the
  • woman guessed what he was doing.
  • "Was it a girl or a boy?" she whispered to the nurse.
  • "Another boy."
  • The woman did not answer. In a moment the child's nurse came back. She
  • approached the bed.
  • "Master Philip never woke up," she said. There was a pause. Then the
  • doctor felt his patient's pulse once more.
  • "I don't think there's anything I can do just now," he said. "I'll call
  • again after breakfast."
  • "I'll show you out, sir," said the child's nurse.
  • They walked downstairs in silence. In the hall the doctor stopped.
  • "You've sent for Mrs. Carey's brother-in-law, haven't you?"
  • "Yes, sir."
  • "D'you know at what time he'll be here?"
  • "No, sir, I'm expecting a telegram."
  • "What about the little boy? I should think he'd be better out of the way."
  • "Miss Watkin said she'd take him, sir."
  • "Who's she?"
  • "She's his godmother, sir. D'you think Mrs. Carey will get over it, sir?"
  • The doctor shook his head.
  • II
  • It was a week later. Philip was sitting on the floor in the drawing-room
  • at Miss Watkin's house in Onslow gardens. He was an only child and used to
  • amusing himself. The room was filled with massive furniture, and on each
  • of the sofas were three big cushions. There was a cushion too in each
  • arm-chair. All these he had taken and, with the help of the gilt rout
  • chairs, light and easy to move, had made an elaborate cave in which he
  • could hide himself from the Red Indians who were lurking behind the
  • curtains. He put his ear to the floor and listened to the herd of
  • buffaloes that raced across the prairie. Presently, hearing the door open,
  • he held his breath so that he might not be discovered; but a violent hand
  • pulled away a chair and the cushions fell down.
  • "You naughty boy, Miss Watkin WILL be cross with you."
  • "Hulloa, Emma!" he said.
  • The nurse bent down and kissed him, then began to shake out the cushions,
  • and put them back in their places.
  • "Am I to come home?" he asked.
  • "Yes, I've come to fetch you."
  • "You've got a new dress on."
  • It was in eighteen-eighty-five, and she wore a bustle. Her gown was of
  • black velvet, with tight sleeves and sloping shoulders, and the skirt had
  • three large flounces. She wore a black bonnet with velvet strings. She
  • hesitated. The question she had expected did not come, and so she could
  • not give the answer she had prepared.
  • "Aren't you going to ask how your mamma is?" she said at length.
  • "Oh, I forgot. How is mamma?"
  • Now she was ready.
  • "Your mamma is quite well and happy."
  • "Oh, I am glad."
  • "Your mamma's gone away. You won't ever see her any more." Philip did not
  • know what she meant.
  • "Why not?"
  • "Your mamma's in heaven."
  • She began to cry, and Philip, though he did not quite understand, cried
  • too. Emma was a tall, big-boned woman, with fair hair and large features.
  • She came from Devonshire and, notwithstanding her many years of service in
  • London, had never lost the breadth of her accent. Her tears increased her
  • emotion, and she pressed the little boy to her heart. She felt vaguely the
  • pity of that child deprived of the only love in the world that is quite
  • unselfish. It seemed dreadful that he must be handed over to strangers.
  • But in a little while she pulled herself together.
  • "Your Uncle William is waiting in to see you," she said. "Go and say
  • good-bye to Miss Watkin, and we'll go home."
  • "I don't want to say good-bye," he answered, instinctively anxious to hide
  • his tears.
  • "Very well, run upstairs and get your hat."
  • He fetched it, and when he came down Emma was waiting for him in the hall.
  • He heard the sound of voices in the study behind the dining-room. He
  • paused. He knew that Miss Watkin and her sister were talking to friends,
  • and it seemed to him--he was nine years old--that if he went in they would
  • be sorry for him.
  • "I think I'll go and say good-bye to Miss Watkin."
  • "I think you'd better," said Emma.
  • "Go in and tell them I'm coming," he said.
  • He wished to make the most of his opportunity. Emma knocked at the door
  • and walked in. He heard her speak.
  • "Master Philip wants to say good-bye to you, miss."
  • There was a sudden hush of the conversation, and Philip limped in.
  • Henrietta Watkin was a stout woman, with a red face and dyed hair. In
  • those days to dye the hair excited comment, and Philip had heard much
  • gossip at home when his godmother's changed colour. She lived with an
  • elder sister, who had resigned herself contentedly to old age. Two ladies,
  • whom Philip did not know, were calling, and they looked at him curiously.
  • "My poor child," said Miss Watkin, opening her arms.
  • She began to cry. Philip understood now why she had not been in to
  • luncheon and why she wore a black dress. She could not speak.
  • "I've got to go home," said Philip, at last.
  • He disengaged himself from Miss Watkin's arms, and she kissed him again.
  • Then he went to her sister and bade her good-bye too. One of the strange
  • ladies asked if she might kiss him, and he gravely gave her permission.
  • Though crying, he keenly enjoyed the sensation he was causing; he would
  • have been glad to stay a little longer to be made much of, but felt they
  • expected him to go, so he said that Emma was waiting for him. He went out
  • of the room. Emma had gone downstairs to speak with a friend in the
  • basement, and he waited for her on the landing. He heard Henrietta
  • Watkin's voice.
  • "His mother was my greatest friend. I can't bear to think that she's
  • dead."
  • "You oughtn't to have gone to the funeral, Henrietta," said her sister. "I
  • knew it would upset you."
  • Then one of the strangers spoke.
  • "Poor little boy, it's dreadful to think of him quite alone in the world.
  • I see he limps."
  • "Yes, he's got a club-foot. It was such a grief to his mother."
  • Then Emma came back. They called a hansom, and she told the driver where
  • to go.
  • III
  • When they reached the house Mrs. Carey had died in--it was in a dreary,
  • respectable street between Notting Hill Gate and High Street,
  • Kensington--Emma led Philip into the drawing-room. His uncle was writing
  • letters of thanks for the wreaths which had been sent. One of them, which
  • had arrived too late for the funeral, lay in its cardboard box on the
  • hall-table.
  • "Here's Master Philip," said Emma.
  • Mr. Carey stood up slowly and shook hands with the little boy. Then on
  • second thoughts he bent down and kissed his forehead. He was a man of
  • somewhat less than average height, inclined to corpulence, with his hair,
  • worn long, arranged over the scalp so as to conceal his baldness. He was
  • clean-shaven. His features were regular, and it was possible to imagine
  • that in his youth he had been good-looking. On his watch-chain he wore a
  • gold cross.
  • "You're going to live with me now, Philip," said Mr. Carey. "Shall you
  • like that?"
  • Two years before Philip had been sent down to stay at the vicarage after
  • an attack of chicken-pox; but there remained with him a recollection of an
  • attic and a large garden rather than of his uncle and aunt.
  • "Yes."
  • "You must look upon me and your Aunt Louisa as your father and mother."
  • The child's mouth trembled a little, he reddened, but did not answer.
  • "Your dear mother left you in my charge."
  • Mr. Carey had no great ease in expressing himself. When the news came that
  • his sister-in-law was dying, he set off at once for London, but on the way
  • thought of nothing but the disturbance in his life that would be caused if
  • her death forced him to undertake the care of her son. He was well over
  • fifty, and his wife, to whom he had been married for thirty years, was
  • childless; he did not look forward with any pleasure to the presence of a
  • small boy who might be noisy and rough. He had never much liked his
  • sister-in-law.
  • "I'm going to take you down to Blackstable tomorrow," he said.
  • "With Emma?"
  • The child put his hand in hers, and she pressed it.
  • "I'm afraid Emma must go away," said Mr. Carey.
  • "But I want Emma to come with me."
  • Philip began to cry, and the nurse could not help crying too. Mr. Carey
  • looked at them helplessly.
  • "I think you'd better leave me alone with Master Philip for a moment."
  • "Very good, sir."
  • Though Philip clung to her, she released herself gently. Mr. Carey took
  • the boy on his knee and put his arm round him.
  • "You mustn't cry," he said. "You're too old to have a nurse now. We must
  • see about sending you to school."
  • "I want Emma to come with me," the child repeated.
  • "It costs too much money, Philip. Your father didn't leave very much, and
  • I don't know what's become of it. You must look at every penny you spend."
  • Mr. Carey had called the day before on the family solicitor. Philip's
  • father was a surgeon in good practice, and his hospital appointments
  • suggested an established position; so that it was a surprise on his sudden
  • death from blood-poisoning to find that he had left his widow little more
  • than his life insurance and what could be got for the lease of their house
  • in Bruton Street. This was six months ago; and Mrs. Carey, already in
  • delicate health, finding herself with child, had lost her head and
  • accepted for the lease the first offer that was made. She stored her
  • furniture, and, at a rent which the parson thought outrageous, took a
  • furnished house for a year, so that she might suffer from no inconvenience
  • till her child was born. But she had never been used to the management of
  • money, and was unable to adapt her expenditure to her altered
  • circumstances. The little she had slipped through her fingers in one way
  • and another, so that now, when all expenses were paid, not much more than
  • two thousand pounds remained to support the boy till he was able to earn
  • his own living. It was impossible to explain all this to Philip and he was
  • sobbing still.
  • "You'd better go to Emma," Mr. Carey said, feeling that she could console
  • the child better than anyone.
  • Without a word Philip slipped off his uncle's knee, but Mr. Carey stopped
  • him.
  • "We must go tomorrow, because on Saturday I've got to prepare my sermon,
  • and you must tell Emma to get your things ready today. You can bring all
  • your toys. And if you want anything to remember your father and mother by
  • you can take one thing for each of them. Everything else is going to be
  • sold."
  • The boy slipped out of the room. Mr. Carey was unused to work, and he
  • turned to his correspondence with resentment. On one side of the desk was
  • a bundle of bills, and these filled him with irritation. One especially
  • seemed preposterous. Immediately after Mrs. Carey's death Emma had ordered
  • from the florist masses of white flowers for the room in which the dead
  • woman lay. It was sheer waste of money. Emma took far too much upon
  • herself. Even if there had been no financial necessity, he would have
  • dismissed her.
  • But Philip went to her, and hid his face in her bosom, and wept as though
  • his heart would break. And she, feeling that he was almost her own
  • son--she had taken him when he was a month old--consoled him with soft
  • words. She promised that she would come and see him sometimes, and that
  • she would never forget him; and she told him about the country he was
  • going to and about her own home in Devonshire--her father kept a turnpike
  • on the high-road that led to Exeter, and there were pigs in the sty, and
  • there was a cow, and the cow had just had a calf--till Philip forgot his
  • tears and grew excited at the thought of his approaching journey.
  • Presently she put him down, for there was much to be done, and he helped
  • her to lay out his clothes on the bed. She sent him into the nursery to
  • gather up his toys, and in a little while he was playing happily.
  • But at last he grew tired of being alone and went back to the bed-room, in
  • which Emma was now putting his things into a big tin box; he remembered
  • then that his uncle had said he might take something to remember his
  • father and mother by. He told Emma and asked her what he should take.
  • "You'd better go into the drawing-room and see what you fancy."
  • "Uncle William's there."
  • "Never mind that. They're your own things now."
  • Philip went downstairs slowly and found the door open. Mr. Carey had left
  • the room. Philip walked slowly round. They had been in the house so short
  • a time that there was little in it that had a particular interest to him.
  • It was a stranger's room, and Philip saw nothing that struck his fancy.
  • But he knew which were his mother's things and which belonged to the
  • landlord, and presently fixed on a little clock that he had once heard his
  • mother say she liked. With this he walked again rather disconsolately
  • upstairs. Outside the door of his mother's bed-room he stopped and
  • listened. Though no one had told him not to go in, he had a feeling that
  • it would be wrong to do so; he was a little frightened, and his heart beat
  • uncomfortably; but at the same time something impelled him to turn the
  • handle. He turned it very gently, as if to prevent anyone within from
  • hearing, and then slowly pushed the door open. He stood on the threshold
  • for a moment before he had the courage to enter. He was not frightened
  • now, but it seemed strange. He closed the door behind him. The blinds were
  • drawn, and the room, in the cold light of a January afternoon, was dark.
  • On the dressing-table were Mrs. Carey's brushes and the hand mirror. In a
  • little tray were hairpins. There was a photograph of himself on the
  • chimney-piece and one of his father. He had often been in the room when
  • his mother was not in it, but now it seemed different. There was something
  • curious in the look of the chairs. The bed was made as though someone were
  • going to sleep in it that night, and in a case on the pillow was a
  • night-dress.
  • Philip opened a large cupboard filled with dresses and, stepping in, took
  • as many of them as he could in his arms and buried his face in them. They
  • smelt of the scent his mother used. Then he pulled open the drawers,
  • filled with his mother's things, and looked at them: there were lavender
  • bags among the linen, and their scent was fresh and pleasant. The
  • strangeness of the room left it, and it seemed to him that his mother had
  • just gone out for a walk. She would be in presently and would come
  • upstairs to have nursery tea with him. And he seemed to feel her kiss on
  • his lips.
  • It was not true that he would never see her again. It was not true simply
  • because it was impossible. He climbed up on the bed and put his head on
  • the pillow. He lay there quite still.
  • IV
  • Philip parted from Emma with tears, but the journey to Blackstable amused
  • him, and, when they arrived, he was resigned and cheerful. Blackstable was
  • sixty miles from London. Giving their luggage to a porter, Mr. Carey set
  • out to walk with Philip to the vicarage; it took them little more than
  • five minutes, and, when they reached it, Philip suddenly remembered the
  • gate. It was red and five-barred: it swung both ways on easy hinges; and
  • it was possible, though forbidden, to swing backwards and forwards on it.
  • They walked through the garden to the front-door. This was only used by
  • visitors and on Sundays, and on special occasions, as when the Vicar went
  • up to London or came back. The traffic of the house took place through a
  • side-door, and there was a back door as well for the gardener and for
  • beggars and tramps. It was a fairly large house of yellow brick, with a
  • red roof, built about five and twenty years before in an ecclesiastical
  • style. The front-door was like a church porch, and the drawing-room
  • windows were gothic.
  • Mrs. Carey, knowing by what train they were coming, waited in the
  • drawing-room and listened for the click of the gate. When she heard it she
  • went to the door.
  • "There's Aunt Louisa," said Mr. Carey, when he saw her. "Run and give her
  • a kiss."
  • Philip started to run, awkwardly, trailing his club-foot, and then
  • stopped. Mrs. Carey was a little, shrivelled woman of the same age as her
  • husband, with a face extraordinarily filled with deep wrinkles, and pale
  • blue eyes. Her gray hair was arranged in ringlets according to the fashion
  • of her youth. She wore a black dress, and her only ornament was a gold
  • chain, from which hung a cross. She had a shy manner and a gentle voice.
  • "Did you walk, William?" she said, almost reproachfully, as she kissed her
  • husband.
  • "I didn't think of it," he answered, with a glance at his nephew.
  • "It didn't hurt you to walk, Philip, did it?" she asked the child.
  • "No. I always walk."
  • He was a little surprised at their conversation. Aunt Louisa told him to
  • come in, and they entered the hall. It was paved with red and yellow
  • tiles, on which alternately were a Greek Cross and the Lamb of God. An
  • imposing staircase led out of the hall. It was of polished pine, with a
  • peculiar smell, and had been put in because fortunately, when the church
  • was reseated, enough wood remained over. The balusters were decorated with
  • emblems of the Four Evangelists.
  • "I've had the stove lighted as I thought you'd be cold after your
  • journey," said Mrs. Carey.
  • It was a large black stove that stood in the hall and was only lighted if
  • the weather was very bad and the Vicar had a cold. It was not lighted if
  • Mrs. Carey had a cold. Coal was expensive. Besides, Mary Ann, the maid,
  • didn't like fires all over the place. If they wanted all them fires they
  • must keep a second girl. In the winter Mr. and Mrs. Carey lived in the
  • dining-room so that one fire should do, and in the summer they could not
  • get out of the habit, so the drawing-room was used only by Mr. Carey on
  • Sunday afternoons for his nap. But every Saturday he had a fire in the
  • study so that he could write his sermon.
  • Aunt Louisa took Philip upstairs and showed him into a tiny bed-room that
  • looked out on the drive. Immediately in front of the window was a large
  • tree, which Philip remembered now because the branches were so low that it
  • was possible to climb quite high up it.
  • "A small room for a small boy," said Mrs. Carey. "You won't be frightened
  • at sleeping alone?"
  • "Oh, no."
  • On his first visit to the vicarage he had come with his nurse, and Mrs.
  • Carey had had little to do with him. She looked at him now with some
  • uncertainty.
  • "Can you wash your own hands, or shall I wash them for you?"
  • "I can wash myself," he answered firmly.
  • "Well, I shall look at them when you come down to tea," said Mrs. Carey.
  • She knew nothing about children. After it was settled that Philip should
  • come down to Blackstable, Mrs. Carey had thought much how she should treat
  • him; she was anxious to do her duty; but now he was there she found
  • herself just as shy of him as he was of her. She hoped he would not be
  • noisy and rough, because her husband did not like rough and noisy boys.
  • Mrs. Carey made an excuse to leave Philip alone, but in a moment came back
  • and knocked at the door; she asked him, without coming in, if he could
  • pour out the water himself. Then she went downstairs and rang the bell for
  • tea.
  • The dining-room, large and well-proportioned, had windows on two sides of
  • it, with heavy curtains of red rep; there was a big table in the middle;
  • and at one end an imposing mahogany sideboard with a looking-glass in it.
  • In one corner stood a harmonium. On each side of the fireplace were chairs
  • covered in stamped leather, each with an antimacassar; one had arms and
  • was called the husband, and the other had none and was called the wife.
  • Mrs. Carey never sat in the arm-chair: she said she preferred a chair that
  • was not too comfortable; there was always a lot to do, and if her chair
  • had had arms she might not be so ready to leave it.
  • Mr. Carey was making up the fire when Philip came in, and he pointed out
  • to his nephew that there were two pokers. One was large and bright and
  • polished and unused, and was called the Vicar; and the other, which was
  • much smaller and had evidently passed through many fires, was called the
  • Curate.
  • "What are we waiting for?" said Mr. Carey.
  • "I told Mary Ann to make you an egg. I thought you'd be hungry after your
  • journey."
  • Mrs. Carey thought the journey from London to Blackstable very tiring. She
  • seldom travelled herself, for the living was only three hundred a year,
  • and, when her husband wanted a holiday, since there was not money for two,
  • he went by himself. He was very fond of Church Congresses and usually
  • managed to go up to London once a year; and once he had been to Paris for
  • the exhibition, and two or three times to Switzerland. Mary Ann brought in
  • the egg, and they sat down. The chair was much too low for Philip, and for
  • a moment neither Mr. Carey nor his wife knew what to do.
  • "I'll put some books under him," said Mary Ann.
  • She took from the top of the harmonium the large Bible and the prayer-book
  • from which the Vicar was accustomed to read prayers, and put them on
  • Philip's chair.
  • "Oh, William, he can't sit on the Bible," said Mrs. Carey, in a shocked
  • tone. "Couldn't you get him some books out of the study?"
  • Mr. Carey considered the question for an instant.
  • "I don't think it matters this once if you put the prayer-book on the top,
  • Mary Ann," he said. "The book of Common Prayer is the composition of men
  • like ourselves. It has no claim to divine authorship."
  • "I hadn't thought of that, William," said Aunt Louisa.
  • Philip perched himself on the books, and the Vicar, having said grace, cut
  • the top off his egg.
  • "There," he said, handing it to Philip, "you can eat my top if you like."
  • Philip would have liked an egg to himself, but he was not offered one, so
  • took what he could.
  • "How have the chickens been laying since I went away?" asked the Vicar.
  • "Oh, they've been dreadful, only one or two a day."
  • "How did you like that top, Philip?" asked his uncle.
  • "Very much, thank you."
  • "You shall have another one on Sunday afternoon."
  • Mr. Carey always had a boiled egg at tea on Sunday, so that he might be
  • fortified for the evening service.
  • V
  • Philip came gradually to know the people he was to live with, and by
  • fragments of conversation, some of it not meant for his ears, learned a
  • good deal both about himself and about his dead parents. Philip's father
  • had been much younger than the Vicar of Blackstable. After a brilliant
  • career at St. Luke's Hospital he was put on the staff, and presently began
  • to earn money in considerable sums. He spent it freely. When the parson
  • set about restoring his church and asked his brother for a subscription,
  • he was surprised by receiving a couple of hundred pounds: Mr. Carey,
  • thrifty by inclination and economical by necessity, accepted it with
  • mingled feelings; he was envious of his brother because he could afford to
  • give so much, pleased for the sake of his church, and vaguely irritated by
  • a generosity which seemed almost ostentatious. Then Henry Carey married a
  • patient, a beautiful girl but penniless, an orphan with no near relations,
  • but of good family; and there was an array of fine friends at the wedding.
  • The parson, on his visits to her when he came to London, held himself with
  • reserve. He felt shy with her and in his heart he resented her great
  • beauty: she dressed more magnificently than became the wife of a
  • hardworking surgeon; and the charming furniture of her house, the flowers
  • among which she lived even in winter, suggested an extravagance which he
  • deplored. He heard her talk of entertainments she was going to; and, as he
  • told his wife on getting home again, it was impossible to accept
  • hospitality without making some return. He had seen grapes in the
  • dining-room that must have cost at least eight shillings a pound; and at
  • luncheon he had been given asparagus two months before it was ready in the
  • vicarage garden. Now all he had anticipated was come to pass: the Vicar
  • felt the satisfaction of the prophet who saw fire and brimstone consume
  • the city which would not mend its way to his warning. Poor Philip was
  • practically penniless, and what was the good of his mother's fine friends
  • now? He heard that his father's extravagance was really criminal, and it
  • was a mercy that Providence had seen fit to take his dear mother to
  • itself: she had no more idea of money than a child.
  • When Philip had been a week at Blackstable an incident happened which
  • seemed to irritate his uncle very much. One morning he found on the
  • breakfast table a small packet which had been sent on by post from the
  • late Mrs. Carey's house in London. It was addressed to her. When the
  • parson opened it he found a dozen photographs of Mrs. Carey. They showed
  • the head and shoulders only, and her hair was more plainly done than
  • usual, low on the forehead, which gave her an unusual look; the face was
  • thin and worn, but no illness could impair the beauty of her features.
  • There was in the large dark eyes a sadness which Philip did not remember.
  • The first sight of the dead woman gave Mr. Carey a little shock, but this
  • was quickly followed by perplexity. The photographs seemed quite recent,
  • and he could not imagine who had ordered them.
  • "D'you know anything about these, Philip?" he asked.
  • "I remember mamma said she'd been taken," he answered. "Miss Watkin
  • scolded her.... She said: I wanted the boy to have something to remember
  • me by when he grows up."
  • Mr. Carey looked at Philip for an instant. The child spoke in a clear
  • treble. He recalled the words, but they meant nothing to him.
  • "You'd better take one of the photographs and keep it in your room," said
  • Mr. Carey. "I'll put the others away."
  • He sent one to Miss Watkin, and she wrote and explained how they came to
  • be taken.
  • One day Mrs. Carey was lying in bed, but she was feeling a little better
  • than usual, and the doctor in the morning had seemed hopeful; Emma had
  • taken the child out, and the maids were downstairs in the basement:
  • suddenly Mrs. Carey felt desperately alone in the world. A great fear
  • seized her that she would not recover from the confinement which she was
  • expecting in a fortnight. Her son was nine years old. How could he be
  • expected to remember her? She could not bear to think that he would grow
  • up and forget, forget her utterly; and she had loved him so passionately,
  • because he was weakly and deformed, and because he was her child. She had
  • no photographs of herself taken since her marriage, and that was ten years
  • before. She wanted her son to know what she looked like at the end. He
  • could not forget her then, not forget utterly. She knew that if she called
  • her maid and told her she wanted to get up, the maid would prevent her,
  • and perhaps send for the doctor, and she had not the strength now to
  • struggle or argue. She got out of bed and began to dress herself. She had
  • been on her back so long that her legs gave way beneath her, and then the
  • soles of her feet tingled so that she could hardly bear to put them to the
  • ground. But she went on. She was unused to doing her own hair and, when
  • she raised her arms and began to brush it, she felt faint. She could never
  • do it as her maid did. It was beautiful hair, very fine, and of a deep
  • rich gold. Her eyebrows were straight and dark. She put on a black skirt,
  • but chose the bodice of the evening dress which she liked best: it was of
  • a white damask which was fashionable in those days. She looked at herself
  • in the glass. Her face was very pale, but her skin was clear: she had
  • never had much colour, and this had always made the redness of her
  • beautiful mouth emphatic. She could not restrain a sob. But she could not
  • afford to be sorry for herself; she was feeling already desperately tired;
  • and she put on the furs which Henry had given her the Christmas
  • before--she had been so proud of them and so happy then--and slipped
  • downstairs with beating heart. She got safely out of the house and drove
  • to a photographer. She paid for a dozen photographs. She was obliged to
  • ask for a glass of water in the middle of the sitting; and the assistant,
  • seeing she was ill, suggested that she should come another day, but she
  • insisted on staying till the end. At last it was finished, and she drove
  • back again to the dingy little house in Kensington which she hated with
  • all her heart. It was a horrible house to die in.
  • She found the front door open, and when she drove up the maid and Emma ran
  • down the steps to help her. They had been frightened when they found her
  • room empty. At first they thought she must have gone to Miss Watkin, and
  • the cook was sent round. Miss Watkin came back with her and was waiting
  • anxiously in the drawing-room. She came downstairs now full of anxiety and
  • reproaches; but the exertion had been more than Mrs. Carey was fit for,
  • and when the occasion for firmness no longer existed she gave way. She
  • fell heavily into Emma's arms and was carried upstairs. She remained
  • unconscious for a time that seemed incredibly long to those that watched
  • her, and the doctor, hurriedly sent for, did not come. It was next day,
  • when she was a little better, that Miss Watkin got some explanation out of
  • her. Philip was playing on the floor of his mother's bed-room, and neither
  • of the ladies paid attention to him. He only understood vaguely what they
  • were talking about, and he could not have said why those words remained in
  • his memory.
  • "I wanted the boy to have something to remember me by when he grows up."
  • "I can't make out why she ordered a dozen," said Mr. Carey. "Two would
  • have done."
  • VI
  • One day was very like another at the vicarage.
  • Soon after breakfast Mary Ann brought in The Times. Mr. Carey shared it
  • with two neighbours. He had it from ten till one, when the gardener took
  • it over to Mr. Ellis at the Limes, with whom it remained till seven; then
  • it was taken to Miss Brooks at the Manor House, who, since she got it
  • late, had the advantage of keeping it. In summer Mrs. Carey, when she was
  • making jam, often asked her for a copy to cover the pots with. When the
  • Vicar settled down to his paper his wife put on her bonnet and went out to
  • do the shopping. Philip accompanied her. Blackstable was a fishing
  • village. It consisted of a high street in which were the shops, the bank,
  • the doctor's house, and the houses of two or three coalship owners; round
  • the little harbor were shabby streets in which lived fishermen and poor
  • people; but since they went to chapel they were of no account. When Mrs.
  • Carey passed the dissenting ministers in the street she stepped over to
  • the other side to avoid meeting them, but if there was not time for this
  • fixed her eyes on the pavement. It was a scandal to which the Vicar had
  • never resigned himself that there were three chapels in the High Street:
  • he could not help feeling that the law should have stepped in to prevent
  • their erection. Shopping in Blackstable was not a simple matter; for
  • dissent, helped by the fact that the parish church was two miles from the
  • town, was very common; and it was necessary to deal only with churchgoers;
  • Mrs. Carey knew perfectly that the vicarage custom might make all the
  • difference to a tradesman's faith. There were two butchers who went to
  • church, and they would not understand that the Vicar could not deal with
  • both of them at once; nor were they satisfied with his simple plan of
  • going for six months to one and for six months to the other. The butcher
  • who was not sending meat to the vicarage constantly threatened not to come
  • to church, and the Vicar was sometimes obliged to make a threat: it was
  • very wrong of him not to come to church, but if he carried iniquity
  • further and actually went to chapel, then of course, excellent as his meat
  • was, Mr. Carey would be forced to leave him for ever. Mrs. Carey often
  • stopped at the bank to deliver a message to Josiah Graves, the manager,
  • who was choir-master, treasurer, and churchwarden. He was a tall, thin man
  • with a sallow face and a long nose; his hair was very white, and to Philip
  • he seemed extremely old. He kept the parish accounts, arranged the treats
  • for the choir and the schools; though there was no organ in the parish
  • church, it was generally considered (in Blackstable) that the choir he led
  • was the best in Kent; and when there was any ceremony, such as a visit
  • from the Bishop for confirmation or from the Rural Dean to preach at the
  • Harvest Thanksgiving, he made the necessary preparations. But he had no
  • hesitation in doing all manner of things without more than a perfunctory
  • consultation with the Vicar, and the Vicar, though always ready to be
  • saved trouble, much resented the churchwarden's managing ways. He really
  • seemed to look upon himself as the most important person in the parish.
  • Mr. Carey constantly told his wife that if Josiah Graves did not take care
  • he would give him a good rap over the knuckles one day; but Mrs. Carey
  • advised him to bear with Josiah Graves: he meant well, and it was not his
  • fault if he was not quite a gentleman. The Vicar, finding his comfort in
  • the practice of a Christian virtue, exercised forbearance; but he revenged
  • himself by calling the churchwarden Bismarck behind his back.
  • Once there had been a serious quarrel between the pair, and Mrs. Carey
  • still thought of that anxious time with dismay. The Conservative candidate
  • had announced his intention of addressing a meeting at Blackstable; and
  • Josiah Graves, having arranged that it should take place in the Mission
  • Hall, went to Mr. Carey and told him that he hoped he would say a few
  • words. It appeared that the candidate had asked Josiah Graves to take the
  • chair. This was more than Mr. Carey could put up with. He had firm views
  • upon the respect which was due to the cloth, and it was ridiculous for a
  • churchwarden to take the chair at a meeting when the Vicar was there. He
  • reminded Josiah Graves that parson meant person, that is, the vicar was
  • the person of the parish. Josiah Graves answered that he was the first to
  • recognise the dignity of the church, but this was a matter of politics,
  • and in his turn he reminded the Vicar that their Blessed Saviour had
  • enjoined upon them to render unto Caesar the things that were Caesar's. To
  • this Mr. Carey replied that the devil could quote scripture to his
  • purpose, himself had sole authority over the Mission Hall, and if he were
  • not asked to be chairman he would refuse the use of it for a political
  • meeting. Josiah Graves told Mr. Carey that he might do as he chose, and
  • for his part he thought the Wesleyan Chapel would be an equally suitable
  • place. Then Mr. Carey said that if Josiah Graves set foot in what was
  • little better than a heathen temple he was not fit to be churchwarden in
  • a Christian parish. Josiah Graves thereupon resigned all his offices, and
  • that very evening sent to the church for his cassock and surplice. His
  • sister, Miss Graves, who kept house for him, gave up her secretaryship of
  • the Maternity Club, which provided the pregnant poor with flannel, baby
  • linen, coals, and five shillings. Mr. Carey said he was at last master in
  • his own house. But soon he found that he was obliged to see to all sorts
  • of things that he knew nothing about; and Josiah Graves, after the first
  • moment of irritation, discovered that he had lost his chief interest in
  • life. Mrs. Carey and Miss Graves were much distressed by the quarrel; they
  • met after a discreet exchange of letters, and made up their minds to put
  • the matter right: they talked, one to her husband, the other to her
  • brother, from morning till night; and since they were persuading these
  • gentlemen to do what in their hearts they wanted, after three weeks of
  • anxiety a reconciliation was effected. It was to both their interests, but
  • they ascribed it to a common love for their Redeemer. The meeting was held
  • at the Mission Hall, and the doctor was asked to be chairman. Mr. Carey
  • and Josiah Graves both made speeches.
  • When Mrs. Carey had finished her business with the banker, she generally
  • went upstairs to have a little chat with his sister; and while the ladies
  • talked of parish matters, the curate or the new bonnet of Mrs. Wilson--Mr.
  • Wilson was the richest man in Blackstable, he was thought to have at least
  • five hundred a year, and he had married his cook--Philip sat demurely in
  • the stiff parlour, used only to receive visitors, and busied himself with
  • the restless movements of goldfish in a bowl. The windows were never
  • opened except to air the room for a few minutes in the morning, and it had
  • a stuffy smell which seemed to Philip to have a mysterious connection with
  • banking.
  • Then Mrs. Carey remembered that she had to go to the grocer, and they
  • continued their way. When the shopping was done they often went down a
  • side street of little houses, mostly of wood, in which fishermen dwelt
  • (and here and there a fisherman sat on his doorstep mending his nets, and
  • nets hung to dry upon the doors), till they came to a small beach, shut in
  • on each side by warehouses, but with a view of the sea. Mrs. Carey stood
  • for a few minutes and looked at it, it was turbid and yellow, [and who
  • knows what thoughts passed through her mind?] while Philip searched for
  • flat stones to play ducks and drakes. Then they walked slowly back. They
  • looked into the post office to get the right time, nodded to Mrs. Wigram
  • the doctor's wife, who sat at her window sewing, and so got home.
  • Dinner was at one o'clock; and on Monday, Tuesday, and Wednesday it
  • consisted of beef, roast, hashed, and minced, and on Thursday, Friday, and
  • Saturday of mutton. On Sunday they ate one of their own chickens. In the
  • afternoon Philip did his lessons, He was taught Latin and mathematics by
  • his uncle who knew neither, and French and the piano by his aunt. Of
  • French she was ignorant, but she knew the piano well enough to accompany
  • the old-fashioned songs she had sung for thirty years. Uncle William used
  • to tell Philip that when he was a curate his wife had known twelve songs
  • by heart, which she could sing at a moment's notice whenever she was
  • asked. She often sang still when there was a tea-party at the vicarage.
  • There were few people whom the Careys cared to ask there, and their
  • parties consisted always of the curate, Josiah Graves with his sister, Dr.
  • Wigram and his wife. After tea Miss Graves played one or two of
  • Mendelssohn's Songs without Words, and Mrs. Carey sang When the
  • Swallows Homeward Fly, or Trot, Trot, My Pony.
  • But the Careys did not give tea-parties often; the preparations upset
  • them, and when their guests were gone they felt themselves exhausted. They
  • preferred to have tea by themselves, and after tea they played backgammon.
  • Mrs. Carey arranged that her husband should win, because he did not like
  • losing. They had cold supper at eight. It was a scrappy meal because Mary
  • Ann resented getting anything ready after tea, and Mrs. Carey helped to
  • clear away. Mrs. Carey seldom ate more than bread and butter, with a
  • little stewed fruit to follow, but the Vicar had a slice of cold meat.
  • Immediately after supper Mrs. Carey rang the bell for prayers, and then
  • Philip went to bed. He rebelled against being undressed by Mary Ann and
  • after a while succeeded in establishing his right to dress and undress
  • himself. At nine o'clock Mary Ann brought in the eggs and the plate. Mrs.
  • Carey wrote the date on each egg and put the number down in a book. She
  • then took the plate-basket on her arm and went upstairs. Mr. Carey
  • continued to read one of his old books, but as the clock struck ten he got
  • up, put out the lamps, and followed his wife to bed.
  • When Philip arrived there was some difficulty in deciding on which evening
  • he should have his bath. It was never easy to get plenty of hot water,
  • since the kitchen boiler did not work, and it was impossible for two
  • persons to have a bath on the same day. The only man who had a bathroom in
  • Blackstable was Mr. Wilson, and it was thought ostentatious of him. Mary
  • Ann had her bath in the kitchen on Monday night, because she liked to
  • begin the week clean. Uncle William could not have his on Saturday,
  • because he had a heavy day before him and he was always a little tired
  • after a bath, so he had it on Friday. Mrs. Carey had hers on Thursday for
  • the same reason. It looked as though Saturday were naturally indicated for
  • Philip, but Mary Ann said she couldn't keep the fire up on Saturday night:
  • what with all the cooking on Sunday, having to make pastry and she didn't
  • know what all, she did not feel up to giving the boy his bath on Saturday
  • night; and it was quite clear that he could not bath himself. Mrs. Carey
  • was shy about bathing a boy, and of course the Vicar had his sermon. But
  • the Vicar insisted that Philip should be clean and sweet for the lord's
  • Day. Mary Ann said she would rather go than be put upon--and after
  • eighteen years she didn't expect to have more work given her, and they
  • might show some consideration--and Philip said he didn't want anyone to
  • bath him, but could very well bath himself. This settled it. Mary Ann said
  • she was quite sure he wouldn't bath himself properly, and rather than he
  • should go dirty--and not because he was going into the presence of the
  • Lord, but because she couldn't abide a boy who wasn't properly
  • washed--she'd work herself to the bone even if it was Saturday night.
  • VII
  • Sunday was a day crowded with incident. Mr. Carey was accustomed to say
  • that he was the only man in his parish who worked seven days a week.
  • The household got up half an hour earlier than usual. No lying abed for a
  • poor parson on the day of rest, Mr. Carey remarked as Mary Ann knocked at
  • the door punctually at eight. It took Mrs. Carey longer to dress, and she
  • got down to breakfast at nine, a little breathless, only just before her
  • husband. Mr. Carey's boots stood in front of the fire to warm. Prayers
  • were longer than usual, and the breakfast more substantial. After
  • breakfast the Vicar cut thin slices of bread for the communion, and Philip
  • was privileged to cut off the crust. He was sent to the study to fetch a
  • marble paperweight, with which Mr. Carey pressed the bread till it was
  • thin and pulpy, and then it was cut into small squares. The amount was
  • regulated by the weather. On a very bad day few people came to church, and
  • on a very fine one, though many came, few stayed for communion. There were
  • most when it was dry enough to make the walk to church pleasant, but not
  • so fine that people wanted to hurry away.
  • Then Mrs. Carey brought the communion plate out of the safe, which stood
  • in the pantry, and the Vicar polished it with a chamois leather. At ten
  • the fly drove up, and Mr. Carey got into his boots. Mrs. Carey took
  • several minutes to put on her bonnet, during which the Vicar, in a
  • voluminous cloak, stood in the hall with just such an expression on his
  • face as would have become an early Christian about to be led into the
  • arena. It was extraordinary that after thirty years of marriage his wife
  • could not be ready in time on Sunday morning. At last she came, in black
  • satin; the Vicar did not like colours in a clergyman's wife at any time,
  • but on Sundays he was determined that she should wear black; now and then,
  • in conspiracy with Miss Graves, she ventured a white feather or a pink
  • rose in her bonnet, but the Vicar insisted that it should disappear; he
  • said he would not go to church with the scarlet woman: Mrs. Carey sighed
  • as a woman but obeyed as a wife. They were about to step into the carriage
  • when the Vicar remembered that no one had given him his egg. They knew
  • that he must have an egg for his voice, there were two women in the house,
  • and no one had the least regard for his comfort. Mrs. Carey scolded Mary
  • Ann, and Mary Ann answered that she could not think of everything. She
  • hurried away to fetch an egg, and Mrs. Carey beat it up in a glass of
  • sherry. The Vicar swallowed it at a gulp. The communion plate was stowed
  • in the carriage, and they set off.
  • The fly came from The Red Lion and had a peculiar smell of stale straw.
  • They drove with both windows closed so that the Vicar should not catch
  • cold. The sexton was waiting at the porch to take the communion plate, and
  • while the Vicar went to the vestry Mrs. Carey and Philip settled
  • themselves in the vicarage pew. Mrs. Carey placed in front of her the
  • sixpenny bit she was accustomed to put in the plate, and gave Philip
  • threepence for the same purpose. The church filled up gradually and the
  • service began.
  • Philip grew bored during the sermon, but if he fidgetted Mrs. Carey put a
  • gentle hand on his arm and looked at him reproachfully. He regained
  • interest when the final hymn was sung and Mr. Graves passed round with the
  • plate.
  • When everyone had gone Mrs. Carey went into Miss Graves' pew to have a few
  • words with her while they were waiting for the gentlemen, and Philip went
  • to the vestry. His uncle, the curate, and Mr. Graves were still in their
  • surplices. Mr. Carey gave him the remains of the consecrated bread and
  • told him he might eat it. He had been accustomed to eat it himself, as it
  • seemed blasphemous to throw it away, but Philip's keen appetite relieved
  • him from the duty. Then they counted the money. It consisted of pennies,
  • sixpences and threepenny bits. There were always two single shillings, one
  • put in the plate by the Vicar and the other by Mr. Graves; and sometimes
  • there was a florin. Mr. Graves told the Vicar who had given this. It was
  • always a stranger to Blackstable, and Mr. Carey wondered who he was. But
  • Miss Graves had observed the rash act and was able to tell Mrs. Carey that
  • the stranger came from London, was married and had children. During the
  • drive home Mrs. Carey passed the information on, and the Vicar made up his
  • mind to call on him and ask for a subscription to the Additional Curates
  • Society. Mr. Carey asked if Philip had behaved properly; and Mrs. Carey
  • remarked that Mrs. Wigram had a new mantle, Mr. Cox was not in church, and
  • somebody thought that Miss Phillips was engaged. When they reached the
  • vicarage they all felt that they deserved a substantial dinner.
  • When this was over Mrs. Carey went to her room to rest, and Mr. Carey lay
  • down on the sofa in the drawing-room for forty winks.
  • They had tea at five, and the Vicar ate an egg to support himself for
  • evensong. Mrs. Carey did not go to this so that Mary Ann might, but she
  • read the service through and the hymns. Mr. Carey walked to church in the
  • evening, and Philip limped along by his side. The walk through the
  • darkness along the country road strangely impressed him, and the church
  • with all its lights in the distance, coming gradually nearer, seemed very
  • friendly. At first he was shy with his uncle, but little by little grew
  • used to him, and he would slip his hand in his uncle's and walk more
  • easily for the feeling of protection.
  • They had supper when they got home. Mr. Carey's slippers were waiting for
  • him on a footstool in front of the fire and by their side Philip's, one
  • the shoe of a small boy, the other misshapen and odd. He was dreadfully
  • tired when he went up to bed, and he did not resist when Mary Ann
  • undressed him. She kissed him after she tucked him up, and he began to
  • love her.
  • VIII
  • Philip had led always the solitary life of an only child, and his
  • loneliness at the vicarage was no greater than it had been when his mother
  • lived. He made friends with Mary Ann. She was a chubby little person of
  • thirty-five, the daughter of a fisherman, and had come to the vicarage at
  • eighteen; it was her first place and she had no intention of leaving it;
  • but she held a possible marriage as a rod over the timid heads of her
  • master and mistress. Her father and mother lived in a little house off
  • Harbour Street, and she went to see them on her evenings out. Her stories
  • of the sea touched Philip's imagination, and the narrow alleys round the
  • harbour grew rich with the romance which his young fancy lent them. One
  • evening he asked whether he might go home with her; but his aunt was
  • afraid that he might catch something, and his uncle said that evil
  • communications corrupted good manners. He disliked the fisher folk, who
  • were rough, uncouth, and went to chapel. But Philip was more comfortable
  • in the kitchen than in the dining-room, and, whenever he could, he took
  • his toys and played there. His aunt was not sorry. She did not like
  • disorder, and though she recognised that boys must be expected to be
  • untidy she preferred that he should make a mess in the kitchen. If he
  • fidgeted his uncle was apt to grow restless and say it was high time he
  • went to school. Mrs. Carey thought Philip very young for this, and her
  • heart went out to the motherless child; but her attempts to gain his
  • affection were awkward, and the boy, feeling shy, received her
  • demonstrations with so much sullenness that she was mortified. Sometimes
  • she heard his shrill voice raised in laughter in the kitchen, but when she
  • went in, he grew suddenly silent, and he flushed darkly when Mary Ann
  • explained the joke. Mrs. Carey could not see anything amusing in what she
  • heard, and she smiled with constraint.
  • "He seems happier with Mary Ann than with us, William," she said, when she
  • returned to her sewing.
  • "One can see he's been very badly brought up. He wants licking into
  • shape."
  • On the second Sunday after Philip arrived an unlucky incident occurred.
  • Mr. Carey had retired as usual after dinner for a little snooze in the
  • drawing-room, but he was in an irritable mood and could not sleep. Josiah
  • Graves that morning had objected strongly to some candlesticks with which
  • the Vicar had adorned the altar. He had bought them second-hand in
  • Tercanbury, and he thought they looked very well. But Josiah Graves said
  • they were popish. This was a taunt that always aroused the Vicar. He had
  • been at Oxford during the movement which ended in the secession from the
  • Established Church of Edward Manning, and he felt a certain sympathy for
  • the Church of Rome. He would willingly have made the service more ornate
  • than had been usual in the low-church parish of Blackstable, and in his
  • secret soul he yearned for processions and lighted candles. He drew the
  • line at incense. He hated the word protestant. He called himself a
  • Catholic. He was accustomed to say that Papists required an epithet, they
  • were Roman Catholic; but the Church of England was Catholic in the best,
  • the fullest, and the noblest sense of the term. He was pleased to think
  • that his shaven face gave him the look of a priest, and in his youth he
  • had possessed an ascetic air which added to the impression. He often
  • related that on one of his holidays in Boulogne, one of those holidays
  • upon which his wife for economy's sake did not accompany him, when he was
  • sitting in a church, the cure had come up to him and invited him to
  • preach a sermon. He dismissed his curates when they married, having
  • decided views on the celibacy of the unbeneficed clergy. But when at an
  • election the Liberals had written on his garden fence in large blue
  • letters: This way to Rome, he had been very angry, and threatened to
  • prosecute the leaders of the Liberal party in Blackstable. He made up his
  • mind now that nothing Josiah Graves said would induce him to remove the
  • candlesticks from the altar, and he muttered Bismarck to himself once or
  • twice irritably.
  • Suddenly he heard an unexpected noise. He pulled the handkerchief off his
  • face, got up from the sofa on which he was lying, and went into the
  • dining-room. Philip was seated on the table with all his bricks around
  • him. He had built a monstrous castle, and some defect in the foundation
  • had just brought the structure down in noisy ruin.
  • "What are you doing with those bricks, Philip? You know you're not allowed
  • to play games on Sunday."
  • Philip stared at him for a moment with frightened eyes, and, as his habit
  • was, flushed deeply.
  • "I always used to play at home," he answered.
  • "I'm sure your dear mamma never allowed you to do such a wicked thing as
  • that."
  • Philip did not know it was wicked; but if it was, he did not wish it to be
  • supposed that his mother had consented to it. He hung his head and did not
  • answer.
  • "Don't you know it's very, very wicked to play on Sunday? What d'you
  • suppose it's called the day of rest for? You're going to church tonight,
  • and how can you face your Maker when you've been breaking one of His laws
  • in the afternoon?"
  • Mr. Carey told him to put the bricks away at once, and stood over him
  • while Philip did so.
  • "You're a very naughty boy," he repeated. "Think of the grief you're
  • causing your poor mother in heaven."
  • Philip felt inclined to cry, but he had an instinctive disinclination to
  • letting other people see his tears, and he clenched his teeth to prevent
  • the sobs from escaping. Mr. Carey sat down in his arm-chair and began to
  • turn over the pages of a book. Philip stood at the window. The vicarage
  • was set back from the highroad to Tercanbury, and from the dining-room one
  • saw a semicircular strip of lawn and then as far as the horizon green
  • fields. Sheep were grazing in them. The sky was forlorn and gray. Philip
  • felt infinitely unhappy.
  • Presently Mary Ann came in to lay the tea, and Aunt Louisa descended the
  • stairs.
  • "Have you had a nice little nap, William?" she asked.
  • "No," he answered. "Philip made so much noise that I couldn't sleep a
  • wink."
  • This was not quite accurate, for he had been kept awake by his own
  • thoughts; and Philip, listening sullenly, reflected that he had only made
  • a noise once, and there was no reason why his uncle should not have slept
  • before or after. When Mrs. Carey asked for an explanation the Vicar
  • narrated the facts.
  • "He hasn't even said he was sorry," he finished.
  • "Oh, Philip, I'm sure you're sorry," said Mrs. Carey, anxious that the
  • child should not seem wickeder to his uncle than need be.
  • Philip did not reply. He went on munching his bread and butter. He did not
  • know what power it was in him that prevented him from making any
  • expression of regret. He felt his ears tingling, he was a little inclined
  • to cry, but no word would issue from his lips.
  • "You needn't make it worse by sulking," said Mr. Carey.
  • Tea was finished in silence. Mrs. Carey looked at Philip surreptitiously
  • now and then, but the Vicar elaborately ignored him. When Philip saw his
  • uncle go upstairs to get ready for church he went into the hall and got
  • his hat and coat, but when the Vicar came downstairs and saw him, he said:
  • "I don't wish you to go to church tonight, Philip. I don't think you're in
  • a proper frame of mind to enter the House of God."
  • Philip did not say a word. He felt it was a deep humiliation that was
  • placed upon him, and his cheeks reddened. He stood silently watching his
  • uncle put on his broad hat and his voluminous cloak. Mrs. Carey as usual
  • went to the door to see him off. Then she turned to Philip.
  • "Never mind, Philip, you won't be a naughty boy next Sunday, will you, and
  • then your uncle will take you to church with him in the evening."
  • She took off his hat and coat, and led him into the dining-room.
  • "Shall you and I read the service together, Philip, and we'll sing the
  • hymns at the harmonium. Would you like that?"
  • Philip shook his head decidedly. Mrs. Carey was taken aback. If he would
  • not read the evening service with her she did not know what to do with
  • him.
  • "Then what would you like to do until your uncle comes back?" she asked
  • helplessly.
  • Philip broke his silence at last.
  • "I want to be left alone," he said.
  • "Philip, how can you say anything so unkind? Don't you know that your
  • uncle and I only want your good? Don't you love me at all?"
  • "I hate you. I wish you was dead."
  • Mrs. Carey gasped. He said the words so savagely that it gave her quite a
  • start. She had nothing to say. She sat down in her husband's chair; and as
  • she thought of her desire to love the friendless, crippled boy and her
  • eager wish that he should love her--she was a barren woman and, even
  • though it was clearly God's will that she should be childless, she could
  • scarcely bear to look at little children sometimes, her heart ached
  • so--the tears rose to her eyes and one by one, slowly, rolled down her
  • cheeks. Philip watched her in amazement. She took out her handkerchief,
  • and now she cried without restraint. Suddenly Philip realised that she was
  • crying because of what he had said, and he was sorry. He went up to her
  • silently and kissed her. It was the first kiss he had ever given her
  • without being asked. And the poor lady, so small in her black satin,
  • shrivelled up and sallow, with her funny corkscrew curls, took the little
  • boy on her lap and put her arms around him and wept as though her heart
  • would break. But her tears were partly tears of happiness, for she felt
  • that the strangeness between them was gone. She loved him now with a new
  • love because he had made her suffer.
  • IX
  • On the following Sunday, when the Vicar was making his preparations to go
  • into the drawing-room for his nap--all the actions of his life were
  • conducted with ceremony--and Mrs. Carey was about to go upstairs, Philip
  • asked:
  • "What shall I do if I'm not allowed to play?"
  • "Can't you sit still for once and be quiet?"
  • "I can't sit still till tea-time."
  • Mr. Carey looked out of the window, but it was cold and raw, and he could
  • not suggest that Philip should go into the garden.
  • "I know what you can do. You can learn by heart the collect for the day."
  • He took the prayer-book which was used for prayers from the harmonium, and
  • turned the pages till he came to the place he wanted.
  • "It's not a long one. If you can say it without a mistake when I come in
  • to tea you shall have the top of my egg."
  • Mrs. Carey drew up Philip's chair to the dining-room table--they had
  • bought him a high chair by now--and placed the book in front of him.
  • "The devil finds work for idle hands to do," said Mr. Carey.
  • He put some more coals on the fire so that there should be a cheerful
  • blaze when he came in to tea, and went into the drawing-room. He loosened
  • his collar, arranged the cushions, and settled himself comfortably on the
  • sofa. But thinking the drawing-room a little chilly, Mrs. Carey brought
  • him a rug from the hall; she put it over his legs and tucked it round his
  • feet. She drew the blinds so that the light should not offend his eyes,
  • and since he had closed them already went out of the room on tiptoe. The
  • Vicar was at peace with himself today, and in ten minutes he was asleep.
  • He snored softly.
  • It was the Sixth Sunday after Epiphany, and the collect began with the
  • words: O God, whose blessed Son was manifested that he might destroy the
  • works of the devil, and make us the sons of God, and heirs of Eternal
  • life. Philip read it through. He could make no sense of it. He began
  • saying the words aloud to himself, but many of them were unknown to him,
  • and the construction of the sentence was strange. He could not get more
  • than two lines in his head. And his attention was constantly wandering:
  • there were fruit trees trained on the walls of the vicarage, and a long
  • twig beat now and then against the windowpane; sheep grazed stolidly in
  • the field beyond the garden. It seemed as though there were knots inside
  • his brain. Then panic seized him that he would not know the words by
  • tea-time, and he kept on whispering them to himself quickly; he did not
  • try to understand, but merely to get them parrot-like into his memory.
  • Mrs. Carey could not sleep that afternoon, and by four o'clock she was so
  • wide awake that she came downstairs. She thought she would hear Philip his
  • collect so that he should make no mistakes when he said it to his uncle.
  • His uncle then would be pleased; he would see that the boy's heart was in
  • the right place. But when Mrs. Carey came to the dining-room and was about
  • to go in, she heard a sound that made her stop suddenly. Her heart gave a
  • little jump. She turned away and quietly slipped out of the front-door.
  • She walked round the house till she came to the dining-room window and
  • then cautiously looked in. Philip was still sitting on the chair she had
  • put him in, but his head was on the table buried in his arms, and he was
  • sobbing desperately. She saw the convulsive movement of his shoulders.
  • Mrs. Carey was frightened. A thing that had always struck her about the
  • child was that he seemed so collected. She had never seen him cry. And now
  • she realised that his calmness was some instinctive shame of showing his
  • feelings: he hid himself to weep.
  • Without thinking that her husband disliked being wakened suddenly, she
  • burst into the drawing-room.
  • "William, William," she said. "The boy's crying as though his heart would
  • break."
  • Mr. Carey sat up and disentangled himself from the rug about his legs.
  • "What's he got to cry about?"
  • "I don't know.... Oh, William, we can't let the boy be unhappy. D'you
  • think it's our fault? If we'd had children we'd have known what to do."
  • Mr. Carey looked at her in perplexity. He felt extraordinarily helpless.
  • "He can't be crying because I gave him the collect to learn. It's not more
  • than ten lines."
  • "Don't you think I might take him some picture books to look at, William?
  • There are some of the Holy Land. There couldn't be anything wrong in
  • that."
  • "Very well, I don't mind."
  • Mrs. Carey went into the study. To collect books was Mr. Carey's only
  • passion, and he never went into Tercanbury without spending an hour or two
  • in the second-hand shop; he always brought back four or five musty
  • volumes. He never read them, for he had long lost the habit of reading,
  • but he liked to turn the pages, look at the illustrations if they were
  • illustrated, and mend the bindings. He welcomed wet days because on them
  • he could stay at home without pangs of conscience and spend the afternoon
  • with white of egg and a glue-pot, patching up the Russia leather of some
  • battered quarto. He had many volumes of old travels, with steel
  • engravings, and Mrs. Carey quickly found two which described Palestine.
  • She coughed elaborately at the door so that Philip should have time to
  • compose himself, she felt that he would be humiliated if she came upon him
  • in the midst of his tears, then she rattled the door handle. When she went
  • in Philip was poring over the prayer-book, hiding his eyes with his hands
  • so that she might not see he had been crying.
  • "Do you know the collect yet?" she said.
  • He did not answer for a moment, and she felt that he did not trust his
  • voice. She was oddly embarrassed.
  • "I can't learn it by heart," he said at last, with a gasp.
  • "Oh, well, never mind," she said. "You needn't. I've got some picture
  • books for you to look at. Come and sit on my lap, and we'll look at them
  • together."
  • Philip slipped off his chair and limped over to her. He looked down so
  • that she should not see his eyes. She put her arms round him.
  • "Look," she said, "that's the place where our blessed Lord was born."
  • She showed him an Eastern town with flat roofs and cupolas and minarets.
  • In the foreground was a group of palm-trees, and under them were resting
  • two Arabs and some camels. Philip passed his hand over the picture as if
  • he wanted to feel the houses and the loose habiliments of the nomads.
  • "Read what it says," he asked.
  • Mrs. Carey in her even voice read the opposite page. It was a romantic
  • narrative of some Eastern traveller of the thirties, pompous maybe, but
  • fragrant with the emotion with which the East came to the generation that
  • followed Byron and Chateaubriand. In a moment or two Philip interrupted
  • her.
  • "I want to see another picture."
  • When Mary Ann came in and Mrs. Carey rose to help her lay the cloth.
  • Philip took the book in his hands and hurried through the illustrations.
  • It was with difficulty that his aunt induced him to put the book down for
  • tea. He had forgotten his horrible struggle to get the collect by heart;
  • he had forgotten his tears. Next day it was raining, and he asked for the
  • book again. Mrs. Carey gave it him joyfully. Talking over his future with
  • her husband she had found that both desired him to take orders, and this
  • eagerness for the book which described places hallowed by the presence of
  • Jesus seemed a good sign. It looked as though the boy's mind addressed
  • itself naturally to holy things. But in a day or two he asked for more
  • books. Mr. Carey took him into his study, showed him the shelf in which he
  • kept illustrated works, and chose for him one that dealt with Rome. Philip
  • took it greedily. The pictures led him to a new amusement. He began to
  • read the page before and the page after each engraving to find out what it
  • was about, and soon he lost all interest in his toys.
  • Then, when no one was near, he took out books for himself; and perhaps
  • because the first impression on his mind was made by an Eastern town, he
  • found his chief amusement in those which described the Levant. His heart
  • beat with excitement at the pictures of mosques and rich palaces; but
  • there was one, in a book on Constantinople, which peculiarly stirred his
  • imagination. It was called the Hall of the Thousand Columns. It was a
  • Byzantine cistern, which the popular fancy had endowed with fantastic
  • vastness; and the legend which he read told that a boat was always moored
  • at the entrance to tempt the unwary, but no traveller venturing into the
  • darkness had ever been seen again. And Philip wondered whether the boat
  • went on for ever through one pillared alley after another or came at last
  • to some strange mansion.
  • One day a good fortune befell him, for he hit upon Lane's translation of
  • The Thousand Nights and a Night. He was captured first by the
  • illustrations, and then he began to read, to start with, the stories that
  • dealt with magic, and then the others; and those he liked he read again
  • and again. He could think of nothing else. He forgot the life about him.
  • He had to be called two or three times before he would come to his dinner.
  • Insensibly he formed the most delightful habit in the world, the habit of
  • reading: he did not know that thus he was providing himself with a refuge
  • from all the distress of life; he did not know either that he was creating
  • for himself an unreal world which would make the real world of every day
  • a source of bitter disappointment. Presently he began to read other
  • things. His brain was precocious. His uncle and aunt, seeing that he
  • occupied himself and neither worried nor made a noise, ceased to trouble
  • themselves about him. Mr. Carey had so many books that he did not know
  • them, and as he read little he forgot the odd lots he had bought at one
  • time and another because they were cheap. Haphazard among the sermons and
  • homilies, the travels, the lives of the Saints, the Fathers, the histories
  • of the church, were old-fashioned novels; and these Philip at last
  • discovered. He chose them by their titles, and the first he read was The
  • Lancashire Witches, and then he read The Admirable Crichton, and then
  • many more. Whenever he started a book with two solitary travellers riding
  • along the brink of a desperate ravine he knew he was safe.
  • The summer was come now, and the gardener, an old sailor, made him a
  • hammock and fixed it up for him in the branches of a weeping willow. And
  • here for long hours he lay, hidden from anyone who might come to the
  • vicarage, reading, reading passionately. Time passed and it was July;
  • August came: on Sundays the church was crowded with strangers, and the
  • collection at the offertory often amounted to two pounds. Neither the
  • Vicar nor Mrs. Carey went out of the garden much during this period; for
  • they disliked strange faces, and they looked upon the visitors from London
  • with aversion. The house opposite was taken for six weeks by a gentleman
  • who had two little boys, and he sent in to ask if Philip would like to go
  • and play with them; but Mrs. Carey returned a polite refusal. She was
  • afraid that Philip would be corrupted by little boys from London. He was
  • going to be a clergyman, and it was necessary that he should be preserved
  • from contamination. She liked to see in him an infant Samuel.
  • X
  • The Careys made up their minds to send Philip to King's School at
  • Tercanbury. The neighbouring clergy sent their sons there. It was united
  • by long tradition to the Cathedral: its headmaster was an honorary Canon,
  • and a past headmaster was the Archdeacon. Boys were encouraged there to
  • aspire to Holy Orders, and the education was such as might prepare an
  • honest lad to spend his life in God's service. A preparatory school was
  • attached to it, and to this it was arranged that Philip should go. Mr.
  • Carey took him into Tercanbury one Thursday afternoon towards the end of
  • September. All day Philip had been excited and rather frightened. He knew
  • little of school life but what he had read in the stories of The Boy's
  • Own Paper. He had also read Eric, or Little by Little.
  • When they got out of the train at Tercanbury, Philip felt sick with
  • apprehension, and during the drive in to the town sat pale and silent. The
  • high brick wall in front of the school gave it the look of a prison. There
  • was a little door in it, which opened on their ringing; and a clumsy,
  • untidy man came out and fetched Philip's tin trunk and his play-box. They
  • were shown into the drawing-room; it was filled with massive, ugly
  • furniture, and the chairs of the suite were placed round the walls with a
  • forbidding rigidity. They waited for the headmaster.
  • "What's Mr. Watson like?" asked Philip, after a while.
  • "You'll see for yourself."
  • There was another pause. Mr. Carey wondered why the headmaster did not
  • come. Presently Philip made an effort and spoke again.
  • "Tell him I've got a club-foot," he said.
  • Before Mr. Carey could speak the door burst open and Mr. Watson swept into
  • the room. To Philip he seemed gigantic. He was a man of over six feet
  • high, and broad, with enormous hands and a great red beard; he talked
  • loudly in a jovial manner; but his aggressive cheerfulness struck terror
  • in Philip's heart. He shook hands with Mr. Carey, and then took Philip's
  • small hand in his.
  • "Well, young fellow, are you glad to come to school?" he shouted.
  • Philip reddened and found no word to answer.
  • "How old are you?"
  • "Nine," said Philip.
  • "You must say sir," said his uncle.
  • "I expect you've got a good lot to learn," the headmaster bellowed
  • cheerily.
  • To give the boy confidence he began to tickle him with rough fingers.
  • Philip, feeling shy and uncomfortable, squirmed under his touch.
  • "I've put him in the small dormitory for the present.... You'll like that,
  • won't you?" he added to Philip. "Only eight of you in there. You won't
  • feel so strange."
  • Then the door opened, and Mrs. Watson came in. She was a dark woman with
  • black hair, neatly parted in the middle. She had curiously thick lips and
  • a small round nose. Her eyes were large and black. There was a singular
  • coldness in her appearance. She seldom spoke and smiled more seldom still.
  • Her husband introduced Mr. Carey to her, and then gave Philip a friendly
  • push towards her.
  • "This is a new boy, Helen, His name's Carey."
  • Without a word she shook hands with Philip and then sat down, not
  • speaking, while the headmaster asked Mr. Carey how much Philip knew and
  • what books he had been working with. The Vicar of Blackstable was a little
  • embarrassed by Mr. Watson's boisterous heartiness, and in a moment or two
  • got up.
  • "I think I'd better leave Philip with you now."
  • "That's all right," said Mr. Watson. "He'll be safe with me. He'll get on
  • like a house on fire. Won't you, young fellow?"
  • Without waiting for an answer from Philip the big man burst into a great
  • bellow of laughter. Mr. Carey kissed Philip on the forehead and went away.
  • "Come along, young fellow," shouted Mr. Watson. "I'll show you the
  • school-room."
  • He swept out of the drawing-room with giant strides, and Philip hurriedly
  • limped behind him. He was taken into a long, bare room with two tables
  • that ran along its whole length; on each side of them were wooden forms.
  • "Nobody much here yet," said Mr. Watson. "I'll just show you the
  • playground, and then I'll leave you to shift for yourself."
  • Mr. Watson led the way. Philip found himself in a large play-ground with
  • high brick walls on three sides of it. On the fourth side was an iron
  • railing through which you saw a vast lawn and beyond this some of the
  • buildings of King's School. One small boy was wandering disconsolately,
  • kicking up the gravel as he walked.
  • "Hulloa, Venning," shouted Mr. Watson. "When did you turn up?"
  • The small boy came forward and shook hands.
  • "Here's a new boy. He's older and bigger than you, so don't you bully
  • him."
  • The headmaster glared amicably at the two children, filling them with fear
  • by the roar of his voice, and then with a guffaw left them.
  • "What's your name?"
  • "Carey."
  • "What's your father?"
  • "He's dead."
  • "Oh! Does your mother wash?"
  • "My mother's dead, too."
  • Philip thought this answer would cause the boy a certain awkwardness, but
  • Venning was not to be turned from his facetiousness for so little.
  • "Well, did she wash?" he went on.
  • "Yes," said Philip indignantly.
  • "She was a washerwoman then?"
  • "No, she wasn't."
  • "Then she didn't wash."
  • The little boy crowed with delight at the success of his dialectic. Then
  • he caught sight of Philip's feet.
  • "What's the matter with your foot?"
  • Philip instinctively tried to withdraw it from sight. He hid it behind the
  • one which was whole.
  • "I've got a club-foot," he answered.
  • "How did you get it?"
  • "I've always had it."
  • "Let's have a look."
  • "No."
  • "Don't then."
  • The little boy accompanied the words with a sharp kick on Philip's shin,
  • which Philip did not expect and thus could not guard against. The pain was
  • so great that it made him gasp, but greater than the pain was the
  • surprise. He did not know why Venning kicked him. He had not the presence
  • of mind to give him a black eye. Besides, the boy was smaller than he, and
  • he had read in The Boy's Own Paper that it was a mean thing to hit
  • anyone smaller than yourself. While Philip was nursing his shin a third
  • boy appeared, and his tormentor left him. In a little while he noticed
  • that the pair were talking about him, and he felt they were looking at his
  • feet. He grew hot and uncomfortable.
  • But others arrived, a dozen together, and then more, and they began to
  • talk about their doings during the holidays, where they had been, and what
  • wonderful cricket they had played. A few new boys appeared, and with these
  • presently Philip found himself talking. He was shy and nervous. He was
  • anxious to make himself pleasant, but he could not think of anything to
  • say. He was asked a great many questions and answered them all quite
  • willingly. One boy asked him whether he could play cricket.
  • "No," answered Philip. "I've got a club-foot."
  • The boy looked down quickly and reddened. Philip saw that he felt he had
  • asked an unseemly question. He was too shy to apologise and looked at
  • Philip awkwardly.
  • XI
  • Next morning when the clanging of a bell awoke Philip he looked round his
  • cubicle in astonishment. Then a voice sang out, and he remembered where he
  • was.
  • "Are you awake, Singer?"
  • The partitions of the cubicle were of polished pitch-pine, and there was
  • a green curtain in front. In those days there was little thought of
  • ventilation, and the windows were closed except when the dormitory was
  • aired in the morning.
  • Philip got up and knelt down to say his prayers. It was a cold morning,
  • and he shivered a little; but he had been taught by his uncle that his
  • prayers were more acceptable to God if he said them in his nightshirt than
  • if he waited till he was dressed. This did not surprise him, for he was
  • beginning to realise that he was the creature of a God who appreciated the
  • discomfort of his worshippers. Then he washed. There were two baths for
  • the fifty boarders, and each boy had a bath once a week. The rest of his
  • washing was done in a small basin on a wash-stand, which with the bed and
  • a chair, made up the furniture of each cubicle. The boys chatted gaily
  • while they dressed. Philip was all ears. Then another bell sounded, and
  • they ran downstairs. They took their seats on the forms on each side of
  • the two long tables in the school-room; and Mr. Watson, followed by his
  • wife and the servants, came in and sat down. Mr. Watson read prayers in an
  • impressive manner, and the supplications thundered out in his loud voice
  • as though they were threats personally addressed to each boy. Philip
  • listened with anxiety. Then Mr. Watson read a chapter from the Bible, and
  • the servants trooped out. In a moment the untidy youth brought in two
  • large pots of tea and on a second journey immense dishes of bread and
  • butter.
  • Philip had a squeamish appetite, and the thick slabs of poor butter on the
  • bread turned his stomach, but he saw other boys scraping it off and
  • followed their example. They all had potted meats and such like, which
  • they had brought in their play-boxes; and some had 'extras,' eggs or
  • bacon, upon which Mr. Watson made a profit. When he had asked Mr. Carey
  • whether Philip was to have these, Mr. Carey replied that he did not think
  • boys should be spoilt. Mr. Watson quite agreed with him--he considered
  • nothing was better than bread and butter for growing lads--but some
  • parents, unduly pampering their offspring, insisted on it.
  • Philip noticed that 'extras' gave boys a certain consideration and made up
  • his mind, when he wrote to Aunt Louisa, to ask for them.
  • After breakfast the boys wandered out into the play-ground. Here the
  • day-boys were gradually assembling. They were sons of the local clergy, of
  • the officers at the Depot, and of such manufacturers or men of business as
  • the old town possessed. Presently a bell rang, and they all trooped into
  • school. This consisted of a large, long room at opposite ends of which two
  • under-masters conducted the second and third forms, and of a smaller one,
  • leading out of it, used by Mr. Watson, who taught the first form. To
  • attach the preparatory to the senior school these three classes were known
  • officially, on speech days and in reports, as upper, middle, and lower
  • second. Philip was put in the last. The master, a red-faced man with a
  • pleasant voice, was called Rice; he had a jolly manner with boys, and the
  • time passed quickly. Philip was surprised when it was a quarter to eleven
  • and they were let out for ten minutes' rest.
  • The whole school rushed noisily into the play-ground. The new boys were
  • told to go into the middle, while the others stationed themselves along
  • opposite walls. They began to play Pig in the Middle. The old boys ran
  • from wall to wall while the new boys tried to catch them: when one was
  • seized and the mystic words said--one, two, three, and a pig for me--he
  • became a prisoner and, turning sides, helped to catch those who were still
  • free. Philip saw a boy running past and tried to catch him, but his limp
  • gave him no chance; and the runners, taking their opportunity, made
  • straight for the ground he covered. Then one of them had the brilliant
  • idea of imitating Philip's clumsy run. Other boys saw it and began to
  • laugh; then they all copied the first; and they ran round Philip, limping
  • grotesquely, screaming in their treble voices with shrill laughter. They
  • lost their heads with the delight of their new amusement, and choked with
  • helpless merriment. One of them tripped Philip up and he fell, heavily as
  • he always fell, and cut his knee. They laughed all the louder when he got
  • up. A boy pushed him from behind, and he would have fallen again if
  • another had not caught him. The game was forgotten in the entertainment of
  • Philip's deformity. One of them invented an odd, rolling limp that struck
  • the rest as supremely ridiculous, and several of the boys lay down on the
  • ground and rolled about in laughter: Philip was completely scared. He
  • could not make out why they were laughing at him. His heart beat so that
  • he could hardly breathe, and he was more frightened than he had ever been
  • in his life. He stood still stupidly while the boys ran round him,
  • mimicking and laughing; they shouted to him to try and catch them; but he
  • did not move. He did not want them to see him run any more. He was using
  • all his strength to prevent himself from crying.
  • Suddenly the bell rang, and they all trooped back to school. Philip's knee
  • was bleeding, and he was dusty and dishevelled. For some minutes Mr. Rice
  • could not control his form. They were excited still by the strange
  • novelty, and Philip saw one or two of them furtively looking down at his
  • feet. He tucked them under the bench.
  • In the afternoon they went up to play football, but Mr. Watson stopped
  • Philip on the way out after dinner.
  • "I suppose you can't play football, Carey?" he asked him.
  • Philip blushed self-consciously.
  • "No, sir."
  • "Very well. You'd better go up to the field. You can walk as far as that,
  • can't you?"
  • Philip had no idea where the field was, but he answered all the same.
  • "Yes, sir."
  • The boys went in charge of Mr. Rice, who glanced at Philip and seeing he
  • had not changed, asked why he was not going to play.
  • "Mr. Watson said I needn't, sir," said Philip.
  • "Why?"
  • There were boys all round him, looking at him curiously, and a feeling of
  • shame came over Philip. He looked down without answering. Others gave the
  • reply.
  • "He's got a club-foot, sir."
  • "Oh, I see."
  • Mr. Rice was quite young; he had only taken his degree a year before; and
  • he was suddenly embarrassed. His instinct was to beg the boy's pardon, but
  • he was too shy to do so. He made his voice gruff and loud.
  • "Now then, you boys, what are you waiting about for? Get on with you."
  • Some of them had already started and those that were left now set off, in
  • groups of two or three.
  • "You'd better come along with me, Carey," said the master "You don't know
  • the way, do you?"
  • Philip guessed the kindness, and a sob came to his throat.
  • "I can't go very fast, sir."
  • "Then I'll go very slow," said the master, with a smile.
  • Philip's heart went out to the red-faced, commonplace young man who said
  • a gentle word to him. He suddenly felt less unhappy.
  • But at night when they went up to bed and were undressing, the boy who was
  • called Singer came out of his cubicle and put his head in Philip's.
  • "I say, let's look at your foot," he said.
  • "No," answered Philip.
  • He jumped into bed quickly.
  • "Don't say no to me," said Singer. "Come on, Mason."
  • The boy in the next cubicle was looking round the corner, and at the words
  • he slipped in. They made for Philip and tried to tear the bed-clothes off
  • him, but he held them tightly.
  • "Why can't you leave me alone?" he cried.
  • Singer seized a brush and with the back of it beat Philip's hands clenched
  • on the blanket. Philip cried out.
  • "Why don't you show us your foot quietly?"
  • "I won't."
  • In desperation Philip clenched his fist and hit the boy who tormented him,
  • but he was at a disadvantage, and the boy seized his arm. He began to turn
  • it.
  • "Oh, don't, don't," said Philip. "You'll break my arm."
  • "Stop still then and put out your foot."
  • Philip gave a sob and a gasp. The boy gave the arm another wrench. The
  • pain was unendurable.
  • "All right. I'll do it," said Philip.
  • He put out his foot. Singer still kept his hand on Philip's wrist. He
  • looked curiously at the deformity.
  • "Isn't it beastly?" said Mason.
  • Another came in and looked too.
  • "Ugh," he said, in disgust.
  • "My word, it is rum," said Singer, making a face. "Is it hard?"
  • He touched it with the tip of his forefinger, cautiously, as though it
  • were something that had a life of its own. Suddenly they heard Mr.
  • Watson's heavy tread on the stairs. They threw the clothes back on Philip
  • and dashed like rabbits into their cubicles. Mr. Watson came into the
  • dormitory. Raising himself on tiptoe he could see over the rod that bore
  • the green curtain, and he looked into two or three of the cubicles. The
  • little boys were safely in bed. He put out the light and went out.
  • Singer called out to Philip, but he did not answer. He had got his teeth
  • in the pillow so that his sobbing should be inaudible. He was not crying
  • for the pain they had caused him, nor for the humiliation he had suffered
  • when they looked at his foot, but with rage at himself because, unable to
  • stand the torture, he had put out his foot of his own accord.
  • And then he felt the misery of his life. It seemed to his childish mind
  • that this unhappiness must go on for ever. For no particular reason he
  • remembered that cold morning when Emma had taken him out of bed and put
  • him beside his mother. He had not thought of it once since it happened,
  • but now he seemed to feel the warmth of his mother's body against his and
  • her arms around him. Suddenly it seemed to him that his life was a dream,
  • his mother's death, and the life at the vicarage, and these two wretched
  • days at school, and he would awake in the morning and be back again at
  • home. His tears dried as he thought of it. He was too unhappy, it must be
  • nothing but a dream, and his mother was alive, and Emma would come up
  • presently and go to bed. He fell asleep.
  • But when he awoke next morning it was to the clanging of a bell, and the
  • first thing his eyes saw was the green curtain of his cubicle.
  • XII
  • As time went on Philip's deformity ceased to interest. It was accepted
  • like one boy's red hair and another's unreasonable corpulence. But
  • meanwhile he had grown horribly sensitive. He never ran if he could help
  • it, because he knew it made his limp more conspicuous, and he adopted a
  • peculiar walk. He stood still as much as he could, with his club-foot
  • behind the other, so that it should not attract notice, and he was
  • constantly on the look out for any reference to it. Because he could not
  • join in the games which other boys played, their life remained strange to
  • him; he only interested himself from the outside in their doings; and it
  • seemed to him that there was a barrier between them and him. Sometimes
  • they seemed to think that it was his fault if he could not play football,
  • and he was unable to make them understand. He was left a good deal to
  • himself. He had been inclined to talkativeness, but gradually he became
  • silent. He began to think of the difference between himself and others.
  • The biggest boy in his dormitory, Singer, took a dislike to him, and
  • Philip, small for his age, had to put up with a good deal of hard
  • treatment. About half-way through the term a mania ran through the school
  • for a game called Nibs. It was a game for two, played on a table or a form
  • with steel pens. You had to push your nib with the finger-nail so as to
  • get the point of it over your opponent's, while he manoeuvred to prevent
  • this and to get the point of his nib over the back of yours; when this
  • result was achieved you breathed on the ball of your thumb, pressed it
  • hard on the two nibs, and if you were able then to lift them without
  • dropping either, both nibs became yours. Soon nothing was seen but boys
  • playing this game, and the more skilful acquired vast stores of nibs. But
  • in a little while Mr. Watson made up his mind that it was a form of
  • gambling, forbade the game, and confiscated all the nibs in the boys'
  • possession. Philip had been very adroit, and it was with a heavy heart
  • that he gave up his winning; but his fingers itched to play still, and a
  • few days later, on his way to the football field, he went into a shop and
  • bought a pennyworth of J pens. He carried them loose in his pocket and
  • enjoyed feeling them. Presently Singer found out that he had them. Singer
  • had given up his nibs too, but he had kept back a very large one, called
  • a Jumbo, which was almost unconquerable, and he could not resist the
  • opportunity of getting Philip's Js out of him. Though Philip knew that he
  • was at a disadvantage with his small nibs, he had an adventurous
  • disposition and was willing to take the risk; besides, he was aware that
  • Singer would not allow him to refuse. He had not played for a week and sat
  • down to the game now with a thrill of excitement. He lost two of his small
  • nibs quickly, and Singer was jubilant, but the third time by some chance
  • the Jumbo slipped round and Philip was able to push his J across it. He
  • crowed with triumph. At that moment Mr. Watson came in.
  • "What are you doing?" he asked.
  • He looked from Singer to Philip, but neither answered.
  • "Don't you know that I've forbidden you to play that idiotic game?"
  • Philip's heart beat fast. He knew what was coming and was dreadfully
  • frightened, but in his fright there was a certain exultation. He had never
  • been swished. Of course it would hurt, but it was something to boast about
  • afterwards.
  • "Come into my study."
  • The headmaster turned, and they followed him side by side Singer whispered
  • to Philip:
  • "We're in for it."
  • Mr. Watson pointed to Singer.
  • "Bend over," he said.
  • Philip, very white, saw the boy quiver at each stroke, and after the third
  • he heard him cry out. Three more followed.
  • "That'll do. Get up."
  • Singer stood up. The tears were streaming down his face. Philip stepped
  • forward. Mr. Watson looked at him for a moment.
  • "I'm not going to cane you. You're a new boy. And I can't hit a cripple.
  • Go away, both of you, and don't be naughty again."
  • When they got back into the school-room a group of boys, who had learned
  • in some mysterious way what was happening, were waiting for them. They set
  • upon Singer at once with eager questions. Singer faced them, his face red
  • with the pain and marks of tears still on his cheeks. He pointed with his
  • head at Philip, who was standing a little behind him.
  • "He got off because he's a cripple," he said angrily.
  • Philip stood silent and flushed. He felt that they looked at him with
  • contempt.
  • "How many did you get?" one boy asked Singer.
  • But he did not answer. He was angry because he had been hurt
  • "Don't ask me to play Nibs with you again," he said to Philip. "It's jolly
  • nice for you. You don't risk anything."
  • "I didn't ask you."
  • "Didn't you!"
  • He quickly put out his foot and tripped Philip up. Philip was always
  • rather unsteady on his feet, and he fell heavily to the ground.
  • "Cripple," said Singer.
  • For the rest of the term he tormented Philip cruelly, and, though Philip
  • tried to keep out of his way, the school was so small that it was
  • impossible; he tried being friendly and jolly with him; he abased himself,
  • so far as to buy him a knife; but though Singer took the knife he was not
  • placated. Once or twice, driven beyond endurance, he hit and kicked the
  • bigger boy, but Singer was so much stronger that Philip was helpless, and
  • he was always forced after more or less torture to beg his pardon. It was
  • that which rankled with Philip: he could not bear the humiliation of
  • apologies, which were wrung from him by pain greater than he could bear.
  • And what made it worse was that there seemed no end to his wretchedness;
  • Singer was only eleven and would not go to the upper school till he was
  • thirteen. Philip realised that he must live two years with a tormentor
  • from whom there was no escape. He was only happy while he was working and
  • when he got into bed. And often there recurred to him then that queer
  • feeling that his life with all its misery was nothing but a dream, and
  • that he would awake in the morning in his own little bed in London.
  • XIII
  • Two years passed, and Philip was nearly twelve. He was in the first form,
  • within two or three places of the top, and after Christmas when several
  • boys would be leaving for the senior school he would be head boy. He had
  • already quite a collection of prizes, worthless books on bad paper, but in
  • gorgeous bindings decorated with the arms of the school: his position had
  • freed him from bullying, and he was not unhappy. His fellows forgave him
  • his success because of his deformity.
  • "After all, it's jolly easy for him to get prizes," they said, "there's
  • nothing he CAN do but swat."
  • He had lost his early terror of Mr. Watson. He had grown used to the loud
  • voice, and when the headmaster's heavy hand was laid on his shoulder
  • Philip discerned vaguely the intention of a caress. He had the good memory
  • which is more useful for scholastic achievements than mental power, and he
  • knew Mr. Watson expected him to leave the preparatory school with a
  • scholarship.
  • But he had grown very self-conscious. The new-born child does not realise
  • that his body is more a part of himself than surrounding objects, and will
  • play with his toes without any feeling that they belong to him more than
  • the rattle by his side; and it is only by degrees, through pain, that he
  • understands the fact of the body. And experiences of the same kind are
  • necessary for the individual to become conscious of himself; but here
  • there is the difference that, although everyone becomes equally conscious
  • of his body as a separate and complete organism, everyone does not become
  • equally conscious of himself as a complete and separate personality. The
  • feeling of apartness from others comes to most with puberty, but it is not
  • always developed to such a degree as to make the difference between the
  • individual and his fellows noticeable to the individual. It is such as he,
  • as little conscious of himself as the bee in a hive, who are the lucky in
  • life, for they have the best chance of happiness: their activities are
  • shared by all, and their pleasures are only pleasures because they are
  • enjoyed in common; you will see them on Whit-Monday dancing on Hampstead
  • Heath, shouting at a football match, or from club windows in Pall Mall
  • cheering a royal procession. It is because of them that man has been
  • called a social animal.
  • Philip passed from the innocence of childhood to bitter consciousness of
  • himself by the ridicule which his club-foot had excited. The circumstances
  • of his case were so peculiar that he could not apply to them the
  • ready-made rules which acted well enough in ordinary affairs, and he was
  • forced to think for himself. The many books he had read filled his mind
  • with ideas which, because he only half understood them, gave more scope to
  • his imagination. Beneath his painful shyness something was growing up
  • within him, and obscurely he realised his personality. But at times it
  • gave him odd surprises; he did things, he knew not why, and afterwards
  • when he thought of them found himself all at sea.
  • There was a boy called Luard between whom and Philip a friendship had
  • arisen, and one day, when they were playing together in the school-room,
  • Luard began to perform some trick with an ebony pen-holder of Philip's.
  • "Don't play the giddy ox," said Philip. "You'll only break it."
  • "I shan't."
  • But no sooner were the words out of the boy's mouth than the pen-holder
  • snapped in two. Luard looked at Philip with dismay.
  • "Oh, I say, I'm awfully sorry."
  • The tears rolled down Philip's cheeks, but he did not answer.
  • "I say, what's the matter?" said Luard, with surprise. "I'll get you
  • another one exactly the same."
  • "It's not about the pen-holder I care," said Philip, in a trembling voice,
  • "only it was given me by my mater, just before she died."
  • "I say, I'm awfully sorry, Carey."
  • "It doesn't matter. It wasn't your fault."
  • Philip took the two pieces of the pen-holder and looked at them. He tried
  • to restrain his sobs. He felt utterly miserable. And yet he could not tell
  • why, for he knew quite well that he had bought the pen-holder during his
  • last holidays at Blackstable for one and twopence. He did not know in the
  • least what had made him invent that pathetic story, but he was quite as
  • unhappy as though it had been true. The pious atmosphere of the vicarage
  • and the religious tone of the school had made Philip's conscience very
  • sensitive; he absorbed insensibly the feeling about him that the Tempter
  • was ever on the watch to gain his immortal soul; and though he was not
  • more truthful than most boys he never told a lie without suffering from
  • remorse. When he thought over this incident he was very much distressed,
  • and made up his mind that he must go to Luard and tell him that the story
  • was an invention. Though he dreaded humiliation more than anything in the
  • world, he hugged himself for two or three days at the thought of the
  • agonising joy of humiliating himself to the Glory of God. But he never got
  • any further. He satisfied his conscience by the more comfortable method of
  • expressing his repentance only to the Almighty. But he could not
  • understand why he should have been so genuinely affected by the story he
  • was making up. The tears that flowed down his grubby cheeks were real
  • tears. Then by some accident of association there occurred to him that
  • scene when Emma had told him of his mother's death, and, though he could
  • not speak for crying, he had insisted on going in to say good-bye to the
  • Misses Watkin so that they might see his grief and pity him.
  • XIV
  • Then a wave of religiosity passed through the school. Bad language was no
  • longer heard, and the little nastinesses of small boys were looked upon
  • with hostility; the bigger boys, like the lords temporal of the Middle
  • Ages, used the strength of their arms to persuade those weaker than
  • themselves to virtuous courses.
  • Philip, his restless mind avid for new things, became very devout. He
  • heard soon that it was possible to join a Bible League, and wrote to
  • London for particulars. These consisted in a form to be filled up with the
  • applicant's name, age, and school; a solemn declaration to be signed that
  • he would read a set portion of Holy Scripture every night for a year; and
  • a request for half a crown; this, it was explained, was demanded partly to
  • prove the earnestness of the applicant's desire to become a member of the
  • League, and partly to cover clerical expenses. Philip duly sent the papers
  • and the money, and in return received a calendar worth about a penny, on
  • which was set down the appointed passage to be read each day, and a sheet
  • of paper on one side of which was a picture of the Good Shepherd and a
  • lamb, and on the other, decoratively framed in red lines, a short prayer
  • which had to be said before beginning to read.
  • Every evening he undressed as quickly as possible in order to have time
  • for his task before the gas was put out. He read industriously, as he read
  • always, without criticism, stories of cruelty, deceit, ingratitude,
  • dishonesty, and low cunning. Actions which would have excited his horror
  • in the life about him, in the reading passed through his mind without
  • comment, because they were committed under the direct inspiration of God.
  • The method of the League was to alternate a book of the Old Testament with
  • a book of the New, and one night Philip came across these words of Jesus
  • Christ:
  • If ye have faith, and doubt not, ye shall not only do this which is done
  • to the fig-tree, but also if ye shall say unto this mountain, Be thou
  • removed, and be thou cast into the sea; it shall be done.
  • And all this, whatsoever ye shall ask in prayer, believing, ye shall
  • receive.
  • They made no particular impression on him, but it happened that two or
  • three days later, being Sunday, the Canon in residence chose them for the
  • text of his sermon. Even if Philip had wanted to hear this it would have
  • been impossible, for the boys of King's School sit in the choir, and the
  • pulpit stands at the corner of the transept so that the preacher's back is
  • almost turned to them. The distance also is so great that it needs a man
  • with a fine voice and a knowledge of elocution to make himself heard in
  • the choir; and according to long usage the Canons of Tercanbury are chosen
  • for their learning rather than for any qualities which might be of use in
  • a cathedral church. But the words of the text, perhaps because he had read
  • them so short a while before, came clearly enough to Philip's ears, and
  • they seemed on a sudden to have a personal application. He thought about
  • them through most of the sermon, and that night, on getting into bed, he
  • turned over the pages of the Gospel and found once more the passage.
  • Though he believed implicitly everything he saw in print, he had learned
  • already that in the Bible things that said one thing quite clearly often
  • mysteriously meant another. There was no one he liked to ask at school, so
  • he kept the question he had in mind till the Christmas holidays, and then
  • one day he made an opportunity. It was after supper and prayers were just
  • finished. Mrs. Carey was counting the eggs that Mary Ann had brought in as
  • usual and writing on each one the date. Philip stood at the table and
  • pretended to turn listlessly the pages of the Bible.
  • "I say, Uncle William, this passage here, does it really mean that?"
  • He put his finger against it as though he had come across it accidentally.
  • Mr. Carey looked up over his spectacles. He was holding The Blackstable
  • Times in front of the fire. It had come in that evening damp from the
  • press, and the Vicar always aired it for ten minutes before he began to
  • read.
  • "What passage is that?" he asked.
  • "Why, this about if you have faith you can remove mountains."
  • "If it says so in the Bible it is so, Philip," said Mrs. Carey gently,
  • taking up the plate-basket.
  • Philip looked at his uncle for an answer.
  • "It's a matter of faith."
  • "D'you mean to say that if you really believed you could move mountains
  • you could?"
  • "By the grace of God," said the Vicar.
  • "Now, say good-night to your uncle, Philip," said Aunt Louisa. "You're not
  • wanting to move a mountain tonight, are you?"
  • Philip allowed himself to be kissed on the forehead by his uncle and
  • preceded Mrs. Carey upstairs. He had got the information he wanted. His
  • little room was icy, and he shivered when he put on his nightshirt. But he
  • always felt that his prayers were more pleasing to God when he said them
  • under conditions of discomfort. The coldness of his hands and feet were an
  • offering to the Almighty. And tonight he sank on his knees; buried his
  • face in his hands, and prayed to God with all his might that He would make
  • his club-foot whole. It was a very small thing beside the moving of
  • mountains. He knew that God could do it if He wished, and his own faith
  • was complete. Next morning, finishing his prayers with the same request,
  • he fixed a date for the miracle.
  • "Oh, God, in Thy loving mercy and goodness, if it be Thy will, please make
  • my foot all right on the night before I go back to school."
  • He was glad to get his petition into a formula, and he repeated it later
  • in the dining-room during the short pause which the Vicar always made
  • after prayers, before he rose from his knees. He said it again in the
  • evening and again, shivering in his nightshirt, before he got into bed.
  • And he believed. For once he looked forward with eagerness to the end of
  • the holidays. He laughed to himself as he thought of his uncle's
  • astonishment when he ran down the stairs three at a time; and after
  • breakfast he and Aunt Louisa would have to hurry out and buy a new pair of
  • boots. At school they would be astounded.
  • "Hulloa, Carey, what have you done with your foot?"
  • "Oh, it's all right now," he would answer casually, as though it were the
  • most natural thing in the world.
  • He would be able to play football. His heart leaped as he saw himself
  • running, running, faster than any of the other boys. At the end of the
  • Easter term there were the sports, and he would be able to go in for the
  • races; he rather fancied himself over the hurdles. It would be splendid to
  • be like everyone else, not to be stared at curiously by new boys who did
  • not know about his deformity, nor at the baths in summer to need
  • incredible precautions, while he was undressing, before he could hide his
  • foot in the water.
  • He prayed with all the power of his soul. No doubts assailed him. He was
  • confident in the word of God. And the night before he was to go back to
  • school he went up to bed tremulous with excitement. There was snow on the
  • ground, and Aunt Louisa had allowed herself the unaccustomed luxury of a
  • fire in her bed-room; but in Philip's little room it was so cold that his
  • fingers were numb, and he had great difficulty in undoing his collar. His
  • teeth chattered. The idea came to him that he must do something more than
  • usual to attract the attention of God, and he turned back the rug which
  • was in front of his bed so that he could kneel on the bare boards; and
  • then it struck him that his nightshirt was a softness that might displease
  • his Maker, so he took it off and said his prayers naked. When he got into
  • bed he was so cold that for some time he could not sleep, but when he did,
  • it was so soundly that Mary Ann had to shake him when she brought in his
  • hot water next morning. She talked to him while she drew the curtains, but
  • he did not answer; he had remembered at once that this was the morning for
  • the miracle. His heart was filled with joy and gratitude. His first
  • instinct was to put down his hand and feel the foot which was whole now,
  • but to do this seemed to doubt the goodness of God. He knew that his foot
  • was well. But at last he made up his mind, and with the toes of his right
  • foot he just touched his left. Then he passed his hand over it.
  • He limped downstairs just as Mary Ann was going into the dining-room for
  • prayers, and then he sat down to breakfast.
  • "You're very quiet this morning, Philip," said Aunt Louisa presently.
  • "He's thinking of the good breakfast he'll have at school to-morrow," said
  • the Vicar.
  • When Philip answered, it was in a way that always irritated his uncle,
  • with something that had nothing to do with the matter in hand. He called
  • it a bad habit of wool-gathering.
  • "Supposing you'd asked God to do something," said Philip, "and really
  • believed it was going to happen, like moving a mountain, I mean, and you
  • had faith, and it didn't happen, what would it mean?"
  • "What a funny boy you are!" said Aunt Louisa. "You asked about moving
  • mountains two or three weeks ago."
  • "It would just mean that you hadn't got faith," answered Uncle William.
  • Philip accepted the explanation. If God had not cured him, it was because
  • he did not really believe. And yet he did not see how he could believe
  • more than he did. But perhaps he had not given God enough time. He had
  • only asked Him for nineteen days. In a day or two he began his prayer
  • again, and this time he fixed upon Easter. That was the day of His Son's
  • glorious resurrection, and God in His happiness might be mercifully
  • inclined. But now Philip added other means of attaining his desire: he
  • began to wish, when he saw a new moon or a dappled horse, and he looked
  • out for shooting stars; during exeat they had a chicken at the vicarage,
  • and he broke the lucky bone with Aunt Louisa and wished again, each time
  • that his foot might be made whole. He was appealing unconsciously to gods
  • older to his race than the God of Israel. And he bombarded the Almighty
  • with his prayer, at odd times of the day, whenever it occurred to him, in
  • identical words always, for it seemed to him important to make his request
  • in the same terms. But presently the feeling came to him that this time
  • also his faith would not be great enough. He could not resist the doubt
  • that assailed him. He made his own experience into a general rule.
  • "I suppose no one ever has faith enough," he said.
  • It was like the salt which his nurse used to tell him about: you could
  • catch any bird by putting salt on his tail; and once he had taken a little
  • bag of it into Kensington Gardens. But he could never get near enough to
  • put the salt on a bird's tail. Before Easter he had given up the struggle.
  • He felt a dull resentment against his uncle for taking him in. The text
  • which spoke of the moving of mountains was just one of those that said one
  • thing and meant another. He thought his uncle had been playing a practical
  • joke on him.
  • XV
  • The King's School at Tercanbury, to which Philip went when he was
  • thirteen, prided itself on its antiquity. It traced its origin to an abbey
  • school, founded before the Conquest, where the rudiments of learning were
  • taught by Augustine monks; and, like many another establishment of this
  • sort, on the destruction of the monasteries it had been reorganised by the
  • officers of King Henry VIII and thus acquired its name. Since then,
  • pursuing its modest course, it had given to the sons of the local gentry
  • and of the professional people of Kent an education sufficient to their
  • needs. One or two men of letters, beginning with a poet, than whom only
  • Shakespeare had a more splendid genius, and ending with a writer of prose
  • whose view of life has affected profoundly the generation of which Philip
  • was a member, had gone forth from its gates to achieve fame; it had
  • produced one or two eminent lawyers, but eminent lawyers are common, and
  • one or two soldiers of distinction; but during the three centuries since
  • its separation from the monastic order it had trained especially men of
  • the church, bishops, deans, canons, and above all country clergymen: there
  • were boys in the school whose fathers, grandfathers, great-grandfathers,
  • had been educated there and had all been rectors of parishes in the
  • diocese of Tercanbury; and they came to it with their minds made up
  • already to be ordained. But there were signs notwithstanding that even
  • there changes were coming; for a few, repeating what they had heard at
  • home, said that the Church was no longer what it used to be. It wasn't so
  • much the money; but the class of people who went in for it weren't the
  • same; and two or three boys knew curates whose fathers were tradesmen:
  • they'd rather go out to the Colonies (in those days the Colonies were
  • still the last hope of those who could get nothing to do in England) than
  • be a curate under some chap who wasn't a gentleman. At King's School, as
  • at Blackstable Vicarage, a tradesman was anyone who was not lucky enough
  • to own land (and here a fine distinction was made between the gentleman
  • farmer and the landowner), or did not follow one of the four professions
  • to which it was possible for a gentleman to belong. Among the day-boys, of
  • whom there were about a hundred and fifty, sons of the local gentry and of
  • the men stationed at the depot, those whose fathers were engaged in
  • business were made to feel the degradation of their state.
  • The masters had no patience with modern ideas of education, which they
  • read of sometimes in The Times or The Guardian, and hoped fervently
  • that King's School would remain true to its old traditions. The dead
  • languages were taught with such thoroughness that an old boy seldom
  • thought of Homer or Virgil in after life without a qualm of boredom; and
  • though in the common room at dinner one or two bolder spirits suggested
  • that mathematics were of increasing importance, the general feeling was
  • that they were a less noble study than the classics. Neither German nor
  • chemistry was taught, and French only by the form-masters; they could keep
  • order better than a foreigner, and, since they knew the grammar as well as
  • any Frenchman, it seemed unimportant that none of them could have got a
  • cup of coffee in the restaurant at Boulogne unless the waiter had known a
  • little English. Geography was taught chiefly by making boys draw maps, and
  • this was a favourite occupation, especially when the country dealt with
  • was mountainous: it was possible to waste a great deal of time in drawing
  • the Andes or the Apennines. The masters, graduates of Oxford or Cambridge,
  • were ordained and unmarried; if by chance they wished to marry they could
  • only do so by accepting one of the smaller livings at the disposal of the
  • Chapter; but for many years none of them had cared to leave the refined
  • society of Tercanbury, which owing to the cavalry depot had a martial as
  • well as an ecclesiastical tone, for the monotony of life in a country
  • rectory; and they were now all men of middle age.
  • The headmaster, on the other hand, was obliged to be married and he
  • conducted the school till age began to tell upon him. When he retired he
  • was rewarded with a much better living than any of the under-masters could
  • hope for, and an honorary Canonry.
  • But a year before Philip entered the school a great change had come over
  • it. It had been obvious for some time that Dr. Fleming, who had been
  • headmaster for the quarter of a century, was become too deaf to continue
  • his work to the greater glory of God; and when one of the livings on the
  • outskirts of the city fell vacant, with a stipend of six hundred a year,
  • the Chapter offered it to him in such a manner as to imply that they
  • thought it high time for him to retire. He could nurse his ailments
  • comfortably on such an income. Two or three curates who had hoped for
  • preferment told their wives it was scandalous to give a parish that needed
  • a young, strong, and energetic man to an old fellow who knew nothing of
  • parochial work, and had feathered his nest already; but the mutterings of
  • the unbeneficed clergy do not reach the ears of a cathedral Chapter. And
  • as for the parishioners they had nothing to say in the matter, and
  • therefore nobody asked for their opinion. The Wesleyans and the Baptists
  • both had chapels in the village.
  • When Dr. Fleming was thus disposed of it became necessary to find a
  • successor. It was contrary to the traditions of the school that one of the
  • lower-masters should be chosen. The common-room was unanimous in desiring
  • the election of Mr. Watson, headmaster of the preparatory school; he could
  • hardly be described as already a master of King's School, they had all
  • known him for twenty years, and there was no danger that he would make a
  • nuisance of himself. But the Chapter sprang a surprise on them. It chose
  • a man called Perkins. At first nobody knew who Perkins was, and the name
  • favourably impressed no one; but before the shock of it had passed away,
  • it was realised that Perkins was the son of Perkins the linendraper. Dr.
  • Fleming informed the masters just before dinner, and his manner showed his
  • consternation. Such of them as were dining in, ate their meal almost in
  • silence, and no reference was made to the matter till the servants had
  • left the room. Then they set to. The names of those present on this
  • occasion are unimportant, but they had been known to generations of
  • school-boys as Sighs, Tar, Winks, Squirts, and Pat.
  • They all knew Tom Perkins. The first thing about him was that he was not
  • a gentleman. They remembered him quite well. He was a small, dark boy,
  • with untidy black hair and large eyes. He looked like a gipsy. He had come
  • to the school as a day-boy, with the best scholarship on their endowment,
  • so that his education had cost him nothing. Of course he was brilliant. At
  • every Speech-Day he was loaded with prizes. He was their show-boy, and
  • they remembered now bitterly their fear that he would try to get some
  • scholarship at one of the larger public schools and so pass out of their
  • hands. Dr. Fleming had gone to the linendraper his father--they all
  • remembered the shop, Perkins and Cooper, in St. Catherine's Street--and
  • said he hoped Tom would remain with them till he went to Oxford. The
  • school was Perkins and Cooper's best customer, and Mr. Perkins was only
  • too glad to give the required assurance. Tom Perkins continued to triumph,
  • he was the finest classical scholar that Dr. Fleming remembered, and on
  • leaving the school took with him the most valuable scholarship they had to
  • offer. He got another at Magdalen and settled down to a brilliant career
  • at the University. The school magazine recorded the distinctions he
  • achieved year after year, and when he got his double first Dr. Fleming
  • himself wrote a few words of eulogy on the front page. It was with greater
  • satisfaction that they welcomed his success, since Perkins and Cooper had
  • fallen upon evil days: Cooper drank like a fish, and just before Tom
  • Perkins took his degree the linendrapers filed their petition in
  • bankruptcy.
  • In due course Tom Perkins took Holy Orders and entered upon the profession
  • for which he was so admirably suited. He had been an assistant master at
  • Wellington and then at Rugby.
  • But there was quite a difference between welcoming his success at other
  • schools and serving under his leadership in their own. Tar had frequently
  • given him lines, and Squirts had boxed his ears. They could not imagine
  • how the Chapter had made such a mistake. No one could be expected to
  • forget that he was the son of a bankrupt linendraper, and the alcoholism
  • of Cooper seemed to increase the disgrace. It was understood that the Dean
  • had supported his candidature with zeal, so the Dean would probably ask
  • him to dinner; but would the pleasant little dinners in the precincts ever
  • be the same when Tom Perkins sat at the table? And what about the depot?
  • He really could not expect officers and gentlemen to receive him as one of
  • themselves. It would do the school incalculable harm. Parents would be
  • dissatisfied, and no one could be surprised if there were wholesale
  • withdrawals. And then the indignity of calling him Mr. Perkins! The
  • masters thought by way of protest of sending in their resignations in a
  • body, but the uneasy fear that they would be accepted with equanimity
  • restrained them.
  • "The only thing is to prepare ourselves for changes," said Sighs, who had
  • conducted the fifth form for five and twenty years with unparalleled
  • incompetence.
  • And when they saw him they were not reassured. Dr. Fleming invited them to
  • meet him at luncheon. He was now a man of thirty-two, tall and lean, but
  • with the same wild and unkempt look they remembered on him as a boy. His
  • clothes, ill-made and shabby, were put on untidily. His hair was as black
  • and as long as ever, and he had plainly never learned to brush it; it fell
  • over his forehead with every gesture, and he had a quick movement of the
  • hand with which he pushed it back from his eyes. He had a black moustache
  • and a beard which came high up on his face almost to the cheek-bones, He
  • talked to the masters quite easily, as though he had parted from them a
  • week or two before; he was evidently delighted to see them. He seemed
  • unconscious of the strangeness of the position and appeared not to notice
  • any oddness in being addressed as Mr. Perkins.
  • When he bade them good-bye, one of the masters, for something to say,
  • remarked that he was allowing himself plenty of time to catch his train.
  • "I want to go round and have a look at the shop," he answered cheerfully.
  • There was a distinct embarrassment. They wondered that he could be so
  • tactless, and to make it worse Dr. Fleming had not heard what he said. His
  • wife shouted it in his ear.
  • "He wants to go round and look at his father's old shop."
  • Only Tom Perkins was unconscious of the humiliation which the whole party
  • felt. He turned to Mrs. Fleming.
  • "Who's got it now, d'you know?"
  • She could hardly answer. She was very angry.
  • "It's still a linendraper's," she said bitterly. "Grove is the name. We
  • don't deal there any more."
  • "I wonder if he'd let me go over the house."
  • "I expect he would if you explain who you are."
  • It was not till the end of dinner that evening that any reference was made
  • in the common-room to the subject that was in all their minds. Then it was
  • Sighs who asked:
  • "Well, what did you think of our new head?" They thought of the
  • conversation at luncheon. It was hardly a conversation; it was a
  • monologue. Perkins had talked incessantly. He talked very quickly, with a
  • flow of easy words and in a deep, resonant voice. He had a short, odd
  • little laugh which showed his white teeth. They had followed him with
  • difficulty, for his mind darted from subject to subject with a connection
  • they did not always catch. He talked of pedagogics, and this was natural
  • enough; but he had much to say of modern theories in Germany which they
  • had never heard of and received with misgiving. He talked of the classics,
  • but he had been to Greece, and he discoursed of archaeology; he had once
  • spent a winter digging; they could not see how that helped a man to teach
  • boys to pass examinations, He talked of politics. It sounded odd to them
  • to hear him compare Lord Beaconsfield with Alcibiades. He talked of Mr.
  • Gladstone and Home Rule. They realised that he was a Liberal. Their hearts
  • sank. He talked of German philosophy and of French fiction. They could not
  • think a man profound whose interests were so diverse.
  • It was Winks who summed up the general impression and put it into a form
  • they all felt conclusively damning. Winks was the master of the upper
  • third, a weak-kneed man with drooping eye-lids, He was too tall for his
  • strength, and his movements were slow and languid. He gave an impression
  • of lassitude, and his nickname was eminently appropriate.
  • "He's very enthusiastic," said Winks.
  • Enthusiasm was ill-bred. Enthusiasm was ungentlemanly. They thought of the
  • Salvation Army with its braying trumpets and its drums. Enthusiasm meant
  • change. They had goose-flesh when they thought of all the pleasant old
  • habits which stood in imminent danger. They hardly dared to look forward
  • to the future.
  • "He looks more of a gipsy than ever," said one, after a pause.
  • "I wonder if the Dean and Chapter knew that he was a Radical when they
  • elected him," another observed bitterly.
  • But conversation halted. They were too much disturbed for words.
  • When Tar and Sighs were walking together to the Chapter House on
  • Speech-Day a week later, Tar, who had a bitter tongue, remarked to his
  • colleague:
  • "Well, we've seen a good many Speech-Days here, haven't we? I wonder if we
  • shall see another."
  • Sighs was more melancholy even than usual.
  • "If anything worth having comes along in the way of a living I don't mind
  • when I retire."
  • XVI
  • A year passed, and when Philip came to the school the old masters were all
  • in their places; but a good many changes had taken place notwithstanding
  • their stubborn resistance, none the less formidable because it was
  • concealed under an apparent desire to fall in with the new head's ideas.
  • Though the form-masters still taught French to the lower school, another
  • master had come, with a degree of doctor of philology from the University
  • of Heidelberg and a record of three years spent in a French lycee, to
  • teach French to the upper forms and German to anyone who cared to take it
  • up instead of Greek. Another master was engaged to teach mathematics more
  • systematically than had been found necessary hitherto. Neither of these
  • was ordained. This was a real revolution, and when the pair arrived the
  • older masters received them with distrust. A laboratory had been fitted
  • up, army classes were instituted; they all said the character of the
  • school was changing. And heaven only knew what further projects Mr.
  • Perkins turned in that untidy head of his. The school was small as public
  • schools go, there were not more than two hundred boarders; and it was
  • difficult for it to grow larger, for it was huddled up against the
  • Cathedral; the precincts, with the exception of a house in which some of
  • the masters lodged, were occupied by the cathedral clergy; and there was
  • no more room for building. But Mr. Perkins devised an elaborate scheme by
  • which he might obtain sufficient space to make the school double its
  • present size. He wanted to attract boys from London. He thought it would
  • be good for them to be thrown in contact with the Kentish lads, and it
  • would sharpen the country wits of these.
  • "It's against all our traditions," said Sighs, when Mr. Perkins made the
  • suggestion to him. "We've rather gone out of our way to avoid the
  • contamination of boys from London."
  • "Oh, what nonsense!" said Mr. Perkins.
  • No one had ever told the form-master before that he talked nonsense, and
  • he was meditating an acid reply, in which perhaps he might insert a veiled
  • reference to hosiery, when Mr. Perkins in his impetuous way attacked him
  • outrageously.
  • "That house in the precincts--if you'd only marry I'd get the Chapter to
  • put another couple of stories on, and we'd make dormitories and studies,
  • and your wife could help you."
  • The elderly clergyman gasped. Why should he marry? He was fifty-seven, a
  • man couldn't marry at fifty-seven. He couldn't start looking after a house
  • at his time of life. He didn't want to marry. If the choice lay between
  • that and the country living he would much sooner resign. All he wanted now
  • was peace and quietness.
  • "I'm not thinking of marrying," he said.
  • Mr. Perkins looked at him with his dark, bright eyes, and if there was a
  • twinkle in them poor Sighs never saw it.
  • "What a pity! Couldn't you marry to oblige me? It would help me a great
  • deal with the Dean and Chapter when I suggest rebuilding your house."
  • But Mr. Perkins' most unpopular innovation was his system of taking
  • occasionally another man's form. He asked it as a favour, but after all it
  • was a favour which could not be refused, and as Tar, otherwise Mr. Turner,
  • said, it was undignified for all parties. He gave no warning, but after
  • morning prayers would say to one of the masters:
  • "I wonder if you'd mind taking the Sixth today at eleven. We'll change
  • over, shall we?"
  • They did not know whether this was usual at other schools, but certainly
  • it had never been done at Tercanbury. The results were curious. Mr.
  • Turner, who was the first victim, broke the news to his form that the
  • headmaster would take them for Latin that day, and on the pretence that
  • they might like to ask him a question or two so that they should not make
  • perfect fools of themselves, spent the last quarter of an hour of the
  • history lesson in construing for them the passage of Livy which had been
  • set for the day; but when he rejoined his class and looked at the paper on
  • which Mr. Perkins had written the marks, a surprise awaited him; for the
  • two boys at the top of the form seemed to have done very ill, while others
  • who had never distinguished themselves before were given full marks. When
  • he asked Eldridge, his cleverest boy, what was the meaning of this the
  • answer came sullenly:
  • "Mr. Perkins never gave us any construing to do. He asked me what I knew
  • about General Gordon."
  • Mr. Turner looked at him in astonishment. The boys evidently felt they had
  • been hardly used, and he could not help agreeing with their silent
  • dissatisfaction. He could not see either what General Gordon had to do
  • with Livy. He hazarded an inquiry afterwards.
  • "Eldridge was dreadfully put out because you asked him what he knew about
  • General Gordon," he said to the headmaster, with an attempt at a chuckle.
  • Mr. Perkins laughed.
  • "I saw they'd got to the agrarian laws of Caius Gracchus, and I wondered
  • if they knew anything about the agrarian troubles in Ireland. But all they
  • knew about Ireland was that Dublin was on the Liffey. So I wondered if
  • they'd ever heard of General Gordon."
  • Then the horrid fact was disclosed that the new head had a mania for
  • general information. He had doubts about the utility of examinations on
  • subjects which had been crammed for the occasion. He wanted common sense.
  • Sighs grew more worried every month; he could not get the thought out of
  • his head that Mr. Perkins would ask him to fix a day for his marriage; and
  • he hated the attitude the head adopted towards classical literature. There
  • was no doubt that he was a fine scholar, and he was engaged on a work
  • which was quite in the right tradition: he was writing a treatise on the
  • trees in Latin literature; but he talked of it flippantly, as though it
  • were a pastime of no great importance, like billiards, which engaged his
  • leisure but was not to be considered with seriousness. And Squirts, the
  • master of the Middle Third, grew more ill-tempered every day.
  • It was in his form that Philip was put on entering the school. The Rev. B.
  • B. Gordon was a man by nature ill-suited to be a schoolmaster: he was
  • impatient and choleric. With no one to call him to account, with only
  • small boys to face him, he had long lost all power of self-control. He
  • began his work in a rage and ended it in a passion. He was a man of middle
  • height and of a corpulent figure; he had sandy hair, worn very short and
  • now growing gray, and a small bristly moustache. His large face, with
  • indistinct features and small blue eyes, was naturally red, but during his
  • frequent attacks of anger it grew dark and purple. His nails were bitten
  • to the quick, for while some trembling boy was construing he would sit at
  • his desk shaking with the fury that consumed him, and gnaw his fingers.
  • Stories, perhaps exaggerated, were told of his violence, and two years
  • before there had been some excitement in the school when it was heard that
  • one father was threatening a prosecution: he had boxed the ears of a boy
  • named Walters with a book so violently that his hearing was affected and
  • the boy had to be taken away from the school. The boy's father lived in
  • Tercanbury, and there had been much indignation in the city, the local
  • paper had referred to the matter; but Mr. Walters was only a brewer, so
  • the sympathy was divided. The rest of the boys, for reasons best known to
  • themselves, though they loathed the master, took his side in the affair,
  • and, to show their indignation that the school's business had been dealt
  • with outside, made things as uncomfortable as they could for Walters'
  • younger brother, who still remained. But Mr. Gordon had only escaped the
  • country living by the skin of his teeth, and he had never hit a boy since.
  • The right the masters possessed to cane boys on the hand was taken away
  • from them, and Squirts could no longer emphasize his anger by beating his
  • desk with the cane. He never did more now than take a boy by the shoulders
  • and shake him. He still made a naughty or refractory lad stand with one
  • arm stretched out for anything from ten minutes to half an hour, and he
  • was as violent as before with his tongue.
  • No master could have been more unfitted to teach things to so shy a boy as
  • Philip. He had come to the school with fewer terrors than he had when
  • first he went to Mr. Watson's. He knew a good many boys who had been with
  • him at the preparatory school. He felt more grownup, and instinctively
  • realised that among the larger numbers his deformity would be less
  • noticeable. But from the first day Mr. Gordon struck terror in his heart;
  • and the master, quick to discern the boys who were frightened of him,
  • seemed on that account to take a peculiar dislike to him. Philip had
  • enjoyed his work, but now he began to look upon the hours passed in school
  • with horror. Rather than risk an answer which might be wrong and excite a
  • storm of abuse from the master, he would sit stupidly silent, and when it
  • came towards his turn to stand up and construe he grew sick and white with
  • apprehension. His happy moments were those when Mr. Perkins took the form.
  • He was able to gratify the passion for general knowledge which beset the
  • headmaster; he had read all sorts of strange books beyond his years, and
  • often Mr. Perkins, when a question was going round the room, would stop at
  • Philip with a smile that filled the boy with rapture, and say:
  • "Now, Carey, you tell them."
  • The good marks he got on these occasions increased Mr. Gordon's
  • indignation. One day it came to Philip's turn to translate, and the master
  • sat there glaring at him and furiously biting his thumb. He was in a
  • ferocious mood. Philip began to speak in a low voice.
  • "Don't mumble," shouted the master.
  • Something seemed to stick in Philip's throat.
  • "Go on. Go on. Go on."
  • Each time the words were screamed more loudly. The effect was to drive all
  • he knew out of Philip's head, and he looked at the printed page vacantly.
  • Mr. Gordon began to breathe heavily.
  • "If you don't know why don't you say so? Do you know it or not? Did you
  • hear all this construed last time or not? Why don't you speak? Speak, you
  • blockhead, speak!"
  • The master seized the arms of his chair and grasped them as though to
  • prevent himself from falling upon Philip. They knew that in past days he
  • often used to seize boys by the throat till they almost choked. The veins
  • in his forehead stood out and his face grew dark and threatening. He was
  • a man insane.
  • Philip had known the passage perfectly the day before, but now he could
  • remember nothing.
  • "I don't know it," he gasped.
  • "Why don't you know it? Let's take the words one by one. We'll soon see if
  • you don't know it."
  • Philip stood silent, very white, trembling a little, with his head bent
  • down on the book. The master's breathing grew almost stertorous.
  • "The headmaster says you're clever. I don't know how he sees it. General
  • information." He laughed savagely. "I don't know what they put you in his
  • form for, Blockhead."
  • He was pleased with the word, and he repeated it at the top of his voice.
  • "Blockhead! Blockhead! Club-footed blockhead!"
  • That relieved him a little. He saw Philip redden suddenly. He told him to
  • fetch the Black Book. Philip put down his Caesar and went silently out.
  • The Black Book was a sombre volume in which the names of boys were written
  • with their misdeeds, and when a name was down three times it meant a
  • caning. Philip went to the headmaster's house and knocked at his
  • study-door. Mr. Perkins was seated at his table.
  • "May I have the Black Book, please, sir."
  • "There it is," answered Mr. Perkins, indicating its place by a nod of his
  • head. "What have you been doing that you shouldn't?"
  • "I don't know, sir."
  • Mr. Perkins gave him a quick look, but without answering went on with his
  • work. Philip took the book and went out. When the hour was up, a few
  • minutes later, he brought it back.
  • "Let me have a look at it," said the headmaster. "I see Mr. Gordon has
  • black-booked you for 'gross impertinence.' What was it?"
  • "I don't know, sir. Mr. Gordon said I was a club-footed blockhead."
  • Mr. Perkins looked at him again. He wondered whether there was sarcasm
  • behind the boy's reply, but he was still much too shaken. His face was
  • white and his eyes had a look of terrified distress. Mr. Perkins got up
  • and put the book down. As he did so he took up some photographs.
  • "A friend of mine sent me some pictures of Athens this morning," he said
  • casually. "Look here, there's the Akropolis."
  • He began explaining to Philip what he saw. The ruin grew vivid with his
  • words. He showed him the theatre of Dionysus and explained in what order
  • the people sat, and how beyond they could see the blue Aegean. And then
  • suddenly he said:
  • "I remember Mr. Gordon used to call me a gipsy counter-jumper when I was
  • in his form."
  • And before Philip, his mind fixed on the photographs, had time to gather
  • the meaning of the remark, Mr. Perkins was showing him a picture of
  • Salamis, and with his finger, a finger of which the nail had a little
  • black edge to it, was pointing out how the Greek ships were placed and how
  • the Persian.
  • XVII
  • Philip passed the next two years with comfortable monotony. He was not
  • bullied more than other boys of his size; and his deformity, withdrawing
  • him from games, acquired for him an insignificance for which he was
  • grateful. He was not popular, and he was very lonely. He spent a couple of
  • terms with Winks in the Upper Third. Winks, with his weary manner and his
  • drooping eyelids, looked infinitely bored. He did his duty, but he did it
  • with an abstracted mind. He was kind, gentle, and foolish. He had a great
  • belief in the honour of boys; he felt that the first thing to make them
  • truthful was not to let it enter your head for a moment that it was
  • possible for them to lie. "Ask much," he quoted, "and much shall be given
  • to you." Life was easy in the Upper Third. You knew exactly what lines
  • would come to your turn to construe, and with the crib that passed from
  • hand to hand you could find out all you wanted in two minutes; you could
  • hold a Latin Grammar open on your knees while questions were passing
  • round; and Winks never noticed anything odd in the fact that the same
  • incredible mistake was to be found in a dozen different exercises. He had
  • no great faith in examinations, for he noticed that boys never did so well
  • in them as in form: it was disappointing, but not significant. In due
  • course they were moved up, having learned little but a cheerful effrontery
  • in the distortion of truth, which was possibly of greater service to them
  • in after life than an ability to read Latin at sight.
  • Then they fell into the hands of Tar. His name was Turner; he was the most
  • vivacious of the old masters, a short man with an immense belly, a black
  • beard turning now to gray, and a swarthy skin. In his clerical dress there
  • was indeed something in him to suggest the tar-barrel; and though on
  • principle he gave five hundred lines to any boy on whose lips he overheard
  • his nickname, at dinner-parties in the precincts he often made little
  • jokes about it. He was the most worldly of the masters; he dined out more
  • frequently than any of the others, and the society he kept was not so
  • exclusively clerical. The boys looked upon him as rather a dog. He left
  • off his clerical attire during the holidays and had been seen in
  • Switzerland in gay tweeds. He liked a bottle of wine and a good dinner,
  • and having once been seen at the Cafe Royal with a lady who was very
  • probably a near relation, was thenceforward supposed by generations of
  • schoolboys to indulge in orgies the circumstantial details of which
  • pointed to an unbounded belief in human depravity.
  • Mr. Turner reckoned that it took him a term to lick boys into shape after
  • they had been in the Upper Third; and now and then he let fall a sly hint,
  • which showed that he knew perfectly what went on in his colleague's form.
  • He took it good-humouredly. He looked upon boys as young ruffians who were
  • more apt to be truthful if it was quite certain a lie would be found out,
  • whose sense of honour was peculiar to themselves and did not apply to
  • dealings with masters, and who were least likely to be troublesome when
  • they learned that it did not pay. He was proud of his form and as eager at
  • fifty-five that it should do better in examinations than any of the others
  • as he had been when he first came to the school. He had the choler of the
  • obese, easily roused and as easily calmed, and his boys soon discovered
  • that there was much kindliness beneath the invective with which he
  • constantly assailed them. He had no patience with fools, but was willing
  • to take much trouble with boys whom he suspected of concealing
  • intelligence behind their wilfulness. He was fond of inviting them to tea;
  • and, though vowing they never got a look in with him at the cakes and
  • muffins, for it was the fashion to believe that his corpulence pointed to
  • a voracious appetite, and his voracious appetite to tapeworms, they
  • accepted his invitations with real pleasure.
  • Philip was now more comfortable, for space was so limited that there were
  • only studies for boys in the upper school, and till then he had lived in
  • the great hall in which they all ate and in which the lower forms did
  • preparation in a promiscuity which was vaguely distasteful to him. Now and
  • then it made him restless to be with people and he wanted urgently to be
  • alone. He set out for solitary walks into the country. There was a little
  • stream, with pollards on both sides of it, that ran through green fields,
  • and it made him happy, he knew not why, to wander along its banks. When he
  • was tired he lay face-downward on the grass and watched the eager
  • scurrying of minnows and of tadpoles. It gave him a peculiar satisfaction
  • to saunter round the precincts. On the green in the middle they practised
  • at nets in the summer, but during the rest of the year it was quiet: boys
  • used to wander round sometimes arm in arm, or a studious fellow with
  • abstracted gaze walked slowly, repeating to himself something he had to
  • learn by heart. There was a colony of rooks in the great elms, and they
  • filled the air with melancholy cries. Along one side lay the Cathedral
  • with its great central tower, and Philip, who knew as yet nothing of
  • beauty, felt when he looked at it a troubling delight which he could not
  • understand. When he had a study (it was a little square room looking on a
  • slum, and four boys shared it), he bought a photograph of that view of the
  • Cathedral, and pinned it up over his desk. And he found himself taking a
  • new interest in what he saw from the window of the Fourth Form room. It
  • looked on to old lawns, carefully tended, and fine trees with foliage
  • dense and rich. It gave him an odd feeling in his heart, and he did not
  • know if it was pain or pleasure. It was the first dawn of the aesthetic
  • emotion. It accompanied other changes. His voice broke. It was no longer
  • quite under his control, and queer sounds issued from his throat.
  • Then he began to go to the classes which were held in the headmaster's
  • study, immediately after tea, to prepare boys for confirmation. Philip's
  • piety had not stood the test of time, and he had long since given up his
  • nightly reading of the Bible; but now, under the influence of Mr. Perkins,
  • with this new condition of the body which made him so restless, his old
  • feelings revived, and he reproached himself bitterly for his backsliding.
  • The fires of Hell burned fiercely before his mind's eye. If he had died
  • during that time when he was little better than an infidel he would have
  • been lost; he believed implicitly in pain everlasting, he believed in it
  • much more than in eternal happiness; and he shuddered at the dangers he
  • had run.
  • Since the day on which Mr. Perkins had spoken kindly to him, when he was
  • smarting under the particular form of abuse which he could least bear,
  • Philip had conceived for his headmaster a dog-like adoration. He racked
  • his brains vainly for some way to please him. He treasured the smallest
  • word of commendation which by chance fell from his lips. And when he came
  • to the quiet little meetings in his house he was prepared to surrender
  • himself entirely. He kept his eyes fixed on Mr. Perkins' shining eyes, and
  • sat with mouth half open, his head a little thrown forward so as to miss
  • no word. The ordinariness of the surroundings made the matters they dealt
  • with extraordinarily moving. And often the master, seized himself by the
  • wonder of his subject, would push back the book in front of him, and with
  • his hands clasped together over his heart, as though to still the beating,
  • would talk of the mysteries of their religion. Sometimes Philip did not
  • understand, but he did not want to understand, he felt vaguely that it was
  • enough to feel. It seemed to him then that the headmaster, with his black,
  • straggling hair and his pale face, was like those prophets of Israel who
  • feared not to take kings to task; and when he thought of the Redeemer he
  • saw Him only with the same dark eyes and those wan cheeks.
  • Mr. Perkins took this part of his work with great seriousness. There was
  • never here any of that flashing humour which made the other masters
  • suspect him of flippancy. Finding time for everything in his busy day, he
  • was able at certain intervals to take separately for a quarter of an hour
  • or twenty minutes the boys whom he was preparing for confirmation. He
  • wanted to make them feel that this was the first consciously serious step
  • in their lives; he tried to grope into the depths of their souls; he
  • wanted to instil in them his own vehement devotion. In Philip,
  • notwithstanding his shyness, he felt the possibility of a passion equal to
  • his own. The boy's temperament seemed to him essentially religious. One
  • day he broke off suddenly from the subject on which he had been talking.
  • "Have you thought at all what you're going to be when you grow up?" he
  • asked.
  • "My uncle wants me to be ordained," said Philip.
  • "And you?"
  • Philip looked away. He was ashamed to answer that he felt himself
  • unworthy.
  • "I don't know any life that's so full of happiness as ours. I wish I could
  • make you feel what a wonderful privilege it is. One can serve God in every
  • walk, but we stand nearer to Him. I don't want to influence you, but if
  • you made up your mind--oh, at once--you couldn't help feeling that joy and
  • relief which never desert one again."
  • Philip did not answer, but the headmaster read in his eyes that he
  • realised already something of what he tried to indicate.
  • "If you go on as you are now you'll find yourself head of the school one
  • of these days, and you ought to be pretty safe for a scholarship when you
  • leave. Have you got anything of your own?"
  • "My uncle says I shall have a hundred a year when I'm twenty-one."
  • "You'll be rich. I had nothing."
  • The headmaster hesitated a moment, and then, idly drawing lines with a
  • pencil on the blotting paper in front of him, went on.
  • "I'm afraid your choice of professions will be rather limited. You
  • naturally couldn't go in for anything that required physical activity."
  • Philip reddened to the roots of his hair, as he always did when any
  • reference was made to his club-foot. Mr. Perkins looked at him gravely.
  • "I wonder if you're not oversensitive about your misfortune. Has it ever
  • struck you to thank God for it?"
  • Philip looked up quickly. His lips tightened. He remembered how for
  • months, trusting in what they told him, he had implored God to heal him as
  • He had healed the Leper and made the Blind to see.
  • "As long as you accept it rebelliously it can only cause you shame. But if
  • you looked upon it as a cross that was given you to bear only because your
  • shoulders were strong enough to bear it, a sign of God's favour, then it
  • would be a source of happiness to you instead of misery."
  • He saw that the boy hated to discuss the matter and he let him go.
  • But Philip thought over all that the headmaster had said, and presently,
  • his mind taken up entirely with the ceremony that was before him, a
  • mystical rapture seized him. His spirit seemed to free itself from the
  • bonds of the flesh and he seemed to be living a new life. He aspired to
  • perfection with all the passion that was in him. He wanted to surrender
  • himself entirely to the service of God, and he made up his mind definitely
  • that he would be ordained. When the great day arrived, his soul deeply
  • moved by all the preparation, by the books he had studied and above all by
  • the overwhelming influence of the head, he could hardly contain himself
  • for fear and joy. One thought had tormented him. He knew that he would
  • have to walk alone through the chancel, and he dreaded showing his limp
  • thus obviously, not only to the whole school, who were attending the
  • service, but also to the strangers, people from the city or parents who
  • had come to see their sons confirmed. But when the time came he felt
  • suddenly that he could accept the humiliation joyfully; and as he limped
  • up the chancel, very small and insignificant beneath the lofty vaulting of
  • the Cathedral, he offered consciously his deformity as a sacrifice to the
  • God who loved him.
  • XVIII
  • But Philip could not live long in the rarefied air of the hilltops. What
  • had happened to him when first he was seized by the religious emotion
  • happened to him now. Because he felt so keenly the beauty of faith,
  • because the desire for self-sacrifice burned in his heart with such a
  • gem-like glow, his strength seemed inadequate to his ambition. He was
  • tired out by the violence of his passion. His soul was filled on a sudden
  • with a singular aridity. He began to forget the presence of God which had
  • seemed so surrounding; and his religious exercises, still very punctually
  • performed, grew merely formal. At first he blamed himself for this falling
  • away, and the fear of hell-fire urged him to renewed vehemence; but the
  • passion was dead, and gradually other interests distracted his thoughts.
  • Philip had few friends. His habit of reading isolated him: it became such
  • a need that after being in company for some time he grew tired and
  • restless; he was vain of the wider knowledge he had acquired from the
  • perusal of so many books, his mind was alert, and he had not the skill to
  • hide his contempt for his companions' stupidity. They complained that he
  • was conceited; and, since he excelled only in matters which to them were
  • unimportant, they asked satirically what he had to be conceited about. He
  • was developing a sense of humour, and found that he had a knack of saying
  • bitter things, which caught people on the raw; he said them because they
  • amused him, hardly realising how much they hurt, and was much offended
  • when he found that his victims regarded him with active dislike. The
  • humiliations he suffered when first he went to school had caused in him a
  • shrinking from his fellows which he could never entirely overcome; he
  • remained shy and silent. But though he did everything to alienate the
  • sympathy of other boys he longed with all his heart for the popularity
  • which to some was so easily accorded. These from his distance he admired
  • extravagantly; and though he was inclined to be more sarcastic with them
  • than with others, though he made little jokes at their expense, he would
  • have given anything to change places with them. Indeed he would gladly
  • have changed places with the dullest boy in the school who was whole of
  • limb. He took to a singular habit. He would imagine that he was some boy
  • whom he had a particular fancy for; he would throw his soul, as it were,
  • into the other's body, talk with his voice and laugh with his heart; he
  • would imagine himself doing all the things the other did. It was so vivid
  • that he seemed for a moment really to be no longer himself. In this way he
  • enjoyed many intervals of fantastic happiness.
  • At the beginning of the Christmas term which followed on his confirmation
  • Philip found himself moved into another study. One of the boys who shared
  • it was called Rose. He was in the same form as Philip, and Philip had
  • always looked upon him with envious admiration. He was not good-looking;
  • though his large hands and big bones suggested that he would be a tall
  • man, he was clumsily made; but his eyes were charming, and when he laughed
  • (he was constantly laughing) his face wrinkled all round them in a jolly
  • way. He was neither clever nor stupid, but good enough at his work and
  • better at games. He was a favourite with masters and boys, and he in his
  • turn liked everyone.
  • When Philip was put in the study he could not help seeing that the others,
  • who had been together for three terms, welcomed him coldly. It made him
  • nervous to feel himself an intruder; but he had learned to hide his
  • feelings, and they found him quiet and unobtrusive. With Rose, because he
  • was as little able as anyone else to resist his charm, Philip was even
  • more than usually shy and abrupt; and whether on account of this,
  • unconsciously bent upon exerting the fascination he knew was his only by
  • the results, or whether from sheer kindness of heart, it was Rose who
  • first took Philip into the circle. One day, quite suddenly, he asked
  • Philip if he would walk to the football field with him. Philip flushed.
  • "I can't walk fast enough for you," he said.
  • "Rot. Come on."
  • And just before they were setting out some boy put his head in the
  • study-door and asked Rose to go with him.
  • "I can't," he answered. "I've already promised Carey."
  • "Don't bother about me," said Philip quickly. "I shan't mind."
  • "Rot," said Rose.
  • He looked at Philip with those good-natured eyes of his and laughed.
  • Philip felt a curious tremor in his heart.
  • In a little while, their friendship growing with boyish rapidity, the pair
  • were inseparable. Other fellows wondered at the sudden intimacy, and Rose
  • was asked what he saw in Philip.
  • "Oh, I don't know," he answered. "He's not half a bad chap really."
  • Soon they grew accustomed to the two walking into chapel arm in arm or
  • strolling round the precincts in conversation; wherever one was the other
  • could be found also, and, as though acknowledging his proprietorship, boys
  • who wanted Rose would leave messages with Carey. Philip at first was
  • reserved. He would not let himself yield entirely to the proud joy that
  • filled him; but presently his distrust of the fates gave way before a wild
  • happiness. He thought Rose the most wonderful fellow he had ever seen. His
  • books now were insignificant; he could not bother about them when there
  • was something infinitely more important to occupy him. Rose's friends used
  • to come in to tea in the study sometimes or sit about when there was
  • nothing better to do--Rose liked a crowd and the chance of a rag--and they
  • found that Philip was quite a decent fellow. Philip was happy.
  • When the last day of term came he and Rose arranged by which train they
  • should come back, so that they might meet at the station and have tea in
  • the town before returning to school. Philip went home with a heavy heart.
  • He thought of Rose all through the holidays, and his fancy was active with
  • the things they would do together next term. He was bored at the vicarage,
  • and when on the last day his uncle put him the usual question in the usual
  • facetious tone:
  • "Well, are you glad to be going back to school?"
  • Philip answered joyfully.
  • "Rather."
  • In order to be sure of meeting Rose at the station he took an earlier
  • train than he usually did, and he waited about the platform for an hour.
  • When the train came in from Faversham, where he knew Rose had to change,
  • he ran along it excitedly. But Rose was not there. He got a porter to tell
  • him when another train was due, and he waited; but again he was
  • disappointed; and he was cold and hungry, so he walked, through
  • side-streets and slums, by a short cut to the school. He found Rose in the
  • study, with his feet on the chimney-piece, talking eighteen to the dozen
  • with half a dozen boys who were sitting on whatever there was to sit on.
  • He shook hands with Philip enthusiastically, but Philip's face fell, for
  • he realised that Rose had forgotten all about their appointment.
  • "I say, why are you so late?" said Rose. "I thought you were never
  • coming."
  • "You were at the station at half-past four," said another boy. "I saw you
  • when I came."
  • Philip blushed a little. He did not want Rose to know that he had been
  • such a fool as to wait for him.
  • "I had to see about a friend of my people's," he invented readily. "I was
  • asked to see her off."
  • But his disappointment made him a little sulky. He sat in silence, and
  • when spoken to answered in monosyllables. He was making up his mind to
  • have it out with Rose when they were alone. But when the others had gone
  • Rose at once came over and sat on the arm of the chair in which Philip was
  • lounging.
  • "I say, I'm jolly glad we're in the same study this term. Ripping, isn't
  • it?"
  • He seemed so genuinely pleased to see Philip that Philip's annoyance
  • vanished. They began as if they had not been separated for five minutes to
  • talk eagerly of the thousand things that interested them.
  • XIX
  • At first Philip had been too grateful for Rose's friendship to make any
  • demands on him. He took things as they came and enjoyed life. But
  • presently he began to resent Rose's universal amiability; he wanted a more
  • exclusive attachment, and he claimed as a right what before he had
  • accepted as a favour. He watched jealously Rose's companionship with
  • others; and though he knew it was unreasonable could not help sometimes
  • saying bitter things to him. If Rose spent an hour playing the fool in
  • another study, Philip would receive him when he returned to his own with
  • a sullen frown. He would sulk for a day, and he suffered more because Rose
  • either did not notice his ill-humour or deliberately ignored it. Not
  • seldom Philip, knowing all the time how stupid he was, would force a
  • quarrel, and they would not speak to one another for a couple of days. But
  • Philip could not bear to be angry with him long, and even when convinced
  • that he was in the right, would apologise humbly. Then for a week they
  • would be as great friends as ever. But the best was over, and Philip could
  • see that Rose often walked with him merely from old habit or from fear of
  • his anger; they had not so much to say to one another as at first, and
  • Rose was often bored. Philip felt that his lameness began to irritate him.
  • Towards the end of the term two or three boys caught scarlet fever, and
  • there was much talk of sending them all home in order to escape an
  • epidemic; but the sufferers were isolated, and since no more were attacked
  • it was supposed that the outbreak was stopped. One of the stricken was
  • Philip. He remained in hospital through the Easter holidays, and at the
  • beginning of the summer term was sent home to the vicarage to get a little
  • fresh air. The Vicar, notwithstanding medical assurance that the boy was
  • no longer infectious, received him with suspicion; he thought it very
  • inconsiderate of the doctor to suggest that his nephew's convalescence
  • should be spent by the seaside, and consented to have him in the house
  • only because there was nowhere else he could go.
  • Philip went back to school at half-term. He had forgotten the quarrels he
  • had had with Rose, but remembered only that he was his greatest friend. He
  • knew that he had been silly. He made up his mind to be more reasonable.
  • During his illness Rose had sent him in a couple of little notes, and he
  • had ended each with the words: "Hurry up and come back." Philip thought
  • Rose must be looking forward as much to his return as he was himself to
  • seeing Rose.
  • He found that owing to the death from scarlet fever of one of the boys in
  • the Sixth there had been some shifting in the studies and Rose was no
  • longer in his. It was a bitter disappointment. But as soon as he arrived
  • he burst into Rose's study. Rose was sitting at his desk, working with a
  • boy called Hunter, and turned round crossly as Philip came in.
  • "Who the devil's that?" he cried. And then, seeing Philip: "Oh, it's you."
  • Philip stopped in embarrassment.
  • "I thought I'd come in and see how you were."
  • "We were just working."
  • Hunter broke into the conversation.
  • "When did you get back?"
  • "Five minutes ago."
  • They sat and looked at him as though he was disturbing them. They
  • evidently expected him to go quickly. Philip reddened.
  • "I'll be off. You might look in when you've done," he said to Rose.
  • "All right."
  • Philip closed the door behind him and limped back to his own study. He
  • felt frightfully hurt. Rose, far from seeming glad to see him, had looked
  • almost put out. They might never have been more than acquaintances. Though
  • he waited in his study, not leaving it for a moment in case just then Rose
  • should come, his friend never appeared; and next morning when he went in
  • to prayers he saw Rose and Hunter singing along arm in arm. What he could
  • not see for himself others told him. He had forgotten that three months is
  • a long time in a schoolboy's life, and though he had passed them in
  • solitude Rose had lived in the world. Hunter had stepped into the vacant
  • place. Philip found that Rose was quietly avoiding him. But he was not the
  • boy to accept a situation without putting it into words; he waited till he
  • was sure Rose was alone in his study and went in.
  • "May I come in?" he asked.
  • Rose looked at him with an embarrassment that made him angry with Philip.
  • "Yes, if you want to."
  • "It's very kind of you," said Philip sarcastically.
  • "What d'you want?"
  • "I say, why have you been so rotten since I came back?"
  • "Oh, don't be an ass," said Rose.
  • "I don't know what you see in Hunter."
  • "That's my business."
  • Philip looked down. He could not bring himself to say what was in his
  • heart. He was afraid of humiliating himself. Rose got up.
  • "I've got to go to the Gym," he said.
  • When he was at the door Philip forced himself to speak.
  • "I say, Rose, don't be a perfect beast."
  • "Oh, go to hell."
  • Rose slammed the door behind him and left Philip alone. Philip shivered
  • with rage. He went back to his study and turned the conversation over in
  • his mind. He hated Rose now, he wanted to hurt him, he thought of biting
  • things he might have said to him. He brooded over the end to their
  • friendship and fancied that others were talking of it. In his
  • sensitiveness he saw sneers and wonderings in other fellows' manner when
  • they were not bothering their heads with him at all. He imagined to
  • himself what they were saying.
  • "After all, it wasn't likely to last long. I wonder he ever stuck Carey at
  • all. Blighter!"
  • To show his indifference he struck up a violent friendship with a boy
  • called Sharp whom he hated and despised. He was a London boy, with a
  • loutish air, a heavy fellow with the beginnings of a moustache on his lip
  • and bushy eyebrows that joined one another across the bridge of his nose.
  • He had soft hands and manners too suave for his years. He spoke with the
  • suspicion of a cockney accent. He was one of those boys who are too slack
  • to play games, and he exercised great ingenuity in making excuses to avoid
  • such as were compulsory. He was regarded by boys and masters with a vague
  • dislike, and it was from arrogance that Philip now sought his society.
  • Sharp in a couple of terms was going to Germany for a year. He hated
  • school, which he looked upon as an indignity to be endured till he was old
  • enough to go out into the world. London was all he cared for, and he had
  • many stories to tell of his doings there during the holidays. From his
  • conversation--he spoke in a soft, deep-toned voice--there emerged the
  • vague rumour of the London streets by night. Philip listened to him at
  • once fascinated and repelled. With his vivid fancy he seemed to see the
  • surging throng round the pit-door of theatres, and the glitter of cheap
  • restaurants, bars where men, half drunk, sat on high stools talking with
  • barmaids; and under the street lamps the mysterious passing of dark crowds
  • bent upon pleasure. Sharp lent him cheap novels from Holywell Row, which
  • Philip read in his cubicle with a sort of wonderful fear.
  • Once Rose tried to effect a reconciliation. He was a good-natured fellow,
  • who did not like having enemies.
  • "I say, Carey, why are you being such a silly ass? It doesn't do you any
  • good cutting me and all that."
  • "I don't know what you mean," answered Philip.
  • "Well, I don't see why you shouldn't talk."
  • "You bore me," said Philip.
  • "Please yourself."
  • Rose shrugged his shoulders and left him. Philip was very white, as he
  • always became when he was moved, and his heart beat violently. When Rose
  • went away he felt suddenly sick with misery. He did not know why he had
  • answered in that fashion. He would have given anything to be friends with
  • Rose. He hated to have quarrelled with him, and now that he saw he had
  • given him pain he was very sorry. But at the moment he had not been master
  • of himself. It seemed that some devil had seized him, forcing him to say
  • bitter things against his will, even though at the time he wanted to shake
  • hands with Rose and meet him more than halfway. The desire to wound had
  • been too strong for him. He had wanted to revenge himself for the pain and
  • the humiliation he had endured. It was pride: it was folly too, for he
  • knew that Rose would not care at all, while he would suffer bitterly. The
  • thought came to him that he would go to Rose, and say:
  • "I say, I'm sorry I was such a beast. I couldn't help it. Let's make it
  • up."
  • But he knew he would never be able to do it. He was afraid that Rose would
  • sneer at him. He was angry with himself, and when Sharp came in a little
  • while afterwards he seized upon the first opportunity to quarrel with him.
  • Philip had a fiendish instinct for discovering other people's raw spots,
  • and was able to say things that rankled because they were true. But Sharp
  • had the last word.
  • "I heard Rose talking about you to Mellor just now," he said. "Mellor
  • said: Why didn't you kick him? It would teach him manners. And Rose said:
  • I didn't like to. Damned cripple."
  • Philip suddenly became scarlet. He could not answer, for there was a lump
  • in his throat that almost choked him.
  • XX
  • Philip was moved into the Sixth, but he hated school now with all his
  • heart, and, having lost his ambition, cared nothing whether he did ill or
  • well. He awoke in the morning with a sinking heart because he must go
  • through another day of drudgery. He was tired of having to do things
  • because he was told; and the restrictions irked him, not because they were
  • unreasonable, but because they were restrictions. He yearned for freedom.
  • He was weary of repeating things that he knew already and of the hammering
  • away, for the sake of a thick-witted fellow, at something that he
  • understood from the beginning.
  • With Mr. Perkins you could work or not as you chose. He was at once eager
  • and abstracted. The Sixth Form room was in a part of the old abbey which
  • had been restored, and it had a gothic window: Philip tried to cheat his
  • boredom by drawing this over and over again; and sometimes out of his head
  • he drew the great tower of the Cathedral or the gateway that led into the
  • precincts. He had a knack for drawing. Aunt Louisa during her youth had
  • painted in water colours, and she had several albums filled with sketches
  • of churches, old bridges, and picturesque cottages. They were often shown
  • at the vicarage tea-parties. She had once given Philip a paint-box as a
  • Christmas present, and he had started by copying her pictures. He copied
  • them better than anyone could have expected, and presently he did little
  • pictures of his own. Mrs. Carey encouraged him. It was a good way to keep
  • him out of mischief, and later on his sketches would be useful for
  • bazaars. Two or three of them had been framed and hung in his bed-room.
  • But one day, at the end of the morning's work, Mr. Perkins stopped him as
  • he was lounging out of the form-room.
  • "I want to speak to you, Carey."
  • Philip waited. Mr. Perkins ran his lean fingers through his beard and
  • looked at Philip. He seemed to be thinking over what he wanted to say.
  • "What's the matter with you, Carey?" he said abruptly.
  • Philip, flushing, looked at him quickly. But knowing him well by now,
  • without answering, he waited for him to go on.
  • "I've been dissatisfied with you lately. You've been slack and
  • inattentive. You seem to take no interest in your work. It's been slovenly
  • and bad."
  • "I'm very sorry, sir," said Philip.
  • "Is that all you have to say for yourself?"
  • Philip looked down sulkily. How could he answer that he was bored to
  • death?
  • "You know, this term you'll go down instead of up. I shan't give you a
  • very good report."
  • Philip wondered what he would say if he knew how the report was treated.
  • It arrived at breakfast, Mr. Carey glanced at it indifferently, and passed
  • it over to Philip.
  • "There's your report. You'd better see what it says," he remarked, as he
  • ran his fingers through the wrapper of a catalogue of second-hand books.
  • Philip read it.
  • "Is it good?" asked Aunt Louisa.
  • "Not so good as I deserve," answered Philip, with a smile, giving it to
  • her.
  • "I'll read it afterwards when I've got my spectacles," she said.
  • But after breakfast Mary Ann came in to say the butcher was there, and she
  • generally forgot.
  • Mr. Perkins went on.
  • "I'm disappointed with you. And I can't understand. I know you can do
  • things if you want to, but you don't seem to want to any more. I was going
  • to make you a monitor next term, but I think I'd better wait a bit."
  • Philip flushed. He did not like the thought of being passed over. He
  • tightened his lips.
  • "And there's something else. You must begin thinking of your scholarship
  • now. You won't get anything unless you start working very seriously."
  • Philip was irritated by the lecture. He was angry with the headmaster, and
  • angry with himself.
  • "I don't think I'm going up to Oxford," he said.
  • "Why not? I thought your idea was to be ordained."
  • "I've changed my mind."
  • "Why?"
  • Philip did not answer. Mr. Perkins, holding himself oddly as he always
  • did, like a figure in one of Perugino's pictures, drew his fingers
  • thoughtfully through his beard. He looked at Philip as though he were
  • trying to understand and then abruptly told him he might go.
  • Apparently he was not satisfied, for one evening, a week later, when
  • Philip had to go into his study with some papers, he resumed the
  • conversation; but this time he adopted a different method: he spoke to
  • Philip not as a schoolmaster with a boy but as one human being with
  • another. He did not seem to care now that Philip's work was poor, that he
  • ran small chance against keen rivals of carrying off the scholarship
  • necessary for him to go to Oxford: the important matter was his changed
  • intention about his life afterwards. Mr. Perkins set himself to revive his
  • eagerness to be ordained. With infinite skill he worked on his feelings,
  • and this was easier since he was himself genuinely moved. Philip's change
  • of mind caused him bitter distress, and he really thought he was throwing
  • away his chance of happiness in life for he knew not what. His voice was
  • very persuasive. And Philip, easily moved by the emotion of others, very
  • emotional himself notwithstanding a placid exterior--his face, partly by
  • nature but also from the habit of all these years at school, seldom except
  • by his quick flushing showed what he felt--Philip was deeply touched by
  • what the master said. He was very grateful to him for the interest he
  • showed, and he was conscience-stricken by the grief which he felt his
  • behaviour caused him. It was subtly flattering to know that with the whole
  • school to think about Mr. Perkins should trouble with him, but at the same
  • time something else in him, like another person standing at his elbow,
  • clung desperately to two words.
  • "I won't. I won't. I won't."
  • He felt himself slipping. He was powerless against the weakness that
  • seemed to well up in him; it was like the water that rises up in an empty
  • bottle held over a full basin; and he set his teeth, saying the words over
  • and over to himself.
  • "I won't. I won't. I won't."
  • At last Mr. Perkins put his hand on Philip's shoulder.
  • "I don't want to influence you," he said. "You must decide for yourself.
  • Pray to Almighty God for help and guidance."
  • When Philip came out of the headmaster's house there was a light rain
  • falling. He went under the archway that led to the precincts, there was
  • not a soul there, and the rooks were silent in the elms. He walked round
  • slowly. He felt hot, and the rain did him good. He thought over all that
  • Mr. Perkins had said, calmly now that he was withdrawn from the fervour of
  • his personality, and he was thankful he had not given way.
  • In the darkness he could but vaguely see the great mass of the Cathedral:
  • he hated it now because of the irksomeness of the long services which he
  • was forced to attend. The anthem was interminable, and you had to stand
  • drearily while it was being sung; you could not hear the droning sermon,
  • and your body twitched because you had to sit still when you wanted to
  • move about. Then Philip thought of the two services every Sunday at
  • Blackstable. The church was bare and cold, and there was a smell all about
  • one of pomade and starched clothes. The curate preached once and his uncle
  • preached once. As he grew up he had learned to know his uncle; Philip was
  • downright and intolerant, and he could not understand that a man might
  • sincerely say things as a clergyman which he never acted up to as a man.
  • The deception outraged him. His uncle was a weak and selfish man, whose
  • chief desire it was to be saved trouble.
  • Mr. Perkins had spoken to him of the beauty of a life dedicated to the
  • service of God. Philip knew what sort of lives the clergy led in the
  • corner of East Anglia which was his home. There was the Vicar of
  • Whitestone, a parish a little way from Blackstable: he was a bachelor and
  • to give himself something to do had lately taken up farming: the local
  • paper constantly reported the cases he had in the county court against
  • this one and that, labourers he would not pay their wages to or tradesmen
  • whom he accused of cheating him; scandal said he starved his cows, and
  • there was much talk about some general action which should be taken
  • against him. Then there was the Vicar of Ferne, a bearded, fine figure of
  • a man: his wife had been forced to leave him because of his cruelty, and
  • she had filled the neighbourhood with stories of his immorality. The Vicar
  • of Surle, a tiny hamlet by the sea, was to be seen every evening in the
  • public house a stone's throw from his vicarage; and the churchwardens had
  • been to Mr. Carey to ask his advice. There was not a soul for any of them
  • to talk to except small farmers or fishermen; there were long winter
  • evenings when the wind blew, whistling drearily through the leafless
  • trees, and all around they saw nothing but the bare monotony of ploughed
  • fields; and there was poverty, and there was lack of any work that seemed
  • to matter; every kink in their characters had free play; there was nothing
  • to restrain them; they grew narrow and eccentric: Philip knew all this,
  • but in his young intolerance he did not offer it as an excuse. He shivered
  • at the thought of leading such a life; he wanted to get out into the
  • world.
  • XXI
  • Mr. Perkins soon saw that his words had had no effect on Philip, and for
  • the rest of the term ignored him. He wrote a report which was vitriolic.
  • When it arrived and Aunt Louisa asked Philip what it was like, he answered
  • cheerfully.
  • "Rotten."
  • "Is it?" said the Vicar. "I must look at it again."
  • "Do you think there's any use in my staying on at Tercanbury? I should
  • have thought it would be better if I went to Germany for a bit."
  • "What has put that in your head?" said Aunt Louisa.
  • "Don't you think it's rather a good idea?"
  • Sharp had already left King's School and had written to Philip from
  • Hanover. He was really starting life, and it made Philip more restless to
  • think of it. He felt he could not bear another year of restraint.
  • "But then you wouldn't get a scholarship."
  • "I haven't a chance of getting one anyhow. And besides, I don't know that
  • I particularly want to go to Oxford."
  • "But if you're going to be ordained, Philip?" Aunt Louisa exclaimed in
  • dismay.
  • "I've given up that idea long ago."
  • Mrs. Carey looked at him with startled eyes, and then, used to
  • self-restraint, she poured out another cup of tea for his uncle. They did
  • not speak. In a moment Philip saw tears slowly falling down her cheeks.
  • His heart was suddenly wrung because he caused her pain. In her tight
  • black dress, made by the dressmaker down the street, with her wrinkled
  • face and pale tired eyes, her gray hair still done in the frivolous
  • ringlets of her youth, she was a ridiculous but strangely pathetic figure.
  • Philip saw it for the first time.
  • Afterwards, when the Vicar was shut up in his study with the curate, he
  • put his arms round her waist.
  • "I say, I'm sorry you're upset, Aunt Louisa," he said. "But it's no good
  • my being ordained if I haven't a real vocation, is it?"
  • "I'm so disappointed, Philip," she moaned. "I'd set my heart on it. I
  • thought you could be your uncle's curate, and then when our time
  • came--after all, we can't last for ever, can we?--you might have taken his
  • place."
  • Philip shivered. He was seized with panic. His heart beat like a pigeon in
  • a trap beating with its wings. His aunt wept softly, her head upon his
  • shoulder.
  • "I wish you'd persuade Uncle William to let me leave Tercanbury. I'm so
  • sick of it."
  • But the Vicar of Blackstable did not easily alter any arrangements he had
  • made, and it had always been intended that Philip should stay at King's
  • School till he was eighteen, and should then go to Oxford. At all events
  • he would not hear of Philip leaving then, for no notice had been given and
  • the term's fee would have to be paid in any case.
  • "Then will you give notice for me to leave at Christmas?" said Philip, at
  • the end of a long and often bitter conversation.
  • "I'll write to Mr. Perkins about it and see what he says."
  • "Oh, I wish to goodness I were twenty-one. It is awful to be at somebody
  • else's beck and call."
  • "Philip, you shouldn't speak to your uncle like that," said Mrs. Carey
  • gently.
  • "But don't you see that Perkins will want me to stay? He gets so much a
  • head for every chap in the school."
  • "Why don't you want to go to Oxford?"
  • "What's the good if I'm not going into the Church?"
  • "You can't go into the Church: you're in the Church already," said the
  • Vicar.
  • "Ordained then," replied Philip impatiently.
  • "What are you going to be, Philip?" asked Mrs. Carey.
  • "I don't know. I've not made up my mind. But whatever I am, it'll be
  • useful to know foreign languages. I shall get far more out of a year in
  • Germany than by staying on at that hole."
  • He would not say that he felt Oxford would be little better than a
  • continuation of his life at school. He wished immensely to be his own
  • master. Besides he would be known to a certain extent among old
  • schoolfellows, and he wanted to get away from them all. He felt that his
  • life at school had been a failure. He wanted to start fresh.
  • It happened that his desire to go to Germany fell in with certain ideas
  • which had been of late discussed at Blackstable. Sometimes friends came to
  • stay with the doctor and brought news of the world outside; and the
  • visitors spending August by the sea had their own way of looking at
  • things. The Vicar had heard that there were people who did not think the
  • old-fashioned education so useful nowadays as it had been in the past, and
  • modern languages were gaining an importance which they had not had in his
  • own youth. His own mind was divided, for a younger brother of his had been
  • sent to Germany when he failed in some examination, thus creating a
  • precedent but since he had there died of typhoid it was impossible to look
  • upon the experiment as other than dangerous. The result of innumerable
  • conversations was that Philip should go back to Tercanbury for another
  • term, and then should leave. With this agreement Philip was not
  • dissatisfied. But when he had been back a few days the headmaster spoke to
  • him.
  • "I've had a letter from your uncle. It appears you want to go to Germany,
  • and he asks me what I think about it."
  • Philip was astounded. He was furious with his guardian for going back on
  • his word.
  • "I thought it was settled, sir," he said.
  • "Far from it. I've written to say I think it the greatest mistake to take
  • you away."
  • Philip immediately sat down and wrote a violent letter to his uncle. He
  • did not measure his language. He was so angry that he could not get to
  • sleep till quite late that night, and he awoke in the early morning and
  • began brooding over the way they had treated him. He waited impatiently
  • for an answer. In two or three days it came. It was a mild, pained letter
  • from Aunt Louisa, saying that he should not write such things to his
  • uncle, who was very much distressed. He was unkind and unchristian. He
  • must know they were only trying to do their best for him, and they were so
  • much older than he that they must be better judges of what was good for
  • him. Philip clenched his hands. He had heard that statement so often, and
  • he could not see why it was true; they did not know the conditions as he
  • did, why should they accept it as self-evident that their greater age gave
  • them greater wisdom? The letter ended with the information that Mr. Carey
  • had withdrawn the notice he had given.
  • Philip nursed his wrath till the next half-holiday. They had them on
  • Tuesdays and Thursdays, since on Saturday afternoons they had to go to a
  • service in the Cathedral. He stopped behind when the rest of the Sixth
  • went out.
  • "May I go to Blackstable this afternoon, please, sir?" he asked.
  • "No," said the headmaster briefly.
  • "I wanted to see my uncle about something very important."
  • "Didn't you hear me say no?"
  • Philip did not answer. He went out. He felt almost sick with humiliation,
  • the humiliation of having to ask and the humiliation of the curt refusal.
  • He hated the headmaster now. Philip writhed under that despotism which
  • never vouchsafed a reason for the most tyrannous act. He was too angry to
  • care what he did, and after dinner walked down to the station, by the back
  • ways he knew so well, just in time to catch the train to Blackstable. He
  • walked into the vicarage and found his uncle and aunt sitting in the
  • dining-room.
  • "Hulloa, where have you sprung from?" said the Vicar.
  • It was very clear that he was not pleased to see him. He looked a little
  • uneasy.
  • "I thought I'd come and see you about my leaving. I want to know what you
  • mean by promising me one thing when I was here, and doing something
  • different a week after."
  • He was a little frightened at his own boldness, but he had made up his
  • mind exactly what words to use, and, though his heart beat violently, he
  • forced himself to say them.
  • "Have you got leave to come here this afternoon?"
  • "No. I asked Perkins and he refused. If you like to write and tell him
  • I've been here you can get me into a really fine old row."
  • Mrs. Carey sat knitting with trembling hands. She was unused to scenes and
  • they agitated her extremely.
  • "It would serve you right if I told him," said Mr. Carey.
  • "If you like to be a perfect sneak you can. After writing to Perkins as
  • you did you're quite capable of it."
  • It was foolish of Philip to say that, because it gave the Vicar exactly
  • the opportunity he wanted.
  • "I'm not going to sit still while you say impertinent things to me," he
  • said with dignity.
  • He got up and walked quickly out of the room into his study. Philip heard
  • him shut the door and lock it.
  • "Oh, I wish to God I were twenty-one. It is awful to be tied down like
  • this."
  • Aunt Louisa began to cry quietly.
  • "Oh, Philip, you oughtn't to have spoken to your uncle like that. Do
  • please go and tell him you're sorry."
  • "I'm not in the least sorry. He's taking a mean advantage. Of course it's
  • just waste of money keeping me on at school, but what does he care? It's
  • not his money. It was cruel to put me under the guardianship of people who
  • know nothing about things."
  • "Philip."
  • Philip in his voluble anger stopped suddenly at the sound of her voice. It
  • was heart-broken. He had not realised what bitter things he was saying.
  • "Philip, how can you be so unkind? You know we are only trying to do our
  • best for you, and we know that we have no experience; it isn't as if we'd
  • had any children of our own: that's why we consulted Mr. Perkins." Her
  • voice broke. "I've tried to be like a mother to you. I've loved you as if
  • you were my own son."
  • She was so small and frail, there was something so pathetic in her
  • old-maidish air, that Philip was touched. A great lump came suddenly in
  • his throat and his eyes filled with tears.
  • "I'm so sorry," he said. "I didn't mean to be beastly."
  • He knelt down beside her and took her in his arms, and kissed her wet,
  • withered cheeks. She sobbed bitterly, and he seemed to feel on a sudden
  • the pity of that wasted life. She had never surrendered herself before to
  • such a display of emotion.
  • "I know I've not been what I wanted to be to you, Philip, but I didn't
  • know how. It's been just as dreadful for me to have no children as for you
  • to have no mother."
  • Philip forgot his anger and his own concerns, but thought only of
  • consoling her, with broken words and clumsy little caresses. Then the
  • clock struck, and he had to bolt off at once to catch the only train that
  • would get him back to Tercanbury in time for call-over. As he sat in the
  • corner of the railway carriage he saw that he had done nothing. He was
  • angry with himself for his weakness. It was despicable to have allowed
  • himself to be turned from his purpose by the pompous airs of the Vicar and
  • the tears of his aunt. But as the result of he knew not what conversations
  • between the couple another letter was written to the headmaster. Mr.
  • Perkins read it with an impatient shrug of the shoulders. He showed it to
  • Philip. It ran:
  • Dear Mr. Perkins,
  • Forgive me for troubling you again about my ward, but both his Aunt and I
  • have been uneasy about him. He seems very anxious to leave school, and his
  • Aunt thinks he is unhappy. It is very difficult for us to know what to do
  • as we are not his parents. He does not seem to think he is doing very well
  • and he feels it is wasting his money to stay on. I should be very much
  • obliged if you would have a talk to him, and if he is still of the same
  • mind perhaps it would be better if he left at Christmas as I originally
  • intended.
  • Yours very truly,
  • William Carey.
  • Philip gave him back the letter. He felt a thrill of pride in his triumph.
  • He had got his own way, and he was satisfied. His will had gained a
  • victory over the wills of others.
  • "It's not much good my spending half an hour writing to your uncle if he
  • changes his mind the next letter he gets from you," said the headmaster
  • irritably.
  • Philip said nothing, and his face was perfectly placid; but he could not
  • prevent the twinkle in his eyes. Mr. Perkins noticed it and broke into a
  • little laugh.
  • "You've rather scored, haven't you?" he said.
  • Then Philip smiled outright. He could not conceal his exultation.
  • "Is it true that you're very anxious to leave?"
  • "Yes, sir."
  • "Are you unhappy here?"
  • Philip blushed. He hated instinctively any attempt to get into the depths
  • of his feelings.
  • "Oh, I don't know, sir."
  • Mr. Perkins, slowly dragging his fingers through his beard, looked at him
  • thoughtfully. He seemed to speak almost to himself.
  • "Of course schools are made for the average. The holes are all round, and
  • whatever shape the pegs are they must wedge in somehow. One hasn't time to
  • bother about anything but the average." Then suddenly he addressed himself
  • to Philip: "Look here, I've got a suggestion to make to you. It's getting
  • on towards the end of the term now. Another term won't kill you, and if
  • you want to go to Germany you'd better go after Easter than after
  • Christmas. It'll be much pleasanter in the spring than in midwinter. If at
  • the end of the next term you still want to go I'll make no objection. What
  • d'you say to that?"
  • "Thank you very much, sir."
  • Philip was so glad to have gained the last three months that he did not
  • mind the extra term. The school seemed less of a prison when he knew that
  • before Easter he would be free from it for ever. His heart danced within
  • him. That evening in chapel he looked round at the boys, standing
  • according to their forms, each in his due place, and he chuckled with
  • satisfaction at the thought that soon he would never see them again. It
  • made him regard them almost with a friendly feeling. His eyes rested on
  • Rose. Rose took his position as a monitor very seriously: he had quite an
  • idea of being a good influence in the school; it was his turn to read the
  • lesson that evening, and he read it very well. Philip smiled when he
  • thought that he would be rid of him for ever, and it would not matter in
  • six months whether Rose was tall and straight-limbed; and where would the
  • importance be that he was a monitor and captain of the eleven? Philip
  • looked at the masters in their gowns. Gordon was dead, he had died of
  • apoplexy two years before, but all the rest were there. Philip knew now
  • what a poor lot they were, except Turner perhaps, there was something of
  • a man in him; and he writhed at the thought of the subjection in which
  • they had held him. In six months they would not matter either. Their
  • praise would mean nothing to him, and he would shrug his shoulders at
  • their censure.
  • Philip had learned not to express his emotions by outward signs, and
  • shyness still tormented him, but he had often very high spirits; and then,
  • though he limped about demurely, silent and reserved, it seemed to be
  • hallooing in his heart. He seemed to himself to walk more lightly. All
  • sorts of ideas danced through his head, fancies chased one another so
  • furiously that he could not catch them; but their coming and their going
  • filled him with exhilaration. Now, being happy, he was able to work, and
  • during the remaining weeks of the term set himself to make up for his long
  • neglect. His brain worked easily, and he took a keen pleasure in the
  • activity of his intellect. He did very well in the examinations that
  • closed the term. Mr. Perkins made only one remark: he was talking to him
  • about an essay he had written, and, after the usual criticisms, said:
  • "So you've made up your mind to stop playing the fool for a bit, have
  • you?"
  • He smiled at him with his shining teeth, and Philip, looking down, gave an
  • embarrassed smile.
  • The half dozen boys who expected to divide between them the various prizes
  • which were given at the end of the summer term had ceased to look upon
  • Philip as a serious rival, but now they began to regard him with some
  • uneasiness. He told no one that he was leaving at Easter and so was in no
  • sense a competitor, but left them to their anxieties. He knew that Rose
  • flattered himself on his French, for he had spent two or three holidays in
  • France; and he expected to get the Dean's Prize for English essay; Philip
  • got a good deal of satisfaction in watching his dismay when he saw how
  • much better Philip was doing in these subjects than himself. Another
  • fellow, Norton, could not go to Oxford unless he got one of the
  • scholarships at the disposal of the school. He asked Philip if he was
  • going in for them.
  • "Have you any objection?" asked Philip.
  • It entertained him to think that he held someone else's future in his
  • hand. There was something romantic in getting these various rewards
  • actually in his grasp, and then leaving them to others because he
  • disdained them. At last the breaking-up day came, and he went to Mr.
  • Perkins to bid him good-bye.
  • "You don't mean to say you really want to leave?"
  • Philip's face fell at the headmaster's evident surprise.
  • "You said you wouldn't put any objection in the way, sir," he answered.
  • "I thought it was only a whim that I'd better humour. I know you're
  • obstinate and headstrong. What on earth d'you want to leave for now?
  • You've only got another term in any case. You can get the Magdalen
  • scholarship easily; you'll get half the prizes we've got to give."
  • Philip looked at him sullenly. He felt that he had been tricked; but he
  • had the promise, and Perkins would have to stand by it.
  • "You'll have a very pleasant time at Oxford. You needn't decide at once
  • what you're going to do afterwards. I wonder if you realise how delightful
  • the life is up there for anyone who has brains."
  • "I've made all my arrangements now to go to Germany, sir," said Philip.
  • "Are they arrangements that couldn't possibly be altered?" asked Mr.
  • Perkins, with his quizzical smile. "I shall be very sorry to lose you. In
  • schools the rather stupid boys who work always do better than the clever
  • boy who's idle, but when the clever boy works--why then, he does what
  • you've done this term."
  • Philip flushed darkly. He was unused to compliments, and no one had ever
  • told him he was clever. The headmaster put his hand on Philip's shoulder.
  • "You know, driving things into the heads of thick-witted boys is dull
  • work, but when now and then you have the chance of teaching a boy who
  • comes half-way towards you, who understands almost before you've got the
  • words out of your mouth, why, then teaching is the most exhilarating thing
  • in the world." Philip was melted by kindness; it had never occurred to him
  • that it mattered really to Mr. Perkins whether he went or stayed. He was
  • touched and immensely flattered. It would be pleasant to end up his
  • school-days with glory and then go to Oxford: in a flash there appeared
  • before him the life which he had heard described from boys who came back
  • to play in the O.K.S. match or in letters from the University read out in
  • one of the studies. But he was ashamed; he would look such a fool in his
  • own eyes if he gave in now; his uncle would chuckle at the success of the
  • headmaster's ruse. It was rather a come-down from the dramatic surrender
  • of all these prizes which were in his reach, because he disdained to take
  • them, to the plain, ordinary winning of them. It only required a little
  • more persuasion, just enough to save his self-respect, and Philip would
  • have done anything that Mr. Perkins wished; but his face showed nothing of
  • his conflicting emotions. It was placid and sullen.
  • "I think I'd rather go, sir," he said.
  • Mr. Perkins, like many men who manage things by their personal influence,
  • grew a little impatient when his power was not immediately manifest. He
  • had a great deal of work to do, and could not waste more time on a boy who
  • seemed to him insanely obstinate.
  • "Very well, I promised to let you if you really wanted it, and I keep my
  • promise. When do you go to Germany?"
  • Philip's heart beat violently. The battle was won, and he did not know
  • whether he had not rather lost it.
  • "At the beginning of May, sir," he answered.
  • "Well, you must come and see us when you get back."
  • He held out his hand. If he had given him one more chance Philip would
  • have changed his mind, but he seemed to look upon the matter as settled.
  • Philip walked out of the house. His school-days were over, and he was
  • free; but the wild exultation to which he had looked forward at that
  • moment was not there. He walked round the precincts slowly, and a profound
  • depression seized him. He wished now that he had not been foolish. He did
  • not want to go, but he knew he could never bring himself to go to the
  • headmaster and tell him he would stay. That was a humiliation he could
  • never put upon himself. He wondered whether he had done right. He was
  • dissatisfied with himself and with all his circumstances. He asked himself
  • dully whether whenever you got your way you wished afterwards that you
  • hadn't.
  • XXII
  • Philip's uncle had an old friend, called Miss Wilkinson, who lived in
  • Berlin. She was the daughter of a clergyman, and it was with her father,
  • the rector of a village in Lincolnshire, that Mr. Carey had spent his last
  • curacy; on his death, forced to earn her living, she had taken various
  • situations as a governess in France and Germany. She had kept up a
  • correspondence with Mrs. Carey, and two or three times had spent her
  • holidays at Blackstable Vicarage, paying as was usual with the Careys'
  • unfrequent guests a small sum for her keep. When it became clear that it
  • was less trouble to yield to Philip's wishes than to resist them, Mrs.
  • Carey wrote to ask her for advice. Miss Wilkinson recommended Heidelberg
  • as an excellent place to learn German in and the house of Frau Professor
  • Erlin as a comfortable home. Philip might live there for thirty marks a
  • week, and the Professor himself, a teacher at the local high school, would
  • instruct him.
  • Philip arrived in Heidelberg one morning in May. His things were put on a
  • barrow and he followed the porter out of the station. The sky was bright
  • blue, and the trees in the avenue through which they passed were thick
  • with leaves; there was something in the air fresh to Philip, and mingled
  • with the timidity he felt at entering on a new life, among strangers, was
  • a great exhilaration. He was a little disconsolate that no one had come to
  • meet him, and felt very shy when the porter left him at the front door of
  • a big white house. An untidy lad let him in and took him into a
  • drawing-room. It was filled with a large suite covered in green velvet,
  • and in the middle was a round table. On this in water stood a bouquet of
  • flowers tightly packed together in a paper frill like the bone of a mutton
  • chop, and carefully spaced round it were books in leather bindings. There
  • was a musty smell.
  • Presently, with an odour of cooking, the Frau Professor came in, a short,
  • very stout woman with tightly dressed hair and a red face; she had little
  • eyes, sparkling like beads, and an effusive manner. She took both Philip's
  • hands and asked him about Miss Wilkinson, who had twice spent a few weeks
  • with her. She spoke in German and in broken English. Philip could not make
  • her understand that he did not know Miss Wilkinson. Then her two daughters
  • appeared. They seemed hardly young to Philip, but perhaps they were not
  • more than twenty-five: the elder, Thekla, was as short as her mother, with
  • the same, rather shifty air, but with a pretty face and abundant dark
  • hair; Anna, her younger sister, was tall and plain, but since she had a
  • pleasant smile Philip immediately preferred her. After a few minutes of
  • polite conversation the Frau Professor took Philip to his room and left
  • him. It was in a turret, looking over the tops of the trees in the Anlage;
  • and the bed was in an alcove, so that when you sat at the desk it had not
  • the look of a bed-room at all. Philip unpacked his things and set out all
  • his books. He was his own master at last.
  • A bell summoned him to dinner at one o'clock, and he found the Frau
  • Professor's guests assembled in the drawing-room. He was introduced to her
  • husband, a tall man of middle age with a large fair head, turning now to
  • gray, and mild blue eyes. He spoke to Philip in correct, rather archaic
  • English, having learned it from a study of the English classics, not from
  • conversation; and it was odd to hear him use words colloquially which
  • Philip had only met in the plays of Shakespeare. Frau Professor Erlin
  • called her establishment a family and not a pension; but it would have
  • required the subtlety of a metaphysician to find out exactly where the
  • difference lay. When they sat down to dinner in a long dark apartment that
  • led out of the drawing-room, Philip, feeling very shy, saw that there were
  • sixteen people. The Frau Professor sat at one end and carved. The service
  • was conducted, with a great clattering of plates, by the same clumsy lout
  • who had opened the door for him; and though he was quick it happened that
  • the first persons to be served had finished before the last had received
  • their appointed portions. The Frau Professor insisted that nothing but
  • German should be spoken, so that Philip, even if his bashfulness had
  • permitted him to be talkative, was forced to hold his tongue. He looked at
  • the people among whom he was to live. By the Frau Professor sat several
  • old ladies, but Philip did not give them much of his attention. There were
  • two young girls, both fair and one of them very pretty, whom Philip heard
  • addressed as Fraulein Hedwig and Fraulein Cacilie. Fraulein Cacilie had a
  • long pig-tail hanging down her back. They sat side by side and chattered
  • to one another, with smothered laughter: now and then they glanced at
  • Philip and one of them said something in an undertone; they both giggled,
  • and Philip blushed awkwardly, feeling that they were making fun of him.
  • Near them sat a Chinaman, with a yellow face and an expansive smile, who
  • was studying Western conditions at the University. He spoke so quickly,
  • with a queer accent, that the girls could not always understand him, and
  • then they burst out laughing. He laughed too, good-humouredly, and his
  • almond eyes almost closed as he did so. There were two or three American
  • men, in black coats, rather yellow and dry of skin: they were theological
  • students; Philip heard the twang of their New England accent through their
  • bad German, and he glanced at them with suspicion; for he had been taught
  • to look upon Americans as wild and desperate barbarians.
  • Afterwards, when they had sat for a little on the stiff green velvet
  • chairs of the drawing-room, Fraulein Anna asked Philip if he would like to
  • go for a walk with them.
  • Philip accepted the invitation. They were quite a party. There were the
  • two daughters of the Frau Professor, the two other girls, one of the
  • American students, and Philip. Philip walked by the side of Anna and
  • Fraulein Hedwig. He was a little fluttered. He had never known any girls.
  • At Blackstable there were only the farmers' daughters and the girls of the
  • local tradesmen. He knew them by name and by sight, but he was timid, and
  • he thought they laughed at his deformity. He accepted willingly the
  • difference which the Vicar and Mrs. Carey put between their own exalted
  • rank and that of the farmers. The doctor had two daughters, but they were
  • both much older than Philip and had been married to successive assistants
  • while Philip was still a small boy. At school there had been two or three
  • girls of more boldness than modesty whom some of the boys knew; and
  • desperate stories, due in all probability to the masculine imagination,
  • were told of intrigues with them; but Philip had always concealed under a
  • lofty contempt the terror with which they filled him. His imagination and
  • the books he had read had inspired in him a desire for the Byronic
  • attitude; and he was torn between a morbid self-consciousness and a
  • conviction that he owed it to himself to be gallant. He felt now that he
  • should be bright and amusing, but his brain seemed empty and he could not
  • for the life of him think of anything to say. Fraulein Anna, the Frau
  • Professor's daughter, addressed herself to him frequently from a sense of
  • duty, but the other said little: she looked at him now and then with
  • sparkling eyes, and sometimes to his confusion laughed outright. Philip
  • felt that she thought him perfectly ridiculous. They walked along the side
  • of a hill among pine-trees, and their pleasant odour caused Philip a keen
  • delight. The day was warm and cloudless. At last they came to an eminence
  • from which they saw the valley of the Rhine spread out before them under
  • the sun. It was a vast stretch of country, sparkling with golden light,
  • with cities in the distance; and through it meandered the silver ribband
  • of the river. Wide spaces are rare in the corner of Kent which Philip
  • knew, the sea offers the only broad horizon, and the immense distance he
  • saw now gave him a peculiar, an indescribable thrill. He felt suddenly
  • elated. Though he did not know it, it was the first time that he had
  • experienced, quite undiluted with foreign emotions, the sense of beauty.
  • They sat on a bench, the three of them, for the others had gone on, and
  • while the girls talked in rapid German, Philip, indifferent to their
  • proximity, feasted his eyes.
  • "By Jove, I am happy," he said to himself unconsciously.
  • XXIII
  • Philip thought occasionally of the King's School at Tercanbury, and
  • laughed to himself as he remembered what at some particular moment of the
  • day they were doing. Now and then he dreamed that he was there still, and
  • it gave him an extraordinary satisfaction, on awaking, to realise that he
  • was in his little room in the turret. From his bed he could see the great
  • cumulus clouds that hung in the blue sky. He revelled in his freedom. He
  • could go to bed when he chose and get up when the fancy took him. There
  • was no one to order him about. It struck him that he need not tell any
  • more lies.
  • It had been arranged that Professor Erlin should teach him Latin and
  • German; a Frenchman came every day to give him lessons in French; and the
  • Frau Professor had recommended for mathematics an Englishman who was
  • taking a philological degree at the university. This was a man named
  • Wharton. Philip went to him every morning. He lived in one room on the top
  • floor of a shabby house. It was dirty and untidy, and it was filled with
  • a pungent odour made up of many different stinks. He was generally in bed
  • when Philip arrived at ten o'clock, and he jumped out, put on a filthy
  • dressing-gown and felt slippers, and, while he gave instruction, ate his
  • simple breakfast. He was a short man, stout from excessive beer drinking,
  • with a heavy moustache and long, unkempt hair. He had been in Germany for
  • five years and was become very Teutonic. He spoke with scorn of Cambridge
  • where he had taken his degree and with horror of the life which awaited
  • him when, having taken his doctorate in Heidelberg, he must return to
  • England and a pedagogic career. He adored the life of the German
  • university with its happy freedom and its jolly companionships. He was a
  • member of a Burschenschaft, and promised to take Philip to a Kneipe. He
  • was very poor and made no secret that the lessons he was giving Philip
  • meant the difference between meat for his dinner and bread and cheese.
  • Sometimes after a heavy night he had such a headache that he could not
  • drink his coffee, and he gave his lesson with heaviness of spirit. For
  • these occasions he kept a few bottles of beer under the bed, and one of
  • these and a pipe would help him to bear the burden of life.
  • "A hair of the dog that bit him," he would say as he poured out the beer,
  • carefully so that the foam should not make him wait too long to drink.
  • Then he would talk to Philip of the university, the quarrels between rival
  • corps, the duels, and the merits of this and that professor. Philip learnt
  • more of life from him than of mathematics. Sometimes Wharton would sit
  • back with a laugh and say:
  • "Look here, we've not done anything today. You needn't pay me for the
  • lesson."
  • "Oh, it doesn't matter," said Philip.
  • This was something new and very interesting, and he felt that it was of
  • greater import than trigonometry, which he never could understand. It was
  • like a window on life that he had a chance of peeping through, and he
  • looked with a wildly beating heart.
  • "No, you can keep your dirty money," said Wharton.
  • "But how about your dinner?" said Philip, with a smile, for he knew
  • exactly how his master's finances stood.
  • Wharton had even asked him to pay him the two shillings which the lesson
  • cost once a week rather than once a month, since it made things less
  • complicated.
  • "Oh, never mind my dinner. It won't be the first time I've dined off a
  • bottle of beer, and my mind's never clearer than when I do."
  • He dived under the bed (the sheets were gray with want of washing), and
  • fished out another bottle. Philip, who was young and did not know the good
  • things of life, refused to share it with him, so he drank alone.
  • "How long are you going to stay here?" asked Wharton.
  • Both he and Philip had given up with relief the pretence of mathematics.
  • "Oh, I don't know. I suppose about a year. Then my people want me to go to
  • Oxford."
  • Wharton gave a contemptuous shrug of the shoulders. It was a new
  • experience for Philip to learn that there were persons who did not look
  • upon that seat of learning with awe.
  • "What d'you want to go there for? You'll only be a glorified schoolboy.
  • Why don't you matriculate here? A year's no good. Spend five years here.
  • You know, there are two good things in life, freedom of thought and
  • freedom of action. In France you get freedom of action: you can do what
  • you like and nobody bothers, but you must think like everybody else. In
  • Germany you must do what everybody else does, but you may think as you
  • choose. They're both very good things. I personally prefer freedom of
  • thought. But in England you get neither: you're ground down by convention.
  • You can't think as you like and you can't act as you like. That's because
  • it's a democratic nation. I expect America's worse."
  • He leaned back cautiously, for the chair on which he sat had a ricketty
  • leg, and it was disconcerting when a rhetorical flourish was interrupted
  • by a sudden fall to the floor.
  • "I ought to go back to England this year, but if I can scrape together
  • enough to keep body and soul on speaking terms I shall stay another twelve
  • months. But then I shall have to go. And I must leave all this"--he waved
  • his arm round the dirty garret, with its unmade bed, the clothes lying on
  • the floor, a row of empty beer bottles against the wall, piles of unbound,
  • ragged books in every corner--"for some provincial university where I
  • shall try and get a chair of philology. And I shall play tennis and go to
  • tea-parties." He interrupted himself and gave Philip, very neatly dressed,
  • with a clean collar on and his hair well-brushed, a quizzical look. "And,
  • my God! I shall have to wash."
  • Philip reddened, feeling his own spruceness an intolerable reproach; for
  • of late he had begun to pay some attention to his toilet, and he had come
  • out from England with a pretty selection of ties.
  • The summer came upon the country like a conqueror. Each day was beautiful.
  • The sky had an arrogant blue which goaded the nerves like a spur. The
  • green of the trees in the Anlage was violent and crude; and the houses,
  • when the sun caught them, had a dazzling white which stimulated till it
  • hurt. Sometimes on his way back from Wharton Philip would sit in the shade
  • on one of the benches in the Anlage, enjoying the coolness and watching
  • the patterns of light which the sun, shining through the leaves, made on
  • the ground. His soul danced with delight as gaily as the sunbeams. He
  • revelled in those moments of idleness stolen from his work. Sometimes he
  • sauntered through the streets of the old town. He looked with awe at the
  • students of the corps, their cheeks gashed and red, who swaggered about in
  • their coloured caps. In the afternoons he wandered about the hills with
  • the girls in the Frau Professor's house, and sometimes they went up the
  • river and had tea in a leafy beer-garden. In the evenings they walked
  • round and round the Stadtgarten, listening to the band.
  • Philip soon learned the various interests of the household. Fraulein
  • Thekla, the professor's elder daughter, was engaged to a man in England
  • who had spent twelve months in the house to learn German, and their
  • marriage was to take place at the end of the year. But the young man wrote
  • that his father, an india-rubber merchant who lived in Slough, did not
  • approve of the union, and Fraulein Thekla was often in tears. Sometimes
  • she and her mother might be seen, with stern eyes and determined mouths,
  • looking over the letters of the reluctant lover. Thekla painted in water
  • colour, and occasionally she and Philip, with another of the girls to keep
  • them company, would go out and paint little pictures. The pretty Fraulein
  • Hedwig had amorous troubles too. She was the daughter of a merchant in
  • Berlin and a dashing hussar had fallen in love with her, a von if you
  • please: but his parents opposed a marriage with a person of her condition,
  • and she had been sent to Heidelberg to forget him. She could never, never
  • do this, and corresponded with him continually, and he was making every
  • effort to induce an exasperating father to change his mind. She told all
  • this to Philip with pretty sighs and becoming blushes, and showed him the
  • photograph of the gay lieutenant. Philip liked her best of all the girls
  • at the Frau Professor's, and on their walks always tried to get by her
  • side. He blushed a great deal when the others chaffed him for his obvious
  • preference. He made the first declaration in his life to Fraulein Hedwig,
  • but unfortunately it was an accident, and it happened in this manner. In
  • the evenings when they did not go out, the young women sang little songs
  • in the green velvet drawing-room, while Fraulein Anna, who always made
  • herself useful, industriously accompanied. Fraulein Hedwig's favourite
  • song was called Ich liebe dich, I love you; and one evening after she
  • had sung this, when Philip was standing with her on the balcony, looking
  • at the stars, it occurred to him to make some remark about it. He began:
  • "Ich liebe dich."
  • His German was halting, and he looked about for the word he wanted. The
  • pause was infinitesimal, but before he could go on Fraulein Hedwig said:
  • "Ach, Herr Carey, Sie mussen mir nicht du sagen--you mustn't talk to me
  • in the second person singular."
  • Philip felt himself grow hot all over, for he would never have dared to do
  • anything so familiar, and he could think of nothing on earth to say. It
  • would be ungallant to explain that he was not making an observation, but
  • merely mentioning the title of a song.
  • "Entschuldigen Sie," he said. "I beg your pardon."
  • "It does not matter," she whispered.
  • She smiled pleasantly, quietly took his hand and pressed it, then turned
  • back into the drawing-room.
  • Next day he was so embarrassed that he could not speak to her, and in his
  • shyness did all that was possible to avoid her. When he was asked to go
  • for the usual walk he refused because, he said, he had work to do. But
  • Fraulein Hedwig seized an opportunity to speak to him alone.
  • "Why are you behaving in this way?" she said kindly. "You know, I'm not
  • angry with you for what you said last night. You can't help it if you love
  • me. I'm flattered. But although I'm not exactly engaged to Hermann I can
  • never love anyone else, and I look upon myself as his bride."
  • Philip blushed again, but he put on quite the expression of a rejected
  • lover.
  • "I hope you'll be very happy," he said.
  • XXIV
  • Professor Erlin gave Philip a lesson every day. He made out a list of
  • books which Philip was to read till he was ready for the final achievement
  • of Faust, and meanwhile, ingeniously enough, started him on a German
  • translation of one of the plays by Shakespeare which Philip had studied at
  • school. It was the period in Germany of Goethe's highest fame.
  • Notwithstanding his rather condescending attitude towards patriotism he
  • had been adopted as the national poet, and seemed since the war of seventy
  • to be one of the most significant glories of national unity. The
  • enthusiastic seemed in the wildness of the Walpurgisnacht to hear the
  • rattle of artillery at Gravelotte. But one mark of a writer's greatness is
  • that different minds can find in him different inspirations; and Professor
  • Erlin, who hated the Prussians, gave his enthusiastic admiration to Goethe
  • because his works, Olympian and sedate, offered the only refuge for a sane
  • mind against the onslaughts of the present generation. There was a
  • dramatist whose name of late had been much heard at Heidelberg, and the
  • winter before one of his plays had been given at the theatre amid the
  • cheers of adherents and the hisses of decent people. Philip heard
  • discussions about it at the Frau Professor's long table, and at these
  • Professor Erlin lost his wonted calm: he beat the table with his fist, and
  • drowned all opposition with the roar of his fine deep voice. It was
  • nonsense and obscene nonsense. He forced himself to sit the play out, but
  • he did not know whether he was more bored or nauseated. If that was what
  • the theatre was coming to, then it was high time the police stepped in and
  • closed the playhouses. He was no prude and could laugh as well as anyone
  • at the witty immorality of a farce at the Palais Royal, but here was
  • nothing but filth. With an emphatic gesture he held his nose and whistled
  • through his teeth. It was the ruin of the family, the uprooting of morals,
  • the destruction of Germany.
  • "Aber, Adolf," said the Frau Professor from the other end of the table.
  • "Calm yourself."
  • He shook his fist at her. He was the mildest of creatures and ventured
  • upon no action of his life without consulting her.
  • "No, Helene, I tell you this," he shouted. "I would sooner my daughters
  • were lying dead at my feet than see them listening to the garbage of that
  • shameless fellow."
  • The play was The Doll's House and the author was Henrik Ibsen.
  • Professor Erlin classed him with Richard Wagner, but of him he spoke not
  • with anger but with good-humoured laughter. He was a charlatan but a
  • successful charlatan, and in that was always something for the comic
  • spirit to rejoice in.
  • "Verruckter Kerl! A madman!" he said.
  • He had seen Lohengrin and that passed muster. It was dull but no worse.
  • But Siegfried! When he mentioned it Professor Erlin leaned his head on
  • his hand and bellowed with laughter. Not a melody in it from beginning to
  • end! He could imagine Richard Wagner sitting in his box and laughing till
  • his sides ached at the sight of all the people who were taking it
  • seriously. It was the greatest hoax of the nineteenth century. He lifted
  • his glass of beer to his lips, threw back his head, and drank till the
  • glass was empty. Then wiping his mouth with the back of his hand, he said:
  • "I tell you young people that before the nineteenth century is out Wagner
  • will be as dead as mutton. Wagner! I would give all his works for one
  • opera by Donizetti."
  • XXV
  • The oddest of Philip's masters was his teacher of French. Monsieur Ducroz
  • was a citizen of Geneva. He was a tall old man, with a sallow skin and
  • hollow cheeks; his gray hair was thin and long. He wore shabby black
  • clothes, with holes at the elbows of his coat and frayed trousers. His
  • linen was very dirty. Philip had never seen him in a clean collar. He was
  • a man of few words, who gave his lesson conscientiously but without
  • enthusiasm, arriving as the clock struck and leaving on the minute. His
  • charges were very small. He was taciturn, and what Philip learnt about him
  • he learnt from others: it appeared that he had fought with Garibaldi
  • against the Pope, but had left Italy in disgust when it was clear that all
  • his efforts for freedom, by which he meant the establishment of a
  • republic, tended to no more than an exchange of yokes; he had been
  • expelled from Geneva for it was not known what political offences. Philip
  • looked upon him with puzzled surprise; for he was very unlike his idea of
  • the revolutionary: he spoke in a low voice and was extraordinarily polite;
  • he never sat down till he was asked to; and when on rare occasions he met
  • Philip in the street took off his hat with an elaborate gesture; he never
  • laughed, he never even smiled. A more complete imagination than Philip's
  • might have pictured a youth of splendid hope, for he must have been
  • entering upon manhood in 1848 when kings, remembering their brother of
  • France, went about with an uneasy crick in their necks; and perhaps that
  • passion for liberty which passed through Europe, sweeping before it what
  • of absolutism and tyranny had reared its head during the reaction from the
  • revolution of 1789, filled no breast with a hotter fire. One might fancy
  • him, passionate with theories of human equality and human rights,
  • discussing, arguing, fighting behind barricades in Paris, flying before
  • the Austrian cavalry in Milan, imprisoned here, exiled from there, hoping
  • on and upborne ever with the word which seemed so magical, the word
  • Liberty; till at last, broken with disease and starvation, old, without
  • means to keep body and soul together but such lessons as he could pick up
  • from poor students, he found himself in that little neat town under the
  • heel of a personal tyranny greater than any in Europe. Perhaps his
  • taciturnity hid a contempt for the human race which had abandoned the
  • great dreams of his youth and now wallowed in sluggish ease; or perhaps
  • these thirty years of revolution had taught him that men are unfit for
  • liberty, and he thought that he had spent his life in the pursuit of that
  • which was not worth the finding. Or maybe he was tired out and waited only
  • with indifference for the release of death.
  • One day Philip, with the bluntness of his age, asked him if it was true he
  • had been with Garibaldi. The old man did not seem to attach any importance
  • to the question. He answered quite quietly in as low a voice as usual.
  • "Oui, monsieur."
  • "They say you were in the Commune?"
  • "Do they? Shall we get on with our work?"
  • He held the book open and Philip, intimidated, began to translate the
  • passage he had prepared.
  • One day Monsieur Ducroz seemed to be in great pain. He had been scarcely
  • able to drag himself up the many stairs to Philip's room: and when he
  • arrived sat down heavily, his sallow face drawn, with beads of sweat on
  • his forehead, trying to recover himself.
  • "I'm afraid you're ill," said Philip.
  • "It's of no consequence."
  • But Philip saw that he was suffering, and at the end of the hour asked
  • whether he would not prefer to give no more lessons till he was better.
  • "No," said the old man, in his even low voice. "I prefer to go on while I
  • am able."
  • Philip, morbidly nervous when he had to make any reference to money,
  • reddened.
  • "But it won't make any difference to you," he said. "I'll pay for the
  • lessons just the same. If you wouldn't mind I'd like to give you the money
  • for next week in advance."
  • Monsieur Ducroz charged eighteen pence an hour. Philip took a ten-mark
  • piece out of his pocket and shyly put it on the table. He could not bring
  • himself to offer it as if the old man were a beggar.
  • "In that case I think I won't come again till I'm better." He took the
  • coin and, without anything more than the elaborate bow with which he
  • always took his leave, went out.
  • "Bonjour, monsieur."
  • Philip was vaguely disappointed. Thinking he had done a generous thing, he
  • had expected that Monsieur Ducroz would overwhelm him with expressions of
  • gratitude. He was taken aback to find that the old teacher accepted the
  • present as though it were his due. He was so young, he did not realise how
  • much less is the sense of obligation in those who receive favours than in
  • those who grant them. Monsieur Ducroz appeared again five or six days
  • later. He tottered a little more and was very weak, but seemed to have
  • overcome the severity of the attack. He was no more communicative than he
  • had been before. He remained mysterious, aloof, and dirty. He made no
  • reference to his illness till after the lesson: and then, just as he was
  • leaving, at the door, which he held open, he paused. He hesitated, as
  • though to speak were difficult.
  • "If it hadn't been for the money you gave me I should have starved. It was
  • all I had to live on."
  • He made his solemn, obsequious bow, and went out. Philip felt a little
  • lump in his throat. He seemed to realise in a fashion the hopeless
  • bitterness of the old man's struggle, and how hard life was for him when
  • to himself it was so pleasant.
  • XXVI
  • Philip had spent three months in Heidelberg when one morning the Frau
  • Professor told him that an Englishman named Hayward was coming to stay in
  • the house, and the same evening at supper he saw a new face. For some days
  • the family had lived in a state of excitement. First, as the result of
  • heaven knows what scheming, by dint of humble prayers and veiled threats,
  • the parents of the young Englishman to whom Fraulein Thekla was engaged
  • had invited her to visit them in England, and she had set off with an
  • album of water colours to show how accomplished she was and a bundle of
  • letters to prove how deeply the young man had compromised himself. A week
  • later Fraulein Hedwig with radiant smiles announced that the lieutenant of
  • her affections was coming to Heidelberg with his father and mother.
  • Exhausted by the importunity of their son and touched by the dowry which
  • Fraulein Hedwig's father offered, the lieutenant's parents had consented
  • to pass through Heidelberg to make the young woman's acquaintance. The
  • interview was satisfactory and Fraulein Hedwig had the satisfaction of
  • showing her lover in the Stadtgarten to the whole of Frau Professor
  • Erlin's household. The silent old ladies who sat at the top of the table
  • near the Frau Professor were in a flutter, and when Fraulein Hedwig said
  • she was to go home at once for the formal engagement to take place, the
  • Frau Professor, regardless of expense, said she would give a Maibowle.
  • Professor Erlin prided himself on his skill in preparing this mild
  • intoxicant, and after supper the large bowl of hock and soda, with scented
  • herbs floating in it and wild strawberries, was placed with solemnity on
  • the round table in the drawing-room. Fraulein Anna teased Philip about the
  • departure of his lady-love, and he felt very uncomfortable and rather
  • melancholy. Fraulein Hedwig sang several songs, Fraulein Anna played the
  • Wedding March, and the Professor sang Die Wacht am Rhein. Amid all this
  • jollification Philip paid little attention to the new arrival. They had
  • sat opposite one another at supper, but Philip was chattering busily with
  • Fraulein Hedwig, and the stranger, knowing no German, had eaten his food
  • in silence. Philip, observing that he wore a pale blue tie, had on that
  • account taken a sudden dislike to him. He was a man of twenty-six, very
  • fair, with long, wavy hair through which he passed his hand frequently
  • with a careless gesture. His eyes were large and blue, but the blue was
  • very pale, and they looked rather tired already. He was clean-shaven, and
  • his mouth, notwithstanding its thin lips, was well-shaped. Fraulein Anna
  • took an interest in physiognomy, and she made Philip notice afterwards how
  • finely shaped was his skull, and how weak was the lower part of his face.
  • The head, she remarked, was the head of a thinker, but the jaw lacked
  • character. Fraulein Anna, foredoomed to a spinster's life, with her high
  • cheek-bones and large misshapen nose, laid great stress upon character.
  • While they talked of him he stood a little apart from the others, watching
  • the noisy party with a good-humoured but faintly supercilious expression.
  • He was tall and slim. He held himself with a deliberate grace. Weeks, one
  • of the American students, seeing him alone, went up and began to talk to
  • him. The pair were oddly contrasted: the American very neat in his black
  • coat and pepper-and-salt trousers, thin and dried-up, with something of
  • ecclesiastical unction already in his manner; and the Englishman in his
  • loose tweed suit, large-limbed and slow of gesture.
  • Philip did not speak to the newcomer till next day. They found themselves
  • alone on the balcony of the drawing-room before dinner. Hayward addressed
  • him.
  • "You're English, aren't you?"
  • "Yes."
  • "Is the food always as bad it was last night?"
  • "It's always about the same."
  • "Beastly, isn't it?"
  • "Beastly."
  • Philip had found nothing wrong with the food at all, and in fact had eaten
  • it in large quantities with appetite and enjoyment, but he did not want to
  • show himself a person of so little discrimination as to think a dinner
  • good which another thought execrable.
  • Fraulein Thekla's visit to England made it necessary for her sister to do
  • more in the house, and she could not often spare the time for long walks;
  • and Fraulein Cacilie, with her long plait of fair hair and her little
  • snub-nosed face, had of late shown a certain disinclination for society.
  • Fraulein Hedwig was gone, and Weeks, the American who generally
  • accompanied them on their rambles, had set out for a tour of South
  • Germany. Philip was left a good deal to himself. Hayward sought his
  • acquaintance; but Philip had an unfortunate trait: from shyness or from
  • some atavistic inheritance of the cave-dweller, he always disliked people
  • on first acquaintance; and it was not till he became used to them that he
  • got over his first impression. It made him difficult of access. He
  • received Hayward's advances very shyly, and when Hayward asked him one day
  • to go for a walk he accepted only because he could not think of a civil
  • excuse. He made his usual apology, angry with himself for the flushing
  • cheeks he could not control, and trying to carry it off with a laugh.
  • "I'm afraid I can't walk very fast."
  • "Good heavens, I don't walk for a wager. I prefer to stroll. Don't you
  • remember the chapter in Marius where Pater talks of the gentle exercise of
  • walking as the best incentive to conversation?"
  • Philip was a good listener; though he often thought of clever things to
  • say, it was seldom till after the opportunity to say them had passed; but
  • Hayward was communicative; anyone more experienced than Philip might have
  • thought he liked to hear himself talk. His supercilious attitude impressed
  • Philip. He could not help admiring, and yet being awed by, a man who
  • faintly despised so many things which Philip had looked upon as almost
  • sacred. He cast down the fetish of exercise, damning with the contemptuous
  • word pot-hunters all those who devoted themselves to its various forms;
  • and Philip did not realise that he was merely putting up in its stead the
  • other fetish of culture.
  • They wandered up to the castle, and sat on the terrace that overlooked the
  • town. It nestled in the valley along the pleasant Neckar with a
  • comfortable friendliness. The smoke from the chimneys hung over it, a pale
  • blue haze; and the tall roofs, the spires of the churches, gave it a
  • pleasantly medieval air. There was a homeliness in it which warmed the
  • heart. Hayward talked of Richard Feverel and Madame Bovary, of
  • Verlaine, Dante, and Matthew Arnold. In those days Fitzgerald's
  • translation of Omar Khayyam was known only to the elect, and Hayward
  • repeated it to Philip. He was very fond of reciting poetry, his own and
  • that of others, which he did in a monotonous sing-song. By the time they
  • reached home Philip's distrust of Hayward was changed to enthusiastic
  • admiration.
  • They made a practice of walking together every afternoon, and Philip
  • learned presently something of Hayward's circumstances. He was the son of
  • a country judge, on whose death some time before he had inherited three
  • hundred a year. His record at Charterhouse was so brilliant that when he
  • went to Cambridge the Master of Trinity Hall went out of his way to
  • express his satisfaction that he was going to that college. He prepared
  • himself for a distinguished career. He moved in the most intellectual
  • circles: he read Browning with enthusiasm and turned up his well-shaped
  • nose at Tennyson; he knew all the details of Shelley's treatment of
  • Harriet; he dabbled in the history of art (on the walls of his rooms were
  • reproductions of pictures by G. F. Watts, Burne-Jones, and Botticelli);
  • and he wrote not without distinction verses of a pessimistic character.
  • His friends told one another that he was a man of excellent gifts, and he
  • listened to them willingly when they prophesied his future eminence. In
  • course of time he became an authority on art and literature. He came under
  • the influence of Newman's Apologia; the picturesqueness of the Roman
  • Catholic faith appealed to his esthetic sensibility; and it was only the
  • fear of his father's wrath (a plain, blunt man of narrow ideas, who read
  • Macaulay) which prevented him from 'going over.' When he only got a pass
  • degree his friends were astonished; but he shrugged his shoulders and
  • delicately insinuated that he was not the dupe of examiners. He made one
  • feel that a first class was ever so slightly vulgar. He described one of
  • the vivas with tolerant humour; some fellow in an outrageous collar was
  • asking him questions in logic; it was infinitely tedious, and suddenly he
  • noticed that he wore elastic-sided boots: it was grotesque and ridiculous;
  • so he withdrew his mind and thought of the gothic beauty of the Chapel at
  • King's. But he had spent some delightful days at Cambridge; he had given
  • better dinners than anyone he knew; and the conversation in his rooms had
  • been often memorable. He quoted to Philip the exquisite epigram:
  • "They told me, Herakleitus, they told me you were dead."
  • And now, when he related again the picturesque little anecdote about the
  • examiner and his boots, he laughed.
  • "Of course it was folly," he said, "but it was a folly in which there was
  • something fine."
  • Philip, with a little thrill, thought it magnificent.
  • Then Hayward went to London to read for the Bar. He had charming rooms in
  • Clement's Inn, with panelled walls, and he tried to make them look like
  • his old rooms at the Hall. He had ambitions that were vaguely political,
  • he described himself as a Whig, and he was put up for a club which was of
  • Liberal but gentlemanly flavour. His idea was to practise at the Bar (he
  • chose the Chancery side as less brutal), and get a seat for some pleasant
  • constituency as soon as the various promises made him were carried out;
  • meanwhile he went a great deal to the opera, and made acquaintance with a
  • small number of charming people who admired the things that he admired. He
  • joined a dining-club of which the motto was, The Whole, The Good, and The
  • Beautiful. He formed a platonic friendship with a lady some years older
  • than himself, who lived in Kensington Square; and nearly every afternoon
  • he drank tea with her by the light of shaded candles, and talked of George
  • Meredith and Walter Pater. It was notorious that any fool could pass the
  • examinations of the Bar Council, and he pursued his studies in a dilatory
  • fashion. When he was ploughed for his final he looked upon it as a
  • personal affront. At the same time the lady in Kensington Square told him
  • that her husband was coming home from India on leave, and was a man,
  • though worthy in every way, of a commonplace mind, who would not
  • understand a young man's frequent visits. Hayward felt that life was full
  • of ugliness, his soul revolted from the thought of affronting again the
  • cynicism of examiners, and he saw something rather splendid in kicking
  • away the ball which lay at his feet. He was also a good deal in debt: it
  • was difficult to live in London like a gentleman on three hundred a year;
  • and his heart yearned for the Venice and Florence which John Ruskin had so
  • magically described. He felt that he was unsuited to the vulgar bustle of
  • the Bar, for he had discovered that it was not sufficient to put your name
  • on a door to get briefs; and modern politics seemed to lack nobility. He
  • felt himself a poet. He disposed of his rooms in Clement's Inn and went to
  • Italy. He had spent a winter in Florence and a winter in Rome, and now was
  • passing his second summer abroad in Germany so that he might read Goethe
  • in the original.
  • Hayward had one gift which was very precious. He had a real feeling for
  • literature, and he could impart his own passion with an admirable fluency.
  • He could throw himself into sympathy with a writer and see all that was
  • best in him, and then he could talk about him with understanding. Philip
  • had read a great deal, but he had read without discrimination everything
  • that he happened to come across, and it was very good for him now to meet
  • someone who could guide his taste. He borrowed books from the small
  • lending library which the town possessed and began reading all the
  • wonderful things that Hayward spoke of. He did not read always with
  • enjoyment but invariably with perseverance. He was eager for
  • self-improvement. He felt himself very ignorant and very humble. By the
  • end of August, when Weeks returned from South Germany, Philip was
  • completely under Hayward's influence. Hayward did not like Weeks. He
  • deplored the American's black coat and pepper-and-salt trousers, and spoke
  • with a scornful shrug of his New England conscience. Philip listened
  • complacently to the abuse of a man who had gone out of his way to be kind
  • to him, but when Weeks in his turn made disagreeable remarks about Hayward
  • he lost his temper.
  • "Your new friend looks like a poet," said Weeks, with a thin smile on his
  • careworn, bitter mouth.
  • "He is a poet."
  • "Did he tell you so? In America we should call him a pretty fair specimen
  • of a waster."
  • "Well, we're not in America," said Philip frigidly.
  • "How old is he? Twenty-five? And he does nothing but stay in pensions and
  • write poetry."
  • "You don't know him," said Philip hotly.
  • "Oh yes, I do: I've met a hundred and forty-seven of him."
  • Weeks' eyes twinkled, but Philip, who did not understand American humour,
  • pursed his lips and looked severe. Weeks to Philip seemed a man of middle
  • age, but he was in point of fact little more than thirty. He had a long,
  • thin body and the scholar's stoop; his head was large and ugly; he had
  • pale scanty hair and an earthy skin; his thin mouth and thin, long nose,
  • and the great protuberance of his frontal bones, gave him an uncouth look.
  • He was cold and precise in his manner, a bloodless man, without passion;
  • but he had a curious vein of frivolity which disconcerted the
  • serious-minded among whom his instincts naturally threw him. He was
  • studying theology in Heidelberg, but the other theological students of his
  • own nationality looked upon him with suspicion. He was very unorthodox,
  • which frightened them; and his freakish humour excited their disapproval.
  • "How can you have known a hundred and forty-seven of him?" asked Philip
  • seriously.
  • "I've met him in the Latin Quarter in Paris, and I've met him in pensions
  • in Berlin and Munich. He lives in small hotels in Perugia and Assisi. He
  • stands by the dozen before the Botticellis in Florence, and he sits on all
  • the benches of the Sistine Chapel in Rome. In Italy he drinks a little too
  • much wine, and in Germany he drinks a great deal too much beer. He always
  • admires the right thing whatever the right thing is, and one of these days
  • he's going to write a great work. Think of it, there are a hundred and
  • forty-seven great works reposing in the bosoms of a hundred and
  • forty-seven great men, and the tragic thing is that not one of those
  • hundred and forty-seven great works will ever be written. And yet the
  • world goes on."
  • Weeks spoke seriously, but his gray eyes twinkled a little at the end of
  • his long speech, and Philip flushed when he saw that the American was
  • making fun of him.
  • "You do talk rot," he said crossly.
  • XXVII
  • Weeks had two little rooms at the back of Frau Erlin's house, and one of
  • them, arranged as a parlour, was comfortable enough for him to invite
  • people to sit in. After supper, urged perhaps by the impish humour which
  • was the despair of his friends in Cambridge, Mass., he often asked Philip
  • and Hayward to come in for a chat. He received them with elaborate
  • courtesy and insisted on their sitting in the only two comfortable chairs
  • in the room. Though he did not drink himself, with a politeness of which
  • Philip recognised the irony, he put a couple of bottles of beer at
  • Hayward's elbow, and he insisted on lighting matches whenever in the heat
  • of argument Hayward's pipe went out. At the beginning of their
  • acquaintance Hayward, as a member of so celebrated a university, had
  • adopted a patronising attitude towards Weeks, who was a graduate of
  • Harvard; and when by chance the conversation turned upon the Greek
  • tragedians, a subject upon which Hayward felt he spoke with authority, he
  • had assumed the air that it was his part to give information rather than
  • to exchange ideas. Weeks had listened politely, with smiling modesty, till
  • Hayward finished; then he asked one or two insidious questions, so
  • innocent in appearance that Hayward, not seeing into what a quandary they
  • led him, answered blandly; Weeks made a courteous objection, then a
  • correction of fact, after that a quotation from some little known Latin
  • commentator, then a reference to a German authority; and the fact was
  • disclosed that he was a scholar. With smiling ease, apologetically, Weeks
  • tore to pieces all that Hayward had said; with elaborate civility he
  • displayed the superficiality of his attainments. He mocked him with gentle
  • irony. Philip could not help seeing that Hayward looked a perfect fool,
  • and Hayward had not the sense to hold his tongue; in his irritation, his
  • self-assurance undaunted, he attempted to argue: he made wild statements
  • and Weeks amicably corrected them; he reasoned falsely and Weeks proved
  • that he was absurd: Weeks confessed that he had taught Greek Literature at
  • Harvard. Hayward gave a laugh of scorn.
  • "I might have known it. Of course you read Greek like a schoolmaster," he
  • said. "I read it like a poet."
  • "And do you find it more poetic when you don't quite know what it means?
  • I thought it was only in revealed religion that a mistranslation improved
  • the sense."
  • At last, having finished the beer, Hayward left Weeks' room hot and
  • dishevelled; with an angry gesture he said to Philip:
  • "Of course the man's a pedant. He has no real feeling for beauty. Accuracy
  • is the virtue of clerks. It's the spirit of the Greeks that we aim at.
  • Weeks is like that fellow who went to hear Rubenstein and complained that
  • he played false notes. False notes! What did they matter when he played
  • divinely?"
  • Philip, not knowing how many incompetent people have found solace in these
  • false notes, was much impressed.
  • Hayward could never resist the opportunity which Weeks offered him of
  • regaining ground lost on a previous occasion, and Weeks was able with the
  • greatest ease to draw him into a discussion. Though he could not help
  • seeing how small his attainments were beside the American's, his British
  • pertinacity, his wounded vanity (perhaps they are the same thing), would
  • not allow him to give up the struggle. Hayward seemed to take a delight in
  • displaying his ignorance, self-satisfaction, and wrongheadedness. Whenever
  • Hayward said something which was illogical, Weeks in a few words would
  • show the falseness of his reasoning, pause for a moment to enjoy his
  • triumph, and then hurry on to another subject as though Christian charity
  • impelled him to spare the vanquished foe. Philip tried sometimes to put in
  • something to help his friend, and Weeks gently crushed him, but so kindly,
  • differently from the way in which he answered Hayward, that even Philip,
  • outrageously sensitive, could not feel hurt. Now and then, losing his calm
  • as he felt himself more and more foolish, Hayward became abusive, and only
  • the American's smiling politeness prevented the argument from degenerating
  • into a quarrel. On these occasions when Hayward left Weeks' room he
  • muttered angrily:
  • "Damned Yankee!"
  • That settled it. It was a perfect answer to an argument which had seemed
  • unanswerable.
  • Though they began by discussing all manner of subjects in Weeks' little
  • room eventually the conversation always turned to religion: the
  • theological student took a professional interest in it, and Hayward
  • welcomed a subject in which hard facts need not disconcert him; when
  • feeling is the gauge you can snap your angers at logic, and when your
  • logic is weak that is very agreeable. Hayward found it difficult to
  • explain his beliefs to Philip without a great flow of words; but it was
  • clear (and this fell in with Philip's idea of the natural order of
  • things), that he had been brought up in the church by law established.
  • Though he had now given up all idea of becoming a Roman Catholic, he still
  • looked upon that communion with sympathy. He had much to say in its
  • praise, and he compared favourably its gorgeous ceremonies with the simple
  • services of the Church of England. He gave Philip Newman's Apologia to
  • read, and Philip, finding it very dull, nevertheless read it to the end.
  • "Read it for its style, not for its matter," said Hayward.
  • He talked enthusiastically of the music at the Oratory, and said charming
  • things about the connection between incense and the devotional spirit.
  • Weeks listened to him with his frigid smile.
  • "You think it proves the truth of Roman Catholicism that John Henry Newman
  • wrote good English and that Cardinal Manning has a picturesque
  • appearance?"
  • Hayward hinted that he had gone through much trouble with his soul. For a
  • year he had swum in a sea of darkness. He passed his fingers through his
  • fair, waving hair and told them that he would not for five hundred pounds
  • endure again those agonies of mind. Fortunately he had reached calm waters
  • at last.
  • "But what do you believe?" asked Philip, who was never satisfied with
  • vague statements.
  • "I believe in the Whole, the Good, and the Beautiful."
  • Hayward with his loose large limbs and the fine carriage of his head
  • looked very handsome when he said this, and he said it with an air.
  • "Is that how you would describe your religion in a census paper?" asked
  • Weeks, in mild tones.
  • "I hate the rigid definition: it's so ugly, so obvious. If you like I will
  • say that I believe in the church of the Duke of Wellington and Mr.
  • Gladstone."
  • "That's the Church of England," said Philip.
  • "Oh wise young man!" retorted Hayward, with a smile which made Philip
  • blush, for he felt that in putting into plain words what the other had
  • expressed in a paraphrase, he had been guilty of vulgarity. "I belong to
  • the Church of England. But I love the gold and the silk which clothe the
  • priest of Rome, and his celibacy, and the confessional, and purgatory: and
  • in the darkness of an Italian cathedral, incense-laden and mysterious, I
  • believe with all my heart in the miracle of the Mass. In Venice I have
  • seen a fisherwoman come in, barefoot, throw down her basket of fish by her
  • side, fall on her knees, and pray to the Madonna; and that I felt was the
  • real faith, and I prayed and believed with her. But I believe also in
  • Aphrodite and Apollo and the Great God Pan."
  • He had a charming voice, and he chose his words as he spoke; he uttered
  • them almost rhythmically. He would have gone on, but Weeks opened a second
  • bottle of beer.
  • "Let me give you something to drink."
  • Hayward turned to Philip with the slightly condescending gesture which so
  • impressed the youth.
  • "Now are you satisfied?" he asked.
  • Philip, somewhat bewildered, confessed that he was.
  • "I'm disappointed that you didn't add a little Buddhism," said Weeks. "And
  • I confess I have a sort of sympathy for Mahomet; I regret that you should
  • have left him out in the cold."
  • Hayward laughed, for he was in a good humour with himself that evening,
  • and the ring of his sentences still sounded pleasant in his ears. He
  • emptied his glass.
  • "I didn't expect you to understand me," he answered. "With your cold
  • American intelligence you can only adopt the critical attitude. Emerson
  • and all that sort of thing. But what is criticism? Criticism is purely
  • destructive; anyone can destroy, but not everyone can build up. You are a
  • pedant, my dear fellow. The important thing is to construct: I am
  • constructive; I am a poet."
  • Weeks looked at him with eyes which seemed at the same time to be quite
  • grave and yet to be smiling brightly.
  • "I think, if you don't mind my saying so, you're a little drunk."
  • "Nothing to speak of," answered Hayward cheerfully. "And not enough for me
  • to be unable to overwhelm you in argument. But come, I have unbosomed my
  • soul; now tell us what your religion is."
  • Weeks put his head on one side so that he looked like a sparrow on a
  • perch.
  • "I've been trying to find that out for years. I think I'm a Unitarian."
  • "But that's a dissenter," said Philip.
  • He could not imagine why they both burst into laughter, Hayward
  • uproariously, and Weeks with a funny chuckle.
  • "And in England dissenters aren't gentlemen, are they?" asked Weeks.
  • "Well, if you ask me point-blank, they're not," replied Philip rather
  • crossly.
  • He hated being laughed at, and they laughed again.
  • "And will you tell me what a gentleman is?" asked Weeks.
  • "Oh, I don't know; everyone knows what it is."
  • "Are you a gentleman?"
  • No doubt had ever crossed Philip's mind on the subject, but he knew it was
  • not a thing to state of oneself.
  • "If a man tells you he's a gentleman you can bet your boots he isn't," he
  • retorted.
  • "Am I a gentleman?"
  • Philip's truthfulness made it difficult for him to answer, but he was
  • naturally polite.
  • "Oh, well, you're different," he said. "You're American, aren't you?"
  • "I suppose we may take it that only Englishmen are gentlemen," said Weeks
  • gravely.
  • Philip did not contradict him.
  • "Couldn't you give me a few more particulars?" asked Weeks.
  • Philip reddened, but, growing angry, did not care if he made himself
  • ridiculous.
  • "I can give you plenty." He remembered his uncle's saying that it took
  • three generations to make a gentleman: it was a companion proverb to the
  • silk purse and the sow's ear. "First of all he's the son of a gentleman,
  • and he's been to a public school, and to Oxford or Cambridge."
  • "Edinburgh wouldn't do, I suppose?" asked Weeks.
  • "And he talks English like a gentleman, and he wears the right sort of
  • things, and if he's a gentleman he can always tell if another chap's a
  • gentleman."
  • It seemed rather lame to Philip as he went on, but there it was: that was
  • what he meant by the word, and everyone he had ever known had meant that
  • too.
  • "It is evident to me that I am not a gentleman," said Weeks. "I don't see
  • why you should have been so surprised because I was a dissenter."
  • "I don't quite know what a Unitarian is," said Philip.
  • Weeks in his odd way again put his head on one side: you almost expected
  • him to twitter.
  • "A Unitarian very earnestly disbelieves in almost everything that anybody
  • else believes, and he has a very lively sustaining faith in he doesn't
  • quite know what."
  • "I don't see why you should make fun of me," said Philip. "I really want
  • to know."
  • "My dear friend, I'm not making fun of you. I have arrived at that
  • definition after years of great labour and the most anxious, nerve-racking
  • study."
  • When Philip and Hayward got up to go, Weeks handed Philip a little book in
  • a paper cover.
  • "I suppose you can read French pretty well by now. I wonder if this would
  • amuse you."
  • Philip thanked him and, taking the book, looked at the title. It was
  • Renan's Vie de Jesus.
  • XXVIII
  • It occurred neither to Hayward nor to Weeks that the conversations which
  • helped them to pass an idle evening were being turned over afterwards in
  • Philip's active brain. It had never struck him before that religion was a
  • matter upon which discussion was possible. To him it meant the Church of
  • England, and not to believe in its tenets was a sign of wilfulness which
  • could not fail of punishment here or hereafter. There was some doubt in
  • his mind about the chastisement of unbelievers. It was possible that a
  • merciful judge, reserving the flames of hell for the heathen--Mahommedans,
  • Buddhists, and the rest--would spare Dissenters and Roman Catholics
  • (though at the cost of how much humiliation when they were made to realise
  • their error!), and it was also possible that He would be pitiful to those
  • who had had no chance of learning the truth,--this was reasonable enough,
  • though such were the activities of the Missionary Society there could not
  • be many in this condition--but if the chance had been theirs and they had
  • neglected it (in which category were obviously Roman Catholics and
  • Dissenters), the punishment was sure and merited. It was clear that the
  • miscreant was in a parlous state. Perhaps Philip had not been taught it in
  • so many words, but certainly the impression had been given him that only
  • members of the Church of England had any real hope of eternal happiness.
  • One of the things that Philip had heard definitely stated was that the
  • unbeliever was a wicked and a vicious man; but Weeks, though he believed
  • in hardly anything that Philip believed, led a life of Christian purity.
  • Philip had received little kindness in his life, and he was touched by the
  • American's desire to help him: once when a cold kept him in bed for three
  • days, Weeks nursed him like a mother. There was neither vice nor
  • wickedness in him, but only sincerity and loving-kindness. It was
  • evidently possible to be virtuous and unbelieving.
  • Also Philip had been given to understand that people adhered to other
  • faiths only from obstinacy or self-interest: in their hearts they knew
  • they were false; they deliberately sought to deceive others. Now, for the
  • sake of his German he had been accustomed on Sunday mornings to attend the
  • Lutheran service, but when Hayward arrived he began instead to go with him
  • to Mass. He noticed that, whereas the Protestant church was nearly empty
  • and the congregation had a listless air, the Jesuit on the other hand was
  • crowded and the worshippers seemed to pray with all their hearts. They had
  • not the look of hypocrites. He was surprised at the contrast; for he knew
  • of course that the Lutherans, whose faith was closer to that of the Church
  • of England, on that account were nearer the truth than the Roman
  • Catholics. Most of the men--it was largely a masculine congregation--were
  • South Germans; and he could not help saying to himself that if he had been
  • born in South Germany he would certainly have been a Roman Catholic. He
  • might just as well have been born in a Roman Catholic country as in
  • England; and in England as well in a Wesleyan, Baptist, or Methodist
  • family as in one that fortunately belonged to the church by law
  • established. He was a little breathless at the danger he had run. Philip
  • was on friendly terms with the little Chinaman who sat at table with him
  • twice each day. His name was Sung. He was always smiling, affable, and
  • polite. It seemed strange that he should frizzle in hell merely because he
  • was a Chinaman; but if salvation was possible whatever a man's faith was,
  • there did not seem to be any particular advantage in belonging to the
  • Church of England.
  • Philip, more puzzled than he had ever been in his life, sounded Weeks. He
  • had to be careful, for he was very sensitive to ridicule; and the
  • acidulous humour with which the American treated the Church of England
  • disconcerted him. Weeks only puzzled him more. He made Philip acknowledge
  • that those South Germans whom he saw in the Jesuit church were every bit
  • as firmly convinced of the truth of Roman Catholicism as he was of that of
  • the Church of England, and from that he led him to admit that the
  • Mahommedan and the Buddhist were convinced also of the truth of their
  • respective religions. It looked as though knowing that you were right
  • meant nothing; they all knew they were right. Weeks had no intention of
  • undermining the boy's faith, but he was deeply interested in religion, and
  • found it an absorbing topic of conversation. He had described his own
  • views accurately when he said that he very earnestly disbelieved in almost
  • everything that other people believed. Once Philip asked him a question,
  • which he had heard his uncle put when the conversation at the vicarage had
  • fallen upon some mildly rationalistic work which was then exciting
  • discussion in the newspapers.
  • "But why should you be right and all those fellows like St. Anselm and St.
  • Augustine be wrong?"
  • "You mean that they were very clever and learned men, while you have grave
  • doubts whether I am either?" asked Weeks.
  • "Yes," answered Philip uncertainly, for put in that way his question
  • seemed impertinent.
  • "St. Augustine believed that the earth was flat and that the sun turned
  • round it."
  • "I don't know what that proves."
  • "Why, it proves that you believe with your generation. Your saints lived
  • in an age of faith, when it was practically impossible to disbelieve what
  • to us is positively incredible."
  • "Then how d'you know that we have the truth now?"
  • "I don't."
  • Philip thought this over for a moment, then he said:
  • "I don't see why the things we believe absolutely now shouldn't be just as
  • wrong as what they believed in the past."
  • "Neither do I."
  • "Then how can you believe anything at all?"
  • "I don't know."
  • Philip asked Weeks what he thought of Hayward's religion.
  • "Men have always formed gods in their own image," said Weeks. "He believes
  • in the picturesque."
  • Philip paused for a little while, then he said:
  • "I don't see why one should believe in God at all."
  • The words were no sooner out of his mouth than he realised that he had
  • ceased to do so. It took his breath away like a plunge into cold water. He
  • looked at Weeks with startled eyes. Suddenly he felt afraid. He left Weeks
  • as quickly as he could. He wanted to be alone. It was the most startling
  • experience that he had ever had. He tried to think it all out; it was very
  • exciting, since his whole life seemed concerned (he thought his decision
  • on this matter must profoundly affect its course) and a mistake might lead
  • to eternal damnation; but the more he reflected the more convinced he was;
  • and though during the next few weeks he read books, aids to scepticism,
  • with eager interest it was only to confirm him in what he felt
  • instinctively. The fact was that he had ceased to believe not for this
  • reason or the other, but because he had not the religious temperament.
  • Faith had been forced upon him from the outside. It was a matter of
  • environment and example. A new environment and a new example gave him the
  • opportunity to find himself. He put off the faith of his childhood quite
  • simply, like a cloak that he no longer needed. At first life seemed
  • strange and lonely without the belief which, though he never realised it,
  • had been an unfailing support. He felt like a man who has leaned on a
  • stick and finds himself forced suddenly to walk without assistance. It
  • really seemed as though the days were colder and the nights more solitary.
  • But he was upheld by the excitement; it seemed to make life a more
  • thrilling adventure; and in a little while the stick which he had thrown
  • aside, the cloak which had fallen from his shoulders, seemed an
  • intolerable burden of which he had been eased. The religious exercises
  • which for so many years had been forced upon him were part and parcel of
  • religion to him. He thought of the collects and epistles which he had been
  • made to learn by heart, and the long services at the Cathedral through
  • which he had sat when every limb itched with the desire for movement; and
  • he remembered those walks at night through muddy roads to the parish
  • church at Blackstable, and the coldness of that bleak building; he sat
  • with his feet like ice, his fingers numb and heavy, and all around was the
  • sickly odour of pomatum. Oh, he had been so bored! His heart leaped when
  • he saw he was free from all that.
  • He was surprised at himself because he ceased to believe so easily, and,
  • not knowing that he felt as he did on account of the subtle workings of
  • his inmost nature, he ascribed the certainty he had reached to his own
  • cleverness. He was unduly pleased with himself. With youth's lack of
  • sympathy for an attitude other than its own he despised not a little Weeks
  • and Hayward because they were content with the vague emotion which they
  • called God and would not take the further step which to himself seemed so
  • obvious. One day he went alone up a certain hill so that he might see a
  • view which, he knew not why, filled him always with wild exhilaration. It
  • was autumn now, but often the days were cloudless still, and then the sky
  • seemed to glow with a more splendid light: it was as though nature
  • consciously sought to put a fuller vehemence into the remaining days of
  • fair weather. He looked down upon the plain, a-quiver with the sun,
  • stretching vastly before him: in the distance were the roofs of Mannheim
  • and ever so far away the dimness of Worms. Here and there a more piercing
  • glitter was the Rhine. The tremendous spaciousness of it was glowing with
  • rich gold. Philip, as he stood there, his heart beating with sheer joy,
  • thought how the tempter had stood with Jesus on a high mountain and shown
  • him the kingdoms of the earth. To Philip, intoxicated with the beauty of
  • the scene, it seemed that it was the whole world which was spread before
  • him, and he was eager to step down and enjoy it. He was free from
  • degrading fears and free from prejudice. He could go his way without the
  • intolerable dread of hell-fire. Suddenly he realised that he had lost also
  • that burden of responsibility which made every action of his life a matter
  • of urgent consequence. He could breathe more freely in a lighter air. He
  • was responsible only to himself for the things he did. Freedom! He was his
  • own master at last. From old habit, unconsciously he thanked God that he
  • no longer believed in Him.
  • Drunk with pride in his intelligence and in his fearlessness, Philip
  • entered deliberately upon a new life. But his loss of faith made less
  • difference in his behaviour than he expected. Though he had thrown on one
  • side the Christian dogmas it never occurred to him to criticise the
  • Christian ethics; he accepted the Christian virtues, and indeed thought it
  • fine to practise them for their own sake, without a thought of reward or
  • punishment. There was small occasion for heroism in the Frau Professor's
  • house, but he was a little more exactly truthful than he had been, and he
  • forced himself to be more than commonly attentive to the dull, elderly
  • ladies who sometimes engaged him in conversation. The gentle oath, the
  • violent adjective, which are typical of our language and which he had
  • cultivated before as a sign of manliness, he now elaborately eschewed.
  • Having settled the whole matter to his satisfaction he sought to put it
  • out of his mind, but that was more easily said than done; and he could not
  • prevent the regrets nor stifle the misgivings which sometimes tormented
  • him. He was so young and had so few friends that immortality had no
  • particular attractions for him, and he was able without trouble to give up
  • belief in it; but there was one thing which made him wretched; he told
  • himself that he was unreasonable, he tried to laugh himself out of such
  • pathos; but the tears really came to his eyes when he thought that he
  • would never see again the beautiful mother whose love for him had grown
  • more precious as the years since her death passed on. And sometimes, as
  • though the influence of innumerable ancestors, Godfearing and devout, were
  • working in him unconsciously, there seized him a panic fear that perhaps
  • after all it was all true, and there was, up there behind the blue sky, a
  • jealous God who would punish in everlasting flames the atheist. At these
  • times his reason could offer him no help, he imagined the anguish of a
  • physical torment which would last endlessly, he felt quite sick with fear
  • and burst into a violent sweat. At last he would say to himself
  • desperately:
  • "After all, it's not my fault. I can't force myself to believe. If there
  • is a God after all and he punishes me because I honestly don't believe in
  • Him I can't help it."
  • XXIX
  • Winter set in. Weeks went to Berlin to attend the lectures of Paulssen,
  • and Hayward began to think of going South. The local theatre opened its
  • doors. Philip and Hayward went to it two or three times a week with the
  • praiseworthy intention of improving their German, and Philip found it a
  • more diverting manner of perfecting himself in the language than listening
  • to sermons. They found themselves in the midst of a revival of the drama.
  • Several of Ibsen's plays were on the repertory for the winter; Sudermann's
  • Die Ehre was then a new play, and on its production in the quiet
  • university town caused the greatest excitement; it was extravagantly
  • praised and bitterly attacked; other dramatists followed with plays
  • written under the modern influence, and Philip witnessed a series of works
  • in which the vileness of mankind was displayed before him. He had never
  • been to a play in his life till then (poor touring companies sometimes
  • came to the Assembly Rooms at Blackstable, but the Vicar, partly on
  • account of his profession, partly because he thought it would be vulgar,
  • never went to see them) and the passion of the stage seized him. He felt
  • a thrill the moment he got into the little, shabby, ill-lit theatre. Soon
  • he came to know the peculiarities of the small company, and by the casting
  • could tell at once what were the characteristics of the persons in the
  • drama; but this made no difference to him. To him it was real life. It was
  • a strange life, dark and tortured, in which men and women showed to
  • remorseless eyes the evil that was in their hearts: a fair face concealed
  • a depraved mind; the virtuous used virtue as a mask to hide their secret
  • vice, the seeming-strong fainted within with their weakness; the honest
  • were corrupt, the chaste were lewd. You seemed to dwell in a room where
  • the night before an orgy had taken place: the windows had not been opened
  • in the morning; the air was foul with the dregs of beer, and stale smoke,
  • and flaring gas. There was no laughter. At most you sniggered at the
  • hypocrite or the fool: the characters expressed themselves in cruel words
  • that seemed wrung out of their hearts by shame and anguish.
  • Philip was carried away by the sordid intensity of it. He seemed to see
  • the world again in another fashion, and this world too he was anxious to
  • know. After the play was over he went to a tavern and sat in the bright
  • warmth with Hayward to eat a sandwich and drink a glass of beer. All round
  • were little groups of students, talking and laughing; and here and there
  • was a family, father and mother, a couple of sons and a girl; and
  • sometimes the girl said a sharp thing, and the father leaned back in his
  • chair and laughed, laughed heartily. It was very friendly and innocent.
  • There was a pleasant homeliness in the scene, but for this Philip had no
  • eyes. His thoughts ran on the play he had just come from.
  • "You do feel it's life, don't you?" he said excitedly. "You know, I don't
  • think I can stay here much longer. I want to get to London so that I can
  • really begin. I want to have experiences. I'm so tired of preparing for
  • life: I want to live it now."
  • Sometimes Hayward left Philip to go home by himself. He would never
  • exactly reply to Philip's eager questioning, but with a merry, rather
  • stupid laugh, hinted at a romantic amour; he quoted a few lines of
  • Rossetti, and once showed Philip a sonnet in which passion and purple,
  • pessimism and pathos, were packed together on the subject of a young lady
  • called Trude. Hayward surrounded his sordid and vulgar little adventures
  • with a glow of poetry, and thought he touched hands with Pericles and
  • Pheidias because to describe the object of his attentions he used the word
  • hetaira instead of one of those, more blunt and apt, provided by the
  • English language. Philip in the daytime had been led by curiosity to pass
  • through the little street near the old bridge, with its neat white houses
  • and green shutters, in which according to Hayward the Fraulein Trude
  • lived; but the women, with brutal faces and painted cheeks, who came out
  • of their doors and cried out to him, filled him with fear; and he fled in
  • horror from the rough hands that sought to detain him. He yearned above
  • all things for experience and felt himself ridiculous because at his age
  • he had not enjoyed that which all fiction taught him was the most
  • important thing in life; but he had the unfortunate gift of seeing things
  • as they were, and the reality which was offered him differed too terribly
  • from the ideal of his dreams.
  • He did not know how wide a country, arid and precipitous, must be crossed
  • before the traveller through life comes to an acceptance of reality. It is
  • an illusion that youth is happy, an illusion of those who have lost it;
  • but the young know they are wretched, for they are full of the truthless
  • ideals which have been instilled into them, and each time they come in
  • contact with the real they are bruised and wounded. It looks as if they
  • were victims of a conspiracy; for the books they read, ideal by the
  • necessity of selection, and the conversation of their elders, who look
  • back upon the past through a rosy haze of forgetfulness, prepare them for
  • an unreal life. They must discover for themselves that all they have read
  • and all they have been told are lies, lies, lies; and each discovery is
  • another nail driven into the body on the cross of life. The strange thing
  • is that each one who has gone through that bitter disillusionment adds to
  • it in his turn, unconsciously, by the power within him which is stronger
  • than himself. The companionship of Hayward was the worst possible thing
  • for Philip. He was a man who saw nothing for himself, but only through a
  • literary atmosphere, and he was dangerous because he had deceived himself
  • into sincerity. He honestly mistook his sensuality for romantic emotion,
  • his vacillation for the artistic temperament, and his idleness for
  • philosophic calm. His mind, vulgar in its effort at refinement, saw
  • everything a little larger than life size, with the outlines blurred, in
  • a golden mist of sentimentality. He lied and never knew that he lied, and
  • when it was pointed out to him said that lies were beautiful. He was an
  • idealist.
  • XXX
  • Philip was restless and dissatisfied. Hayward's poetic allusions troubled
  • his imagination, and his soul yearned for romance. At least that was how
  • he put it to himself.
  • And it happened that an incident was taking place in Frau Erlin's house
  • which increased Philip's preoccupation with the matter of sex. Two or
  • three times on his walks among the hills he had met Fraulein Cacilie
  • wandering by herself. He had passed her with a bow, and a few yards
  • further on had seen the Chinaman. He thought nothing of it; but one
  • evening on his way home, when night had already fallen, he passed two
  • people walking very close together. Hearing his footstep, they separated
  • quickly, and though he could not see well in the darkness he was almost
  • certain they were Cacilie and Herr Sung. Their rapid movement apart
  • suggested that they had been walking arm in arm. Philip was puzzled and
  • surprised. He had never paid much attention to Fraulein Cacilie. She was
  • a plain girl, with a square face and blunt features. She could not have
  • been more than sixteen, since she still wore her long fair hair in a
  • plait. That evening at supper he looked at her curiously; and, though of
  • late she had talked little at meals, she addressed him.
  • "Where did you go for your walk today, Herr Carey?" she asked.
  • "Oh, I walked up towards the Konigstuhl."
  • "I didn't go out," she volunteered. "I had a headache."
  • The Chinaman, who sat next to her, turned round.
  • "I'm so sorry," he said. "I hope it's better now."
  • Fraulein Cacilie was evidently uneasy, for she spoke again to Philip.
  • "Did you meet many people on the way?"
  • Philip could not help reddening when he told a downright lie.
  • "No. I don't think I saw a living soul."
  • He fancied that a look of relief passed across her eyes.
  • Soon, however, there could be no doubt that there was something between
  • the pair, and other people in the Frau Professor's house saw them lurking
  • in dark places. The elderly ladies who sat at the head of the table began
  • to discuss what was now a scandal. The Frau Professor was angry and
  • harassed. She had done her best to see nothing. The winter was at hand,
  • and it was not as easy a matter then as in the summer to keep her house
  • full. Herr Sung was a good customer: he had two rooms on the ground floor,
  • and he drank a bottle of Moselle at each meal. The Frau Professor charged
  • him three marks a bottle and made a good profit. None of her other guests
  • drank wine, and some of them did not even drink beer. Neither did she wish
  • to lose Fraulein Cacilie, whose parents were in business in South America
  • and paid well for the Frau Professor's motherly care; and she knew that if
  • she wrote to the girl's uncle, who lived in Berlin, he would immediately
  • take her away. The Frau Professor contented herself with giving them both
  • severe looks at table and, though she dared not be rude to the Chinaman,
  • got a certain satisfaction out of incivility to Cacilie. But the three
  • elderly ladies were not content. Two were widows, and one, a Dutchwoman,
  • was a spinster of masculine appearance; they paid the smallest possible
  • sum for their pension, and gave a good deal of trouble, but they were
  • permanent and therefore had to be put up with. They went to the Frau
  • Professor and said that something must be done; it was disgraceful, and
  • the house was ceasing to be respectable. The Frau Professor tried
  • obstinacy, anger, tears, but the three old ladies routed her, and with a
  • sudden assumption of virtuous indignation she said that she would put a
  • stop to the whole thing.
  • After luncheon she took Cacilie into her bed-room and began to talk very
  • seriously to her; but to her amazement the girl adopted a brazen attitude;
  • she proposed to go about as she liked; and if she chose to walk with the
  • Chinaman she could not see it was anybody's business but her own. The Frau
  • Professor threatened to write to her uncle.
  • "Then Onkel Heinrich will put me in a family in Berlin for the winter, and
  • that will be much nicer for me. And Herr Sung will come to Berlin too."
  • The Frau Professor began to cry. The tears rolled down her coarse, red,
  • fat cheeks; and Cacilie laughed at her.
  • "That will mean three rooms empty all through the winter," she said.
  • Then the Frau Professor tried another plan. She appealed to Fraulein
  • Cacilie's better nature: she was kind, sensible, tolerant; she treated her
  • no longer as a child, but as a grown woman. She said that it wouldn't be
  • so dreadful, but a Chinaman, with his yellow skin and flat nose, and his
  • little pig's eyes! That's what made it so horrible. It filled one with
  • disgust to think of it.
  • "Bitte, bitte," said Cacilie, with a rapid intake of the breath. "I won't
  • listen to anything against him."
  • "But it's not serious?" gasped Frau Erlin.
  • "I love him. I love him. I love him."
  • "Gott im Himmel!"
  • The Frau Professor stared at her with horrified surprise; she had thought
  • it was no more than naughtiness on the child's part, and innocent, folly.
  • but the passion in her voice revealed everything. Cacilie looked at her
  • for a moment with flaming eyes, and then with a shrug of her shoulders
  • went out of the room.
  • Frau Erlin kept the details of the interview to herself, and a day or two
  • later altered the arrangement of the table. She asked Herr Sung if he
  • would not come and sit at her end, and he with his unfailing politeness
  • accepted with alacrity. Cacilie took the change indifferently. But as if
  • the discovery that the relations between them were known to the whole
  • household made them more shameless, they made no secret now of their walks
  • together, and every afternoon quite openly set out to wander about the
  • hills. It was plain that they did not care what was said of them. At last
  • even the placidity of Professor Erlin was moved, and he insisted that his
  • wife should speak to the Chinaman. She took him aside in his turn and
  • expostulated; he was ruining the girl's reputation, he was doing harm to
  • the house, he must see how wrong and wicked his conduct was; but she was
  • met with smiling denials; Herr Sung did not know what she was talking
  • about, he was not paying any attention to Fraulein Cacilie, he never
  • walked with her; it was all untrue, every word of it.
  • "Ach, Herr Sung, how can you say such things? You've been seen again and
  • again."
  • "No, you're mistaken. It's untrue."
  • He looked at her with an unceasing smile, which showed his even, little
  • white teeth. He was quite calm. He denied everything. He denied with bland
  • effrontery. At last the Frau Professor lost her temper and said the girl
  • had confessed she loved him. He was not moved. He continued to smile.
  • "Nonsense! Nonsense! It's all untrue."
  • She could get nothing out of him. The weather grew very bad; there was
  • snow and frost, and then a thaw with a long succession of cheerless days,
  • on which walking was a poor amusement. One evening when Philip had just
  • finished his German lesson with the Herr Professor and was standing for a
  • moment in the drawing-room, talking to Frau Erlin, Anna came quickly in.
  • "Mamma, where is Cacilie?" she said.
  • "I suppose she's in her room."
  • "There's no light in it."
  • The Frau Professor gave an exclamation, and she looked at her daughter in
  • dismay. The thought which was in Anna's head had flashed across hers.
  • "Ring for Emil," she said hoarsely.
  • This was the stupid lout who waited at table and did most of the
  • housework. He came in.
  • "Emil, go down to Herr Sung's room and enter without knocking. If anyone
  • is there say you came in to see about the stove."
  • No sign of astonishment appeared on Emil's phlegmatic face.
  • He went slowly downstairs. The Frau Professor and Anna left the door open
  • and listened. Presently they heard Emil come up again, and they called
  • him.
  • "Was anyone there?" asked the Frau Professor.
  • "Yes, Herr Sung was there."
  • "Was he alone?"
  • The beginning of a cunning smile narrowed his mouth.
  • "No, Fraulein Cacilie was there."
  • "Oh, it's disgraceful," cried the Frau Professor.
  • Now he smiled broadly.
  • "Fraulein Cacilie is there every evening. She spends hours at a time
  • there."
  • Frau Professor began to wring her hands.
  • "Oh, how abominable! But why didn't you tell me?"
  • "It was no business of mine," he answered, slowly shrugging his shoulders.
  • "I suppose they paid you well. Go away. Go."
  • He lurched clumsily to the door.
  • "They must go away, mamma," said Anna.
  • "And who is going to pay the rent? And the taxes are falling due. It's all
  • very well for you to say they must go away. If they go away I can't pay
  • the bills." She turned to Philip, with tears streaming down her face.
  • "Ach, Herr Carey, you will not say what you have heard. If Fraulein
  • Forster--" this was the Dutch spinster--"if Fraulein Forster knew she
  • would leave at once. And if they all go we must close the house. I cannot
  • afford to keep it."
  • "Of course I won't say anything."
  • "If she stays, I will not speak to her," said Anna.
  • That evening at supper Fraulein Cacilie, redder than usual, with a look of
  • obstinacy on her face, took her place punctually; but Herr Sung did not
  • appear, and for a while Philip thought he was going to shirk the ordeal.
  • At last he came, very smiling, his little eyes dancing with the apologies
  • he made for his late arrival. He insisted as usual on pouring out the Frau
  • Professor a glass of his Moselle, and he offered a glass to Fraulein
  • Forster. The room was very hot, for the stove had been alight all day and
  • the windows were seldom opened. Emil blundered about, but succeeded
  • somehow in serving everyone quickly and with order. The three old ladies
  • sat in silence, visibly disapproving: the Frau Professor had scarcely
  • recovered from her tears; her husband was silent and oppressed.
  • Conversation languished. It seemed to Philip that there was something
  • dreadful in that gathering which he had sat with so often; they looked
  • different under the light of the two hanging lamps from what they had ever
  • looked before; he was vaguely uneasy. Once he caught Cacilie's eye, and he
  • thought she looked at him with hatred and contempt. The room was stifling.
  • It was as though the beastly passion of that pair troubled them all; there
  • was a feeling of Oriental depravity; a faint savour of joss-sticks, a
  • mystery of hidden vices, seemed to make their breath heavy. Philip could
  • feel the beating of the arteries in his forehead. He could not understand
  • what strange emotion distracted him; he seemed to feel something
  • infinitely attractive, and yet he was repelled and horrified.
  • For several days things went on. The air was sickly with the unnatural
  • passion which all felt about them, and the nerves of the little household
  • seemed to grow exasperated. Only Herr Sung remained unaffected; he was no
  • less smiling, affable, and polite than he had been before: one could not
  • tell whether his manner was a triumph of civilisation or an expression of
  • contempt on the part of the Oriental for the vanquished West. Cacilie was
  • flaunting and cynical. At last even the Frau Professor could bear the
  • position no longer. Suddenly panic seized her; for Professor Erlin with
  • brutal frankness had suggested the possible consequences of an intrigue
  • which was now manifest to everyone, and she saw her good name in
  • Heidelberg and the repute of her house ruined by a scandal which could not
  • possibly be hidden. For some reason, blinded perhaps by her interests,
  • this possibility had never occurred to her; and now, her wits muddled by
  • a terrible fear, she could hardly be prevented from turning the girl out
  • of the house at once. It was due to Anna's good sense that a cautious
  • letter was written to the uncle in Berlin suggesting that Cacilie should
  • be taken away.
  • But having made up her mind to lose the two lodgers, the Frau Professor
  • could not resist the satisfaction of giving rein to the ill-temper she had
  • curbed so long. She was free now to say anything she liked to Cacilie.
  • "I have written to your uncle, Cacilie, to take you away. I cannot have
  • you in my house any longer."
  • Her little round eyes sparkled when she noticed the sudden whiteness of
  • the girl's face.
  • "You're shameless. Shameless," she went on.
  • She called her foul names.
  • "What did you say to my uncle Heinrich, Frau Professor?" the girl asked,
  • suddenly falling from her attitude of flaunting independence.
  • "Oh, he'll tell you himself. I expect to get a letter from him tomorrow."
  • Next day, in order to make the humiliation more public, at supper she
  • called down the table to Cacilie.
  • "I have had a letter from your uncle, Cacilie. You are to pack your things
  • tonight, and we will put you in the train tomorrow morning. He will meet
  • you himself in Berlin at the Central Bahnhof."
  • "Very good, Frau Professor."
  • Herr Sung smiled in the Frau Professor's eyes, and notwithstanding her
  • protests insisted on pouring out a glass of wine for her. The Frau
  • Professor ate her supper with a good appetite. But she had triumphed
  • unwisely. Just before going to bed she called the servant.
  • "Emil, if Fraulein Cacilie's box is ready you had better take it
  • downstairs tonight. The porter will fetch it before breakfast."
  • The servant went away and in a moment came back.
  • "Fraulein Cacilie is not in her room, and her bag has gone."
  • With a cry the Frau Professor hurried along: the box was on the floor,
  • strapped and locked; but there was no bag, and neither hat nor cloak. The
  • dressing-table was empty. Breathing heavily, the Frau Professor ran
  • downstairs to the Chinaman's rooms, she had not moved so quickly for
  • twenty years, and Emil called out after her to beware she did not fall;
  • she did not trouble to knock, but burst in. The rooms were empty. The
  • luggage had gone, and the door into the garden, still open, showed how it
  • had been got away. In an envelope on the table were notes for the money
  • due on the month's board and an approximate sum for extras. Groaning,
  • suddenly overcome by her haste, the Frau Professor sank obesely on to a
  • sofa. There could be no doubt. The pair had gone off together. Emil
  • remained stolid and unmoved.
  • XXXI
  • Hayward, after saying for a month that he was going South next day and
  • delaying from week to week out of inability to make up his mind to the
  • bother of packing and the tedium of a journey, had at last been driven off
  • just before Christmas by the preparations for that festival. He could not
  • support the thought of a Teutonic merry-making. It gave him goose-flesh to
  • think of the season's aggressive cheerfulness, and in his desire to avoid
  • the obvious he determined to travel on Christmas Eve.
  • Philip was not sorry to see him off, for he was a downright person and it
  • irritated him that anybody should not know his own mind. Though much under
  • Hayward's influence, he would not grant that indecision pointed to a
  • charming sensitiveness; and he resented the shadow of a sneer with which
  • Hayward looked upon his straight ways. They corresponded. Hayward was an
  • admirable letter-writer, and knowing his talent took pains with his
  • letters. His temperament was receptive to the beautiful influences with
  • which he came in contact, and he was able in his letters from Rome to put
  • a subtle fragrance of Italy. He thought the city of the ancient Romans a
  • little vulgar, finding distinction only in the decadence of the Empire;
  • but the Rome of the Popes appealed to his sympathy, and in his chosen
  • words, quite exquisitely, there appeared a rococo beauty. He wrote of old
  • church music and the Alban Hills, and of the languor of incense and the
  • charm of the streets by night, in the rain, when the pavements shone and
  • the light of the street lamps was mysterious. Perhaps he repeated these
  • admirable letters to various friends. He did not know what a troubling
  • effect they had upon Philip; they seemed to make his life very humdrum.
  • With the spring Hayward grew dithyrambic. He proposed that Philip should
  • come down to Italy. He was wasting his time at Heidelberg. The Germans
  • were gross and life there was common; how could the soul come to her own
  • in that prim landscape? In Tuscany the spring was scattering flowers
  • through the land, and Philip was nineteen; let him come and they could
  • wander through the mountain towns of Umbria. Their names sang in Philip's
  • heart. And Cacilie too, with her lover, had gone to Italy. When he thought
  • of them Philip was seized with a restlessness he could not account for. He
  • cursed his fate because he had no money to travel, and he knew his uncle
  • would not send him more than the fifteen pounds a month which had been
  • agreed upon. He had not managed his allowance very well. His pension and
  • the price of his lessons left him very little over, and he had found going
  • about with Hayward expensive. Hayward had often suggested excursions, a
  • visit to the play, or a bottle of wine, when Philip had come to the end of
  • his month's money; and with the folly of his age he had been unwilling to
  • confess he could not afford an extravagance.
  • Luckily Hayward's letters came seldom, and in the intervals Philip settled
  • down again to his industrious life. He had matriculated at the university
  • and attended one or two courses of lectures. Kuno Fischer was then at the
  • height of his fame and during the winter had been lecturing brilliantly on
  • Schopenhauer. It was Philip's introduction to philosophy. He had a
  • practical mind and moved uneasily amid the abstract; but he found an
  • unexpected fascination in listening to metaphysical disquisitions; they
  • made him breathless; it was a little like watching a tight-rope dancer
  • doing perilous feats over an abyss; but it was very exciting. The
  • pessimism of the subject attracted his youth; and he believed that the
  • world he was about to enter was a place of pitiless woe and of darkness.
  • That made him none the less eager to enter it; and when, in due course,
  • Mrs. Carey, acting as the correspondent for his guardian's views,
  • suggested that it was time for him to come back to England, he agreed with
  • enthusiasm. He must make up his mind now what he meant to do. If he left
  • Heidelberg at the end of July they could talk things over during August,
  • and it would be a good time to make arrangements.
  • The date of his departure was settled, and Mrs. Carey wrote to him again.
  • She reminded him of Miss Wilkinson, through whose kindness he had gone to
  • Frau Erlin's house at Heidelberg, and told him that she had arranged to
  • spend a few weeks with them at Blackstable. She would be crossing from
  • Flushing on such and such a day, and if he travelled at the same time he
  • could look after her and come on to Blackstable in her company. Philip's
  • shyness immediately made him write to say that he could not leave till a
  • day or two afterwards. He pictured himself looking out for Miss Wilkinson,
  • the embarrassment of going up to her and asking if it were she (and he
  • might so easily address the wrong person and be snubbed), and then the
  • difficulty of knowing whether in the train he ought to talk to her or
  • whether he could ignore her and read his book.
  • At last he left Heidelberg. For three months he had been thinking of
  • nothing but the future; and he went without regret. He never knew that he
  • had been happy there. Fraulein Anna gave him a copy of Der Trompeter von
  • Sackingen and in return he presented her with a volume of William Morris.
  • Very wisely neither of them ever read the other's present.
  • XXXII
  • Philip was surprised when he saw his uncle and aunt. He had never noticed
  • before that they were quite old people. The Vicar received him with his
  • usual, not unamiable indifference. He was a little stouter, a little
  • balder, a little grayer. Philip saw how insignificant he was. His face was
  • weak and self-indulgent. Aunt Louisa took him in her arms and kissed him;
  • and tears of happiness flowed down her cheeks. Philip was touched and
  • embarrassed; he had not known with what a hungry love she cared for him.
  • "Oh, the time has seemed long since you've been away, Philip," she cried.
  • She stroked his hands and looked into his face with glad eyes.
  • "You've grown. You're quite a man now."
  • There was a very small moustache on his upper lip. He had bought a razor
  • and now and then with infinite care shaved the down off his smooth chin.
  • "We've been so lonely without you." And then shyly, with a little break in
  • her voice, she asked: "You are glad to come back to your home, aren't
  • you?"
  • "Yes, rather."
  • She was so thin that she seemed almost transparent, the arms she put round
  • his neck were frail bones that reminded you of chicken bones, and her
  • faded face was oh! so wrinkled. The gray curls which she still wore in the
  • fashion of her youth gave her a queer, pathetic look; and her little
  • withered body was like an autumn leaf, you felt it might be blown away by
  • the first sharp wind. Philip realised that they had done with life, these
  • two quiet little people: they belonged to a past generation, and they were
  • waiting there patiently, rather stupidly, for death; and he, in his vigour
  • and his youth, thirsting for excitement and adventure, was appalled at the
  • waste. They had done nothing, and when they went it would be just as if
  • they had never been. He felt a great pity for Aunt Louisa, and he loved
  • her suddenly because she loved him.
  • Then Miss Wilkinson, who had kept discreetly out of the way till the
  • Careys had had a chance of welcoming their nephew, came into the room.
  • "This is Miss Wilkinson, Philip," said Mrs. Carey.
  • "The prodigal has returned," she said, holding out her hand. "I have
  • brought a rose for the prodigal's buttonhole."
  • With a gay smile she pinned to Philip's coat the flower she had just
  • picked in the garden. He blushed and felt foolish. He knew that Miss
  • Wilkinson was the daughter of his Uncle William's last rector, and he had
  • a wide acquaintance with the daughters of clergymen. They wore ill-cut
  • clothes and stout boots. They were generally dressed in black, for in
  • Philip's early years at Blackstable homespuns had not reached East Anglia,
  • and the ladies of the clergy did not favour colours. Their hair was done
  • very untidily, and they smelt aggressively of starched linen. They
  • considered the feminine graces unbecoming and looked the same whether they
  • were old or young. They bore their religion arrogantly. The closeness of
  • their connection with the church made them adopt a slightly dictatorial
  • attitude to the rest of mankind.
  • Miss Wilkinson was very different. She wore a white muslin gown stamped
  • with gay little bunches of flowers, and pointed, high-heeled shoes, with
  • open-work stockings. To Philip's inexperience it seemed that she was
  • wonderfully dressed; he did not see that her frock was cheap and showy.
  • Her hair was elaborately dressed, with a neat curl in the middle of the
  • forehead: it was very black, shiny and hard, and it looked as though it
  • could never be in the least disarranged. She had large black eyes and her
  • nose was slightly aquiline; in profile she had somewhat the look of a bird
  • of prey, but full face she was prepossessing. She smiled a great deal, but
  • her mouth was large and when she smiled she tried to hide her teeth, which
  • were big and rather yellow. But what embarrassed Philip most was that she
  • was heavily powdered: he had very strict views on feminine behaviour and
  • did not think a lady ever powdered; but of course Miss Wilkinson was a
  • lady because she was a clergyman's daughter, and a clergyman was a
  • gentleman.
  • Philip made up his mind to dislike her thoroughly. She spoke with a slight
  • French accent; and he did not know why she should, since she had been born
  • and bred in the heart of England. He thought her smile affected, and the
  • coy sprightliness of her manner irritated him. For two or three days he
  • remained silent and hostile, but Miss Wilkinson apparently did not notice
  • it. She was very affable. She addressed her conversation almost
  • exclusively to him, and there was something flattering in the way she
  • appealed constantly to his sane judgment. She made him laugh too, and
  • Philip could never resist people who amused him: he had a gift now and
  • then of saying neat things; and it was pleasant to have an appreciative
  • listener. Neither the Vicar nor Mrs. Carey had a sense of humour, and they
  • never laughed at anything he said. As he grew used to Miss Wilkinson, and
  • his shyness left him, he began to like her better; he found the French
  • accent picturesque; and at a garden party which the doctor gave she was
  • very much better dressed than anyone else. She wore a blue foulard with
  • large white spots, and Philip was tickled at the sensation it caused.
  • "I'm certain they think you're no better than you should be," he told her,
  • laughing.
  • "It's the dream of my life to be taken for an abandoned hussy," she
  • answered.
  • One day when Miss Wilkinson was in her room he asked Aunt Louisa how old
  • she was.
  • "Oh, my dear, you should never ask a lady's age; but she's certainly too
  • old for you to marry."
  • The Vicar gave his slow, obese smile.
  • "She's no chicken, Louisa," he said. "She was nearly grown up when we were
  • in Lincolnshire, and that was twenty years ago. She wore a pigtail hanging
  • down her back."
  • "She may not have been more than ten," said Philip.
  • "She was older than that," said Aunt Louisa.
  • "I think she was near twenty," said the Vicar.
  • "Oh no, William. Sixteen or seventeen at the outside."
  • "That would make her well over thirty," said Philip.
  • At that moment Miss Wilkinson tripped downstairs, singing a song by
  • Benjamin Goddard. She had put her hat on, for she and Philip were going
  • for a walk, and she held out her hand for him to button her glove. He did
  • it awkwardly. He felt embarrassed but gallant. Conversation went easily
  • between them now, and as they strolled along they talked of all manner of
  • things. She told Philip about Berlin, and he told her of his year in
  • Heidelberg. As he spoke, things which had appeared of no importance gained
  • a new interest: he described the people at Frau Erlin's house; and to the
  • conversations between Hayward and Weeks, which at the time seemed so
  • significant, he gave a little twist, so that they looked absurd. He was
  • flattered at Miss Wilkinson's laughter.
  • "I'm quite frightened of you," she said. "You're so sarcastic."
  • Then she asked him playfully whether he had not had any love affairs at
  • Heidelberg. Without thinking, he frankly answered that he had not; but she
  • refused to believe him.
  • "How secretive you are!" she said. "At your age is it likely?"
  • He blushed and laughed.
  • "You want to know too much," he said.
  • "Ah, I thought so," she laughed triumphantly. "Look at him blushing."
  • He was pleased that she should think he had been a sad dog, and he changed
  • the conversation so as to make her believe he had all sorts of romantic
  • things to conceal. He was angry with himself that he had not. There had
  • been no opportunity.
  • Miss Wilkinson was dissatisfied with her lot. She resented having to earn
  • her living and told Philip a long story of an uncle of her mother's, who
  • had been expected to leave her a fortune but had married his cook and
  • changed his will. She hinted at the luxury of her home and compared her
  • life in Lincolnshire, with horses to ride and carriages to drive in, with
  • the mean dependence of her present state. Philip was a little puzzled when
  • he mentioned this afterwards to Aunt Louisa, and she told him that when
  • she knew the Wilkinsons they had never had anything more than a pony and
  • a dog-cart; Aunt Louisa had heard of the rich uncle, but as he was married
  • and had children before Emily was born she could never have had much hope
  • of inheriting his fortune. Miss Wilkinson had little good to say of
  • Berlin, where she was now in a situation. She complained of the vulgarity
  • of German life, and compared it bitterly with the brilliance of Paris,
  • where she had spent a number of years. She did not say how many. She had
  • been governess in the family of a fashionable portrait-painter, who had
  • married a Jewish wife of means, and in their house she had met many
  • distinguished people. She dazzled Philip with their names. Actors from the
  • Comedie Francaise had come to the house frequently, and Coquelin, sitting
  • next her at dinner, had told her he had never met a foreigner who spoke
  • such perfect French. Alphonse Daudet had come also, and he had given her
  • a copy of Sappho: he had promised to write her name in it, but she had
  • forgotten to remind him. She treasured the volume none the less and she
  • would lend it to Philip. Then there was Maupassant. Miss Wilkinson with a
  • rippling laugh looked at Philip knowingly. What a man, but what a writer!
  • Hayward had talked of Maupassant, and his reputation was not unknown to
  • Philip.
  • "Did he make love to you?" he asked.
  • The words seemed to stick funnily in his throat, but he asked them
  • nevertheless. He liked Miss Wilkinson very much now, and was thrilled by
  • her conversation, but he could not imagine anyone making love to her.
  • "What a question!" she cried. "Poor Guy, he made love to every woman he
  • met. It was a habit that he could not break himself of."
  • She sighed a little, and seemed to look back tenderly on the past.
  • "He was a charming man," she murmured.
  • A greater experience than Philip's would have guessed from these words the
  • probabilities of the encounter: the distinguished writer invited to
  • luncheon en famille, the governess coming in sedately with the two tall
  • girls she was teaching; the introduction:
  • "Notre Miss Anglaise."
  • "Mademoiselle."
  • And the luncheon during which the Miss Anglaise sat silent while the
  • distinguished writer talked to his host and hostess.
  • But to Philip her words called up much more romantic fancies.
  • "Do tell me all about him," he said excitedly.
  • "There's nothing to tell," she said truthfully, but in such a manner as to
  • convey that three volumes would scarcely have contained the lurid facts.
  • "You mustn't be curious."
  • She began to talk of Paris. She loved the boulevards and the Bois. There
  • was grace in every street, and the trees in the Champs Elysees had a
  • distinction which trees had not elsewhere. They were sitting on a stile
  • now by the high-road, and Miss Wilkinson looked with disdain upon the
  • stately elms in front of them. And the theatres: the plays were brilliant,
  • and the acting was incomparable. She often went with Madame Foyot, the
  • mother of the girls she was educating, when she was trying on clothes.
  • "Oh, what a misery to be poor!" she cried. "These beautiful things, it's
  • only in Paris they know how to dress, and not to be able to afford them!
  • Poor Madame Foyot, she had no figure. Sometimes the dressmaker used to
  • whisper to me: 'Ah, Mademoiselle, if she only had your figure.'"
  • Philip noticed then that Miss Wilkinson had a robust form and was proud of
  • it.
  • "Men are so stupid in England. They only think of the face. The French,
  • who are a nation of lovers, know how much more important the figure is."
  • Philip had never thought of such things before, but he observed now that
  • Miss Wilkinson's ankles were thick and ungainly. He withdrew his eyes
  • quickly.
  • "You should go to France. Why don't you go to Paris for a year? You would
  • learn French, and it would--deniaiser you."
  • "What is that?" asked Philip.
  • She laughed slyly.
  • "You must look it out in the dictionary. Englishmen do not know how to
  • treat women. They are so shy. Shyness is ridiculous in a man. They don't
  • know how to make love. They can't even tell a woman she is charming
  • without looking foolish."
  • Philip felt himself absurd. Miss Wilkinson evidently expected him to
  • behave very differently; and he would have been delighted to say gallant
  • and witty things, but they never occurred to him; and when they did he was
  • too much afraid of making a fool of himself to say them.
  • "Oh, I love Paris," sighed Miss Wilkinson. "But I had to go to Berlin. I
  • was with the Foyots till the girls married, and then I could get nothing
  • to do, and I had the chance of this post in Berlin. They're relations of
  • Madame Foyot, and I accepted. I had a tiny apartment in the Rue Breda, on
  • the cinquieme: it wasn't at all respectable. You know about the Rue
  • Breda--ces dames, you know."
  • Philip nodded, not knowing at all what she meant, but vaguely suspecting,
  • and anxious she should not think him too ignorant.
  • "But I didn't care. Je suis libre, n'est-ce pas?" She was very fond of
  • speaking French, which indeed she spoke well. "Once I had such a curious
  • adventure there."
  • She paused a little and Philip pressed her to tell it.
  • "You wouldn't tell me yours in Heidelberg," she said.
  • "They were so unadventurous," he retorted.
  • "I don't know what Mrs. Carey would say if she knew the sort of things we
  • talk about together."
  • "You don't imagine I shall tell her."
  • "Will you promise?"
  • When he had done this, she told him how an art-student who had a room on
  • the floor above her--but she interrupted herself.
  • "Why don't you go in for art? You paint so prettily."
  • "Not well enough for that."
  • "That is for others to judge. Je m'y connais, and I believe you have the
  • making of a great artist."
  • "Can't you see Uncle William's face if I suddenly told him I wanted to go
  • to Paris and study art?"
  • "You're your own master, aren't you?"
  • "You're trying to put me off. Please go on with the story." Miss
  • Wilkinson, with a little laugh, went on. The art-student had passed her
  • several times on the stairs, and she had paid no particular attention. She
  • saw that he had fine eyes, and he took off his hat very politely. And one
  • day she found a letter slipped under her door. It was from him. He told
  • her that he had adored her for months, and that he waited about the stairs
  • for her to pass. Oh, it was a charming letter! Of course she did not
  • reply, but what woman could help being flattered? And next day there was
  • another letter! It was wonderful, passionate, and touching. When next she
  • met him on the stairs she did not know which way to look. And every day
  • the letters came, and now he begged her to see him. He said he would come
  • in the evening, vers neuf heures, and she did not know what to do. Of
  • course it was impossible, and he might ring and ring, but she would never
  • open the door; and then while she was waiting for the tinkling of the
  • bell, all nerves, suddenly he stood before her. She had forgotten to shut
  • the door when she came in.
  • "C'etait une fatalite."
  • "And what happened then?" asked Philip.
  • "That is the end of the story," she replied, with a ripple of laughter.
  • Philip was silent for a moment. His heart beat quickly, and strange
  • emotions seemed to be hustling one another in his heart. He saw the dark
  • staircase and the chance meetings, and he admired the boldness of the
  • letters--oh, he would never have dared to do that--and then the silent,
  • almost mysterious entrance. It seemed to him the very soul of romance.
  • "What was he like?"
  • "Oh, he was handsome. Charmant garcon."
  • "Do you know him still?"
  • Philip felt a slight feeling of irritation as he asked this.
  • "He treated me abominably. Men are always the same. You're heartless, all
  • of you."
  • "I don't know about that," said Philip, not without embarrassment.
  • "Let us go home," said Miss Wilkinson.
  • XXXIII
  • Philip could not get Miss Wilkinson's story out of his head. It was clear
  • enough what she meant even though she cut it short, and he was a little
  • shocked. That sort of thing was all very well for married women, he had
  • read enough French novels to know that in France it was indeed the rule,
  • but Miss Wilkinson was English and unmarried; her father was a clergyman.
  • Then it struck him that the art-student probably was neither the first nor
  • the last of her lovers, and he gasped: he had never looked upon Miss
  • Wilkinson like that; it seemed incredible that anyone should make love to
  • her. In his ingenuousness he doubted her story as little as he doubted
  • what he read in books, and he was angry that such wonderful things never
  • happened to him. It was humiliating that if Miss Wilkinson insisted upon
  • his telling her of his adventures in Heidelberg he would have nothing to
  • tell. It was true that he had some power of invention, but he was not sure
  • whether he could persuade her that he was steeped in vice; women were full
  • of intuition, he had read that, and she might easily discover that he was
  • fibbing. He blushed scarlet as he thought of her laughing up her sleeve.
  • Miss Wilkinson played the piano and sang in a rather tired voice; but her
  • songs, Massenet, Benjamin Goddard, and Augusta Holmes, were new to Philip;
  • and together they spent many hours at the piano. One day she wondered if
  • he had a voice and insisted on trying it. She told him he had a pleasant
  • baritone and offered to give him lessons. At first with his usual
  • bashfulness he refused, but she insisted, and then every morning at a
  • convenient time after breakfast she gave him an hour's lesson. She had a
  • natural gift for teaching, and it was clear that she was an excellent
  • governess. She had method and firmness. Though her French accent was so
  • much part of her that it remained, all the mellifluousness of her manner
  • left her when she was engaged in teaching. She put up with no nonsense.
  • Her voice became a little peremptory, and instinctively she suppressed
  • inattention and corrected slovenliness. She knew what she was about and
  • put Philip to scales and exercises.
  • When the lesson was over she resumed without effort her seductive smiles,
  • her voice became again soft and winning, but Philip could not so easily
  • put away the pupil as she the pedagogue; and this impression convicted
  • with the feelings her stories had aroused in him. He looked at her more
  • narrowly. He liked her much better in the evening than in the morning. In
  • the morning she was rather lined and the skin of her neck was just a
  • little rough. He wished she would hide it, but the weather was very warm
  • just then and she wore blouses which were cut low. She was very fond of
  • white; in the morning it did not suit her. At night she often looked very
  • attractive, she put on a gown which was almost a dinner dress, and she
  • wore a chain of garnets round her neck; the lace about her bosom and at
  • her elbows gave her a pleasant softness, and the scent she wore (at
  • Blackstable no one used anything but Eau de Cologne, and that only on
  • Sundays or when suffering from a sick headache) was troubling and exotic.
  • She really looked very young then.
  • Philip was much exercised over her age. He added twenty and seventeen
  • together, and could not bring them to a satisfactory total. He asked Aunt
  • Louisa more than once why she thought Miss Wilkinson was thirty-seven: she
  • didn't look more than thirty, and everyone knew that foreigners aged more
  • rapidly than English women; Miss Wilkinson had lived so long abroad that
  • she might almost be called a foreigner. He personally wouldn't have
  • thought her more than twenty-six.
  • "She's more than that," said Aunt Louisa.
  • Philip did not believe in the accuracy of the Careys' statements. All they
  • distinctly remembered was that Miss Wilkinson had not got her hair up the
  • last time they saw her in Lincolnshire. Well, she might have been twelve
  • then: it was so long ago and the Vicar was always so unreliable. They said
  • it was twenty years ago, but people used round figures, and it was just as
  • likely to be eighteen years, or seventeen. Seventeen and twelve were only
  • twenty-nine, and hang it all, that wasn't old, was it? Cleopatra was
  • forty-eight when Antony threw away the world for her sake.
  • It was a fine summer. Day after day was hot and cloudless; but the heat
  • was tempered by the neighbourhood of the sea, and there was a pleasant
  • exhilaration in the air, so that one was excited and not oppressed by the
  • August sunshine. There was a pond in the garden in which a fountain
  • played; water lilies grew in it and gold fish sunned themselves on the
  • surface. Philip and Miss Wilkinson used to take rugs and cushions there
  • after dinner and lie on the lawn in the shade of a tall hedge of roses.
  • They talked and read all the afternoon. They smoked cigarettes, which the
  • Vicar did not allow in the house; he thought smoking a disgusting habit,
  • and used frequently to say that it was disgraceful for anyone to grow a
  • slave to a habit. He forgot that he was himself a slave to afternoon tea.
  • One day Miss Wilkinson gave Philip La Vie de Boheme. She had found it by
  • accident when she was rummaging among the books in the Vicar's study. It
  • had been bought in a lot with something Mr. Carey wanted and had remained
  • undiscovered for ten years.
  • Philip began to read Murger's fascinating, ill-written, absurd
  • masterpiece, and fell at once under its spell. His soul danced with joy at
  • that picture of starvation which is so good-humoured, of squalor which is
  • so picturesque, of sordid love which is so romantic, of bathos which is so
  • moving. Rodolphe and Mimi, Musette and Schaunard! They wander through the
  • gray streets of the Latin Quarter, finding refuge now in one attic, now in
  • another, in their quaint costumes of Louis Philippe, with their tears and
  • their smiles, happy-go-lucky and reckless. Who can resist them? It is only
  • when you return to the book with a sounder judgment that you find how
  • gross their pleasures were, how vulgar their minds; and you feel the utter
  • worthlessness, as artists and as human beings, of that gay procession.
  • Philip was enraptured.
  • "Don't you wish you were going to Paris instead of London?" asked Miss
  • Wilkinson, smiling at his enthusiasm.
  • "It's too late now even if I did," he answered.
  • During the fortnight he had been back from Germany there had been much
  • discussion between himself and his uncle about his future. He had refused
  • definitely to go to Oxford, and now that there was no chance of his
  • getting scholarships even Mr. Carey came to the conclusion that he could
  • not afford it. His entire fortune had consisted of only two thousand
  • pounds, and though it had been invested in mortgages at five per cent, he
  • had not been able to live on the interest. It was now a little reduced. It
  • would be absurd to spend two hundred a year, the least he could live on at
  • a university, for three years at Oxford which would lead him no nearer to
  • earning his living. He was anxious to go straight to London. Mrs. Carey
  • thought there were only four professions for a gentleman, the Army, the
  • Navy, the Law, and the Church. She had added medicine because her
  • brother-in-law practised it, but did not forget that in her young days no
  • one ever considered the doctor a gentleman. The first two were out of the
  • question, and Philip was firm in his refusal to be ordained. Only the law
  • remained. The local doctor had suggested that many gentlemen now went in
  • for engineering, but Mrs. Carey opposed the idea at once.
  • "I shouldn't like Philip to go into trade," she said.
  • "No, he must have a profession," answered the Vicar.
  • "Why not make him a doctor like his father?"
  • "I should hate it," said Philip.
  • Mrs. Carey was not sorry. The Bar seemed out of the question, since he was
  • not going to Oxford, for the Careys were under the impression that a
  • degree was still necessary for success in that calling; and finally it was
  • suggested that he should become articled to a solicitor. They wrote to the
  • family lawyer, Albert Nixon, who was co-executor with the Vicar of
  • Blackstable for the late Henry Carey's estate, and asked him whether he
  • would take Philip. In a day or two the answer came back that he had not a
  • vacancy, and was very much opposed to the whole scheme; the profession was
  • greatly overcrowded, and without capital or connections a man had small
  • chance of becoming more than a managing clerk; he suggested, however, that
  • Philip should become a chartered accountant. Neither the Vicar nor his
  • wife knew in the least what this was, and Philip had never heard of anyone
  • being a chartered accountant; but another letter from the solicitor
  • explained that the growth of modern businesses and the increase of
  • companies had led to the formation of many firms of accountants to examine
  • the books and put into the financial affairs of their clients an order
  • which old-fashioned methods had lacked. Some years before a Royal Charter
  • had been obtained, and the profession was becoming every year more
  • respectable, lucrative, and important. The chartered accountants whom
  • Albert Nixon had employed for thirty years happened to have a vacancy for
  • an articled pupil, and would take Philip for a fee of three hundred
  • pounds. Half of this would be returned during the five years the articles
  • lasted in the form of salary. The prospect was not exciting, but Philip
  • felt that he must decide on something, and the thought of living in London
  • over-balanced the slight shrinking he felt. The Vicar of Blackstable wrote
  • to ask Mr. Nixon whether it was a profession suited to a gentleman; and
  • Mr. Nixon replied that, since the Charter, men were going into it who had
  • been to public schools and a university; moreover, if Philip disliked the
  • work and after a year wished to leave, Herbert Carter, for that was the
  • accountant's name, would return half the money paid for the articles. This
  • settled it, and it was arranged that Philip should start work on the
  • fifteenth of September.
  • "I have a full month before me," said Philip.
  • "And then you go to freedom and I to bondage," returned Miss Wilkinson.
  • Her holidays were to last six weeks, and she would be leaving Blackstable
  • only a day or two before Philip.
  • "I wonder if we shall ever meet again," she said.
  • "I don't know why not."
  • "Oh, don't speak in that practical way. I never knew anyone so
  • unsentimental."
  • Philip reddened. He was afraid that Miss Wilkinson would think him a
  • milksop: after all she was a young woman, sometimes quite pretty, and he
  • was getting on for twenty; it was absurd that they should talk of nothing
  • but art and literature. He ought to make love to her. They had talked a
  • good deal of love. There was the art-student in the Rue Breda, and then
  • there was the painter in whose family she had lived so long in Paris: he
  • had asked her to sit for him, and had started to make love to her so
  • violently that she was forced to invent excuses not to sit to him again.
  • It was clear enough that Miss Wilkinson was used to attentions of that
  • sort. She looked very nice now in a large straw hat: it was hot that
  • afternoon, the hottest day they had had, and beads of sweat stood in a
  • line on her upper lip. He called to mind Fraulein Cacilie and Herr Sung.
  • He had never thought of Cacilie in an amorous way, she was exceedingly
  • plain; but now, looking back, the affair seemed very romantic. He had a
  • chance of romance too. Miss Wilkinson was practically French, and that
  • added zest to a possible adventure. When he thought of it at night in bed,
  • or when he sat by himself in the garden reading a book, he was thrilled by
  • it; but when he saw Miss Wilkinson it seemed less picturesque.
  • At all events, after what she had told him, she would not be surprised if
  • he made love to her. He had a feeling that she must think it odd of him to
  • make no sign: perhaps it was only his fancy, but once or twice in the last
  • day or two he had imagined that there was a suspicion of contempt in her
  • eyes.
  • "A penny for your thoughts," said Miss Wilkinson, looking at him with a
  • smile.
  • "I'm not going to tell you," he answered.
  • He was thinking that he ought to kiss her there and then. He wondered if
  • she expected him to do it; but after all he didn't see how he could
  • without any preliminary business at all. She would just think him mad, or
  • she might slap his face; and perhaps she would complain to his uncle. He
  • wondered how Herr Sung had started with Fraulein Cacilie. It would be
  • beastly if she told his uncle: he knew what his uncle was, he would tell
  • the doctor and Josiah Graves; and he would look a perfect fool. Aunt
  • Louisa kept on saying that Miss Wilkinson was thirty-seven if she was a
  • day; he shuddered at the thought of the ridicule he would be exposed to;
  • they would say she was old enough to be his mother.
  • "Twopence for your thoughts," smiled Miss Wilkinson.
  • "I was thinking about you," he answered boldly.
  • That at all events committed him to nothing.
  • "What were you thinking?"
  • "Ah, now you want to know too much."
  • "Naughty boy!" said Miss Wilkinson.
  • There it was again! Whenever he had succeeded in working himself up she
  • said something which reminded him of the governess. She called him
  • playfully a naughty boy when he did not sing his exercises to her
  • satisfaction. This time he grew quite sulky.
  • "I wish you wouldn't treat me as if I were a child."
  • "Are you cross?"
  • "Very."
  • "I didn't mean to."
  • She put out her hand and he took it. Once or twice lately when they shook
  • hands at night he had fancied she slightly pressed his hand, but this time
  • there was no doubt about it.
  • He did not quite know what he ought to say next. Here at last was his
  • chance of an adventure, and he would be a fool not to take it; but it was
  • a little ordinary, and he had expected more glamour. He had read many
  • descriptions of love, and he felt in himself none of that uprush of
  • emotion which novelists described; he was not carried off his feet in wave
  • upon wave of passion; nor was Miss Wilkinson the ideal: he had often
  • pictured to himself the great violet eyes and the alabaster skin of some
  • lovely girl, and he had thought of himself burying his face in the
  • rippling masses of her auburn hair. He could not imagine himself burying
  • his face in Miss Wilkinson's hair, it always struck him as a little
  • sticky. All the same it would be very satisfactory to have an intrigue,
  • and he thrilled with the legitimate pride he would enjoy in his conquest.
  • He owed it to himself to seduce her. He made up his mind to kiss Miss
  • Wilkinson; not then, but in the evening; it would be easier in the dark,
  • and after he had kissed her the rest would follow. He would kiss her that
  • very evening. He swore an oath to that effect.
  • He laid his plans. After supper he suggested that they should take a
  • stroll in the garden. Miss Wilkinson accepted, and they sauntered side by
  • side. Philip was very nervous. He did not know why, but the conversation
  • would not lead in the right direction; he had decided that the first thing
  • to do was to put his arm round her waist; but he could not suddenly put
  • his arm round her waist when she was talking of the regatta which was to
  • be held next week. He led her artfully into the darkest parts of the
  • garden, but having arrived there his courage failed him. They sat on a
  • bench, and he had really made up his mind that here was his opportunity
  • when Miss Wilkinson said she was sure there were earwigs and insisted on
  • moving. They walked round the garden once more, and Philip promised
  • himself he would take the plunge before they arrived at that bench again;
  • but as they passed the house, they saw Mrs. Carey standing at the door.
  • "Hadn't you young people better come in? I'm sure the night air isn't good
  • for you."
  • "Perhaps we had better go in," said Philip. "I don't want you to catch
  • cold."
  • He said it with a sigh of relief. He could attempt nothing more that
  • night. But afterwards, when he was alone in his room, he was furious with
  • himself. He had been a perfect fool. He was certain that Miss Wilkinson
  • expected him to kiss her, otherwise she wouldn't have come into the
  • garden. She was always saying that only Frenchmen knew how to treat women.
  • Philip had read French novels. If he had been a Frenchman he would have
  • seized her in his arms and told her passionately that he adored her; he
  • would have pressed his lips on her nuque. He did not know why Frenchmen
  • always kissed ladies on the nuque. He did not himself see anything so
  • very attractive in the nape of the neck. Of course it was much easier for
  • Frenchmen to do these things; the language was such an aid; Philip could
  • never help feeling that to say passionate things in English sounded a
  • little absurd. He wished now that he had never undertaken the siege of
  • Miss Wilkinson's virtue; the first fortnight had been so jolly, and now he
  • was wretched; but he was determined not to give in, he would never respect
  • himself again if he did, and he made up his mind irrevocably that the
  • next night he would kiss her without fail.
  • Next day when he got up he saw it was raining, and his first thought was
  • that they would not be able to go into the garden that evening. He was in
  • high spirits at breakfast. Miss Wilkinson sent Mary Ann in to say that she
  • had a headache and would remain in bed. She did not come down till
  • tea-time, when she appeared in a becoming wrapper and a pale face; but she
  • was quite recovered by supper, and the meal was very cheerful. After
  • prayers she said she would go straight to bed, and she kissed Mrs. Carey.
  • Then she turned to Philip.
  • "Good gracious!" she cried. "I was just going to kiss you too."
  • "Why don't you?" he said.
  • She laughed and held out her hand. She distinctly pressed his.
  • The following day there was not a cloud in the sky, and the garden was
  • sweet and fresh after the rain. Philip went down to the beach to bathe and
  • when he came home ate a magnificent dinner. They were having a tennis
  • party at the vicarage in the afternoon and Miss Wilkinson put on her best
  • dress. She certainly knew how to wear her clothes, and Philip could not
  • help noticing how elegant she looked beside the curate's wife and the
  • doctor's married daughter. There were two roses in her waistband. She sat
  • in a garden chair by the side of the lawn, holding a red parasol over
  • herself, and the light on her face was very becoming. Philip was fond of
  • tennis. He served well and as he ran clumsily played close to the net:
  • notwithstanding his club-foot he was quick, and it was difficult to get a
  • ball past him. He was pleased because he won all his sets. At tea he lay
  • down at Miss Wilkinson's feet, hot and panting.
  • "Flannels suit you," she said. "You look very nice this afternoon."
  • He blushed with delight.
  • "I can honestly return the compliment. You look perfectly ravishing."
  • She smiled and gave him a long look with her black eyes.
  • After supper he insisted that she should come out.
  • "Haven't you had enough exercise for one day?"
  • "It'll be lovely in the garden tonight. The stars are all out."
  • He was in high spirits.
  • "D'you know, Mrs. Carey has been scolding me on your account?" said Miss
  • Wilkinson, when they were sauntering through the kitchen garden. "She says
  • I mustn't flirt with you."
  • "Have you been flirting with me? I hadn't noticed it."
  • "She was only joking."
  • "It was very unkind of you to refuse to kiss me last night."
  • "If you saw the look your uncle gave me when I said what I did!"
  • "Was that all that prevented you?"
  • "I prefer to kiss people without witnesses."
  • "There are no witnesses now."
  • Philip put his arm round her waist and kissed her lips. She only laughed
  • a little and made no attempt to withdraw. It had come quite naturally.
  • Philip was very proud of himself. He said he would, and he had. It was the
  • easiest thing in the world. He wished he had done it before. He did it
  • again.
  • "Oh, you mustn't," she said.
  • "Why not?"
  • "Because I like it," she laughed.
  • XXXIV
  • Next day after dinner they took their rugs and cushions to the fountain,
  • and their books; but they did not read. Miss Wilkinson made herself
  • comfortable and she opened the red sun-shade. Philip was not at all shy
  • now, but at first she would not let him kiss her.
  • "It was very wrong of me last night," she said. "I couldn't sleep, I felt
  • I'd done so wrong."
  • "What nonsense!" he cried. "I'm sure you slept like a top."
  • "What do you think your uncle would say if he knew?"
  • "There's no reason why he should know."
  • He leaned over her, and his heart went pit-a-pat.
  • "Why d'you want to kiss me?"
  • He knew he ought to reply: "Because I love you." But he could not bring
  • himself to say it.
  • "Why do you think?" he asked instead.
  • She looked at him with smiling eyes and touched his face with the tips of
  • her fingers.
  • "How smooth your face is," she murmured.
  • "I want shaving awfully," he said.
  • It was astonishing how difficult he found it to make romantic speeches. He
  • found that silence helped him much more than words. He could look
  • inexpressible things. Miss Wilkinson sighed.
  • "Do you like me at all?"
  • "Yes, awfully."
  • When he tried to kiss her again she did not resist. He pretended to be
  • much more passionate than he really was, and he succeeded in playing a
  • part which looked very well in his own eyes.
  • "I'm beginning to be rather frightened of you," said Miss Wilkinson.
  • "You'll come out after supper, won't you?" he begged.
  • "Not unless you promise to behave yourself."
  • "I'll promise anything."
  • He was catching fire from the flame he was partly simulating, and at
  • tea-time he was obstreperously merry. Miss Wilkinson looked at him
  • nervously.
  • "You mustn't have those shining eyes," she said to him afterwards. "What
  • will your Aunt Louisa think?"
  • "I don't care what she thinks."
  • Miss Wilkinson gave a little laugh of pleasure. They had no sooner
  • finished supper than he said to her:
  • "Are you going to keep me company while I smoke a cigarette?"
  • "Why don't you let Miss Wilkinson rest?" said Mrs. Carey. "You must
  • remember she's not as young as you."
  • "Oh, I'd like to go out, Mrs. Carey," she said, rather acidly.
  • "After dinner walk a mile, after supper rest a while," said the Vicar.
  • "Your aunt is very nice, but she gets on my nerves sometimes," said Miss
  • Wilkinson, as soon as they closed the side-door behind them.
  • Philip threw away the cigarette he had just lighted, and flung his arms
  • round her. She tried to push him away.
  • "You promised you'd be good, Philip."
  • "You didn't think I was going to keep a promise like that?"
  • "Not so near the house, Philip," she said. "Supposing someone should come
  • out suddenly?"
  • He led her to the kitchen garden where no one was likely to come, and this
  • time Miss Wilkinson did not think of earwigs. He kissed her passionately.
  • It was one of the things that puzzled him that he did not like her at all
  • in the morning, and only moderately in the afternoon, but at night the
  • touch of her hand thrilled him. He said things that he would never have
  • thought himself capable of saying; he could certainly never have said them
  • in the broad light of day; and he listened to himself with wonder and
  • satisfaction.
  • "How beautifully you make love," she said.
  • That was what he thought himself.
  • "Oh, if I could only say all the things that burn my heart!" he murmured
  • passionately.
  • It was splendid. It was the most thrilling game he had ever played; and
  • the wonderful thing was that he felt almost all he said. It was only that
  • he exaggerated a little. He was tremendously interested and excited in the
  • effect he could see it had on her. It was obviously with an effort that at
  • last she suggested going in.
  • "Oh, don't go yet," he cried.
  • "I must," she muttered. "I'm frightened."
  • He had a sudden intuition what was the right thing to do then.
  • "I can't go in yet. I shall stay here and think. My cheeks are burning. I
  • want the night-air. Good-night."
  • He held out his hand seriously, and she took it in silence. He thought she
  • stifled a sob. Oh, it was magnificent! When, after a decent interval
  • during which he had been rather bored in the dark garden by himself, he
  • went in he found that Miss Wilkinson had already gone to bed.
  • After that things were different between them. The next day and the day
  • after Philip showed himself an eager lover. He was deliciously flattered
  • to discover that Miss Wilkinson was in love with him: she told him so in
  • English, and she told him so in French. She paid him compliments. No one
  • had ever informed him before that his eyes were charming and that he had
  • a sensual mouth. He had never bothered much about his personal appearance,
  • but now, when occasion presented, he looked at himself in the glass with
  • satisfaction. When he kissed her it was wonderful to feel the passion that
  • seemed to thrill her soul. He kissed her a good deal, for he found it
  • easier to do that than to say the things he instinctively felt she
  • expected of him. It still made him feel a fool to say he worshipped her.
  • He wished there were someone to whom he could boast a little, and he would
  • willingly have discussed minute points of his conduct. Sometimes she said
  • things that were enigmatic, and he was puzzled. He wished Hayward had been
  • there so that he could ask him what he thought she meant, and what he had
  • better do next. He could not make up his mind whether he ought to rush
  • things or let them take their time. There were only three weeks more.
  • "I can't bear to think of that," she said. "It breaks my heart. And then
  • perhaps we shall never see one another again."
  • "If you cared for me at all, you wouldn't be so unkind to me," he
  • whispered.
  • "Oh, why can't you be content to let it go on as it is? Men are always the
  • same. They're never satisfied."
  • And when he pressed her, she said:
  • "But don't you see it's impossible. How can we here?"
  • He proposed all sorts of schemes, but she would not have anything to do
  • with them.
  • "I daren't take the risk. It would be too dreadful if your aunt found
  • out."
  • A day or two later he had an idea which seemed brilliant.
  • "Look here, if you had a headache on Sunday evening and offered to stay at
  • home and look after the house, Aunt Louisa would go to church."
  • Generally Mrs. Carey remained in on Sunday evening in order to allow Mary
  • Ann to go to church, but she would welcome the opportunity of attending
  • evensong.
  • Philip had not found it necessary to impart to his relations the change in
  • his views on Christianity which had occurred in Germany; they could not be
  • expected to understand; and it seemed less trouble to go to church
  • quietly. But he only went in the morning. He regarded this as a graceful
  • concession to the prejudices of society and his refusal to go a second
  • time as an adequate assertion of free thought.
  • When he made the suggestion, Miss Wilkinson did not speak for a moment,
  • then shook her head.
  • "No, I won't," she said.
  • But on Sunday at tea-time she surprised Philip. "I don't think I'll come
  • to church this evening," she said suddenly. "I've really got a dreadful
  • headache."
  • Mrs. Carey, much concerned, insisted on giving her some 'drops' which she
  • was herself in the habit of using. Miss Wilkinson thanked her, and
  • immediately after tea announced that she would go to her room and lie
  • down.
  • "Are you sure there's nothing you'll want?" asked Mrs. Carey anxiously.
  • "Quite sure, thank you."
  • "Because, if there isn't, I think I'll go to church. I don't often have
  • the chance of going in the evening."
  • "Oh yes, do go."
  • "I shall be in," said Philip. "If Miss Wilkinson wants anything, she can
  • always call me."
  • "You'd better leave the drawing-room door open, Philip, so that if Miss
  • Wilkinson rings, you'll hear."
  • "Certainly," said Philip.
  • So after six o'clock Philip was left alone in the house with Miss
  • Wilkinson. He felt sick with apprehension. He wished with all his heart
  • that he had not suggested the plan; but it was too late now; he must take
  • the opportunity which he had made. What would Miss Wilkinson think of him
  • if he did not! He went into the hall and listened. There was not a sound.
  • He wondered if Miss Wilkinson really had a headache. Perhaps she had
  • forgotten his suggestion. His heart beat painfully. He crept up the stairs
  • as softly as he could, and he stopped with a start when they creaked. He
  • stood outside Miss Wilkinson's room and listened; he put his hand on the
  • knob of the door-handle. He waited. It seemed to him that he waited for at
  • least five minutes, trying to make up his mind; and his hand trembled. He
  • would willingly have bolted, but he was afraid of the remorse which he
  • knew would seize him. It was like getting on the highest diving-board in
  • a swimming-bath; it looked nothing from below, but when you got up there
  • and stared down at the water your heart sank; and the only thing that
  • forced you to dive was the shame of coming down meekly by the steps you
  • had climbed up. Philip screwed up his courage. He turned the handle softly
  • and walked in. He seemed to himself to be trembling like a leaf.
  • Miss Wilkinson was standing at the dressing-table with her back to the
  • door, and she turned round quickly when she heard it open.
  • "Oh, it's you. What d'you want?"
  • She had taken off her skirt and blouse, and was standing in her petticoat.
  • It was short and only came down to the top of her boots; the upper part of
  • it was black, of some shiny material, and there was a red flounce. She
  • wore a camisole of white calico with short arms. She looked grotesque.
  • Philip's heart sank as he stared at her; she had never seemed so
  • unattractive; but it was too late now. He closed the door behind him and
  • locked it.
  • XXXV
  • Philip woke early next morning. His sleep had been restless; but when he
  • stretched his legs and looked at the sunshine that slid through the
  • Venetian blinds, making patterns on the floor, he sighed with
  • satisfaction. He was delighted with himself. He began to think of Miss
  • Wilkinson. She had asked him to call her Emily, but, he knew not why, he
  • could not; he always thought of her as Miss Wilkinson. Since she chid him
  • for so addressing her, he avoided using her name at all. During his
  • childhood he had often heard a sister of Aunt Louisa, the widow of a naval
  • officer, spoken of as Aunt Emily. It made him uncomfortable to call Miss
  • Wilkinson by that name, nor could he think of any that would have suited
  • her better. She had begun as Miss Wilkinson, and it seemed inseparable
  • from his impression of her. He frowned a little: somehow or other he saw
  • her now at her worst; he could not forget his dismay when she turned round
  • and he saw her in her camisole and the short petticoat; he remembered the
  • slight roughness of her skin and the sharp, long lines on the side of the
  • neck. His triumph was short-lived. He reckoned out her age again, and he
  • did not see how she could be less than forty. It made the affair
  • ridiculous. She was plain and old. His quick fancy showed her to him,
  • wrinkled, haggard, made-up, in those frocks which were too showy for her
  • position and too young for her years. He shuddered; he felt suddenly that
  • he never wanted to see her again; he could not bear the thought of kissing
  • her. He was horrified with himself. Was that love?
  • He took as long as he could over dressing in order to put back the moment
  • of seeing her, and when at last he went into the dining-room it was with
  • a sinking heart. Prayers were over, and they were sitting down at
  • breakfast.
  • "Lazybones," Miss Wilkinson cried gaily.
  • He looked at her and gave a little gasp of relief. She was sitting with
  • her back to the window. She was really quite nice. He wondered why he had
  • thought such things about her. His self-satisfaction returned to him.
  • He was taken aback by the change in her. She told him in a voice thrilling
  • with emotion immediately after breakfast that she loved him; and when a
  • little later they went into the drawing-room for his singing lesson and
  • she sat down on the music-stool she put up her face in the middle of a
  • scale and said:
  • "Embrasse-moi."
  • When he bent down she flung her arms round his neck. It was slightly
  • uncomfortable, for she held him in such a position that he felt rather
  • choked.
  • "Ah, je t'aime. Je t'aime. Je t'aime," she cried, with her extravagantly
  • French accent.
  • Philip wished she would speak English.
  • "I say, I don't know if it's struck you that the gardener's quite likely
  • to pass the window any minute."
  • "Ah, je m'en fiche du jardinier. Je m'en refiche, et je m'en
  • contrefiche."
  • Philip thought it was very like a French novel, and he did not know why it
  • slightly irritated him.
  • At last he said:
  • "Well, I think I'll tootle along to the beach and have a dip."
  • "Oh, you're not going to leave me this morning--of all mornings?" Philip
  • did not quite know why he should not, but it did not matter.
  • "Would you like me to stay?" he smiled.
  • "Oh, you darling! But no, go. Go. I want to think of you mastering the
  • salt sea waves, bathing your limbs in the broad ocean."
  • He got his hat and sauntered off.
  • "What rot women talk!" he thought to himself.
  • But he was pleased and happy and flattered. She was evidently frightfully
  • gone on him. As he limped along the high street of Blackstable he looked
  • with a tinge of superciliousness at the people he passed. He knew a good
  • many to nod to, and as he gave them a smile of recognition he thought to
  • himself, if they only knew! He did want someone to know very badly. He
  • thought he would write to Hayward, and in his mind composed the letter. He
  • would talk of the garden and the roses, and the little French governess,
  • like an exotic flower amongst them, scented and perverse: he would say she
  • was French, because--well, she had lived in France so long that she almost
  • was, and besides it would be shabby to give the whole thing away too
  • exactly, don't you know; and he would tell Hayward how he had seen her
  • first in her pretty muslin dress and of the flower she had given him. He
  • made a delicate idyl of it: the sunshine and the sea gave it passion and
  • magic, and the stars added poetry, and the old vicarage garden was a fit
  • and exquisite setting. There was something Meredithian about it: it was
  • not quite Lucy Feverel and not quite Clara Middleton; but it was
  • inexpressibly charming. Philip's heart beat quickly. He was so delighted
  • with his fancies that he began thinking of them again as soon as he
  • crawled back, dripping and cold, into his bathing-machine. He thought of
  • the object of his affections. She had the most adorable little nose and
  • large brown eyes--he would describe her to Hayward--and masses of soft
  • brown hair, the sort of hair it was delicious to bury your face in, and a
  • skin which was like ivory and sunshine, and her cheek was like a red, red
  • rose. How old was she? Eighteen perhaps, and he called her Musette. Her
  • laughter was like a rippling brook, and her voice was so soft, so low, it
  • was the sweetest music he had ever heard.
  • "What ARE you thinking about?"
  • Philip stopped suddenly. He was walking slowly home.
  • "I've been waving at you for the last quarter of a mile. You ARE
  • absent-minded."
  • Miss Wilkinson was standing in front of him, laughing at his surprise.
  • "I thought I'd come and meet you."
  • "That's awfully nice of you," he said.
  • "Did I startle you?"
  • "You did a bit," he admitted.
  • He wrote his letter to Hayward all the same. There were eight pages of it.
  • The fortnight that remained passed quickly, and though each evening, when
  • they went into the garden after supper, Miss Wilkinson remarked that one
  • day more had gone, Philip was in too cheerful spirits to let the thought
  • depress him. One night Miss Wilkinson suggested that it would be
  • delightful if she could exchange her situation in Berlin for one in
  • London. Then they could see one another constantly. Philip said it would
  • be very jolly, but the prospect aroused no enthusiasm in him; he was
  • looking forward to a wonderful life in London, and he preferred not to be
  • hampered. He spoke a little too freely of all he meant to do, and allowed
  • Miss Wilkinson to see that already he was longing to be off.
  • "You wouldn't talk like that if you loved me," she cried.
  • He was taken aback and remained silent.
  • "What a fool I've been," she muttered.
  • To his surprise he saw that she was crying. He had a tender heart, and
  • hated to see anyone miserable.
  • "Oh, I'm awfully sorry. What have I done? Don't cry."
  • "Oh, Philip, don't leave me. You don't know what you mean to me. I have
  • such a wretched life, and you've made me so happy."
  • He kissed her silently. There really was anguish in her tone, and he was
  • frightened. It had never occurred to him that she meant what she said
  • quite, quite seriously.
  • "I'm awfully sorry. You know I'm frightfully fond of you. I wish you would
  • come to London."
  • "You know I can't. Places are almost impossible to get, and I hate English
  • life."
  • Almost unconscious that he was acting a part, moved by her distress, he
  • pressed her more and more. Her tears vaguely flattered him, and he kissed
  • her with real passion.
  • But a day or two later she made a real scene. There was a tennis-party at
  • the vicarage, and two girls came, daughters of a retired major in an
  • Indian regiment who had lately settled in Blackstable. They were very
  • pretty, one was Philip's age and the other was a year or two younger.
  • Being used to the society of young men (they were full of stories of
  • hill-stations in India, and at that time the stories of Rudyard Kipling
  • were in every hand) they began to chaff Philip gaily; and he, pleased with
  • the novelty--the young ladies at Blackstable treated the Vicar's nephew
  • with a certain seriousness--was gay and jolly. Some devil within him
  • prompted him to start a violent flirtation with them both, and as he was
  • the only young man there, they were quite willing to meet him half-way. It
  • happened that they played tennis quite well and Philip was tired of
  • pat-ball with Miss Wilkinson (she had only begun to play when she came to
  • Blackstable), so when he arranged the sets after tea he suggested that
  • Miss Wilkinson should play against the curate's wife, with the curate as
  • her partner; and he would play later with the new-comers. He sat down by
  • the elder Miss O'Connor and said to her in an undertone:
  • "We'll get the duffers out of the way first, and then we'll have a jolly
  • set afterwards."
  • Apparently Miss Wilkinson overheard him, for she threw down her racket,
  • and, saying she had a headache, went away. It was plain to everyone that
  • she was offended. Philip was annoyed that she should make the fact public.
  • The set was arranged without her, but presently Mrs. Carey called him.
  • "Philip, you've hurt Emily's feelings. She's gone to her room and she's
  • crying."
  • "What about?"
  • "Oh, something about a duffer's set. Do go to her, and say you didn't mean
  • to be unkind, there's a good boy."
  • "All right."
  • He knocked at Miss Wilkinson's door, but receiving no answer went in. He
  • found her lying face downwards on her bed, weeping. He touched her on the
  • shoulder.
  • "I say, what on earth's the matter?"
  • "Leave me alone. I never want to speak to you again."
  • "What have I done? I'm awfully sorry if I've hurt your feelings. I didn't
  • mean to. I say, do get up."
  • "Oh, I'm so unhappy. How could you be cruel to me? You know I hate that
  • stupid game. I only play because I want to play with you."
  • She got up and walked towards the dressing-table, but after a quick look
  • in the glass sank into a chair. She made her handkerchief into a ball and
  • dabbed her eyes with it.
  • "I've given you the greatest thing a woman can give a man--oh, what a fool
  • I was--and you have no gratitude. You must be quite heartless. How could
  • you be so cruel as to torment me by flirting with those vulgar girls.
  • We've only got just over a week. Can't you even give me that?"
  • Philip stood over her rather sulkily. He thought her behaviour childish.
  • He was vexed with her for having shown her ill-temper before strangers.
  • "But you know I don't care twopence about either of the O'Connors. Why on
  • earth should you think I do?"
  • Miss Wilkinson put away her handkerchief. Her tears had made marks on her
  • powdered face, and her hair was somewhat disarranged. Her white dress did
  • not suit her very well just then. She looked at Philip with hungry,
  • passionate eyes.
  • "Because you're twenty and so's she," she said hoarsely. "And I'm old."
  • Philip reddened and looked away. The anguish of her tone made him feel
  • strangely uneasy. He wished with all his heart that he had never had
  • anything to do with Miss Wilkinson.
  • "I don't want to make you unhappy," he said awkwardly. "You'd better go
  • down and look after your friends. They'll wonder what has become of you."
  • "All right."
  • He was glad to leave her.
  • The quarrel was quickly followed by a reconciliation, but the few days
  • that remained were sometimes irksome to Philip. He wanted to talk of
  • nothing but the future, and the future invariably reduced Miss Wilkinson
  • to tears. At first her weeping affected him, and feeling himself a beast
  • he redoubled his protestations of undying passion; but now it irritated
  • him: it would have been all very well if she had been a girl, but it was
  • silly of a grown-up woman to cry so much. She never ceased reminding him
  • that he was under a debt of gratitude to her which he could never repay.
  • He was willing to acknowledge this since she made a point of it, but he
  • did not really know why he should be any more grateful to her than she to
  • him. He was expected to show his sense of obligation in ways which were
  • rather a nuisance: he had been a good deal used to solitude, and it was a
  • necessity to him sometimes; but Miss Wilkinson looked upon it as an
  • unkindness if he was not always at her beck and call. The Miss O'Connors
  • asked them both to tea, and Philip would have liked to go, but Miss
  • Wilkinson said she only had five days more and wanted him entirely to
  • herself. It was flattering, but a bore. Miss Wilkinson told him stories of
  • the exquisite delicacy of Frenchmen when they stood in the same relation
  • to fair ladies as he to Miss Wilkinson. She praised their courtesy, their
  • passion for self-sacrifice, their perfect tact. Miss Wilkinson seemed to
  • want a great deal.
  • Philip listened to her enumeration of the qualities which must be
  • possessed by the perfect lover, and he could not help feeling a certain
  • satisfaction that she lived in Berlin.
  • "You will write to me, won't you? Write to me every day. I want to know
  • everything you're doing. You must keep nothing from me."
  • "I shall be awfully, busy" he answered. "I'll write as often as I can."
  • She flung her arms passionately round his neck. He was embarrassed
  • sometimes by the demonstrations of her affection. He would have preferred
  • her to be more passive. It shocked him a little that she should give him
  • so marked a lead: it did not tally altogether with his prepossessions
  • about the modesty of the feminine temperament.
  • At length the day came on which Miss Wilkinson was to go, and she came
  • down to breakfast, pale and subdued, in a serviceable travelling dress of
  • black and white check. She looked a very competent governess. Philip was
  • silent too, for he did not quite know what to say that would fit the
  • circumstance; and he was terribly afraid that, if he said something
  • flippant, Miss Wilkinson would break down before his uncle and make a
  • scene. They had said their last good-bye to one another in the garden the
  • night before, and Philip was relieved that there was now no opportunity
  • for them to be alone. He remained in the dining-room after breakfast in
  • case Miss Wilkinson should insist on kissing him on the stairs. He did not
  • want Mary Ann, now a woman hard upon middle age with a sharp tongue, to
  • catch them in a compromising position. Mary Ann did not like Miss
  • Wilkinson and called her an old cat. Aunt Louisa was not very well and
  • could not come to the station, but the Vicar and Philip saw her off. Just
  • as the train was leaving she leaned out and kissed Mr. Carey.
  • "I must kiss you too, Philip," she said.
  • "All right," he said, blushing.
  • He stood up on the step and she kissed him quickly. The train started, and
  • Miss Wilkinson sank into the corner of her carriage and wept
  • disconsolately. Philip, as he walked back to the vicarage, felt a distinct
  • sensation of relief.
  • "Well, did you see her safely off?" asked Aunt Louisa, when they got in.
  • "Yes, she seemed rather weepy. She insisted on kissing me and Philip."
  • "Oh, well, at her age it's not dangerous." Mrs. Carey pointed to the
  • sideboard. "There's a letter for you, Philip. It came by the second post."
  • It was from Hayward and ran as follows:
  • My dear boy,
  • I answer your letter at once. I ventured to read it to a great friend of
  • mine, a charming woman whose help and sympathy have been very precious to
  • me, a woman withal with a real feeling for art and literature; and we
  • agreed that it was charming. You wrote from your heart and you do not know
  • the delightful naivete which is in every line. And because you love you
  • write like a poet. Ah, dear boy, that is the real thing: I felt the glow
  • of your young passion, and your prose was musical from the sincerity of
  • your emotion. You must be happy! I wish I could have been present unseen
  • in that enchanted garden while you wandered hand in hand, like Daphnis and
  • Chloe, amid the flowers. I can see you, my Daphnis, with the light of
  • young love in your eyes, tender, enraptured, and ardent; while Chloe in
  • your arms, so young and soft and fresh, vowing she would ne'er
  • consent--consented. Roses and violets and honeysuckle! Oh, my friend, I
  • envy you. It is so good to think that your first love should have been
  • pure poetry. Treasure the moments, for the immortal gods have given you
  • the Greatest Gift of All, and it will be a sweet, sad memory till your
  • dying day. You will never again enjoy that careless rapture. First love is
  • best love; and she is beautiful and you are young, and all the world is
  • yours. I felt my pulse go faster when with your adorable simplicity you
  • told me that you buried your face in her long hair. I am sure that it is
  • that exquisite chestnut which seems just touched with gold. I would have
  • you sit under a leafy tree side by side, and read together Romeo and
  • Juliet; and then I would have you fall on your knees and on my behalf kiss
  • the ground on which her foot has left its imprint; then tell her it is the
  • homage of a poet to her radiant youth and to your love for her.
  • Yours always,
  • G. Etheridge Hayward.
  • "What damned rot!" said Philip, when he finished the letter.
  • Miss Wilkinson oddly enough had suggested that they should read Romeo and
  • Juliet together; but Philip had firmly declined. Then, as he put the
  • letter in his pocket, he felt a queer little pang of bitterness because
  • reality seemed so different from the ideal.
  • XXXVI
  • A few days later Philip went to London. The curate had recommended rooms
  • in Barnes, and these Philip engaged by letter at fourteen shillings a
  • week. He reached them in the evening; and the landlady, a funny little old
  • woman with a shrivelled body and a deeply wrinkled face, had prepared high
  • tea for him. Most of the sitting-room was taken up by the sideboard and a
  • square table; against one wall was a sofa covered with horsehair, and by
  • the fireplace an arm-chair to match: there was a white antimacassar over
  • the back of it, and on the seat, because the springs were broken, a hard
  • cushion.
  • After having his tea he unpacked and arranged his books, then he sat down
  • and tried to read; but he was depressed. The silence in the street made
  • him slightly uncomfortable, and he felt very much alone.
  • Next day he got up early. He put on his tail-coat and the tall hat which
  • he had worn at school; but it was very shabby, and he made up his mind to
  • stop at the Stores on his way to the office and buy a new one. When he had
  • done this he found himself in plenty of time and so walked along the
  • Strand. The office of Messrs. Herbert Carter & Co. was in a little street
  • off Chancery Lane, and he had to ask his way two or three times. He felt
  • that people were staring at him a great deal, and once he took off his hat
  • to see whether by chance the label had been left on. When he arrived he
  • knocked at the door; but no one answered, and looking at his watch he
  • found it was barely half past nine; he supposed he was too early. He went
  • away and ten minutes later returned to find an office-boy, with a long
  • nose, pimply face, and a Scotch accent, opening the door. Philip asked for
  • Mr. Herbert Carter. He had not come yet.
  • "When will he be here?"
  • "Between ten and half past."
  • "I'd better wait," said Philip.
  • "What are you wanting?" asked the office-boy.
  • Philip was nervous, but tried to hide the fact by a jocose manner.
  • "Well, I'm going to work here if you have no objection."
  • "Oh, you're the new articled clerk? You'd better come in. Mr.
  • Goodworthy'll be here in a while."
  • Philip walked in, and as he did so saw the office-boy--he was about the
  • same age as Philip and called himself a junior clerk--look at his foot. He
  • flushed and, sitting down, hid it behind the other. He looked round the
  • room. It was dark and very dingy. It was lit by a skylight. There were
  • three rows of desks in it and against them high stools. Over the
  • chimney-piece was a dirty engraving of a prize-fight. Presently a clerk
  • came in and then another; they glanced at Philip and in an undertone asked
  • the office-boy (Philip found his name was Macdougal) who he was. A whistle
  • blew, and Macdougal got up.
  • "Mr. Goodworthy's come. He's the managing clerk. Shall I tell him you're
  • here?"
  • "Yes, please," said Philip.
  • The office-boy went out and in a moment returned.
  • "Will you come this way?"
  • Philip followed him across the passage and was shown into a room, small
  • and barely furnished, in which a little, thin man was standing with his
  • back to the fireplace. He was much below the middle height, but his large
  • head, which seemed to hang loosely on his body, gave him an odd
  • ungainliness. His features were wide and flattened, and he had prominent,
  • pale eyes; his thin hair was sandy; he wore whiskers that grew unevenly on
  • his face, and in places where you would have expected the hair to grow
  • thickly there was no hair at all. His skin was pasty and yellow. He held
  • out his hand to Philip, and when he smiled showed badly decayed teeth. He
  • spoke with a patronising and at the same time a timid air, as though he
  • sought to assume an importance which he did not feel. He said he hoped
  • Philip would like the work; there was a good deal of drudgery about it,
  • but when you got used to it, it was interesting; and one made money, that
  • was the chief thing, wasn't it? He laughed with his odd mixture of
  • superiority and shyness.
  • "Mr. Carter will be here presently," he said. "He's a little late on
  • Monday mornings sometimes. I'll call you when he comes. In the meantime I
  • must give you something to do. Do you know anything about book-keeping or
  • accounts?"
  • "I'm afraid not," answered Philip.
  • "I didn't suppose you would. They don't teach you things at school that
  • are much use in business, I'm afraid." He considered for a moment. "I
  • think I can find you something to do."
  • He went into the next room and after a little while came out with a large
  • cardboard box. It contained a vast number of letters in great disorder,
  • and he told Philip to sort them out and arrange them alphabetically
  • according to the names of the writers.
  • "I'll take you to the room in which the articled clerk generally sits.
  • There's a very nice fellow in it. His name is Watson. He's a son of
  • Watson, Crag, and Thompson--you know--the brewers. He's spending a year
  • with us to learn business."
  • Mr. Goodworthy led Philip through the dingy office, where now six or eight
  • clerks were working, into a narrow room behind. It had been made into a
  • separate apartment by a glass partition, and here they found Watson
  • sitting back in a chair, reading The Sportsman. He was a large, stout
  • young man, elegantly dressed, and he looked up as Mr. Goodworthy entered.
  • He asserted his position by calling the managing clerk Goodworthy. The
  • managing clerk objected to the familiarity, and pointedly called him Mr.
  • Watson, but Watson, instead of seeing that it was a rebuke, accepted the
  • title as a tribute to his gentlemanliness.
  • "I see they've scratched Rigoletto," he said to Philip, as soon as they
  • were left alone.
  • "Have they?" said Philip, who knew nothing about horse-racing.
  • He looked with awe upon Watson's beautiful clothes. His tail-coat fitted
  • him perfectly, and there was a valuable pin artfully stuck in the middle
  • of an enormous tie. On the chimney-piece rested his tall hat; it was saucy
  • and bell-shaped and shiny. Philip felt himself very shabby. Watson began
  • to talk of hunting--it was such an infernal bore having to waste one's
  • time in an infernal office, he would only be able to hunt on
  • Saturdays--and shooting: he had ripping invitations all over the country
  • and of course he had to refuse them. It was infernal luck, but he wasn't
  • going to put up with it long; he was only in this internal hole for a
  • year, and then he was going into the business, and he would hunt four days
  • a week and get all the shooting there was.
  • "You've got five years of it, haven't you?" he said, waving his arm round
  • the tiny room.
  • "I suppose so," said Philip.
  • "I daresay I shall see something of you. Carter does our accounts, you
  • know."
  • Philip was somewhat overpowered by the young gentleman's condescension. At
  • Blackstable they had always looked upon brewing with civil contempt, the
  • Vicar made little jokes about the beerage, and it was a surprising
  • experience for Philip to discover that Watson was such an important and
  • magnificent fellow. He had been to Winchester and to Oxford, and his
  • conversation impressed the fact upon one with frequency. When he
  • discovered the details of Philip's education his manner became more
  • patronising still.
  • "Of course, if one doesn't go to a public school those sort of schools are
  • the next best thing, aren't they?"
  • Philip asked about the other men in the office.
  • "Oh, I don't bother about them much, you know," said Watson. "Carter's not
  • a bad sort. We have him to dine now and then. All the rest are awful
  • bounders."
  • Presently Watson applied himself to some work he had in hand, and Philip
  • set about sorting his letters. Then Mr. Goodworthy came in to say that Mr.
  • Carter had arrived. He took Philip into a large room next door to his own.
  • There was a big desk in it, and a couple of big arm-chairs; a Turkey
  • carpet adorned the floor, and the walls were decorated with sporting
  • prints. Mr. Carter was sitting at the desk and got up to shake hands with
  • Philip. He was dressed in a long frock coat. He looked like a military
  • man; his moustache was waxed, his gray hair was short and neat, he held
  • himself upright, he talked in a breezy way, he lived at Enfield. He was
  • very keen on games and the good of the country. He was an officer in the
  • Hertfordshire Yeomanry and chairman of the Conservative Association. When
  • he was told that a local magnate had said no one would take him for a City
  • man, he felt that he had not lived in vain. He talked to Philip in a
  • pleasant, off-hand fashion. Mr. Goodworthy would look after him. Watson
  • was a nice fellow, perfect gentleman, good sportsman--did Philip hunt?
  • Pity, THE sport for gentlemen. Didn't have much chance of hunting now,
  • had to leave that to his son. His son was at Cambridge, he'd sent him to
  • Rugby, fine school Rugby, nice class of boys there, in a couple of years
  • his son would be articled, that would be nice for Philip, he'd like his
  • son, thorough sportsman. He hoped Philip would get on well and like the
  • work, he mustn't miss his lectures, they were getting up the tone of the
  • profession, they wanted gentlemen in it. Well, well, Mr. Goodworthy was
  • there. If he wanted to know anything Mr. Goodworthy would tell him. What
  • was his handwriting like? Ah well, Mr. Goodworthy would see about that.
  • Philip was overwhelmed by so much gentlemanliness: in East Anglia they
  • knew who were gentlemen and who weren't, but the gentlemen didn't talk
  • about it.
  • XXXVII
  • At first the novelty of the work kept Philip interested. Mr. Carter
  • dictated letters to him, and he had to make fair copies of statements of
  • accounts.
  • Mr. Carter preferred to conduct the office on gentlemanly lines; he would
  • have nothing to do with typewriting and looked upon shorthand with
  • disfavour: the office-boy knew shorthand, but it was only Mr. Goodworthy
  • who made use of his accomplishment. Now and then Philip with one of the
  • more experienced clerks went out to audit the accounts of some firm: he
  • came to know which of the clients must be treated with respect and which
  • were in low water. Now and then long lists of figures were given him to
  • add up. He attended lectures for his first examination. Mr. Goodworthy
  • repeated to him that the work was dull at first, but he would grow used to
  • it. Philip left the office at six and walked across the river to Waterloo.
  • His supper was waiting for him when he reached his lodgings and he spent
  • the evening reading. On Saturday afternoons he went to the National
  • Gallery. Hayward had recommended to him a guide which had been compiled
  • out of Ruskin's works, and with this in hand he went industriously through
  • room after room: he read carefully what the critic had said about a
  • picture and then in a determined fashion set himself to see the same
  • things in it. His Sundays were difficult to get through. He knew no one in
  • London and spent them by himself. Mr. Nixon, the solicitor, asked him to
  • spend a Sunday at Hampstead, and Philip passed a happy day with a set of
  • exuberant strangers; he ate and drank a great deal, took a walk on the
  • heath, and came away with a general invitation to come again whenever he
  • liked; but he was morbidly afraid of being in the way, so waited for a
  • formal invitation. Naturally enough it never came, for with numbers of
  • friends of their own the Nixons did not think of the lonely, silent boy
  • whose claim upon their hospitality was so small. So on Sundays he got up
  • late and took a walk along the tow-path. At Barnes the river is muddy,
  • dingy, and tidal; it has neither the graceful charm of the Thames above
  • the locks nor the romance of the crowded stream below London Bridge. In
  • the afternoon he walked about the common; and that is gray and dingy too;
  • it is neither country nor town; the gorse is stunted; and all about is the
  • litter of civilisation. He went to a play every Saturday night and stood
  • cheerfully for an hour or more at the gallery-door. It was not worth while
  • to go back to Barnes for the interval between the closing of the Museum
  • and his meal in an A. B. C. shop, and the time hung heavily on his hands.
  • He strolled up Bond Street or through the Burlington Arcade, and when he
  • was tired went and sat down in the Park or in wet weather in the public
  • library in St. Martin's Lane. He looked at the people walking about and
  • envied them because they had friends; sometimes his envy turned to hatred
  • because they were happy and he was miserable. He had never imagined that
  • it was possible to be so lonely in a great city. Sometimes when he was
  • standing at the gallery-door the man next to him would attempt a
  • conversation; but Philip had the country boy's suspicion of strangers and
  • answered in such a way as to prevent any further acquaintance. After the
  • play was over, obliged to keep to himself all he thought about it, he
  • hurried across the bridge to Waterloo. When he got back to his rooms, in
  • which for economy no fire had been lit, his heart sank. It was horribly
  • cheerless. He began to loathe his lodgings and the long solitary evenings
  • he spent in them. Sometimes he felt so lonely that he could not read, and
  • then he sat looking into the fire hour after hour in bitter wretchedness.
  • He had spent three months in London now, and except for that one Sunday at
  • Hampstead had never talked to anyone but his fellow-clerks. One evening
  • Watson asked him to dinner at a restaurant and they went to a music-hall
  • together; but he felt shy and uncomfortable. Watson talked all the time of
  • things he did not care about, and while he looked upon Watson as a
  • Philistine he could not help admiring him. He was angry because Watson
  • obviously set no store on his culture, and with his way of taking himself
  • at the estimate at which he saw others held him he began to despise the
  • acquirements which till then had seemed to him not unimportant. He felt
  • for the first time the humiliation of poverty. His uncle sent him fourteen
  • pounds a month and he had had to buy a good many clothes. His evening suit
  • cost him five guineas. He had not dared tell Watson that it was bought in
  • the Strand. Watson said there was only one tailor in London.
  • "I suppose you don't dance," said Watson, one day, with a glance at
  • Philip's club-foot.
  • "No," said Philip.
  • "Pity. I've been asked to bring some dancing men to a ball. I could have
  • introduced you to some jolly girls."
  • Once or twice, hating the thought of going back to Barnes, Philip had
  • remained in town, and late in the evening wandered through the West End
  • till he found some house at which there was a party. He stood among the
  • little group of shabby people, behind the footmen, watching the guests
  • arrive, and he listened to the music that floated through the window.
  • Sometimes, notwithstanding the cold, a couple came on to the balcony and
  • stood for a moment to get some fresh air; and Philip, imagining that they
  • were in love with one another, turned away and limped along the street
  • with a heavy hurt. He would never be able to stand in that man's place. He
  • felt that no woman could ever really look upon him without distaste for
  • his deformity.
  • That reminded him of Miss Wilkinson. He thought of her without
  • satisfaction. Before parting they had made an arrangement that she should
  • write to Charing Cross Post Office till he was able to send her an
  • address, and when he went there he found three letters from her. She wrote
  • on blue paper with violet ink, and she wrote in French. Philip wondered
  • why she could not write in English like a sensible woman, and her
  • passionate expressions, because they reminded him of a French novel, left
  • him cold. She upbraided him for not having written, and when he answered
  • he excused himself by saying that he had been busy. He did not quite know
  • how to start the letter. He could not bring himself to use dearest or
  • darling, and he hated to address her as Emily, so finally he began with
  • the word dear. It looked odd, standing by itself, and rather silly, but he
  • made it do. It was the first love letter he had ever written, and he was
  • conscious of its tameness; he felt that he should say all sorts of
  • vehement things, how he thought of her every minute of the day and how he
  • longed to kiss her beautiful hands and how he trembled at the thought of
  • her red lips, but some inexplicable modesty prevented him; and instead he
  • told her of his new rooms and his office. The answer came by return of
  • post, angry, heart-broken, reproachful: how could he be so cold? Did he
  • not know that she hung on his letters? She had given him all that a woman
  • could give, and this was her reward. Was he tired of her already? Then,
  • because he did not reply for several days, Miss Wilkinson bombarded him
  • with letters. She could not bear his unkindness, she waited for the post,
  • and it never brought her his letter, she cried herself to sleep night
  • after night, she was looking so ill that everyone remarked on it: if he
  • did not love her why did he not say so? She added that she could not live
  • without him, and the only thing was for her to commit suicide. She told
  • him he was cold and selfish and ungrateful. It was all in French, and
  • Philip knew that she wrote in that language to show off, but he was
  • worried all the same. He did not want to make her unhappy. In a little
  • while she wrote that she could not bear the separation any longer, she
  • would arrange to come over to London for Christmas. Philip wrote back that
  • he would like nothing better, only he had already an engagement to spend
  • Christmas with friends in the country, and he did not see how he could
  • break it. She answered that she did not wish to force herself on him, it
  • was quite evident that he did not wish to see her; she was deeply hurt,
  • and she never thought he would repay with such cruelty all her kindness.
  • Her letter was touching, and Philip thought he saw marks of her tears on
  • the paper; he wrote an impulsive reply saying that he was dreadfully sorry
  • and imploring her to come; but it was with relief that he received her
  • answer in which she said that she found it would be impossible for her to
  • get away. Presently when her letters came his heart sank: he delayed
  • opening them, for he knew what they would contain, angry reproaches and
  • pathetic appeals; they would make him feel a perfect beast, and yet he did
  • not see with what he had to blame himself. He put off his answer from day
  • to day, and then another letter would come, saying she was ill and lonely
  • and miserable.
  • "I wish to God I'd never had anything to do with her," he said.
  • He admired Watson because he arranged these things so easily. The young
  • man had been engaged in an intrigue with a girl who played in touring
  • companies, and his account of the affair filled Philip with envious
  • amazement. But after a time Watson's young affections changed, and one day
  • he described the rupture to Philip.
  • "I thought it was no good making any bones about it so I just told her I'd
  • had enough of her," he said.
  • "Didn't she make an awful scene?" asked Philip.
  • "The usual thing, you know, but I told her it was no good trying on that
  • sort of thing with me."
  • "Did she cry?"
  • "She began to, but I can't stand women when they cry, so I said she'd
  • better hook it."
  • Philip's sense of humour was growing keener with advancing years.
  • "And did she hook it?" he asked smiling.
  • "Well, there wasn't anything else for her to do, was there?"
  • Meanwhile the Christmas holidays approached. Mrs. Carey had been ill all
  • through November, and the doctor suggested that she and the Vicar should
  • go to Cornwall for a couple of weeks round Christmas so that she should
  • get back her strength. The result was that Philip had nowhere to go, and
  • he spent Christmas Day in his lodgings. Under Hayward's influence he had
  • persuaded himself that the festivities that attend this season were vulgar
  • and barbaric, and he made up his mind that he would take no notice of the
  • day; but when it came, the jollity of all around affected him strangely.
  • His landlady and her husband were spending the day with a married
  • daughter, and to save trouble Philip announced that he would take his
  • meals out. He went up to London towards mid-day and ate a slice of turkey
  • and some Christmas pudding by himself at Gatti's, and since he had nothing
  • to do afterwards went to Westminster Abbey for the afternoon service. The
  • streets were almost empty, and the people who went along had a preoccupied
  • look; they did not saunter but walked with some definite goal in view, and
  • hardly anyone was alone. To Philip they all seemed happy. He felt himself
  • more solitary than he had ever done in his life. His intention had been to
  • kill the day somehow in the streets and then dine at a restaurant, but he
  • could not face again the sight of cheerful people, talking, laughing, and
  • making merry; so he went back to Waterloo, and on his way through the
  • Westminster Bridge Road bought some ham and a couple of mince pies and
  • went back to Barnes. He ate his food in his lonely little room and spent
  • the evening with a book. His depression was almost intolerable.
  • When he was back at the office it made him very sore to listen to Watson's
  • account of the short holiday. They had had some jolly girls staying with
  • them, and after dinner they had cleared out the drawing-room and had a
  • dance.
  • "I didn't get to bed till three and I don't know how I got there then. By
  • George, I was squiffy."
  • At last Philip asked desperately:
  • "How does one get to know people in London?"
  • Watson looked at him with surprise and with a slightly contemptuous
  • amusement.
  • "Oh, I don't know, one just knows them. If you go to dances you soon get
  • to know as many people as you can do with."
  • Philip hated Watson, and yet he would have given anything to change places
  • with him. The old feeling that he had had at school came back to him, and
  • he tried to throw himself into the other's skin, imagining what life would
  • be if he were Watson.
  • XXXVIII
  • At the end of the year there was a great deal to do. Philip went to
  • various places with a clerk named Thompson and spent the day monotonously
  • calling out items of expenditure, which the other checked; and sometimes
  • he was given long pages of figures to add up. He had never had a head for
  • figures, and he could only do this slowly. Thompson grew irritated at his
  • mistakes. His fellow-clerk was a long, lean man of forty, sallow, with
  • black hair and a ragged moustache; he had hollow cheeks and deep lines on
  • each side of his nose. He took a dislike to Philip because he was an
  • articled clerk. Because he could put down three hundred guineas and keep
  • himself for five years Philip had the chance of a career; while he, with
  • his experience and ability, had no possibility of ever being more than a
  • clerk at thirty-five shillings a week. He was a cross-grained man,
  • oppressed by a large family, and he resented the superciliousness which he
  • fancied he saw in Philip. He sneered at Philip because he was better
  • educated than himself, and he mocked at Philip's pronunciation; he could
  • not forgive him because he spoke without a cockney accent, and when he
  • talked to him sarcastically exaggerated his aitches. At first his manner
  • was merely gruff and repellent, but as he discovered that Philip had no
  • gift for accountancy he took pleasure in humiliating him; his attacks were
  • gross and silly, but they wounded Philip, and in self-defence he assumed
  • an attitude of superiority which he did not feel.
  • "Had a bath this morning?" Thompson said when Philip came to the office
  • late, for his early punctuality had not lasted.
  • "Yes, haven't you?"
  • "No, I'm not a gentleman, I'm only a clerk. I have a bath on Saturday
  • night."
  • "I suppose that's why you're more than usually disagreeable on Monday."
  • "Will you condescend to do a few sums in simple addition today? I'm afraid
  • it's asking a great deal from a gentleman who knows Latin and Greek."
  • "Your attempts at sarcasm are not very happy."
  • But Philip could not conceal from himself that the other clerks, ill-paid
  • and uncouth, were more useful than himself. Once or twice Mr. Goodworthy
  • grew impatient with him.
  • "You really ought to be able to do better than this by now," he said.
  • "You're not even as smart as the office-boy."
  • Philip listened sulkily. He did not like being blamed, and it humiliated
  • him, when, having been given accounts to make fair copies of, Mr.
  • Goodworthy was not satisfied and gave them to another clerk to do. At
  • first the work had been tolerable from its novelty, but now it grew
  • irksome; and when he discovered that he had no aptitude for it, he began
  • to hate it. Often, when he should have been doing something that was given
  • him, he wasted his time drawing little pictures on the office note-paper.
  • He made sketches of Watson in every conceivable attitude, and Watson was
  • impressed by his talent. It occurred to him to take the drawings home, and
  • he came back next day with the praises of his family.
  • "I wonder you didn't become a painter," he said. "Only of course there's
  • no money in it."
  • It chanced that Mr. Carter two or three days later was dining with the
  • Watsons, and the sketches were shown him. The following morning he sent
  • for Philip. Philip saw him seldom and stood in some awe of him.
  • "Look here, young fellow, I don't care what you do out of office-hours,
  • but I've seen those sketches of yours and they're on office-paper, and Mr.
  • Goodworthy tells me you're slack. You won't do any good as a chartered
  • accountant unless you look alive. It's a fine profession, and we're
  • getting a very good class of men in it, but it's a profession in which you
  • have to..." he looked for the termination of his phrase, but could not
  • find exactly what he wanted, so finished rather tamely, "in which you have
  • to look alive."
  • Perhaps Philip would have settled down but for the agreement that if he
  • did not like the work he could leave after a year, and get back half the
  • money paid for his articles. He felt that he was fit for something better
  • than to add up accounts, and it was humiliating that he did so ill
  • something which seemed contemptible. The vulgar scenes with Thompson got
  • on his nerves. In March Watson ended his year at the office and Philip,
  • though he did not care for him, saw him go with regret. The fact that the
  • other clerks disliked them equally, because they belonged to a class a
  • little higher than their own, was a bond of union. When Philip thought
  • that he must spend over four years more with that dreary set of fellows
  • his heart sank. He had expected wonderful things from London and it had
  • given him nothing. He hated it now. He did not know a soul, and he had no
  • idea how he was to get to know anyone. He was tired of going everywhere by
  • himself. He began to feel that he could not stand much more of such a
  • life. He would lie in bed at night and think of the joy of never seeing
  • again that dingy office or any of the men in it, and of getting away from
  • those drab lodgings.
  • A great disappointment befell him in the spring. Hayward had announced his
  • intention of coming to London for the season, and Philip had looked
  • forward very much to seeing him again. He had read so much lately and
  • thought so much that his mind was full of ideas which he wanted to
  • discuss, and he knew nobody who was willing to interest himself in
  • abstract things. He was quite excited at the thought of talking his fill
  • with someone, and he was wretched when Hayward wrote to say that the
  • spring was lovelier than ever he had known it in Italy, and he could not
  • bear to tear himself away. He went on to ask why Philip did not come. What
  • was the use of squandering the days of his youth in an office when the
  • world was beautiful? The letter proceeded.
  • I wonder you can bear it. I think of Fleet Street and Lincoln's Inn now
  • with a shudder of disgust. There are only two things in the world that
  • make life worth living, love and art. I cannot imagine you sitting in an
  • office over a ledger, and do you wear a tall hat and an umbrella and a
  • little black bag? My feeling is that one should look upon life as an
  • adventure, one should burn with the hard, gem-like flame, and one should
  • take risks, one should expose oneself to danger. Why do you not go to
  • Paris and study art? I always thought you had talent.
  • The suggestion fell in with the possibility that Philip for some time had
  • been vaguely turning over in his mind. It startled him at first, but he
  • could not help thinking of it, and in the constant rumination over it he
  • found his only escape from the wretchedness of his present state. They all
  • thought he had talent; at Heidelberg they had admired his water colours,
  • Miss Wilkinson had told him over and over again that they were chasing;
  • even strangers like the Watsons had been struck by his sketches. La Vie
  • de Boheme had made a deep impression on him. He had brought it to London
  • and when he was most depressed he had only to read a few pages to be
  • transported into those chasing attics where Rodolphe and the rest of them
  • danced and loved and sang. He began to think of Paris as before he had
  • thought of London, but he had no fear of a second disillusion; he yearned
  • for romance and beauty and love, and Paris seemed to offer them all. He
  • had a passion for pictures, and why should he not be able to paint as well
  • as anybody else? He wrote to Miss Wilkinson and asked her how much she
  • thought he could live on in Paris. She told him that he could manage
  • easily on eighty pounds a year, and she enthusiastically approved of his
  • project. She told him he was too good to be wasted in an office. Who would
  • be a clerk when he might be a great artist, she asked dramatically, and
  • she besought Philip to believe in himself: that was the great thing. But
  • Philip had a cautious nature. It was all very well for Hayward to talk of
  • taking risks, he had three hundred a year in gilt-edged securities;
  • Philip's entire fortune amounted to no more than eighteen-hundred pounds.
  • He hesitated.
  • Then it chanced that one day Mr. Goodworthy asked him suddenly if he would
  • like to go to Paris. The firm did the accounts for a hotel in the Faubourg
  • St. Honore, which was owned by an English company, and twice a year Mr.
  • Goodworthy and a clerk went over. The clerk who generally went happened to
  • be ill, and a press of work prevented any of the others from getting away.
  • Mr. Goodworthy thought of Philip because he could best be spared, and his
  • articles gave him some claim upon a job which was one of the pleasures of
  • the business. Philip was delighted.
  • "You'll 'ave to work all day," said Mr. Goodworthy, "but we get our
  • evenings to ourselves, and Paris is Paris." He smiled in a knowing way.
  • "They do us very well at the hotel, and they give us all our meals, so it
  • don't cost one anything. That's the way I like going to Paris, at other
  • people's expense."
  • When they arrived at Calais and Philip saw the crowd of gesticulating
  • porters his heart leaped.
  • "This is the real thing," he said to himself.
  • He was all eyes as the train sped through the country; he adored the sand
  • dunes, their colour seemed to him more lovely than anything he had ever
  • seen; and he was enchanted with the canals and the long lines of poplars.
  • When they got out of the Gare du Nord, and trundled along the cobbled
  • streets in a ramshackle, noisy cab, it seemed to him that he was breathing
  • a new air so intoxicating that he could hardly restrain himself from
  • shouting aloud. They were met at the door of the hotel by the manager, a
  • stout, pleasant man, who spoke tolerable English; Mr. Goodworthy was an
  • old friend and he greeted them effusively; they dined in his private room
  • with his wife, and to Philip it seemed that he had never eaten anything so
  • delicious as the beefsteak aux pommes, nor drunk such nectar as the vin
  • ordinaire, which were set before them.
  • To Mr. Goodworthy, a respectable householder with excellent principles,
  • the capital of France was a paradise of the joyously obscene. He asked the
  • manager next morning what there was to be seen that was 'thick.' He
  • thoroughly enjoyed these visits of his to Paris; he said they kept you
  • from growing rusty. In the evenings, after their work was over and they
  • had dined, he took Philip to the Moulin Rouge and the Folies Bergeres. His
  • little eyes twinkled and his face wore a sly, sensual smile as he sought
  • out the pornographic. He went into all the haunts which were specially
  • arranged for the foreigner, and afterwards said that a nation could come
  • to no good which permitted that sort of thing. He nudged Philip when at
  • some revue a woman appeared with practically nothing on, and pointed out
  • to him the most strapping of the courtesans who walked about the hall. It
  • was a vulgar Paris that he showed Philip, but Philip saw it with eyes
  • blinded with illusion. In the early morning he would rush out of the hotel
  • and go to the Champs Elysees, and stand at the Place de la Concorde. It
  • was June, and Paris was silvery with the delicacy of the air. Philip felt
  • his heart go out to the people. Here he thought at last was romance.
  • They spent the inside of a week there, leaving on Sunday, and when Philip
  • late at night reached his dingy rooms in Barnes his mind was made up; he
  • would surrender his articles, and go to Paris to study art; but so that no
  • one should think him unreasonable he determined to stay at the office till
  • his year was up. He was to have his holiday during the last fortnight in
  • August, and when he went away he would tell Herbert Carter that he had no
  • intention of returning. But though Philip could force himself to go to the
  • office every day he could not even pretend to show any interest in the
  • work. His mind was occupied with the future. After the middle of July
  • there was nothing much to do and he escaped a good deal by pretending he
  • had to go to lectures for his first examination. The time he got in this
  • way he spent in the National Gallery. He read books about Paris and books
  • about painting. He was steeped in Ruskin. He read many of Vasari's lives
  • of the painters. He liked that story of Correggio, and he fancied himself
  • standing before some great masterpiece and crying: Anch' io son'
  • pittore. His hesitation had left him now, and he was convinced that he
  • had in him the makings of a great painter.
  • "After all, I can only try," he said to himself. "The great thing in life
  • is to take risks."
  • At last came the middle of August. Mr. Carter was spending the month in
  • Scotland, and the managing clerk was in charge of the office. Mr.
  • Goodworthy had seemed pleasantly disposed to Philip since their trip to
  • Paris, and now that Philip knew he was so soon to be free, he could look
  • upon the funny little man with tolerance.
  • "You're going for your holiday tomorrow, Carey?" he said to him in the
  • evening.
  • All day Philip had been telling himself that this was the last time he
  • would ever sit in that hateful office.
  • "Yes, this is the end of my year."
  • "I'm afraid you've not done very well. Mr. Carter's very dissatisfied with
  • you."
  • "Not nearly so dissatisfied as I am with Mr. Carter," returned Philip
  • cheerfully.
  • "I don't think you should speak like that, Carey."
  • "I'm not coming back. I made the arrangement that if I didn't like
  • accountancy Mr. Carter would return me half the money I paid for my
  • articles and I could chuck it at the end of a year."
  • "You shouldn't come to such a decision hastily."
  • "For ten months I've loathed it all, I've loathed the work, I've loathed
  • the office, I loathe London. I'd rather sweep a crossing than spend my
  • days here."
  • "Well, I must say, I don't think you're very fitted for accountancy."
  • "Good-bye," said Philip, holding out his hand. "I want to thank you for
  • your kindness to me. I'm sorry if I've been troublesome. I knew almost
  • from the beginning I was no good."
  • "Well, if you really do make up your mind it is good-bye. I don't know
  • what you're going to do, but if you're in the neighbourhood at any time
  • come in and see us."
  • Philip gave a little laugh.
  • "I'm afraid it sounds very rude, but I hope from the bottom of my heart
  • that I shall never set eyes on any of you again."
  • XXXIX
  • The Vicar of Blackstable would have nothing to do with the scheme which
  • Philip laid before him. He had a great idea that one should stick to
  • whatever one had begun. Like all weak men he laid an exaggerated stress on
  • not changing one's mind.
  • "You chose to be an accountant of your own free will," he said.
  • "I just took that because it was the only chance I saw of getting up to
  • town. I hate London, I hate the work, and nothing will induce me to go
  • back to it."
  • Mr. and Mrs. Carey were frankly shocked at Philip's idea of being an
  • artist. He should not forget, they said, that his father and mother were
  • gentlefolk, and painting wasn't a serious profession; it was Bohemian,
  • disreputable, immoral. And then Paris!
  • "So long as I have anything to say in the matter, I shall not allow you to
  • live in Paris," said the Vicar firmly.
  • It was a sink of iniquity. The scarlet woman and she of Babylon flaunted
  • their vileness there; the cities of the plain were not more wicked.
  • "You've been brought up like a gentleman and Christian, and I should be
  • false to the trust laid upon me by your dead father and mother if I
  • allowed you to expose yourself to such temptation."
  • "Well, I know I'm not a Christian and I'm beginning to doubt whether I'm
  • a gentleman," said Philip.
  • The dispute grew more violent. There was another year before Philip took
  • possession of his small inheritance, and during that time Mr. Carey
  • proposed only to give him an allowance if he remained at the office. It
  • was clear to Philip that if he meant not to continue with accountancy he
  • must leave it while he could still get back half the money that had been
  • paid for his articles. The Vicar would not listen. Philip, losing all
  • reserve, said things to wound and irritate.
  • "You've got no right to waste my money," he said at last. "After all it's
  • my money, isn't it? I'm not a child. You can't prevent me from going to
  • Paris if I make up my mind to. You can't force me to go back to London."
  • "All I can do is to refuse you money unless you do what I think fit."
  • "Well, I don't care, I've made up my mind to go to Paris. I shall sell my
  • clothes, and my books, and my father's jewellery."
  • Aunt Louisa sat by in silence, anxious and unhappy. She saw that Philip
  • was beside himself, and anything she said then would but increase his
  • anger. Finally the Vicar announced that he wished to hear nothing more
  • about it and with dignity left the room. For the next three days neither
  • Philip nor he spoke to one another. Philip wrote to Hayward for
  • information about Paris, and made up his mind to set out as soon as he got
  • a reply. Mrs. Carey turned the matter over in her mind incessantly; she
  • felt that Philip included her in the hatred he bore her husband, and the
  • thought tortured her. She loved him with all her heart. At length she
  • spoke to him; she listened attentively while he poured out all his
  • disillusionment of London and his eager ambition for the future.
  • "I may be no good, but at least let me have a try. I can't be a worse
  • failure than I was in that beastly office. And I feel that I can paint. I
  • know I've got it in me."
  • She was not so sure as her husband that they did right in thwarting so
  • strong an inclination. She had read of great painters whose parents had
  • opposed their wish to study, the event had shown with what folly; and
  • after all it was just as possible for a painter to lead a virtuous life to
  • the glory of God as for a chartered accountant.
  • "I'm so afraid of your going to Paris," she said piteously. "It wouldn't
  • be so bad if you studied in London."
  • "If I'm going in for painting I must do it thoroughly, and it's only in
  • Paris that you can get the real thing."
  • At his suggestion Mrs. Carey wrote to the solicitor, saying that Philip
  • was discontented with his work in London, and asking what he thought of a
  • change. Mr. Nixon answered as follows:
  • Dear Mrs. Carey,
  • I have seen Mr. Herbert Carter, and I am afraid I must tell you that
  • Philip has not done so well as one could have wished. If he is very
  • strongly set against the work, perhaps it is better that he should take
  • the opportunity there is now to break his articles. I am naturally very
  • disappointed, but as you know you can take a horse to the water, but you
  • can't make him drink.
  • Yours very sincerely,
  • Albert Nixon.
  • The letter was shown to the Vicar, but served only to increase his
  • obstinacy. He was willing enough that Philip should take up some other
  • profession, he suggested his father's calling, medicine, but nothing would
  • induce him to pay an allowance if Philip went to Paris.
  • "It's a mere excuse for self-indulgence and sensuality," he said.
  • "I'm interested to hear you blame self-indulgence in others," retorted
  • Philip acidly.
  • But by this time an answer had come from Hayward, giving the name of a
  • hotel where Philip could get a room for thirty francs a month and
  • enclosing a note of introduction to the massiere of a school. Philip read
  • the letter to Mrs. Carey and told her he proposed to start on the first of
  • September.
  • "But you haven't got any money?" she said.
  • "I'm going into Tercanbury this afternoon to sell the jewellery."
  • He had inherited from his father a gold watch and chain, two or three
  • rings, some links, and two pins. One of them was a pearl and might fetch
  • a considerable sum.
  • "It's a very different thing, what a thing's worth and what it'll fetch,"
  • said Aunt Louisa.
  • Philip smiled, for this was one of his uncle's stock phrases.
  • "I know, but at the worst I think I can get a hundred pounds on the lot,
  • and that'll keep me till I'm twenty-one."
  • Mrs. Carey did not answer, but she went upstairs, put on her little black
  • bonnet, and went to the bank. In an hour she came back. She went to
  • Philip, who was reading in the drawing-room, and handed him an envelope.
  • "What's this?" he asked.
  • "It's a little present for you," she answered, smiling shyly.
  • He opened it and found eleven five-pound notes and a little paper sack
  • bulging with sovereigns.
  • "I couldn't bear to let you sell your father's jewellery. It's the money
  • I had in the bank. It comes to very nearly a hundred pounds."
  • Philip blushed, and, he knew not why, tears suddenly filled his eyes.
  • "Oh, my dear, I can't take it," he said. "It's most awfully good of you,
  • but I couldn't bear to take it."
  • When Mrs. Carey was married she had three hundred pounds, and this money,
  • carefully watched, had been used by her to meet any unforeseen expense,
  • any urgent charity, or to buy Christmas and birthday presents for her
  • husband and for Philip. In the course of years it had diminished sadly,
  • but it was still with the Vicar a subject for jesting. He talked of his
  • wife as a rich woman and he constantly spoke of the 'nest egg.'
  • "Oh, please take it, Philip. I'm so sorry I've been extravagant, and
  • there's only that left. But it'll make me so happy if you'll accept it."
  • "But you'll want it," said Philip.
  • "No, I don't think I shall. I was keeping it in case your uncle died
  • before me. I thought it would be useful to have a little something I could
  • get at immediately if I wanted it, but I don't think I shall live very
  • much longer now."
  • "Oh, my dear, don't say that. Why, of course you're going to live for
  • ever. I can't possibly spare you."
  • "Oh, I'm not sorry." Her voice broke and she hid her eyes, but in a
  • moment, drying them, she smiled bravely. "At first, I used to pray to God
  • that He might not take me first, because I didn't want your uncle to be
  • left alone, I didn't want him to have all the suffering, but now I know
  • that it wouldn't mean so much to your uncle as it would mean to me. He
  • wants to live more than I do, I've never been the wife he wanted, and I
  • daresay he'd marry again if anything happened to me. So I should like to
  • go first. You don't think it's selfish of me, Philip, do you? But I
  • couldn't bear it if he went."
  • Philip kissed her wrinkled, thin cheek. He did not know why the sight he
  • had of that overwhelming love made him feel strangely ashamed. It was
  • incomprehensible that she should care so much for a man who was so
  • indifferent, so selfish, so grossly self-indulgent; and he divined dimly
  • that in her heart she knew his indifference and his selfishness, knew them
  • and loved him humbly all the same.
  • "You will take the money, Philip?" she said, gently stroking his hand. "I
  • know you can do without it, but it'll give me so much happiness. I've
  • always wanted to do something for you. You see, I never had a child of my
  • own, and I've loved you as if you were my son. When you were a little boy,
  • though I knew it was wicked, I used to wish almost that you might be ill,
  • so that I could nurse you day and night. But you were only ill once and
  • then it was at school. I should so like to help you. It's the only chance
  • I shall ever have. And perhaps some day when you're a great artist you
  • won't forget me, but you'll remember that I gave you your start."
  • "It's very good of you," said Philip. "I'm very grateful." A smile came
  • into her tired eyes, a smile of pure happiness.
  • "Oh, I'm so glad."
  • XL
  • A few days later Mrs. Carey went to the station to see Philip off. She
  • stood at the door of the carriage, trying to keep back her tears. Philip
  • was restless and eager. He wanted to be gone.
  • "Kiss me once more," she said.
  • He leaned out of the window and kissed her. The train started, and she
  • stood on the wooden platform of the little station, waving her
  • handkerchief till it was out of sight. Her heart was dreadfully heavy, and
  • the few hundred yards to the vicarage seemed very, very long. It was
  • natural enough that he should be eager to go, she thought, he was a boy
  • and the future beckoned to him; but she--she clenched her teeth so that
  • she should not cry. She uttered a little inward prayer that God would
  • guard him, and keep him out of temptation, and give him happiness and good
  • fortune.
  • But Philip ceased to think of her a moment after he had settled down in
  • his carriage. He thought only of the future. He had written to Mrs. Otter,
  • the massiere to whom Hayward had given him an introduction, and had in
  • his pocket an invitation to tea on the following day. When he arrived in
  • Paris he had his luggage put on a cab and trundled off slowly through the
  • gay streets, over the bridge, and along the narrow ways of the Latin
  • Quarter. He had taken a room at the Hotel des Deux Ecoles, which was in a
  • shabby street off the Boulevard du Montparnasse; it was convenient for
  • Amitrano's School at which he was going to work. A waiter took his box up
  • five flights of stairs, and Philip was shown into a tiny room, fusty from
  • unopened windows, the greater part of which was taken up by a large wooden
  • bed with a canopy over it of red rep; there were heavy curtains on the
  • windows of the same dingy material; the chest of drawers served also as a
  • washing-stand; and there was a massive wardrobe of the style which is
  • connected with the good King Louis Philippe. The wall-paper was
  • discoloured with age; it was dark gray, and there could be vaguely seen on
  • it garlands of brown leaves. To Philip the room seemed quaint and
  • charming.
  • Though it was late he felt too excited to sleep and, going out, made his
  • way into the boulevard and walked towards the light. This led him to the
  • station; and the square in front of it, vivid with arc-lamps, noisy with
  • the yellow trams that seemed to cross it in all directions, made him laugh
  • aloud with joy. There were cafes all round, and by chance, thirsty and
  • eager to get a nearer sight of the crowd, Philip installed himself at a
  • little table outside the Cafe de Versailles. Every other table was taken,
  • for it was a fine night; and Philip looked curiously at the people, here
  • little family groups, there a knot of men with odd-shaped hats and beards
  • talking loudly and gesticulating; next to him were two men who looked like
  • painters with women who Philip hoped were not their lawful wives; behind
  • him he heard Americans loudly arguing on art. His soul was thrilled. He
  • sat till very late, tired out but too happy to move, and when at last he
  • went to bed he was wide awake; he listened to the manifold noise of Paris.
  • Next day about tea-time he made his way to the Lion de Belfort, and in a
  • new street that led out of the Boulevard Raspail found Mrs. Otter. She was
  • an insignificant woman of thirty, with a provincial air and a deliberately
  • lady-like manner; she introduced him to her mother. He discovered
  • presently that she had been studying in Paris for three years and later
  • that she was separated from her husband. She had in her small drawing-room
  • one or two portraits which she had painted, and to Philip's inexperience
  • they seemed extremely accomplished.
  • "I wonder if I shall ever be able to paint as well as that," he said to
  • her.
  • "Oh, I expect so," she replied, not without self-satisfaction. "You can't
  • expect to do everything all at once, of course."
  • She was very kind. She gave him the address of a shop where he could get
  • a portfolio, drawing-paper, and charcoal.
  • "I shall be going to Amitrano's about nine tomorrow, and if you'll be
  • there then I'll see that you get a good place and all that sort of thing."
  • She asked him what he wanted to do, and Philip felt that he should not let
  • her see how vague he was about the whole matter.
  • "Well, first I want to learn to draw," he said.
  • "I'm so glad to hear you say that. People always want to do things in such
  • a hurry. I never touched oils till I'd been here for two years, and look
  • at the result."
  • She gave a glance at the portrait of her mother, a sticky piece of
  • painting that hung over the piano.
  • "And if I were you, I would be very careful about the people you get to
  • know. I wouldn't mix myself up with any foreigners. I'm very careful
  • myself."
  • Philip thanked her for the suggestion, but it seemed to him odd. He did
  • not know that he particularly wanted to be careful.
  • "We live just as we would if we were in England," said Mrs. Otter's
  • mother, who till then had spoken little. "When we came here we brought all
  • our own furniture over."
  • Philip looked round the room. It was filled with a massive suite, and at
  • the window were the same sort of white lace curtains which Aunt Louisa put
  • up at the vicarage in summer. The piano was draped in Liberty silk and so
  • was the chimney-piece. Mrs. Otter followed his wandering eye.
  • "In the evening when we close the shutters one might really feel one was
  • in England."
  • "And we have our meals just as if we were at home," added her mother. "A
  • meat breakfast in the morning and dinner in the middle of the day."
  • When he left Mrs. Otter Philip went to buy drawing materials; and next
  • morning at the stroke of nine, trying to seem self-assured, he presented
  • himself at the school. Mrs. Otter was already there, and she came forward
  • with a friendly smile. He had been anxious about the reception he would
  • have as a nouveau, for he had read a good deal of the rough joking to
  • which a newcomer was exposed at some of the studios; but Mrs. Otter had
  • reassured him.
  • "Oh, there's nothing like that here," she said. "You see, about half our
  • students are ladies, and they set a tone to the place."
  • The studio was large and bare, with gray walls, on which were pinned the
  • studies that had received prizes. A model was sitting in a chair with a
  • loose wrap thrown over her, and about a dozen men and women were standing
  • about, some talking and others still working on their sketch. It was the
  • first rest of the model.
  • "You'd better not try anything too difficult at first," said Mrs. Otter.
  • "Put your easel here. You'll find that's the easiest pose."
  • Philip placed an easel where she indicated, and Mrs. Otter introduced him
  • to a young woman who sat next to him.
  • "Mr. Carey--Miss Price. Mr. Carey's never studied before, you won't mind
  • helping him a little just at first will you?" Then she turned to the
  • model. "La Pose."
  • The model threw aside the paper she had been reading, La Petite
  • Republique, and sulkily, throwing off her gown, got on to the stand. She
  • stood, squarely on both feet with her hands clasped behind her head.
  • "It's a stupid pose," said Miss Price. "I can't imagine why they chose
  • it."
  • When Philip entered, the people in the studio had looked at him curiously,
  • and the model gave him an indifferent glance, but now they ceased to pay
  • attention to him. Philip, with his beautiful sheet of paper in front of
  • him, stared awkwardly at the model. He did not know how to begin. He had
  • never seen a naked woman before. She was not young and her breasts were
  • shrivelled. She had colourless, fair hair that fell over her forehead
  • untidily, and her face was covered with large freckles. He glanced at Miss
  • Price's work. She had only been working on it two days, and it looked as
  • though she had had trouble; her paper was in a mess from constant rubbing
  • out, and to Philip's eyes the figure looked strangely distorted.
  • "I should have thought I could do as well as that," he said to himself.
  • He began on the head, thinking that he would work slowly downwards, but,
  • he could not understand why, he found it infinitely more difficult to draw
  • a head from the model than to draw one from his imagination. He got into
  • difficulties. He glanced at Miss Price. She was working with vehement
  • gravity. Her brow was wrinkled with eagerness, and there was an anxious
  • look in her eyes. It was hot in the studio, and drops of sweat stood on
  • her forehead. She was a girl of twenty-six, with a great deal of dull gold
  • hair; it was handsome hair, but it was carelessly done, dragged back from
  • her forehead and tied in a hurried knot. She had a large face, with broad,
  • flat features and small eyes; her skin was pasty, with a singular
  • unhealthiness of tone, and there was no colour in the cheeks. She had an
  • unwashed air and you could not help wondering if she slept in her clothes.
  • She was serious and silent. When the next pause came, she stepped back to
  • look at her work.
  • "I don't know why I'm having so much bother," she said. "But I mean to get
  • it right." She turned to Philip. "How are you getting on?"
  • "Not at all," he answered, with a rueful smile.
  • She looked at what he had done.
  • "You can't expect to do anything that way. You must take measurements. And
  • you must square out your paper."
  • She showed him rapidly how to set about the business. Philip was impressed
  • by her earnestness, but repelled by her want of charm. He was grateful for
  • the hints she gave him and set to work again. Meanwhile other people had
  • come in, mostly men, for the women always arrived first, and the studio
  • for the time of year (it was early yet) was fairly full. Presently there
  • came in a young man with thin, black hair, an enormous nose, and a face so
  • long that it reminded you of a horse. He sat down next to Philip and
  • nodded across him to Miss Price.
  • "You're very late," she said. "Are you only just up?"
  • "It was such a splendid day, I thought I'd lie in bed and think how
  • beautiful it was out."
  • Philip smiled, but Miss Price took the remark seriously.
  • "That seems a funny thing to do, I should have thought it would be more to
  • the point to get up and enjoy it."
  • "The way of the humorist is very hard," said the young man gravely.
  • He did not seem inclined to work. He looked at his canvas; he was working
  • in colour, and had sketched in the day before the model who was posing. He
  • turned to Philip.
  • "Have you just come out from England?"
  • "Yes."
  • "How did you find your way to Amitrano's?"
  • "It was the only school I knew of."
  • "I hope you haven't come with the idea that you will learn anything here
  • which will be of the smallest use to you."
  • "It's the best school in Paris," said Miss Price. "It's the only one where
  • they take art seriously."
  • "Should art be taken seriously?" the young man asked; and since Miss Price
  • replied only with a scornful shrug, he added: "But the point is, all
  • schools are bad. They are academical, obviously. Why this is less
  • injurious than most is that the teaching is more incompetent than
  • elsewhere. Because you learn nothing...."
  • "But why d'you come here then?" interrupted Philip.
  • "I see the better course, but do not follow it. Miss Price, who is
  • cultured, will remember the Latin of that."
  • "I wish you would leave me out of your conversation, Mr. Clutton," said
  • Miss Price brusquely.
  • "The only way to learn to paint," he went on, imperturbable, "is to take
  • a studio, hire a model, and just fight it out for yourself."
  • "That seems a simple thing to do," said Philip.
  • "It only needs money," replied Clutton.
  • He began to paint, and Philip looked at him from the corner of his eye. He
  • was long and desperately thin; his huge bones seemed to protrude from his
  • body; his elbows were so sharp that they appeared to jut out through the
  • arms of his shabby coat. His trousers were frayed at the bottom, and on
  • each of his boots was a clumsy patch. Miss Price got up and went over to
  • Philip's easel.
  • "If Mr. Clutton will hold his tongue for a moment, I'll just help you a
  • little," she said.
  • "Miss Price dislikes me because I have humour," said Clutton, looking
  • meditatively at his canvas, "but she detests me because I have genius."
  • He spoke with solemnity, and his colossal, misshapen nose made what he
  • said very quaint. Philip was obliged to laugh, but Miss Price grew darkly
  • red with anger.
  • "You're the only person who has ever accused you of genius."
  • "Also I am the only person whose opinion is of the least value to me."
  • Miss Price began to criticise what Philip had done. She talked glibly of
  • anatomy and construction, planes and lines, and of much else which Philip
  • did not understand. She had been at the studio a long time and knew the
  • main points which the masters insisted upon, but though she could show
  • what was wrong with Philip's work she could not tell him how to put it
  • right.
  • "It's awfully kind of you to take so much trouble with me," said Philip.
  • "Oh, it's nothing," she answered, flushing awkwardly. "People did the same
  • for me when I first came, I'd do it for anyone."
  • "Miss Price wants to indicate that she is giving you the advantage of her
  • knowledge from a sense of duty rather than on account of any charms of
  • your person," said Clutton.
  • Miss Price gave him a furious look, and went back to her own drawing. The
  • clock struck twelve, and the model with a cry of relief stepped down from
  • the stand.
  • Miss Price gathered up her things.
  • "Some of us go to Gravier's for lunch," she said to Philip, with a look at
  • Clutton. "I always go home myself."
  • "I'll take you to Gravier's if you like," said Clutton.
  • Philip thanked him and made ready to go. On his way out Mrs. Otter asked
  • him how he had been getting on.
  • "Did Fanny Price help you?" she asked. "I put you there because I know she
  • can do it if she likes. She's a disagreeable, ill-natured girl, and she
  • can't draw herself at all, but she knows the ropes, and she can be useful
  • to a newcomer if she cares to take the trouble."
  • On the way down the street Clutton said to him:
  • "You've made an impression on Fanny Price. You'd better look out."
  • Philip laughed. He had never seen anyone on whom he wished less to make an
  • impression. They came to the cheap little restaurant at which several of
  • the students ate, and Clutton sat down at a table at which three or four
  • men were already seated. For a franc, they got an egg, a plate of meat,
  • cheese, and a small bottle of wine. Coffee was extra. They sat on the
  • pavement, and yellow trams passed up and down the boulevard with a
  • ceaseless ringing of bells.
  • "By the way, what's your name?" said Clutton, as they took their seats.
  • "Carey."
  • "Allow me to introduce an old and trusted friend, Carey by name," said
  • Clutton gravely. "Mr. Flanagan, Mr. Lawson."
  • They laughed and went on with their conversation. They talked of a
  • thousand things, and they all talked at once. No one paid the smallest
  • attention to anyone else. They talked of the places they had been to in
  • the summer, of studios, of the various schools; they mentioned names which
  • were unfamiliar to Philip, Monet, Manet, Renoir, Pissarro, Degas. Philip
  • listened with all his ears, and though he felt a little out of it, his
  • heart leaped with exultation. The time flew. When Clutton got up he said:
  • "I expect you'll find me here this evening if you care to come. You'll
  • find this about the best place for getting dyspepsia at the lowest cost in
  • the Quarter."
  • XLI
  • Philip walked down the Boulevard du Montparnasse. It was not at all like
  • the Paris he had seen in the spring during his visit to do the accounts of
  • the Hotel St. Georges--he thought already of that part of his life with a
  • shudder--but reminded him of what he thought a provincial town must be.
  • There was an easy-going air about it, and a sunny spaciousness which
  • invited the mind to day-dreaming. The trimness of the trees, the vivid
  • whiteness of the houses, the breadth, were very agreeable; and he felt
  • himself already thoroughly at home. He sauntered along, staring at the
  • people; there seemed an elegance about the most ordinary, workmen with
  • their broad red sashes and their wide trousers, little soldiers in dingy,
  • charming uniforms. He came presently to the Avenue de l'Observatoire, and
  • he gave a sigh of pleasure at the magnificent, yet so graceful, vista. He
  • came to the gardens of the Luxembourg: children were playing, nurses with
  • long ribbons walked slowly two by two, busy men passed through with
  • satchels under their arms, youths strangely dressed. The scene was formal
  • and dainty; nature was arranged and ordered, but so exquisitely, that
  • nature unordered and unarranged seemed barbaric. Philip was enchanted. It
  • excited him to stand on that spot of which he had read so much; it was
  • classic ground to him; and he felt the awe and the delight which some old
  • don might feel when for the first time he looked on the smiling plain of
  • Sparta.
  • As he wandered he chanced to see Miss Price sitting by herself on a bench.
  • He hesitated, for he did not at that moment want to see anyone, and her
  • uncouth way seemed out of place amid the happiness he felt around him; but
  • he had divined her sensitiveness to affront, and since she had seen him
  • thought it would be polite to speak to her.
  • "What are you doing here?" she said, as he came up.
  • "Enjoying myself. Aren't you?"
  • "Oh, I come here every day from four to five. I don't think one does any
  • good if one works straight through."
  • "May I sit down for a minute?" he said.
  • "If you want to."
  • "That doesn't sound very cordial," he laughed.
  • "I'm not much of a one for saying pretty things."
  • Philip, a little disconcerted, was silent as he lit a cigarette.
  • "Did Clutton say anything about my work?" she asked suddenly.
  • "No, I don't think he did," said Philip.
  • "He's no good, you know. He thinks he's a genius, but he isn't. He's too
  • lazy, for one thing. Genius is an infinite capacity for taking pains. The
  • only thing is to peg away. If one only makes up one's mind badly enough to
  • do a thing one can't help doing it."
  • She spoke with a passionate strenuousness which was rather striking. She
  • wore a sailor hat of black straw, a white blouse which was not quite
  • clean, and a brown skirt. She had no gloves on, and her hands wanted
  • washing. She was so unattractive that Philip wished he had not begun to
  • talk to her. He could not make out whether she wanted him to stay or go.
  • "I'll do anything I can for you," she said all at once, without reference
  • to anything that had gone before. "I know how hard it is."
  • "Thank you very much," said Philip, then in a moment: "Won't you come and
  • have tea with me somewhere?"
  • She looked at him quickly and flushed. When she reddened her pasty skin
  • acquired a curiously mottled look, like strawberries and cream that had
  • gone bad.
  • "No, thanks. What d'you think I want tea for? I've only just had lunch."
  • "I thought it would pass the time," said Philip.
  • "If you find it long you needn't bother about me, you know. I don't mind
  • being left alone."
  • At that moment two men passed, in brown velveteens, enormous trousers, and
  • basque caps. They were young, but both wore beards.
  • "I say, are those art-students?" said Philip. "They might have stepped out
  • of the Vie de Boheme."
  • "They're Americans," said Miss Price scornfully. "Frenchmen haven't worn
  • things like that for thirty years, but the Americans from the Far West buy
  • those clothes and have themselves photographed the day after they arrive
  • in Paris. That's about as near to art as they ever get. But it doesn't
  • matter to them, they've all got money."
  • Philip liked the daring picturesqueness of the Americans' costume; he
  • thought it showed the romantic spirit. Miss Price asked him the time.
  • "I must be getting along to the studio," she said. "Are you going to the
  • sketch classes?"
  • Philip did not know anything about them, and she told him that from five
  • to six every evening a model sat, from whom anyone who liked could go and
  • draw at the cost of fifty centimes. They had a different model every day,
  • and it was very good practice.
  • "I don't suppose you're good enough yet for that. You'd better wait a
  • bit."
  • "I don't see why I shouldn't try. I haven't got anything else to do."
  • They got up and walked to the studio. Philip could not tell from her
  • manner whether Miss Price wished him to walk with her or preferred to walk
  • alone. He remained from sheer embarrassment, not knowing how to leave her;
  • but she would not talk; she answered his questions in an ungracious
  • manner.
  • A man was standing at the studio door with a large dish into which each
  • person as he went in dropped his half franc. The studio was much fuller
  • than it had been in the morning, and there was not the preponderance of
  • English and Americans; nor were women there in so large a proportion.
  • Philip felt the assemblage was more the sort of thing he had expected. It
  • was very warm, and the air quickly grew fetid. It was an old man who sat
  • this time, with a vast gray beard, and Philip tried to put into practice
  • the little he had learned in the morning; but he made a poor job of it; he
  • realised that he could not draw nearly as well as he thought. He glanced
  • enviously at one or two sketches of men who sat near him, and wondered
  • whether he would ever be able to use the charcoal with that mastery. The
  • hour passed quickly. Not wishing to press himself upon Miss Price he sat
  • down at some distance from her, and at the end, as he passed her on his
  • way out, she asked him brusquely how he had got on.
  • "Not very well," he smiled.
  • "If you'd condescended to come and sit near me I could have given you some
  • hints. I suppose you thought yourself too grand."
  • "No, it wasn't that. I was afraid you'd think me a nuisance."
  • "When I do that I'll tell you sharp enough."
  • Philip saw that in her uncouth way she was offering him help.
  • "Well, tomorrow I'll just force myself upon you."
  • "I don't mind," she answered.
  • Philip went out and wondered what he should do with himself till dinner.
  • He was eager to do something characteristic. Absinthe! of course it was
  • indicated, and so, sauntering towards the station, he seated himself
  • outside a cafe and ordered it. He drank with nausea and satisfaction. He
  • found the taste disgusting, but the moral effect magnificent; he felt
  • every inch an art-student; and since he drank on an empty stomach his
  • spirits presently grew very high. He watched the crowds, and felt all men
  • were his brothers. He was happy. When he reached Gravier's the table at
  • which Clutton sat was full, but as soon as he saw Philip limping along he
  • called out to him. They made room. The dinner was frugal, a plate of soup,
  • a dish of meat, fruit, cheese, and half a bottle of wine; but Philip paid
  • no attention to what he ate. He took note of the men at the table.
  • Flanagan was there again: he was an American, a short, snub-nosed youth
  • with a jolly face and a laughing mouth. He wore a Norfolk jacket of bold
  • pattern, a blue stock round his neck, and a tweed cap of fantastic shape.
  • At that time impressionism reigned in the Latin Quarter, but its victory
  • over the older schools was still recent; and Carolus-Duran, Bouguereau,
  • and their like were set up against Manet, Monet, and Degas. To appreciate
  • these was still a sign of grace. Whistler was an influence strong with the
  • English and his compatriots, and the discerning collected Japanese prints.
  • The old masters were tested by new standards. The esteem in which Raphael
  • had been for centuries held was a matter of derision to wise young men.
  • They offered to give all his works for Velasquez' head of Philip IV in the
  • National Gallery. Philip found that a discussion on art was raging.
  • Lawson, whom he had met at luncheon, sat opposite to him. He was a thin
  • youth with a freckled face and red hair. He had very bright green eyes. As
  • Philip sat down he fixed them on him and remarked suddenly:
  • "Raphael was only tolerable when he painted other people's pictures. When
  • he painted Peruginos or Pinturichios he was charming; when he painted
  • Raphaels he was," with a scornful shrug, "Raphael."
  • Lawson spoke so aggressively that Philip was taken aback, but he was not
  • obliged to answer because Flanagan broke in impatiently.
  • "Oh, to hell with art!" he cried. "Let's get ginny."
  • "You were ginny last night, Flanagan," said Lawson.
  • "Nothing to what I mean to be tonight," he answered. "Fancy being in
  • Pa-ris and thinking of nothing but art all the time." He spoke with a
  • broad Western accent. "My, it is good to be alive." He gathered himself
  • together and then banged his fist on the table. "To hell with art, I say."
  • "You not only say it, but you say it with tiresome iteration," said
  • Clutton severely.
  • There was another American at the table. He was dressed like those fine
  • fellows whom Philip had seen that afternoon in the Luxembourg. He had a
  • handsome face, thin, ascetic, with dark eyes; he wore his fantastic garb
  • with the dashing air of a buccaneer. He had a vast quantity of dark hair
  • which fell constantly over his eyes, and his most frequent gesture was to
  • throw back his head dramatically to get some long wisp out of the way. He
  • began to talk of the Olympia by Manet, which then hung in the
  • Luxembourg.
  • "I stood in front of it for an hour today, and I tell you it's not a good
  • picture."
  • Lawson put down his knife and fork. His green eyes flashed fire, he gasped
  • with rage; but he could be seen imposing calm upon himself.
  • "It's very interesting to hear the mind of the untutored savage," he said.
  • "Will you tell us why it isn't a good picture?"
  • Before the American could answer someone else broke in vehemently.
  • "D'you mean to say you can look at the painting of that flesh and say it's
  • not good?"
  • "I don't say that. I think the right breast is very well painted."
  • "The right breast be damned," shouted Lawson. "The whole thing's a miracle
  • of painting."
  • He began to describe in detail the beauties of the picture, but at this
  • table at Gravier's they who spoke at length spoke for their own
  • edification. No one listened to him. The American interrupted angrily.
  • "You don't mean to say you think the head's good?"
  • Lawson, white with passion now, began to defend the head; but Clutton, who
  • had been sitting in silence with a look on his face of good-humoured
  • scorn, broke in.
  • "Give him the head. We don't want the head. It doesn't affect the
  • picture."
  • "All right, I'll give you the head," cried Lawson. "Take the head and be
  • damned to you."
  • "What about the black line?" cried the American, triumphantly pushing back
  • a wisp of hair which nearly fell in his soup. "You don't see a black line
  • round objects in nature."
  • "Oh, God, send down fire from heaven to consume the blasphemer," said
  • Lawson. "What has nature got to do with it? No one knows what's in nature
  • and what isn't! The world sees nature through the eyes of the artist. Why,
  • for centuries it saw horses jumping a fence with all their legs extended,
  • and by Heaven, sir, they were extended. It saw shadows black until Monet
  • discovered they were coloured, and by Heaven, sir, they were black. If we
  • choose to surround objects with a black line, the world will see the black
  • line, and there will be a black line; and if we paint grass red and cows
  • blue, it'll see them red and blue, and, by Heaven, they will be red and
  • blue."
  • "To hell with art," murmured Flanagan. "I want to get ginny."
  • Lawson took no notice of the interruption.
  • "Now look here, when Olympia was shown at the Salon, Zola--amid the
  • jeers of the Philistines and the hisses of the pompiers, the academicians,
  • and the public, Zola said: 'I look forward to the day when Manet's picture
  • will hang in the Louvre opposite the Odalisque of Ingres, and it will
  • not be the Odalisque which will gain by comparison.' It'll be there.
  • Every day I see the time grow nearer. In ten years the Olympia will be
  • in the Louvre."
  • "Never," shouted the American, using both hands now with a sudden
  • desperate attempt to get his hair once for all out of the way. "In ten
  • years that picture will be dead. It's only a fashion of the moment. No
  • picture can live that hasn't got something which that picture misses by a
  • million miles."
  • "And what is that?"
  • "Great art can't exist without a moral element."
  • "Oh God!" cried Lawson furiously. "I knew it was that. He wants morality."
  • He joined his hands and held them towards heaven in supplication. "Oh,
  • Christopher Columbus, Christopher Columbus, what did you do when you
  • discovered America?"
  • "Ruskin says..."
  • But before he could add another word, Clutton rapped with the handle of
  • his knife imperiously on the table.
  • "Gentlemen," he said in a stern voice, and his huge nose positively
  • wrinkled with passion, "a name has been mentioned which I never thought to
  • hear again in decent society. Freedom of speech is all very well, but we
  • must observe the limits of common propriety. You may talk of Bouguereau if
  • you will: there is a cheerful disgustingness in the sound which excites
  • laughter; but let us not sully our chaste lips with the names of J.
  • Ruskin, G. F. Watts, or E. B. Jones."
  • "Who was Ruskin anyway?" asked Flanagan.
  • "He was one of the Great Victorians. He was a master of English style."
  • "Ruskin's style--a thing of shreds and purple patches," said Lawson.
  • "Besides, damn the Great Victorians. Whenever I open a paper and see Death
  • of a Great Victorian, I thank Heaven there's one more of them gone. Their
  • only talent was longevity, and no artist should be allowed to live after
  • he's forty; by then a man has done his best work, all he does after that
  • is repetition. Don't you think it was the greatest luck in the world for
  • them that Keats, Shelley, Bonnington, and Byron died early? What a genius
  • we should think Swinburne if he had perished on the day the first series
  • of Poems and Ballads was published!"
  • The suggestion pleased, for no one at the table was more than twenty-four,
  • and they threw themselves upon it with gusto. They were unanimous for
  • once. They elaborated. Someone proposed a vast bonfire made out of the
  • works of the Forty Academicians into which the Great Victorians might be
  • hurled on their fortieth birthday. The idea was received with acclamation.
  • Carlyle and Ruskin, Tennyson, Browning, G. F. Watts, E. B. Jones, Dickens,
  • Thackeray, they were hurried into the flames; Mr. Gladstone, John Bright,
  • and Cobden; there was a moment's discussion about George Meredith, but
  • Matthew Arnold and Emerson were given up cheerfully. At last came Walter
  • Pater.
  • "Not Walter Pater," murmured Philip.
  • Lawson stared at him for a moment with his green eyes and then nodded.
  • "You're quite right, Walter Pater is the only justification for Mona Lisa.
  • D'you know Cronshaw? He used to know Pater."
  • "Who's Cronshaw?" asked Philip.
  • "Cronshaw's a poet. He lives here. Let's go to the Lilas."
  • La Closerie des Lilas was a cafe to which they often went in the evening
  • after dinner, and here Cronshaw was invariably to be found between the
  • hours of nine at night and two in the morning. But Flanagan had had enough
  • of intellectual conversation for one evening, and when Lawson made his
  • suggestion, turned to Philip.
  • "Oh gee, let's go where there are girls," he said. "Come to the Gaite
  • Montparnasse, and we'll get ginny."
  • "I'd rather go and see Cronshaw and keep sober," laughed Philip.
  • XLII
  • There was a general disturbance. Flanagan and two or three more went on to
  • the music-hall, while Philip walked slowly with Clutton and Lawson to the
  • Closerie des Lilas.
  • "You must go to the Gaite Montparnasse," said Lawson to him. "It's one of
  • the loveliest things in Paris. I'm going to paint it one of these days."
  • Philip, influenced by Hayward, looked upon music-halls with scornful eyes,
  • but he had reached Paris at a time when their artistic possibilities were
  • just discovered. The peculiarities of lighting, the masses of dingy red
  • and tarnished gold, the heaviness of the shadows and the decorative lines,
  • offered a new theme; and half the studios in the Quarter contained
  • sketches made in one or other of the local theatres. Men of letters,
  • following in the painters' wake, conspired suddenly to find artistic value
  • in the turns; and red-nosed comedians were lauded to the skies for their
  • sense of character; fat female singers, who had bawled obscurely for
  • twenty years, were discovered to possess inimitable drollery; there were
  • those who found an aesthetic delight in performing dogs; while others
  • exhausted their vocabulary to extol the distinction of conjurers and
  • trick-cyclists. The crowd too, under another influence, was become an
  • object of sympathetic interest. With Hayward, Philip had disdained
  • humanity in the mass; he adopted the attitude of one who wraps himself in
  • solitariness and watches with disgust the antics of the vulgar; but
  • Clutton and Lawson talked of the multitude with enthusiasm. They described
  • the seething throng that filled the various fairs of Paris, the sea of
  • faces, half seen in the glare of acetylene, half hidden in the darkness,
  • and the blare of trumpets, the hooting of whistles, the hum of voices.
  • What they said was new and strange to Philip. They told him about
  • Cronshaw.
  • "Have you ever read any of his work?"
  • "No," said Philip.
  • "It came out in The Yellow Book."
  • They looked upon him, as painters often do writers, with contempt because
  • he was a layman, with tolerance because he practised an art, and with awe
  • because he used a medium in which themselves felt ill-at-ease.
  • "He's an extraordinary fellow. You'll find him a bit disappointing at
  • first, he only comes out at his best when he's drunk."
  • "And the nuisance is," added Clutton, "that it takes him a devil of a time
  • to get drunk."
  • When they arrived at the cafe Lawson told Philip that they would have to
  • go in. There was hardly a bite in the autumn air, but Cronshaw had a
  • morbid fear of draughts and even in the warmest weather sat inside.
  • "He knows everyone worth knowing," Lawson explained. "He knew Pater and
  • Oscar Wilde, and he knows Mallarme and all those fellows."
  • The object of their search sat in the most sheltered corner of the cafe,
  • with his coat on and the collar turned up. He wore his hat pressed well
  • down on his forehead so that he should avoid cold air. He was a big man,
  • stout but not obese, with a round face, a small moustache, and little,
  • rather stupid eyes. His head did not seem quite big enough for his body.
  • It looked like a pea uneasily poised on an egg. He was playing dominoes
  • with a Frenchman, and greeted the new-comers with a quiet smile; he did
  • not speak, but as if to make room for them pushed away the little pile of
  • saucers on the table which indicated the number of drinks he had already
  • consumed. He nodded to Philip when he was introduced to him, and went on
  • with the game. Philip's knowledge of the language was small, but he knew
  • enough to tell that Cronshaw, although he had lived in Paris for several
  • years, spoke French execrably.
  • At last he leaned back with a smile of triumph.
  • "Je vous ai battu," he said, with an abominable accent. "Garcong!"
  • He called the waiter and turned to Philip.
  • "Just out from England? See any cricket?"
  • Philip was a little confused at the unexpected question.
  • "Cronshaw knows the averages of every first-class cricketer for the last
  • twenty years," said Lawson, smiling.
  • The Frenchman left them for friends at another table, and Cronshaw, with
  • the lazy enunciation which was one of his peculiarities, began to
  • discourse on the relative merits of Kent and Lancashire. He told them of
  • the last test match he had seen and described the course of the game
  • wicket by wicket.
  • "That's the only thing I miss in Paris," he said, as he finished the
  • bock which the waiter had brought. "You don't get any cricket."
  • Philip was disappointed, and Lawson, pardonably anxious to show off one of
  • the celebrities of the Quarter, grew impatient. Cronshaw was taking his
  • time to wake up that evening, though the saucers at his side indicated
  • that he had at least made an honest attempt to get drunk. Clutton watched
  • the scene with amusement. He fancied there was something of affectation in
  • Cronshaw's minute knowledge of cricket; he liked to tantalise people by
  • talking to them of things that obviously bored them; Clutton threw in a
  • question.
  • "Have you seen Mallarme lately?"
  • Cronshaw looked at him slowly, as if he were turning the inquiry over in
  • his mind, and before he answered rapped on the marble table with one of
  • the saucers.
  • "Bring my bottle of whiskey," he called out. He turned again to Philip. "I
  • keep my own bottle of whiskey. I can't afford to pay fifty centimes for
  • every thimbleful."
  • The waiter brought the bottle, and Cronshaw held it up to the light.
  • "They've been drinking it. Waiter, who's been helping himself to my
  • whiskey?"
  • "Mais personne, Monsieur Cronshaw."
  • "I made a mark on it last night, and look at it."
  • "Monsieur made a mark, but he kept on drinking after that. At that rate
  • Monsieur wastes his time in making marks."
  • The waiter was a jovial fellow and knew Cronshaw intimately. Cronshaw
  • gazed at him.
  • "If you give me your word of honour as a nobleman and a gentleman that
  • nobody but I has been drinking my whiskey, I'll accept your statement."
  • This remark, translated literally into the crudest French, sounded very
  • funny, and the lady at the comptoir could not help laughing.
  • "Il est impayable," she murmured.
  • Cronshaw, hearing her, turned a sheepish eye upon her; she was stout,
  • matronly, and middle-aged; and solemnly kissed his hand to her. She
  • shrugged her shoulders.
  • "Fear not, madam," he said heavily. "I have passed the age when I am
  • tempted by forty-five and gratitude."
  • He poured himself out some whiskey and water, and slowly drank it. He
  • wiped his mouth with the back of his hand.
  • "He talked very well."
  • Lawson and Clutton knew that Cronshaw's remark was an answer to the
  • question about Mallarme. Cronshaw often went to the gatherings on Tuesday
  • evenings when the poet received men of letters and painters, and
  • discoursed with subtle oratory on any subject that was suggested to him.
  • Cronshaw had evidently been there lately.
  • "He talked very well, but he talked nonsense. He talked about art as
  • though it were the most important thing in the world."
  • "If it isn't, what are we here for?" asked Philip.
  • "What you're here for I don't know. It is no business of mine. But art is
  • a luxury. Men attach importance only to self-preservation and the
  • propagation of their species. It is only when these instincts are
  • satisfied that they consent to occupy themselves with the entertainment
  • which is provided for them by writers, painters, and poets."
  • Cronshaw stopped for a moment to drink. He had pondered for twenty years
  • the problem whether he loved liquor because it made him talk or whether he
  • loved conversation because it made him thirsty.
  • Then he said: "I wrote a poem yesterday."
  • Without being asked he began to recite it, very slowly, marking the rhythm
  • with an extended forefinger. It was possibly a very fine poem, but at that
  • moment a young woman came in. She had scarlet lips, and it was plain that
  • the vivid colour of her cheeks was not due to the vulgarity of nature; she
  • had blackened her eyelashes and eyebrows, and painted both eyelids a bold
  • blue, which was continued to a triangle at the corner of the eyes. It was
  • fantastic and amusing. Her dark hair was done over her ears in the fashion
  • made popular by Mlle. Cleo de Merode. Philip's eyes wandered to her, and
  • Cronshaw, having finished the recitation of his verses, smiled upon him
  • indulgently.
  • "You were not listening," he said.
  • "Oh yes, I was."
  • "I do not blame you, for you have given an apt illustration of the
  • statement I just made. What is art beside love? I respect and applaud your
  • indifference to fine poetry when you can contemplate the meretricious
  • charms of this young person."
  • She passed by the table at which they were sitting, and he took her arm.
  • "Come and sit by my side, dear child, and let us play the divine comedy of
  • love."
  • "Fichez-moi la paix," she said, and pushing him on one side continued
  • her perambulation.
  • "Art," he continued, with a wave of the hand, "is merely the refuge which
  • the ingenious have invented, when they were supplied with food and women,
  • to escape the tediousness of life."
  • Cronshaw filled his glass again, and began to talk at length. He spoke
  • with rotund delivery. He chose his words carefully. He mingled wisdom and
  • nonsense in the most astounding manner, gravely making fun of his hearers
  • at one moment, and at the next playfully giving them sound advice. He
  • talked of art, and literature, and life. He was by turns devout and
  • obscene, merry and lachrymose. He grew remarkably drunk, and then he began
  • to recite poetry, his own and Milton's, his own and Shelley's, his own and
  • Kit Marlowe's.
  • At last Lawson, exhausted, got up to go home.
  • "I shall go too," said Philip.
  • Clutton, the most silent of them all, remained behind listening, with a
  • sardonic smile on his lips, to Cronshaw's maunderings. Lawson accompanied
  • Philip to his hotel and then bade him good-night. But when Philip got to
  • bed he could not sleep. All these new ideas that had been flung before him
  • carelessly seethed in his brain. He was tremendously excited. He felt in
  • himself great powers. He had never before been so self-confident.
  • "I know I shall be a great artist," he said to himself. "I feel it in me."
  • A thrill passed through him as another thought came, but even to himself
  • he would not put it into words:
  • "By George, I believe I've got genius."
  • He was in fact very drunk, but as he had not taken more than one glass of
  • beer, it could have been due only to a more dangerous intoxicant than
  • alcohol.
  • XLIII
  • On Tuesdays and Fridays masters spent the morning at Amitrano's,
  • criticising the work done. In France the painter earns little unless he
  • paints portraits and is patronised by rich Americans; and men of
  • reputation are glad to increase their incomes by spending two or three
  • hours once a week at one of the numerous studios where art is taught.
  • Tuesday was the day upon which Michel Rollin came to Amitrano's. He was an
  • elderly man, with a white beard and a florid complexion, who had painted
  • a number of decorations for the State, but these were an object of
  • derision to the students he instructed: he was a disciple of Ingres,
  • impervious to the progress of art and angrily impatient with that tas de
  • farceurs whose names were Manet, Degas, Monet, and Sisley; but he was an
  • excellent teacher, helpful, polite, and encouraging. Foinet, on the other
  • hand, who visited the studio on Fridays, was a difficult man to get on
  • with. He was a small, shrivelled person, with bad teeth and a bilious air,
  • an untidy gray beard, and savage eyes; his voice was high and his tone
  • sarcastic. He had had pictures bought by the Luxembourg, and at
  • twenty-five looked forward to a great career; but his talent was due to
  • youth rather than to personality, and for twenty years he had done nothing
  • but repeat the landscape which had brought him his early success. When he
  • was reproached with monotony, he answered:
  • "Corot only painted one thing. Why shouldn't I?"
  • He was envious of everyone else's success, and had a peculiar, personal
  • loathing of the impressionists; for he looked upon his own failure as due
  • to the mad fashion which had attracted the public, sale bete, to their
  • works. The genial disdain of Michel Rollin, who called them impostors, was
  • answered by him with vituperation, of which crapule and canaille were
  • the least violent items; he amused himself with abuse of their private
  • lives, and with sardonic humour, with blasphemous and obscene detail,
  • attacked the legitimacy of their births and the purity of their conjugal
  • relations: he used an Oriental imagery and an Oriental emphasis to
  • accentuate his ribald scorn. Nor did he conceal his contempt for the
  • students whose work he examined. By them he was hated and feared; the
  • women by his brutal sarcasm he reduced often to tears, which again aroused
  • his ridicule; and he remained at the studio, notwithstanding the protests
  • of those who suffered too bitterly from his attacks, because there could
  • be no doubt that he was one of the best masters in Paris. Sometimes the
  • old model who kept the school ventured to remonstrate with him, but his
  • expostulations quickly gave way before the violent insolence of the
  • painter to abject apologies.
  • It was Foinet with whom Philip first came in contact. He was already in
  • the studio when Philip arrived. He went round from easel to easel, with
  • Mrs. Otter, the massiere, by his side to interpret his remarks for the
  • benefit of those who could not understand French. Fanny Price, sitting
  • next to Philip, was working feverishly. Her face was sallow with
  • nervousness, and every now and then she stopped to wipe her hands on her
  • blouse; for they were hot with anxiety. Suddenly she turned to Philip with
  • an anxious look, which she tried to hide by a sullen frown.
  • "D'you think it's good?" she asked, nodding at her drawing.
  • Philip got up and looked at it. He was astounded; he felt she must have no
  • eye at all; the thing was hopelessly out of drawing.
  • "I wish I could draw half as well myself," he answered.
  • "You can't expect to, you've only just come. It's a bit too much to expect
  • that you should draw as well as I do. I've been here two years."
  • Fanny Price puzzled Philip. Her conceit was stupendous. Philip had already
  • discovered that everyone in the studio cordially disliked her; and it was
  • no wonder, for she seemed to go out of her way to wound people.
  • "I complained to Mrs. Otter about Foinet," she said now. "The last two
  • weeks he hasn't looked at my drawings. He spends about half an hour on
  • Mrs. Otter because she's the massiere. After all I pay as much as
  • anybody else, and I suppose my money's as good as theirs. I don't see why
  • I shouldn't get as much attention as anybody else."
  • She took up her charcoal again, but in a moment put it down with a groan.
  • "I can't do any more now. I'm so frightfully nervous."
  • She looked at Foinet, who was coming towards them with Mrs. Otter. Mrs.
  • Otter, meek, mediocre, and self-satisfied, wore an air of importance.
  • Foinet sat down at the easel of an untidy little Englishwoman called Ruth
  • Chalice. She had the fine black eyes, languid but passionate, the thin
  • face, ascetic but sensual, the skin like old ivory, which under the
  • influence of Burne-Jones were cultivated at that time by young ladies in
  • Chelsea. Foinet seemed in a pleasant mood; he did not say much to her, but
  • with quick, determined strokes of her charcoal pointed out her errors.
  • Miss Chalice beamed with pleasure when he rose. He came to Clutton, and by
  • this time Philip was nervous too but Mrs. Otter had promised to make
  • things easy for him. Foinet stood for a moment in front of Clutton's work,
  • biting his thumb silently, then absent-mindedly spat out upon the canvas
  • the little piece of skin which he had bitten off.
  • "That's a fine line," he said at last, indicating with his thumb what
  • pleased him. "You're beginning to learn to draw."
  • Clutton did not answer, but looked at the master with his usual air of
  • sardonic indifference to the world's opinion.
  • "I'm beginning to think you have at least a trace of talent."
  • Mrs. Otter, who did not like Clutton, pursed her lips. She did not see
  • anything out of the way in his work. Foinet sat down and went into
  • technical details. Mrs. Otter grew rather tired of standing. Clutton did
  • not say anything, but nodded now and then, and Foinet felt with
  • satisfaction that he grasped what he said and the reasons of it; most of
  • them listened to him, but it was clear they never understood. Then Foinet
  • got up and came to Philip.
  • "He only arrived two days ago," Mrs. Otter hurried to explain. "He's a
  • beginner. He's never studied before."
  • "Ca se voit," the master said. "One sees that."
  • He passed on, and Mrs. Otter murmured to him:
  • "This is the young lady I told you about."
  • He looked at her as though she were some repulsive animal, and his voice
  • grew more rasping.
  • "It appears that you do not think I pay enough attention to you. You have
  • been complaining to the massiere. Well, show me this work to which you
  • wish me to give attention."
  • Fanny Price coloured. The blood under her unhealthy skin seemed to be of
  • a strange purple. Without answering she pointed to the drawing on which
  • she had been at work since the beginning of the week. Foinet sat down.
  • "Well, what do you wish me to say to you? Do you wish me to tell you it is
  • good? It isn't. Do you wish me to tell you it is well drawn? It isn't. Do
  • you wish me to say it has merit? It hasn't. Do you wish me to show you
  • what is wrong with it? It is all wrong. Do you wish me to tell you what to
  • do with it? Tear it up. Are you satisfied now?"
  • Miss Price became very white. She was furious because he had said all this
  • before Mrs. Otter. Though she had been in France so long and could
  • understand French well enough, she could hardly speak two words.
  • "He's got no right to treat me like that. My money's as good as anyone
  • else's. I pay him to teach me. That's not teaching me."
  • "What does she say? What does she say?" asked Foinet.
  • Mrs. Otter hesitated to translate, and Miss Price repeated in execrable
  • French.
  • "Je vous paye pour m'apprendre."
  • His eyes flashed with rage, he raised his voice and shook his fist.
  • "Mais, nom de Dieu, I can't teach you. I could more easily teach a
  • camel." He turned to Mrs. Otter. "Ask her, does she do this for amusement,
  • or does she expect to earn money by it?"
  • "I'm going to earn my living as an artist," Miss Price answered.
  • "Then it is my duty to tell you that you are wasting your time. It would
  • not matter that you have no talent, talent does not run about the streets
  • in these days, but you have not the beginning of an aptitude. How long
  • have you been here? A child of five after two lessons would draw better
  • than you do. I only say one thing to you, give up this hopeless attempt.
  • You're more likely to earn your living as a bonne a tout faire than as
  • a painter. Look."
  • He seized a piece of charcoal, and it broke as he applied it to the paper.
  • He cursed, and with the stump drew great firm lines. He drew rapidly and
  • spoke at the same time, spitting out the words with venom.
  • "Look, those arms are not the same length. That knee, it's grotesque. I
  • tell you a child of five. You see, she's not standing on her legs. That
  • foot!"
  • With each word the angry pencil made a mark, and in a moment the drawing
  • upon which Fanny Price had spent so much time and eager trouble was
  • unrecognisable, a confusion of lines and smudges. At last he flung down
  • the charcoal and stood up.
  • "Take my advice, Mademoiselle, try dressmaking." He looked at his watch.
  • "It's twelve. A la semaine prochaine, messieurs."
  • Miss Price gathered up her things slowly. Philip waited behind after the
  • others to say to her something consolatory. He could think of nothing but:
  • "I say, I'm awfully sorry. What a beast that man is!"
  • She turned on him savagely.
  • "Is that what you're waiting about for? When I want your sympathy I'll ask
  • for it. Please get out of my way."
  • She walked past him, out of the studio, and Philip, with a shrug of the
  • shoulders, limped along to Gravier's for luncheon.
  • "It served her right," said Lawson, when Philip told him what had
  • happened. "Ill-tempered slut."
  • Lawson was very sensitive to criticism and, in order to avoid it, never
  • went to the studio when Foinet was coming.
  • "I don't want other people's opinion of my work," he said. "I know myself
  • if it's good or bad."
  • "You mean you don't want other people's bad opinion of your work,"
  • answered Clutton dryly.
  • In the afternoon Philip thought he would go to the Luxembourg to see the
  • pictures, and walking through the garden he saw Fanny Price sitting in her
  • accustomed seat. He was sore at the rudeness with which she had met his
  • well-meant attempt to say something pleasant, and passed as though he had
  • not caught sight of her. But she got up at once and came towards him.
  • "Are you trying to cut me?" she said.
  • "No, of course not. I thought perhaps you didn't want to be spoken to."
  • "Where are you going?"
  • "I wanted to have a look at the Manet, I've heard so much about it."
  • "Would you like me to come with you? I know the Luxembourg rather well. I
  • could show you one or two good things."
  • He understood that, unable to bring herself to apologise directly, she
  • made this offer as amends.
  • "It's awfully kind of you. I should like it very much."
  • "You needn't say yes if you'd rather go alone," she said suspiciously.
  • "I wouldn't."
  • They walked towards the gallery. Caillebotte's collection had lately been
  • placed on view, and the student for the first time had the opportunity to
  • examine at his ease the works of the impressionists. Till then it had been
  • possible to see them only at Durand-Ruel's shop in the Rue Lafitte (and
  • the dealer, unlike his fellows in England, who adopt towards the painter
  • an attitude of superiority, was always pleased to show the shabbiest
  • student whatever he wanted to see), or at his private house, to which it
  • was not difficult to get a card of admission on Tuesdays, and where you
  • might see pictures of world-wide reputation. Miss Price led Philip
  • straight up to Manet's Olympia. He looked at it in astonished silence.
  • "Do you like it?" asked Miss Price.
  • "I don't know," he answered helplessly.
  • "You can take it from me that it's the best thing in the gallery except
  • perhaps Whistler's portrait of his mother."
  • She gave him a certain time to contemplate the masterpiece and then took
  • him to a picture representing a railway-station.
  • "Look, here's a Monet," she said. "It's the Gare St. Lazare."
  • "But the railway lines aren't parallel," said Philip.
  • "What does that matter?" she asked, with a haughty air.
  • Philip felt ashamed of himself. Fanny Price had picked up the glib chatter
  • of the studios and had no difficulty in impressing Philip with the extent
  • of her knowledge. She proceeded to explain the pictures to him,
  • superciliously but not without insight, and showed him what the painters
  • had attempted and what he must look for. She talked with much
  • gesticulation of the thumb, and Philip, to whom all she said was new,
  • listened with profound but bewildered interest. Till now he had worshipped
  • Watts and Burne-Jones. The pretty colour of the first, the affected
  • drawing of the second, had entirely satisfied his aesthetic sensibilities.
  • Their vague idealism, the suspicion of a philosophical idea which underlay
  • the titles they gave their pictures, accorded very well with the functions
  • of art as from his diligent perusal of Ruskin he understood it; but here
  • was something quite different: here was no moral appeal; and the
  • contemplation of these works could help no one to lead a purer and a
  • higher life. He was puzzled.
  • At last he said: "You know, I'm simply dead. I don't think I can absorb
  • anything more profitably. Let's go and sit down on one of the benches."
  • "It's better not to take too much art at a time," Miss Price answered.
  • When they got outside he thanked her warmly for the trouble she had taken.
  • "Oh, that's all right," she said, a little ungraciously. "I do it because
  • I enjoy it. We'll go to the Louvre tomorrow if you like, and then I'll
  • take you to Durand-Ruel's."
  • "You're really awfully good to me."
  • "You don't think me such a beast as the most of them do."
  • "I don't," he smiled.
  • "They think they'll drive me away from the studio; but they won't; I shall
  • stay there just exactly as long as it suits me. All that this morning, it
  • was Lucy Otter's doing, I know it was. She always has hated me. She
  • thought after that I'd take myself off. I daresay she'd like me to go.
  • She's afraid I know too much about her."
  • Miss Price told him a long, involved story, which made out that Mrs.
  • Otter, a humdrum and respectable little person, had scabrous intrigues.
  • Then she talked of Ruth Chalice, the girl whom Foinet had praised that
  • morning.
  • "She's been with every one of the fellows at the studio. She's nothing
  • better than a street-walker. And she's dirty. She hasn't had a bath for a
  • month. I know it for a fact."
  • Philip listened uncomfortably. He had heard already that various rumours
  • were in circulation about Miss Chalice; but it was ridiculous to suppose
  • that Mrs. Otter, living with her mother, was anything but rigidly
  • virtuous. The woman walking by his side with her malignant lying
  • positively horrified him.
  • "I don't care what they say. I shall go on just the same. I know I've got
  • it in me. I feel I'm an artist. I'd sooner kill myself than give it up.
  • Oh, I shan't be the first they've all laughed at in the schools and then
  • he's turned out the only genius of the lot. Art's the only thing I care
  • for, I'm willing to give my whole life to it. It's only a question of
  • sticking to it and pegging away."
  • She found discreditable motives for everyone who would not take her at her
  • own estimate of herself. She detested Clutton. She told Philip that his
  • friend had no talent really; it was just flashy and superficial; he
  • couldn't compose a figure to save his life. And Lawson:
  • "Little beast, with his red hair and his freckles. He's so afraid of
  • Foinet that he won't let him see his work. After all, I don't funk it, do
  • I? I don't care what Foinet says to me, I know I'm a real artist."
  • They reached the street in which she lived, and with a sigh of relief
  • Philip left her.
  • XLIV
  • But notwithstanding when Miss Price on the following Sunday offered to
  • take him to the Louvre Philip accepted. She showed him Mona Lisa. He
  • looked at it with a slight feeling of disappointment, but he had read till
  • he knew by heart the jewelled words with which Walter Pater has added
  • beauty to the most famous picture in the world; and these now he repeated
  • to Miss Price.
  • "That's all literature," she said, a little contemptuously. "You must get
  • away from that."
  • She showed him the Rembrandts, and she said many appropriate things about
  • them. She stood in front of the Disciples at Emmaus.
  • "When you feel the beauty of that," she said, "you'll know something about
  • painting."
  • She showed him the Odalisque and La Source of Ingres. Fanny Price was
  • a peremptory guide, she would not let him look at the things he wished,
  • and attempted to force his admiration for all she admired. She was
  • desperately in earnest with her study of art, and when Philip, passing in
  • the Long Gallery a window that looked out on the Tuileries, gay, sunny,
  • and urbane, like a picture by Raffaelli, exclaimed:
  • "I say, how jolly! Do let's stop here a minute."
  • She said, indifferently: "Yes, it's all right. But we've come here to look
  • at pictures."
  • The autumn air, blithe and vivacious, elated Philip; and when towards
  • mid-day they stood in the great court-yard of the Louvre, he felt inclined
  • to cry like Flanagan: To hell with art.
  • "I say, do let's go to one of those restaurants in the Boul' Mich' and
  • have a snack together, shall we?" he suggested.
  • Miss Price gave him a suspicious look.
  • "I've got my lunch waiting for me at home," she answered.
  • "That doesn't matter. You can eat it tomorrow. Do let me stand you a
  • lunch."
  • "I don't know why you want to."
  • "It would give me pleasure," he replied, smiling.
  • They crossed the river, and at the corner of the Boulevard St. Michel
  • there was a restaurant.
  • "Let's go in there."
  • "No, I won't go there, it looks too expensive."
  • She walked on firmly, and Philip was obliged to follow. A few steps
  • brought them to a smaller restaurant, where a dozen people were already
  • lunching on the pavement under an awning; on the window was announced in
  • large white letters: Dejeuner 1.25, vin compris.
  • "We couldn't have anything cheaper than this, and it looks quite all
  • right."
  • They sat down at a vacant table and waited for the omelette which was the
  • first article on the bill of fare. Philip gazed with delight upon the
  • passers-by. His heart went out to them. He was tired but very happy.
  • "I say, look at that man in the blouse. Isn't he ripping!"
  • He glanced at Miss Price, and to his astonishment saw that she was looking
  • down at her plate, regardless of the passing spectacle, and two heavy
  • tears were rolling down her cheeks.
  • "What on earth's the matter?" he exclaimed.
  • "If you say anything to me I shall get up and go at once," she answered.
  • He was entirely puzzled, but fortunately at that moment the omelette came.
  • He divided it in two and they began to eat. Philip did his best to talk of
  • indifferent things, and it seemed as though Miss Price were making an
  • effort on her side to be agreeable; but the luncheon was not altogether a
  • success. Philip was squeamish, and the way in which Miss Price ate took
  • his appetite away. She ate noisily, greedily, a little like a wild beast
  • in a menagerie, and after she had finished each course rubbed the plate
  • with pieces of bread till it was white and shining, as if she did not wish
  • to lose a single drop of gravy. They had Camembert cheese, and it
  • disgusted Philip to see that she ate rind and all of the portion that was
  • given her. She could not have eaten more ravenously if she were starving.
  • Miss Price was unaccountable, and having parted from her on one day with
  • friendliness he could never tell whether on the next she would not be
  • sulky and uncivil; but he learned a good deal from her: though she could
  • not draw well herself, she knew all that could be taught, and her constant
  • suggestions helped his progress. Mrs. Otter was useful to him too, and
  • sometimes Miss Chalice criticised his work; he learned from the glib
  • loquacity of Lawson and from the example of Clutton. But Fanny Price hated
  • him to take suggestions from anyone but herself, and when he asked her
  • help after someone else had been talking to him she would refuse with
  • brutal rudeness. The other fellows, Lawson, Clutton, Flanagan, chaffed him
  • about her.
  • "You be careful, my lad," they said, "she's in love with you."
  • "Oh, what nonsense," he laughed.
  • The thought that Miss Price could be in love with anyone was preposterous.
  • It made him shudder when he thought of her uncomeliness, the bedraggled
  • hair and the dirty hands, the brown dress she always wore, stained and
  • ragged at the hem: he supposed she was hard up, they were all hard up, but
  • she might at least be clean; and it was surely possible with a needle and
  • thread to make her skirt tidy.
  • Philip began to sort his impressions of the people he was thrown in
  • contact with. He was not so ingenuous as in those days which now seemed so
  • long ago at Heidelberg, and, beginning to take a more deliberate interest
  • in humanity, he was inclined to examine and to criticise. He found it
  • difficult to know Clutton any better after seeing him every day for three
  • months than on the first day of their acquaintance. The general impression
  • at the studio was that he was able; it was supposed that he would do great
  • things, and he shared the general opinion; but what exactly he was going
  • to do neither he nor anybody else quite knew. He had worked at several
  • studios before Amitrano's, at Julian's, the Beaux Arts, and MacPherson's,
  • and was remaining longer at Amitrano's than anywhere because he found
  • himself more left alone. He was not fond of showing his work, and unlike
  • most of the young men who were studying art neither sought nor gave
  • advice. It was said that in the little studio in the Rue Campagne
  • Premiere, which served him for work-room and bed-room, he had wonderful
  • pictures which would make his reputation if only he could be induced to
  • exhibit them. He could not afford a model but painted still life, and
  • Lawson constantly talked of a plate of apples which he declared was a
  • masterpiece. He was fastidious, and, aiming at something he did not quite
  • fully grasp, was constantly dissatisfied with his work as a whole: perhaps
  • a part would please him, the forearm or the leg and foot of a figure, a
  • glass or a cup in a still-life; and he would cut this out and keep it,
  • destroying the rest of the canvas; so that when people invited themselves
  • to see his work he could truthfully answer that he had not a single
  • picture to show. In Brittany he had come across a painter whom nobody else
  • had heard of, a queer fellow who had been a stockbroker and taken up
  • painting at middle-age, and he was greatly influenced by his work. He was
  • turning his back on the impressionists and working out for himself
  • painfully an individual way not only of painting but of seeing. Philip
  • felt in him something strangely original.
  • At Gravier's where they ate, and in the evening at the Versailles or at
  • the Closerie des Lilas Clutton was inclined to taciturnity. He sat
  • quietly, with a sardonic expression on his gaunt face, and spoke only when
  • the opportunity occurred to throw in a witticism. He liked a butt and was
  • most cheerful when someone was there on whom he could exercise his
  • sarcasm. He seldom talked of anything but painting, and then only with the
  • one or two persons whom he thought worth while. Philip wondered whether
  • there was in him really anything: his reticence, the haggard look of him,
  • the pungent humour, seemed to suggest personality, but might be no more
  • than an effective mask which covered nothing.
  • With Lawson on the other hand Philip soon grew intimate. He had a variety
  • of interests which made him an agreeable companion. He read more than most
  • of the students and though his income was small, loved to buy books. He
  • lent them willingly; and Philip became acquainted with Flaubert and
  • Balzac, with Verlaine, Heredia, and Villiers de l'Isle Adam. They went to
  • plays together and sometimes to the gallery of the Opera Comique. There
  • was the Odeon quite near them, and Philip soon shared his friend's passion
  • for the tragedians of Louis XIV and the sonorous Alexandrine. In the Rue
  • Taitbout were the Concerts Rouge, where for seventy-five centimes they
  • could hear excellent music and get into the bargain something which it was
  • quite possible to drink: the seats were uncomfortable, the place was
  • crowded, the air thick with caporal horrible to breathe, but in their
  • young enthusiasm they were indifferent. Sometimes they went to the Bal
  • Bullier. On these occasions Flanagan accompanied them. His excitability
  • and his roisterous enthusiasm made them laugh. He was an excellent dancer,
  • and before they had been ten minutes in the room he was prancing round
  • with some little shop-girl whose acquaintance he had just made.
  • The desire of all of them was to have a mistress. It was part of the
  • paraphernalia of the art-student in Paris. It gave consideration in the
  • eyes of one's fellows. It was something to boast about. But the difficulty
  • was that they had scarcely enough money to keep themselves, and though
  • they argued that French-women were so clever it cost no more to keep two
  • then one, they found it difficult to meet young women who were willing to
  • take that view of the circumstances. They had to content themselves for
  • the most part with envying and abusing the ladies who received protection
  • from painters of more settled respectability than their own. It was
  • extraordinary how difficult these things were in Paris. Lawson would
  • become acquainted with some young thing and make an appointment; for
  • twenty-four hours he would be all in a flutter and describe the charmer at
  • length to everyone he met; but she never by any chance turned up at the
  • time fixed. He would come to Gravier's very late, ill-tempered, and
  • exclaim:
  • "Confound it, another rabbit! I don't know why it is they don't like me.
  • I suppose it's because I don't speak French well, or my red hair. It's too
  • sickening to have spent over a year in Paris without getting hold of
  • anyone."
  • "You don't go the right way to work," said Flanagan.
  • He had a long and enviable list of triumphs to narrate, and though they
  • took leave not to believe all he said, evidence forced them to acknowledge
  • that he did not altogether lie. But he sought no permanent arrangement. He
  • only had two years in Paris: he had persuaded his people to let him come
  • and study art instead of going to college; but at the end of that period
  • he was to return to Seattle and go into his father's business. He had made
  • up his mind to get as much fun as possible into the time, and demanded
  • variety rather than duration in his love affairs.
  • "I don't know how you get hold of them," said Lawson furiously.
  • "There's no difficulty about that, sonny," answered Flanagan. "You just go
  • right in. The difficulty is to get rid of them. That's where you want
  • tact."
  • Philip was too much occupied with his work, the books he was reading, the
  • plays he saw, the conversation he listened to, to trouble himself with the
  • desire for female society. He thought there would be plenty of time for
  • that when he could speak French more glibly.
  • It was more than a year now since he had seen Miss Wilkinson, and during
  • his first weeks in Paris he had been too busy to answer a letter she had
  • written to him just before he left Blackstable. When another came, knowing
  • it would be full of reproaches and not being just then in the mood for
  • them, he put it aside, intending to open it later; but he forgot and did
  • not run across it till a month afterwards, when he was turning out a
  • drawer to find some socks that had no holes in them. He looked at the
  • unopened letter with dismay. He was afraid that Miss Wilkinson had
  • suffered a good deal, and it made him feel a brute; but she had probably
  • got over the suffering by now, at all events the worst of it. It suggested
  • itself to him that women were often very emphatic in their expressions.
  • These did not mean so much as when men used them. He had quite made up his
  • mind that nothing would induce him ever to see her again. He had not
  • written for so long that it seemed hardly worth while to write now. He
  • made up his mind not to read the letter.
  • "I daresay she won't write again," he said to himself. "She can't help
  • seeing the thing's over. After all, she was old enough to be my mother;
  • she ought to have known better."
  • For an hour or two he felt a little uncomfortable. His attitude was
  • obviously the right one, but he could not help a feeling of
  • dissatisfaction with the whole business. Miss Wilkinson, however, did not
  • write again; nor did she, as he absurdly feared, suddenly appear in Paris
  • to make him ridiculous before his friends. In a little while he clean
  • forgot her.
  • Meanwhile he definitely forsook his old gods. The amazement with which at
  • first he had looked upon the works of the impressionists, changed to
  • admiration; and presently he found himself talking as emphatically as the
  • rest on the merits of Manet, Monet, and Degas. He bought a photograph of
  • a drawing by Ingres of the Odalisque and a photograph of the Olympia.
  • They were pinned side by side over his washing-stand so that he could
  • contemplate their beauty while he shaved. He knew now quite positively
  • that there had been no painting of landscape before Monet; and he felt a
  • real thrill when he stood in front of Rembrandt's Disciples at Emmaus or
  • Velasquez' Lady with the Flea-bitten Nose. That was not her real name,
  • but by that she was distinguished at Gravier's to emphasise the picture's
  • beauty notwithstanding the somewhat revolting peculiarity of the sitter's
  • appearance. With Ruskin, Burne-Jones, and Watts, he had put aside his
  • bowler hat and the neat blue tie with white spots which he had worn on
  • coming to Paris; and now disported himself in a soft, broad-brimmed hat,
  • a flowing black cravat, and a cape of romantic cut. He walked along the
  • Boulevard du Montparnasse as though he had known it all his life, and by
  • virtuous perseverance he had learnt to drink absinthe without distaste. He
  • was letting his hair grow, and it was only because Nature is unkind and
  • has no regard for the immortal longings of youth that he did not attempt
  • a beard.
  • XLV
  • Philip soon realised that the spirit which informed his friends was
  • Cronshaw's. It was from him that Lawson got his paradoxes; and even
  • Clutton, who strained after individuality, expressed himself in the terms
  • he had insensibly acquired from the older man. It was his ideas that they
  • bandied about at table, and on his authority they formed their judgments.
  • They made up for the respect with which unconsciously they treated him by
  • laughing at his foibles and lamenting his vices.
  • "Of course, poor old Cronshaw will never do any good," they said. "He's
  • quite hopeless."
  • They prided themselves on being alone in appreciating his genius; and
  • though, with the contempt of youth for the follies of middle-age, they
  • patronised him among themselves, they did not fail to look upon it as a
  • feather in their caps if he had chosen a time when only one was there to
  • be particularly wonderful. Cronshaw never came to Gravier's. For the last
  • four years he had lived in squalid conditions with a woman whom only
  • Lawson had once seen, in a tiny apartment on the sixth floor of one of the
  • most dilapidated houses on the Quai des Grands Augustins: Lawson described
  • with gusto the filth, the untidiness, the litter.
  • "And the stink nearly blew your head off."
  • "Not at dinner, Lawson," expostulated one of the others.
  • But he would not deny himself the pleasure of giving picturesque details
  • of the odours which met his nostril. With a fierce delight in his own
  • realism he described the woman who had opened the door for him. She was
  • dark, small, and fat, quite young, with black hair that seemed always on
  • the point of coming down. She wore a slatternly blouse and no corsets.
  • With her red cheeks, large sensual mouth, and shining, lewd eyes, she
  • reminded you of the Bohemienne in the Louvre by Franz Hals. She had a
  • flaunting vulgarity which amused and yet horrified. A scrubby, unwashed
  • baby was playing on the floor. It was known that the slut deceived
  • Cronshaw with the most worthless ragamuffins of the Quarter, and it was a
  • mystery to the ingenuous youths who absorbed his wisdom over a cafe table
  • that Cronshaw with his keen intellect and his passion for beauty could
  • ally himself to such a creature. But he seemed to revel in the coarseness
  • of her language and would often report some phrase which reeked of the
  • gutter. He referred to her ironically as la fille de mon concierge.
  • Cronshaw was very poor. He earned a bare subsistence by writing on the
  • exhibitions of pictures for one or two English papers, and he did a
  • certain amount of translating. He had been on the staff of an English
  • paper in Paris, but had been dismissed for drunkenness; he still however
  • did odd jobs for it, describing sales at the Hotel Drouot or the revues at
  • music-halls. The life of Paris had got into his bones, and he would not
  • change it, notwithstanding its squalor, drudgery, and hardship, for any
  • other in the world. He remained there all through the year, even in summer
  • when everyone he knew was away, and felt himself only at ease within a
  • mile of the Boulevard St. Michel. But the curious thing was that he had
  • never learnt to speak French passably, and he kept in his shabby clothes
  • bought at La Belle Jardiniere an ineradicably English appearance.
  • He was a man who would have made a success of life a century and a half
  • ago when conversation was a passport to good company and inebriety no bar.
  • "I ought to have lived in the eighteen hundreds," he said himself. "What
  • I want is a patron. I should have published my poems by subscription and
  • dedicated them to a nobleman. I long to compose rhymed couplets upon the
  • poodle of a countess. My soul yearns for the love of chamber-maids and the
  • conversation of bishops."
  • He quoted the romantic Rolla,
  • "Je suis venu trop tard dans un monde trop vieux."
  • He liked new faces, and he took a fancy to Philip, who seemed to achieve
  • the difficult feat of talking just enough to suggest conversation and not
  • too much to prevent monologue. Philip was captivated. He did not realise
  • that little that Cronshaw said was new. His personality in conversation
  • had a curious power. He had a beautiful and a sonorous voice, and a manner
  • of putting things which was irresistible to youth. All he said seemed to
  • excite thought, and often on the way home Lawson and Philip would walk to
  • and from one another's hotels, discussing some point which a chance word
  • of Cronshaw had suggested. It was disconcerting to Philip, who had a
  • youthful eagerness for results, that Cronshaw's poetry hardly came up to
  • expectation. It had never been published in a volume, but most of it had
  • appeared in periodicals; and after a good deal of persuasion Cronshaw
  • brought down a bundle of pages torn out of The Yellow Book, The
  • Saturday Review, and other journals, on each of which was a poem. Philip
  • was taken aback to find that most of them reminded him either of Henley or
  • of Swinburne. It needed the splendour of Cronshaw's delivery to make them
  • personal. He expressed his disappointment to Lawson, who carelessly
  • repeated his words; and next time Philip went to the Closerie des Lilas
  • the poet turned to him with his sleek smile:
  • "I hear you don't think much of my verses."
  • Philip was embarrassed.
  • "I don't know about that," he answered. "I enjoyed reading them very
  • much."
  • "Do not attempt to spare my feelings," returned Cronshaw, with a wave of
  • his fat hand. "I do not attach any exaggerated importance to my poetical
  • works. Life is there to be lived rather than to be written about. My aim
  • is to search out the manifold experience that it offers, wringing from
  • each moment what of emotion it presents. I look upon my writing as a
  • graceful accomplishment which does not absorb but rather adds pleasure to
  • existence. And as for posterity--damn posterity."
  • Philip smiled, for it leaped to one's eyes that the artist in life had
  • produced no more than a wretched daub. Cronshaw looked at him meditatively
  • and filled his glass. He sent the waiter for a packet of cigarettes.
  • "You are amused because I talk in this fashion and you know that I am poor
  • and live in an attic with a vulgar trollop who deceives me with
  • hair-dressers and garcons de cafe; I translate wretched books for the
  • British public, and write articles upon contemptible pictures which
  • deserve not even to be abused. But pray tell me what is the meaning of
  • life?"
  • "I say, that's rather a difficult question. Won't you give the answer
  • yourself?"
  • "No, because it's worthless unless you yourself discover it. But what do
  • you suppose you are in the world for?"
  • Philip had never asked himself, and he thought for a moment before
  • replying.
  • "Oh, I don't know: I suppose to do one's duty, and make the best possible
  • use of one's faculties, and avoid hurting other people."
  • "In short, to do unto others as you would they should do unto you?"
  • "I suppose so."
  • "Christianity."
  • "No, it isn't," said Philip indignantly. "It has nothing to do with
  • Christianity. It's just abstract morality."
  • "But there's no such thing as abstract morality."
  • "In that case, supposing under the influence of liquor you left your purse
  • behind when you leave here and I picked it up, why do you imagine that I
  • should return it to you? It's not the fear of the police."
  • "It's the dread of hell if you sin and the hope of Heaven if you are
  • virtuous."
  • "But I believe in neither."
  • "That may be. Neither did Kant when he devised the Categorical Imperative.
  • You have thrown aside a creed, but you have preserved the ethic which was
  • based upon it. To all intents you are a Christian still, and if there is
  • a God in Heaven you will undoubtedly receive your reward. The Almighty can
  • hardly be such a fool as the churches make out. If you keep His laws I
  • don't think He can care a packet of pins whether you believe in Him or
  • not."
  • "But if I left my purse behind you would certainly return it to me," said
  • Philip.
  • "Not from motives of abstract morality, but only from fear of the police."
  • "It's a thousand to one that the police would never find out."
  • "My ancestors have lived in a civilised state so long that the fear of the
  • police has eaten into my bones. The daughter of my concierge would not
  • hesitate for a moment. You answer that she belongs to the criminal
  • classes; not at all, she is merely devoid of vulgar prejudice."
  • "But then that does away with honour and virtue and goodness and decency
  • and everything," said Philip.
  • "Have you ever committed a sin?"
  • "I don't know, I suppose so," answered Philip.
  • "You speak with the lips of a dissenting minister. I have never committed
  • a sin."
  • Cronshaw in his shabby great-coat, with the collar turned up, and his hat
  • well down on his head, with his red fat face and his little gleaming eyes,
  • looked extraordinarily comic; but Philip was too much in earnest to laugh.
  • "Have you never done anything you regret?"
  • "How can I regret when what I did was inevitable?" asked Cronshaw in
  • return.
  • "But that's fatalism."
  • "The illusion which man has that his will is free is so deeply rooted that
  • I am ready to accept it. I act as though I were a free agent. But when an
  • action is performed it is clear that all the forces of the universe from
  • all eternity conspired to cause it, and nothing I could do could have
  • prevented it. It was inevitable. If it was good I can claim no merit; if
  • it was bad I can accept no censure."
  • "My brain reels," said Philip.
  • "Have some whiskey," returned Cronshaw, passing over the bottle. "There's
  • nothing like it for clearing the head. You must expect to be thick-witted
  • if you insist upon drinking beer."
  • Philip shook his head, and Cronshaw proceeded:
  • "You're not a bad fellow, but you won't drink. Sobriety disturbs
  • conversation. But when I speak of good and bad..." Philip saw he was
  • taking up the thread of his discourse, "I speak conventionally. I attach
  • no meaning to those words. I refuse to make a hierarchy of human actions
  • and ascribe worthiness to some and ill-repute to others. The terms vice
  • and virtue have no signification for me. I do not confer praise or blame:
  • I accept. I am the measure of all things. I am the centre of the world."
  • "But there are one or two other people in the world," objected Philip.
  • "I speak only for myself. I know them only as they limit my activities.
  • Round each of them too the world turns, and each one for himself is the
  • centre of the universe. My right over them extends only as far as my
  • power. What I can do is the only limit of what I may do. Because we are
  • gregarious we live in society, and society holds together by means of
  • force, force of arms (that is the policeman) and force of public opinion
  • (that is Mrs. Grundy). You have society on one hand and the individual on
  • the other: each is an organism striving for self-preservation. It is might
  • against might. I stand alone, bound to accept society and not unwilling,
  • since in return for the taxes I pay it protects me, a weakling, against
  • the tyranny of another stronger than I am; but I submit to its laws
  • because I must; I do not acknowledge their justice: I do not know justice,
  • I only know power. And when I have paid for the policeman who protects me
  • and, if I live in a country where conscription is in force, served in the
  • army which guards my house and land from the invader, I am quits with
  • society: for the rest I counter its might with my wiliness. It makes laws
  • for its self-preservation, and if I break them it imprisons or kills me:
  • it has the might to do so and therefore the right. If I break the laws I
  • will accept the vengeance of the state, but I will not regard it as
  • punishment nor shall I feel myself convicted of wrong-doing. Society
  • tempts me to its service by honours and riches and the good opinion of my
  • fellows; but I am indifferent to their good opinion, I despise honours and
  • I can do very well without riches."
  • "But if everyone thought like you things would go to pieces at once."
  • "I have nothing to do with others, I am only concerned with myself. I take
  • advantage of the fact that the majority of mankind are led by certain
  • rewards to do things which directly or indirectly tend to my convenience."
  • "It seems to me an awfully selfish way of looking at things," said Philip.
  • "But are you under the impression that men ever do anything except for
  • selfish reasons?"
  • "Yes."
  • "It is impossible that they should. You will find as you grow older that
  • the first thing needful to make the world a tolerable place to live in is
  • to recognise the inevitable selfishness of humanity. You demand
  • unselfishness from others, which is a preposterous claim that they should
  • sacrifice their desires to yours. Why should they? When you are reconciled
  • to the fact that each is for himself in the world you will ask less from
  • your fellows. They will not disappoint you, and you will look upon them
  • more charitably. Men seek but one thing in life--their pleasure."
  • "No, no, no!" cried Philip.
  • Cronshaw chuckled.
  • "You rear like a frightened colt, because I use a word to which your
  • Christianity ascribes a deprecatory meaning. You have a hierarchy of
  • values; pleasure is at the bottom of the ladder, and you speak with a
  • little thrill of self-satisfaction, of duty, charity, and truthfulness.
  • You think pleasure is only of the senses; the wretched slaves who
  • manufactured your morality despised a satisfaction which they had small
  • means of enjoying. You would not be so frightened if I had spoken of
  • happiness instead of pleasure: it sounds less shocking, and your mind
  • wanders from the sty of Epicurus to his garden. But I will speak of
  • pleasure, for I see that men aim at that, and I do not know that they aim
  • at happiness. It is pleasure that lurks in the practice of every one of
  • your virtues. Man performs actions because they are good for him, and when
  • they are good for other people as well they are thought virtuous: if he
  • finds pleasure in giving alms he is charitable; if he finds pleasure in
  • helping others he is benevolent; if he finds pleasure in working for
  • society he is public-spirited; but it is for your private pleasure that
  • you give twopence to a beggar as much as it is for my private pleasure
  • that I drink another whiskey and soda. I, less of a humbug than you,
  • neither applaud myself for my pleasure nor demand your admiration."
  • "But have you never known people do things they didn't want to instead of
  • things they did?"
  • "No. You put your question foolishly. What you mean is that people accept
  • an immediate pain rather than an immediate pleasure. The objection is as
  • foolish as your manner of putting it. It is clear that men accept an
  • immediate pain rather than an immediate pleasure, but only because they
  • expect a greater pleasure in the future. Often the pleasure is illusory,
  • but their error in calculation is no refutation of the rule. You are
  • puzzled because you cannot get over the idea that pleasures are only of
  • the senses; but, child, a man who dies for his country dies because he
  • likes it as surely as a man eats pickled cabbage because he likes it. It
  • is a law of creation. If it were possible for men to prefer pain to
  • pleasure the human race would have long since become extinct."
  • "But if all that is true," cried Philip, "what is the use of anything? If
  • you take away duty and goodness and beauty why are we brought into the
  • world?"
  • "Here comes the gorgeous East to suggest an answer," smiled Cronshaw.
  • He pointed to two persons who at that moment opened the door of the cafe,
  • and, with a blast of cold air, entered. They were Levantines, itinerant
  • vendors of cheap rugs, and each bore on his arm a bundle. It was Sunday
  • evening, and the cafe was very full. They passed among the tables, and in
  • that atmosphere heavy and discoloured with tobacco smoke, rank with
  • humanity, they seemed to bring an air of mystery. They were clad in
  • European, shabby clothes, their thin great-coats were threadbare, but each
  • wore a tarbouch. Their faces were gray with cold. One was of middle age,
  • with a black beard, but the other was a youth of eighteen, with a face
  • deeply scarred by smallpox and with one eye only. They passed by Cronshaw
  • and Philip.
  • "Allah is great, and Mahomet is his prophet," said Cronshaw impressively.
  • The elder advanced with a cringing smile, like a mongrel used to blows.
  • With a sidelong glance at the door and a quick surreptitious movement he
  • showed a pornographic picture.
  • "Are you Masr-ed-Deen, the merchant of Alexandria, or is it from far
  • Bagdad that you bring your goods, O, my uncle; and yonder one-eyed youth,
  • do I see in him one of the three kings of whom Scheherazade told stories
  • to her lord?"
  • The pedlar's smile grew more ingratiating, though he understood no word of
  • what Cronshaw said, and like a conjurer he produced a sandalwood box.
  • "Nay, show us the priceless web of Eastern looms," quoth Cronshaw. "For I
  • would point a moral and adorn a tale."
  • The Levantine unfolded a table-cloth, red and yellow, vulgar, hideous, and
  • grotesque.
  • "Thirty-five francs," he said.
  • "O, my uncle, this cloth knew not the weavers of Samarkand, and those
  • colours were never made in the vats of Bokhara."
  • "Twenty-five francs," smiled the pedlar obsequiously.
  • "Ultima Thule was the place of its manufacture, even Birmingham the place
  • of my birth."
  • "Fifteen francs," cringed the bearded man.
  • "Get thee gone, fellow," said Cronshaw. "May wild asses defile the grave
  • of thy maternal grandmother."
  • Imperturbably, but smiling no more, the Levantine passed with his wares to
  • another table. Cronshaw turned to Philip.
  • "Have you ever been to the Cluny, the museum? There you will see Persian
  • carpets of the most exquisite hue and of a pattern the beautiful intricacy
  • of which delights and amazes the eye. In them you will see the mystery and
  • the sensual beauty of the East, the roses of Hafiz and the wine-cup of
  • Omar; but presently you will see more. You were asking just now what was
  • the meaning of life. Go and look at those Persian carpets, and one of
  • these days the answer will come to you."
  • "You are cryptic," said Philip.
  • "I am drunk," answered Cronshaw.
  • XLVI
  • Philip did not find living in Paris as cheap as he had been led to believe
  • and by February had spent most of the money with which he started. He was
  • too proud to appeal to his guardian, nor did he wish Aunt Louisa to know
  • that his circumstances were straitened, since he was certain she would
  • make an effort to send him something from her own pocket, and he knew how
  • little she could afford to. In three months he would attain his majority
  • and come into possession of his small fortune. He tided over the interval
  • by selling the few trinkets which he had inherited from his father.
  • At about this time Lawson suggested that they should take a small studio
  • which was vacant in one of the streets that led out of the Boulevard
  • Raspail. It was very cheap. It had a room attached, which they could use
  • as a bed-room; and since Philip was at the school every morning Lawson
  • could have the undisturbed use of the studio then; Lawson, after wandering
  • from school to school, had come to the conclusion that he could work best
  • alone, and proposed to get a model in three or four days a week. At first
  • Philip hesitated on account of the expense, but they reckoned it out; and
  • it seemed (they were so anxious to have a studio of their own that they
  • calculated pragmatically) that the cost would not be much greater than
  • that of living in a hotel. Though the rent and the cleaning by the
  • concierge would come to a little more, they would save on the petit
  • dejeuner, which they could make themselves. A year or two earlier Philip
  • would have refused to share a room with anyone, since he was so sensitive
  • about his deformed foot, but his morbid way of looking at it was growing
  • less marked: in Paris it did not seem to matter so much, and, though he
  • never by any chance forgot it himself, he ceased to feel that other people
  • were constantly noticing it.
  • They moved in, bought a couple of beds, a washing-stand, a few chairs, and
  • felt for the first time the thrill of possession. They were so excited
  • that the first night they went to bed in what they could call a home they
  • lay awake talking till three in the morning; and next day found lighting
  • the fire and making their own coffee, which they had in pyjamas, such a
  • jolly business that Philip did not get to Amitrano's till nearly eleven.
  • He was in excellent spirits. He nodded to Fanny Price.
  • "How are you getting on?" he asked cheerily.
  • "What does that matter to you?" she asked in reply.
  • Philip could not help laughing.
  • "Don't jump down my throat. I was only trying to make myself polite."
  • "I don't want your politeness."
  • "D'you think it's worth while quarrelling with me too?" asked Philip
  • mildly. "There are so few people you're on speaking terms with, as it is."
  • "That's my business, isn't it?"
  • "Quite."
  • He began to work, vaguely wondering why Fanny Price made herself so
  • disagreeable. He had come to the conclusion that he thoroughly disliked
  • her. Everyone did. People were only civil to her at all from fear of the
  • malice of her tongue; for to their faces and behind their backs she said
  • abominable things. But Philip was feeling so happy that he did not want
  • even Miss Price to bear ill-feeling towards him. He used the artifice
  • which had often before succeeded in banishing her ill-humour.
  • "I say, I wish you'd come and look at my drawing. I've got in an awful
  • mess."
  • "Thank you very much, but I've got something better to do with my time."
  • Philip stared at her in surprise, for the one thing she could be counted
  • upon to do with alacrity was to give advice. She went on quickly in a low
  • voice, savage with fury.
  • "Now that Lawson's gone you think you'll put up with me. Thank you very
  • much. Go and find somebody else to help you. I don't want anybody else's
  • leavings."
  • Lawson had the pedagogic instinct; whenever he found anything out he was
  • eager to impart it; and because he taught with delight he talked with
  • profit. Philip, without thinking anything about it, had got into the habit
  • of sitting by his side; it never occurred to him that Fanny Price was
  • consumed with jealousy, and watched his acceptance of someone else's
  • tuition with ever-increasing anger.
  • "You were very glad to put up with me when you knew nobody here," she said
  • bitterly, "and as soon as you made friends with other people you threw me
  • aside, like an old glove"--she repeated the stale metaphor with
  • satisfaction--"like an old glove. All right, I don't care, but I'm not
  • going to be made a fool of another time."
  • There was a suspicion of truth in what she said, and it made Philip angry
  • enough to answer what first came into his head.
  • "Hang it all, I only asked your advice because I saw it pleased you."
  • She gave a gasp and threw him a sudden look of anguish. Then two tears
  • rolled down her cheeks. She looked frowsy and grotesque. Philip, not
  • knowing what on earth this new attitude implied, went back to his work. He
  • was uneasy and conscience-stricken; but he would not go to her and say he
  • was sorry if he had caused her pain, because he was afraid she would take
  • the opportunity to snub him. For two or three weeks she did not speak to
  • him, and, after Philip had got over the discomfort of being cut by her, he
  • was somewhat relieved to be free from so difficult a friendship. He had
  • been a little disconcerted by the air of proprietorship she assumed over
  • him. She was an extraordinary woman. She came every day to the studio at
  • eight o'clock, and was ready to start working when the model was in
  • position; she worked steadily, talking to no one, struggling hour after
  • hour with difficulties she could not overcome, and remained till the clock
  • struck twelve. Her work was hopeless. There was not in it the smallest
  • approach even to the mediocre achievement at which most of the young
  • persons were able after some months to arrive. She wore every day the same
  • ugly brown dress, with the mud of the last wet day still caked on the hem
  • and with the raggedness, which Philip had noticed the first time he saw
  • her, still unmended.
  • But one day she came up to him, and with a scarlet face asked whether she
  • might speak to him afterwards.
  • "Of course, as much as you like," smiled Philip. "I'll wait behind at
  • twelve."
  • He went to her when the day's work was over.
  • "Will you walk a little bit with me?" she said, looking away from him with
  • embarrassment.
  • "Certainly."
  • They walked for two or three minutes in silence.
  • "D'you remember what you said to me the other day?" she asked then on a
  • sudden.
  • "Oh, I say, don't let's quarrel," said Philip. "It really isn't worth
  • while."
  • She gave a quick, painful inspiration.
  • "I don't want to quarrel with you. You're the only friend I had in Paris.
  • I thought you rather liked me. I felt there was something between us. I
  • was drawn towards you--you know what I mean, your club-foot."
  • Philip reddened and instinctively tried to walk without a limp. He did not
  • like anyone to mention the deformity. He knew what Fanny Price meant. She
  • was ugly and uncouth, and because he was deformed there was between them
  • a certain sympathy. He was very angry with her, but he forced himself not
  • to speak.
  • "You said you only asked my advice to please me. Don't you think my work's
  • any good?"
  • "I've only seen your drawing at Amitrano's. It's awfully hard to judge
  • from that."
  • "I was wondering if you'd come and look at my other work. I've never asked
  • anyone else to look at it. I should like to show it to you."
  • "It's awfully kind of you. I'd like to see it very much."
  • "I live quite near here," she said apologetically. "It'll only take you
  • ten minutes."
  • "Oh, that's all right," he said.
  • They were walking along the boulevard, and she turned down a side street,
  • then led him into another, poorer still, with cheap shops on the ground
  • floor, and at last stopped. They climbed flight after flight of stairs.
  • She unlocked a door, and they went into a tiny attic with a sloping roof
  • and a small window. This was closed and the room had a musty smell. Though
  • it was very cold there was no fire and no sign that there had been one.
  • The bed was unmade. A chair, a chest of drawers which served also as a
  • wash-stand, and a cheap easel, were all the furniture. The place would
  • have been squalid enough in any case, but the litter, the untidiness, made
  • the impression revolting. On the chimney-piece, scattered over with paints
  • and brushes, were a cup, a dirty plate, and a tea-pot.
  • "If you'll stand over there I'll put them on the chair so that you can see
  • them better."
  • She showed him twenty small canvases, about eighteen by twelve. She placed
  • them on the chair, one after the other, watching his face; he nodded as he
  • looked at each one.
  • "You do like them, don't you?" she said anxiously, after a bit.
  • "I just want to look at them all first," he answered. "I'll talk
  • afterwards."
  • He was collecting himself. He was panic-stricken. He did not know what to
  • say. It was not only that they were ill-drawn, or that the colour was put
  • on amateurishly by someone who had no eye for it; but there was no attempt
  • at getting the values, and the perspective was grotesque. It looked like
  • the work of a child of five, but a child would have had some naivete and
  • might at least have made an attempt to put down what he saw; but here was
  • the work of a vulgar mind chock full of recollections of vulgar pictures.
  • Philip remembered that she had talked enthusiastically about Monet and the
  • Impressionists, but here were only the worst traditions of the Royal
  • Academy.
  • "There," she said at last, "that's the lot."
  • Philip was no more truthful than anybody else, but he had a great
  • difficulty in telling a thundering, deliberate lie, and he blushed
  • furiously when he answered:
  • "I think they're most awfully good."
  • A faint colour came into her unhealthy cheeks, and she smiled a little.
  • "You needn't say so if you don't think so, you know. I want the truth."
  • "But I do think so."
  • "Haven't you got any criticism to offer? There must be some you don't like
  • as well as others."
  • Philip looked round helplessly. He saw a landscape, the typical
  • picturesque 'bit' of the amateur, an old bridge, a creeper-clad cottage,
  • and a leafy bank.
  • "Of course I don't pretend to know anything about it," he said. "But I
  • wasn't quite sure about the values of that."
  • She flushed darkly and taking up the picture quickly turned its back to
  • him.
  • "I don't know why you should have chosen that one to sneer at. It's the
  • best thing I've ever done. I'm sure my values are all right. That's a
  • thing you can't teach anyone, you either understand values or you don't."
  • "I think they're all most awfully good," repeated Philip.
  • She looked at them with an air of self-satisfaction.
  • "I don't think they're anything to be ashamed of."
  • Philip looked at his watch.
  • "I say, it's getting late. Won't you let me give you a little lunch?"
  • "I've got my lunch waiting for me here."
  • Philip saw no sign of it, but supposed perhaps the concierge would bring
  • it up when he was gone. He was in a hurry to get away. The mustiness of
  • the room made his head ache.
  • XLVII
  • In March there was all the excitement of sending in to the Salon. Clutton,
  • characteristically, had nothing ready, and he was very scornful of the two
  • heads that Lawson sent; they were obviously the work of a student,
  • straight-forward portraits of models, but they had a certain force;
  • Clutton, aiming at perfection, had no patience with efforts which betrayed
  • hesitancy, and with a shrug of the shoulders told Lawson it was an
  • impertinence to exhibit stuff which should never have been allowed out of
  • his studio; he was not less contemptuous when the two heads were accepted.
  • Flanagan tried his luck too, but his picture was refused. Mrs. Otter sent
  • a blameless Portrait de ma Mere, accomplished and second-rate; and was
  • hung in a very good place.
  • Hayward, whom Philip had not seen since he left Heidelberg, arrived in
  • Paris to spend a few days in time to come to the party which Lawson and
  • Philip were giving in their studio to celebrate the hanging of Lawson's
  • pictures. Philip had been eager to see Hayward again, but when at last
  • they met, he experienced some disappointment. Hayward had altered a little
  • in appearance: his fine hair was thinner, and with the rapid wilting of
  • the very fair, he was becoming wizened and colourless; his blue eyes were
  • paler than they had been, and there was a muzziness about his features. On
  • the other hand, in mind he did not seem to have changed at all, and the
  • culture which had impressed Philip at eighteen aroused somewhat the
  • contempt of Philip at twenty-one. He had altered a good deal himself, and
  • regarding with scorn all his old opinions of art, life, and letters, had
  • no patience with anyone who still held them. He was scarcely conscious of
  • the fact that he wanted to show off before Hayward, but when he took him
  • round the galleries he poured out to him all the revolutionary opinions
  • which himself had so recently adopted. He took him to Manet's Olympia
  • and said dramatically:
  • "I would give all the old masters except Velasquez, Rembrandt, and Vermeer
  • for that one picture."
  • "Who was Vermeer?" asked Hayward.
  • "Oh, my dear fellow, don't you know Vermeer? You're not civilised. You
  • mustn't live a moment longer without making his acquaintance. He's the one
  • old master who painted like a modern."
  • He dragged Hayward out of the Luxembourg and hurried him off to the
  • Louvre.
  • "But aren't there any more pictures here?" asked Hayward, with the
  • tourist's passion for thoroughness.
  • "Nothing of the least consequence. You can come and look at them by
  • yourself with your Baedeker."
  • When they arrived at the Louvre Philip led his friend down the Long
  • Gallery.
  • "I should like to see The Gioconda," said Hayward.
  • "Oh, my dear fellow, it's only literature," answered Philip.
  • At last, in a small room, Philip stopped before The Lacemaker of Vermeer
  • van Delft.
  • "There, that's the best picture in the Louvre. It's exactly like a Manet."
  • With an expressive, eloquent thumb Philip expatiated on the charming work.
  • He used the jargon of the studios with overpowering effect.
  • "I don't know that I see anything so wonderful as all that in it," said
  • Hayward.
  • "Of course it's a painter's picture," said Philip. "I can quite believe
  • the layman would see nothing much in it."
  • "The what?" said Hayward.
  • "The layman."
  • Like most people who cultivate an interest in the arts, Hayward was
  • extremely anxious to be right. He was dogmatic with those who did not
  • venture to assert themselves, but with the self-assertive he was very
  • modest. He was impressed by Philip's assurance, and accepted meekly
  • Philip's implied suggestion that the painter's arrogant claim to be the
  • sole possible judge of painting has anything but its impertinence to
  • recommend it.
  • A day or two later Philip and Lawson gave their party. Cronshaw, making an
  • exception in their favour, agreed to eat their food; and Miss Chalice
  • offered to come and cook for them. She took no interest in her own sex and
  • declined the suggestion that other girls should be asked for her sake.
  • Clutton, Flanagan, Potter, and two others made up the party. Furniture was
  • scarce, so the model stand was used as a table, and the guests were to sit
  • on portmanteaux if they liked, and if they didn't on the floor. The feast
  • consisted of a pot-au-feu, which Miss Chalice had made, of a leg of
  • mutton roasted round the corner and brought round hot and savoury (Miss
  • Chalice had cooked the potatoes, and the studio was redolent of the
  • carrots she had fried; fried carrots were her specialty); and this was to
  • be followed by poires flambees, pears with burning brandy, which
  • Cronshaw had volunteered to make. The meal was to finish with an enormous
  • fromage de Brie, which stood near the window and added fragrant odours
  • to all the others which filled the studio. Cronshaw sat in the place of
  • honour on a Gladstone bag, with his legs curled under him like a Turkish
  • bashaw, beaming good-naturedly on the young people who surrounded him.
  • From force of habit, though the small studio with the stove lit was very
  • hot, he kept on his great-coat, with the collar turned up, and his bowler
  • hat: he looked with satisfaction on the four large fiaschi of Chianti
  • which stood in front of him in a row, two on each side of a bottle of
  • whiskey; he said it reminded him of a slim fair Circassian guarded by four
  • corpulent eunuchs. Hayward in order to put the rest of them at their ease
  • had clothed himself in a tweed suit and a Trinity Hall tie. He looked
  • grotesquely British. The others were elaborately polite to him, and during
  • the soup they talked of the weather and the political situation. There was
  • a pause while they waited for the leg of mutton, and Miss Chalice lit a
  • cigarette.
  • "Rapunzel, Rapunzel, let down your hair," she said suddenly.
  • With an elegant gesture she untied a ribbon so that her tresses fell over
  • her shoulders. She shook her head.
  • "I always feel more comfortable with my hair down."
  • With her large brown eyes, thin, ascetic face, her pale skin, and broad
  • forehead, she might have stepped out of a picture by Burne-Jones. She had
  • long, beautiful hands, with fingers deeply stained by nicotine. She wore
  • sweeping draperies, mauve and green. There was about her the romantic air
  • of High Street, Kensington. She was wantonly aesthetic; but she was an
  • excellent creature, kind and good natured; and her affectations were but
  • skin-deep. There was a knock at the door, and they all gave a shout of
  • exultation. Miss Chalice rose and opened. She took the leg of mutton and
  • held it high above her, as though it were the head of John the Baptist on
  • a platter; and, the cigarette still in her mouth, advanced with solemn,
  • hieratic steps.
  • "Hail, daughter of Herodias," cried Cronshaw.
  • The mutton was eaten with gusto, and it did one good to see what a hearty
  • appetite the pale-faced lady had. Clutton and Potter sat on each side of
  • her, and everyone knew that neither had found her unduly coy. She grew
  • tired of most people in six weeks, but she knew exactly how to treat
  • afterwards the gentlemen who had laid their young hearts at her feet. She
  • bore them no ill-will, though having loved them she had ceased to do so,
  • and treated them with friendliness but without familiarity. Now and then
  • she looked at Lawson with melancholy eyes. The poires flambees were a
  • great success, partly because of the brandy, and partly because Miss
  • Chalice insisted that they should be eaten with the cheese.
  • "I don't know whether it's perfectly delicious, or whether I'm just going
  • to vomit," she said, after she had thoroughly tried the mixture.
  • Coffee and cognac followed with sufficient speed to prevent any untoward
  • consequence, and they settled down to smoke in comfort. Ruth Chalice, who
  • could do nothing that was not deliberately artistic, arranged herself in
  • a graceful attitude by Cronshaw and just rested her exquisite head on his
  • shoulder. She looked into the dark abyss of time with brooding eyes, and
  • now and then with a long meditative glance at Lawson she sighed deeply.
  • Then came the summer, and restlessness seized these young people. The blue
  • skies lured them to the sea, and the pleasant breeze sighing through the
  • leaves of the plane-trees on the boulevard drew them towards the country.
  • Everyone made plans for leaving Paris; they discussed what was the most
  • suitable size for the canvases they meant to take; they laid in stores of
  • panels for sketching; they argued about the merits of various places in
  • Brittany. Flanagan and Potter went to Concarneau; Mrs. Otter and her
  • mother, with a natural instinct for the obvious, went to Pont-Aven; Philip
  • and Lawson made up their minds to go to the forest of Fontainebleau, and
  • Miss Chalice knew of a very good hotel at Moret where there was lots of
  • stuff to paint; it was near Paris, and neither Philip nor Lawson was
  • indifferent to the railway fare. Ruth Chalice would be there, and Lawson
  • had an idea for a portrait of her in the open air. Just then the Salon was
  • full of portraits of people in gardens, in sunlight, with blinking eyes
  • and green reflections of sunlit leaves on their faces. They asked Clutton
  • to go with them, but he preferred spending the summer by himself. He had
  • just discovered Cezanne, and was eager to go to Provence; he wanted heavy
  • skies from which the hot blue seemed to drip like beads of sweat, and
  • broad white dusty roads, and pale roofs out of which the sun had burnt the
  • colour, and olive trees gray with heat.
  • The day before they were to start, after the morning class, Philip,
  • putting his things together, spoke to Fanny Price.
  • "I'm off tomorrow," he said cheerfully.
  • "Off where?" she said quickly. "You're not going away?" Her face fell.
  • "I'm going away for the summer. Aren't you?"
  • "No, I'm staying in Paris. I thought you were going to stay too. I was
  • looking forward...."
  • She stopped and shrugged her shoulders.
  • "But won't it be frightfully hot here? It's awfully bad for you."
  • "Much you care if it's bad for me. Where are you going?"
  • "Moret."
  • "Chalice is going there. You're not going with her?"
  • "Lawson and I are going. And she's going there too. I don't know that
  • we're actually going together."
  • She gave a low guttural sound, and her large face grew dark and red.
  • "How filthy! I thought you were a decent fellow. You were about the only
  • one here. She's been with Clutton and Potter and Flanagan, even with old
  • Foinet--that's why he takes so much trouble about her--and now two of you,
  • you and Lawson. It makes me sick."
  • "Oh, what nonsense! She's a very decent sort. One treats her just as if
  • she were a man."
  • "Oh, don't speak to me, don't speak to me."
  • "But what can it matter to you?" asked Philip. "It's really no business of
  • yours where I spend my summer."
  • "I was looking forward to it so much," she gasped, speaking it seemed
  • almost to herself. "I didn't think you had the money to go away, and there
  • wouldn't have been anyone else here, and we could have worked together,
  • and we'd have gone to see things." Then her thoughts flung back to Ruth
  • Chalice. "The filthy beast," she cried. "She isn't fit to speak to."
  • Philip looked at her with a sinking heart. He was not a man to think girls
  • were in love with him; he was too conscious of his deformity, and he felt
  • awkward and clumsy with women; but he did not know what else this outburst
  • could mean. Fanny Price, in the dirty brown dress, with her hair falling
  • over her face, sloppy, untidy, stood before him; and tears of anger rolled
  • down her cheeks. She was repellent. Philip glanced at the door,
  • instinctively hoping that someone would come in and put an end to the
  • scene.
  • "I'm awfully sorry," he said.
  • "You're just the same as all of them. You take all you can get, and you
  • don't even say thank you. I've taught you everything you know. No one else
  • would take any trouble with you. Has Foinet ever bothered about you? And
  • I can tell you this--you can work here for a thousand years and you'll
  • never do any good. You haven't got any talent. You haven't got any
  • originality. And it's not only me--they all say it. You'll never be a
  • painter as long as you live."
  • "That is no business of yours either, is it?" said Philip, flushing.
  • "Oh, you think it's only my temper. Ask Clutton, ask Lawson, ask Chalice.
  • Never, never, never. You haven't got it in you."
  • Philip shrugged his shoulders and walked out. She shouted after him.
  • "Never, never, never."
  • Moret was in those days an old-fashioned town of one street at the edge of
  • the forest of Fontainebleau, and the Ecu d'Or was a hotel which still
  • had about it the decrepit air of the Ancien Regime. It faced the winding
  • river, the Loing; and Miss Chalice had a room with a little terrace
  • overlooking it, with a charming view of the old bridge and its fortified
  • gateway. They sat here in the evenings after dinner, drinking coffee,
  • smoking, and discussing art. There ran into the river, a little way off,
  • a narrow canal bordered by poplars, and along the banks of this after
  • their day's work they often wandered. They spent all day painting. Like
  • most of their generation they were obsessed by the fear of the
  • picturesque, and they turned their backs on the obvious beauty of the town
  • to seek subjects which were devoid of a prettiness they despised. Sisley
  • and Monet had painted the canal with its poplars, and they felt a desire
  • to try their hands at what was so typical of France; but they were
  • frightened of its formal beauty, and set themselves deliberately to avoid
  • it. Miss Chalice, who had a clever dexterity which impressed Lawson
  • notwithstanding his contempt for feminine art, started a picture in which
  • she tried to circumvent the commonplace by leaving out the tops of the
  • trees; and Lawson had the brilliant idea of putting in his foreground a
  • large blue advertisement of chocolat Menier in order to emphasise his
  • abhorrence of the chocolate box.
  • Philip began now to paint in oils. He experienced a thrill of delight when
  • first he used that grateful medium. He went out with Lawson in the morning
  • with his little box and sat by him painting a panel; it gave him so much
  • satisfaction that he did not realise he was doing no more than copy; he
  • was so much under his friend's influence that he saw only with his eyes.
  • Lawson painted very low in tone, and they both saw the emerald of the
  • grass like dark velvet, while the brilliance of the sky turned in their
  • hands to a brooding ultramarine. Through July they had one fine day after
  • another; it was very hot; and the heat, searing Philip's heart, filled him
  • with languor; he could not work; his mind was eager with a thousand
  • thoughts. Often he spent the mornings by the side of the canal in the
  • shade of the poplars, reading a few lines and then dreaming for half an
  • hour. Sometimes he hired a rickety bicycle and rode along the dusty road
  • that led to the forest, and then lay down in a clearing. His head was full
  • of romantic fancies. The ladies of Watteau, gay and insouciant, seemed to
  • wander with their cavaliers among the great trees, whispering to one
  • another careless, charming things, and yet somehow oppressed by a nameless
  • fear.
  • They were alone in the hotel but for a fat Frenchwoman of middle age, a
  • Rabelaisian figure with a broad, obscene laugh. She spent the day by the
  • river patiently fishing for fish she never caught, and Philip sometimes
  • went down and talked to her. He found out that she had belonged to a
  • profession whose most notorious member for our generation was Mrs. Warren,
  • and having made a competence she now lived the quiet life of the
  • bourgeoise. She told Philip lewd stories.
  • "You must go to Seville," she said--she spoke a little broken English.
  • "The most beautiful women in the world."
  • She leered and nodded her head. Her triple chin, her large belly, shook
  • with inward laughter.
  • It grew so hot that it was almost impossible to sleep at night. The heat
  • seemed to linger under the trees as though it were a material thing. They
  • did not wish to leave the starlit night, and the three of them would sit
  • on the terrace of Ruth Chalice's room, silent, hour after hour, too tired
  • to talk any more, but in voluptuous enjoyment of the stillness. They
  • listened to the murmur of the river. The church clock struck one and two
  • and sometimes three before they could drag themselves to bed. Suddenly
  • Philip became aware that Ruth Chalice and Lawson were lovers. He divined
  • it in the way the girl looked at the young painter, and in his air of
  • possession; and as Philip sat with them he felt a kind of effluence
  • surrounding them, as though the air were heavy with something strange. The
  • revelation was a shock. He had looked upon Miss Chalice as a very good
  • fellow and he liked to talk to her, but it had never seemed to him
  • possible to enter into a closer relationship. One Sunday they had all gone
  • with a tea-basket into the forest, and when they came to a glade which was
  • suitably sylvan, Miss Chalice, because it was idyllic, insisted on taking
  • off her shoes and stockings. It would have been very charming only her
  • feet were rather large and she had on both a large corn on the third toe.
  • Philip felt it made her proceeding a little ridiculous. But now he looked
  • upon her quite differently; there was something softly feminine in her
  • large eyes and her olive skin; he felt himself a fool not to have seen
  • that she was attractive. He thought he detected in her a touch of contempt
  • for him, because he had not had the sense to see that she was there, in
  • his way, and in Lawson a suspicion of superiority. He was envious of
  • Lawson, and he was jealous, not of the individual concerned, but of his
  • love. He wished that he was standing in his shoes and feeling with his
  • heart. He was troubled, and the fear seized him that love would pass him
  • by. He wanted a passion to seize him, he wanted to be swept off his feet
  • and borne powerless in a mighty rush he cared not whither. Miss Chalice
  • and Lawson seemed to him now somehow different, and the constant
  • companionship with them made him restless. He was dissatisfied with
  • himself. Life was not giving him what he wanted, and he had an uneasy
  • feeling that he was losing his time.
  • The stout Frenchwoman soon guessed what the relations were between the
  • couple, and talked of the matter to Philip with the utmost frankness.
  • "And you," she said, with the tolerant smile of one who had fattened on
  • the lust of her fellows, "have you got a petite amie?"
  • "No," said Philip, blushing.
  • "And why not? C'est de votre age."
  • He shrugged his shoulders. He had a volume of Verlaine in his hands, and
  • he wandered off. He tried to read, but his passion was too strong. He
  • thought of the stray amours to which he had been introduced by Flanagan,
  • the sly visits to houses in a cul-de-sac, with the drawing-room in
  • Utrecht velvet, and the mercenary graces of painted women. He shuddered.
  • He threw himself on the grass, stretching his limbs like a young animal
  • freshly awaked from sleep; and the rippling water, the poplars gently
  • tremulous in the faint breeze, the blue sky, were almost more than he
  • could bear. He was in love with love. In his fancy he felt the kiss of
  • warm lips on his, and around his neck the touch of soft hands. He imagined
  • himself in the arms of Ruth Chalice, he thought of her dark eyes and the
  • wonderful texture of her skin; he was mad to have let such a wonderful
  • adventure slip through his fingers. And if Lawson had done it why should
  • not he? But this was only when he did not see her, when he lay awake at
  • night or dreamed idly by the side of the canal; when he saw her he felt
  • suddenly quite different; he had no desire to take her in his arms, and he
  • could not imagine himself kissing her. It was very curious. Away from her
  • he thought her beautiful, remembering only her magnificent eyes and the
  • creamy pallor of her face; but when he was with her he saw only that she
  • was flat-chested and that her teeth were slightly decayed; he could not
  • forget the corns on her toes. He could not understand himself. Would he
  • always love only in absence and be prevented from enjoying anything when
  • he had the chance by that deformity of vision which seemed to exaggerate
  • the revolting?
  • He was not sorry when a change in the weather, announcing the definite end
  • of the long summer, drove them all back to Paris.
  • XLVIII
  • When Philip returned to Amitrano's he found that Fanny Price was no longer
  • working there. She had given up the key of her locker. He asked Mrs. Otter
  • whether she knew what had become of her; and Mrs. Otter, with a shrug of
  • the shoulders, answered that she had probably gone back to England. Philip
  • was relieved. He was profoundly bored by her ill-temper. Moreover she
  • insisted on advising him about his work, looked upon it as a slight when
  • he did not follow her precepts, and would not understand that he felt
  • himself no longer the duffer he had been at first. Soon he forgot all
  • about her. He was working in oils now and he was full of enthusiasm. He
  • hoped to have something done of sufficient importance to send to the
  • following year's Salon. Lawson was painting a portrait of Miss Chalice.
  • She was very paintable, and all the young men who had fallen victims to
  • her charm had made portraits of her. A natural indolence, joined with a
  • passion for picturesque attitude, made her an excellent sitter; and she
  • had enough technical knowledge to offer useful criticisms. Since her
  • passion for art was chiefly a passion to live the life of artists, she was
  • quite content to neglect her own work. She liked the warmth of the studio,
  • and the opportunity to smoke innumerable cigarettes; and she spoke in a
  • low, pleasant voice of the love of art and the art of love. She made no
  • clear distinction between the two.
  • Lawson was painting with infinite labour, working till he could hardly
  • stand for days and then scraping out all he had done. He would have
  • exhausted the patience of anyone but Ruth Chalice. At last he got into a
  • hopeless muddle.
  • "The only thing is to take a new canvas and start fresh," he said. "I know
  • exactly what I want now, and it won't take me long."
  • Philip was present at the time, and Miss Chalice said to him:
  • "Why don't you paint me too? You'll be able to learn a lot by watching Mr.
  • Lawson."
  • It was one of Miss Chalice's delicacies that she always addressed her
  • lovers by their surnames.
  • "I should like it awfully if Lawson wouldn't mind."
  • "I don't care a damn," said Lawson.
  • It was the first time that Philip set about a portrait, and he began with
  • trepidation but also with pride. He sat by Lawson and painted as he saw
  • him paint. He profited by the example and by the advice which both Lawson
  • and Miss Chalice freely gave him. At last Lawson finished and invited
  • Clutton in to criticise. Clutton had only just come back to Paris. From
  • Provence he had drifted down to Spain, eager to see Velasquez at Madrid,
  • and thence he had gone to Toledo. He stayed there three months, and he was
  • returned with a name new to the young men: he had wonderful things to say
  • of a painter called El Greco, who it appeared could only be studied in
  • Toledo.
  • "Oh yes, I know about him," said Lawson, "he's the old master whose
  • distinction it is that he painted as badly as the moderns."
  • Clutton, more taciturn than ever, did not answer, but he looked at Lawson
  • with a sardonic air.
  • "Are you going to show us the stuff you've brought back from Spain?" asked
  • Philip.
  • "I didn't paint in Spain, I was too busy."
  • "What did you do then?"
  • "I thought things out. I believe I'm through with the Impressionists; I've
  • got an idea they'll seem very thin and superficial in a few years. I want
  • to make a clean sweep of everything I've learnt and start fresh. When I
  • came back I destroyed everything I'd painted. I've got nothing in my
  • studio now but an easel, my paints, and some clean canvases."
  • "What are you going to do?"
  • "I don't know yet. I've only got an inkling of what I want."
  • He spoke slowly, in a curious manner, as though he were straining to hear
  • something which was only just audible. There seemed to be a mysterious
  • force in him which he himself did not understand, but which was struggling
  • obscurely to find an outlet. His strength impressed you. Lawson dreaded
  • the criticism he asked for and had discounted the blame he thought he
  • might get by affecting a contempt for any opinion of Clutton's; but Philip
  • knew there was nothing which would give him more pleasure than Clutton's
  • praise. Clutton looked at the portrait for some time in silence, then
  • glanced at Philip's picture, which was standing on an easel.
  • "What's that?" he asked.
  • "Oh, I had a shot at a portrait too."
  • "The sedulous ape," he murmured.
  • He turned away again to Lawson's canvas. Philip reddened but did not
  • speak.
  • "Well, what d'you think of it?" asked Lawson at length.
  • "The modelling's jolly good," said Clutton. "And I think it's very well
  • drawn."
  • "D'you think the values are all right?"
  • "Quite."
  • Lawson smiled with delight. He shook himself in his clothes like a wet
  • dog.
  • "I say, I'm jolly glad you like it."
  • "I don't. I don't think it's of the smallest importance."
  • Lawson's face fell, and he stared at Clutton with astonishment: he had no
  • notion what he meant, Clutton had no gift of expression in words, and he
  • spoke as though it were an effort. What he had to say was confused,
  • halting, and verbose; but Philip knew the words which served as the text
  • of his rambling discourse. Clutton, who never read, had heard them first
  • from Cronshaw; and though they had made small impression, they had
  • remained in his memory; and lately, emerging on a sudden, had acquired the
  • character of a revelation: a good painter had two chief objects to paint,
  • namely, man and the intention of his soul. The Impressionists had been
  • occupied with other problems, they had painted man admirably, but they had
  • troubled themselves as little as the English portrait painters of the
  • eighteenth century with the intention of his soul.
  • "But when you try to get that you become literary," said Lawson,
  • interrupting. "Let me paint the man like Manet, and the intention of his
  • soul can go to the devil."
  • "That would be all very well if you could beat Manet at his own game, but
  • you can't get anywhere near him. You can't feed yourself on the day before
  • yesterday, it's ground which has been swept dry. You must go back. It's
  • when I saw the Grecos that I felt one could get something more out of
  • portraits than we knew before."
  • "It's just going back to Ruskin," cried Lawson.
  • "No--you see, he went for morality: I don't care a damn for morality:
  • teaching doesn't come in, ethics and all that, but passion and emotion.
  • The greatest portrait painters have painted both, man and the intention of
  • his soul; Rembrandt and El Greco; it's only the second-raters who've only
  • painted man. A lily of the valley would be lovely even if it didn't smell,
  • but it's more lovely because it has perfume. That picture"--he pointed to
  • Lawson's portrait--"well, the drawing's all right and so's the modelling
  • all right, but just conventional; it ought to be drawn and modelled so
  • that you know the girl's a lousy slut. Correctness is all very well: El
  • Greco made his people eight feet high because he wanted to express
  • something he couldn't get any other way."
  • "Damn El Greco," said Lawson, "what's the good of jawing about a man when
  • we haven't a chance of seeing any of his work?"
  • Clutton shrugged his shoulders, smoked a cigarette in silence, and went
  • away. Philip and Lawson looked at one another.
  • "There's something in what he says," said Philip.
  • Lawson stared ill-temperedly at his picture.
  • "How the devil is one to get the intention of the soul except by painting
  • exactly what one sees?"
  • About this time Philip made a new friend. On Monday morning models
  • assembled at the school in order that one might be chosen for the week,
  • and one day a young man was taken who was plainly not a model by
  • profession. Philip's attention was attracted by the manner in which he
  • held himself: when he got on to the stand he stood firmly on both feet,
  • square, with clenched hands, and with his head defiantly thrown forward;
  • the attitude emphasised his fine figure; there was no fat on him, and his
  • muscles stood out as though they were of iron. His head, close-cropped,
  • was well-shaped, and he wore a short beard; he had large, dark eyes and
  • heavy eyebrows. He held the pose hour after hour without appearance of
  • fatigue. There was in his mien a mixture of shame and of determination.
  • His air of passionate energy excited Philip's romantic imagination, and
  • when, the sitting ended, he saw him in his clothes, it seemed to him that
  • he wore them as though he were a king in rags. He was uncommunicative, but
  • in a day or two Mrs. Otter told Philip that the model was a Spaniard and
  • that he had never sat before.
  • "I suppose he was starving," said Philip.
  • "Have you noticed his clothes? They're quite neat and decent, aren't
  • they?"
  • It chanced that Potter, one of the Americans who worked at Amitrano's, was
  • going to Italy for a couple of months, and offered his studio to Philip.
  • Philip was pleased. He was growing a little impatient of Lawson's
  • peremptory advice and wanted to be by himself. At the end of the week he
  • went up to the model and on the pretence that his drawing was not finished
  • asked whether he would come and sit to him one day.
  • "I'm not a model," the Spaniard answered. "I have other things to do next
  • week."
  • "Come and have luncheon with me now, and we'll talk about it," said
  • Philip, and as the other hesitated, he added with a smile: "It won't hurt
  • you to lunch with me."
  • With a shrug of the shoulders the model consented, and they went off to a
  • cremerie. The Spaniard spoke broken French, fluent but difficult to
  • follow, and Philip managed to get on well enough with him. He found out
  • that he was a writer. He had come to Paris to write novels and kept
  • himself meanwhile by all the expedients possible to a penniless man; he
  • gave lessons, he did any translations he could get hold of, chiefly
  • business documents, and at last had been driven to make money by his fine
  • figure. Sitting was well paid, and what he had earned during the last week
  • was enough to keep him for two more; he told Philip, amazed, that he could
  • live easily on two francs a day; but it filled him with shame that he was
  • obliged to show his body for money, and he looked upon sitting as a
  • degradation which only hunger could excuse. Philip explained that he did
  • not want him to sit for the figure, but only for the head; he wished to do
  • a portrait of him which he might send to the next Salon.
  • "But why should you want to paint me?" asked the Spaniard.
  • Philip answered that the head interested him, he thought he could do a
  • good portrait.
  • "I can't afford the time. I grudge every minute that I have to rob from my
  • writing."
  • "But it would only be in the afternoon. I work at the school in the
  • morning. After all, it's better to sit to me than to do translations of
  • legal documents."
  • There were legends in the Latin quarter of a time when students of
  • different countries lived together intimately, but this was long since
  • passed, and now the various nations were almost as much separated as in an
  • Oriental city. At Julian's and at the Beaux Arts a French student was
  • looked upon with disfavour by his fellow-countrymen when he consorted with
  • foreigners, and it was difficult for an Englishman to know more than quite
  • superficially any native inhabitants of the city in which he dwelt.
  • Indeed, many of the students after living in Paris for five years knew no
  • more French than served them in shops and lived as English a life as
  • though they were working in South Kensington.
  • Philip, with his passion for the romantic, welcomed the opportunity to get
  • in touch with a Spaniard; he used all his persuasiveness to overcome the
  • man's reluctance.
  • "I'll tell you what I'll do," said the Spaniard at last. "I'll sit to you,
  • but not for money, for my own pleasure."
  • Philip expostulated, but the other was firm, and at length they arranged
  • that he should come on the following Monday at one o'clock. He gave Philip
  • a card on which was printed his name: Miguel Ajuria.
  • Miguel sat regularly, and though he refused to accept payment he borrowed
  • fifty francs from Philip every now and then: it was a little more
  • expensive than if Philip had paid for the sittings in the usual way; but
  • gave the Spaniard a satisfactory feeling that he was not earning his
  • living in a degrading manner. His nationality made Philip regard him as a
  • representative of romance, and he asked him about Seville and Granada,
  • Velasquez and Calderon. But Miguel had no patience with the grandeur of
  • his country. For him, as for so many of his compatriots, France was the
  • only country for a man of intelligence and Paris the centre of the world.
  • "Spain is dead," he cried. "It has no writers, it has no art, it has
  • nothing."
  • Little by little, with the exuberant rhetoric of his race, he revealed his
  • ambitions. He was writing a novel which he hoped would make his name. He
  • was under the influence of Zola, and he had set his scene in Paris. He
  • told Philip the story at length. To Philip it seemed crude and stupid; the
  • naive obscenity--c'est la vie, mon cher, c'est la vie, he cried--the
  • naive obscenity served only to emphasise the conventionality of the
  • anecdote. He had written for two years, amid incredible hardships, denying
  • himself all the pleasures of life which had attracted him to Paris,
  • fighting with starvation for art's sake, determined that nothing should
  • hinder his great achievement. The effort was heroic.
  • "But why don't you write about Spain?" cried Philip. "It would be so much
  • more interesting. You know the life."
  • "But Paris is the only place worth writing about. Paris is life."
  • One day he brought part of the manuscript, and in his bad French,
  • translating excitedly as he went along so that Philip could scarcely
  • understand, he read passages. It was lamentable. Philip, puzzled, looked
  • at the picture he was painting: the mind behind that broad brow was
  • trivial; and the flashing, passionate eyes saw nothing in life but the
  • obvious. Philip was not satisfied with his portrait, and at the end of a
  • sitting he nearly always scraped out what he had done. It was all very
  • well to aim at the intention of the soul: who could tell what that was
  • when people seemed a mass of contradictions? He liked Miguel, and it
  • distressed him to realise that his magnificent struggle was futile: he had
  • everything to make a good writer but talent. Philip looked at his own
  • work. How could you tell whether there was anything in it or whether you
  • were wasting your time? It was clear that the will to achieve could not
  • help you and confidence in yourself meant nothing. Philip thought of Fanny
  • Price; she had a vehement belief in her talent; her strength of will was
  • extraordinary.
  • "If I thought I wasn't going to be really good, I'd rather give up
  • painting," said Philip. "I don't see any use in being a second-rate
  • painter."
  • Then one morning when he was going out, the concierge called out to him
  • that there was a letter. Nobody wrote to him but his Aunt Louisa and
  • sometimes Hayward, and this was a handwriting he did not know. The letter
  • was as follows:
  • Please come at once when you get this. I couldn't put up with it any more.
  • Please come yourself. I can't bear the thought that anyone else should
  • touch me. I want you to have everything.
  • F. Price
  • I have not had anything to eat for three days.
  • Philip felt on a sudden sick with fear. He hurried to the house in which
  • she lived. He was astonished that she was in Paris at all. He had not seen
  • her for months and imagined she had long since returned to England. When
  • he arrived he asked the concierge whether she was in.
  • "Yes, I've not seen her go out for two days."
  • Philip ran upstairs and knocked at the door. There was no reply. He called
  • her name. The door was locked, and on bending down he found the key was in
  • the lock.
  • "Oh, my God, I hope she hasn't done something awful," he cried aloud.
  • He ran down and told the porter that she was certainly in the room.
  • He had had a letter from her and feared a terrible accident. He suggested
  • breaking open the door. The porter, who had been sullen and disinclined to
  • listen, became alarmed; he could not take the responsibility of breaking
  • into the room; they must go for the commissaire de police. They walked
  • together to the bureau, and then they fetched a locksmith. Philip found
  • that Miss Price had not paid the last quarter's rent: on New Year's Day
  • she had not given the concierge the present which old-established custom
  • led him to regard as a right. The four of them went upstairs, and they
  • knocked again at the door. There was no reply. The locksmith set to work,
  • and at last they entered the room. Philip gave a cry and instinctively
  • covered his eyes with his hands. The wretched woman was hanging with a
  • rope round her neck, which she had tied to a hook in the ceiling fixed by
  • some previous tenant to hold up the curtains of the bed. She had moved her
  • own little bed out of the way and had stood on a chair, which had been
  • kicked away. It was lying on its side on the floor. They cut her down.
  • The body was quite cold.
  • XLIX
  • The story which Philip made out in one way and another was terrible. One
  • of the grievances of the women-students was that Fanny Price would never
  • share their gay meals in restaurants, and the reason was obvious: she had
  • been oppressed by dire poverty. He remembered the luncheon they had eaten
  • together when first he came to Paris and the ghoulish appetite which had
  • disgusted him: he realised now that she ate in that manner because she was
  • ravenous. The concierge told him what her food had consisted of. A
  • bottle of milk was left for her every day and she brought in her own loaf
  • of bread; she ate half the loaf and drank half the milk at mid-day when
  • she came back from the school, and consumed the rest in the evening. It
  • was the same day after day. Philip thought with anguish of what she must
  • have endured. She had never given anyone to understand that she was poorer
  • than the rest, but it was clear that her money had been coming to an end,
  • and at last she could not afford to come any more to the studio. The
  • little room was almost bare of furniture, and there were no other clothes
  • than the shabby brown dress she had always worn. Philip searched among her
  • things for the address of some friend with whom he could communicate. He
  • found a piece of paper on which his own name was written a score of times.
  • It gave him a peculiar shock. He supposed it was true that she had loved
  • him; he thought of the emaciated body, in the brown dress, hanging from
  • the nail in the ceiling; and he shuddered. But if she had cared for him
  • why did she not let him help her? He would so gladly have done all he
  • could. He felt remorseful because he had refused to see that she looked
  • upon him with any particular feeling, and now these words in her letter
  • were infinitely pathetic: I can't bear the thought that anyone else should
  • touch me. She had died of starvation.
  • Philip found at length a letter signed: your loving brother, Albert. It
  • was two or three weeks old, dated from some road in Surbiton, and refused
  • a loan of five pounds. The writer had his wife and family to think of, he
  • didn't feel justified in lending money, and his advice was that Fanny
  • should come back to London and try to get a situation. Philip telegraphed
  • to Albert Price, and in a little while an answer came:
  • "Deeply distressed. Very awkward to leave my business. Is presence
  • essential. Price."
  • Philip wired a succinct affirmative, and next morning a stranger presented
  • himself at the studio.
  • "My name's Price," he said, when Philip opened the door.
  • He was a commonish man in black with a band round his bowler hat; he had
  • something of Fanny's clumsy look; he wore a stubbly moustache, and had a
  • cockney accent. Philip asked him to come in. He cast sidelong glances
  • round the studio while Philip gave him details of the accident and told
  • him what he had done.
  • "I needn't see her, need I?" asked Albert Price. "My nerves aren't very
  • strong, and it takes very little to upset me."
  • He began to talk freely. He was a rubber-merchant, and he had a wife and
  • three children. Fanny was a governess, and he couldn't make out why she
  • hadn't stuck to that instead of coming to Paris.
  • "Me and Mrs. Price told her Paris was no place for a girl. And there's no
  • money in art--never 'as been."
  • It was plain enough that he had not been on friendly terms with his
  • sister, and he resented her suicide as a last injury that she had done
  • him. He did not like the idea that she had been forced to it by poverty;
  • that seemed to reflect on the family. The idea struck him that possibly
  • there was a more respectable reason for her act.
  • "I suppose she 'adn't any trouble with a man, 'ad she? You know what I
  • mean, Paris and all that. She might 'ave done it so as not to disgrace
  • herself."
  • Philip felt himself reddening and cursed his weakness. Price's keen little
  • eyes seemed to suspect him of an intrigue.
  • "I believe your sister to have been perfectly virtuous," he answered
  • acidly. "She killed herself because she was starving."
  • "Well, it's very 'ard on her family, Mr. Carey. She only 'ad to write to
  • me. I wouldn't have let my sister want."
  • Philip had found the brother's address only by reading the letter in which
  • he refused a loan; but he shrugged his shoulders: there was no use in
  • recrimination. He hated the little man and wanted to have done with him as
  • soon as possible. Albert Price also wished to get through the necessary
  • business quickly so that he could get back to London. They went to the
  • tiny room in which poor Fanny had lived. Albert Price looked at the
  • pictures and the furniture.
  • "I don't pretend to know much about art," he said. "I suppose these
  • pictures would fetch something, would they?"
  • "Nothing," said Philip.
  • "The furniture's not worth ten shillings."
  • Albert Price knew no French and Philip had to do everything. It seemed
  • that it was an interminable process to get the poor body safely hidden
  • away under ground: papers had to be obtained in one place and signed in
  • another; officials had to be seen. For three days Philip was occupied from
  • morning till night. At last he and Albert Price followed the hearse to the
  • cemetery at Montparnasse.
  • "I want to do the thing decent," said Albert Price, "but there's no use
  • wasting money."
  • The short ceremony was infinitely dreadful in the cold gray morning. Half
  • a dozen people who had worked with Fanny Price at the studio came to the
  • funeral, Mrs. Otter because she was massiere and thought it her duty,
  • Ruth Chalice because she had a kind heart, Lawson, Clutton, and Flanagan.
  • They had all disliked her during her life. Philip, looking across the
  • cemetery crowded on all sides with monuments, some poor and simple, others
  • vulgar, pretentious, and ugly, shuddered. It was horribly sordid. When
  • they came out Albert Price asked Philip to lunch with him. Philip loathed
  • him now and he was tired; he had not been sleeping well, for he dreamed
  • constantly of Fanny Price in the torn brown dress, hanging from the nail
  • in the ceiling; but he could not think of an excuse.
  • "You take me somewhere where we can get a regular slap-up lunch. All this
  • is the very worst thing for my nerves."
  • "Lavenue's is about the best place round here," answered Philip.
  • Albert Price settled himself on a velvet seat with a sigh of relief. He
  • ordered a substantial luncheon and a bottle of wine.
  • "Well, I'm glad that's over," he said.
  • He threw out a few artful questions, and Philip discovered that he was
  • eager to hear about the painter's life in Paris. He represented it to
  • himself as deplorable, but he was anxious for details of the orgies which
  • his fancy suggested to him. With sly winks and discreet sniggering he
  • conveyed that he knew very well that there was a great deal more than
  • Philip confessed. He was a man of the world, and he knew a thing or two.
  • He asked Philip whether he had ever been to any of those places in
  • Montmartre which are celebrated from Temple Bar to the Royal Exchange. He
  • would like to say he had been to the Moulin Rouge. The luncheon was very
  • good and the wine excellent. Albert Price expanded as the processes of
  • digestion went satisfactorily forwards.
  • "Let's 'ave a little brandy," he said when the coffee was brought, "and
  • blow the expense."
  • He rubbed his hands.
  • "You know, I've got 'alf a mind to stay over tonight and go back tomorrow.
  • What d'you say to spending the evening together?"
  • "If you mean you want me to take you round Montmartre tonight, I'll see
  • you damned," said Philip.
  • "I suppose it wouldn't be quite the thing."
  • The answer was made so seriously that Philip was tickled.
  • "Besides it would be rotten for your nerves," he said gravely.
  • Albert Price concluded that he had better go back to London by the four
  • o'clock train, and presently he took leave of Philip.
  • "Well, good-bye, old man," he said. "I tell you what, I'll try and come
  • over to Paris again one of these days and I'll look you up. And then we
  • won't 'alf go on the razzle."
  • Philip was too restless to work that afternoon, so he jumped on a bus and
  • crossed the river to see whether there were any pictures on view at
  • Durand-Ruel's. After that he strolled along the boulevard. It was cold and
  • wind-swept. People hurried by wrapped up in their coats, shrunk together
  • in an effort to keep out of the cold, and their faces were pinched and
  • careworn. It was icy underground in the cemetery at Montparnasse among all
  • those white tombstones. Philip felt lonely in the world and strangely
  • homesick. He wanted company. At that hour Cronshaw would be working, and
  • Clutton never welcomed visitors; Lawson was painting another portrait of
  • Ruth Chalice and would not care to be disturbed. He made up his mind to go
  • and see Flanagan. He found him painting, but delighted to throw up his
  • work and talk. The studio was comfortable, for the American had more money
  • than most of them, and warm; Flanagan set about making tea. Philip looked
  • at the two heads that he was sending to the Salon.
  • "It's awful cheek my sending anything," said Flanagan, "but I don't care,
  • I'm going to send. D'you think they're rotten?"
  • "Not so rotten as I should have expected," said Philip.
  • They showed in fact an astounding cleverness. The difficulties had been
  • avoided with skill, and there was a dash about the way in which the paint
  • was put on which was surprising and even attractive. Flanagan, without
  • knowledge or technique, painted with the loose brush of a man who has
  • spent a lifetime in the practice of the art.
  • "If one were forbidden to look at any picture for more than thirty seconds
  • you'd be a great master, Flanagan," smiled Philip.
  • These young people were not in the habit of spoiling one another with
  • excessive flattery.
  • "We haven't got time in America to spend more than thirty seconds in
  • looking at any picture," laughed the other.
  • Flanagan, though he was the most scatter-brained person in the world, had
  • a tenderness of heart which was unexpected and charming. Whenever anyone
  • was ill he installed himself as sick-nurse. His gaiety was better than any
  • medicine. Like many of his countrymen he had not the English dread of
  • sentimentality which keeps so tight a hold on emotion; and, finding
  • nothing absurd in the show of feeling, could offer an exuberant sympathy
  • which was often grateful to his friends in distress. He saw that Philip
  • was depressed by what he had gone through and with unaffected kindliness
  • set himself boisterously to cheer him up. He exaggerated the Americanisms
  • which he knew always made the Englishmen laugh and poured out a breathless
  • stream of conversation, whimsical, high-spirited, and jolly. In due course
  • they went out to dinner and afterwards to the Gaite Montparnasse, which
  • was Flanagan's favourite place of amusement. By the end of the evening he
  • was in his most extravagant humour. He had drunk a good deal, but any
  • inebriety from which he suffered was due much more to his own vivacity
  • than to alcohol. He proposed that they should go to the Bal Bullier, and
  • Philip, feeling too tired to go to bed, willingly enough consented. They
  • sat down at a table on the platform at the side, raised a little from the
  • level of the floor so that they could watch the dancing, and drank a bock.
  • Presently Flanagan saw a friend and with a wild shout leaped over the
  • barrier on to the space where they were dancing. Philip watched the
  • people. Bullier was not the resort of fashion. It was Thursday night and
  • the place was crowded. There were a number of students of the various
  • faculties, but most of the men were clerks or assistants in shops; they
  • wore their everyday clothes, ready-made tweeds or queer tail-coats, and
  • their hats, for they had brought them in with them, and when they danced
  • there was no place to put them but their heads. Some of the women looked
  • like servant-girls, and some were painted hussies, but for the most part
  • they were shop-girls. They were poorly-dressed in cheap imitation of the
  • fashions on the other side of the river. The hussies were got up to
  • resemble the music-hall artiste or the dancer who enjoyed notoriety at the
  • moment; their eyes were heavy with black and their cheeks impudently
  • scarlet. The hall was lit by great white lights, low down, which
  • emphasised the shadows on the faces; all the lines seemed to harden under
  • it, and the colours were most crude. It was a sordid scene. Philip leaned
  • over the rail, staring down, and he ceased to hear the music. They danced
  • furiously. They danced round the room, slowly, talking very little, with
  • all their attention given to the dance. The room was hot, and their faces
  • shone with sweat. It seemed to Philip that they had thrown off the guard
  • which people wear on their expression, the homage to convention, and he
  • saw them now as they really were. In that moment of abandon they were
  • strangely animal: some were foxy and some were wolf-like; and others had
  • the long, foolish face of sheep. Their skins were sallow from the
  • unhealthy life they led and the poor food they ate. Their features were
  • blunted by mean interests, and their little eyes were shifty and cunning.
  • There was nothing of nobility in their bearing, and you felt that for all
  • of them life was a long succession of petty concerns and sordid thoughts.
  • The air was heavy with the musty smell of humanity. But they danced
  • furiously as though impelled by some strange power within them, and it
  • seemed to Philip that they were driven forward by a rage for enjoyment.
  • They were seeking desperately to escape from a world of horror. The desire
  • for pleasure which Cronshaw said was the only motive of human action urged
  • them blindly on, and the very vehemence of the desire seemed to rob it of
  • all pleasure. They were hurried on by a great wind, helplessly, they knew
  • not why and they knew not whither. Fate seemed to tower above them, and
  • they danced as though everlasting darkness were beneath their feet. Their
  • silence was vaguely alarming. It was as if life terrified them and robbed
  • them of power of speech so that the shriek which was in their hearts died
  • at their throats. Their eyes were haggard and grim; and notwithstanding
  • the beastly lust that disfigured them, and the meanness of their faces,
  • and the cruelty, notwithstanding the stupidness which was worst of all,
  • the anguish of those fixed eyes made all that crowd terrible and pathetic.
  • Philip loathed them, and yet his heart ached with the infinite pity which
  • filled him.
  • He took his coat from the cloak-room and went out into the bitter coldness
  • of the night.
  • L
  • Philip could not get the unhappy event out of his head. What troubled him
  • most was the uselessness of Fanny's effort. No one could have worked
  • harder than she, nor with more sincerity; she believed in herself with all
  • her heart; but it was plain that self-confidence meant very little, all
  • his friends had it, Miguel Ajuria among the rest; and Philip was shocked
  • by the contrast between the Spaniard's heroic endeavour and the triviality
  • of the thing he attempted. The unhappiness of Philip's life at school had
  • called up in him the power of self-analysis; and this vice, as subtle as
  • drug-taking, had taken possession of him so that he had now a peculiar
  • keenness in the dissection of his feelings. He could not help seeing that
  • art affected him differently from others. A fine picture gave Lawson an
  • immediate thrill. His appreciation was instinctive. Even Flanagan felt
  • certain things which Philip was obliged to think out. His own appreciation
  • was intellectual. He could not help thinking that if he had in him the
  • artistic temperament (he hated the phrase, but could discover no other) he
  • would feel beauty in the emotional, unreasoning way in which they did. He
  • began to wonder whether he had anything more than a superficial cleverness
  • of the hand which enabled him to copy objects with accuracy. That was
  • nothing. He had learned to despise technical dexterity. The important
  • thing was to feel in terms of paint. Lawson painted in a certain way
  • because it was his nature to, and through the imitativeness of a student
  • sensitive to every influence, there pierced individuality. Philip looked
  • at his own portrait of Ruth Chalice, and now that three months had passed
  • he realised that it was no more than a servile copy of Lawson. He felt
  • himself barren. He painted with the brain, and he could not help knowing
  • that the only painting worth anything was done with the heart.
  • He had very little money, barely sixteen hundred pounds, and it would be
  • necessary for him to practise the severest economy. He could not count on
  • earning anything for ten years. The history of painting was full of
  • artists who had earned nothing at all. He must resign himself to penury;
  • and it was worth while if he produced work which was immortal; but he had
  • a terrible fear that he would never be more than second-rate. Was it worth
  • while for that to give up one's youth, and the gaiety of life, and the
  • manifold chances of being? He knew the existence of foreign painters in
  • Paris enough to see that the lives they led were narrowly provincial. He
  • knew some who had dragged along for twenty years in the pursuit of a fame
  • which always escaped them till they sunk into sordidness and alcoholism.
  • Fanny's suicide had aroused memories, and Philip heard ghastly stories of
  • the way in which one person or another had escaped from despair. He
  • remembered the scornful advice which the master had given poor Fanny: it
  • would have been well for her if she had taken it and given up an attempt
  • which was hopeless.
  • Philip finished his portrait of Miguel Ajuria and made up his mind to send
  • it to the Salon. Flanagan was sending two pictures, and he thought he
  • could paint as well as Flanagan. He had worked so hard on the portrait
  • that he could not help feeling it must have merit. It was true that when
  • he looked at it he felt that there was something wrong, though he could
  • not tell what; but when he was away from it his spirits went up and he was
  • not dissatisfied. He sent it to the Salon and it was refused. He did not
  • mind much, since he had done all he could to persuade himself that there
  • was little chance that it would be taken, till Flanagan a few days later
  • rushed in to tell Lawson and Philip that one of his pictures was accepted.
  • With a blank face Philip offered his congratulations, and Flanagan was so
  • busy congratulating himself that he did not catch the note of irony which
  • Philip could not prevent from coming into his voice. Lawson,
  • quicker-witted, observed it and looked at Philip curiously. His own
  • picture was all right, he knew that a day or two before, and he was
  • vaguely resentful of Philip's attitude. But he was surprised at the sudden
  • question which Philip put him as soon as the American was gone.
  • "If you were in my place would you chuck the whole thing?"
  • "What do you mean?"
  • "I wonder if it's worth while being a second-rate painter. You see, in
  • other things, if you're a doctor or if you're in business, it doesn't
  • matter so much if you're mediocre. You make a living and you get along.
  • But what is the good of turning out second-rate pictures?"
  • Lawson was fond of Philip and, as soon as he thought he was seriously
  • distressed by the refusal of his picture, he set himself to console him.
  • It was notorious that the Salon had refused pictures which were afterwards
  • famous; it was the first time Philip had sent, and he must expect a
  • rebuff; Flanagan's success was explicable, his picture was showy and
  • superficial: it was just the sort of thing a languid jury would see merit
  • in. Philip grew impatient; it was humiliating that Lawson should think him
  • capable of being seriously disturbed by so trivial a calamity and would
  • not realise that his dejection was due to a deep-seated distrust of his
  • powers.
  • Of late Clutton had withdrawn himself somewhat from the group who took
  • their meals at Gravier's, and lived very much by himself. Flanagan said he
  • was in love with a girl, but Clutton's austere countenance did not suggest
  • passion; and Philip thought it more probable that he separated himself
  • from his friends so that he might grow clear with the new ideas which were
  • in him. But that evening, when the others had left the restaurant to go to
  • a play and Philip was sitting alone, Clutton came in and ordered dinner.
  • They began to talk, and finding Clutton more loquacious and less sardonic
  • than usual, Philip determined to take advantage of his good humour.
  • "I say I wish you'd come and look at my picture," he said. "I'd like to
  • know what you think of it."
  • "No, I won't do that."
  • "Why not?" asked Philip, reddening.
  • The request was one which they all made of one another, and no one ever
  • thought of refusing. Clutton shrugged his shoulders.
  • "People ask you for criticism, but they only want praise. Besides, what's
  • the good of criticism? What does it matter if your picture is good or
  • bad?"
  • "It matters to me."
  • "No. The only reason that one paints is that one can't help it. It's a
  • function like any of the other functions of the body, only comparatively
  • few people have got it. One paints for oneself: otherwise one would commit
  • suicide. Just think of it, you spend God knows how long trying to get
  • something on to canvas, putting the sweat of your soul into it, and what
  • is the result? Ten to one it will be refused at the Salon; if it's
  • accepted, people glance at it for ten seconds as they pass; if you're
  • lucky some ignorant fool will buy it and put it on his walls and look at
  • it as little as he looks at his dining-room table. Criticism has nothing
  • to do with the artist. It judges objectively, but the objective doesn't
  • concern the artist."
  • Clutton put his hands over his eyes so that he might concentrate his mind
  • on what he wanted to say.
  • "The artist gets a peculiar sensation from something he sees, and is
  • impelled to express it and, he doesn't know why, he can only express his
  • feeling by lines and colours. It's like a musician; he'll read a line or
  • two, and a certain combination of notes presents itself to him: he doesn't
  • know why such and such words call forth in him such and such notes; they
  • just do. And I'll tell you another reason why criticism is meaningless: a
  • great painter forces the world to see nature as he sees it; but in the
  • next generation another painter sees the world in another way, and then
  • the public judges him not by himself but by his predecessor. So the
  • Barbizon people taught our fathers to look at trees in a certain manner,
  • and when Monet came along and painted differently, people said: But trees
  • aren't like that. It never struck them that trees are exactly how a
  • painter chooses to see them. We paint from within outwards--if we force
  • our vision on the world it calls us great painters; if we don't it ignores
  • us; but we are the same. We don't attach any meaning to greatness or to
  • smallness. What happens to our work afterwards is unimportant; we have got
  • all we could out of it while we were doing it."
  • There was a pause while Clutton with voracious appetite devoured the food
  • that was set before him. Philip, smoking a cheap cigar, observed him
  • closely. The ruggedness of the head, which looked as though it were carved
  • from a stone refractory to the sculptor's chisel, the rough mane of dark
  • hair, the great nose, and the massive bones of the jaw, suggested a man of
  • strength; and yet Philip wondered whether perhaps the mask concealed a
  • strange weakness. Clutton's refusal to show his work might be sheer
  • vanity: he could not bear the thought of anyone's criticism, and he would
  • not expose himself to the chance of a refusal from the Salon; he wanted to
  • be received as a master and would not risk comparisons with other work
  • which might force him to diminish his own opinion of himself. During the
  • eighteen months Philip had known him Clutton had grown more harsh and
  • bitter; though he would not come out into the open and compete with his
  • fellows, he was indignant with the facile success of those who did. He had
  • no patience with Lawson, and the pair were no longer on the intimate terms
  • upon which they had been when Philip first knew them.
  • "Lawson's all right," he said contemptuously, "he'll go back to England,
  • become a fashionable portrait painter, earn ten thousand a year and be an
  • A. R. A. before he's forty. Portraits done by hand for the nobility and
  • gentry!"
  • Philip, too, looked into the future, and he saw Clutton in twenty years,
  • bitter, lonely, savage, and unknown; still in Paris, for the life there
  • had got into his bones, ruling a small cenacle with a savage tongue, at
  • war with himself and the world, producing little in his increasing passion
  • for a perfection he could not reach; and perhaps sinking at last into
  • drunkenness. Of late Philip had been captivated by an idea that since one
  • had only one life it was important to make a success of it, but he did not
  • count success by the acquiring of money or the achieving of fame; he did
  • not quite know yet what he meant by it, perhaps variety of experience and
  • the making the most of his abilities. It was plain anyway that the life
  • which Clutton seemed destined to was failure. Its only justification would
  • be the painting of imperishable masterpieces. He recollected Cronshaw's
  • whimsical metaphor of the Persian carpet; he had thought of it often; but
  • Cronshaw with his faun-like humour had refused to make his meaning clear:
  • he repeated that it had none unless one discovered it for oneself. It was
  • this desire to make a success of life which was at the bottom of Philip's
  • uncertainty about continuing his artistic career. But Clutton began to
  • talk again.
  • "D'you remember my telling you about that chap I met in Brittany? I saw
  • him the other day here. He's just off to Tahiti. He was broke to the
  • world. He was a brasseur d'affaires, a stockbroker I suppose you call it
  • in English; and he had a wife and family, and he was earning a large
  • income. He chucked it all to become a painter. He just went off and
  • settled down in Brittany and began to paint. He hadn't got any money and
  • did the next best thing to starving."
  • "And what about his wife and family?" asked Philip.
  • "Oh, he dropped them. He left them to starve on their own account."
  • "It sounds a pretty low-down thing to do."
  • "Oh, my dear fellow, if you want to be a gentleman you must give up being
  • an artist. They've got nothing to do with one another. You hear of men
  • painting pot-boilers to keep an aged mother--well, it shows they're
  • excellent sons, but it's no excuse for bad work. They're only tradesmen.
  • An artist would let his mother go to the workhouse. There's a writer I
  • know over here who told me that his wife died in childbirth. He was in
  • love with her and he was mad with grief, but as he sat at the bedside
  • watching her die he found himself making mental notes of how she looked
  • and what she said and the things he was feeling. Gentlemanly, wasn't it?"
  • "But is your friend a good painter?" asked Philip.
  • "No, not yet, he paints just like Pissarro. He hasn't found himself, but
  • he's got a sense of colour and a sense of decoration. But that isn't the
  • question. It's the feeling, and that he's got. He's behaved like a perfect
  • cad to his wife and children, he's always behaving like a perfect cad; the
  • way he treats the people who've helped him--and sometimes he's been saved
  • from starvation merely by the kindness of his friends--is simply beastly.
  • He just happens to be a great artist."
  • Philip pondered over the man who was willing to sacrifice everything,
  • comfort, home, money, love, honour, duty, for the sake of getting on to
  • canvas with paint the emotion which the world gave him. It was
  • magnificent, and yet his courage failed him.
  • Thinking of Cronshaw recalled to him the fact that he had not seen him for
  • a week, and so, when Clutton left him, he wandered along to the cafe in
  • which he was certain to find the writer. During the first few months of
  • his stay in Paris Philip had accepted as gospel all that Cronshaw said,
  • but Philip had a practical outlook and he grew impatient with the theories
  • which resulted in no action. Cronshaw's slim bundle of poetry did not seem
  • a substantial result for a life which was sordid. Philip could not wrench
  • out of his nature the instincts of the middle-class from which he came;
  • and the penury, the hack work which Cronshaw did to keep body and soul
  • together, the monotony of existence between the slovenly attic and the
  • cafe table, jarred with his respectability. Cronshaw was astute enough to
  • know that the young man disapproved of him, and he attacked his
  • philistinism with an irony which was sometimes playful but often very
  • keen.
  • "You're a tradesman," he told Philip, "you want to invest life in consols
  • so that it shall bring you in a safe three per cent. I'm a spendthrift, I
  • run through my capital. I shall spend my last penny with my last
  • heartbeat."
  • The metaphor irritated Philip, because it assumed for the speaker a
  • romantic attitude and cast a slur upon the position which Philip
  • instinctively felt had more to say for it than he could think of at the
  • moment.
  • But this evening Philip, undecided, wanted to talk about himself.
  • Fortunately it was late already and Cronshaw's pile of saucers on the
  • table, each indicating a drink, suggested that he was prepared to take an
  • independent view of things in general.
  • "I wonder if you'd give me some advice," said Philip suddenly.
  • "You won't take it, will you?"
  • Philip shrugged his shoulders impatiently.
  • "I don't believe I shall ever do much good as a painter. I don't see any
  • use in being second-rate. I'm thinking of chucking it."
  • "Why shouldn't you?"
  • Philip hesitated for an instant.
  • "I suppose I like the life."
  • A change came over Cronshaw's placid, round face. The corners of the mouth
  • were suddenly depressed, the eyes sunk dully in their orbits; he seemed to
  • become strangely bowed and old.
  • "This?" he cried, looking round the cafe in which they sat. His voice
  • really trembled a little.
  • "If you can get out of it, do while there's time."
  • Philip stared at him with astonishment, but the sight of emotion always
  • made him feel shy, and he dropped his eyes. He knew that he was looking
  • upon the tragedy of failure. There was silence. Philip thought that
  • Cronshaw was looking upon his own life; and perhaps he considered his
  • youth with its bright hopes and the disappointments which wore out the
  • radiancy; the wretched monotony of pleasure, and the black future.
  • Philip's eyes rested on the little pile of saucers, and he knew that
  • Cronshaw's were on them too.
  • LI
  • Two months passed.
  • It seemed to Philip, brooding over these matters, that in the true
  • painters, writers, musicians, there was a power which drove them to such
  • complete absorption in their work as to make it inevitable for them to
  • subordinate life to art. Succumbing to an influence they never realised,
  • they were merely dupes of the instinct that possessed them, and life
  • slipped through their fingers unlived. But he had a feeling that life was
  • to be lived rather than portrayed, and he wanted to search out the various
  • experiences of it and wring from each moment all the emotion that it
  • offered. He made up his mind at length to take a certain step and abide by
  • the result, and, having made up his mind, he determined to take the step
  • at once. Luckily enough the next morning was one of Foinet's days, and he
  • resolved to ask him point-blank whether it was worth his while to go on
  • with the study of art. He had never forgotten the master's brutal advice
  • to Fanny Price. It had been sound. Philip could never get Fanny entirely
  • out of his head. The studio seemed strange without her, and now and then
  • the gesture of one of the women working there or the tone of a voice would
  • give him a sudden start, reminding him of her: her presence was more
  • noticable now she was dead than it had ever been during her life; and he
  • often dreamed of her at night, waking with a cry of terror. It was
  • horrible to think of all the suffering she must have endured.
  • Philip knew that on the days Foinet came to the studio he lunched at a
  • little restaurant in the Rue d'Odessa, and he hurried his own meal so that
  • he could go and wait outside till the painter came out. Philip walked up
  • and down the crowded street and at last saw Monsieur Foinet walking, with
  • bent head, towards him; Philip was very nervous, but he forced himself to
  • go up to him.
  • "Pardon, monsieur, I should like to speak to you for one moment."
  • Foinet gave him a rapid glance, recognised him, but did not smile a
  • greeting.
  • "Speak," he said.
  • "I've been working here nearly two years now under you. I wanted to ask
  • you to tell me frankly if you think it worth while for me to continue."
  • Philip's voice was trembling a little. Foinet walked on without looking
  • up. Philip, watching his face, saw no trace of expression upon it.
  • "I don't understand."
  • "I'm very poor. If I have no talent I would sooner do something else."
  • "Don't you know if you have talent?"
  • "All my friends know they have talent, but I am aware some of them are
  • mistaken."
  • Foinet's bitter mouth outlined the shadow of a smile, and he asked:
  • "Do you live near here?"
  • Philip told him where his studio was. Foinet turned round.
  • "Let us go there? You shall show me your work."
  • "Now?" cried Philip.
  • "Why not?"
  • Philip had nothing to say. He walked silently by the master's side. He
  • felt horribly sick. It had never struck him that Foinet would wish to see
  • his things there and then; he meant, so that he might have time to prepare
  • himself, to ask him if he would mind coming at some future date or whether
  • he might bring them to Foinet's studio. He was trembling with anxiety. In
  • his heart he hoped that Foinet would look at his picture, and that rare
  • smile would come into his face, and he would shake Philip's hand and say:
  • "Pas mal. Go on, my lad. You have talent, real talent." Philip's heart
  • swelled at the thought. It was such a relief, such a joy! Now he could go
  • on with courage; and what did hardship matter, privation, and
  • disappointment, if he arrived at last? He had worked very hard, it would
  • be too cruel if all that industry were futile. And then with a start he
  • remembered that he had heard Fanny Price say just that. They arrived at
  • the house, and Philip was seized with fear. If he had dared he would have
  • asked Foinet to go away. He did not want to know the truth. They went in
  • and the concierge handed him a letter as they passed. He glanced at the
  • envelope and recognised his uncle's handwriting. Foinet followed him up
  • the stairs. Philip could think of nothing to say; Foinet was mute, and the
  • silence got on his nerves. The professor sat down; and Philip without a
  • word placed before him the picture which the Salon had rejected; Foinet
  • nodded but did not speak; then Philip showed him the two portraits he had
  • made of Ruth Chalice, two or three landscapes which he had painted at
  • Moret, and a number of sketches.
  • "That's all," he said presently, with a nervous laugh.
  • Monsieur Foinet rolled himself a cigarette and lit it.
  • "You have very little private means?" he asked at last.
  • "Very little," answered Philip, with a sudden feeling of cold at his
  • heart. "Not enough to live on."
  • "There is nothing so degrading as the constant anxiety about one's means
  • of livelihood. I have nothing but contempt for the people who despise
  • money. They are hypocrites or fools. Money is like a sixth sense without
  • which you cannot make a complete use of the other five. Without an
  • adequate income half the possibilities of life are shut off. The only
  • thing to be careful about is that you do not pay more than a shilling for
  • the shilling you earn. You will hear people say that poverty is the best
  • spur to the artist. They have never felt the iron of it in their flesh.
  • They do not know how mean it makes you. It exposes you to endless
  • humiliation, it cuts your wings, it eats into your soul like a cancer. It
  • is not wealth one asks for, but just enough to preserve one's dignity, to
  • work unhampered, to be generous, frank, and independent. I pity with all
  • my heart the artist, whether he writes or paints, who is entirely
  • dependent for subsistence upon his art."
  • Philip quietly put away the various things which he had shown.
  • "I'm afraid that sounds as if you didn't think I had much chance."
  • Monsieur Foinet slightly shrugged his shoulders.
  • "You have a certain manual dexterity. With hard work and perseverance
  • there is no reason why you should not become a careful, not incompetent
  • painter. You would find hundreds who painted worse than you, hundreds who
  • painted as well. I see no talent in anything you have shown me. I see
  • industry and intelligence. You will never be anything but mediocre."
  • Philip obliged himself to answer quite steadily.
  • "I'm very grateful to you for having taken so much trouble. I can't thank
  • you enough."
  • Monsieur Foinet got up and made as if to go, but he changed his mind and,
  • stopping, put his hand on Philip's shoulder.
  • "But if you were to ask me my advice, I should say: take your courage in
  • both hands and try your luck at something else. It sounds very hard, but
  • let me tell you this: I would give all I have in the world if someone had
  • given me that advice when I was your age and I had taken it."
  • Philip looked up at him with surprise. The master forced his lips into a
  • smile, but his eyes remained grave and sad.
  • "It is cruel to discover one's mediocrity only when it is too late. It
  • does not improve the temper."
  • He gave a little laugh as he said the last words and quickly walked out of
  • the room.
  • Philip mechanically took up the letter from his uncle. The sight of his
  • handwriting made him anxious, for it was his aunt who always wrote to him.
  • She had been ill for the last three months, and he had offered to go over
  • to England and see her; but she, fearing it would interfere with his work,
  • had refused. She did not want him to put himself to inconvenience; she
  • said she would wait till August and then she hoped he would come and stay
  • at the vicarage for two or three weeks. If by any chance she grew worse
  • she would let him know, since she did not wish to die without seeing him
  • again. If his uncle wrote to him it must be because she was too ill to
  • hold a pen. Philip opened the letter. It ran as follows:
  • My dear Philip,
  • I regret to inform you that your dear Aunt departed this life early this
  • morning. She died very suddenly, but quite peacefully. The change for the
  • worse was so rapid that we had no time to send for you. She was fully
  • prepared for the end and entered into rest with the complete assurance of
  • a blessed resurrection and with resignation to the divine will of our
  • blessed Lord Jesus Christ. Your Aunt would have liked you to be present at
  • the funeral so I trust you will come as soon as you can. There is
  • naturally a great deal of work thrown upon my shoulders and I am very much
  • upset. I trust that you will be able to do everything for me.
  • Your affectionate uncle,
  • William Carey.
  • LII
  • Next day Philip arrived at Blackstable. Since the death of his mother he
  • had never lost anyone closely connected with him; his aunt's death shocked
  • him and filled him also with a curious fear; he felt for the first time
  • his own mortality. He could not realise what life would be for his uncle
  • without the constant companionship of the woman who had loved and tended
  • him for forty years. He expected to find him broken down with hopeless
  • grief. He dreaded the first meeting; he knew that he could say nothing
  • which would be of use. He rehearsed to himself a number of apposite
  • speeches.
  • He entered the vicarage by the side-door and went into the dining-room.
  • Uncle William was reading the paper.
  • "Your train was late," he said, looking up.
  • Philip was prepared to give way to his emotion, but the matter-of-fact
  • reception startled him. His uncle, subdued but calm, handed him the paper.
  • "There's a very nice little paragraph about her in The Blackstable
  • Times," he said.
  • Philip read it mechanically.
  • "Would you like to come up and see her?"
  • Philip nodded and together they walked upstairs. Aunt Louisa was lying in
  • the middle of the large bed, with flowers all round her.
  • "Would you like to say a short prayer?" said the Vicar.
  • He sank on his knees, and because it was expected of him Philip followed
  • his example. He looked at the little shrivelled face. He was only
  • conscious of one emotion: what a wasted life! In a minute Mr. Carey gave
  • a cough, and stood up. He pointed to a wreath at the foot of the bed.
  • "That's from the Squire," he said. He spoke in a low voice as though he
  • were in church, but one felt that, as a clergyman, he found himself quite
  • at home. "I expect tea is ready."
  • They went down again to the dining-room. The drawn blinds gave a
  • lugubrious aspect. The Vicar sat at the end of the table at which his wife
  • had always sat and poured out the tea with ceremony. Philip could not help
  • feeling that neither of them should have been able to eat anything, but
  • when he saw that his uncle's appetite was unimpaired he fell to with his
  • usual heartiness. They did not speak for a while. Philip set himself to
  • eat an excellent cake with the air of grief which he felt was decent.
  • "Things have changed a great deal since I was a curate," said the Vicar
  • presently. "In my young days the mourners used always to be given a pair
  • of black gloves and a piece of black silk for their hats. Poor Louisa used
  • to make the silk into dresses. She always said that twelve funerals gave
  • her a new dress."
  • Then he told Philip who had sent wreaths; there were twenty-four of them
  • already; when Mrs. Rawlingson, wife of the Vicar at Ferne, had died she
  • had had thirty-two; but probably a good many more would come the next day;
  • the funeral would start at eleven o'clock from the vicarage, and they
  • should beat Mrs. Rawlingson easily. Louisa never liked Mrs. Rawlingson.
  • "I shall take the funeral myself. I promised Louisa I would never let
  • anyone else bury her."
  • Philip looked at his uncle with disapproval when he took a second piece of
  • cake. Under the circumstances he could not help thinking it greedy.
  • "Mary Ann certainly makes capital cakes. I'm afraid no one else will make
  • such good ones."
  • "She's not going?" cried Philip, with astonishment.
  • Mary Ann had been at the vicarage ever since he could remember. She never
  • forgot his birthday, but made a point always of sending him a trifle,
  • absurd but touching. He had a real affection for her.
  • "Yes," answered Mr. Carey. "I didn't think it would do to have a single
  • woman in the house."
  • "But, good heavens, she must be over forty."
  • "Yes, I think she is. But she's been rather troublesome lately, she's been
  • inclined to take too much on herself, and I thought this was a very good
  • opportunity to give her notice."
  • "It's certainly one which isn't likely to recur," said Philip.
  • He took out a cigarette, but his uncle prevented him from lighting it.
  • "Not till after the funeral, Philip," he said gently.
  • "All right," said Philip.
  • "It wouldn't be quite respectful to smoke in the house so long as your
  • poor Aunt Louisa is upstairs."
  • Josiah Graves, churchwarden and manager of the bank, came back to dinner
  • at the vicarage after the funeral. The blinds had been drawn up, and
  • Philip, against his will, felt a curious sensation of relief. The body in
  • the house had made him uncomfortable: in life the poor woman had been all
  • that was kind and gentle; and yet, when she lay upstairs in her bed-room,
  • cold and stark, it seemed as though she cast upon the survivors a baleful
  • influence. The thought horrified Philip.
  • He found himself alone for a minute or two in the dining-room with the
  • churchwarden.
  • "I hope you'll be able to stay with your uncle a while," he said. "I don't
  • think he ought to be left alone just yet."
  • "I haven't made any plans," answered Philip. "If he wants me I shall be
  • very pleased to stay."
  • By way of cheering the bereaved husband the churchwarden during dinner
  • talked of a recent fire at Blackstable which had partly destroyed the
  • Wesleyan chapel.
  • "I hear they weren't insured," he said, with a little smile.
  • "That won't make any difference," said the Vicar. "They'll get as much
  • money as they want to rebuild. Chapel people are always ready to give
  • money."
  • "I see that Holden sent a wreath."
  • Holden was the dissenting minister, and, though for Christ's sake who died
  • for both of them, Mr. Carey nodded to him in the street, he did not speak
  • to him.
  • "I think it was very pushing," he remarked. "There were forty-one wreaths.
  • Yours was beautiful. Philip and I admired it very much."
  • "Don't mention it," said the banker.
  • He had noticed with satisfaction that it was larger than anyone's else. It
  • had looked very well. They began to discuss the people who attended the
  • funeral. Shops had been closed for it, and the churchwarden took out of
  • his pocket the notice which had been printed: "Owing to the funeral of
  • Mrs. Carey this establishment will not be opened till one o'clock."
  • "It was my idea," he said.
  • "I think it was very nice of them to close," said the Vicar. "Poor Louisa
  • would have appreciated that."
  • Philip ate his dinner. Mary Ann had treated the day as Sunday, and they
  • had roast chicken and a gooseberry tart.
  • "I suppose you haven't thought about a tombstone yet?" said the
  • churchwarden.
  • "Yes, I have. I thought of a plain stone cross. Louisa was always against
  • ostentation."
  • "I don't think one can do much better than a cross. If you're thinking of
  • a text, what do you say to: With Christ, which is far better?"
  • The Vicar pursed his lips. It was just like Bismarck to try and settle
  • everything himself. He did not like that text; it seemed to cast an
  • aspersion on himself.
  • "I don't think I should put that. I much prefer: The Lord has given and
  • the Lord has taken away."
  • "Oh, do you? That always seems to me a little indifferent."
  • The Vicar answered with some acidity, and Mr. Graves replied in a tone
  • which the widower thought too authoritative for the occasion. Things were
  • going rather far if he could not choose his own text for his own wife's
  • tombstone. There was a pause, and then the conversation drifted to parish
  • matters. Philip went into the garden to smoke his pipe. He sat on a bench,
  • and suddenly began to laugh hysterically.
  • A few days later his uncle expressed the hope that he would spend the next
  • few weeks at Blackstable.
  • "Yes, that will suit me very well," said Philip.
  • "I suppose it'll do if you go back to Paris in September."
  • Philip did not reply. He had thought much of what Foinet said to him, but
  • he was still so undecided that he did not wish to speak of the future.
  • There would be something fine in giving up art because he was convinced
  • that he could not excel; but unfortunately it would seem so only to
  • himself: to others it would be an admission of defeat, and he did not want
  • to confess that he was beaten. He was an obstinate fellow, and the
  • suspicion that his talent did not lie in one direction made him inclined
  • to force circumstances and aim notwithstanding precisely in that
  • direction. He could not bear that his friends should laugh at him. This
  • might have prevented him from ever taking the definite step of abandoning
  • the study of painting, but the different environment made him on a sudden
  • see things differently. Like many another he discovered that crossing the
  • Channel makes things which had seemed important singularly futile. The
  • life which had been so charming that he could not bear to leave it now
  • seemed inept; he was seized with a distaste for the cafes, the restaurants
  • with their ill-cooked food, the shabby way in which they all lived. He did
  • not care any more what his friends thought about him: Cronshaw with his
  • rhetoric, Mrs. Otter with her respectability, Ruth Chalice with her
  • affectations, Lawson and Clutton with their quarrels; he felt a revulsion
  • from them all. He wrote to Lawson and asked him to send over all his
  • belongings. A week later they arrived. When he unpacked his canvases he
  • found himself able to examine his work without emotion. He noticed the
  • fact with interest. His uncle was anxious to see his pictures. Though he
  • had so greatly disapproved of Philip's desire to go to Paris, he accepted
  • the situation now with equanimity. He was interested in the life of
  • students and constantly put Philip questions about it. He was in fact a
  • little proud of him because he was a painter, and when people were present
  • made attempts to draw him out. He looked eagerly at the studies of models
  • which Philip showed him. Philip set before him his portrait of Miguel
  • Ajuria.
  • "Why did you paint him?" asked Mr. Carey.
  • "Oh, I wanted a model, and his head interested me."
  • "As you haven't got anything to do here I wonder you don't paint me."
  • "It would bore you to sit."
  • "I think I should like it."
  • "We must see about it."
  • Philip was amused at his uncle's vanity. It was clear that he was dying to
  • have his portrait painted. To get something for nothing was a chance not
  • to be missed. For two or three days he threw out little hints. He
  • reproached Philip for laziness, asked him when he was going to start work,
  • and finally began telling everyone he met that Philip was going to paint
  • him. At last there came a rainy day, and after breakfast Mr. Carey said to
  • Philip:
  • "Now, what d'you say to starting on my portrait this morning?" Philip put
  • down the book he was reading and leaned back in his chair.
  • "I've given up painting," he said.
  • "Why?" asked his uncle in astonishment.
  • "I don't think there's much object in being a second-rate painter, and I
  • came to the conclusion that I should never be anything else."
  • "You surprise me. Before you went to Paris you were quite certain that you
  • were a genius."
  • "I was mistaken," said Philip.
  • "I should have thought now you'd taken up a profession you'd have the
  • pride to stick to it. It seems to me that what you lack is perseverance."
  • Philip was a little annoyed that his uncle did not even see how truly
  • heroic his determination was.
  • "'A rolling stone gathers no moss,'" proceeded the clergyman. Philip hated
  • that proverb above all, and it seemed to him perfectly meaningless. His
  • uncle had repeated it often during the arguments which had preceded his
  • departure from business. Apparently it recalled that occasion to his
  • guardian.
  • "You're no longer a boy, you know; you must begin to think of settling
  • down. First you insist on becoming a chartered accountant, and then you
  • get tired of that and you want to become a painter. And now if you please
  • you change your mind again. It points to..."
  • He hesitated for a moment to consider what defects of character exactly it
  • indicated, and Philip finished the sentence.
  • "Irresolution, incompetence, want of foresight, and lack of
  • determination."
  • The Vicar looked up at his nephew quickly to see whether he was laughing
  • at him. Philip's face was serious, but there was a twinkle in his eyes
  • which irritated him. Philip should really be getting more serious. He felt
  • it right to give him a rap over the knuckles.
  • "Your money matters have nothing to do with me now. You're your own
  • master; but I think you should remember that your money won't last for
  • ever, and the unlucky deformity you have doesn't exactly make it easier
  • for you to earn your living."
  • Philip knew by now that whenever anyone was angry with him his first
  • thought was to say something about his club-foot. His estimate of the
  • human race was determined by the fact that scarcely anyone failed to
  • resist the temptation. But he had trained himself not to show any sign
  • that the reminder wounded him. He had even acquired control over the
  • blushing which in his boyhood had been one of his torments.
  • "As you justly remark," he answered, "my money matters have nothing to do
  • with you and I am my own master."
  • "At all events you will do me the justice to acknowledge that I was
  • justified in my opposition when you made up your mind to become an
  • art-student."
  • "I don't know so much about that. I daresay one profits more by the
  • mistakes one makes off one's own bat than by doing the right thing on
  • somebody's else advice. I've had my fling, and I don't mind settling down
  • now."
  • "What at?"
  • Philip was not prepared for the question, since in fact he had not made up
  • his mind. He had thought of a dozen callings.
  • "The most suitable thing you could do is to enter your father's profession
  • and become a doctor."
  • "Oddly enough that is precisely what I intend."
  • He had thought of doctoring among other things, chiefly because it was an
  • occupation which seemed to give a good deal of personal freedom, and his
  • experience of life in an office had made him determine never to have
  • anything more to do with one; his answer to the Vicar slipped out almost
  • unawares, because it was in the nature of a repartee. It amused him to
  • make up his mind in that accidental way, and he resolved then and there to
  • enter his father's old hospital in the autumn.
  • "Then your two years in Paris may be regarded as so much wasted time?"
  • "I don't know about that. I had a very jolly two years, and I learned one
  • or two useful things."
  • "What?"
  • Philip reflected for an instant, and his answer was not devoid of a gentle
  • desire to annoy.
  • "I learned to look at hands, which I'd never looked at before. And instead
  • of just looking at houses and trees I learned to look at houses and trees
  • against the sky. And I learned also that shadows are not black but
  • coloured."
  • "I suppose you think you're very clever. I think your flippancy is quite
  • inane."
  • LIII
  • Taking the paper with him Mr. Carey retired to his study. Philip changed
  • his chair for that in which his uncle had been sitting (it was the only
  • comfortable one in the room), and looked out of the window at the pouring
  • rain. Even in that sad weather there was something restful about the green
  • fields that stretched to the horizon. There was an intimate charm in the
  • landscape which he did not remember ever to have noticed before. Two years
  • in France had opened his eyes to the beauty of his own countryside.
  • He thought with a smile of his uncle's remark. It was lucky that the turn
  • of his mind tended to flippancy. He had begun to realise what a great loss
  • he had sustained in the death of his father and mother. That was one of
  • the differences in his life which prevented him from seeing things in the
  • same way as other people. The love of parents for their children is the
  • only emotion which is quite disinterested. Among strangers he had grown up
  • as best he could, but he had seldom been used with patience or
  • forbearance. He prided himself on his self-control. It had been whipped
  • into him by the mockery of his fellows. Then they called him cynical and
  • callous. He had acquired calmness of demeanour and under most
  • circumstances an unruffled exterior, so that now he could not show his
  • feelings. People told him he was unemotional; but he knew that he was at
  • the mercy of his emotions: an accidental kindness touched him so much that
  • sometimes he did not venture to speak in order not to betray the
  • unsteadiness of his voice. He remembered the bitterness of his life at
  • school, the humiliation which he had endured, the banter which had made
  • him morbidly afraid of making himself ridiculous; and he remembered the
  • loneliness he had felt since, faced with the world, the disillusion and
  • the disappointment caused by the difference between what it promised to
  • his active imagination and what it gave. But notwithstanding he was able
  • to look at himself from the outside and smile with amusement.
  • "By Jove, if I weren't flippant, I should hang myself," he thought
  • cheerfully.
  • His mind went back to the answer he had given his uncle when he asked him
  • what he had learnt in Paris. He had learnt a good deal more than he told
  • him. A conversation with Cronshaw had stuck in his memory, and one phrase
  • he had used, a commonplace one enough, had set his brain working.
  • "My dear fellow," Cronshaw said, "there's no such thing as abstract
  • morality."
  • When Philip ceased to believe in Christianity he felt that a great weight
  • was taken from his shoulders; casting off the responsibility which weighed
  • down every action, when every action was infinitely important for the
  • welfare of his immortal soul, he experienced a vivid sense of liberty. But
  • he knew now that this was an illusion. When he put away the religion in
  • which he had been brought up, he had kept unimpaired the morality which
  • was part and parcel of it. He made up his mind therefore to think things
  • out for himself. He determined to be swayed by no prejudices. He swept
  • away the virtues and the vices, the established laws of good and evil,
  • with the idea of finding out the rules of life for himself. He did not
  • know whether rules were necessary at all. That was one of the things he
  • wanted to discover. Clearly much that seemed valid seemed so only because
  • he had been taught it from his earliest youth. He had read a number of
  • books, but they did not help him much, for they were based on the morality
  • of Christianity; and even the writers who emphasised the fact that they
  • did not believe in it were never satisfied till they had framed a system
  • of ethics in accordance with that of the Sermon on the Mount. It seemed
  • hardly worth while to read a long volume in order to learn that you ought
  • to behave exactly like everybody else. Philip wanted to find out how he
  • ought to behave, and he thought he could prevent himself from being
  • influenced by the opinions that surrounded him. But meanwhile he had to go
  • on living, and, until he formed a theory of conduct, he made himself a
  • provisional rule.
  • "Follow your inclinations with due regard to the policeman round the
  • corner."
  • He thought the best thing he had gained in Paris was a complete liberty of
  • spirit, and he felt himself at last absolutely free. In a desultory way he
  • had read a good deal of philosophy, and he looked forward with delight to
  • the leisure of the next few months. He began to read at haphazard. He
  • entered upon each system with a little thrill of excitement, expecting to
  • find in each some guide by which he could rule his conduct; he felt
  • himself like a traveller in unknown countries and as he pushed forward the
  • enterprise fascinated him; he read emotionally, as other men read pure
  • literature, and his heart leaped as he discovered in noble words what
  • himself had obscurely felt. His mind was concrete and moved with
  • difficulty in regions of the abstract; but, even when he could not follow
  • the reasoning, it gave him a curious pleasure to follow the tortuosities
  • of thoughts that threaded their nimble way on the edge of the
  • incomprehensible. Sometimes great philosophers seemed to have nothing to
  • say to him, but at others he recognised a mind with which he felt himself
  • at home. He was like the explorer in Central Africa who comes suddenly
  • upon wide uplands, with great trees in them and stretches of meadow, so
  • that he might fancy himself in an English park. He delighted in the robust
  • common sense of Thomas Hobbes; Spinoza filled him with awe, he had never
  • before come in contact with a mind so noble, so unapproachable and
  • austere; it reminded him of that statue by Rodin, L'Age d'Airain, which
  • he passionately admired; and then there was Hume: the scepticism of that
  • charming philosopher touched a kindred note in Philip; and, revelling in
  • the lucid style which seemed able to put complicated thought into simple
  • words, musical and measured, he read as he might have read a novel, a
  • smile of pleasure on his lips. But in none could he find exactly what he
  • wanted. He had read somewhere that every man was born a Platonist, an
  • Aristotelian, a Stoic, or an Epicurean; and the history of George Henry
  • Lewes (besides telling you that philosophy was all moonshine) was there to
  • show that the thought of each philosopher was inseparably connected with
  • the man he was. When you knew that you could guess to a great extent the
  • philosophy he wrote. It looked as though you did not act in a certain way
  • because you thought in a certain way, but rather that you thought in a
  • certain way because you were made in a certain way. Truth had nothing to
  • do with it. There was no such thing as truth. Each man was his own
  • philosopher, and the elaborate systems which the great men of the past had
  • composed were only valid for the writers.
  • The thing then was to discover what one was and one's system of philosophy
  • would devise itself. It seemed to Philip that there were three things to
  • find out: man's relation to the world he lives in, man's relation with the
  • men among whom he lives, and finally man's relation to himself. He made an
  • elaborate plan of study.
  • The advantage of living abroad is that, coming in contact with the manners
  • and customs of the people among whom you live, you observe them from the
  • outside and see that they have not the necessity which those who practise
  • them believe. You cannot fail to discover that the beliefs which to you
  • are self-evident to the foreigner are absurd. The year in Germany, the
  • long stay in Paris, had prepared Philip to receive the sceptical teaching
  • which came to him now with such a feeling of relief. He saw that nothing
  • was good and nothing was evil; things were merely adapted to an end. He
  • read The Origin of Species. It seemed to offer an explanation of much
  • that troubled him. He was like an explorer now who has reasoned that
  • certain natural features must present themselves, and, beating up a broad
  • river, finds here the tributary that he expected, there the fertile,
  • populated plains, and further on the mountains. When some great discovery
  • is made the world is surprised afterwards that it was not accepted at
  • once, and even on those who acknowledge its truth the effect is
  • unimportant. The first readers of The Origin of Species accepted it with
  • their reason; but their emotions, which are the ground of conduct, were
  • untouched. Philip was born a generation after this great book was
  • published, and much that horrified its contemporaries had passed into the
  • feeling of the time, so that he was able to accept it with a joyful heart.
  • He was intensely moved by the grandeur of the struggle for life, and the
  • ethical rule which it suggested seemed to fit in with his predispositions.
  • He said to himself that might was right. Society stood on one side, an
  • organism with its own laws of growth and self-preservation, while the
  • individual stood on the other. The actions which were to the advantage of
  • society it termed virtuous and those which were not it called vicious.
  • Good and evil meant nothing more than that. Sin was a prejudice from which
  • the free man should rid himself. Society had three arms in its contest
  • with the individual, laws, public opinion, and conscience: the first two
  • could be met by guile, guile is the only weapon of the weak against the
  • strong: common opinion put the matter well when it stated that sin
  • consisted in being found out; but conscience was the traitor within the
  • gates; it fought in each heart the battle of society, and caused the
  • individual to throw himself, a wanton sacrifice, to the prosperity of his
  • enemy. For it was clear that the two were irreconcilable, the state and
  • the individual conscious of himself. THAT uses the individual for its
  • own ends, trampling upon him if he thwarts it, rewarding him with medals,
  • pensions, honours, when he serves it faithfully; THIS, strong only in
  • his independence, threads his way through the state, for convenience'
  • sake, paying in money or service for certain benefits, but with no sense
  • of obligation; and, indifferent to the rewards, asks only to be left
  • alone. He is the independent traveller, who uses Cook's tickets because
  • they save trouble, but looks with good-humoured contempt on the personally
  • conducted parties. The free man can do no wrong. He does everything he
  • likes--if he can. His power is the only measure of his morality. He
  • recognises the laws of the state and he can break them without sense of
  • sin, but if he is punished he accepts the punishment without rancour.
  • Society has the power.
  • But if for the individual there was no right and no wrong, then it seemed
  • to Philip that conscience lost its power. It was with a cry of triumph
  • that he seized the knave and flung him from his breast. But he was no
  • nearer to the meaning of life than he had been before. Why the world was
  • there and what men had come into existence for at all was as inexplicable
  • as ever. Surely there must be some reason. He thought of Cronshaw's
  • parable of the Persian carpet. He offered it as a solution of the riddle,
  • and mysteriously he stated that it was no answer at all unless you found
  • it out for yourself.
  • "I wonder what the devil he meant," Philip smiled.
  • And so, on the last day of September, eager to put into practice all these
  • new theories of life, Philip, with sixteen hundred pounds and his
  • club-foot, set out for the second time to London to make his third start
  • in life.
  • LIV
  • The examination Philip had passed before he was articled to a chartered
  • accountant was sufficient qualification for him to enter a medical school.
  • He chose St. Luke's because his father had been a student there, and
  • before the end of the summer session had gone up to London for a day in
  • order to see the secretary. He got a list of rooms from him, and took
  • lodgings in a dingy house which had the advantage of being within two
  • minutes' walk of the hospital.
  • "You'll have to arrange about a part to dissect," the secretary told him.
  • "You'd better start on a leg; they generally do; they seem to think it
  • easier."
  • Philip found that his first lecture was in anatomy, at eleven, and about
  • half past ten he limped across the road, and a little nervously made his
  • way to the Medical School. Just inside the door a number of notices were
  • pinned up, lists of lectures, football fixtures, and the like; and these
  • he looked at idly, trying to seem at his ease. Young men and boys dribbled
  • in and looked for letters in the rack, chatted with one another, and
  • passed downstairs to the basement, in which was the student's
  • reading-room. Philip saw several fellows with a desultory, timid look
  • dawdling around, and surmised that, like himself, they were there for the
  • first time. When he had exhausted the notices he saw a glass door which
  • led into what was apparently a museum, and having still twenty minutes to
  • spare he walked in. It was a collection of pathological specimens.
  • Presently a boy of about eighteen came up to him.
  • "I say, are you first year?" he said.
  • "Yes," answered Philip.
  • "Where's the lecture room, d'you know? It's getting on for eleven."
  • "We'd better try to find it."
  • They walked out of the museum into a long, dark corridor, with the walls
  • painted in two shades of red, and other youths walking along suggested the
  • way to them. They came to a door marked Anatomy Theatre. Philip found that
  • there were a good many people already there. The seats were arranged in
  • tiers, and just as Philip entered an attendant came in, put a glass of
  • water on the table in the well of the lecture-room and then brought in a
  • pelvis and two thigh-bones, right and left. More men entered and took
  • their seats and by eleven the theatre was fairly full. There were about
  • sixty students. For the most part they were a good deal younger than
  • Philip, smooth-faced boys of eighteen, but there were a few who were older
  • than he: he noticed one tall man, with a fierce red moustache, who might
  • have been thirty; another little fellow with black hair, only a year or
  • two younger; and there was one man with spectacles and a beard which was
  • quite gray.
  • The lecturer came in, Mr. Cameron, a handsome man with white hair and
  • clean-cut features. He called out the long list of names. Then he made a
  • little speech. He spoke in a pleasant voice, with well-chosen words, and
  • he seemed to take a discreet pleasure in their careful arrangement. He
  • suggested one or two books which they might buy and advised the purchase
  • of a skeleton. He spoke of anatomy with enthusiasm: it was essential to
  • the study of surgery; a knowledge of it added to the appreciation of art.
  • Philip pricked up his ears. He heard later that Mr. Cameron lectured also
  • to the students at the Royal Academy. He had lived many years in Japan,
  • with a post at the University of Tokyo, and he flattered himself on his
  • appreciation of the beautiful.
  • "You will have to learn many tedious things," he finished, with an
  • indulgent smile, "which you will forget the moment you have passed your
  • final examination, but in anatomy it is better to have learned and lost
  • than never to have learned at all."
  • He took up the pelvis which was lying on the table and began to describe
  • it. He spoke well and clearly.
  • At the end of the lecture the boy who had spoken to Philip in the
  • pathological museum and sat next to him in the theatre suggested that they
  • should go to the dissecting-room. Philip and he walked along the corridor
  • again, and an attendant told them where it was. As soon as they entered
  • Philip understood what the acrid smell was which he had noticed in the
  • passage. He lit a pipe. The attendant gave a short laugh.
  • "You'll soon get used to the smell. I don't notice it myself."
  • He asked Philip's name and looked at a list on the board.
  • "You've got a leg--number four."
  • Philip saw that another name was bracketed with his own.
  • "What's the meaning of that?" he asked.
  • "We're very short of bodies just now. We've had to put two on each part."
  • The dissecting-room was a large apartment painted like the corridors, the
  • upper part a rich salmon and the dado a dark terra-cotta. At regular
  • intervals down the long sides of the room, at right angles with the wall,
  • were iron slabs, grooved like meat-dishes; and on each lay a body. Most of
  • them were men. They were very dark from the preservative in which they had
  • been kept, and the skin had almost the look of leather. They were
  • extremely emaciated. The attendant took Philip up to one of the slabs. A
  • youth was standing by it.
  • "Is your name Carey?" he asked.
  • "Yes."
  • "Oh, then we've got this leg together. It's lucky it's a man, isn't it?"
  • "Why?" asked Philip.
  • "They generally always like a male better," said the attendant. "A
  • female's liable to have a lot of fat about her."
  • Philip looked at the body. The arms and legs were so thin that there was
  • no shape in them, and the ribs stood out so that the skin over them was
  • tense. A man of about forty-five with a thin, gray beard, and on his skull
  • scanty, colourless hair: the eyes were closed and the lower jaw sunken.
  • Philip could not feel that this had ever been a man, and yet in the row of
  • them there was something terrible and ghastly.
  • "I thought I'd start at two," said the young man who was dissecting with
  • Philip.
  • "All right, I'll be here then."
  • He had bought the day before the case of instruments which was needful,
  • and now he was given a locker. He looked at the boy who had accompanied
  • him into the dissecting-room and saw that he was white.
  • "Make you feel rotten?" Philip asked him.
  • "I've never seen anyone dead before."
  • They walked along the corridor till they came to the entrance of the
  • school. Philip remembered Fanny Price. She was the first dead person he
  • had ever seen, and he remembered how strangely it had affected him. There
  • was an immeasurable distance between the quick and the dead: they did not
  • seem to belong to the same species; and it was strange to think that but
  • a little while before they had spoken and moved and eaten and laughed.
  • There was something horrible about the dead, and you could imagine that
  • they might cast an evil influence on the living.
  • "What d'you say to having something to eat?" said his new friend to
  • Philip.
  • They went down into the basement, where there was a dark room fitted up as
  • a restaurant, and here the students were able to get the same sort of fare
  • as they might have at an aerated bread shop. While they ate (Philip had a
  • scone and butter and a cup of chocolate), he discovered that his companion
  • was called Dunsford. He was a fresh-complexioned lad, with pleasant blue
  • eyes and curly, dark hair, large-limbed, slow of speech and movement. He
  • had just come from Clifton.
  • "Are you taking the Conjoint?" he asked Philip.
  • "Yes, I want to get qualified as soon as I can."
  • "I'm taking it too, but I shall take the F. R. C. S. afterwards. I'm going
  • in for surgery."
  • Most of the students took the curriculum of the Conjoint Board of the
  • College of Surgeons and the College of Physicians; but the more ambitious
  • or the more industrious added to this the longer studies which led to a
  • degree from the University of London. When Philip went to St. Luke's
  • changes had recently been made in the regulations, and the course took
  • five years instead of four as it had done for those who registered before
  • the autumn of 1892. Dunsford was well up in his plans and told Philip the
  • usual course of events. The "first conjoint" examination consisted of
  • biology, anatomy, and chemistry; but it could be taken in sections, and
  • most fellows took their biology three months after entering the school.
  • This science had been recently added to the list of subjects upon which
  • the student was obliged to inform himself, but the amount of knowledge
  • required was very small.
  • When Philip went back to the dissecting-room, he was a few minutes late,
  • since he had forgotten to buy the loose sleeves which they wore to protect
  • their shirts, and he found a number of men already working. His partner
  • had started on the minute and was busy dissecting out cutaneous nerves.
  • Two others were engaged on the second leg, and more were occupied with the
  • arms.
  • "You don't mind my having started?"
  • "That's all right, fire away," said Philip.
  • He took the book, open at a diagram of the dissected part, and looked at
  • what they had to find.
  • "You're rather a dab at this," said Philip.
  • "Oh, I've done a good deal of dissecting before, animals, you know, for
  • the Pre Sci."
  • There was a certain amount of conversation over the dissecting-table,
  • partly about the work, partly about the prospects of the football season,
  • the demonstrators, and the lectures. Philip felt himself a great deal
  • older than the others. They were raw schoolboys. But age is a matter of
  • knowledge rather than of years; and Newson, the active young man who was
  • dissecting with him, was very much at home with his subject. He was
  • perhaps not sorry to show off, and he explained very fully to Philip what
  • he was about. Philip, notwithstanding his hidden stores of wisdom,
  • listened meekly. Then Philip took up the scalpel and the tweezers and
  • began working while the other looked on.
  • "Ripping to have him so thin," said Newson, wiping his hands. "The
  • blighter can't have had anything to eat for a month."
  • "I wonder what he died of," murmured Philip.
  • "Oh, I don't know, any old thing, starvation chiefly, I suppose.... I say,
  • look out, don't cut that artery."
  • "It's all very fine to say, don't cut that artery," remarked one of the
  • men working on the opposite leg. "Silly old fool's got an artery in the
  • wrong place."
  • "Arteries always are in the wrong place," said Newson. "The normal's the
  • one thing you practically never get. That's why it's called the normal."
  • "Don't say things like that," said Philip, "or I shall cut myself."
  • "If you cut yourself," answered Newson, full of information, "wash it at
  • once with antiseptic. It's the one thing you've got to be careful about.
  • There was a chap here last year who gave himself only a prick, and he
  • didn't bother about it, and he got septicaemia."
  • "Did he get all right?"
  • "Oh, no, he died in a week. I went and had a look at him in the P. M.
  • room."
  • Philip's back ached by the time it was proper to have tea, and his
  • luncheon had been so light that he was quite ready for it. His hands smelt
  • of that peculiar odour which he had first noticed that morning in the
  • corridor. He thought his muffin tasted of it too.
  • "Oh, you'll get used to that," said Newson. "When you don't have the good
  • old dissecting-room stink about, you feel quite lonely."
  • "I'm not going to let it spoil my appetite," said Philip, as he followed
  • up the muffin with a piece of cake.
  • LV
  • Philip's ideas of the life of medical students, like those of the public
  • at large, were founded on the pictures which Charles Dickens drew in the
  • middle of the nineteenth century. He soon discovered that Bob Sawyer, if
  • he ever existed, was no longer at all like the medical student of the
  • present.
  • It is a mixed lot which enters upon the medical profession, and naturally
  • there are some who are lazy and reckless. They think it is an easy life,
  • idle away a couple of years; and then, because their funds come to an end
  • or because angry parents refuse any longer to support them, drift away
  • from the hospital. Others find the examinations too hard for them; one
  • failure after another robs them of their nerve; and, panic-stricken, they
  • forget as soon as they come into the forbidding buildings of the Conjoint
  • Board the knowledge which before they had so pat. They remain year after
  • year, objects of good-humoured scorn to younger men: some of them crawl
  • through the examination of the Apothecaries Hall; others become
  • non-qualified assistants, a precarious position in which they are at the
  • mercy of their employer; their lot is poverty, drunkenness, and Heaven
  • only knows their end. But for the most part medical students are
  • industrious young men of the middle-class with a sufficient allowance to
  • live in the respectable fashion they have been used to; many are the sons
  • of doctors who have already something of the professional manner; their
  • career is mapped out: as soon as they are qualified they propose to apply
  • for a hospital appointment, after holding which (and perhaps a trip to the
  • Far East as a ship's doctor), they will join their father and spend the
  • rest of their days in a country practice. One or two are marked out as
  • exceptionally brilliant: they will take the various prizes and
  • scholarships which are open each year to the deserving, get one
  • appointment after another at the hospital, go on the staff, take a
  • consulting-room in Harley Street, and, specialising in one subject or
  • another, become prosperous, eminent, and titled.
  • The medical profession is the only one which a man may enter at any age
  • with some chance of making a living. Among the men of Philip's year were
  • three or four who were past their first youth: one had been in the Navy,
  • from which according to report he had been dismissed for drunkenness; he
  • was a man of thirty, with a red face, a brusque manner, and a loud voice.
  • Another was a married man with two children, who had lost money through a
  • defaulting solicitor; he had a bowed look as if the world were too much
  • for him; he went about his work silently, and it was plain that he found
  • it difficult at his age to commit facts to memory. His mind worked slowly.
  • His effort at application was painful to see.
  • Philip made himself at home in his tiny rooms. He arranged his books and
  • hung on the walls such pictures and sketches as he possessed. Above him,
  • on the drawing-room floor, lived a fifth-year man called Griffiths; but
  • Philip saw little of him, partly because he was occupied chiefly in the
  • wards and partly because he had been to Oxford. Such of the students as
  • had been to a university kept a good deal together: they used a variety of
  • means natural to the young in order to impress upon the less fortunate a
  • proper sense of their inferiority; the rest of the students found their
  • Olympian serenity rather hard to bear. Griffiths was a tall fellow, with
  • a quantity of curly red hair and blue eyes, a white skin and a very red
  • mouth; he was one of those fortunate people whom everybody liked, for he
  • had high spirits and a constant gaiety. He strummed a little on the piano
  • and sang comic songs with gusto; and evening after evening, while Philip
  • was reading in his solitary room, he heard the shouts and the uproarious
  • laughter of Griffiths' friends above him. He thought of those delightful
  • evenings in Paris when they would sit in the studio, Lawson and he,
  • Flanagan and Clutton, and talk of art and morals, the love-affairs of the
  • present, and the fame of the future. He felt sick at heart. He found that
  • it was easy to make a heroic gesture, but hard to abide by its results.
  • The worst of it was that the work seemed to him very tedious. He had got
  • out of the habit of being asked questions by demonstrators. His attention
  • wandered at lectures. Anatomy was a dreary science, a mere matter of
  • learning by heart an enormous number of facts; dissection bored him; he
  • did not see the use of dissecting out laboriously nerves and arteries when
  • with much less trouble you could see in the diagrams of a book or in the
  • specimens of the pathological museum exactly where they were.
  • He made friends by chance, but not intimate friends, for he seemed to have
  • nothing in particular to say to his companions. When he tried to interest
  • himself in their concerns, he felt that they found him patronising. He was
  • not of those who can talk of what moves them without caring whether it
  • bores or not the people they talk to. One man, hearing that he had studied
  • art in Paris, and fancying himself on his taste, tried to discuss art with
  • him; but Philip was impatient of views which did not agree with his own;
  • and, finding quickly that the other's ideas were conventional, grew
  • monosyllabic. Philip desired popularity but could bring himself to make no
  • advances to others. A fear of rebuff prevented him from affability, and he
  • concealed his shyness, which was still intense, under a frigid
  • taciturnity. He was going through the same experience as he had done at
  • school, but here the freedom of the medical students' life made it
  • possible for him to live a good deal by himself.
  • It was through no effort of his that he became friendly with Dunsford, the
  • fresh-complexioned, heavy lad whose acquaintance he had made at the
  • beginning of the session. Dunsford attached himself to Philip merely
  • because he was the first person he had known at St. Luke's. He had no
  • friends in London, and on Saturday nights he and Philip got into the habit
  • of going together to the pit of a music-hall or the gallery of a theatre.
  • He was stupid, but he was good-humoured and never took offence; he always
  • said the obvious thing, but when Philip laughed at him merely smiled. He
  • had a very sweet smile. Though Philip made him his butt, he liked him; he
  • was amused by his candour and delighted with his agreeable nature:
  • Dunsford had the charm which himself was acutely conscious of not
  • possessing.
  • They often went to have tea at a shop in Parliament Street, because
  • Dunsford admired one of the young women who waited. Philip did not find
  • anything attractive in her. She was tall and thin, with narrow hips and
  • the chest of a boy.
  • "No one would look at her in Paris," said Philip scornfully.
  • "She's got a ripping face," said Dunsford.
  • "What DOES the face matter?"
  • She had the small regular features, the blue eyes, and the broad low brow,
  • which the Victorian painters, Lord Leighton, Alma Tadema, and a hundred
  • others, induced the world they lived in to accept as a type of Greek
  • beauty. She seemed to have a great deal of hair: it was arranged with
  • peculiar elaboration and done over the forehead in what she called an
  • Alexandra fringe. She was very anaemic. Her thin lips were pale, and her
  • skin was delicate, of a faint green colour, without a touch of red even in
  • the cheeks. She had very good teeth. She took great pains to prevent her
  • work from spoiling her hands, and they were small, thin, and white. She
  • went about her duties with a bored look.
  • Dunsford, very shy with women, had never succeeded in getting into
  • conversation with her; and he urged Philip to help him.
  • "All I want is a lead," he said, "and then I can manage for myself."
  • Philip, to please him, made one or two remarks, but she answered with
  • monosyllables. She had taken their measure. They were boys, and she
  • surmised they were students. She had no use for them. Dunsford noticed
  • that a man with sandy hair and a bristly moustache, who looked like a
  • German, was favoured with her attention whenever he came into the shop;
  • and then it was only by calling her two or three times that they could
  • induce her to take their order. She used the clients whom she did not know
  • with frigid insolence, and when she was talking to a friend was perfectly
  • indifferent to the calls of the hurried. She had the art of treating women
  • who desired refreshment with just that degree of impertinence which
  • irritated them without affording them an opportunity of complaining to the
  • management. One day Dunsford told him her name was Mildred. He had heard
  • one of the other girls in the shop address her.
  • "What an odious name," said Philip.
  • "Why?" asked Dunsford.
  • "I like it."
  • "It's so pretentious."
  • It chanced that on this day the German was not there, and, when she
  • brought the tea, Philip, smiling, remarked:
  • "Your friend's not here today."
  • "I don't know what you mean," she said coldly.
  • "I was referring to the nobleman with the sandy moustache. Has he left you
  • for another?"
  • "Some people would do better to mind their own business," she retorted.
  • She left them, and, since for a minute or two there was no one to attend
  • to, sat down and looked at the evening paper which a customer had left
  • behind him.
  • "You are a fool to put her back up," said Dunsford.
  • "I'm really quite indifferent to the attitude of her vertebrae," replied
  • Philip.
  • But he was piqued. It irritated him that when he tried to be agreeable
  • with a woman she should take offence. When he asked for the bill, he
  • hazarded a remark which he meant to lead further.
  • "Are we no longer on speaking terms?" he smiled.
  • "I'm here to take orders and to wait on customers. I've got nothing to say
  • to them, and I don't want them to say anything to me."
  • She put down the slip of paper on which she had marked the sum they had to
  • pay, and walked back to the table at which she had been sitting. Philip
  • flushed with anger.
  • "That's one in the eye for you, Carey," said Dunsford, when they got
  • outside.
  • "Ill-mannered slut," said Philip. "I shan't go there again."
  • His influence with Dunsford was strong enough to get him to take their tea
  • elsewhere, and Dunsford soon found another young woman to flirt with. But
  • the snub which the waitress had inflicted on him rankled. If she had
  • treated him with civility he would have been perfectly indifferent to her;
  • but it was obvious that she disliked him rather than otherwise, and his
  • pride was wounded. He could not suppress a desire to be even with her. He
  • was impatient with himself because he had so petty a feeling, but three or
  • four days' firmness, during which he would not go to the shop, did not
  • help him to surmount it; and he came to the conclusion that it would be
  • least trouble to see her. Having done so he would certainly cease to think
  • of her. Pretexting an appointment one afternoon, for he was not a little
  • ashamed of his weakness, he left Dunsford and went straight to the shop
  • which he had vowed never again to enter. He saw the waitress the moment he
  • came in and sat down at one of her tables. He expected her to make some
  • reference to the fact that he had not been there for a week, but when she
  • came up for his order she said nothing. He had heard her say to other
  • customers:
  • "You're quite a stranger."
  • She gave no sign that she had ever seen him before. In order to see
  • whether she had really forgotten him, when she brought his tea, he asked:
  • "Have you seen my friend tonight?"
  • "No, he's not been in here for some days."
  • He wanted to use this as the beginning of a conversation, but he was
  • strangely nervous and could think of nothing to say. She gave him no
  • opportunity, but at once went away. He had no chance of saying anything
  • till he asked for his bill.
  • "Filthy weather, isn't it?" he said.
  • It was mortifying that he had been forced to prepare such a phrase as
  • that. He could not make out why she filled him with such embarrassment.
  • "It don't make much difference to me what the weather is, having to be in
  • here all day."
  • There was an insolence in her tone that peculiarly irritated him. A
  • sarcasm rose to his lips, but he forced himself to be silent.
  • "I wish to God she'd say something really cheeky," he raged to himself,
  • "so that I could report her and get her sacked. It would serve her damned
  • well right."
  • LVI
  • He could not get her out of his mind. He laughed angrily at his own
  • foolishness: it was absurd to care what an anaemic little waitress said to
  • him; but he was strangely humiliated. Though no one knew of the
  • humiliation but Dunsford, and he had certainly forgotten, Philip felt that
  • he could have no peace till he had wiped it out. He thought over what he
  • had better do. He made up his mind that he would go to the shop every day;
  • it was obvious that he had made a disagreeable impression on her, but he
  • thought he had the wits to eradicate it; he would take care not to say
  • anything at which the most susceptible person could be offended. All this
  • he did, but it had no effect. When he went in and said good-evening she
  • answered with the same words, but when once he omitted to say it in order
  • to see whether she would say it first, she said nothing at all. He
  • murmured in his heart an expression which though frequently applicable to
  • members of the female sex is not often used of them in polite society; but
  • with an unmoved face he ordered his tea. He made up his mind not to speak
  • a word, and left the shop without his usual good-night. He promised
  • himself that he would not go any more, but the next day at tea-time he
  • grew restless. He tried to think of other things, but he had no command
  • over his thoughts. At last he said desperately:
  • "After all there's no reason why I shouldn't go if I want to."
  • The struggle with himself had taken a long time, and it was getting on for
  • seven when he entered the shop.
  • "I thought you weren't coming," the girl said to him, when he sat down.
  • His heart leaped in his bosom and he felt himself reddening. "I was
  • detained. I couldn't come before."
  • "Cutting up people, I suppose?"
  • "Not so bad as that."
  • "You are a stoodent, aren't you?"
  • "Yes."
  • But that seemed to satisfy her curiosity. She went away and, since at that
  • late hour there was nobody else at her tables, she immersed herself in a
  • novelette. This was before the time of the sixpenny reprints. There was a
  • regular supply of inexpensive fiction written to order by poor hacks for
  • the consumption of the illiterate. Philip was elated; she had addressed
  • him of her own accord; he saw the time approaching when his turn would
  • come and he would tell her exactly what he thought of her. It would be a
  • great comfort to express the immensity of his contempt. He looked at her.
  • It was true that her profile was beautiful; it was extraordinary how
  • English girls of that class had so often a perfection of outline which
  • took your breath away, but it was as cold as marble; and the faint green
  • of her delicate skin gave an impression of unhealthiness. All the
  • waitresses were dressed alike, in plain black dresses, with a white apron,
  • cuffs, and a small cap. On a half sheet of paper that he had in his pocket
  • Philip made a sketch of her as she sat leaning over her book (she outlined
  • the words with her lips as she read), and left it on the table when he
  • went away. It was an inspiration, for next day, when he came in, she
  • smiled at him.
  • "I didn't know you could draw," she said.
  • "I was an art-student in Paris for two years."
  • "I showed that drawing you left be'ind you last night to the manageress
  • and she WAS struck with it. Was it meant to be me?"
  • "It was," said Philip.
  • When she went for his tea, one of the other girls came up to him.
  • "I saw that picture you done of Miss Rogers. It was the very image of
  • her," she said.
  • That was the first time he had heard her name, and when he wanted his bill
  • he called her by it.
  • "I see you know my name," she said, when she came.
  • "Your friend mentioned it when she said something to me about that
  • drawing."
  • "She wants you to do one of her. Don't you do it. If you once begin you'll
  • have to go on, and they'll all be wanting you to do them." Then without a
  • pause, with peculiar inconsequence, she said: "Where's that young fellow
  • that used to come with you? Has he gone away?"
  • "Fancy your remembering him," said Philip.
  • "He was a nice-looking young fellow."
  • Philip felt quite a peculiar sensation in his heart. He did not know what
  • it was. Dunsford had jolly curling hair, a fresh complexion, and a
  • beautiful smile. Philip thought of these advantages with envy.
  • "Oh, he's in love," said he, with a little laugh.
  • Philip repeated every word of the conversation to himself as he limped
  • home. She was quite friendly with him now. When opportunity arose he would
  • offer to make a more finished sketch of her, he was sure she would like
  • that; her face was interesting, the profile was lovely, and there was
  • something curiously fascinating about the chlorotic colour. He tried to
  • think what it was like; at first he thought of pea soup; but, driving away
  • that idea angrily, he thought of the petals of a yellow rosebud when you
  • tore it to pieces before it had burst. He had no ill-feeling towards her
  • now.
  • "She's not a bad sort," he murmured.
  • It was silly of him to take offence at what she had said; it was doubtless
  • his own fault; she had not meant to make herself disagreeable: he ought to
  • be accustomed by now to making at first sight a bad impression on people.
  • He was flattered at the success of his drawing; she looked upon him with
  • more interest now that she was aware of this small talent. He was restless
  • next day. He thought of going to lunch at the tea-shop, but he was certain
  • there would be many people there then, and Mildred would not be able to
  • talk to him. He had managed before this to get out of having tea with
  • Dunsford, and, punctually at half past four (he had looked at his watch a
  • dozen times), he went into the shop.
  • Mildred had her back turned to him. She was sitting down, talking to the
  • German whom Philip had seen there every day till a fortnight ago and since
  • then had not seen at all. She was laughing at what he said. Philip thought
  • she had a common laugh, and it made him shudder. He called her, but she
  • took no notice; he called her again; then, growing angry, for he was
  • impatient, he rapped the table loudly with his stick. She approached
  • sulkily.
  • "How d'you do?" he said.
  • "You seem to be in a great hurry."
  • She looked down at him with the insolent manner which he knew so well.
  • "I say, what's the matter with you?" he asked.
  • "If you'll kindly give your order I'll get what you want. I can't stand
  • talking all night."
  • "Tea and toasted bun, please," Philip answered briefly.
  • He was furious with her. He had The Star with him and read it
  • elaborately when she brought the tea.
  • "If you'll give me my bill now I needn't trouble you again," he said
  • icily.
  • She wrote out the slip, placed it on the table, and went back to the
  • German. Soon she was talking to him with animation. He was a man of middle
  • height, with the round head of his nation and a sallow face; his moustache
  • was large and bristling; he had on a tail-coat and gray trousers, and he
  • wore a massive gold watch-chain. Philip thought the other girls looked
  • from him to the pair at the table and exchanged significant glances. He
  • felt certain they were laughing at him, and his blood boiled. He detested
  • Mildred now with all his heart. He knew that the best thing he could do
  • was to cease coming to the tea-shop, but he could not bear to think that
  • he had been worsted in the affair, and he devised a plan to show her that
  • he despised her. Next day he sat down at another table and ordered his tea
  • from another waitress. Mildred's friend was there again and she was
  • talking to him. She paid no attention to Philip, and so when he went out
  • he chose a moment when she had to cross his path: as he passed he looked
  • at her as though he had never seen her before. He repeated this for three
  • or four days. He expected that presently she would take the opportunity to
  • say something to him; he thought she would ask why he never came to one of
  • her tables now, and he had prepared an answer charged with all the
  • loathing he felt for her. He knew it was absurd to trouble, but he could
  • not help himself. She had beaten him again. The German suddenly
  • disappeared, but Philip still sat at other tables. She paid no attention
  • to him. Suddenly he realised that what he did was a matter of complete
  • indifference to her; he could go on in that way till doomsday, and it
  • would have no effect.
  • "I've not finished yet," he said to himself.
  • The day after he sat down in his old seat, and when she came up said
  • good-evening as though he had not ignored her for a week. His face was
  • placid, but he could not prevent the mad beating of his heart. At that
  • time the musical comedy had lately leaped into public favour, and he was
  • sure that Mildred would be delighted to go to one.
  • "I say," he said suddenly, "I wonder if you'd dine with me one night and
  • come to The Belle of New York. I'll get a couple of stalls."
  • He added the last sentence in order to tempt her. He knew that when the
  • girls went to the play it was either in the pit, or, if some man took
  • them, seldom to more expensive seats than the upper circle. Mildred's pale
  • face showed no change of expression.
  • "I don't mind," she said.
  • "When will you come?"
  • "I get off early on Thursdays."
  • They made arrangements. Mildred lived with an aunt at Herne Hill. The play
  • began at eight so they must dine at seven. She proposed that he should
  • meet her in the second-class waiting-room at Victoria Station. She showed
  • no pleasure, but accepted the invitation as though she conferred a favour.
  • Philip was vaguely irritated.
  • LVII
  • Philip arrived at Victoria Station nearly half an hour before the time
  • which Mildred had appointed, and sat down in the second-class
  • waiting-room. He waited and she did not come. He began to grow anxious,
  • and walked into the station watching the incoming suburban trains; the
  • hour which she had fixed passed, and still there was no sign of her.
  • Philip was impatient. He went into the other waiting-rooms and looked at
  • the people sitting in them. Suddenly his heart gave a great thud.
  • "There you are. I thought you were never coming."
  • "I like that after keeping me waiting all this time. I had half a mind to
  • go back home again."
  • "But you said you'd come to the second-class waiting-room."
  • "I didn't say any such thing. It isn't exactly likely I'd sit in the
  • second-class room when I could sit in the first is it?"
  • Though Philip was sure he had not made a mistake, he said nothing, and
  • they got into a cab.
  • "Where are we dining?" she asked.
  • "I thought of the Adelphi Restaurant. Will that suit you?"
  • "I don't mind where we dine."
  • She spoke ungraciously. She was put out by being kept waiting and answered
  • Philip's attempt at conversation with monosyllables. She wore a long cloak
  • of some rough, dark material and a crochet shawl over her head. They
  • reached the restaurant and sat down at a table. She looked round with
  • satisfaction. The red shades to the candles on the tables, the gold of the
  • decorations, the looking-glasses, lent the room a sumptuous air.
  • "I've never been here before."
  • She gave Philip a smile. She had taken off her cloak; and he saw that she
  • wore a pale blue dress, cut square at the neck; and her hair was more
  • elaborately arranged than ever. He had ordered champagne and when it came
  • her eyes sparkled.
  • "You are going it," she said.
  • "Because I've ordered fiz?" he asked carelessly, as though he never drank
  • anything else.
  • "I WAS surprised when you asked me to do a theatre with you."
  • Conversation did not go very easily, for she did not seem to have much to
  • say; and Philip was nervously conscious that he was not amusing her. She
  • listened carelessly to his remarks, with her eyes on other diners, and
  • made no pretence that she was interested in him. He made one or two little
  • jokes, but she took them quite seriously. The only sign of vivacity he got
  • was when he spoke of the other girls in the shop; she could not bear the
  • manageress and told him all her misdeeds at length.
  • "I can't stick her at any price and all the air she gives herself.
  • Sometimes I've got more than half a mind to tell her something she doesn't
  • think I know anything about."
  • "What is that?" asked Philip.
  • "Well, I happen to know that she's not above going to Eastbourne with a
  • man for the week-end now and again. One of the girls has a married sister
  • who goes there with her husband, and she's seen her. She was staying at
  • the same boarding-house, and she 'ad a wedding-ring on, and I know for one
  • she's not married."
  • Philip filled her glass, hoping that champagne would make her more
  • affable; he was anxious that his little jaunt should be a success. He
  • noticed that she held her knife as though it were a pen-holder, and when
  • she drank protruded her little finger. He started several topics of
  • conversation, but he could get little out of her, and he remembered with
  • irritation that he had seen her talking nineteen to the dozen and laughing
  • with the German. They finished dinner and went to the play. Philip was a
  • very cultured young man, and he looked upon musical comedy with scorn. He
  • thought the jokes vulgar and the melodies obvious; it seemed to him that
  • they did these things much better in France; but Mildred enjoyed herself
  • thoroughly; she laughed till her sides ached, looking at Philip now and
  • then when something tickled her to exchange a glance of pleasure; and she
  • applauded rapturously.
  • "This is the seventh time I've been," she said, after the first act, "and
  • I don't mind if I come seven times more."
  • She was much interested in the women who surrounded them in the stalls.
  • She pointed out to Philip those who were painted and those who wore false
  • hair.
  • "It is horrible, these West-end people," she said. "I don't know how they
  • can do it." She put her hand to her hair. "Mine's all my own, every bit of
  • it."
  • She found no one to admire, and whenever she spoke of anyone it was to say
  • something disagreeable. It made Philip uneasy. He supposed that next day
  • she would tell the girls in the shop that he had taken her out and that he
  • had bored her to death. He disliked her, and yet, he knew not why, he
  • wanted to be with her. On the way home he asked:
  • "I hope you've enjoyed yourself?"
  • "Rather."
  • "Will you come out with me again one evening?"
  • "I don't mind."
  • He could never get beyond such expressions as that. Her indifference
  • maddened him.
  • "That sounds as if you didn't much care if you came or not."
  • "Oh, if you don't take me out some other fellow will. I need never want
  • for men who'll take me to the theatre."
  • Philip was silent. They came to the station, and he went to the
  • booking-office.
  • "I've got my season," she said.
  • "I thought I'd take you home as it's rather late, if you don't mind."
  • "Oh, I don't mind if it gives you any pleasure."
  • He took a single first for her and a return for himself.
  • "Well, you're not mean, I will say that for you," she said, when he opened
  • the carriage-door.
  • Philip did not know whether he was pleased or sorry when other people
  • entered and it was impossible to speak. They got out at Herne Hill, and he
  • accompanied her to the corner of the road in which she lived.
  • "I'll say good-night to you here," she said, holding out her hand. "You'd
  • better not come up to the door. I know what people are, and I don't want
  • to have anybody talking."
  • She said good-night and walked quickly away. He could see the white shawl
  • in the darkness. He thought she might turn round, but she did not. Philip
  • saw which house she went into, and in a moment he walked along to look at
  • it. It was a trim, common little house of yellow brick, exactly like all
  • the other little houses in the street. He stood outside for a few minutes,
  • and presently the window on the top floor was darkened. Philip strolled
  • slowly back to the station. The evening had been unsatisfactory. He felt
  • irritated, restless, and miserable.
  • When he lay in bed he seemed still to see her sitting in the corner of the
  • railway carriage, with the white crochet shawl over her head. He did not
  • know how he was to get through the hours that must pass before his eyes
  • rested on her again. He thought drowsily of her thin face, with its
  • delicate features, and the greenish pallor of her skin. He was not happy
  • with her, but he was unhappy away from her. He wanted to sit by her side
  • and look at her, he wanted to touch her, he wanted... the thought came to
  • him and he did not finish it, suddenly he grew wide awake... he wanted to
  • kiss the thin, pale mouth with its narrow lips. The truth came to him at
  • last. He was in love with her. It was incredible.
  • He had often thought of falling in love, and there was one scene which he
  • had pictured to himself over and over again. He saw himself coming into a
  • ball-room; his eyes fell on a little group of men and women talking; and
  • one of the women turned round. Her eyes fell upon him, and he knew that
  • the gasp in his throat was in her throat too. He stood quite still. She
  • was tall and dark and beautiful with eyes like the night; she was dressed
  • in white, and in her black hair shone diamonds; they stared at one
  • another, forgetting that people surrounded them. He went straight up to
  • her, and she moved a little towards him. Both felt that the formality of
  • introduction was out of place. He spoke to her.
  • "I've been looking for you all my life," he said.
  • "You've come at last," she murmured.
  • "Will you dance with me?"
  • She surrendered herself to his outstretched hands and they danced. (Philip
  • always pretended that he was not lame.) She danced divinely.
  • "I've never danced with anyone who danced like you," she said.
  • She tore up her programme, and they danced together the whole evening.
  • "I'm so thankful that I waited for you," he said to her. "I knew that in
  • the end I must meet you."
  • People in the ball-room stared. They did not care. They did not wish to
  • hide their passion. At last they went into the garden. He flung a light
  • cloak over her shoulders and put her in a waiting cab. They caught the
  • midnight train to Paris; and they sped through the silent, star-lit night
  • into the unknown.
  • He thought of this old fancy of his, and it seemed impossible that he
  • should be in love with Mildred Rogers. Her name was grotesque. He did not
  • think her pretty; he hated the thinness of her, only that evening he had
  • noticed how the bones of her chest stood out in evening-dress; he went
  • over her features one by one; he did not like her mouth, and the
  • unhealthiness of her colour vaguely repelled him. She was common. Her
  • phrases, so bald and few, constantly repeated, showed the emptiness of her
  • mind; he recalled her vulgar little laugh at the jokes of the musical
  • comedy; and he remembered the little finger carefully extended when she
  • held her glass to her mouth; her manners like her conversation, were
  • odiously genteel. He remembered her insolence; sometimes he had felt
  • inclined to box her ears; and suddenly, he knew not why, perhaps it was
  • the thought of hitting her or the recollection of her tiny, beautiful
  • ears, he was seized by an uprush of emotion. He yearned for her. He
  • thought of taking her in his arms, the thin, fragile body, and kissing her
  • pale mouth: he wanted to pass his fingers down the slightly greenish
  • cheeks. He wanted her.
  • He had thought of love as a rapture which seized one so that all the world
  • seemed spring-like, he had looked forward to an ecstatic happiness; but
  • this was not happiness; it was a hunger of the soul, it was a painful
  • yearning, it was a bitter anguish, he had never known before. He tried to
  • think when it had first come to him. He did not know. He only remembered
  • that each time he had gone into the shop, after the first two or three
  • times, it had been with a little feeling in the heart that was pain; and
  • he remembered that when she spoke to him he felt curiously breathless.
  • When she left him it was wretchedness, and when she came to him again it
  • was despair.
  • He stretched himself in his bed as a dog stretches himself. He wondered
  • how he was going to endure that ceaseless aching of his soul.
  • LVIII
  • Philip woke early next morning, and his first thought was of Mildred. It
  • struck him that he might meet her at Victoria Station and walk with her to
  • the shop. He shaved quickly, scrambled into his clothes, and took a bus to
  • the station. He was there by twenty to eight and watched the incoming
  • trains. Crowds poured out of them, clerks and shop-people at that early
  • hour, and thronged up the platform: they hurried along, sometimes in
  • pairs, here and there a group of girls, but more often alone. They were
  • white, most of them, ugly in the early morning, and they had an abstracted
  • look; the younger ones walked lightly, as though the cement of the
  • platform were pleasant to tread, but the others went as though impelled by
  • a machine: their faces were set in an anxious frown.
  • At last Philip saw Mildred, and he went up to her eagerly.
  • "Good-morning," he said. "I thought I'd come and see how you were after
  • last night."
  • She wore an old brown ulster and a sailor hat. It was very clear that she
  • was not pleased to see him.
  • "Oh, I'm all right. I haven't got much time to waste."
  • "D'you mind if I walk down Victoria Street with you?"
  • "I'm none too early. I shall have to walk fast," she answered, looking
  • down at Philip's club-foot.
  • He turned scarlet.
  • "I beg your pardon. I won't detain you."
  • "You can please yourself."
  • She went on, and he with a sinking heart made his way home to breakfast.
  • He hated her. He knew he was a fool to bother about her; she was not the
  • sort of woman who would ever care two straws for him, and she must look
  • upon his deformity with distaste. He made up his mind that he would not go
  • in to tea that afternoon, but, hating himself, he went. She nodded to him
  • as he came in and smiled.
  • "I expect I was rather short with you this morning," she said. "You see,
  • I didn't expect you, and it came like a surprise."
  • "Oh, it doesn't matter at all."
  • He felt that a great weight had suddenly been lifted from him. He was
  • infinitely grateful for one word of kindness.
  • "Why don't you sit down?" he asked. "Nobody's wanting you just now."
  • "I don't mind if I do."
  • He looked at her, but could think of nothing to say; he racked his brains
  • anxiously, seeking for a remark which should keep her by him; he wanted to
  • tell her how much she meant to him; but he did not know how to make love
  • now that he loved in earnest.
  • "Where's your friend with the fair moustache? I haven't seen him lately."
  • "Oh, he's gone back to Birmingham. He's in business there. He only comes
  • up to London every now and again."
  • "Is he in love with you?"
  • "You'd better ask him," she said, with a laugh. "I don't know what it's
  • got to do with you if he is."
  • A bitter answer leaped to his tongue, but he was learning self-restraint.
  • "I wonder why you say things like that," was all he permitted himself to
  • say.
  • She looked at him with those indifferent eyes of hers.
  • "It looks as if you didn't set much store on me," he added.
  • "Why should I?"
  • "No reason at all."
  • He reached over for his paper.
  • "You are quick-tempered," she said, when she saw the gesture. "You do take
  • offence easily."
  • He smiled and looked at her appealingly.
  • "Will you do something for me?" he asked.
  • "That depends what it is."
  • "Let me walk back to the station with you tonight."
  • "I don't mind."
  • He went out after tea and went back to his rooms, but at eight o'clock,
  • when the shop closed, he was waiting outside.
  • "You are a caution," she said, when she came out. "I don't understand
  • you."
  • "I shouldn't have thought it was very difficult," he answered bitterly.
  • "Did any of the girls see you waiting for me?"
  • "I don't know and I don't care."
  • "They all laugh at you, you know. They say you're spoony on me."
  • "Much you care," he muttered.
  • "Now then, quarrelsome."
  • At the station he took a ticket and said he was going to accompany her
  • home.
  • "You don't seem to have much to do with your time," she said.
  • "I suppose I can waste it in my own way."
  • They seemed to be always on the verge of a quarrel. The fact was that he
  • hated himself for loving her. She seemed to be constantly humiliating him,
  • and for each snub that he endured he owed her a grudge. But she was in a
  • friendly mood that evening, and talkative: she told him that her parents
  • were dead; she gave him to understand that she did not have to earn her
  • living, but worked for amusement.
  • "My aunt doesn't like my going to business. I can have the best of
  • everything at home. I don't want you to think I work because I need to."
  • Philip knew that she was not speaking the truth. The gentility of her
  • class made her use this pretence to avoid the stigma attached to earning
  • her living.
  • "My family's very well-connected," she said.
  • Philip smiled faintly, and she noticed it.
  • "What are you laughing at?" she said quickly. "Don't you believe I'm
  • telling you the truth?"
  • "Of course I do," he answered.
  • She looked at him suspiciously, but in a moment could not resist the
  • temptation to impress him with the splendour of her early days.
  • "My father always kept a dog-cart, and we had three servants. We had a
  • cook and a housemaid and an odd man. We used to grow beautiful roses.
  • People used to stop at the gate and ask who the house belonged to, the
  • roses were so beautiful. Of course it isn't very nice for me having to mix
  • with them girls in the shop, it's not the class of person I've been used
  • to, and sometimes I really think I'll give up business on that account.
  • It's not the work I mind, don't think that; but it's the class of people
  • I have to mix with."
  • They were sitting opposite one another in the train, and Philip, listening
  • sympathetically to what she said, was quite happy. He was amused at her
  • naivete and slightly touched. There was a very faint colour in her cheeks.
  • He was thinking that it would be delightful to kiss the tip of her chin.
  • "The moment you come into the shop I saw you was a gentleman in every
  • sense of the word. Was your father a professional man?"
  • "He was a doctor."
  • "You can always tell a professional man. There's something about them, I
  • don't know what it is, but I know at once."
  • They walked along from the station together.
  • "I say, I want you to come and see another play with me," he said.
  • "I don't mind," she said.
  • "You might go so far as to say you'd like to."
  • "Why?"
  • "It doesn't matter. Let's fix a day. Would Saturday night suit you?"
  • "Yes, that'll do."
  • They made further arrangements, and then found themselves at the corner of
  • the road in which she lived. She gave him her hand, and he held it.
  • "I say, I do so awfully want to call you Mildred."
  • "You may if you like, I don't care."
  • "And you'll call me Philip, won't you?"
  • "I will if I can think of it. It seems more natural to call you Mr.
  • Carey."
  • He drew her slightly towards him, but she leaned back.
  • "What are you doing?"
  • "Won't you kiss me good-night?" he whispered.
  • "Impudence!" she said.
  • She snatched away her hand and hurried towards her house.
  • Philip bought tickets for Saturday night. It was not one of the days on
  • which she got off early and therefore she would have no time to go home
  • and change; but she meant to bring a frock up with her in the morning and
  • hurry into her clothes at the shop. If the manageress was in a good temper
  • she would let her go at seven. Philip had agreed to wait outside from a
  • quarter past seven onwards. He looked forward to the occasion with painful
  • eagerness, for in the cab on the way from the theatre to the station he
  • thought she would let him kiss her. The vehicle gave every facility for a
  • man to put his arm round a girl's waist (an advantage which the hansom had
  • over the taxi of the present day), and the delight of that was worth the
  • cost of the evening's entertainment.
  • But on Saturday afternoon when he went in to have tea, in order to confirm
  • the arrangements, he met the man with the fair moustache coming out of the
  • shop. He knew by now that he was called Miller. He was a naturalized
  • German, who had anglicised his name, and he had lived many years in
  • England. Philip had heard him speak, and, though his English was fluent
  • and natural, it had not quite the intonation of the native. Philip knew
  • that he was flirting with Mildred, and he was horribly jealous of him; but
  • he took comfort in the coldness of her temperament, which otherwise
  • distressed him; and, thinking her incapable of passion, he looked upon his
  • rival as no better off than himself. But his heart sank now, for his first
  • thought was that Miller's sudden appearance might interfere with the jaunt
  • which he had so looked forward to. He entered, sick with apprehension. The
  • waitress came up to him, took his order for tea, and presently brought it.
  • "I'm awfully sorry," she said, with an expression on her face of real
  • distress. "I shan't be able to come tonight after all."
  • "Why?" said Philip.
  • "Don't look so stern about it," she laughed. "It's not my fault. My aunt
  • was taken ill last night, and it's the girl's night out so I must go and
  • sit with her. She can't be left alone, can she?"
  • "It doesn't matter. I'll see you home instead."
  • "But you've got the tickets. It would be a pity to waste them."
  • He took them out of his pocket and deliberately tore them up.
  • "What are you doing that for?"
  • "You don't suppose I want to go and see a rotten musical comedy by myself,
  • do you? I only took seats there for your sake."
  • "You can't see me home if that's what you mean?"
  • "You've made other arrangements."
  • "I don't know what you mean by that. You're just as selfish as all the
  • rest of them. You only think of yourself. It's not my fault if my aunt's
  • queer."
  • She quickly wrote out his bill and left him. Philip knew very little about
  • women, or he would have been aware that one should accept their most
  • transparent lies. He made up his mind that he would watch the shop and see
  • for certain whether Mildred went out with the German. He had an unhappy
  • passion for certainty. At seven he stationed himself on the opposite
  • pavement. He looked about for Miller, but did not see him. In ten minutes
  • she came out, she had on the cloak and shawl which she had worn when he
  • took her to the Shaftesbury Theatre. It was obvious that she was not going
  • home. She saw him before he had time to move away, started a little, and
  • then came straight up to him.
  • "What are you doing here?" she said.
  • "Taking the air," he answered.
  • "You're spying on me, you dirty little cad. I thought you was a
  • gentleman."
  • "Did you think a gentleman would be likely to take any interest in you?"
  • he murmured.
  • There was a devil within him which forced him to make matters worse. He
  • wanted to hurt her as much as she was hurting him.
  • "I suppose I can change my mind if I like. I'm not obliged to come out
  • with you. I tell you I'm going home, and I won't be followed or spied
  • upon."
  • "Have you seen Miller today?"
  • "That's no business of yours. In point of fact I haven't, so you're wrong
  • again."
  • "I saw him this afternoon. He'd just come out of the shop when I went in."
  • "Well, what if he did? I can go out with him if I want to, can't I? I
  • don't know what you've got to say to it."
  • "He's keeping you waiting, isn't he?"
  • "Well, I'd rather wait for him than have you wait for me. Put that in your
  • pipe and smoke it. And now p'raps you'll go off home and mind your own
  • business in future."
  • His mood changed suddenly from anger to despair, and his voice trembled
  • when he spoke.
  • "I say, don't be beastly with me, Mildred. You know I'm awfully fond of
  • you. I think I love you with all my heart. Won't you change your mind? I
  • was looking forward to this evening so awfully. You see, he hasn't come,
  • and he can't care twopence about you really. Won't you dine with me? I'll
  • get some more tickets, and we'll go anywhere you like."
  • "I tell you I won't. It's no good you talking. I've made up my mind, and
  • when I make up my mind I keep to it."
  • He looked at her for a moment. His heart was torn with anguish. People
  • were hurrying past them on the pavement, and cabs and omnibuses rolled by
  • noisily. He saw that Mildred's eyes were wandering. She was afraid of
  • missing Miller in the crowd.
  • "I can't go on like this," groaned Philip. "It's too degrading. If I go
  • now I go for good. Unless you'll come with me tonight you'll never see me
  • again."
  • "You seem to think that'll be an awful thing for me. All I say is, good
  • riddance to bad rubbish."
  • "Then good-bye."
  • He nodded and limped away slowly, for he hoped with all his heart that she
  • would call him back. At the next lamp-post he stopped and looked over his
  • shoulder. He thought she might beckon to him--he was willing to forget
  • everything, he was ready for any humiliation--but she had turned away, and
  • apparently had ceased to trouble about him. He realised that she was glad
  • to be quit of him.
  • LIX
  • Philip passed the evening wretchedly. He had told his landlady that he
  • would not be in, so there was nothing for him to eat, and he had to go to
  • Gatti's for dinner. Afterwards he went back to his rooms, but Griffiths on
  • the floor above him was having a party, and the noisy merriment made his
  • own misery more hard to bear. He went to a music-hall, but it was Saturday
  • night and there was standing-room only: after half an hour of boredom his
  • legs grew tired and he went home. He tried to read, but he could not fix
  • his attention; and yet it was necessary that he should work hard. His
  • examination in biology was in little more than a fortnight, and, though it
  • was easy, he had neglected his lectures of late and was conscious that he
  • knew nothing. It was only a viva, however, and he felt sure that in a
  • fortnight he could find out enough about the subject to scrape through. He
  • had confidence in his intelligence. He threw aside his book and gave
  • himself up to thinking deliberately of the matter which was in his mind
  • all the time.
  • He reproached himself bitterly for his behaviour that evening. Why had he
  • given her the alternative that she must dine with him or else never see
  • him again? Of course she refused. He should have allowed for her pride. He
  • had burnt his ships behind him. It would not be so hard to bear if he
  • thought that she was suffering now, but he knew her too well: she was
  • perfectly indifferent to him. If he hadn't been a fool he would have
  • pretended to believe her story; he ought to have had the strength to
  • conceal his disappointment and the self-control to master his temper. He
  • could not tell why he loved her. He had read of the idealisation that
  • takes place in love, but he saw her exactly as she was. She was not
  • amusing or clever, her mind was common; she had a vulgar shrewdness which
  • revolted him, she had no gentleness nor softness. As she would have put it
  • herself, she was on the make. What aroused her admiration was a clever
  • trick played on an unsuspecting person; to 'do' somebody always gave her
  • satisfaction. Philip laughed savagely as he thought of her gentility and
  • the refinement with which she ate her food; she could not bear a coarse
  • word, so far as her limited vocabulary reached she had a passion for
  • euphemisms, and she scented indecency everywhere; she never spoke of
  • trousers but referred to them as nether garments; she thought it slightly
  • indelicate to blow her nose and did it in a deprecating way. She was
  • dreadfully anaemic and suffered from the dyspepsia which accompanies that
  • ailing. Philip was repelled by her flat breast and narrow hips, and he
  • hated the vulgar way in which she did her hair. He loathed and despised
  • himself for loving her.
  • The fact remained that he was helpless. He felt just as he had felt
  • sometimes in the hands of a bigger boy at school. He had struggled against
  • the superior strength till his own strength was gone, and he was rendered
  • quite powerless--he remembered the peculiar languor he had felt in his
  • limbs, almost as though he were paralysed--so that he could not help
  • himself at all. He might have been dead. He felt just that same weakness
  • now. He loved the woman so that he knew he had never loved before. He did
  • not mind her faults of person or of character, he thought he loved them
  • too: at all events they meant nothing to him. It did not seem himself that
  • was concerned; he felt that he had been seized by some strange force that
  • moved him against his will, contrary to his interests; and because he had
  • a passion for freedom he hated the chains which bound him. He laughed at
  • himself when he thought how often he had longed to experience the
  • overwhelming passion. He cursed himself because he had given way to it. He
  • thought of the beginnings; nothing of all this would have happened if he
  • had not gone into the shop with Dunsford. The whole thing was his own
  • fault. Except for his ridiculous vanity he would never have troubled
  • himself with the ill-mannered slut.
  • At all events the occurrences of that evening had finished the whole
  • affair. Unless he was lost to all sense of shame he could not go back. He
  • wanted passionately to get rid of the love that obsessed him; it was
  • degrading and hateful. He must prevent himself from thinking of her. In a
  • little while the anguish he suffered must grow less. His mind went back to
  • the past. He wondered whether Emily Wilkinson and Fanny Price had endured
  • on his account anything like the torment that he suffered now. He felt a
  • pang of remorse.
  • "I didn't know then what it was like," he said to himself.
  • He slept very badly. The next day was Sunday, and he worked at his
  • biology. He sat with the book in front of him, forming the words with his
  • lips in order to fix his attention, but he could remember nothing. He
  • found his thoughts going back to Mildred every minute, and he repeated to
  • himself the exact words of the quarrel they had had. He had to force
  • himself back to his book. He went out for a walk. The streets on the South
  • side of the river were dingy enough on week-days, but there was an energy,
  • a coming and going, which gave them a sordid vivacity; but on Sundays,
  • with no shops open, no carts in the roadway, silent and depressed, they
  • were indescribably dreary. Philip thought that day would never end. But he
  • was so tired that he slept heavily, and when Monday came he entered upon
  • life with determination. Christmas was approaching, and a good many of the
  • students had gone into the country for the short holiday between the two
  • parts of the winter session; but Philip had refused his uncle's invitation
  • to go down to Blackstable. He had given the approaching examination as his
  • excuse, but in point of fact he had been unwilling to leave London and
  • Mildred. He had neglected his work so much that now he had only a
  • fortnight to learn what the curriculum allowed three months for. He set to
  • work seriously. He found it easier each day not to think of Mildred. He
  • congratulated himself on his force of character. The pain he suffered was
  • no longer anguish, but a sort of soreness, like what one might be expected
  • to feel if one had been thrown off a horse and, though no bones were
  • broken, were bruised all over and shaken. Philip found that he was able to
  • observe with curiosity the condition he had been in during the last few
  • weeks. He analysed his feelings with interest. He was a little amused at
  • himself. One thing that struck him was how little under those
  • circumstances it mattered what one thought; the system of personal
  • philosophy, which had given him great satisfaction to devise, had not
  • served him. He was puzzled by this.
  • But sometimes in the street he would see a girl who looked so like Mildred
  • that his heart seemed to stop beating. Then he could not help himself, he
  • hurried on to catch her up, eager and anxious, only to find that it was a
  • total stranger. Men came back from the country, and he went with Dunsford
  • to have tea at an A. B. C. shop. The well-known uniform made him so
  • miserable that he could not speak. The thought came to him that perhaps
  • she had been transferred to another establishment of the firm for which
  • she worked, and he might suddenly find himself face to face with her. The
  • idea filled him with panic, so that he feared Dunsford would see that
  • something was the matter with him: he could not think of anything to say;
  • he pretended to listen to what Dunsford was talking about; the
  • conversation maddened him; and it was all he could do to prevent himself
  • from crying out to Dunsford for Heaven's sake to hold his tongue.
  • Then came the day of his examination. Philip, when his turn arrived, went
  • forward to the examiner's table with the utmost confidence. He answered
  • three or four questions. Then they showed him various specimens; he had
  • been to very few lectures and, as soon as he was asked about things which
  • he could not learn from books, he was floored. He did what he could to
  • hide his ignorance, the examiner did not insist, and soon his ten minutes
  • were over. He felt certain he had passed; but next day, when he went up to
  • the examination buildings to see the result posted on the door, he was
  • astounded not to find his number among those who had satisfied the
  • examiners. In amazement he read the list three times. Dunsford was with
  • him.
  • "I say, I'm awfully sorry you're ploughed," he said.
  • He had just inquired Philip's number. Philip turned and saw by his radiant
  • face that Dunsford had passed.
  • "Oh, it doesn't matter a bit," said Philip. "I'm jolly glad you're all
  • right. I shall go up again in July."
  • He was very anxious to pretend he did not mind, and on their way back
  • along The Embankment insisted on talking of indifferent things. Dunsford
  • good-naturedly wanted to discuss the causes of Philip's failure, but
  • Philip was obstinately casual. He was horribly mortified; and the fact
  • that Dunsford, whom he looked upon as a very pleasant but quite stupid
  • fellow, had passed made his own rebuff harder to bear. He had always been
  • proud of his intelligence, and now he asked himself desperately whether he
  • was not mistaken in the opinion he held of himself. In the three months of
  • the winter session the students who had joined in October had already
  • shaken down into groups, and it was clear which were brilliant, which were
  • clever or industrious, and which were 'rotters.' Philip was conscious that
  • his failure was a surprise to no one but himself. It was tea-time, and he
  • knew that a lot of men would be having tea in the basement of the Medical
  • School: those who had passed the examination would be exultant, those who
  • disliked him would look at him with satisfaction, and the poor devils who
  • had failed would sympathise with him in order to receive sympathy. His
  • instinct was not to go near the hospital for a week, when the affair would
  • be no more thought of, but, because he hated so much to go just then, he
  • went: he wanted to inflict suffering upon himself. He forgot for the
  • moment his maxim of life to follow his inclinations with due regard for
  • the policeman round the corner; or, if he acted in accordance with it,
  • there must have been some strange morbidity in his nature which made him
  • take a grim pleasure in self-torture.
  • But later on, when he had endured the ordeal to which he forced himself,
  • going out into the night after the noisy conversation in the smoking-room,
  • he was seized with a feeling of utter loneliness. He seemed to himself
  • absurd and futile. He had an urgent need of consolation, and the
  • temptation to see Mildred was irresistible. He thought bitterly that there
  • was small chance of consolation from her; but he wanted to see her even if
  • he did not speak to her; after all, she was a waitress and would be
  • obliged to serve him. She was the only person in the world he cared for.
  • There was no use in hiding that fact from himself. Of course it would be
  • humiliating to go back to the shop as though nothing had happened, but he
  • had not much self-respect left. Though he would not confess it to himself,
  • he had hoped each day that she would write to him; she knew that a letter
  • addressed to the hospital would find him; but she had not written: it was
  • evident that she cared nothing if she saw him again or not. And he kept on
  • repeating to himself:
  • "I must see her. I must see her."
  • The desire was so great that he could not give the time necessary to walk,
  • but jumped in a cab. He was too thrifty to use one when it could possibly
  • be avoided. He stood outside the shop for a minute or two. The thought
  • came to him that perhaps she had left, and in terror he walked in quickly.
  • He saw her at once. He sat down and she came up to him.
  • "A cup of tea and a muffin, please," he ordered.
  • He could hardly speak. He was afraid for a moment that he was going to
  • cry.
  • "I almost thought you was dead," she said.
  • She was smiling. Smiling! She seemed to have forgotten completely that
  • last scene which Philip had repeated to himself a hundred times.
  • "I thought if you'd wanted to see me you'd write," he answered.
  • "I've got too much to do to think about writing letters."
  • It seemed impossible for her to say a gracious thing. Philip cursed the
  • fate which chained him to such a woman. She went away to fetch his tea.
  • "Would you like me to sit down for a minute or two?" she said, when she
  • brought it.
  • "Yes."
  • "Where have you been all this time?"
  • "I've been in London."
  • "I thought you'd gone away for the holidays. Why haven't you been in
  • then?"
  • Philip looked at her with haggard, passionate eyes.
  • "Don't you remember that I said I'd never see you again?"
  • "What are you doing now then?"
  • She seemed anxious to make him drink up the cup of his humiliation; but he
  • knew her well enough to know that she spoke at random; she hurt him
  • frightfully, and never even tried to. He did not answer.
  • "It was a nasty trick you played on me, spying on me like that. I always
  • thought you was a gentleman in every sense of the word."
  • "Don't be beastly to me, Mildred. I can't bear it."
  • "You are a funny feller. I can't make you out."
  • "It's very simple. I'm such a blasted fool as to love you with all my
  • heart and soul, and I know that you don't care twopence for me."
  • "If you had been a gentleman I think you'd have come next day and begged
  • my pardon."
  • She had no mercy. He looked at her neck and thought how he would like to
  • jab it with the knife he had for his muffin. He knew enough anatomy to
  • make pretty certain of getting the carotid artery. And at the same time he
  • wanted to cover her pale, thin face with kisses.
  • "If I could only make you understand how frightfully I'm in love with
  • you."
  • "You haven't begged my pardon yet."
  • He grew very white. She felt that she had done nothing wrong on that
  • occasion. She wanted him now to humble himself. He was very proud. For one
  • instant he felt inclined to tell her to go to hell, but he dared not. His
  • passion made him abject. He was willing to submit to anything rather than
  • not see her.
  • "I'm very sorry, Mildred. I beg your pardon."
  • He had to force the words out. It was a horrible effort.
  • "Now you've said that I don't mind telling you that I wish I had come out
  • with you that evening. I thought Miller was a gentleman, but I've
  • discovered my mistake now. I soon sent him about his business."
  • Philip gave a little gasp.
  • "Mildred, won't you come out with me tonight? Let's go and dine
  • somewhere."
  • "Oh, I can't. My aunt'll be expecting me home."
  • "I'll send her a wire. You can say you've been detained in the shop; she
  • won't know any better. Oh, do come, for God's sake. I haven't seen you for
  • so long, and I want to talk to you."
  • She looked down at her clothes.
  • "Never mind about that. We'll go somewhere where it doesn't matter how
  • you're dressed. And we'll go to a music-hall afterwards. Please say yes.
  • It would give me so much pleasure."
  • She hesitated a moment; he looked at her with pitifully appealing eyes.
  • "Well, I don't mind if I do. I haven't been out anywhere since I don't
  • know how long."
  • It was with the greatest difficulty he could prevent himself from seizing
  • her hand there and then to cover it with kisses.
  • LX
  • They dined in Soho. Philip was tremulous with joy. It was not one of the
  • more crowded of those cheap restaurants where the respectable and needy
  • dine in the belief that it is bohemian and the assurance that it is
  • economical. It was a humble establishment, kept by a good man from Rouen
  • and his wife, that Philip had discovered by accident. He had been
  • attracted by the Gallic look of the window, in which was generally an
  • uncooked steak on one plate and on each side two dishes of raw vegetables.
  • There was one seedy French waiter, who was attempting to learn English in
  • a house where he never heard anything but French; and the customers were
  • a few ladies of easy virtue, a menage or two, who had their own napkins
  • reserved for them, and a few queer men who came in for hurried, scanty
  • meals.
  • Here Mildred and Philip were able to get a table to themselves. Philip
  • sent the waiter for a bottle of Burgundy from the neighbouring tavern, and
  • they had a potage aux herbes, a steak from the window aux pommes, and
  • an omelette au kirsch. There was really an air of romance in the meal
  • and in the place. Mildred, at first a little reserved in her
  • appreciation--"I never quite trust these foreign places, you never know
  • what there is in these messed up dishes"--was insensibly moved by it.
  • "I like this place, Philip," she said. "You feel you can put your elbows
  • on the table, don't you?"
  • A tall fellow came in, with a mane of gray hair and a ragged thin beard.
  • He wore a dilapidated cloak and a wide-awake hat. He nodded to Philip, who
  • had met him there before.
  • "He looks like an anarchist," said Mildred.
  • "He is, one of the most dangerous in Europe. He's been in every prison on
  • the Continent and has assassinated more persons than any gentleman unhung.
  • He always goes about with a bomb in his pocket, and of course it makes
  • conversation a little difficult because if you don't agree with him he
  • lays it on the table in a marked manner."
  • She looked at the man with horror and surprise, and then glanced
  • suspiciously at Philip. She saw that his eyes were laughing. She frowned
  • a little.
  • "You're getting at me."
  • He gave a little shout of joy. He was so happy. But Mildred didn't like
  • being laughed at.
  • "I don't see anything funny in telling lies."
  • "Don't be cross."
  • He took her hand, which was lying on the table, and pressed it gently.
  • "You are lovely, and I could kiss the ground you walk on," he said.
  • The greenish pallor of her skin intoxicated him, and her thin white lips
  • had an extraordinary fascination. Her anaemia made her rather short of
  • breath, and she held her mouth slightly open. It seemed to add somehow to
  • the attractiveness of her face.
  • "You do like me a bit, don't you?" he asked.
  • "Well, if I didn't I suppose I shouldn't be here, should I? You're a
  • gentleman in every sense of the word, I will say that for you."
  • They had finished their dinner and were drinking coffee. Philip, throwing
  • economy to the winds, smoked a three-penny cigar.
  • "You can't imagine what a pleasure it is to me just to sit opposite and
  • look at you. I've yearned for you. I was sick for a sight of you."
  • Mildred smiled a little and faintly flushed. She was not then suffering
  • from the dyspepsia which generally attacked her immediately after a meal.
  • She felt more kindly disposed to Philip than ever before, and the
  • unaccustomed tenderness in her eyes filled him with joy. He knew
  • instinctively that it was madness to give himself into her hands; his only
  • chance was to treat her casually and never allow her to see the untamed
  • passions that seethed in his breast; she would only take advantage of his
  • weakness; but he could not be prudent now: he told her all the agony he
  • had endured during the separation from her; he told her of his struggles
  • with himself, how he had tried to get over his passion, thought he had
  • succeeded, and how he found out that it was as strong as ever. He knew
  • that he had never really wanted to get over it. He loved her so much that
  • he did not mind suffering. He bared his heart to her. He showed her
  • proudly all his weakness.
  • Nothing would have pleased him more than to sit on in the cosy, shabby
  • restaurant, but he knew that Mildred wanted entertainment. She was
  • restless and, wherever she was, wanted after a while to go somewhere else.
  • He dared not bore her.
  • "I say, how about going to a music-hall?" he said.
  • He thought rapidly that if she cared for him at all she would say she
  • preferred to stay there.
  • "I was just thinking we ought to be going if we are going," she answered.
  • "Come on then."
  • Philip waited impatiently for the end of the performance. He had made up
  • his mind exactly what to do, and when they got into the cab he passed his
  • arm, as though almost by accident, round her waist. But he drew it back
  • quickly with a little cry. He had pricked himself. She laughed.
  • "There, that comes of putting your arm where it's got no business to be,"
  • she said. "I always know when men try and put their arm round my waist.
  • That pin always catches them."
  • "I'll be more careful."
  • He put his arm round again. She made no objection.
  • "I'm so comfortable," he sighed blissfully.
  • "So long as you're happy," she retorted.
  • They drove down St. James' Street into the Park, and Philip quickly kissed
  • her. He was strangely afraid of her, and it required all his courage. She
  • turned her lips to him without speaking. She neither seemed to mind nor to
  • like it.
  • "If you only knew how long I've wanted to do that," he murmured.
  • He tried to kiss her again, but she turned her head away.
  • "Once is enough," she said.
  • On the chance of kissing her a second time he travelled down to Herne Hill
  • with her, and at the end of the road in which she lived he asked her:
  • "Won't you give me another kiss?"
  • She looked at him indifferently and then glanced up the road to see that
  • no one was in sight.
  • "I don't mind."
  • He seized her in his arms and kissed her passionately, but she pushed him
  • away.
  • "Mind my hat, silly. You are clumsy," she said.
  • LXI
  • He saw her then every day. He began going to lunch at the shop, but
  • Mildred stopped him: she said it made the girls talk; so he had to content
  • himself with tea; but he always waited about to walk with her to the
  • station; and once or twice a week they dined together. He gave her little
  • presents, a gold bangle, gloves, handkerchiefs, and the like. He was
  • spending more than he could afford, but he could not help it: it was only
  • when he gave her anything that she showed any affection. She knew the
  • price of everything, and her gratitude was in exact proportion with the
  • value of his gift. He did not care. He was too happy when she volunteered
  • to kiss him to mind by what means he got her demonstrativeness. He
  • discovered that she found Sundays at home tedious, so he went down to
  • Herne Hill in the morning, met her at the end of the road, and went to
  • church with her.
  • "I always like to go to church once," she said. "It looks well, doesn't
  • it?"
  • Then she went back to dinner, he got a scrappy meal at a hotel, and in the
  • afternoon they took a walk in Brockwell Park. They had nothing much to say
  • to one another, and Philip, desperately afraid she was bored (she was very
  • easily bored), racked his brain for topics of conversation. He realised
  • that these walks amused neither of them, but he could not bear to leave
  • her, and did all he could to lengthen them till she became tired and out
  • of temper. He knew that she did not care for him, and he tried to force a
  • love which his reason told him was not in her nature: she was cold. He had
  • no claim on her, but he could not help being exacting. Now that they were
  • more intimate he found it less easy to control his temper; he was often
  • irritable and could not help saying bitter things. Often they quarrelled,
  • and she would not speak to him for a while; but this always reduced him to
  • subjection, and he crawled before her. He was angry with himself for
  • showing so little dignity. He grew furiously jealous if he saw her
  • speaking to any other man in the shop, and when he was jealous he seemed
  • to be beside himself. He would deliberately insult her, leave the shop and
  • spend afterwards a sleepless night tossing on his bed, by turns angry and
  • remorseful. Next day he would go to the shop and appeal for forgiveness.
  • "Don't be angry with me," he said. "I'm so awfully fond of you that I
  • can't help myself."
  • "One of these days you'll go too far," she answered.
  • He was anxious to come to her home in order that the greater intimacy
  • should give him an advantage over the stray acquaintances she made during
  • her working-hours; but she would not let him.
  • "My aunt would think it so funny," she said.
  • He suspected that her refusal was due only to a disinclination to let him
  • see her aunt. Mildred had represented her as the widow of a professional
  • man (that was her formula of distinction), and was uneasily conscious that
  • the good woman could hardly be called distinguished. Philip imagined that
  • she was in point of fact the widow of a small tradesman. He knew that
  • Mildred was a snob. But he found no means by which he could indicate to
  • her that he did not mind how common the aunt was.
  • Their worst quarrel took place one evening at dinner when she told him
  • that a man had asked her to go to a play with him. Philip turned pale, and
  • his face grew hard and stern.
  • "You're not going?" he said.
  • "Why shouldn't I? He's a very nice gentlemanly fellow."
  • "I'll take you anywhere you like."
  • "But that isn't the same thing. I can't always go about with you. Besides
  • he's asked me to fix my own day, and I'll just go one evening when I'm not
  • going out with you. It won't make any difference to you."
  • "If you had any sense of decency, if you had any gratitude, you wouldn't
  • dream of going."
  • "I don't know what you mean by gratitude. If you're referring to the
  • things you've given me you can have them back. I don't want them."
  • Her voice had the shrewish tone it sometimes got.
  • "It's not very lively, always going about with you. It's always do you
  • love me, do you love me, till I just get about sick of it."
  • He knew it was madness to go on asking her that, but he could not help
  • himself.
  • "Oh, I like you all right," she would answer.
  • "Is that all? I love you with all my heart."
  • "I'm not that sort, I'm not one to say much."
  • "If you knew how happy just one word would make me!"
  • "Well, what I always say is, people must take me as they find me, and if
  • they don't like it they can lump it."
  • But sometimes she expressed herself more plainly still, and, when he asked
  • the question, answered:
  • "Oh, don't go on at that again."
  • Then he became sulky and silent. He hated her.
  • And now he said:
  • "Oh, well, if you feel like that about it I wonder you condescend to come
  • out with me at all."
  • "It's not my seeking, you can be very sure of that, you just force me to."
  • His pride was bitterly hurt, and he answered madly.
  • "You think I'm just good enough to stand you dinners and theatres when
  • there's no one else to do it, and when someone else turns up I can go to
  • hell. Thank you, I'm about sick of being made a convenience."
  • "I'm not going to be talked to like that by anyone. I'll just show you how
  • much I want your dirty dinner."
  • She got up, put on her jacket, and walked quickly out of the restaurant.
  • Philip sat on. He determined he would not move, but ten minutes afterwards
  • he jumped in a cab and followed her. He guessed that she would take a 'bus
  • to Victoria, so that they would arrive about the same time. He saw her on
  • the platform, escaped her notice, and went down to Herne Hill in the same
  • train. He did not want to speak to her till she was on the way home and
  • could not escape him.
  • As soon as she had turned out of the main street, brightly lit and noisy
  • with traffic, he caught her up.
  • "Mildred," he called.
  • She walked on and would neither look at him nor answer. He repeated her
  • name. Then she stopped and faced him.
  • "What d'you want? I saw you hanging about Victoria. Why don't you leave me
  • alone?"
  • "I'm awfully sorry. Won't you make it up?"
  • "No, I'm sick of your temper and your jealousy. I don't care for you, I
  • never have cared for you, and I never shall care for you. I don't want to
  • have anything more to do with you."
  • She walked on quickly, and he had to hurry to keep up with her.
  • "You never make allowances for me," he said. "It's all very well to be
  • jolly and amiable when you're indifferent to anyone. It's very hard when
  • you're as much in love as I am. Have mercy on me. I don't mind that you
  • don't care for me. After all you can't help it. I only want you to let me
  • love you."
  • She walked on, refusing to speak, and Philip saw with agony that they had
  • only a few hundred yards to go before they reached her house. He abased
  • himself. He poured out an incoherent story of love and penitence.
  • "If you'll only forgive me this time I promise you you'll never have to
  • complain of me in future. You can go out with whoever you choose. I'll be
  • only too glad if you'll come with me when you've got nothing better to
  • do."
  • She stopped again, for they had reached the corner at which he always left
  • her.
  • "Now you can take yourself off. I won't have you coming up to the door."
  • "I won't go till you say you'll forgive me."
  • "I'm sick and tired of the whole thing."
  • He hesitated a moment, for he had an instinct that he could say something
  • that would move her. It made him feel almost sick to utter the words.
  • "It is cruel, I have so much to put up with. You don't know what it is to
  • be a cripple. Of course you don't like me. I can't expect you to."
  • "Philip, I didn't mean that," she answered quickly, with a sudden break of
  • pity in her voice. "You know it's not true."
  • He was beginning to act now, and his voice was husky and low.
  • "Oh, I've felt it," he said.
  • She took his hand and looked at him, and her own eyes were filled with
  • tears.
  • "I promise you it never made any difference to me. I never thought about
  • it after the first day or two."
  • He kept a gloomy, tragic silence. He wanted her to think he was overcome
  • with emotion.
  • "You know I like you awfully, Philip. Only you are so trying sometimes.
  • Let's make it up."
  • She put up her lips to his, and with a sigh of relief he kissed her.
  • "Now are you happy again?" she asked.
  • "Madly."
  • She bade him good-night and hurried down the road. Next day he took her in
  • a little watch with a brooch to pin on her dress. She had been hankering
  • for it.
  • But three or four days later, when she brought him his tea, Mildred said
  • to him:
  • "You remember what you promised the other night? You mean to keep that,
  • don't you?"
  • "Yes."
  • He knew exactly what she meant and was prepared for her next words.
  • "Because I'm going out with that gentleman I told you about tonight."
  • "All right. I hope you'll enjoy yourself."
  • "You don't mind, do you?"
  • He had himself now under excellent control.
  • "I don't like it," he smiled, "but I'm not going to make myself more
  • disagreeable than I can help."
  • She was excited over the outing and talked about it willingly. Philip
  • wondered whether she did so in order to pain him or merely because she was
  • callous. He was in the habit of condoning her cruelty by the thought of
  • her stupidity. She had not the brains to see when she was wounding him.
  • "It's not much fun to be in love with a girl who has no imagination and no
  • sense of humour," he thought, as he listened.
  • But the want of these things excused her. He felt that if he had not
  • realised this he could never forgive her for the pain she caused him.
  • "He's got seats for the Tivoli," she said. "He gave me my choice and I
  • chose that. And we're going to dine at the Cafe Royal. He says it's the
  • most expensive place in London."
  • "He's a gentleman in every sense of the word," thought Philip, but he
  • clenched his teeth to prevent himself from uttering a syllable.
  • Philip went to the Tivoli and saw Mildred with her companion, a
  • smooth-faced young man with sleek hair and the spruce look of a commercial
  • traveller, sitting in the second row of the stalls. Mildred wore a black
  • picture hat with ostrich feathers in it, which became her well. She was
  • listening to her host with that quiet smile which Philip knew; she had no
  • vivacity of expression, and it required broad farce to excite her
  • laughter; but Philip could see that she was interested and amused. He
  • thought to himself bitterly that her companion, flashy and jovial, exactly
  • suited her. Her sluggish temperament made her appreciate noisy people.
  • Philip had a passion for discussion, but no talent for small-talk. He
  • admired the easy drollery of which some of his friends were masters,
  • Lawson for instance, and his sense of inferiority made him shy and
  • awkward. The things which interested him bored Mildred. She expected men
  • to talk about football and racing, and he knew nothing of either. He did
  • not know the catchwords which only need be said to excite a laugh.
  • Printed matter had always been a fetish to Philip, and now, in order to
  • make himself more interesting, he read industriously The Sporting Times.
  • LXII
  • Philip did not surrender himself willingly to the passion that consumed
  • him. He knew that all things human are transitory and therefore that it
  • must cease one day or another. He looked forward to that day with eager
  • longing. Love was like a parasite in his heart, nourishing a hateful
  • existence on his life's blood; it absorbed his existence so intensely that
  • he could take pleasure in nothing else. He had been used to delight in the
  • grace of St. James' Park, and often he sat and looked at the branches of
  • a tree silhouetted against the sky, it was like a Japanese print; and he
  • found a continual magic in the beautiful Thames with its barges and its
  • wharfs; the changing sky of London had filled his soul with pleasant
  • fancies. But now beauty meant nothing to him. He was bored and restless
  • when he was not with Mildred. Sometimes he thought he would console his
  • sorrow by looking at pictures, but he walked through the National Gallery
  • like a sight-seer; and no picture called up in him a thrill of emotion. He
  • wondered if he could ever care again for all the things he had loved. He
  • had been devoted to reading, but now books were meaningless; and he spent
  • his spare hours in the smoking-room of the hospital club, turning over
  • innumerable periodicals. This love was a torment, and he resented bitterly
  • the subjugation in which it held him; he was a prisoner and he longed for
  • freedom.
  • Sometimes he awoke in the morning and felt nothing; his soul leaped, for
  • he thought he was free; he loved no longer; but in a little while, as he
  • grew wide awake, the pain settled in his heart, and he knew that he was
  • not cured yet. Though he yearned for Mildred so madly he despised her. He
  • thought to himself that there could be no greater torture in the world
  • than at the same time to love and to contemn.
  • Philip, burrowing as was his habit into the state of his feelings,
  • discussing with himself continually his condition, came to the conclusion
  • that he could only cure himself of his degrading passion by making Mildred
  • his mistress. It was sexual hunger that he suffered from, and if he could
  • satisfy this he might free himself from the intolerable chains that bound
  • him. He knew that Mildred did not care for him at all in that way. When he
  • kissed her passionately she withdrew herself from him with instinctive
  • distaste. She had no sensuality. Sometimes he had tried to make her
  • jealous by talking of adventures in Paris, but they did not interest her;
  • once or twice he had sat at other tables in the tea-shop and affected to
  • flirt with the waitress who attended them, but she was entirely
  • indifferent. He could see that it was no pretence on her part.
  • "You didn't mind my not sitting at one of your tables this afternoon?" he
  • asked once, when he was walking to the station with her. "Yours seemed to
  • be all full."
  • This was not a fact, but she did not contradict him. Even if his desertion
  • meant nothing to her he would have been grateful if she had pretended it
  • did. A reproach would have been balm to his soul.
  • "I think it's silly of you to sit at the same table every day. You ought
  • to give the other girls a turn now and again."
  • But the more he thought of it the more he was convinced that complete
  • surrender on her part was his only way to freedom. He was like a knight of
  • old, metamorphosed by magic spells, who sought the potions which should
  • restore him to his fair and proper form. Philip had only one hope. Mildred
  • greatly desired to go to Paris. To her, as to most English people, it was
  • the centre of gaiety and fashion: she had heard of the Magasin du Louvre,
  • where you could get the very latest thing for about half the price you had
  • to pay in London; a friend of hers had passed her honeymoon in Paris and
  • had spent all day at the Louvre; and she and her husband, my dear, they
  • never went to bed till six in the morning all the time they were there;
  • the Moulin Rouge and I don't know what all. Philip did not care that if
  • she yielded to his desires it would only be the unwilling price she paid
  • for the gratification of her wish. He did not care upon what terms he
  • satisfied his passion. He had even had a mad, melodramatic idea to drug
  • her. He had plied her with liquor in the hope of exciting her, but she had
  • no taste for wine; and though she liked him to order champagne because it
  • looked well, she never drank more than half a glass. She liked to leave
  • untouched a large glass filled to the brim.
  • "It shows the waiters who you are," she said.
  • Philip chose an opportunity when she seemed more than usually friendly. He
  • had an examination in anatomy at the end of March. Easter, which came a
  • week later, would give Mildred three whole days holiday.
  • "I say, why don't you come over to Paris then?" he suggested. "We'd have
  • such a ripping time."
  • "How could you? It would cost no end of money."
  • Philip had thought of that. It would cost at least five-and-twenty pounds.
  • It was a large sum to him. He was willing to spend his last penny on her.
  • "What does that matter? Say you'll come, darling."
  • "What next, I should like to know. I can't see myself going away with a
  • man that I wasn't married to. You oughtn't to suggest such a thing."
  • "What does it matter?"
  • He enlarged on the glories of the Rue de la Paix and the garish splendour
  • of the Folies Bergeres. He described the Louvre and the Bon Marche. He
  • told her about the Cabaret du Neant, the Abbaye, and the various haunts to
  • which foreigners go. He painted in glowing colours the side of Paris which
  • he despised. He pressed her to come with him.
  • "You know, you say you love me, but if you really loved me you'd want to
  • marry me. You've never asked me to marry you."
  • "You know I can't afford it. After all, I'm in my first year, I shan't
  • earn a penny for six years."
  • "Oh, I'm not blaming you. I wouldn't marry you if you went down on your
  • bended knees to me."
  • He had thought of marriage more than once, but it was a step from which he
  • shrank. In Paris he had come by the opinion that marriage was a ridiculous
  • institution of the philistines. He knew also that a permanent tie would
  • ruin him. He had middle-class instincts, and it seemed a dreadful thing to
  • him to marry a waitress. A common wife would prevent him from getting a
  • decent practice. Besides, he had only just enough money to last him till
  • he was qualified; he could not keep a wife even if they arranged not to
  • have children. He thought of Cronshaw bound to a vulgar slattern, and he
  • shuddered with dismay. He foresaw what Mildred, with her genteel ideas
  • and her mean mind, would become: it was impossible for him to marry her.
  • But he decided only with his reason; he felt that he must have her
  • whatever happened; and if he could not get her without marrying her he
  • would do that; the future could look after itself. It might end in
  • disaster; he did not care. When he got hold of an idea it obsessed him, he
  • could think of nothing else, and he had a more than common power to
  • persuade himself of the reasonableness of what he wished to do. He found
  • himself overthrowing all the sensible arguments which had occurred to him
  • against marriage. Each day he found that he was more passionately devoted
  • to her; and his unsatisfied love became angry and resentful.
  • "By George, if I marry her I'll make her pay for all the suffering I've
  • endured," he said to himself.
  • At last he could bear the agony no longer. After dinner one evening in the
  • little restaurant in Soho, to which now they often went, he spoke to her.
  • "I say, did you mean it the other day that you wouldn't marry me if I
  • asked you?"
  • "Yes, why not?"
  • "Because I can't live without you. I want you with me always. I've tried
  • to get over it and I can't. I never shall now. I want you to marry me."
  • She had read too many novelettes not to know how to take such an offer.
  • "I'm sure I'm very grateful to you, Philip. I'm very much flattered at
  • your proposal."
  • "Oh, don't talk rot. You will marry me, won't you?"
  • "D'you think we should be happy?"
  • "No. But what does that matter?"
  • The words were wrung out of him almost against his will. They surprised
  • her.
  • "Well, you are a funny chap. Why d'you want to marry me then? The other
  • day you said you couldn't afford it."
  • "I think I've got about fourteen hundred pounds left. Two can live just as
  • cheaply as one. That'll keep us till I'm qualified and have got through
  • with my hospital appointments, and then I can get an assistantship."
  • "It means you wouldn't be able to earn anything for six years. We should
  • have about four pounds a week to live on till then, shouldn't we?"
  • "Not much more than three. There are all my fees to pay."
  • "And what would you get as an assistant?"
  • "Three pounds a week."
  • "D'you mean to say you have to work all that time and spend a small
  • fortune just to earn three pounds a week at the end of it? I don't see
  • that I should be any better off than I am now."
  • He was silent for a moment.
  • "D'you mean to say you won't marry me?" he asked hoarsely. "Does my great
  • love mean nothing to you at all?"
  • "One has to think of oneself in those things, don't one? I shouldn't mind
  • marrying, but I don't want to marry if I'm going to be no better off than
  • what I am now. I don't see the use of it."
  • "If you cared for me you wouldn't think of all that."
  • "P'raps not."
  • He was silent. He drank a glass of wine in order to get rid of the choking
  • in his throat.
  • "Look at that girl who's just going out," said Mildred. "She got them furs
  • at the Bon Marche at Brixton. I saw them in the window last time I went
  • down there."
  • Philip smiled grimly.
  • "What are you laughing at?" she asked. "It's true. And I said to my aunt
  • at the time, I wouldn't buy anything that had been in the window like
  • that, for everyone to know how much you paid for it."
  • "I can't understand you. You make me frightfully unhappy, and in the next
  • breath you talk rot that has nothing to do with what we're speaking
  • about."
  • "You are nasty to me," she answered, aggrieved. "I can't help noticing
  • those furs, because I said to my aunt..."
  • "I don't care a damn what you said to your aunt," he interrupted
  • impatiently.
  • "I wish you wouldn't use bad language when you speak to me Philip. You
  • know I don't like it."
  • Philip smiled a little, but his eyes were wild. He was silent for a while.
  • He looked at her sullenly. He hated, despised, and loved her.
  • "If I had an ounce of sense I'd never see you again," he said at last. "If
  • you only knew how heartily I despise myself for loving you!"
  • "That's not a very nice thing to say to me," she replied sulkily.
  • "It isn't," he laughed. "Let's go to the Pavilion."
  • "That's what's so funny in you, you start laughing just when one doesn't
  • expect you to. And if I make you that unhappy why d'you want to take me to
  • the Pavilion? I'm quite ready to go home."
  • "Merely because I'm less unhappy with you than away from you."
  • "I should like to know what you really think of me."
  • He laughed outright.
  • "My dear, if you did you'd never speak to me again."
  • LXIII
  • Philip did not pass the examination in anatomy at the end of March. He and
  • Dunsford had worked at the subject together on Philip's skeleton, asking
  • each other questions till both knew by heart every attachment and the
  • meaning of every nodule and groove on the human bones; but in the
  • examination room Philip was seized with panic, and failed to give right
  • answers to questions from a sudden fear that they might be wrong. He knew
  • he was ploughed and did not even trouble to go up to the building next day
  • to see whether his number was up. The second failure put him definitely
  • among the incompetent and idle men of his year.
  • He did not care much. He had other things to think of. He told himself
  • that Mildred must have senses like anybody else, it was only a question of
  • awakening them; he had theories about woman, the rip at heart, and thought
  • that there must come a time with everyone when she would yield to
  • persistence. It was a question of watching for the opportunity, keeping
  • his temper, wearing her down with small attentions, taking advantage of
  • the physical exhaustion which opened the heart to tenderness, making
  • himself a refuge from the petty vexations of her work. He talked to her of
  • the relations between his friends in Paris and the fair ladies they
  • admired. The life he described had a charm, an easy gaiety, in which was
  • no grossness. Weaving into his own recollections the adventures of Mimi
  • and Rodolphe, of Musette and the rest of them, he poured into Mildred's
  • ears a story of poverty made picturesque by song and laughter, of lawless
  • love made romantic by beauty and youth. He never attacked her prejudices
  • directly, but sought to combat them by the suggestion that they were
  • suburban. He never let himself be disturbed by her inattention, nor
  • irritated by her indifference. He thought he had bored her. By an effort
  • he made himself affable and entertaining; he never let himself be angry,
  • he never asked for anything, he never complained, he never scolded. When
  • she made engagements and broke them, he met her next day with a smiling
  • face; when she excused herself, he said it did not matter. He never let
  • her see that she pained him. He understood that his passionate grief had
  • wearied her, and he took care to hide every sentiment which could be in
  • the least degree troublesome. He was heroic.
  • Though she never mentioned the change, for she did not take any conscious
  • notice of it, it affected her nevertheless: she became more confidential
  • with him; she took her little grievances to him, and she always had some
  • grievance against the manageress of the shop, one of her fellow
  • waitresses, or her aunt; she was talkative enough now, and though she
  • never said anything that was not trivial Philip was never tired of
  • listening to her.
  • "I like you when you don't want to make love to me," she told him once.
  • "That's flattering for me," he laughed.
  • She did not realise how her words made his heart sink nor what an effort
  • it needed for him to answer so lightly.
  • "Oh, I don't mind your kissing me now and then. It doesn't hurt me and it
  • gives you pleasure."
  • Occasionally she went so far as to ask him to take her out to dinner, and
  • the offer, coming from her, filled him with rapture.
  • "I wouldn't do it to anyone else," she said, by way of apology. "But I
  • know I can with you."
  • "You couldn't give me greater pleasure," he smiled.
  • She asked him to give her something to eat one evening towards the end of
  • April.
  • "All right," he said. "Where would you like to go afterwards?"
  • "Oh, don't let's go anywhere. Let's just sit and talk. You don't mind, do
  • you?"
  • "Rather not."
  • He thought she must be beginning to care for him. Three months before the
  • thought of an evening spent in conversation would have bored her to death.
  • It was a fine day, and the spring added to Philip's high spirits. He was
  • content with very little now.
  • "I say, won't it be ripping when the summer comes along," he said, as they
  • drove along on the top of a 'bus to Soho--she had herself suggested that
  • they should not be so extravagant as to go by cab. "We shall be able to
  • spend every Sunday on the river. We'll take our luncheon in a basket."
  • She smiled slightly, and he was encouraged to take her hand. She did not
  • withdraw it.
  • "I really think you're beginning to like me a bit," he smiled.
  • "You ARE silly, you know I like you, or else I shouldn't be here,
  • should I?"
  • They were old customers at the little restaurant in Soho by now, and the
  • patronne gave them a smile as they came in. The waiter was obsequious.
  • "Let me order the dinner tonight," said Mildred.
  • Philip, thinking her more enchanting than ever, gave her the menu, and she
  • chose her favourite dishes. The range was small, and they had eaten many
  • times all that the restaurant could provide. Philip was gay. He looked
  • into her eyes, and he dwelt on every perfection of her pale cheek. When
  • they had finished Mildred by way of exception took a cigarette. She smoked
  • very seldom.
  • "I don't like to see a lady smoking," she said.
  • She hesitated a moment and then spoke.
  • "Were you surprised, my asking you to take me out and give me a bit of
  • dinner tonight?"
  • "I was delighted."
  • "I've got something to say to you, Philip."
  • He looked at her quickly, his heart sank, but he had trained himself well.
  • "Well, fire away," he said, smiling.
  • "You're not going to be silly about it, are you? The fact is I'm going to
  • get married."
  • "Are you?" said Philip.
  • He could think of nothing else to say. He had considered the possibility
  • often and had imagined to himself what he would do and say. He had
  • suffered agonies when he thought of the despair he would suffer, he had
  • thought of suicide, of the mad passion of anger that would seize him; but
  • perhaps he had too completely anticipated the emotion he would experience,
  • so that now he felt merely exhausted. He felt as one does in a serious
  • illness when the vitality is so low that one is indifferent to the issue
  • and wants only to be left alone.
  • "You see, I'm getting on," she said. "I'm twenty-four and it's time I
  • settled down."
  • He was silent. He looked at the patronne sitting behind the counter, and
  • his eye dwelt on a red feather one of the diners wore in her hat. Mildred
  • was nettled.
  • "You might congratulate me," she said.
  • "I might, mightn't I? I can hardly believe it's true. I've dreamt it so
  • often. It rather tickles me that I should have been so jolly glad that you
  • asked me to take you out to dinner. Whom are you going to marry?"
  • "Miller," she answered, with a slight blush.
  • "Miller?" cried Philip, astounded. "But you've not seen him for months."
  • "He came in to lunch one day last week and asked me then. He's earning
  • very good money. He makes seven pounds a week now and he's got prospects."
  • Philip was silent again. He remembered that she had always liked Miller;
  • he amused her; there was in his foreign birth an exotic charm which she
  • felt unconsciously.
  • "I suppose it was inevitable," he said at last. "You were bound to accept
  • the highest bidder. When are you going to marry?"
  • "On Saturday next. I have given notice."
  • Philip felt a sudden pang.
  • "As soon as that?"
  • "We're going to be married at a registry office. Emil prefers it."
  • Philip felt dreadfully tired. He wanted to get away from her. He thought
  • he would go straight to bed. He called for the bill.
  • "I'll put you in a cab and send you down to Victoria. I daresay you won't
  • have to wait long for a train."
  • "Won't you come with me?"
  • "I think I'd rather not if you don't mind."
  • "It's just as you please," she answered haughtily. "I suppose I shall see
  • you at tea-time tomorrow?"
  • "No, I think we'd better make a full stop now. I don't see why I should go
  • on making myself unhappy. I've paid the cab."
  • He nodded to her and forced a smile on his lips, then jumped on a 'bus and
  • made his way home. He smoked a pipe before he went to bed, but he could
  • hardly keep his eyes open. He suffered no pain. He fell into a heavy sleep
  • almost as soon as his head touched the pillow.
  • LXIV
  • But about three in the morning Philip awoke and could not sleep again. He
  • began to think of Mildred. He tried not to, but could not help himself. He
  • repeated to himself the same thing time after time till his brain reeled.
  • It was inevitable that she should marry: life was hard for a girl who had
  • to earn her own living; and if she found someone who could give her a
  • comfortable home she should not be blamed if she accepted. Philip
  • acknowledged that from her point of view it would have been madness to
  • marry him: only love could have made such poverty bearable, and she did
  • not love him. It was no fault of hers; it was a fact that must be accepted
  • like any other. Philip tried to reason with himself. He told himself that
  • deep down in his heart was mortified pride; his passion had begun in
  • wounded vanity, and it was this at bottom which caused now a great part of
  • his wretchedness. He despised himself as much as he despised her. Then he
  • made plans for the future, the same plans over and over again, interrupted
  • by recollections of kisses on her soft pale cheek and by the sound of her
  • voice with its trailing accent; he had a great deal of work to do, since
  • in the summer he was taking chemistry as well as the two examinations he
  • had failed in. He had separated himself from his friends at the hospital,
  • but now he wanted companionship. There was one happy occurrence: Hayward
  • a fortnight before had written to say that he was passing through London
  • and had asked him to dinner; but Philip, unwilling to be bothered, had
  • refused. He was coming back for the season, and Philip made up his mind to
  • write to him.
  • He was thankful when eight o'clock struck and he could get up. He was pale
  • and weary. But when he had bathed, dressed, and had breakfast, he felt
  • himself joined up again with the world at large; and his pain was a little
  • easier to bear. He did not feel like going to lectures that morning, but
  • went instead to the Army and Navy Stores to buy Mildred a wedding-present.
  • After much wavering he settled on a dressing-bag. It cost twenty pounds,
  • which was much more than he could afford, but it was showy and vulgar: he
  • knew she would be aware exactly how much it cost; he got a melancholy
  • satisfaction in choosing a gift which would give her pleasure and at the
  • same time indicate for himself the contempt he had for her.
  • Philip had looked forward with apprehension to the day on which Mildred
  • was to be married; he was expecting an intolerable anguish; and it was
  • with relief that he got a letter from Hayward on Saturday morning to say
  • that he was coming up early on that very day and would fetch Philip to
  • help him to find rooms. Philip, anxious to be distracted, looked up a
  • time-table and discovered the only train Hayward was likely to come by; he
  • went to meet him, and the reunion of the friends was enthusiastic. They
  • left the luggage at the station, and set off gaily. Hayward
  • characteristically proposed that first of all they should go for an hour
  • to the National Gallery; he had not seen pictures for some time, and he
  • stated that it needed a glimpse to set him in tune with life. Philip for
  • months had had no one with whom he could talk of art and books. Since the
  • Paris days Hayward had immersed himself in the modern French versifiers,
  • and, such a plethora of poets is there in France, he had several new
  • geniuses to tell Philip about. They walked through the gallery pointing
  • out to one another their favourite pictures; one subject led to another;
  • they talked excitedly. The sun was shining and the air was warm.
  • "Let's go and sit in the Park," said Hayward. "We'll look for rooms after
  • luncheon."
  • The spring was pleasant there. It was a day upon which one felt it good
  • merely to live. The young green of the trees was exquisite against the
  • sky; and the sky, pale and blue, was dappled with little white clouds. At
  • the end of the ornamental water was the gray mass of the Horse Guards. The
  • ordered elegance of the scene had the charm of an eighteenth-century
  • picture. It reminded you not of Watteau, whose landscapes are so idyllic
  • that they recall only the woodland glens seen in dreams, but of the more
  • prosaic Jean-Baptiste Pater. Philip's heart was filled with lightness. He
  • realised, what he had only read before, that art (for there was art in the
  • manner in which he looked upon nature) might liberate the soul from pain.
  • They went to an Italian restaurant for luncheon and ordered themselves a
  • fiaschetto of Chianti. Lingering over the meal they talked on. They
  • reminded one another of the people they had known at Heidelberg, they
  • spoke of Philip's friends in Paris, they talked of books, pictures,
  • morals, life; and suddenly Philip heard a clock strike three. He
  • remembered that by this time Mildred was married. He felt a sort of stitch
  • in his heart, and for a minute or two he could not hear what Hayward was
  • saying. But he filled his glass with Chianti. He was unaccustomed to
  • alcohol and it had gone to his head. For the time at all events he was
  • free from care. His quick brain had lain idle for so many months that he
  • was intoxicated now with conversation. He was thankful to have someone to
  • talk to who would interest himself in the things that interested him.
  • "I say don't let's waste this beautiful day in looking for rooms. I'll put
  • you up tonight. You can look for rooms tomorrow or Monday."
  • "All right. What shall we do?" answered Hayward.
  • "Let's get on a penny steamboat and go down to Greenwich."
  • The idea appealed to Hayward, and they jumped into a cab which took them
  • to Westminster Bridge. They got on the steamboat just as she was starting.
  • Presently Philip, a smile on his lips, spoke.
  • "I remember when first I went to Paris, Clutton, I think it was, gave a
  • long discourse on the subject that beauty is put into things by painters
  • and poets. They create beauty. In themselves there is nothing to choose
  • between the Campanile of Giotto and a factory chimney. And then beautiful
  • things grow rich with the emotion that they have aroused in succeeding
  • generations. That is why old things are more beautiful than modern. The
  • Ode on a Grecian Urn is more lovely now than when it was written,
  • because for a hundred years lovers have read it and the sick at heart
  • taken comfort in its lines."
  • Philip left Hayward to infer what in the passing scene had suggested these
  • words to him, and it was a delight to know that he could safely leave the
  • inference. It was in sudden reaction from the life he had been leading for
  • so long that he was now deeply affected. The delicate iridescence of the
  • London air gave the softness of a pastel to the gray stone of the
  • buildings; and in the wharfs and storehouses there was the severity of
  • grace of a Japanese print. They went further down; and the splendid
  • channel, a symbol of the great empire, broadened, and it was crowded with
  • traffic; Philip thought of the painters and the poets who had made all
  • these things so beautiful, and his heart was filled with gratitude. They
  • came to the Pool of London, and who can describe its majesty? The
  • imagination thrills, and Heaven knows what figures people still its broad
  • stream, Doctor Johnson with Boswell by his side, an old Pepys going on
  • board a man-o'-war: the pageant of English history, and romance, and high
  • adventure. Philip turned to Hayward with shining eyes.
  • "Dear Charles Dickens," he murmured, smiling a little at his own emotion.
  • "Aren't you rather sorry you chucked painting?" asked Hayward.
  • "No."
  • "I suppose you like doctoring?"
  • "No, I hate it, but there was nothing else to do. The drudgery of the
  • first two years is awful, and unfortunately I haven't got the scientific
  • temperament."
  • "Well, you can't go on changing professions."
  • "Oh, no. I'm going to stick to this. I think I shall like it better when
  • I get into the wards. I have an idea that I'm more interested in people
  • than in anything else in the world. And as far as I can see, it's the only
  • profession in which you have your freedom. You carry your knowledge in
  • your head; with a box of instruments and a few drugs you can make your
  • living anywhere."
  • "Aren't you going to take a practice then?"
  • "Not for a good long time at any rate," Philip answered. "As soon as I've
  • got through my hospital appointments I shall get a ship; I want to go to
  • the East--the Malay Archipelago, Siam, China, and all that sort of
  • thing--and then I shall take odd jobs. Something always comes along,
  • cholera duty in India and things like that. I want to go from place to
  • place. I want to see the world. The only way a poor man can do that is by
  • going in for the medical."
  • They came to Greenwich then. The noble building of Inigo Jones faced the
  • river grandly.
  • "I say, look, that must be the place where Poor Jack dived into the mud
  • for pennies," said Philip.
  • They wandered in the park. Ragged children were playing in it, and it was
  • noisy with their cries: here and there old seamen were basking in the sun.
  • There was an air of a hundred years ago.
  • "It seems a pity you wasted two years in Paris," said Hayward.
  • "Waste? Look at the movement of that child, look at the pattern which the
  • sun makes on the ground, shining through the trees, look at that sky--why,
  • I should never have seen that sky if I hadn't been to Paris."
  • Hayward thought that Philip choked a sob, and he looked at him with
  • astonishment.
  • "What's the matter with you?"
  • "Nothing. I'm sorry to be so damned emotional, but for six months I've
  • been starved for beauty."
  • "You used to be so matter of fact. It's very interesting to hear you say
  • that."
  • "Damn it all, I don't want to be interesting," laughed Philip. "Let's go
  • and have a stodgy tea."
  • LXV
  • Hayward's visit did Philip a great deal of good. Each day his thoughts
  • dwelt less on Mildred. He looked back upon the past with disgust. He could
  • not understand how he had submitted to the dishonour of such a love; and
  • when he thought of Mildred it was with angry hatred, because she had
  • submitted him to so much humiliation. His imagination presented her to him
  • now with her defects of person and manner exaggerated, so that he
  • shuddered at the thought of having been connected with her.
  • "It just shows how damned weak I am," he said to himself. The adventure
  • was like a blunder that one had committed at a party so horrible that one
  • felt nothing could be done to excuse it: the only remedy was to forget.
  • His horror at the degradation he had suffered helped him. He was like a
  • snake casting its skin and he looked upon the old covering with nausea. He
  • exulted in the possession of himself once more; he realised how much of
  • the delight of the world he had lost when he was absorbed in that madness
  • which they called love; he had had enough of it; he did not want to be in
  • love any more if love was that. Philip told Hayward something of what he
  • had gone through.
  • "Wasn't it Sophocles," he asked, "who prayed for the time when he would be
  • delivered from the wild beast of passion that devoured his heart-strings?"
  • Philip seemed really to be born again. He breathed the circumambient air
  • as though he had never breathed it before, and he took a child's pleasure
  • in all the facts of the world. He called his period of insanity six
  • months' hard labour.
  • Hayward had only been settled in London a few days when Philip received
  • from Blackstable, where it had been sent, a card for a private view at
  • some picture gallery. He took Hayward, and, on looking at the catalogue,
  • saw that Lawson had a picture in it.
  • "I suppose he sent the card," said Philip. "Let's go and find him, he's
  • sure to be in front of his picture."
  • This, a profile of Ruth Chalice, was tucked away in a corner, and Lawson
  • was not far from it. He looked a little lost, in his large soft hat and
  • loose, pale clothes, amongst the fashionable throng that had gathered for
  • the private view. He greeted Philip with enthusiasm, and with his usual
  • volubility told him that he had come to live in London, Ruth Chalice was
  • a hussy, he had taken a studio, Paris was played out, he had a commission
  • for a portrait, and they'd better dine together and have a good old talk.
  • Philip reminded him of his acquaintance with Hayward, and was entertained
  • to see that Lawson was slightly awed by Hayward's elegant clothes and
  • grand manner. They sat upon him better than they had done in the shabby
  • little studio which Lawson and Philip had shared.
  • At dinner Lawson went on with his news. Flanagan had gone back to America.
  • Clutton had disappeared. He had come to the conclusion that a man had no
  • chance of doing anything so long as he was in contact with art and
  • artists: the only thing was to get right away. To make the step easier he
  • had quarrelled with all his friends in Paris. He developed a talent for
  • telling them home truths, which made them bear with fortitude his
  • declaration that he had done with that city and was settling in Gerona, a
  • little town in the north of Spain which had attracted him when he saw it
  • from the train on his way to Barcelona. He was living there now alone.
  • "I wonder if he'll ever do any good," said Philip.
  • He was interested in the human side of that struggle to express something
  • which was so obscure in the man's mind that he was become morbid and
  • querulous. Philip felt vaguely that he was himself in the same case, but
  • with him it was the conduct of his life as a whole that perplexed him.
  • That was his means of self-expression, and what he must do with it was not
  • clear. But he had no time to continue with this train of thought, for
  • Lawson poured out a frank recital of his affair with Ruth Chalice. She had
  • left him for a young student who had just come from England, and was
  • behaving in a scandalous fashion. Lawson really thought someone ought to
  • step in and save the young man. She would ruin him. Philip gathered that
  • Lawson's chief grievance was that the rupture had come in the middle of a
  • portrait he was painting.
  • "Women have no real feeling for art," he said. "They only pretend they
  • have." But he finished philosophically enough: "However, I got four
  • portraits out of her, and I'm not sure if the last I was working on would
  • ever have been a success."
  • Philip envied the easy way in which the painter managed his love affairs.
  • He had passed eighteen months pleasantly enough, had got an excellent
  • model for nothing, and had parted from her at the end with no great pang.
  • "And what about Cronshaw?" asked Philip.
  • "Oh, he's done for," answered Lawson, with the cheerful callousness of his
  • youth. "He'll be dead in six months. He got pneumonia last winter. He was
  • in the English hospital for seven weeks, and when he came out they told
  • him his only chance was to give up liquor."
  • "Poor devil," smiled the abstemious Philip.
  • "He kept off for a bit. He used to go to the Lilas all the same, he
  • couldn't keep away from that, but he used to drink hot milk, avec de la
  • fleur d'oranger, and he was damned dull."
  • "I take it you did not conceal the fact from him."
  • "Oh, he knew it himself. A little while ago he started on whiskey again.
  • He said he was too old to turn over any new leaves. He would rather be
  • happy for six months and die at the end of it than linger on for five
  • years. And then I think he's been awfully hard up lately. You see, he
  • didn't earn anything while he was ill, and the slut he lives with has been
  • giving him a rotten time."
  • "I remember, the first time I saw him I admired him awfully," said Philip.
  • "I thought he was wonderful. It is sickening that vulgar, middle-class
  • virtue should pay."
  • "Of course he was a rotter. He was bound to end in the gutter sooner or
  • later," said Lawson.
  • Philip was hurt because Lawson would not see the pity of it. Of course it
  • was cause and effect, but in the necessity with which one follows the
  • other lay all tragedy of life.
  • "Oh, I'd forgotten," said Lawson. "Just after you left he sent round a
  • present for you. I thought you'd be coming back and I didn't bother about
  • it, and then I didn't think it worth sending on; but it'll come over to
  • London with the rest of my things, and you can come to my studio one day
  • and fetch it away if you want it."
  • "You haven't told me what it is yet."
  • "Oh, it's only a ragged little bit of carpet. I shouldn't think it's worth
  • anything. I asked him one day what the devil he'd sent the filthy thing
  • for. He told me he'd seen it in a shop in the Rue de Rennes and bought it
  • for fifteen francs. It appears to be a Persian rug. He said you'd asked
  • him the meaning of life and that was the answer. But he was very drunk."
  • Philip laughed.
  • "Oh yes, I know. I'll take it. It was a favourite wheeze of his. He said
  • I must find out for myself, or else the answer meant nothing."
  • LXVI
  • Philip worked well and easily; he had a good deal to do, since he was
  • taking in July the three parts of the First Conjoint examination, two of
  • which he had failed in before; but he found life pleasant. He made a new
  • friend. Lawson, on the lookout for models, had discovered a girl who was
  • understudying at one of the theatres, and in order to induce her to sit to
  • him arranged a little luncheon-party one Sunday. She brought a chaperon
  • with her; and to her Philip, asked to make a fourth, was instructed to
  • confine his attentions. He found this easy, since she turned out to be an
  • agreeable chatterbox with an amusing tongue. She asked Philip to go and
  • see her; she had rooms in Vincent Square, and was always in to tea at five
  • o'clock; he went, was delighted with his welcome, and went again. Mrs.
  • Nesbit was not more than twenty-five, very small, with a pleasant, ugly
  • face; she had very bright eyes, high cheekbones, and a large mouth: the
  • excessive contrasts of her colouring reminded one of a portrait by one of
  • the modern French painters; her skin was very white, her cheeks were very
  • red, her thick eyebrows, her hair, were very black. The effect was odd, a
  • little unnatural, but far from unpleasing. She was separated from her
  • husband and earned her living and her child's by writing penny novelettes.
  • There were one or two publishers who made a specialty of that sort of
  • thing, and she had as much work as she could do. It was ill-paid, she
  • received fifteen pounds for a story of thirty thousand words; but she was
  • satisfied.
  • "After all, it only costs the reader twopence," she said, "and they like
  • the same thing over and over again. I just change the names and that's
  • all. When I'm bored I think of the washing and the rent and clothes for
  • baby, and I go on again."
  • Besides, she walked on at various theatres where they wanted supers and
  • earned by this when in work from sixteen shillings to a guinea a week. At
  • the end of her day she was so tired that she slept like a top. She made
  • the best of her difficult lot. Her keen sense of humour enabled her to get
  • amusement out of every vexatious circumstance. Sometimes things went
  • wrong, and she found herself with no money at all; then her trifling
  • possessions found their way to a pawnshop in the Vauxhall Bridge Road, and
  • she ate bread and butter till things grew brighter. She never lost her
  • cheerfulness.
  • Philip was interested in her shiftless life, and she made him laugh with
  • the fantastic narration of her struggles. He asked her why she did not try
  • her hand at literary work of a better sort, but she knew that she had no
  • talent, and the abominable stuff she turned out by the thousand words was
  • not only tolerably paid, but was the best she could do. She had nothing to
  • look forward to but a continuation of the life she led. She seemed to have
  • no relations, and her friends were as poor as herself.
  • "I don't think of the future," she said. "As long as I have enough money
  • for three weeks' rent and a pound or two over for food I never bother.
  • Life wouldn't be worth living if I worried over the future as well as the
  • present. When things are at their worst I find something always happens."
  • Soon Philip grew in the habit of going in to tea with her every day, and
  • so that his visits might not embarrass her he took in a cake or a pound of
  • butter or some tea. They started to call one another by their Christian
  • names. Feminine sympathy was new to him, and he delighted in someone who
  • gave a willing ear to all his troubles. The hours went quickly. He did not
  • hide his admiration for her. She was a delightful companion. He could not
  • help comparing her with Mildred; and he contrasted with the one's
  • obstinate stupidity, which refused interest to everything she did not
  • know, the other's quick appreciation and ready intelligence. His heart
  • sank when he thought that he might have been tied for life to such a woman
  • as Mildred. One evening he told Norah the whole story of his love. It was
  • not one to give him much reason for self-esteem, and it was very pleasant
  • to receive such charming sympathy.
  • "I think you're well out of it," she said, when he had finished.
  • She had a funny way at times of holding her head on one side like an
  • Aberdeen puppy. She was sitting in an upright chair, sewing, for she had
  • no time to do nothing, and Philip had made himself comfortable at her
  • feet.
  • "I can't tell you how heartily thankful I am it's all over," he sighed.
  • "Poor thing, you must have had a rotten time," she murmured, and by way of
  • showing her sympathy put her hand on his shoulder.
  • He took it and kissed it, but she withdrew it quickly.
  • "Why did you do that?" she asked, with a blush.
  • "Have you any objection?"
  • She looked at him for a moment with twinkling eyes, and she smiled.
  • "No," she said.
  • He got up on his knees and faced her. She looked into his eyes steadily,
  • and her large mouth trembled with a smile.
  • "Well?" she said.
  • "You know, you are a ripper. I'm so grateful to you for being nice to me.
  • I like you so much."
  • "Don't be idiotic," she said.
  • Philip took hold of her elbows and drew her towards him. She made no
  • resistance, but bent forward a little, and he kissed her red lips.
  • "Why did you do that?" she asked again.
  • "Because it's comfortable."
  • She did not answer, but a tender look came into her eyes, and she passed
  • her hand softly over his hair.
  • "You know, it's awfully silly of you to behave like this. We were such
  • good friends. It would be so jolly to leave it at that."
  • "If you really want to appeal to my better nature," replied Philip,
  • "you'll do well not to stroke my cheek while you're doing it."
  • She gave a little chuckle, but she did not stop.
  • "It's very wrong of me, isn't it?" she said.
  • Philip, surprised and a little amused, looked into her eyes, and as he
  • looked he saw them soften and grow liquid, and there was an expression in
  • them that enchanted him. His heart was suddenly stirred, and tears came to
  • his eyes.
  • "Norah, you're not fond of me, are you?" he asked, incredulously.
  • "You clever boy, you ask such stupid questions."
  • "Oh, my dear, it never struck me that you could be."
  • He flung his arms round her and kissed her, while she, laughing, blushing,
  • and crying, surrendered herself willingly to his embrace.
  • Presently he released her and sitting back on his heels looked at her
  • curiously.
  • "Well, I'm blowed!" he said.
  • "Why?"
  • "I'm so surprised."
  • "And pleased?"
  • "Delighted," he cried with all his heart, "and so proud and so happy and
  • so grateful."
  • He took her hands and covered them with kisses. This was the beginning for
  • Philip of a happiness which seemed both solid and durable. They became
  • lovers but remained friends. There was in Norah a maternal instinct which
  • received satisfaction in her love for Philip; she wanted someone to pet,
  • and scold, and make a fuss of; she had a domestic temperament and found
  • pleasure in looking after his health and his linen. She pitied his
  • deformity, over which he was so sensitive, and her pity expressed itself
  • instinctively in tenderness. She was young, strong, and healthy, and it
  • seemed quite natural to her to give her love. She had high spirits and a
  • merry soul. She liked Philip because he laughed with her at all the
  • amusing things in life that caught her fancy, and above all she liked him
  • because he was he.
  • When she told him this he answered gaily:
  • "Nonsense. You like me because I'm a silent person and never want to get
  • a word in."
  • Philip did not love her at all. He was extremely fond of her, glad to be
  • with her, amused and interested by her conversation. She restored his
  • belief in himself and put healing ointments, as it were, on all the
  • bruises of his soul. He was immensely flattered that she cared for him. He
  • admired her courage, her optimism, her impudent defiance of fate; she had
  • a little philosophy of her own, ingenuous and practical.
  • "You know, I don't believe in churches and parsons and all that," she
  • said, "but I believe in God, and I don't believe He minds much about what
  • you do as long as you keep your end up and help a lame dog over a stile
  • when you can. And I think people on the whole are very nice, and I'm sorry
  • for those who aren't."
  • "And what about afterwards?" asked Philip.
  • "Oh, well, I don't know for certain, you know," she smiled, "but I hope
  • for the best. And anyhow there'll be no rent to pay and no novelettes to
  • write."
  • She had a feminine gift for delicate flattery. She thought that Philip did
  • a brave thing when he left Paris because he was conscious he could not be
  • a great artist; and he was enchanted when she expressed enthusiastic
  • admiration for him. He had never been quite certain whether this action
  • indicated courage or infirmity of purpose. It was delightful to realise
  • that she considered it heroic. She ventured to tackle him on a subject
  • which his friends instinctively avoided.
  • "It's very silly of you to be so sensitive about your club-foot," she
  • said. She saw him blush darkly, but went on. "You know, people don't think
  • about it nearly as much as you do. They notice it the first time they see
  • you, and then they forget about it."
  • He would not answer.
  • "You're not angry with me, are you?"
  • "No."
  • She put her arm round his neck.
  • "You know, I only speak about it because I love you. I don't want it to
  • make you unhappy."
  • "I think you can say anything you choose to me," he answered, smiling. "I
  • wish I could do something to show you how grateful I am to you."
  • She took him in hand in other ways. She would not let him be bearish and
  • laughed at him when he was out of temper. She made him more urbane.
  • "You can make me do anything you like," he said to her once.
  • "D'you mind?"
  • "No, I want to do what you like."
  • He had the sense to realise his happiness. It seemed to him that she gave
  • him all that a wife could, and he preserved his freedom; she was the most
  • charming friend he had ever had, with a sympathy that he had never found
  • in a man. The sexual relationship was no more than the strongest link in
  • their friendship. It completed it, but was not essential. And because
  • Philip's appetites were satisfied, he became more equable and easier to
  • live with. He felt in complete possession of himself. He thought sometimes
  • of the winter, during which he had been obsessed by a hideous passion, and
  • he was filled with loathing for Mildred and with horror of himself.
  • His examinations were approaching, and Norah was as interested in them as
  • he. He was flattered and touched by her eagerness. She made him promise to
  • come at once and tell her the results. He passed the three parts this time
  • without mishap, and when he went to tell her she burst into tears.
  • "Oh, I'm so glad, I was so anxious."
  • "You silly little thing," he laughed, but he was choking.
  • No one could help being pleased with the way she took it.
  • "And what are you going to do now?" she asked.
  • "I can take a holiday with a clear conscience. I have no work to do till
  • the winter session begins in October."
  • "I suppose you'll go down to your uncle's at Blackstable?"
  • "You suppose quite wrong. I'm going to stay in London and play with you."
  • "I'd rather you went away."
  • "Why? Are you tired of me?"
  • She laughed and put her hands on his shoulders.
  • "Because you've been working hard, and you look utterly washed out. You
  • want some fresh air and a rest. Please go."
  • He did not answer for a moment. He looked at her with loving eyes.
  • "You know, I'd never believe it of anyone but you. You're only thinking of
  • my good. I wonder what you see in me."
  • "Will you give me a good character with my month's notice?" she laughed
  • gaily.
  • "I'll say that you're thoughtful and kind, and you're not exacting; you
  • never worry, you're not troublesome, and you're easy to please."
  • "All that's nonsense," she said, "but I'll tell you one thing: I'm one of
  • the few persons I ever met who are able to learn from experience."
  • LXVII
  • Philip looked forward to his return to London with impatience. During the
  • two months he spent at Blackstable Norah wrote to him frequently, long
  • letters in a bold, large hand, in which with cheerful humour she described
  • the little events of the daily round, the domestic troubles of her
  • landlady, rich food for laughter, the comic vexations of her
  • rehearsals--she was walking on in an important spectacle at one of the
  • London theatres--and her odd adventures with the publishers of novelettes.
  • Philip read a great deal, bathed, played tennis, and sailed. At the
  • beginning of October he settled down in London to work for the Second
  • Conjoint examination. He was eager to pass it, since that ended the
  • drudgery of the curriculum; after it was done with the student became an
  • out-patients' clerk, and was brought in contact with men and women as well
  • as with text-books. Philip saw Norah every day.
  • Lawson had been spending the summer at Poole, and had a number of sketches
  • to show of the harbour and of the beach. He had a couple of commissions
  • for portraits and proposed to stay in London till the bad light drove him
  • away. Hayward, in London too, intended to spend the winter abroad, but
  • remained week after week from sheer inability to make up his mind to go.
  • Hayward had run to fat during the last two or three years--it was five
  • years since Philip first met him in Heidelberg--and he was prematurely
  • bald. He was very sensitive about it and wore his hair long to conceal the
  • unsightly patch on the crown of his head. His only consolation was that
  • his brow was now very noble. His blue eyes had lost their colour; they had
  • a listless droop; and his mouth, losing the fulness of youth, was weak and
  • pale. He still talked vaguely of the things he was going to do in the
  • future, but with less conviction; and he was conscious that his friends no
  • longer believed in him: when he had drank two or three glasses of whiskey
  • he was inclined to be elegiac.
  • "I'm a failure," he murmured, "I'm unfit for the brutality of the struggle
  • of life. All I can do is to stand aside and let the vulgar throng hustle
  • by in their pursuit of the good things."
  • He gave you the impression that to fail was a more delicate, a more
  • exquisite thing, than to succeed. He insinuated that his aloofness was due
  • to distaste for all that was common and low. He talked beautifully of
  • Plato.
  • "I should have thought you'd got through with Plato by now," said Philip
  • impatiently.
  • "Would you?" he asked, raising his eyebrows.
  • He was not inclined to pursue the subject. He had discovered of late the
  • effective dignity of silence.
  • "I don't see the use of reading the same thing over and over again," said
  • Philip. "That's only a laborious form of idleness."
  • "But are you under the impression that you have so great a mind that you
  • can understand the most profound writer at a first reading?"
  • "I don't want to understand him, I'm not a critic. I'm not interested in
  • him for his sake but for mine."
  • "Why d'you read then?"
  • "Partly for pleasure, because it's a habit and I'm just as uncomfortable
  • if I don't read as if I don't smoke, and partly to know myself. When I
  • read a book I seem to read it with my eyes only, but now and then I come
  • across a passage, perhaps only a phrase, which has a meaning for ME,
  • and it becomes part of me; I've got out of the book all that's any use to
  • me, and I can't get anything more if I read it a dozen times. You see, it
  • seems to me, one's like a closed bud, and most of what one reads and does
  • has no effect at all; but there are certain things that have a peculiar
  • significance for one, and they open a petal; and the petals open one by
  • one; and at last the flower is there."
  • Philip was not satisfied with his metaphor, but he did not know how else
  • to explain a thing which he felt and yet was not clear about.
  • "You want to do things, you want to become things," said Hayward, with a
  • shrug of the shoulders. "It's so vulgar."
  • Philip knew Hayward very well by now. He was weak and vain, so vain that
  • you had to be on the watch constantly not to hurt his feelings; he mingled
  • idleness and idealism so that he could not separate them. At Lawson's
  • studio one day he met a journalist, who was charmed by his conversation,
  • and a week later the editor of a paper wrote to suggest that he should do
  • some criticism for him. For forty-eight hours Hayward lived in an agony of
  • indecision. He had talked of getting occupation of this sort so long that
  • he had not the face to refuse outright, but the thought of doing anything
  • filled him with panic. At last he declined the offer and breathed freely.
  • "It would have interfered with my work," he told Philip.
  • "What work?" asked Philip brutally.
  • "My inner life," he answered.
  • Then he went on to say beautiful things about Amiel, the professor of
  • Geneva, whose brilliancy promised achievement which was never fulfilled;
  • till at his death the reason of his failure and the excuse were at once
  • manifest in the minute, wonderful journal which was found among his
  • papers. Hayward smiled enigmatically.
  • But Hayward could still talk delightfully about books; his taste was
  • exquisite and his discrimination elegant; and he had a constant interest
  • in ideas, which made him an entertaining companion. They meant nothing to
  • him really, since they never had any effect on him; but he treated them as
  • he might have pieces of china in an auction-room, handling them with
  • pleasure in their shape and their glaze, pricing them in his mind; and
  • then, putting them back into their case, thought of them no more.
  • And it was Hayward who made a momentous discovery. One evening, after due
  • preparation, he took Philip and Lawson to a tavern situated in Beak
  • Street, remarkable not only in itself and for its history--it had memories
  • of eighteenth-century glories which excited the romantic imagination--but
  • for its snuff, which was the best in London, and above all for its punch.
  • Hayward led them into a large, long room, dingily magnificent, with huge
  • pictures on the walls of nude women: they were vast allegories of the
  • school of Haydon; but smoke, gas, and the London atmosphere had given them
  • a richness which made them look like old masters. The dark panelling, the
  • massive, tarnished gold of the cornice, the mahogany tables, gave the room
  • an air of sumptuous comfort, and the leather-covered seats along the wall
  • were soft and easy. There was a ram's head on a table opposite the door,
  • and this contained the celebrated snuff. They ordered punch. They drank
  • it. It was hot rum punch. The pen falters when it attempts to treat of the
  • excellence thereof; the sober vocabulary, the sparse epithet of this
  • narrative, are inadequate to the task; and pompous terms, jewelled, exotic
  • phrases rise to the excited fancy. It warmed the blood and cleared the
  • head; it filled the soul with well-being; it disposed the mind at once to
  • utter wit and to appreciate the wit of others; it had the vagueness of
  • music and the precision of mathematics. Only one of its qualities was
  • comparable to anything else: it had the warmth of a good heart; but its
  • taste, its smell, its feel, were not to be described in words. Charles
  • Lamb, with his infinite tact, attempting to, might have drawn charming
  • pictures of the life of his day; Lord Byron in a stanza of Don Juan,
  • aiming at the impossible, might have achieved the sublime; Oscar Wilde,
  • heaping jewels of Ispahan upon brocades of Byzantium, might have created
  • a troubling beauty. Considering it, the mind reeled under visions of the
  • feasts of Elagabalus; and the subtle harmonies of Debussy mingled with the
  • musty, fragrant romance of chests in which have been kept old clothes,
  • ruffs, hose, doublets, of a forgotten generation, and the wan odour of
  • lilies of the valley and the savour of Cheddar cheese.
  • Hayward discovered the tavern at which this priceless beverage was to be
  • obtained by meeting in the street a man called Macalister who had been at
  • Cambridge with him. He was a stockbroker and a philosopher. He was
  • accustomed to go to the tavern once a week; and soon Philip, Lawson, and
  • Hayward got into the habit of meeting there every Tuesday evening: change
  • of manners made it now little frequented, which was an advantage to
  • persons who took pleasure in conversation. Macalister was a big-boned
  • fellow, much too short for his width, with a large, fleshy face and a soft
  • voice. He was a student of Kant and judged everything from the standpoint
  • of pure reason. He was fond of expounding his doctrines. Philip listened
  • with excited interest. He had long come to the conclusion that nothing
  • amused him more than metaphysics, but he was not so sure of their efficacy
  • in the affairs of life. The neat little system which he had formed as the
  • result of his meditations at Blackstable had not been of conspicuous use
  • during his infatuation for Mildred. He could not be positive that reason
  • was much help in the conduct of life. It seemed to him that life lived
  • itself. He remembered very vividly the violence of the emotion which had
  • possessed him and his inability, as if he were tied down to the ground
  • with ropes, to react against it. He read many wise things in books, but he
  • could only judge from his own experience (he did not know whether he was
  • different from other people); he did not calculate the pros and cons of an
  • action, the benefits which must befall him if he did it, the harm which
  • might result from the omission; but his whole being was urged on
  • irresistibly. He did not act with a part of himself but altogether. The
  • power that possessed him seemed to have nothing to do with reason: all
  • that reason did was to point out the methods of obtaining what his whole
  • soul was striving for.
  • Macalister reminded him of the Categorical Imperative.
  • "Act so that every action of yours should be capable of becoming a
  • universal rule of action for all men."
  • "That seems to me perfect nonsense," said Philip.
  • "You're a bold man to say that of anything stated by Immanuel Kant,"
  • retorted Macalister.
  • "Why? Reverence for what somebody said is a stultifying quality: there's
  • a damned sight too much reverence in the world. Kant thought things not
  • because they were true, but because he was Kant."
  • "Well, what is your objection to the Categorical Imperative?" (They talked
  • as though the fate of empires were in the balance.)
  • "It suggests that one can choose one's course by an effort of will. And it
  • suggests that reason is the surest guide. Why should its dictates be any
  • better than those of passion? They're different. That's all."
  • "You seem to be a contented slave of your passions."
  • "A slave because I can't help myself, but not a contented one," laughed
  • Philip.
  • While he spoke he thought of that hot madness which had driven him in
  • pursuit of Mildred. He remembered how he had chafed against it and how he
  • had felt the degradation of it.
  • "Thank God, I'm free from all that now," he thought.
  • And yet even as he said it he was not quite sure whether he spoke
  • sincerely. When he was under the influence of passion he had felt a
  • singular vigour, and his mind had worked with unwonted force. He was more
  • alive, there was an excitement in sheer being, an eager vehemence of soul,
  • which made life now a trifle dull. For all the misery he had endured there
  • was a compensation in that sense of rushing, overwhelming existence.
  • But Philip's unlucky words engaged him in a discussion on the freedom of
  • the will, and Macalister, with his well-stored memory, brought out
  • argument after argument. He had a mind that delighted in dialectics, and
  • he forced Philip to contradict himself; he pushed him into corners from
  • which he could only escape by damaging concessions; he tripped him up with
  • logic and battered him with authorities.
  • At last Philip said:
  • "Well, I can't say anything about other people. I can only speak for
  • myself. The illusion of free will is so strong in my mind that I can't get
  • away from it, but I believe it is only an illusion. But it is an illusion
  • which is one of the strongest motives of my actions. Before I do anything
  • I feel that I have choice, and that influences what I do; but afterwards,
  • when the thing is done, I believe that it was inevitable from all
  • eternity."
  • "What do you deduce from that?" asked Hayward.
  • "Why, merely the futility of regret. It's no good crying over spilt milk,
  • because all the forces of the universe were bent on spilling it."
  • LXVIII
  • One morning Philip on getting up felt his head swim, and going back to bed
  • suddenly discovered he was ill. All his limbs ached and he shivered with
  • cold. When the landlady brought in his breakfast he called to her through
  • the open door that he was not well, and asked for a cup of tea and a piece
  • of toast. A few minutes later there was a knock at his door, and Griffiths
  • came in. They had lived in the same house for over a year, but had never
  • done more than nod to one another in the passage.
  • "I say, I hear you're seedy," said Griffiths. "I thought I'd come in and
  • see what was the matter with you."
  • Philip, blushing he knew not why, made light of the whole thing. He would
  • be all right in an hour or two.
  • "Well, you'd better let me take your temperature," said Griffiths.
  • "It's quite unnecessary," answered Philip irritably.
  • "Come on."
  • Philip put the thermometer in his mouth. Griffiths sat on the side of the
  • bed and chatted brightly for a moment, then he took it out and looked at
  • it.
  • "Now, look here, old man, you must stay in bed, and I'll bring old Deacon
  • in to have a look at you."
  • "Nonsense," said Philip. "There's nothing the matter. I wish you wouldn't
  • bother about me."
  • "But it isn't any bother. You've got a temperature and you must stay in
  • bed. You will, won't you?"
  • There was a peculiar charm in his manner, a mingling of gravity and
  • kindliness, which was infinitely attractive.
  • "You've got a wonderful bed-side manner," Philip murmured, closing his
  • eyes with a smile.
  • Griffiths shook out his pillow for him, deftly smoothed down the
  • bedclothes, and tucked him up. He went into Philip's sitting-room to look
  • for a siphon, could not find one, and fetched it from his own room. He
  • drew down the blind.
  • "Now, go to sleep and I'll bring the old man round as soon as he's done
  • the wards."
  • It seemed hours before anyone came to Philip. His head felt as if it would
  • split, anguish rent his limbs, and he was afraid he was going to cry. Then
  • there was a knock at the door and Griffiths, healthy, strong, and
  • cheerful, came in.
  • "Here's Doctor Deacon," he said.
  • The physician stepped forward, an elderly man with a bland manner, whom
  • Philip knew only by sight. A few questions, a brief examination, and the
  • diagnosis.
  • "What d'you make it?" he asked Griffiths, smiling.
  • "Influenza."
  • "Quite right."
  • Doctor Deacon looked round the dingy lodging-house room.
  • "Wouldn't you like to go to the hospital? They'll put you in a private
  • ward, and you can be better looked after than you can here."
  • "I'd rather stay where I am," said Philip.
  • He did not want to be disturbed, and he was always shy of new
  • surroundings. He did not fancy nurses fussing about him, and the dreary
  • cleanliness of the hospital.
  • "I can look after him, sir," said Griffiths at once.
  • "Oh, very well."
  • He wrote a prescription, gave instructions, and left.
  • "Now you've got to do exactly as I tell you," said Griffiths. "I'm
  • day-nurse and night-nurse all in one."
  • "It's very kind of you, but I shan't want anything," said Philip.
  • Griffiths put his hand on Philip's forehead, a large cool, dry hand, and
  • the touch seemed to him good.
  • "I'm just going to take this round to the dispensary to have it made up,
  • and then I'll come back."
  • In a little while he brought the medicine and gave Philip a dose. Then he
  • went upstairs to fetch his books.
  • "You won't mind my working in your room this afternoon, will you?" he
  • said, when he came down. "I'll leave the door open so that you can give me
  • a shout if you want anything."
  • Later in the day Philip, awaking from an uneasy doze, heard voices in his
  • sitting-room. A friend had come in to see Griffiths.
  • "I say, you'd better not come in tonight," he heard Griffiths saying.
  • And then a minute or two afterwards someone else entered the room and
  • expressed his surprise at finding Griffiths there. Philip heard him
  • explain.
  • "I'm looking after a second year's man who's got these rooms. The wretched
  • blighter's down with influenza. No whist tonight, old man."
  • Presently Griffiths was left alone and Philip called him.
  • "I say, you're not putting off a party tonight, are you?" he asked.
  • "Not on your account. I must work at my surgery."
  • "Don't put it off. I shall be all right. You needn't bother about me."
  • "That's all right."
  • Philip grew worse. As the night came on he became slightly delirious, but
  • towards morning he awoke from a restless sleep. He saw Griffiths get out
  • of an arm-chair, go down on his knees, and with his fingers put piece
  • after piece of coal on the fire. He was in pyjamas and a dressing-gown.
  • "What are you doing here?" he asked.
  • "Did I wake you up? I tried to make up the fire without making a row."
  • "Why aren't you in bed? What's the time?"
  • "About five. I thought I'd better sit up with you tonight. I brought an
  • arm-chair in as I thought if I put a mattress down I should sleep so
  • soundly that I shouldn't hear you if you wanted anything."
  • "I wish you wouldn't be so good to me," groaned Philip. "Suppose you catch
  • it?"
  • "Then you shall nurse me, old man," said Griffiths, with a laugh.
  • In the morning Griffiths drew up the blind. He looked pale and tired after
  • his night's watch, but was full of spirits.
  • "Now, I'm going to wash you," he said to Philip cheerfully.
  • "I can wash myself," said Philip, ashamed.
  • "Nonsense. If you were in the small ward a nurse would wash you, and I can
  • do it just as well as a nurse."
  • Philip, too weak and wretched to resist, allowed Griffiths to wash his
  • hands and face, his feet, his chest and back. He did it with charming
  • tenderness, carrying on meanwhile a stream of friendly chatter; then he
  • changed the sheet just as they did at the hospital, shook out the pillow,
  • and arranged the bed-clothes.
  • "I should like Sister Arthur to see me. It would make her sit up. Deacon's
  • coming in to see you early."
  • "I can't imagine why you should be so good to me," said Philip.
  • "It's good practice for me. It's rather a lark having a patient."
  • Griffiths gave him his breakfast and went off to get dressed and have
  • something to eat. A few minutes before ten he came back with a bunch of
  • grapes and a few flowers.
  • "You are awfully kind," said Philip.
  • He was in bed for five days.
  • Norah and Griffiths nursed him between them. Though Griffiths was the same
  • age as Philip he adopted towards him a humorous, motherly attitude. He was
  • a thoughtful fellow, gentle and encouraging; but his greatest quality was
  • a vitality which seemed to give health to everyone with whom he came in
  • contact. Philip was unused to the petting which most people enjoy from
  • mothers or sisters and he was deeply touched by the feminine tenderness of
  • this strong young man. Philip grew better. Then Griffiths, sitting idly in
  • Philip's room, amused him with gay stories of amorous adventure. He was a
  • flirtatious creature, capable of carrying on three or four affairs at a
  • time; and his account of the devices he was forced to in order to keep out
  • of difficulties made excellent hearing. He had a gift for throwing a
  • romantic glamour over everything that happened to him. He was crippled
  • with debts, everything he had of any value was pawned, but he managed
  • always to be cheerful, extravagant, and generous. He was the adventurer by
  • nature. He loved people of doubtful occupations and shifty purposes; and
  • his acquaintance among the riff-raff that frequents the bars of London was
  • enormous. Loose women, treating him as a friend, told him the troubles,
  • difficulties, and successes of their lives; and card-sharpers, respecting
  • his impecuniosity, stood him dinners and lent him five-pound notes. He was
  • ploughed in his examinations time after time; but he bore this cheerfully,
  • and submitted with such a charming grace to the parental expostulations
  • that his father, a doctor in practice at Leeds, had not the heart to be
  • seriously angry with him.
  • "I'm an awful fool at books," he said cheerfully, "but I CAN'T work."
  • Life was much too jolly. But it was clear that when he had got through the
  • exuberance of his youth, and was at last qualified, he would be a
  • tremendous success in practice. He would cure people by the sheer charm of
  • his manner.
  • Philip worshipped him as at school he had worshipped boys who were tall
  • and straight and high of spirits. By the time he was well they were fast
  • friends, and it was a peculiar satisfaction to Philip that Griffiths
  • seemed to enjoy sitting in his little parlour, wasting Philip's time with
  • his amusing chatter and smoking innumerable cigarettes. Philip took him
  • sometimes to the tavern off Regent Street. Hayward found him stupid, but
  • Lawson recognised his charm and was eager to paint him; he was a
  • picturesque figure with his blue eyes, white skin, and curly hair. Often
  • they discussed things he knew nothing about, and then he sat quietly, with
  • a good-natured smile on his handsome face, feeling quite rightly that his
  • presence was sufficient contribution to the entertainment of the company.
  • When he discovered that Macalister was a stockbroker he was eager for
  • tips; and Macalister, with his grave smile, told him what fortunes he
  • could have made if he had bought certain stock at certain times. It made
  • Philip's mouth water, for in one way and another he was spending more than
  • he had expected, and it would have suited him very well to make a little
  • money by the easy method Macalister suggested.
  • "Next time I hear of a really good thing I'll let you know," said the
  • stockbroker. "They do come along sometimes. It's only a matter of biding
  • one's time."
  • Philip could not help thinking how delightful it would be to make fifty
  • pounds, so that he could give Norah the furs she so badly needed for the
  • winter. He looked at the shops in Regent Street and picked out the
  • articles he could buy for the money. She deserved everything. She made
  • his life very happy.
  • LXIX
  • One afternoon, when he went back to his rooms from the hospital to wash
  • and tidy himself before going to tea as usual with Norah, as he let
  • himself in with his latch-key, his landlady opened the door for him.
  • "There's a lady waiting to see you," she said.
  • "Me?" exclaimed Philip.
  • He was surprised. It would only be Norah, and he had no idea what had
  • brought her.
  • "I shouldn't 'ave let her in, only she's been three times, and she seemed
  • that upset at not finding you, so I told her she could wait."
  • He pushed past the explaining landlady and burst into the room. His heart
  • turned sick. It was Mildred. She was sitting down, but got up hurriedly as
  • he came in. She did not move towards him nor speak. He was so surprised
  • that he did not know what he was saying.
  • "What the hell d'you want?" he asked.
  • She did not answer, but began to cry. She did not put her hands to her
  • eyes, but kept them hanging by the side of her body. She looked like a
  • housemaid applying for a situation. There was a dreadful humility in her
  • bearing. Philip did not know what feelings came over him. He had a sudden
  • impulse to turn round and escape from the room.
  • "I didn't think I'd ever see you again," he said at last.
  • "I wish I was dead," she moaned.
  • Philip left her standing where she was. He could only think at the moment
  • of steadying himself. His knees were shaking. He looked at her, and he
  • groaned in despair.
  • "What's the matter?" he said.
  • "He's left me--Emil."
  • Philip's heart bounded. He knew then that he loved her as passionately as
  • ever. He had never ceased to love her. She was standing before him humble
  • and unresisting. He wished to take her in his arms and cover her
  • tear-stained face with kisses. Oh, how long the separation had been! He
  • did not know how he could have endured it.
  • "You'd better sit down. Let me give you a drink."
  • He drew the chair near the fire and she sat in it. He mixed her whiskey
  • and soda, and, sobbing still, she drank it. She looked at him with great,
  • mournful eyes. There were large black lines under them. She was thinner
  • and whiter than when last he had seen her.
  • "I wish I'd married you when you asked me," she said.
  • Philip did not know why the remark seemed to swell his heart. He could not
  • keep the distance from her which he had forced upon himself. He put his
  • hand on her shoulder.
  • "I'm awfully sorry you're in trouble."
  • She leaned her head against his bosom and burst into hysterical crying.
  • Her hat was in the way and she took it off. He had never dreamt that she
  • was capable of crying like that. He kissed her again and again. It seemed
  • to ease her a little.
  • "You were always good to me, Philip," she said. "That's why I knew I could
  • come to you."
  • "Tell me what's happened."
  • "Oh, I can't, I can't," she cried out, breaking away from him.
  • He sank down on his knees beside her and put his cheek against hers.
  • "Don't you know that there's nothing you can't tell me? I can never blame
  • you for anything."
  • She told him the story little by little, and sometimes she sobbed so much
  • that he could hardly understand.
  • "Last Monday week he went up to Birmingham, and he promised to be back on
  • Thursday, and he never came, and he didn't come on the Friday, so I wrote
  • to ask what was the matter, and he never answered the letter. And I wrote
  • and said that if I didn't hear from him by return I'd go up to Birmingham,
  • and this morning I got a solicitor's letter to say I had no claim on him,
  • and if I molested him he'd seek the protection of the law."
  • "But it's absurd," cried Philip. "A man can't treat his wife like that.
  • Had you had a row?"
  • "Oh, yes, we'd had a quarrel on the Sunday, and he said he was sick of me,
  • but he'd said it before, and he'd come back all right. I didn't think he
  • meant it. He was frightened, because I told him a baby was coming. I kept
  • it from him as long as I could. Then I had to tell him. He said it was my
  • fault, and I ought to have known better. If you'd only heard the things he
  • said to me! But I found out precious quick that he wasn't a gentleman. He
  • left me without a penny. He hadn't paid the rent, and I hadn't got the
  • money to pay it, and the woman who kept the house said such things to
  • me--well, I might have been a thief the way she talked."
  • "I thought you were going to take a flat."
  • "That's what he said, but we just took furnished apartments in Highbury.
  • He was that mean. He said I was extravagant, he didn't give me anything to
  • be extravagant with."
  • She had an extraordinary way of mixing the trivial with the important.
  • Philip was puzzled. The whole thing was incomprehensible.
  • "No man could be such a blackguard."
  • "You don't know him. I wouldn't go back to him now not if he was to come
  • and ask me on his bended knees. I was a fool ever to think of him. And he
  • wasn't earning the money he said he was. The lies he told me!"
  • Philip thought for a minute or two. He was so deeply moved by her distress
  • that he could not think of himself.
  • "Would you like me to go to Birmingham? I could see him and try to make
  • things up."
  • "Oh, there's no chance of that. He'll never come back now, I know him."
  • "But he must provide for you. He can't get out of that. I don't know
  • anything about these things, you'd better go and see a solicitor."
  • "How can I? I haven't got the money."
  • "I'll pay all that. I'll write a note to my own solicitor, the sportsman
  • who was my father's executor. Would you like me to come with you now? I
  • expect he'll still be at his office."
  • "No, give me a letter to him. I'll go alone."
  • She was a little calmer now. He sat down and wrote a note. Then he
  • remembered that she had no money. He had fortunately changed a cheque the
  • day before and was able to give her five pounds.
  • "You are good to me, Philip," she said.
  • "I'm so happy to be able to do something for you."
  • "Are you fond of me still?"
  • "Just as fond as ever."
  • She put up her lips and he kissed her. There was a surrender in the action
  • which he had never seen in her before. It was worth all the agony he had
  • suffered.
  • She went away and he found that she had been there for two hours. He was
  • extraordinarily happy.
  • "Poor thing, poor thing," he murmured to himself, his heart glowing with
  • a greater love than he had ever felt before.
  • He never thought of Norah at all till about eight o'clock a telegram came.
  • He knew before opening it that it was from her.
  • Is anything the matter? Norah.
  • He did not know what to do nor what to answer. He could fetch her after
  • the play, in which she was walking on, was over and stroll home with her
  • as he sometimes did; but his whole soul revolted against the idea of
  • seeing her that evening. He thought of writing to her, but he could not
  • bring himself to address her as usual, dearest Norah. He made up his
  • mind to telegraph.
  • Sorry. Could not get away, Philip.
  • He visualised her. He was slightly repelled by the ugly little face, with
  • its high cheekbones and the crude colour. There was a coarseness in her
  • skin which gave him goose-flesh. He knew that his telegram must be
  • followed by some action on his part, but at all events it postponed it.
  • Next day he wired again.
  • Regret, unable to come. Will write.
  • Mildred had suggested coming at four in the afternoon, and he would not
  • tell her that the hour was inconvenient. After all she came first. He
  • waited for her impatiently. He watched for her at the window and opened
  • the front-door himself.
  • "Well? Did you see Nixon?"
  • "Yes," she answered. "He said it wasn't any good. Nothing's to be done. I
  • must just grin and bear it."
  • "But that's impossible," cried Philip.
  • She sat down wearily.
  • "Did he give any reasons?" he asked.
  • She gave him a crumpled letter.
  • "There's your letter, Philip. I never took it. I couldn't tell you
  • yesterday, I really couldn't. Emil didn't marry me. He couldn't. He had a
  • wife already and three children."
  • Philip felt a sudden pang of jealousy and anguish. It was almost more than
  • he could bear.
  • "That's why I couldn't go back to my aunt. There's no one I can go to but
  • you."
  • "What made you go away with him?" Philip asked, in a low voice which he
  • struggled to make firm.
  • "I don't know. I didn't know he was a married man at first, and when he
  • told me I gave him a piece of my mind. And then I didn't see him for
  • months, and when he came to the shop again and asked me I don't know what
  • came over me. I felt as if I couldn't help it. I had to go with him."
  • "Were you in love with him?"
  • "I don't know. I couldn't hardly help laughing at the things he said. And
  • there was something about him--he said I'd never regret it, he promised to
  • give me seven pounds a week--he said he was earning fifteen, and it was
  • all a lie, he wasn't. And then I was sick of going to the shop every
  • morning, and I wasn't getting on very well with my aunt; she wanted to
  • treat me as a servant instead of a relation, said I ought to do my own
  • room, and if I didn't do it nobody was going to do it for me. Oh, I wish
  • I hadn't. But when he came to the shop and asked me I felt I couldn't help
  • it."
  • Philip moved away from her. He sat down at the table and buried his face
  • in his hands. He felt dreadfully humiliated.
  • "You're not angry with me, Philip?" she asked piteously.
  • "No," he answered, looking up but away from her, "only I'm awfully hurt."
  • "Why?"
  • "You see, I was so dreadfully in love with you. I did everything I could
  • to make you care for me. I thought you were incapable of loving anyone.
  • It's so horrible to know that you were willing to sacrifice everything for
  • that bounder. I wonder what you saw in him."
  • "I'm awfully sorry, Philip. I regretted it bitterly afterwards, I promise
  • you that."
  • He thought of Emil Miller, with his pasty, unhealthy look, his shifty blue
  • eyes, and the vulgar smartness of his appearance; he always wore bright
  • red knitted waistcoats. Philip sighed. She got up and went to him. She put
  • her arm round his neck.
  • "I shall never forget that you offered to marry me, Philip."
  • He took her hand and looked up at her. She bent down and kissed him.
  • "Philip, if you want me still I'll do anything you like now. I know you're
  • a gentleman in every sense of the word."
  • His heart stood still. Her words made him feel slightly sick.
  • "It's awfully good of you, but I couldn't."
  • "Don't you care for me any more?"
  • "Yes, I love you with all my heart."
  • "Then why shouldn't we have a good time while we've got the chance? You
  • see, it can't matter now."
  • He released himself from her.
  • "You don't understand. I've been sick with love for you ever since I saw
  • you, but now--that man. I've unfortunately got a vivid imagination. The
  • thought of it simply disgusts me."
  • "You are funny," she said.
  • He took her hand again and smiled at her.
  • "You mustn't think I'm not grateful. I can never thank you enough, but you
  • see, it's just stronger than I am."
  • "You are a good friend, Philip."
  • They went on talking, and soon they had returned to the familiar
  • companionship of old days. It grew late. Philip suggested that they should
  • dine together and go to a music-hall. She wanted some persuasion, for she
  • had an idea of acting up to her situation, and felt instinctively that it
  • did not accord with her distressed condition to go to a place of
  • entertainment. At last Philip asked her to go simply to please him, and
  • when she could look upon it as an act of self-sacrifice she accepted. She
  • had a new thoughtfulness which delighted Philip. She asked him to take her
  • to the little restaurant in Soho to which they had so often been; he was
  • infinitely grateful to her, because her suggestion showed that happy
  • memories were attached to it. She grew much more cheerful as dinner
  • proceeded. The Burgundy from the public house at the corner warmed her
  • heart, and she forgot that she ought to preserve a dolorous countenance.
  • Philip thought it safe to speak to her of the future.
  • "I suppose you haven't got a brass farthing, have you?" he asked, when an
  • opportunity presented itself.
  • "Only what you gave me yesterday, and I had to give the landlady three
  • pounds of that."
  • "Well, I'd better give you a tenner to go on with. I'll go and see my
  • solicitor and get him to write to Miller. We can make him pay up
  • something, I'm sure. If we can get a hundred pounds out of him it'll carry
  • you on till after the baby comes."
  • "I wouldn't take a penny from him. I'd rather starve."
  • "But it's monstrous that he should leave you in the lurch like this."
  • "I've got my pride to consider."
  • It was a little awkward for Philip. He needed rigid economy to make his
  • own money last till he was qualified, and he must have something over to
  • keep him during the year he intended to spend as house physician and house
  • surgeon either at his own or at some other hospital. But Mildred had told
  • him various stories of Emil's meanness, and he was afraid to remonstrate
  • with her in case she accused him too of want of generosity.
  • "I wouldn't take a penny piece from him. I'd sooner beg my bread. I'd have
  • seen about getting some work to do long before now, only it wouldn't be
  • good for me in the state I'm in. You have to think of your health, don't
  • you?"
  • "You needn't bother about the present," said Philip. "I can let you have
  • all you want till you're fit to work again."
  • "I knew I could depend on you. I told Emil he needn't think I hadn't got
  • somebody to go to. I told him you was a gentleman in every sense of the
  • word."
  • By degrees Philip learned how the separation had come about. It appeared
  • that the fellow's wife had discovered the adventure he was engaged in
  • during his periodical visits to London, and had gone to the head of the
  • firm that employed him. She threatened to divorce him, and they announced
  • that they would dismiss him if she did. He was passionately devoted to his
  • children and could not bear the thought of being separated from them. When
  • he had to choose between his wife and his mistress he chose his wife. He
  • had been always anxious that there should be no child to make the
  • entanglement more complicated; and when Mildred, unable longer to conceal
  • its approach, informed him of the fact, he was seized with panic. He
  • picked a quarrel and left her without more ado.
  • "When d'you expect to be confined?" asked Philip.
  • "At the beginning of March."
  • "Three months."
  • It was necessary to discuss plans. Mildred declared she would not remain
  • in the rooms at Highbury, and Philip thought it more convenient too that
  • she should be nearer to him. He promised to look for something next day.
  • She suggested the Vauxhall Bridge Road as a likely neighbourhood.
  • "And it would be near for afterwards," she said.
  • "What do you mean?"
  • "Well, I should only be able to stay there about two months or a little
  • more, and then I should have to go into a house. I know a very respectable
  • place, where they have a most superior class of people, and they take you
  • for four guineas a week and no extras. Of course the doctor's extra, but
  • that's all. A friend of mine went there, and the lady who keeps it is a
  • thorough lady. I mean to tell her that my husband's an officer in India
  • and I've come to London for my baby, because it's better for my health."
  • It seemed extraordinary to Philip to hear her talking in this way. With
  • her delicate little features and her pale face she looked cold and
  • maidenly. When he thought of the passions that burnt within her, so
  • unexpected, his heart was strangely troubled. His pulse beat quickly.
  • LXX
  • Philip expected to find a letter from Norah when he got back to his rooms,
  • but there was nothing; nor did he receive one the following morning. The
  • silence irritated and at the same time alarmed him. They had seen one
  • another every day he had been in London since the previous June; and it
  • must seem odd to her that he should let two days go by without visiting
  • her or offering a reason for his absence; he wondered whether by an
  • unlucky chance she had seen him with Mildred. He could not bear to think
  • that she was hurt or unhappy, and he made up his mind to call on her that
  • afternoon. He was almost inclined to reproach her because he had allowed
  • himself to get on such intimate terms with her. The thought of continuing
  • them filled him with disgust.
  • He found two rooms for Mildred on the second floor of a house in the
  • Vauxhall Bridge Road. They were noisy, but he knew that she liked the
  • rattle of traffic under her windows.
  • "I don't like a dead and alive street where you don't see a soul pass all
  • day," she said. "Give me a bit of life."
  • Then he forced himself to go to Vincent Square. He was sick with
  • apprehension when he rang the bell. He had an uneasy sense that he was
  • treating Norah badly; he dreaded reproaches; he knew she had a quick
  • temper, and he hated scenes: perhaps the best way would be to tell her
  • frankly that Mildred had come back to him and his love for her was as
  • violent as it had ever been; he was very sorry, but he had nothing to
  • offer Norah any more. Then he thought of her anguish, for he knew she
  • loved him; it had flattered him before, and he was immensely grateful; but
  • now it was horrible. She had not deserved that he should inflict pain upon
  • her. He asked himself how she would greet him now, and as he walked up the
  • stairs all possible forms of her behaviour flashed across his mind. He
  • knocked at the door. He felt that he was pale, and wondered how to conceal
  • his nervousness.
  • She was writing away industriously, but she sprang to her feet as he
  • entered.
  • "I recognised your step," she cried. "Where have you been hiding yourself,
  • you naughty boy?"
  • She came towards him joyfully and put her arms round his neck. She was
  • delighted to see him. He kissed her, and then, to give himself
  • countenance, said he was dying for tea. She bustled the fire to make the
  • kettle boil.
  • "I've been awfully busy," he said lamely.
  • She began to chatter in her bright way, telling him of a new commission
  • she had to provide a novelette for a firm which had not hitherto employed
  • her. She was to get fifteen guineas for it.
  • "It's money from the clouds. I'll tell you what we'll do, we'll stand
  • ourselves a little jaunt. Let's go and spend a day at Oxford, shall we?
  • I'd love to see the colleges."
  • He looked at her to see whether there was any shadow of reproach in her
  • eyes; but they were as frank and merry as ever: she was overjoyed to see
  • him. His heart sank. He could not tell her the brutal truth. She made some
  • toast for him, and cut it into little pieces, and gave it him as though he
  • were a child.
  • "Is the brute fed?" she asked.
  • He nodded, smiling; and she lit a cigarette for him. Then, as she loved to
  • do, she came and sat on his knees. She was very light. She leaned back in
  • his arms with a sigh of delicious happiness.
  • "Say something nice to me," she murmured.
  • "What shall I say?"
  • "You might by an effort of imagination say that you rather liked me."
  • "You know I do that."
  • He had not the heart to tell her then. He would give her peace at all
  • events for that day, and perhaps he might write to her. That would be
  • easier. He could not bear to think of her crying. She made him kiss her,
  • and as he kissed her he thought of Mildred and Mildred's pale, thin lips.
  • The recollection of Mildred remained with him all the time, like an
  • incorporated form, but more substantial than a shadow; and the sight
  • continually distracted his attention.
  • "You're very quiet today," Norah said.
  • Her loquacity was a standing joke between them, and he answered:
  • "You never let me get a word in, and I've got out of the habit of
  • talking."
  • "But you're not listening, and that's bad manners."
  • He reddened a little, wondering whether she had some inkling of his
  • secret; he turned away his eyes uneasily. The weight of her irked him this
  • afternoon, and he did not want her to touch him.
  • "My foot's gone to sleep," he said.
  • "I'm so sorry," she cried, jumping up. "I shall have to bant if I can't
  • break myself of this habit of sitting on gentlemen's knees."
  • He went through an elaborate form of stamping his foot and walking about.
  • Then he stood in front of the fire so that she should not resume her
  • position. While she talked he thought that she was worth ten of Mildred;
  • she amused him much more and was jollier to talk to; she was cleverer, and
  • she had a much nicer nature. She was a good, brave, honest little woman;
  • and Mildred, he thought bitterly, deserved none of these epithets. If he
  • had any sense he would stick to Norah, she would make him much happier
  • than he would ever be with Mildred: after all she loved him, and Mildred
  • was only grateful for his help. But when all was said the important thing
  • was to love rather than to be loved; and he yearned for Mildred with his
  • whole soul. He would sooner have ten minutes with her than a whole
  • afternoon with Norah, he prized one kiss of her cold lips more than all
  • Norah could give him.
  • "I can't help myself," he thought. "I've just got her in my bones."
  • He did not care if she was heartless, vicious and vulgar, stupid and
  • grasping, he loved her. He would rather have misery with the one than
  • happiness with the other.
  • When he got up to go Norah said casually:
  • "Well, I shall see you tomorrow, shan't I?"
  • "Yes," he answered.
  • He knew that he would not be able to come, since he was going to help
  • Mildred with her moving, but he had not the courage to say so. He made up
  • his mind that he would send a wire. Mildred saw the rooms in the morning,
  • was satisfied with them, and after luncheon Philip went up with her to
  • Highbury. She had a trunk for her clothes and another for the various odds
  • and ends, cushions, lampshades, photograph frames, with which she had
  • tried to give the apartments a home-like air; she had two or three large
  • cardboard boxes besides, but in all there was no more than could be put on
  • the roof of a four-wheeler. As they drove through Victoria Street Philip
  • sat well back in the cab in case Norah should happen to be passing. He had
  • not had an opportunity to telegraph and could not do so from the post
  • office in the Vauxhall Bridge Road, since she would wonder what he was
  • doing in that neighbourhood; and if he was there he could have no excuse
  • for not going into the neighbouring square where she lived. He made up his
  • mind that he had better go in and see her for half an hour; but the
  • necessity irritated him: he was angry with Norah, because she forced him
  • to vulgar and degrading shifts. But he was happy to be with Mildred. It
  • amused him to help her with the unpacking; and he experienced a charming
  • sense of possession in installing her in these lodgings which he had found
  • and was paying for. He would not let her exert herself. It was a pleasure
  • to do things for her, and she had no desire to do what somebody else
  • seemed desirous to do for her. He unpacked her clothes and put them away.
  • She was not proposing to go out again, so he got her slippers and took off
  • her boots. It delighted him to perform menial offices.
  • "You do spoil me," she said, running her fingers affectionately through
  • his hair, while he was on his knees unbuttoning her boots.
  • He took her hands and kissed them.
  • "It is nipping to have you here."
  • He arranged the cushions and the photograph frames. She had several jars
  • of green earthenware.
  • "I'll get you some flowers for them," he said.
  • He looked round at his work proudly.
  • "As I'm not going out any more I think I'll get into a tea-gown," she
  • said. "Undo me behind, will you?"
  • She turned round as unconcernedly as though he were a woman. His sex meant
  • nothing to her. But his heart was filled with gratitude for the intimacy
  • her request showed. He undid the hooks and eyes with clumsy fingers.
  • "That first day I came into the shop I never thought I'd be doing this for
  • you now," he said, with a laugh which he forced.
  • "Somebody must do it," she answered.
  • She went into the bed-room and slipped into a pale blue tea-gown decorated
  • with a great deal of cheap lace. Then Philip settled her on a sofa and
  • made tea for her.
  • "I'm afraid I can't stay and have it with you," he said regretfully. "I've
  • got a beastly appointment. But I shall be back in half an hour."
  • He wondered what he should say if she asked him what the appointment was,
  • but she showed no curiosity. He had ordered dinner for the two of them
  • when he took the rooms, and proposed to spend the evening with her
  • quietly. He was in such a hurry to get back that he took a tram along the
  • Vauxhall Bridge Road. He thought he had better break the fact to Norah at
  • once that he could not stay more than a few minutes.
  • "I say, I've got only just time to say how d'you do," he said, as soon as
  • he got into her rooms. "I'm frightfully busy."
  • Her face fell.
  • "Why, what's the matter?"
  • It exasperated him that she should force him to tell lies, and he knew
  • that he reddened when he answered that there was a demonstration at the
  • hospital which he was bound to go to. He fancied that she looked as though
  • she did not believe him, and this irritated him all the more.
  • "Oh, well, it doesn't matter," she said. "I shall have you all tomorrow."
  • He looked at her blankly. It was Sunday, and he had been looking forward
  • to spending the day with Mildred. He told himself that he must do that in
  • common decency; he could not leave her by herself in a strange house.
  • "I'm awfully sorry, I'm engaged tomorrow."
  • He knew this was the beginning of a scene which he would have given
  • anything to avoid. The colour on Norah's cheeks grew brighter.
  • "But I've asked the Gordons to lunch"--they were an actor and his wife who
  • were touring the provinces and in London for Sunday--"I told you about it
  • a week ago."
  • "I'm awfully sorry, I forgot." He hesitated. "I'm afraid I can't possibly
  • come. Isn't there somebody else you can get?"
  • "What are you doing tomorrow then?"
  • "I wish you wouldn't cross-examine me."
  • "Don't you want to tell me?"
  • "I don't in the least mind telling you, but it's rather annoying to be
  • forced to account for all one's movements."
  • Norah suddenly changed. With an effort of self-control she got the better
  • of her temper, and going up to him took his hands.
  • "Don't disappoint me tomorrow, Philip, I've been looking forward so much
  • to spending the day with you. The Gordons want to see you, and we'll have
  • such a jolly time."
  • "I'd love to if I could."
  • "I'm not very exacting, am I? I don't often ask you to do anything that's
  • a bother. Won't you get out of your horrid engagement--just this once?"
  • "I'm awfully sorry, I don't see how I can," he replied sullenly.
  • "Tell me what it is," she said coaxingly.
  • He had had time to invent something. "Griffiths' two sisters are up for
  • the week-end and we're taking them out."
  • "Is that all?" she said joyfully. "Griffiths can so easily get another
  • man."
  • He wished he had thought of something more urgent than that. It was a
  • clumsy lie.
  • "No, I'm awfully sorry, I can't--I've promised and I mean to keep my
  • promise."
  • "But you promised me too. Surely I come first."
  • "I wish you wouldn't persist," he said.
  • She flared up.
  • "You won't come because you don't want to. I don't know what you've been
  • doing the last few days, you've been quite different."
  • He looked at his watch.
  • "I'm afraid I'll have to be going," he said.
  • "You won't come tomorrow?"
  • "No."
  • "In that case you needn't trouble to come again," she cried, losing her
  • temper for good.
  • "That's just as you like," he answered.
  • "Don't let me detain you any longer," she added ironically.
  • He shrugged his shoulders and walked out. He was relieved that it had gone
  • no worse. There had been no tears. As he walked along he congratulated
  • himself on getting out of the affair so easily. He went into Victoria
  • Street and bought a few flowers to take in to Mildred.
  • The little dinner was a great success. Philip had sent in a small pot of
  • caviare, which he knew she was very fond of, and the landlady brought them
  • up some cutlets with vegetables and a sweet. Philip had ordered Burgundy,
  • which was her favourite wine. With the curtains drawn, a bright fire, and
  • one of Mildred's shades on the lamp, the room was cosy.
  • "It's really just like home," smiled Philip.
  • "I might be worse off, mightn't I?" she answered.
  • When they finished, Philip drew two arm-chairs in front of the fire, and
  • they sat down. He smoked his pipe comfortably. He felt happy and generous.
  • "What would you like to do tomorrow?" he asked.
  • "Oh, I'm going to Tulse Hill. You remember the manageress at the shop,
  • well, she's married now, and she's asked me to go and spend the day with
  • her. Of course she thinks I'm married too."
  • Philip's heart sank.
  • "But I refused an invitation so that I might spend Sunday with you."
  • He thought that if she loved him she would say that in that case she would
  • stay with him. He knew very well that Norah would not have hesitated.
  • "Well, you were a silly to do that. I've promised to go for three weeks
  • and more."
  • "But how can you go alone?"
  • "Oh, I shall say that Emil's away on business. Her husband's in the glove
  • trade, and he's a very superior fellow."
  • Philip was silent, and bitter feelings passed through his heart. She gave
  • him a sidelong glance.
  • "You don't grudge me a little pleasure, Philip? You see, it's the last
  • time I shall be able to go anywhere for I don't know how long, and I had
  • promised."
  • He took her hand and smiled.
  • "No, darling, I want you to have the best time you can. I only want you to
  • be happy."
  • There was a little book bound in blue paper lying open, face downwards, on
  • the sofa, and Philip idly took it up. It was a twopenny novelette, and the
  • author was Courtenay Paget. That was the name under which Norah wrote.
  • "I do like his books," said Mildred. "I read them all. They're so
  • refined."
  • He remembered what Norah had said of herself.
  • "I have an immense popularity among kitchen-maids. They think me so
  • genteel."
  • LXXI
  • Philip, in return for Griffiths' confidences, had told him the details of
  • his own complicated amours, and on Sunday morning, after breakfast when
  • they sat by the fire in their dressing-gowns and smoked, he recounted the
  • scene of the previous day. Griffiths congratulated him because he had got
  • out of his difficulties so easily.
  • "It's the simplest thing in the world to have an affair with a woman," he
  • remarked sententiously, "but it's a devil of a nuisance to get out of it."
  • Philip felt a little inclined to pat himself on the back for his skill in
  • managing the business. At all events he was immensely relieved. He thought
  • of Mildred enjoying herself in Tulse Hill, and he found in himself a real
  • satisfaction because she was happy. It was an act of self-sacrifice on his
  • part that he did not grudge her pleasure even though paid for by his own
  • disappointment, and it filled his heart with a comfortable glow.
  • But on Monday morning he found on his table a letter from Norah. She
  • wrote:
  • Dearest,
  • I'm sorry I was cross on Saturday. Forgive me and come to tea in the
  • afternoon as usual. I love you.
  • Your Norah.
  • His heart sank, and he did not know what to do. He took the note to
  • Griffiths and showed it to him.
  • "You'd better leave it unanswered," said he.
  • "Oh, I can't," cried Philip. "I should be miserable if I thought of her
  • waiting and waiting. You don't know what it is to be sick for the
  • postman's knock. I do, and I can't expose anybody else to that torture."
  • "My dear fellow, one can't break that sort of affair off without somebody
  • suffering. You must just set your teeth to that. One thing is, it doesn't
  • last very long."
  • Philip felt that Norah had not deserved that he should make her suffer;
  • and what did Griffiths know about the degrees of anguish she was capable
  • of? He remembered his own pain when Mildred had told him she was going to
  • be married. He did not want anyone to experience what he had experienced
  • then.
  • "If you're so anxious not to give her pain, go back to her," said
  • Griffiths.
  • "I can't do that."
  • He got up and walked up and down the room nervously. He was angry with
  • Norah because she had not let the matter rest. She must have seen that he
  • had no more love to give her. They said women were so quick at seeing
  • those things.
  • "You might help me," he said to Griffiths.
  • "My dear fellow, don't make such a fuss about it. People do get over these
  • things, you know. She probably isn't so wrapped up in you as you think,
  • either. One's always rather apt to exaggerate the passion one's inspired
  • other people with."
  • He paused and looked at Philip with amusement.
  • "Look here, there's only one thing you can do. Write to her, and tell her
  • the thing's over. Put it so that there can be no mistake about it. It'll
  • hurt her, but it'll hurt her less if you do the thing brutally than if you
  • try half-hearted ways."
  • Philip sat down and wrote the following letter:
  • My dear Norah,
  • I am sorry to make you unhappy, but I think we had better let things
  • remain where we left them on Saturday. I don't think there's any use in
  • letting these things drag on when they've ceased to be amusing. You told
  • me to go and I went. I do not propose to come back. Good-bye.
  • Philip Carey.
  • He showed the letter to Griffiths and asked him what he thought of it.
  • Griffiths read it and looked at Philip with twinkling eyes. He did not say
  • what he felt.
  • "I think that'll do the trick," he said.
  • Philip went out and posted it. He passed an uncomfortable morning, for he
  • imagined with great detail what Norah would feel when she received his
  • letter. He tortured himself with the thought of her tears. But at the same
  • time he was relieved. Imagined grief was more easy to bear than grief
  • seen, and he was free now to love Mildred with all his soul. His heart
  • leaped at the thought of going to see her that afternoon, when his day's
  • work at the hospital was over.
  • When as usual he went back to his rooms to tidy himself, he had no sooner
  • put the latch-key in his door than he heard a voice behind him.
  • "May I come in? I've been waiting for you for half an hour."
  • It was Norah. He felt himself blush to the roots of his hair. She spoke
  • gaily. There was no trace of resentment in her voice and nothing to
  • indicate that there was a rupture between them. He felt himself cornered.
  • He was sick with fear, but he did his best to smile.
  • "Yes, do," he said.
  • He opened the door, and she preceded him into his sitting-room. He was
  • nervous and, to give himself countenance, offered her a cigarette and lit
  • one for himself. She looked at him brightly.
  • "Why did you write me such a horrid letter, you naughty boy? If I'd taken
  • it seriously it would have made me perfectly wretched."
  • "It was meant seriously," he answered gravely.
  • "Don't be so silly. I lost my temper the other day, and I wrote and
  • apologised. You weren't satisfied, so I've come here to apologise again.
  • After all, you're your own master and I have no claims upon you. I don't
  • want you to do anything you don't want to."
  • She got up from the chair in which she was sitting and went towards him
  • impulsively, with outstretched hands.
  • "Let's make friends again, Philip. I'm so sorry if I offended you."
  • He could not prevent her from taking his hands, but he could not look at
  • her.
  • "I'm afraid it's too late," he said.
  • She let herself down on the floor by his side and clasped his knees.
  • "Philip, don't be silly. I'm quick-tempered too and I can understand that
  • I hurt you, but it's so stupid to sulk over it. What's the good of making
  • us both unhappy? It's been so jolly, our friendship." She passed her
  • fingers slowly over his hand. "I love you, Philip."
  • He got up, disengaging himself from her, and went to the other side of the
  • room.
  • "I'm awfully sorry, I can't do anything. The whole thing's over."
  • "D'you mean to say you don't love me any more?"
  • "I'm afraid so."
  • "You were just looking for an opportunity to throw me over and you took
  • that one?"
  • He did not answer. She looked at him steadily for a time which seemed
  • intolerable. She was sitting on the floor where he had left her, leaning
  • against the arm-chair. She began to cry quite silently, without trying to
  • hide her face, and the large tears rolled down her cheeks one after the
  • other. She did not sob. It was horribly painful to see her. Philip turned
  • away.
  • "I'm awfully sorry to hurt you. It's not my fault if I don't love you."
  • She did not answer. She merely sat there, as though she were overwhelmed,
  • and the tears flowed down her cheeks. It would have been easier to bear if
  • she had reproached him. He had thought her temper would get the better of
  • her, and he was prepared for that. At the back of his mind was a feeling
  • that a real quarrel, in which each said to the other cruel things, would
  • in some way be a justification of his behaviour. The time passed. At last
  • he grew frightened by her silent crying; he went into his bed-room and got
  • a glass of water; he leaned over her.
  • "Won't you drink a little? It'll relieve you."
  • She put her lips listlessly to the glass and drank two or three mouthfuls.
  • Then in an exhausted whisper she asked him for a handkerchief. She dried
  • her eyes.
  • "Of course I knew you never loved me as much as I loved you," she moaned.
  • "I'm afraid that's always the case," he said. "There's always one who
  • loves and one who lets himself be loved."
  • He thought of Mildred, and a bitter pain traversed his heart. Norah did
  • not answer for a long time.
  • "I'd been so miserably unhappy, and my life was so hateful," she said at
  • last.
  • She did not speak to him, but to herself. He had never heard her before
  • complain of the life she had led with her husband or of her poverty. He
  • had always admired the bold front she displayed to the world.
  • "And then you came along and you were so good to me. And I admired you
  • because you were clever and it was so heavenly to have someone I could put
  • my trust in. I loved you. I never thought it could come to an end. And
  • without any fault of mine at all."
  • Her tears began to flow again, but now she was more mistress of herself,
  • and she hid her face in Philip's handkerchief. She tried hard to control
  • herself.
  • "Give me some more water," she said.
  • She wiped her eyes.
  • "I'm sorry to make such a fool of myself. I was so unprepared."
  • "I'm awfully sorry, Norah. I want you to know that I'm very grateful for
  • all you've done for me."
  • He wondered what it was she saw in him.
  • "Oh, it's always the same," she sighed, "if you want men to behave well to
  • you, you must be beastly to them; if you treat them decently they make you
  • suffer for it."
  • She got up from the floor and said she must go. She gave Philip a long,
  • steady look. Then she sighed.
  • "It's so inexplicable. What does it all mean?"
  • Philip took a sudden determination.
  • "I think I'd better tell you, I don't want you to think too badly of me,
  • I want you to see that I can't help myself. Mildred's come back."
  • The colour came to her face.
  • "Why didn't you tell me at once? I deserved that surely."
  • "I was afraid to."
  • She looked at herself in the glass and set her hat straight.
  • "Will you call me a cab," she said. "I don't feel I can walk."
  • He went to the door and stopped a passing hansom; but when she followed
  • him into the street he was startled to see how white she was. There was a
  • heaviness in her movements as though she had suddenly grown older. She
  • looked so ill that he had not the heart to let her go alone.
  • "I'll drive back with you if you don't mind."
  • She did not answer, and he got into the cab. They drove along in silence
  • over the bridge, through shabby streets in which children, with shrill
  • cries, played in the road. When they arrived at her door she did not
  • immediately get out. It seemed as though she could not summon enough
  • strength to her legs to move.
  • "I hope you'll forgive me, Norah," he said.
  • She turned her eyes towards him, and he saw that they were bright again
  • with tears, but she forced a smile to her lips.
  • "Poor fellow, you're quite worried about me. You mustn't bother. I don't
  • blame you. I shall get over it all right."
  • Lightly and quickly she stroked his face to show him that she bore no
  • ill-feeling, the gesture was scarcely more than suggested; then she jumped
  • out of the cab and let herself into her house.
  • Philip paid the hansom and walked to Mildred's lodgings. There was a
  • curious heaviness in his heart. He was inclined to reproach himself. But
  • why? He did not know what else he could have done. Passing a fruiterer's,
  • he remembered that Mildred was fond of grapes. He was so grateful that he
  • could show his love for her by recollecting every whim she had.
  • LXXII
  • For the next three months Philip went every day to see Mildred. He took
  • his books with him and after tea worked, while Mildred lay on the sofa
  • reading novels. Sometimes he would look up and watch her for a minute. A
  • happy smile crossed his lips. She would feel his eyes upon her.
  • "Don't waste your time looking at me, silly. Go on with your work," she
  • said.
  • "Tyrant," he answered gaily.
  • He put aside his book when the landlady came in to lay the cloth for
  • dinner, and in his high spirits he exchanged chaff with her. She was a
  • little cockney, of middle age, with an amusing humour and a quick tongue.
  • Mildred had become great friends with her and had given her an elaborate
  • but mendacious account of the circumstances which had brought her to the
  • pass she was in. The good-hearted little woman was touched and found no
  • trouble too great to make Mildred comfortable. Mildred's sense of
  • propriety had suggested that Philip should pass himself off as her
  • brother. They dined together, and Philip was delighted when he had ordered
  • something which tempted Mildred's capricious appetite. It enchanted him to
  • see her sitting opposite him, and every now and then from sheer joy he
  • took her hand and pressed it. After dinner she sat in the arm-chair by the
  • fire, and he settled himself down on the floor beside her, leaning against
  • her knees, and smoked. Often they did not talk at all, and sometimes
  • Philip noticed that she had fallen into a doze. He dared not move then in
  • case he woke her, and he sat very quietly, looking lazily into the fire
  • and enjoying his happiness.
  • "Had a nice little nap?" he smiled, when she woke.
  • "I've not been sleeping," she answered. "I only just closed my eyes."
  • She would never acknowledge that she had been asleep. She had a phlegmatic
  • temperament, and her condition did not seriously inconvenience her. She
  • took a lot of trouble about her health and accepted the advice of anyone
  • who chose to offer it. She went for a 'constitutional' every morning that
  • it was fine and remained out a definite time. When it was not too cold she
  • sat in St. James' Park. But the rest of the day she spent quite happily on
  • her sofa, reading one novel after another or chatting with the landlady;
  • she had an inexhaustible interest in gossip, and told Philip with abundant
  • detail the history of the landlady, of the lodgers on the drawing-room
  • floor, and of the people who lived in the next house on either side. Now
  • and then she was seized with panic; she poured out her fears to Philip
  • about the pain of the confinement and was in terror lest she should die;
  • she gave him a full account of the confinements of the landlady and of the
  • lady on the drawing-room floor (Mildred did not know her; "I'm one to keep
  • myself to myself," she said, "I'm not one to go about with anybody.") and
  • she narrated details with a queer mixture of horror and gusto; but for the
  • most part she looked forward to the occurrence with equanimity.
  • "After all, I'm not the first one to have a baby, am I? And the doctor
  • says I shan't have any trouble. You see, it isn't as if I wasn't well
  • made."
  • Mrs. Owen, the owner of the house she was going to when her time came, had
  • recommended a doctor, and Mildred saw him once a week. He was to charge
  • fifteen guineas.
  • "Of course I could have got it done cheaper, but Mrs. Owen strongly
  • recommended him, and I thought it wasn't worth while to spoil the ship for
  • a coat of tar."
  • "If you feel happy and comfortable I don't mind a bit about the expense,"
  • said Philip.
  • She accepted all that Philip did for her as if it were the most natural
  • thing in the world, and on his side he loved to spend money on her: each
  • five-pound note he gave her caused him a little thrill of happiness and
  • pride; he gave her a good many, for she was not economical.
  • "I don't know where the money goes to," she said herself, "it seems to
  • slip through my fingers like water."
  • "It doesn't matter," said Philip. "I'm so glad to be able to do anything
  • I can for you."
  • She could not sew well and so did not make the necessary things for the
  • baby; she told Philip it was much cheaper in the end to buy them. Philip
  • had lately sold one of the mortgages in which his money had been put; and
  • now, with five hundred pounds in the bank waiting to be invested in
  • something that could be more easily realised, he felt himself uncommonly
  • well-to-do. They talked often of the future. Philip was anxious that
  • Mildred should keep the child with her, but she refused: she had her
  • living to earn, and it would be more easy to do this if she had not also
  • to look after a baby. Her plan was to get back into one of the shops of
  • the company for which she had worked before, and the child could be put
  • with some decent woman in the country.
  • "I can find someone who'll look after it well for seven and sixpence a
  • week. It'll be better for the baby and better for me."
  • It seemed callous to Philip, but when he tried to reason with her she
  • pretended to think he was concerned with the expense.
  • "You needn't worry about that," she said. "I shan't ask YOU to pay for
  • it."
  • "You know I don't care how much I pay."
  • At the bottom of her heart was the hope that the child would be
  • still-born. She did no more than hint it, but Philip saw that the thought
  • was there. He was shocked at first; and then, reasoning with himself, he
  • was obliged to confess that for all concerned such an event was to be
  • desired.
  • "It's all very fine to say this and that," Mildred remarked querulously,
  • "but it's jolly difficult for a girl to earn her living by herself; it
  • doesn't make it any easier when she's got a baby."
  • "Fortunately you've got me to fall back on," smiled Philip, taking her
  • hand.
  • "You've been good to me, Philip."
  • "Oh, what rot!"
  • "You can't say I didn't offer anything in return for what you've done."
  • "Good heavens, I don't want a return. If I've done anything for you, I've
  • done it because I love you. You owe me nothing. I don't want you to do
  • anything unless you love me."
  • He was a little horrified by her feeling that her body was a commodity
  • which she could deliver indifferently as an acknowledgment for services
  • rendered.
  • "But I do want to, Philip. You've been so good to me."
  • "Well, it won't hurt for waiting. When you're all right again we'll go for
  • our little honeymoon."
  • "You are naughty," she said, smiling.
  • Mildred expected to be confined early in March, and as soon as she was
  • well enough she was to go to the seaside for a fortnight: that would give
  • Philip a chance to work without interruption for his examination; after
  • that came the Easter holidays, and they had arranged to go to Paris
  • together. Philip talked endlessly of the things they would do. Paris was
  • delightful then. They would take a room in a little hotel he knew in the
  • Latin Quarter, and they would eat in all sorts of charming little
  • restaurants; they would go to the play, and he would take her to music
  • halls. It would amuse her to meet his friends. He had talked to her about
  • Cronshaw, she would see him; and there was Lawson, he had gone to Paris
  • for a couple of months; and they would go to the Bal Bullier; there were
  • excursions; they would make trips to Versailles, Chartres, Fontainebleau.
  • "It'll cost a lot of money," she said.
  • "Oh, damn the expense. Think how I've been looking forward to it. Don't
  • you know what it means to me? I've never loved anyone but you. I never
  • shall."
  • She listened to his enthusiasm with smiling eyes. He thought he saw in
  • them a new tenderness, and he was grateful to her. She was much gentler
  • than she used to be. There was in her no longer the superciliousness which
  • had irritated him. She was so accustomed to him now that she took no pains
  • to keep up before him any pretences. She no longer troubled to do her hair
  • with the old elaboration, but just tied it in a knot; and she left off the
  • vast fringe which she generally wore: the more careless style suited her.
  • Her face was so thin that it made her eyes seem very large; there were
  • heavy lines under them, and the pallor of her cheeks made their colour
  • more profound. She had a wistful look which was infinitely pathetic. There
  • seemed to Philip to be in her something of the Madonna. He wished they
  • could continue in that same way always. He was happier than he had ever
  • been in his life.
  • He used to leave her at ten o'clock every night, for she liked to go to
  • bed early, and he was obliged to put in another couple of hours' work to
  • make up for the lost evening. He generally brushed her hair for her before
  • he went. He had made a ritual of the kisses he gave her when he bade her
  • good-night; first he kissed the palms of her hands (how thin the fingers
  • were, the nails were beautiful, for she spent much time in manicuring
  • them,) then he kissed her closed eyes, first the right one and then the
  • left, and at last he kissed her lips. He went home with a heart
  • overflowing with love. He longed for an opportunity to gratify the desire
  • for self-sacrifice which consumed him.
  • Presently the time came for her to move to the nursing-home where she was
  • to be confined. Philip was then able to visit her only in the afternoons.
  • Mildred changed her story and represented herself as the wife of a soldier
  • who had gone to India to join his regiment, and Philip was introduced to
  • the mistress of the establishment as her brother-in-law.
  • "I have to be rather careful what I say," she told him, "as there's
  • another lady here whose husband's in the Indian Civil."
  • "I wouldn't let that disturb me if I were you," said Philip. "I'm
  • convinced that her husband and yours went out on the same boat."
  • "What boat?" she asked innocently.
  • "The Flying Dutchman."
  • Mildred was safely delivered of a daughter, and when Philip was allowed to
  • see her the child was lying by her side. Mildred was very weak, but
  • relieved that everything was over. She showed him the baby, and herself
  • looked at it curiously.
  • "It's a funny-looking little thing, isn't it? I can't believe it's mine."
  • It was red and wrinkled and odd. Philip smiled when he looked at it. He
  • did not quite know what to say; and it embarrassed him because the nurse
  • who owned the house was standing by his side; and he felt by the way she
  • was looking at him that, disbelieving Mildred's complicated story, she
  • thought he was the father.
  • "What are you going to call her?" asked Philip.
  • "I can't make up my mind if I shall call her Madeleine or Cecilia."
  • The nurse left them alone for a few minutes, and Philip bent down and
  • kissed Mildred on the mouth.
  • "I'm so glad it's all over happily, darling."
  • She put her thin arms round his neck.
  • "You have been a brick to me, Phil dear."
  • "Now I feel that you're mine at last. I've waited so long for you, my
  • dear."
  • They heard the nurse at the door, and Philip hurriedly got up. The nurse
  • entered. There was a slight smile on her lips.
  • LXXIII
  • Three weeks later Philip saw Mildred and her baby off to Brighton. She had
  • made a quick recovery and looked better than he had ever seen her. She was
  • going to a boarding-house where she had spent a couple of weekends with
  • Emil Miller, and had written to say that her husband was obliged to go to
  • Germany on business and she was coming down with her baby. She got
  • pleasure out of the stories she invented, and she showed a certain
  • fertility of invention in the working out of the details. Mildred proposed
  • to find in Brighton some woman who would be willing to take charge of the
  • baby. Philip was startled at the callousness with which she insisted on
  • getting rid of it so soon, but she argued with common sense that the poor
  • child had much better be put somewhere before it grew used to her. Philip
  • had expected the maternal instinct to make itself felt when she had had
  • the baby two or three weeks and had counted on this to help him persuade
  • her to keep it; but nothing of the sort occurred. Mildred was not unkind
  • to her baby; she did all that was necessary; it amused her sometimes, and
  • she talked about it a good deal; but at heart she was indifferent to it.
  • She could not look upon it as part of herself. She fancied it resembled
  • its father already. She was continually wondering how she would manage
  • when it grew older; and she was exasperated with herself for being such a
  • fool as to have it at all.
  • "If I'd only known then all I do now," she said.
  • She laughed at Philip, because he was anxious about its welfare.
  • "You couldn't make more fuss if you was the father," she said. "I'd like
  • to see Emil getting into such a stew about it."
  • Philip's mind was full of the stories he had heard of baby-farming and the
  • ghouls who ill-treat the wretched children that selfish, cruel parents
  • have put in their charge.
  • "Don't be so silly," said Mildred. "That's when you give a woman a sum
  • down to look after a baby. But when you're going to pay so much a week
  • it's to their interest to look after it well."
  • Philip insisted that Mildred should place the child with people who had no
  • children of their own and would promise to take no other.
  • "Don't haggle about the price," he said. "I'd rather pay half a guinea a
  • week than run any risk of the kid being starved or beaten."
  • "You're a funny old thing, Philip," she laughed.
  • To him there was something very touching in the child's helplessness. It
  • was small, ugly, and querulous. Its birth had been looked forward to with
  • shame and anguish. Nobody wanted it. It was dependent on him, a stranger,
  • for food, shelter, and clothes to cover its nakedness.
  • As the train started he kissed Mildred. He would have kissed the baby too,
  • but he was afraid she would laugh at him.
  • "You will write to me, darling, won't you? And I shall look forward to
  • your coming back with oh! such impatience."
  • "Mind you get through your exam."
  • He had been working for it industriously, and now with only ten days
  • before him he made a final effort. He was very anxious to pass, first to
  • save himself time and expense, for money had been slipping through his
  • fingers during the last four months with incredible speed; and then
  • because this examination marked the end of the drudgery: after that the
  • student had to do with medicine, midwifery, and surgery, the interest of
  • which was more vivid than the anatomy and physiology with which he had
  • been hitherto concerned. Philip looked forward with interest to the rest
  • of the curriculum. Nor did he want to have to confess to Mildred that he
  • had failed: though the examination was difficult and the majority of
  • candidates were ploughed at the first attempt, he knew that she would
  • think less well of him if he did not succeed; she had a peculiarly
  • humiliating way of showing what she thought.
  • Mildred sent him a postcard to announce her safe arrival, and he snatched
  • half an hour every day to write a long letter to her. He had always a
  • certain shyness in expressing himself by word of mouth, but he found he
  • could tell her, pen in hand, all sorts of things which it would have made
  • him feel ridiculous to say. Profiting by the discovery he poured out to
  • her his whole heart. He had never been able to tell her before how his
  • adoration filled every part of him so that all his actions, all his
  • thoughts, were touched with it. He wrote to her of the future, the
  • happiness that lay before him, and the gratitude which he owed her. He
  • asked himself (he had often asked himself before but had never put it into
  • words) what it was in her that filled him with such extravagant delight;
  • he did not know; he knew only that when she was with him he was happy, and
  • when she was away from him the world was on a sudden cold and gray; he
  • knew only that when he thought of her his heart seemed to grow big in his
  • body so that it was difficult to breathe (as if it pressed against his
  • lungs) and it throbbed, so that the delight of her presence was almost
  • pain; his knees shook, and he felt strangely weak as though, not having
  • eaten, he were tremulous from want of food. He looked forward eagerly to
  • her answers. He did not expect her to write often, for he knew that
  • letter-writing came difficultly to her; and he was quite content with the
  • clumsy little note that arrived in reply to four of his. She spoke of the
  • boarding-house in which she had taken a room, of the weather and the baby,
  • told him she had been for a walk on the front with a lady-friend whom she
  • had met in the boarding-house and who had taken such a fancy to baby, she
  • was going to the theatre on Saturday night, and Brighton was filling up.
  • It touched Philip because it was so matter-of-fact. The crabbed style, the
  • formality of the matter, gave him a queer desire to laugh and to take her
  • in his arms and kiss her.
  • He went into the examination with happy confidence. There was nothing in
  • either of the papers that gave him trouble. He knew that he had done well,
  • and though the second part of the examination was viva voce and he was
  • more nervous, he managed to answer the questions adequately. He sent a
  • triumphant telegram to Mildred when the result was announced.
  • When he got back to his rooms Philip found a letter from her, saying that
  • she thought it would be better for her to stay another week in Brighton.
  • She had found a woman who would be glad to take the baby for seven
  • shillings a week, but she wanted to make inquiries about her, and she was
  • herself benefiting so much by the sea-air that she was sure a few days
  • more would do her no end of good. She hated asking Philip for money, but
  • would he send some by return, as she had had to buy herself a new hat, she
  • couldn't go about with her lady-friend always in the same hat, and her
  • lady-friend was so dressy. Philip had a moment of bitter disappointment.
  • It took away all his pleasure at getting through his examination.
  • "If she loved me one quarter as much as I love her she couldn't bear to
  • stay away a day longer than necessary."
  • He put the thought away from him quickly; it was pure selfishness; of
  • course her health was more important than anything else. But he had
  • nothing to do now; he might spend the week with her in Brighton, and they
  • could be together all day. His heart leaped at the thought. It would be
  • amusing to appear before Mildred suddenly with the information that he had
  • taken a room in the boarding-house. He looked out trains. But he paused.
  • He was not certain that she would be pleased to see him; she had made
  • friends in Brighton; he was quiet, and she liked boisterous joviality; he
  • realised that she amused herself more with other people than with him. It
  • would torture him if he felt for an instant that he was in the way. He was
  • afraid to risk it. He dared not even write and suggest that, with nothing
  • to keep him in town, he would like to spend the week where he could see
  • her every day. She knew he had nothing to do; if she wanted him to come
  • she would have asked him to. He dared not risk the anguish he would suffer
  • if he proposed to come and she made excuses to prevent him.
  • He wrote to her next day, sent her a five-pound note, and at the end of
  • his letter said that if she were very nice and cared to see him for the
  • week-end he would be glad to run down; but she was by no means to alter
  • any plans she had made. He awaited her answer with impatience. In it she
  • said that if she had only known before she could have arranged it, but she
  • had promised to go to a music-hall on the Saturday night; besides, it
  • would make the people at the boarding-house talk if he stayed there. Why
  • did he not come on Sunday morning and spend the day? They could lunch at
  • the Metropole, and she would take him afterwards to see the very superior
  • lady-like person who was going to take the baby.
  • Sunday. He blessed the day because it was fine. As the train approached
  • Brighton the sun poured through the carriage window. Mildred was waiting
  • for him on the platform.
  • "How jolly of you to come and meet me!" he cried, as he seized her hands.
  • "You expected me, didn't you?"
  • "I hoped you would. I say, how well you're looking."
  • "It's done me a rare lot of good, but I think I'm wise to stay here as
  • long as I can. And there are a very nice class of people at the
  • boarding-house. I wanted cheering up after seeing nobody all these months.
  • It was dull sometimes."
  • She looked very smart in her new hat, a large black straw with a great
  • many inexpensive flowers on it; and round her neck floated a long boa of
  • imitation swansdown. She was still very thin, and she stooped a little
  • when she walked (she had always done that,) but her eyes did not seem so
  • large; and though she never had any colour, her skin had lost the earthy
  • look it had. They walked down to the sea. Philip, remembering he had not
  • walked with her for months, grew suddenly conscious of his limp and walked
  • stiffly in the attempt to conceal it.
  • "Are you glad to see me?" he asked, love dancing madly in his heart.
  • "Of course I am. You needn't ask that."
  • "By the way, Griffiths sends you his love."
  • "What cheek!"
  • He had talked to her a great deal of Griffiths. He had told her how
  • flirtatious he was and had amused her often with the narration of some
  • adventure which Griffiths under the seal of secrecy had imparted to him.
  • Mildred had listened, with some pretence of disgust sometimes, but
  • generally with curiosity; and Philip, admiringly, had enlarged upon his
  • friend's good looks and charm.
  • "I'm sure you'll like him just as much as I do. He's so jolly and amusing,
  • and he's such an awfully good sort."
  • Philip told her how, when they were perfect strangers, Griffiths had
  • nursed him through an illness; and in the telling Griffiths'
  • self-sacrifice lost nothing.
  • "You can't help liking him," said Philip.
  • "I don't like good-looking men," said Mildred. "They're too conceited for
  • me."
  • "He wants to know you. I've talked to him about you an awful lot."
  • "What have you said?" asked Mildred.
  • Philip had no one but Griffiths to talk to of his love for Mildred, and
  • little by little had told him the whole story of his connection with her.
  • He described her to him fifty times. He dwelt amorously on every detail of
  • her appearance, and Griffiths knew exactly how her thin hands were shaped
  • and how white her face was, and he laughed at Philip when he talked of the
  • charm of her pale, thin lips.
  • "By Jove, I'm glad I don't take things so badly as that," he said. "Life
  • wouldn't be worth living."
  • Philip smiled. Griffiths did not know the delight of being so madly in
  • love that it was like meat and wine and the air one breathed and whatever
  • else was essential to existence. Griffiths knew that Philip had looked
  • after the girl while she was having her baby and was now going away with
  • her.
  • "Well, I must say you've deserved to get something," he remarked. "It must
  • have cost you a pretty penny. It's lucky you can afford it."
  • "I can't," said Philip. "But what do I care!"
  • Since it was early for luncheon, Philip and Mildred sat in one of the
  • shelters on the parade, sunning themselves, and watched the people pass.
  • There were the Brighton shop-boys who walked in twos and threes, swinging
  • their canes, and there were the Brighton shop-girls who tripped along in
  • giggling bunches. They could tell the people who had come down from London
  • for the day; the keen air gave a fillip to their weariness. There were
  • many Jews, stout ladies in tight satin dresses and diamonds, little
  • corpulent men with a gesticulative manner. There were middle-aged
  • gentlemen spending a week-end in one of the large hotels, carefully
  • dressed; and they walked industriously after too substantial a breakfast
  • to give themselves an appetite for too substantial a luncheon: they
  • exchanged the time of day with friends and talked of Dr. Brighton or
  • London-by-the-Sea. Here and there a well-known actor passed, elaborately
  • unconscious of the attention he excited: sometimes he wore patent leather
  • boots, a coat with an astrakhan collar, and carried a silver-knobbed
  • stick; and sometimes, looking as though he had come from a day's shooting,
  • he strolled in knickerbockers, and ulster of Harris tweed, and a tweed hat
  • on the back of his head. The sun shone on the blue sea, and the blue sea
  • was trim and neat.
  • After luncheon they went to Hove to see the woman who was to take charge
  • of the baby. She lived in a small house in a back street, but it was clean
  • and tidy. Her name was Mrs. Harding. She was an elderly, stout person,
  • with gray hair and a red, fleshy face. She looked motherly in her cap, and
  • Philip thought she seemed kind.
  • "Won't you find it an awful nuisance to look after a baby?" he asked her.
  • She explained that her husband was a curate, a good deal older than
  • herself, who had difficulty in getting permanent work since vicars wanted
  • young men to assist them; he earned a little now and then by doing locums
  • when someone took a holiday or fell ill, and a charitable institution gave
  • them a small pension; but her life was lonely, it would be something to do
  • to look after a child, and the few shillings a week paid for it would help
  • her to keep things going. She promised that it should be well fed.
  • "Quite the lady, isn't she?" said Mildred, when they went away.
  • They went back to have tea at the Metropole. Mildred liked the crowd and
  • the band. Philip was tired of talking, and he watched her face as she
  • looked with keen eyes at the dresses of the women who came in. She had a
  • peculiar sharpness for reckoning up what things cost, and now and then she
  • leaned over to him and whispered the result of her meditations.
  • "D'you see that aigrette there? That cost every bit of seven guineas."
  • Or: "Look at that ermine, Philip. That's rabbit, that is--that's not
  • ermine." She laughed triumphantly. "I'd know it a mile off."
  • Philip smiled happily. He was glad to see her pleasure, and the
  • ingenuousness of her conversation amused and touched him. The band played
  • sentimental music.
  • After dinner they walked down to the station, and Philip took her arm. He
  • told her what arrangements he had made for their journey to France. She
  • was to come up to London at the end of the week, but she told him that she
  • could not go away till the Saturday of the week after that. He had already
  • engaged a room in a hotel in Paris. He was looking forward eagerly to
  • taking the tickets.
  • "You won't mind going second-class, will you? We mustn't be extravagant,
  • and it'll be all the better if we can do ourselves pretty well when we get
  • there."
  • He had talked to her a hundred times of the Quarter. They would wander
  • through its pleasant old streets, and they would sit idly in the charming
  • gardens of the Luxembourg. If the weather was fine perhaps, when they had
  • had enough of Paris, they might go to Fontainebleau. The trees would be
  • just bursting into leaf. The green of the forest in spring was more
  • beautiful than anything he knew; it was like a song, and it was like the
  • happy pain of love. Mildred listened quietly. He turned to her and tried
  • to look deep into her eyes.
  • "You do want to come, don't you?" he said.
  • "Of course I do," she smiled.
  • "You don't know how I'm looking forward to it. I don't know how I shall
  • get through the next days. I'm so afraid something will happen to prevent
  • it. It maddens me sometimes that I can't tell you how much I love you. And
  • at last, at last..."
  • He broke off. They reached the station, but they had dawdled on the way,
  • and Philip had barely time to say good-night. He kissed her quickly and
  • ran towards the wicket as fast as he could. She stood where he left her.
  • He was strangely grotesque when he ran.
  • LXXIV
  • The following Saturday Mildred returned, and that evening Philip kept her
  • to himself. He took seats for the play, and they drank champagne at
  • dinner. It was her first gaiety in London for so long that she enjoyed
  • everything ingenuously. She cuddled up to Philip when they drove from the
  • theatre to the room he had taken for her in Pimlico.
  • "I really believe you're quite glad to see me," he said.
  • She did not answer, but gently pressed his hand. Demonstrations of
  • affection were so rare with her that Philip was enchanted.
  • "I've asked Griffiths to dine with us tomorrow," he told her.
  • "Oh, I'm glad you've done that. I wanted to meet him."
  • There was no place of entertainment to take her to on Sunday night, and
  • Philip was afraid she would be bored if she were alone with him all day.
  • Griffiths was amusing; he would help them to get through the evening; and
  • Philip was so fond of them both that he wanted them to know and to like
  • one another. He left Mildred with the words:
  • "Only six days more."
  • They had arranged to dine in the gallery at Romano's on Sunday, because
  • the dinner was excellent and looked as though it cost a good deal more
  • than it did. Philip and Mildred arrived first and had to wait some time
  • for Griffiths.
  • "He's an unpunctual devil," said Philip. "He's probably making love to one
  • of his numerous flames."
  • But presently he appeared. He was a handsome creature, tall and thin; his
  • head was placed well on the body, it gave him a conquering air which was
  • attractive; and his curly hair, his bold, friendly blue eyes, his red
  • mouth, were charming. Philip saw Mildred look at him with appreciation,
  • and he felt a curious satisfaction. Griffiths greeted them with a smile.
  • "I've heard a great deal about you," he said to Mildred, as he took her
  • hand.
  • "Not so much as I've heard about you," she answered.
  • "Nor so bad," said Philip.
  • "Has he been blackening my character?"
  • Griffiths laughed, and Philip saw that Mildred noticed how white and
  • regular his teeth were and how pleasant his smile.
  • "You ought to feel like old friends," said Philip. "I've talked so much
  • about you to one another."
  • Griffiths was in the best possible humour, for, having at length passed
  • his final examination, he was qualified, and he had just been appointed
  • house-surgeon at a hospital in the North of London. He was taking up his
  • duties at the beginning of May and meanwhile was going home for a holiday;
  • this was his last week in town, and he was determined to get as much
  • enjoyment into it as he could. He began to talk the gay nonsense which
  • Philip admired because he could not copy it. There was nothing much in
  • what he said, but his vivacity gave it point. There flowed from him a
  • force of life which affected everyone who knew him; it was almost as
  • sensible as bodily warmth. Mildred was more lively than Philip had ever
  • known her, and he was delighted to see that his little party was a
  • success. She was amusing herself enormously. She laughed louder and
  • louder. She quite forgot the genteel reserve which had become second
  • nature to her.
  • Presently Griffiths said:
  • "I say, it's dreadfully difficult for me to call you Mrs. Miller. Philip
  • never calls you anything but Mildred."
  • "I daresay she won't scratch your eyes out if you call her that too,"
  • laughed Philip.
  • "Then she must call me Harry."
  • Philip sat silent while they chattered away and thought how good it was to
  • see people happy. Now and then Griffiths teased him a little, kindly,
  • because he was always so serious.
  • "I believe he's quite fond of you, Philip," smiled Mildred.
  • "He isn't a bad old thing," answered Griffiths, and taking Philip's hand
  • he shook it gaily.
  • It seemed an added charm in Griffiths that he liked Philip. They were all
  • sober people, and the wine they had drunk went to their heads. Griffiths
  • became more talkative and so boisterous that Philip, amused, had to beg
  • him to be quiet. He had a gift for story-telling, and his adventures lost
  • nothing of their romance and their laughter in his narration. He played in
  • all of them a gallant, humorous part. Mildred, her eyes shining with
  • excitement, urged him on. He poured out anecdote after anecdote. When the
  • lights began to be turned out she was astonished.
  • "My word, the evening has gone quickly. I thought it wasn't more than half
  • past nine."
  • They got up to go and when she said good-bye, she added:
  • "I'm coming to have tea at Philip's room tomorrow. You might look in if
  • you can."
  • "All right," he smiled.
  • On the way back to Pimlico Mildred talked of nothing but Griffiths. She
  • was taken with his good looks, his well-cut clothes, his voice, his
  • gaiety.
  • "I am glad you like him," said Philip. "D'you remember you were rather
  • sniffy about meeting him?"
  • "I think it's so nice of him to be so fond of you, Philip. He is a nice
  • friend for you to have."
  • She put up her face to Philip for him to kiss her. It was a thing she did
  • rarely.
  • "I have enjoyed myself this evening, Philip. Thank you so much."
  • "Don't be so absurd," he laughed, touched by her appreciation so that he
  • felt the moisture come to his eyes.
  • She opened her door and just before she went in, turned again to Philip.
  • "Tell Harry I'm madly in love with him," she said.
  • "All right," he laughed. "Good-night."
  • Next day, when they were having tea, Griffiths came in. He sank lazily
  • into an arm-chair. There was something strangely sensual in the slow
  • movements of his large limbs. Philip remained silent, while the others
  • chattered away, but he was enjoying himself. He admired them both so much
  • that it seemed natural enough for them to admire one another. He did not
  • care if Griffiths absorbed Mildred's attention, he would have her to
  • himself during the evening: he had something of the attitude of a loving
  • husband, confident in his wife's affection, who looks on with amusement
  • while she flirts harmlessly with a stranger. But at half past seven he
  • looked at his watch and said:
  • "It's about time we went out to dinner, Mildred."
  • There was a moment's pause, and Griffiths seemed to be considering.
  • "Well, I'll be getting along," he said at last. "I didn't know it was so
  • late."
  • "Are you doing anything tonight?" asked Mildred.
  • "No."
  • There was another silence. Philip felt slightly irritated.
  • "I'll just go and have a wash," he said, and to Mildred he added: "Would
  • you like to wash your hands?"
  • She did not answer him.
  • "Why don't you come and dine with us?" she said to Griffiths.
  • He looked at Philip and saw him staring at him sombrely.
  • "I dined with you last night," he laughed. "I should be in the way."
  • "Oh, that doesn't matter," insisted Mildred. "Make him come, Philip. He
  • won't be in the way, will he?"
  • "Let him come by all means if he'd like to."
  • "All right, then," said Griffiths promptly. "I'll just go upstairs and
  • tidy myself."
  • The moment he left the room Philip turned to Mildred angrily.
  • "Why on earth did you ask him to dine with us?"
  • "I couldn't help myself. It would have looked so funny to say nothing when
  • he said he wasn't doing anything."
  • "Oh, what rot! And why the hell did you ask him if he was doing anything?"
  • Mildred's pale lips tightened a little.
  • "I want a little amusement sometimes. I get tired always being alone with
  • you."
  • They heard Griffiths coming heavily down the stairs, and Philip went into
  • his bed-room to wash. They dined in the neighbourhood in an Italian
  • restaurant. Philip was cross and silent, but he quickly realised that he
  • was showing to disadvantage in comparison with Griffiths, and he forced
  • himself to hide his annoyance. He drank a good deal of wine to destroy the
  • pain that was gnawing at his heart, and he set himself to talk. Mildred,
  • as though remorseful for what she had said, did all she could to make
  • herself pleasant to him. She was kindly and affectionate. Presently Philip
  • began to think he had been a fool to surrender to a feeling of jealousy.
  • After dinner when they got into a hansom to drive to a music-hall Mildred,
  • sitting between the two men, of her own accord gave him her hand. His
  • anger vanished. Suddenly, he knew not how, he grew conscious that
  • Griffiths was holding her other hand. The pain seized him again violently,
  • it was a real physical pain, and he asked himself, panic-stricken, what he
  • might have asked himself before, whether Mildred and Griffiths were in
  • love with one another. He could not see anything of the performance on
  • account of the mist of suspicion, anger, dismay, and wretchedness which
  • seemed to be before his eyes; but he forced himself to conceal the fact
  • that anything was the matter; he went on talking and laughing. Then a
  • strange desire to torture himself seized him, and he got up, saying he
  • wanted to go and drink something. Mildred and Griffiths had never been
  • alone together for a moment. He wanted to leave them by themselves.
  • "I'll come too," said Griffiths. "I've got rather a thirst on."
  • "Oh, nonsense, you stay and talk to Mildred."
  • Philip did not know why he said that. He was throwing them together now to
  • make the pain he suffered more intolerable. He did not go to the bar, but
  • up into the balcony, from where he could watch them and not be seen. They
  • had ceased to look at the stage and were smiling into one another's eyes.
  • Griffiths was talking with his usual happy fluency and Mildred seemed to
  • hang on his lips. Philip's head began to ache frightfully. He stood there
  • motionless. He knew he would be in the way if he went back. They were
  • enjoying themselves without him, and he was suffering, suffering. Time
  • passed, and now he had an extraordinary shyness about rejoining them. He
  • knew they had not thought of him at all, and he reflected bitterly that he
  • had paid for the dinner and their seats in the music-hall. What a fool
  • they were making of him! He was hot with shame. He could see how happy
  • they were without him. His instinct was to leave them to themselves and go
  • home, but he had not his hat and coat, and it would necessitate endless
  • explanations. He went back. He felt a shadow of annoyance in Mildred's
  • eyes when she saw him, and his heart sank.
  • "You've been a devil of a time," said Griffiths, with a smile of welcome.
  • "I met some men I knew. I've been talking to them, and I couldn't get
  • away. I thought you'd be all right together."
  • "I've been enjoying myself thoroughly," said Griffiths. "I don't know
  • about Mildred."
  • She gave a little laugh of happy complacency. There was a vulgar sound in
  • the ring of it that horrified Philip. He suggested that they should go.
  • "Come on," said Griffiths, "we'll both drive you home."
  • Philip suspected that she had suggested that arrangement so that she might
  • not be left alone with him. In the cab he did not take her hand nor did
  • she offer it, and he knew all the time that she was holding Griffiths'.
  • His chief thought was that it was all so horribly vulgar. As they drove
  • along he asked himself what plans they had made to meet without his
  • knowledge, he cursed himself for having left them alone, he had actually
  • gone out of his way to enable them to arrange things.
  • "Let's keep the cab," said Philip, when they reached the house in which
  • Mildred was lodging. "I'm too tired to walk home."
  • On the way back Griffiths talked gaily and seemed indifferent to the fact
  • that Philip answered in monosyllables. Philip felt he must notice that
  • something was the matter. Philip's silence at last grew too significant to
  • struggle against, and Griffiths, suddenly nervous, ceased talking. Philip
  • wanted to say something, but he was so shy he could hardly bring himself
  • to, and yet the time was passing and the opportunity would be lost. It was
  • best to get at the truth at once. He forced himself to speak.
  • "Are you in love with Mildred?" he asked suddenly.
  • "I?" Griffiths laughed. "Is that what you've been so funny about this
  • evening? Of course not, my dear old man."
  • He tried to slip his hand through Philip's arm, but Philip drew himself
  • away. He knew Griffiths was lying. He could not bring himself to force
  • Griffiths to tell him that he had not been holding the girl's hand. He
  • suddenly felt very weak and broken.
  • "It doesn't matter to you, Harry," he said. "You've got so many
  • women--don't take her away from me. It means my whole life. I've been so
  • awfully wretched."
  • His voice broke, and he could not prevent the sob that was torn from him.
  • He was horribly ashamed of himself.
  • "My dear old boy, you know I wouldn't do anything to hurt you. I'm far too
  • fond of you for that. I was only playing the fool. If I'd known you were
  • going to take it like that I'd have been more careful."
  • "Is that true?" asked Philip.
  • "I don't care a twopenny damn for her. I give you my word of honour."
  • Philip gave a sigh of relief. The cab stopped at their door.
  • LXXV
  • Next day Philip was in a good temper. He was very anxious not to bore
  • Mildred with too much of his society, and so had arranged that he should
  • not see her till dinner-time. She was ready when he fetched her, and he
  • chaffed her for her unwonted punctuality. She was wearing a new dress he
  • had given her. He remarked on its smartness.
  • "It'll have to go back and be altered," she said. "The skirt hangs all
  • wrong."
  • "You'll have to make the dressmaker hurry up if you want to take it to
  • Paris with you."
  • "It'll be ready in time for that."
  • "Only three more whole days. We'll go over by the eleven o'clock, shall
  • we?"
  • "If you like."
  • He would have her for nearly a month entirely to himself. His eyes rested
  • on her with hungry adoration. He was able to laugh a little at his own
  • passion.
  • "I wonder what it is I see in you," he smiled.
  • "That's a nice thing to say," she answered.
  • Her body was so thin that one could almost see her skeleton. Her chest was
  • as flat as a boy's. Her mouth, with its narrow pale lips, was ugly, and
  • her skin was faintly green.
  • "I shall give you Blaud's Pills in quantities when we're away," said
  • Philip, laughing. "I'm going to bring you back fat and rosy."
  • "I don't want to get fat," she said.
  • She did not speak of Griffiths, and presently while they were dining
  • Philip half in malice, for he felt sure of himself and his power over her,
  • said:
  • "It seems to me you were having a great flirtation with Harry last night?"
  • "I told you I was in love with him," she laughed.
  • "I'm glad to know that he's not in love with you."
  • "How d'you know?"
  • "I asked him."
  • She hesitated a moment, looking at Philip, and a curious gleam came into
  • her eyes.
  • "Would you like to read a letter I had from him this morning?"
  • She handed him an envelope and Philip recognised Griffiths' bold, legible
  • writing. There were eight pages. It was well written, frank and charming;
  • it was the letter of a man who was used to making love to women. He told
  • Mildred that he loved her passionately, he had fallen in love with her the
  • first moment he saw her; he did not want to love her, for he knew how fond
  • Philip was of her, but he could not help himself. Philip was such a dear,
  • and he was very much ashamed of himself, but it was not his fault, he was
  • just carried away. He paid her delightful compliments. Finally he thanked
  • her for consenting to lunch with him next day and said he was dreadfully
  • impatient to see her. Philip noticed that the letter was dated the night
  • before; Griffiths must have written it after leaving Philip, and had taken
  • the trouble to go out and post it when Philip thought he was in bed.
  • He read it with a sickening palpitation of his heart, but gave no outward
  • sign of surprise. He handed it back to Mildred with a smile, calmly.
  • "Did you enjoy your lunch?"
  • "Rather," she said emphatically.
  • He felt that his hands were trembling, so he put them under the table.
  • "You mustn't take Griffiths too seriously. He's just a butterfly, you
  • know."
  • She took the letter and looked at it again.
  • "I can't help it either," she said, in a voice which she tried to make
  • nonchalant. "I don't know what's come over me."
  • "It's a little awkward for me, isn't it?" said Philip.
  • She gave him a quick look.
  • "You're taking it pretty calmly, I must say."
  • "What do you expect me to do? Do you want me to tear out my hair in
  • handfuls?"
  • "I knew you'd be angry with me."
  • "The funny thing is, I'm not at all. I ought to have known this would
  • happen. I was a fool to bring you together. I know perfectly well that
  • he's got every advantage over me; he's much jollier, and he's very
  • handsome, he's more amusing, he can talk to you about the things that
  • interest you."
  • "I don't know what you mean by that. If I'm not clever I can't help it,
  • but I'm not the fool you think I am, not by a long way, I can tell you.
  • You're a bit too superior for me, my young friend."
  • "D'you want to quarrel with me?" he asked mildly.
  • "No, but I don't see why you should treat me as if I was I don't know
  • what."
  • "I'm sorry, I didn't mean to offend you. I just wanted to talk things over
  • quietly. We don't want to make a mess of them if we can help it. I saw you
  • were attracted by him and it seemed to me very natural. The only thing
  • that really hurts me is that he should have encouraged you. He knew how
  • awfully keen I was on you. I think it's rather shabby of him to have
  • written that letter to you five minutes after he told me he didn't care
  • twopence about you."
  • "If you think you're going to make me like him any the less by saying
  • nasty things about him, you're mistaken."
  • Philip was silent for a moment. He did not know what words he could use to
  • make her see his point of view. He wanted to speak coolly and
  • deliberately, but he was in such a turmoil of emotion that he could not
  • clear his thoughts.
  • "It's not worth while sacrificing everything for an infatuation that you
  • know can't last. After all, he doesn't care for anyone more than ten days,
  • and you're rather cold; that sort of thing doesn't mean very much to you."
  • "That's what you think."
  • She made it more difficult for him by adopting a cantankerous tone.
  • "If you're in love with him you can't help it. I'll just bear it as best
  • I can. We get on very well together, you and I, and I've not behaved badly
  • to you, have I? I've always known that you're not in love with me, but you
  • like me all right, and when we get over to Paris you'll forget about
  • Griffiths. If you make up your mind to put him out of your thoughts you
  • won't find it so hard as all that, and I've deserved that you should do
  • something for me."
  • She did not answer, and they went on eating their dinner. When the silence
  • grew oppressive Philip began to talk of indifferent things. He pretended
  • not to notice that Mildred was inattentive. Her answers were perfunctory,
  • and she volunteered no remarks of her own. At last she interrupted
  • abruptly what he was saying:
  • "Philip, I'm afraid I shan't be able to go away on Saturday. The doctor
  • says I oughtn't to."
  • He knew this was not true, but he answered:
  • "When will you be able to come away?"
  • She glanced at him, saw that his face was white and rigid, and looked
  • nervously away. She was at that moment a little afraid of him.
  • "I may as well tell you and have done with it, I can't come away with you
  • at all."
  • "I thought you were driving at that. It's too late to change your mind
  • now. I've got the tickets and everything."
  • "You said you didn't wish me to go unless I wanted it too, and I don't."
  • "I've changed my mind. I'm not going to have any more tricks played with
  • me. You must come."
  • "I like you very much, Philip, as a friend. But I can't bear to think of
  • anything else. I don't like you that way. I couldn't, Philip."
  • "You were quite willing to a week ago."
  • "It was different then."
  • "You hadn't met Griffiths?"
  • "You said yourself I couldn't help it if I'm in love with him."
  • Her face was set into a sulky look, and she kept her eyes fixed on her
  • plate. Philip was white with rage. He would have liked to hit her in the
  • face with his clenched fist, and in fancy he saw how she would look with
  • a black eye. There were two lads of eighteen dining at a table near them,
  • and now and then they looked at Mildred; he wondered if they envied him
  • dining with a pretty girl; perhaps they were wishing they stood in his
  • shoes. It was Mildred who broke the silence.
  • "What's the good of our going away together? I'd be thinking of him all
  • the time. It wouldn't be much fun for you."
  • "That's my business," he answered.
  • She thought over all his reply implicated, and she reddened.
  • "But that's just beastly."
  • "What of it?"
  • "I thought you were a gentleman in every sense of the word."
  • "You were mistaken."
  • His reply entertained him, and he laughed as he said it.
  • "For God's sake don't laugh," she cried. "I can't come away with you,
  • Philip. I'm awfully sorry. I know I haven't behaved well to you, but one
  • can't force themselves."
  • "Have you forgotten that when you were in trouble I did everything for
  • you? I planked out the money to keep you till your baby was born, I paid
  • for your doctor and everything, I paid for you to go to Brighton, and I'm
  • paying for the keep of your baby, I'm paying for your clothes, I'm paying
  • for every stitch you've got on now."
  • "If you was a gentleman you wouldn't throw what you've done for me in my
  • face."
  • "Oh, for goodness' sake, shut up. What d'you suppose I care if I'm a
  • gentleman or not? If I were a gentleman I shouldn't waste my time with a
  • vulgar slut like you. I don't care a damn if you like me or not. I'm sick
  • of being made a blasted fool of. You're jolly well coming to Paris with me
  • on Saturday or you can take the consequences."
  • Her cheeks were red with anger, and when she answered her voice had the
  • hard commonness which she concealed generally by a genteel enunciation.
  • "I never liked you, not from the beginning, but you forced yourself on me,
  • I always hated it when you kissed me. I wouldn't let you touch me now not
  • if I was starving."
  • Philip tried to swallow the food on his plate, but the muscles of his
  • throat refused to act. He gulped down something to drink and lit a
  • cigarette. He was trembling in every part. He did not speak. He waited for
  • her to move, but she sat in silence, staring at the white tablecloth. If
  • they had been alone he would have flung his arms round her and kissed her
  • passionately; he fancied the throwing back of her long white throat as he
  • pressed upon her mouth with his lips. They passed an hour without
  • speaking, and at last Philip thought the waiter began to stare at them
  • curiously. He called for the bill.
  • "Shall we go?" he said then, in an even tone.
  • She did not reply, but gathered together her bag and her gloves. She put
  • on her coat.
  • "When are you seeing Griffiths again?"
  • "Tomorrow," she answered indifferently.
  • "You'd better talk it over with him."
  • She opened her bag mechanically and saw a piece of paper in it. She took
  • it out.
  • "Here's the bill for this dress," she said hesitatingly.
  • "What of it?"
  • "I promised I'd give her the money tomorrow."
  • "Did you?"
  • "Does that mean you won't pay for it after having told me I could get it?"
  • "It does."
  • "I'll ask Harry," she said, flushing quickly.
  • "He'll be glad to help you. He owes me seven pounds at the moment, and he
  • pawned his microscope last week, because he was so broke."
  • "You needn't think you can frighten me by that. I'm quite capable of
  • earning my own living."
  • "It's the best thing you can do. I don't propose to give you a farthing
  • more."
  • She thought of her rent due on Saturday and the baby's keep, but did not
  • say anything. They left the restaurant, and in the street Philip asked
  • her:
  • "Shall I call a cab for you? I'm going to take a little stroll."
  • "I haven't got any money. I had to pay a bill this afternoon."
  • "It won't hurt you to walk. If you want to see me tomorrow I shall be in
  • about tea-time."
  • He took off his hat and sauntered away. He looked round in a moment and
  • saw that she was standing helplessly where he had left her, looking at the
  • traffic. He went back and with a laugh pressed a coin into her hand.
  • "Here's two bob for you to get home with."
  • Before she could speak he hurried away.
  • LXXVI
  • Next day, in the afternoon, Philip sat in his room and wondered whether
  • Mildred would come. He had slept badly. He had spent the morning in the
  • club of the Medical School, reading one newspaper after another. It was
  • the vacation and few students he knew were in London, but he found one or
  • two people to talk to, he played a game of chess, and so wore out the
  • tedious hours. After luncheon he felt so tired, his head was aching so,
  • that he went back to his lodgings and lay down; he tried to read a novel.
  • He had not seen Griffiths. He was not in when Philip returned the night
  • before; he heard him come back, but he did not as usual look into Philip's
  • room to see if he was asleep; and in the morning Philip heard him go out
  • early. It was clear that he wanted to avoid him. Suddenly there was a
  • light tap at his door. Philip sprang to his feet and opened it. Mildred
  • stood on the threshold. She did not move.
  • "Come in," said Philip.
  • He closed the door after her. She sat down. She hesitated to begin.
  • "Thank you for giving me that two shillings last night," she said.
  • "Oh, that's all right."
  • She gave him a faint smile. It reminded Philip of the timid, ingratiating
  • look of a puppy that has been beaten for naughtiness and wants to
  • reconcile himself with his master.
  • "I've been lunching with Harry," she said.
  • "Have you?"
  • "If you still want me to go away with you on Saturday, Philip, I'll come."
  • A quick thrill of triumph shot through his heart, but it was a sensation
  • that only lasted an instant; it was followed by a suspicion.
  • "Because of the money?" he asked.
  • "Partly," she answered simply. "Harry can't do anything. He owes five
  • weeks here, and he owes you seven pounds, and his tailor's pressing him
  • for money. He'd pawn anything he could, but he's pawned everything
  • already. I had a job to put the woman off about my new dress, and on
  • Saturday there's the book at my lodgings, and I can't get work in five
  • minutes. It always means waiting some little time till there's a vacancy."
  • She said all this in an even, querulous tone, as though she were
  • recounting the injustices of fate, which had to be borne as part of the
  • natural order of things. Philip did not answer. He knew what she told him
  • well enough.
  • "You said partly," he observed at last.
  • "Well, Harry says you've been a brick to both of us. You've been a real
  • good friend to him, he says, and you've done for me what p'raps no other
  • man would have done. We must do the straight thing, he says. And he said
  • what you said about him, that he's fickle by nature, he's not like you,
  • and I should be a fool to throw you away for him. He won't last and you
  • will, he says so himself."
  • "D'you WANT to come away with me?" asked Philip.
  • "I don't mind."
  • He looked at her, and the corners of his mouth turned down in an
  • expression of misery. He had triumphed indeed, and he was going to have
  • his way. He gave a little laugh of derision at his own humiliation. She
  • looked at him quickly, but did not speak.
  • "I've looked forward with all my soul to going away with you, and I
  • thought at last, after all that wretchedness, I was going to be happy..."
  • He did not finish what he was going to say. And then on a sudden, without
  • warning, Mildred broke into a storm of tears. She was sitting in the chair
  • in which Norah had sat and wept, and like her she hid her face on the back
  • of it, towards the side where there was a little bump formed by the
  • sagging in the middle, where the head had rested.
  • "I'm not lucky with women," thought Philip.
  • Her thin body was shaken with sobs. Philip had never seen a woman cry with
  • such an utter abandonment. It was horribly painful, and his heart was
  • torn. Without realising what he did, he went up to her and put his arms
  • round her; she did not resist, but in her wretchedness surrendered herself
  • to his comforting. He whispered to her little words of solace. He scarcely
  • knew what he was saying, he bent over her and kissed her repeatedly.
  • "Are you awfully unhappy?" he said at last.
  • "I wish I was dead," she moaned. "I wish I'd died when the baby come."
  • Her hat was in her way, and Philip took it off for her. He placed her head
  • more comfortably in the chair, and then he went and sat down at the table
  • and looked at her.
  • "It is awful, love, isn't it?" he said. "Fancy anyone wanting to be in
  • love."
  • Presently the violence of her sobbing diminished and she sat in the chair,
  • exhausted, with her head thrown back and her arms hanging by her side. She
  • had the grotesque look of one of those painters' dummies used to hang
  • draperies on.
  • "I didn't know you loved him so much as all that," said Philip.
  • He understood Griffiths' love well enough, for he put himself in
  • Griffiths' place and saw with his eyes, touched with his hands; he was
  • able to think himself in Griffiths' body, and he kissed her with his lips,
  • smiled at her with his smiling blue eyes. It was her emotion that
  • surprised him. He had never thought her capable of passion, and this was
  • passion: there was no mistaking it. Something seemed to give way in his
  • heart; it really felt to him as though something were breaking, and he
  • felt strangely weak.
  • "I don't want to make you unhappy. You needn't come away with me if you
  • don't want to. I'll give you the money all the same."
  • She shook her head.
  • "No, I said I'd come, and I'll come."
  • "What's the good, if you're sick with love for him?"
  • "Yes, that's the word. I'm sick with love. I know it won't last, just as
  • well as he does, but just now..."
  • She paused and shut her eyes as though she were going to faint. A strange
  • idea came to Philip, and he spoke it as it came, without stopping to think
  • it out.
  • "Why don't you go away with him?"
  • "How can I? You know we haven't got the money."
  • "I'll give you the money."
  • "You?"
  • She sat up and looked at him. Her eyes began to shine, and the colour came
  • into her cheeks.
  • "Perhaps the best thing would be to get it over, and then you'd come back
  • to me."
  • Now that he had made the suggestion he was sick with anguish, and yet the
  • torture of it gave him a strange, subtle sensation. She stared at him with
  • open eyes.
  • "Oh, how could we, on your money? Harry wouldn't think of it."
  • "Oh yes, he would, if you persuaded him."
  • Her objections made him insist, and yet he wanted her with all his heart
  • to refuse vehemently.
  • "I'll give you a fiver, and you can go away from Saturday to Monday. You
  • could easily do that. On Monday he's going home till he takes up his
  • appointment at the North London."
  • "Oh, Philip, do you mean that?" she cried, clasping her hands. "If you
  • could only let us go--I would love you so much afterwards, I'd do anything
  • for you. I'm sure I shall get over it if you'll only do that. Would you
  • really give us the money?"
  • "Yes," he said.
  • She was entirely changed now. She began to laugh. He could see that she
  • was insanely happy. She got up and knelt down by Philip's side, taking his
  • hands.
  • "You are a brick, Philip. You're the best fellow I've ever known. Won't
  • you be angry with me afterwards?"
  • He shook his head, smiling, but with what agony in his heart!
  • "May I go and tell Harry now? And can I say to him that you don't mind? He
  • won't consent unless you promise it doesn't matter. Oh, you don't know how
  • I love him! And afterwards I'll do anything you like. I'll come over to
  • Paris with you or anywhere on Monday."
  • She got up and put on her hat.
  • "Where are you going?"
  • "I'm going to ask him if he'll take me."
  • "Already?"
  • "D'you want me to stay? I'll stay if you like."
  • She sat down, but he gave a little laugh.
  • "No, it doesn't matter, you'd better go at once. There's only one thing:
  • I can't bear to see Griffiths just now, it would hurt me too awfully. Say
  • I have no ill-feeling towards him or anything like that, but ask him to
  • keep out of my way."
  • "All right." She sprang up and put on her gloves. "I'll let you know what
  • he says."
  • "You'd better dine with me tonight."
  • "Very well."
  • She put up her face for him to kiss her, and when he pressed his lips to
  • hers she threw her arms round his neck.
  • "You are a darling, Philip."
  • She sent him a note a couple of hours later to say that she had a headache
  • and could not dine with him. Philip had almost expected it. He knew that
  • she was dining with Griffiths. He was horribly jealous, but the sudden
  • passion which had seized the pair of them seemed like something that had
  • come from the outside, as though a god had visited them with it, and he
  • felt himself helpless. It seemed so natural that they should love one
  • another. He saw all the advantages that Griffiths had over himself and
  • confessed that in Mildred's place he would have done as Mildred did. What
  • hurt him most was Griffiths' treachery; they had been such good friends,
  • and Griffiths knew how passionately devoted he was to Mildred: he might
  • have spared him.
  • He did not see Mildred again till Friday; he was sick for a sight of her
  • by then; but when she came and he realised that he had gone out of her
  • thoughts entirely, for they were engrossed in Griffiths, he suddenly hated
  • her. He saw now why she and Griffiths loved one another, Griffiths was
  • stupid, oh so stupid! he had known that all along, but had shut his eyes
  • to it, stupid and empty-headed: that charm of his concealed an utter
  • selfishness; he was willing to sacrifice anyone to his appetites. And how
  • inane was the life he led, lounging about bars and drinking in music
  • halls, wandering from one light amour to another! He never read a book, he
  • was blind to everything that was not frivolous and vulgar; he had never a
  • thought that was fine: the word most common on his lips was smart; that
  • was his highest praise for man or woman. Smart! It was no wonder he
  • pleased Mildred. They suited one another.
  • Philip talked to Mildred of things that mattered to neither of them. He
  • knew she wanted to speak of Griffiths, but he gave her no opportunity. He
  • did not refer to the fact that two evenings before she had put off dining
  • with him on a trivial excuse. He was casual with her, trying to make her
  • think he was suddenly grown indifferent; and he exercised peculiar skill
  • in saying little things which he knew would wound her; but which were so
  • indefinite, so delicately cruel, that she could not take exception to
  • them. At last she got up.
  • "I think I must be going off now," she said.
  • "I daresay you've got a lot to do," he answered.
  • She held out her hand, he took it, said good-bye, and opened the door for
  • her. He knew what she wanted to speak about, and he knew also that his
  • cold, ironical air intimidated her. Often his shyness made him seem so
  • frigid that unintentionally he frightened people, and, having discovered
  • this, he was able when occasion arose to assume the same manner.
  • "You haven't forgotten what you promised?" she said at last, as he held
  • open the door.
  • "What is that?"
  • "About the money."
  • "How much d'you want?"
  • He spoke with an icy deliberation which made his words peculiarly
  • offensive. Mildred flushed. He knew she hated him at that moment, and he
  • wondered at the self-control by which she prevented herself from flying
  • out at him. He wanted to make her suffer.
  • "There's the dress and the book tomorrow. That's all. Harry won't come, so
  • we shan't want money for that."
  • Philip's heart gave a great thud against his ribs, and he let the door
  • handle go. The door swung to.
  • "Why not?"
  • "He says we couldn't, not on your money."
  • A devil seized Philip, a devil of self-torture which was always lurking
  • within him, and, though with all his soul he wished that Griffiths and
  • Mildred should not go away together, he could not help himself; he set
  • himself to persuade Griffiths through her.
  • "I don't see why not, if I'm willing," he said.
  • "That's what I told him."
  • "I should have thought if he really wanted to go he wouldn't hesitate."
  • "Oh, it's not that, he wants to all right. He'd go at once if he had the
  • money."
  • "If he's squeamish about it I'll give YOU the money."
  • "I said you'd lend it if he liked, and we'd pay it back as soon as we
  • could."
  • "It's rather a change for you going on your knees to get a man to take you
  • away for a week-end."
  • "It is rather, isn't it?" she said, with a shameless little laugh. It sent
  • a cold shudder down Philip's spine.
  • "What are you going to do then?" he asked.
  • "Nothing. He's going home tomorrow. He must."
  • That would be Philip's salvation. With Griffiths out of the way he could
  • get Mildred back. She knew no one in London, she would be thrown on to his
  • society, and when they were alone together he could soon make her forget
  • this infatuation. If he said nothing more he was safe. But he had a
  • fiendish desire to break down their scruples, he wanted to know how
  • abominably they could behave towards him; if he tempted them a little more
  • they would yield, and he took a fierce joy at the thought of their
  • dishonour. Though every word he spoke tortured him, he found in the
  • torture a horrible delight.
  • "It looks as if it were now or never."
  • "That's what I told him," she said.
  • There was a passionate note in her voice which struck Philip. He was
  • biting his nails in his nervousness.
  • "Where were you thinking of going?"
  • "Oh, to Oxford. He was at the 'Varsity there, you know. He said he'd show
  • me the colleges."
  • Philip remembered that once he had suggested going to Oxford for the day,
  • and she had expressed firmly the boredom she felt at the thought of
  • sights.
  • "And it looks as if you'd have fine weather. It ought to be very jolly
  • there just now."
  • "I've done all I could to persuade him."
  • "Why don't you have another try?"
  • "Shall I say you want us to go?"
  • "I don't think you must go as far as that," said Philip.
  • She paused for a minute or two, looking at him. Philip forced himself to
  • look at her in a friendly way. He hated her, he despised her, he loved her
  • with all his heart.
  • "I'll tell you what I'll do, I'll go and see if he can't arrange it. And
  • then, if he says yes, I'll come and fetch the money tomorrow. When shall
  • you be in?"
  • "I'll come back here after luncheon and wait."
  • "All right."
  • "I'll give you the money for your dress and your room now."
  • He went to his desk and took out what money he had. The dress was six
  • guineas; there was besides her rent and her food, and the baby's keep for
  • a week. He gave her eight pounds ten.
  • "Thanks very much," she said.
  • She left him.
  • LXXVII
  • After lunching in the basement of the Medical School Philip went back to
  • his rooms. It was Saturday afternoon, and the landlady was cleaning the
  • stairs.
  • "Is Mr. Griffiths in?" he asked.
  • "No, sir. He went away this morning, soon after you went out."
  • "Isn't he coming back?"
  • "I don't think so, sir. He's taken his luggage."
  • Philip wondered what this could mean. He took a book and began to read. It
  • was Burton's Journey to Meccah, which he had just got out of the
  • Westminster Public Library; and he read the first page, but could make no
  • sense of it, for his mind was elsewhere; he was listening all the time for
  • a ring at the bell. He dared not hope that Griffiths had gone away
  • already, without Mildred, to his home in Cumberland. Mildred would be
  • coming presently for the money. He set his teeth and read on; he tried
  • desperately to concentrate his attention; the sentences etched themselves
  • in his brain by the force of his effort, but they were distorted by the
  • agony he was enduring. He wished with all his heart that he had not made
  • the horrible proposition to give them money; but now that he had made it
  • he lacked the strength to go back on it, not on Mildred's account, but on
  • his own. There was a morbid obstinacy in him which forced him to do the
  • thing he had determined. He discovered that the three pages he had read
  • had made no impression on him at all; and he went back and started from
  • the beginning: he found himself reading one sentence over and over again;
  • and now it weaved itself in with his thoughts, horribly, like some formula
  • in a nightmare. One thing he could do was to go out and keep away till
  • midnight; they could not go then; and he saw them calling at the house
  • every hour to ask if he was in. He enjoyed the thought of their
  • disappointment. He repeated that sentence to himself mechanically. But he
  • could not do that. Let them come and take the money, and he would know
  • then to what depths of infamy it was possible for men to descend. He could
  • not read any more now. He simply could not see the words. He leaned back
  • in his chair, closing his eyes, and, numb with misery, waited for Mildred.
  • The landlady came in.
  • "Will you see Mrs. Miller, sir?"
  • "Show her in."
  • Philip pulled himself together to receive her without any sign of what he
  • was feeling. He had an impulse to throw himself on his knees and seize her
  • hands and beg her not to go; but he knew there was no way of moving her;
  • she would tell Griffiths what he had said and how he acted. He was
  • ashamed.
  • "Well, how about the little jaunt?" he said gaily.
  • "We're going. Harry's outside. I told him you didn't want to see him, so
  • he's kept out of your way. But he wants to know if he can come in just for
  • a minute to say good-bye to you."
  • "No, I won't see him," said Philip.
  • He could see she did not care if he saw Griffiths or not. Now that she was
  • there he wanted her to go quickly.
  • "Look here, here's the fiver. I'd like you to go now."
  • She took it and thanked him. She turned to leave the room.
  • "When are you coming back?" he asked.
  • "Oh, on Monday. Harry must go home then."
  • He knew what he was going to say was humiliating, but he was broken down
  • with jealousy and desire.
  • "Then I shall see you, shan't I?"
  • He could not help the note of appeal in his voice.
  • "Of course. I'll let you know the moment I'm back."
  • He shook hands with her. Through the curtains he watched her jump into a
  • four-wheeler that stood at the door. It rolled away. Then he threw himself
  • on his bed and hid his face in his hands. He felt tears coming to his
  • eyes, and he was angry with himself; he clenched his hands and screwed up
  • his body to prevent them; but he could not; and great painful sobs were
  • forced from him.
  • He got up at last, exhausted and ashamed, and washed his face. He mixed
  • himself a strong whiskey and soda. It made him feel a little better. Then
  • he caught sight of the tickets to Paris, which were on the chimney-piece,
  • and, seizing them, with an impulse of rage he flung them in the fire. He
  • knew he could have got the money back on them, but it relieved him to
  • destroy them. Then he went out in search of someone to be with. The club
  • was empty. He felt he would go mad unless he found someone to talk to; but
  • Lawson was abroad; he went on to Hayward's rooms: the maid who opened the
  • door told him that he had gone down to Brighton for the week-end. Then
  • Philip went to a gallery and found it was just closing. He did not know
  • what to do. He was distracted. And he thought of Griffiths and Mildred
  • going to Oxford, sitting opposite one another in the train, happy. He went
  • back to his rooms, but they filled him with horror, he had been so
  • wretched in them; he tried once more to read Burton's book, but, as he
  • read, he told himself again and again what a fool he had been; it was he
  • who had made the suggestion that they should go away, he had offered the
  • money, he had forced it upon them; he might have known what would happen
  • when he introduced Griffiths to Mildred; his own vehement passion was
  • enough to arouse the other's desire. By this time they had reached Oxford.
  • They would put up in one of the lodging-houses in John Street; Philip had
  • never been to Oxford, but Griffiths had talked to him about it so much
  • that he knew exactly where they would go; and they would dine at the
  • Clarendon: Griffiths had been in the habit of dining there when he went on
  • the spree. Philip got himself something to eat in a restaurant near
  • Charing Cross; he had made up his mind to go to a play, and afterwards he
  • fought his way into the pit of a theatre at which one of Oscar Wilde's
  • pieces was being performed. He wondered if Mildred and Griffiths would go
  • to a play that evening: they must kill the evening somehow; they were too
  • stupid, both of them to content themselves with conversation: he got a
  • fierce delight in reminding himself of the vulgarity of their minds which
  • suited them so exactly to one another. He watched the play with an
  • abstracted mind, trying to give himself gaiety by drinking whiskey in each
  • interval; he was unused to alcohol, and it affected him quickly, but his
  • drunkenness was savage and morose. When the play was over he had another
  • drink. He could not go to bed, he knew he would not sleep, and he dreaded
  • the pictures which his vivid imagination would place before him. He tried
  • not to think of them. He knew he had drunk too much. Now he was seized
  • with a desire to do horrible, sordid things; he wanted to roll himself in
  • gutters; his whole being yearned for beastliness; he wanted to grovel.
  • He walked up Piccadilly, dragging his club-foot, sombrely drunk, with rage
  • and misery clawing at his heart. He was stopped by a painted harlot, who
  • put her hand on his arm; he pushed her violently away with brutal words.
  • He walked on a few steps and then stopped. She would do as well as
  • another. He was sorry he had spoken so roughly to her. He went up to her.
  • "I say," he began.
  • "Go to hell," she said.
  • Philip laughed.
  • "I merely wanted to ask if you'd do me the honour of supping with me
  • tonight."
  • She looked at him with amazement, and hesitated for a while. She saw he
  • was drunk.
  • "I don't mind."
  • He was amused that she should use a phrase he had heard so often on
  • Mildred's lips. He took her to one of the restaurants he had been in the
  • habit of going to with Mildred. He noticed as they walked along that she
  • looked down at his limb.
  • "I've got a club-foot," he said. "Have you any objection?"
  • "You are a cure," she laughed.
  • When he got home his bones were aching, and in his head there was a
  • hammering that made him nearly scream. He took another whiskey and soda to
  • steady himself, and going to bed sank into a dreamless sleep till mid-day.
  • LXXVIII
  • At last Monday came, and Philip thought his long torture was over. Looking
  • out the trains he found that the latest by which Griffiths could reach
  • home that night left Oxford soon after one, and he supposed that Mildred
  • would take one which started a few minutes later to bring her to London.
  • His desire was to go and meet it, but he thought Mildred would like to be
  • left alone for a day; perhaps she would drop him a line in the evening to
  • say she was back, and if not he would call at her lodgings next morning:
  • his spirit was cowed. He felt a bitter hatred for Griffiths, but for
  • Mildred, notwithstanding all that had passed, only a heart-rending desire.
  • He was glad now that Hayward was not in London on Saturday afternoon when,
  • distraught, he went in search of human comfort: he could not have
  • prevented himself from telling him everything, and Hayward would have been
  • astonished at his weakness. He would despise him, and perhaps be shocked
  • or disgusted that he could envisage the possibility of making Mildred his
  • mistress after she had given herself to another man. What did he care if
  • it was shocking or disgusting? He was ready for any compromise, prepared
  • for more degrading humiliations still, if he could only gratify his
  • desire.
  • Towards the evening his steps took him against his will to the house in
  • which she lived, and he looked up at her window. It was dark. He did not
  • venture to ask if she was back. He was confident in her promise. But there
  • was no letter from her in the morning, and, when about mid-day he called,
  • the maid told him she had not arrived. He could not understand it. He knew
  • that Griffiths would have been obliged to go home the day before, for he
  • was to be best man at a wedding, and Mildred had no money. He turned over
  • in his mind every possible thing that might have happened. He went again
  • in the afternoon and left a note, asking her to dine with him that evening
  • as calmly as though the events of the last fortnight had not happened. He
  • mentioned the place and time at which they were to meet, and hoping
  • against hope kept the appointment: though he waited for an hour she did
  • not come. On Wednesday morning he was ashamed to ask at the house and sent
  • a messenger-boy with a letter and instructions to bring back a reply; but
  • in an hour the boy came back with Philip's letter unopened and the answer
  • that the lady had not returned from the country. Philip was beside
  • himself. The last deception was more than he could bear. He repeated to
  • himself over and over again that he loathed Mildred, and, ascribing to
  • Griffiths this new disappointment, he hated him so much that he knew what
  • was the delight of murder: he walked about considering what a joy it would
  • be to come upon him on a dark night and stick a knife into his throat,
  • just about the carotid artery, and leave him to die in the street like a
  • dog. Philip was out of his senses with grief and rage. He did not like
  • whiskey, but he drank to stupefy himself. He went to bed drunk on the
  • Tuesday and on the Wednesday night.
  • On Thursday morning he got up very late and dragged himself, blear-eyed
  • and sallow, into his sitting-room to see if there were any letters. A
  • curious feeling shot through his heart when he recognised the handwriting
  • of Griffiths.
  • Dear old man:
  • I hardly know how to write to you and yet I feel I must write. I hope
  • you're not awfully angry with me. I know I oughtn't to have gone away with
  • Milly, but I simply couldn't help myself. She simply carried me off my
  • feet and I would have done anything to get her. When she told me you had
  • offered us the money to go I simply couldn't resist. And now it's all over
  • I'm awfully ashamed of myself and I wish I hadn't been such a fool. I wish
  • you'd write and say you're not angry with me, and I want you to let me
  • come and see you. I was awfully hurt at your telling Milly you didn't want
  • to see me. Do write me a line, there's a good chap, and tell me you
  • forgive me. It'll ease my conscience. I thought you wouldn't mind or you
  • wouldn't have offered the money. But I know I oughtn't to have taken it.
  • I came home on Monday and Milly wanted to stay a couple of days at Oxford
  • by herself. She's going back to London on Wednesday, so by the time you
  • receive this letter you will have seen her and I hope everything will go
  • off all right. Do write and say you forgive me. Please write at once.
  • Yours ever,
  • Harry.
  • Philip tore up the letter furiously. He did not mean to answer it. He
  • despised Griffiths for his apologies, he had no patience with his
  • prickings of conscience: one could do a dastardly thing if one chose, but
  • it was contemptible to regret it afterwards. He thought the letter
  • cowardly and hypocritical. He was disgusted at its sentimentality.
  • "It would be very easy if you could do a beastly thing," he muttered to
  • himself, "and then say you were sorry, and that put it all right again."
  • He hoped with all his heart he would have the chance one day to do
  • Griffiths a bad turn.
  • But at all events he knew that Mildred was in town. He dressed hurriedly,
  • not waiting to shave, drank a cup of tea, and took a cab to her rooms. The
  • cab seemed to crawl. He was painfully anxious to see her, and
  • unconsciously he uttered a prayer to the God he did not believe in to make
  • her receive him kindly. He only wanted to forget. With beating heart he
  • rang the bell. He forgot all his suffering in the passionate desire to
  • enfold her once more in his arms.
  • "Is Mrs. Miller in?" he asked joyously.
  • "She's gone," the maid answered.
  • He looked at her blankly.
  • "She came about an hour ago and took away her things."
  • For a moment he did not know what to say.
  • "Did you give her my letter? Did she say where she was going?"
  • Then he understood that Mildred had deceived him again. She was not coming
  • back to him. He made an effort to save his face.
  • "Oh, well, I daresay I shall hear from her. She may have sent a letter to
  • another address."
  • He turned away and went back hopeless to his rooms. He might have known
  • that she would do this; she had never cared for him, she had made a fool
  • of him from the beginning; she had no pity, she had no kindness, she had
  • no charity. The only thing was to accept the inevitable. The pain he was
  • suffering was horrible, he would sooner be dead than endure it; and the
  • thought came to him that it would be better to finish with the whole
  • thing: he might throw himself in the river or put his neck on a railway
  • line; but he had no sooner set the thought into words than he rebelled
  • against it. His reason told him that he would get over his unhappiness in
  • time; if he tried with all his might he could forget her; and it would be
  • grotesque to kill himself on account of a vulgar slut. He had only one
  • life, and it was madness to fling it away. He FELT that he would never
  • overcome his passion, but he KNEW that after all it was only a matter
  • of time.
  • He would not stay in London. There everything reminded him of his
  • unhappiness. He telegraphed to his uncle that he was coming to
  • Blackstable, and, hurrying to pack, took the first train he could. He
  • wanted to get away from the sordid rooms in which he had endured so much
  • suffering. He wanted to breathe clean air. He was disgusted with himself.
  • He felt that he was a little mad.
  • Since he was grown up Philip had been given the best spare room at the
  • vicarage. It was a corner-room and in front of one window was an old tree
  • which blocked the view, but from the other you saw, beyond the garden and
  • the vicarage field, broad meadows. Philip remembered the wall-paper from
  • his earliest years. On the walls were quaint water colours of the early
  • Victorian period by a friend of the Vicar's youth. They had a faded charm.
  • The dressing-table was surrounded by stiff muslin. There was an old
  • tall-boy to put your clothes in. Philip gave a sigh of pleasure; he had
  • never realised that all those things meant anything to him at all. At the
  • vicarage life went on as it had always done. No piece of furniture had
  • been moved from one place to another; the Vicar ate the same things, said
  • the same things, went for the same walk every day; he had grown a little
  • fatter, a little more silent, a little more narrow. He had become
  • accustomed to living without his wife and missed her very little. He
  • bickered still with Josiah Graves. Philip went to see the churchwarden. He
  • was a little thinner, a little whiter, a little more austere; he was
  • autocratic still and still disapproved of candles on the altar. The shops
  • had still a pleasant quaintness; and Philip stood in front of that in
  • which things useful to seamen were sold, sea-boots and tarpaulins and
  • tackle, and remembered that he had felt there in his childhood the thrill
  • of the sea and the adventurous magic of the unknown.
  • He could not help his heart beating at each double knock of the postman in
  • case there might be a letter from Mildred sent on by his landlady in
  • London; but he knew that there would be none. Now that he could think it
  • out more calmly he understood that in trying to force Mildred to love him
  • he had been attempting the impossible. He did not know what it was that
  • passed from a man to a woman, from a woman to a man, and made one of them
  • a slave: it was convenient to call it the sexual instinct; but if it was
  • no more than that, he did not understand why it should occasion so
  • vehement an attraction to one person rather than another. It was
  • irresistible: the mind could not battle with it; friendship, gratitude,
  • interest, had no power beside it. Because he had not attracted Mildred
  • sexually, nothing that he did had any effect upon her. The idea revolted
  • him; it made human nature beastly; and he felt suddenly that the hearts of
  • men were full of dark places. Because Mildred was indifferent to him he
  • had thought her sexless; her anaemic appearance and thin lips, the body
  • with its narrow hips and flat chest, the languor of her manner, carried
  • out his supposition; and yet she was capable of sudden passions which made
  • her willing to risk everything to gratify them. He had never understood
  • her adventure with Emil Miller: it had seemed so unlike her, and she had
  • never been able to explain it; but now that he had seen her with Griffiths
  • he knew that just the same thing had happened then: she had been carried
  • off her feet by an ungovernable desire. He tried to think out what those
  • two men had which so strangely attracted her. They both had a vulgar
  • facetiousness which tickled her simple sense of humour, and a certain
  • coarseness of nature; but what took her perhaps was the blatant sexuality
  • which was their most marked characteristic. She had a genteel refinement
  • which shuddered at the facts of life, she looked upon the bodily functions
  • as indecent, she had all sorts of euphemisms for common objects, she
  • always chose an elaborate word as more becoming than a simple one: the
  • brutality of these men was like a whip on her thin white shoulders, and
  • she shuddered with voluptuous pain.
  • One thing Philip had made up his mind about. He would not go back to the
  • lodgings in which he had suffered. He wrote to his landlady and gave her
  • notice. He wanted to have his own things about him. He determined to take
  • unfurnished rooms: it would be pleasant and cheaper; and this was an
  • urgent consideration, for during the last year and a half he had spent
  • nearly seven hundred pounds. He must make up for it now by the most rigid
  • economy. Now and then he thought of the future with panic; he had been a
  • fool to spend so much money on Mildred; but he knew that if it were to
  • come again he would act in the same way. It amused him sometimes to
  • consider that his friends, because he had a face which did not express his
  • feelings very vividly and a rather slow way of moving, looked upon him as
  • strong-minded, deliberate, and cool. They thought him reasonable and
  • praised his common sense; but he knew that his placid expression was no
  • more than a mask, assumed unconsciously, which acted like the protective
  • colouring of butterflies; and himself was astonished at the weakness of
  • his will. It seemed to him that he was swayed by every light emotion, as
  • though he were a leaf in the wind, and when passion seized him he was
  • powerless. He had no self-control. He merely seemed to possess it because
  • he was indifferent to many of the things which moved other people.
  • He considered with some irony the philosophy which he had developed for
  • himself, for it had not been of much use to him in the conjuncture he had
  • passed through; and he wondered whether thought really helped a man in any
  • of the critical affairs of life: it seemed to him rather that he was
  • swayed by some power alien to and yet within himself, which urged him like
  • that great wind of Hell which drove Paolo and Francesca ceaselessly on. He
  • thought of what he was going to do and, when the time came to act, he was
  • powerless in the grasp of instincts, emotions, he knew not what. He acted
  • as though he were a machine driven by the two forces of his environment
  • and his personality; his reason was someone looking on, observing the
  • facts but powerless to interfere: it was like those gods of Epicurus, who
  • saw the doings of men from their empyrean heights and had no might to
  • alter one smallest particle of what occurred.
  • LXXIX
  • Philip went up to London a couple of days before the session began in
  • order to find himself rooms. He hunted about the streets that led out of
  • the Westminster Bridge Road, but their dinginess was distasteful to him;
  • and at last he found one in Kennington which had a quiet and old-world
  • air. It reminded one a little of the London which Thackeray knew on that
  • side of the river, and in the Kennington Road, through which the great
  • barouche of the Newcomes must have passed as it drove the family to the
  • West of London, the plane-trees were bursting into leaf. The houses in the
  • street which Philip fixed upon were two-storied, and in most of the
  • windows was a notice to state that lodgings were to let. He knocked at one
  • which announced that the lodgings were unfurnished, and was shown by an
  • austere, silent woman four very small rooms, in one of which there was a
  • kitchen range and a sink. The rent was nine shillings a week. Philip did
  • not want so many rooms, but the rent was low and he wished to settle down
  • at once. He asked the landlady if she could keep the place clean for him
  • and cook his breakfast, but she replied that she had enough work to do
  • without that; and he was pleased rather than otherwise because she
  • intimated that she wished to have nothing more to do with him than to
  • receive his rent. She told him that, if he inquired at the grocer's round
  • the corner, which was also a post office, he might hear of a woman who
  • would 'do' for him.
  • Philip had a little furniture which he had gathered as he went along, an
  • arm-chair that he had bought in Paris, and a table, a few drawings, and
  • the small Persian rug which Cronshaw had given him. His uncle had offered
  • a fold-up bed for which, now that he no longer let his house in August, he
  • had no further use; and by spending another ten pounds Philip bought
  • himself whatever else was essential. He spent ten shillings on putting a
  • corn-coloured paper in the room he was making his parlour; and he hung on
  • the walls a sketch which Lawson had given him of the Quai des Grands
  • Augustins, and the photograph of the Odalisque by Ingres and Manet's
  • Olympia which in Paris had been the objects of his contemplation while
  • he shaved. To remind himself that he too had once been engaged in the
  • practice of art, he put up a charcoal drawing of the young Spaniard Miguel
  • Ajuria: it was the best thing he had ever done, a nude standing with
  • clenched hands, his feet gripping the floor with a peculiar force, and on
  • his face that air of determination which had been so impressive; and
  • though Philip after the long interval saw very well the defects of his
  • work its associations made him look upon it with tolerance. He wondered
  • what had happened to Miguel. There is nothing so terrible as the pursuit
  • of art by those who have no talent. Perhaps, worn out by exposure,
  • starvation, disease, he had found an end in some hospital, or in an access
  • of despair had sought death in the turbid Seine; but perhaps with his
  • Southern instability he had given up the struggle of his own accord, and
  • now, a clerk in some office in Madrid, turned his fervent rhetoric to
  • politics and bull-fighting.
  • Philip asked Lawson and Hayward to come and see his new rooms, and they
  • came, one with a bottle of whiskey, the other with a pate de foie gras;
  • and he was delighted when they praised his taste. He would have invited
  • the Scotch stockbroker too, but he had only three chairs, and thus could
  • entertain only a definite number of guests. Lawson was aware that through
  • him Philip had become very friendly with Norah Nesbit and now remarked
  • that he had run across her a few days before.
  • "She was asking how you were."
  • Philip flushed at the mention of her name (he could not get himself out of
  • the awkward habit of reddening when he was embarrassed), and Lawson looked
  • at him quizzically. Lawson, who now spent most of the year in London, had
  • so far surrendered to his environment as to wear his hair short and to
  • dress himself in a neat serge suit and a bowler hat.
  • "I gather that all is over between you," he said.
  • "I've not seen her for months."
  • "She was looking rather nice. She had a very smart hat on with a lot of
  • white ostrich feathers on it. She must be doing pretty well."
  • Philip changed the conversation, but he kept thinking of her, and after an
  • interval, when the three of them were talking of something else, he asked
  • suddenly:
  • "Did you gather that Norah was angry with me?"
  • "Not a bit. She talked very nicely of you."
  • "I've got half a mind to go and see her."
  • "She won't eat you."
  • Philip had thought of Norah often. When Mildred left him his first thought
  • was of her, and he told himself bitterly that she would never have treated
  • him so. His impulse was to go to her; he could depend on her pity; but he
  • was ashamed: she had been good to him always, and he had treated her
  • abominably.
  • "If I'd only had the sense to stick to her!" he said to himself,
  • afterwards, when Lawson and Hayward had gone and he was smoking a last
  • pipe before going to bed.
  • He remembered the pleasant hours they had spent together in the cosy
  • sitting-room in Vincent Square, their visits to galleries and to the play,
  • and the charming evenings of intimate conversation. He recollected her
  • solicitude for his welfare and her interest in all that concerned him. She
  • had loved him with a love that was kind and lasting, there was more than
  • sensuality in it, it was almost maternal; he had always known that it was
  • a precious thing for which with all his soul he should thank the gods. He
  • made up his mind to throw himself on her mercy. She must have suffered
  • horribly, but he felt she had the greatness of heart to forgive him: she
  • was incapable of malice. Should he write to her? No. He would break in on
  • her suddenly and cast himself at her feet--he knew that when the time came
  • he would feel too shy to perform such a dramatic gesture, but that was how
  • he liked to think of it--and tell her that if she would take him back she
  • might rely on him for ever. He was cured of the hateful disease from which
  • he had suffered, he knew her worth, and now she might trust him. His
  • imagination leaped forward to the future. He pictured himself rowing with
  • her on the river on Sundays; he would take her to Greenwich, he had never
  • forgotten that delightful excursion with Hayward, and the beauty of the
  • Port of London remained a permanent treasure in his recollection; and on
  • the warm summer afternoons they would sit in the Park together and talk:
  • he laughed to himself as he remembered her gay chatter, which poured out
  • like a brook bubbling over little stones, amusing, flippant, and full of
  • character. The agony he had suffered would pass from his mind like a bad
  • dream.
  • But when next day, about tea-time, an hour at which he was pretty certain
  • to find Norah at home, he knocked at her door his courage suddenly failed
  • him. Was it possible for her to forgive him? It would be abominable of him
  • to force himself on her presence. The door was opened by a maid new since
  • he had been in the habit of calling every day, and he inquired if Mrs.
  • Nesbit was in.
  • "Will you ask her if she could see Mr. Carey?" he said. "I'll wait here."
  • The maid ran upstairs and in a moment clattered down again.
  • "Will you step up, please, sir. Second floor front."
  • "I know," said Philip, with a slight smile.
  • He went with a fluttering heart. He knocked at the door.
  • "Come in," said the well-known, cheerful voice.
  • It seemed to say come in to a new life of peace and happiness. When he
  • entered Norah stepped forward to greet him. She shook hands with him as if
  • they had parted the day before. A man stood up.
  • "Mr. Carey--Mr. Kingsford."
  • Philip, bitterly disappointed at not finding her alone, sat down and took
  • stock of the stranger. He had never heard her mention his name, but he
  • seemed to Philip to occupy his chair as though he were very much at home.
  • He was a man of forty, clean-shaven, with long fair hair very neatly
  • plastered down, and the reddish skin and pale, tired eyes which fair men
  • get when their youth is passed. He had a large nose, a large mouth; the
  • bones of his face were prominent, and he was heavily made; he was a man of
  • more than average height, and broad-shouldered.
  • "I was wondering what had become of you," said Norah, in her sprightly
  • manner. "I met Mr. Lawson the other day--did he tell you?--and I informed
  • him that it was really high time you came to see me again."
  • Philip could see no shadow of embarrassment in her countenance, and he
  • admired the use with which she carried off an encounter of which himself
  • felt the intense awkwardness. She gave him tea. She was about to put sugar
  • in it when he stopped her.
  • "How stupid of me!" she cried. "I forgot."
  • He did not believe that. She must remember quite well that he never took
  • sugar in his tea. He accepted the incident as a sign that her nonchalance
  • was affected.
  • The conversation which Philip had interrupted went on, and presently he
  • began to feel a little in the way. Kingsford took no particular notice of
  • him. He talked fluently and well, not without humour, but with a slightly
  • dogmatic manner: he was a journalist, it appeared, and had something
  • amusing to say on every topic that was touched upon; but it exasperated
  • Philip to find himself edged out of the conversation. He was determined to
  • stay the visitor out. He wondered if he admired Norah. In the old days
  • they had often talked of the men who wanted to flirt with her and had
  • laughed at them together. Philip tried to bring back the conversation to
  • matters which only he and Norah knew about, but each time the journalist
  • broke in and succeeded in drawing it away to a subject upon which Philip
  • was forced to be silent. He grew faintly angry with Norah, for she must
  • see he was being made ridiculous; but perhaps she was inflicting this upon
  • him as a punishment, and with this thought he regained his good humour. At
  • last, however, the clock struck six, and Kingsford got up.
  • "I must go," he said.
  • Norah shook hands with him, and accompanied him to the landing. She shut
  • the door behind her and stood outside for a couple of minutes. Philip
  • wondered what they were talking about.
  • "Who is Mr. Kingsford?" he asked cheerfully, when she returned.
  • "Oh, he's the editor of one of Harmsworth's Magazines. He's been taking a
  • good deal of my work lately."
  • "I thought he was never going."
  • "I'm glad you stayed. I wanted to have a talk with you." She curled
  • herself into the large arm-chair, feet and all, in a way her small size
  • made possible, and lit a cigarette. He smiled when he saw her assume the
  • attitude which had always amused him.
  • "You look just like a cat."
  • She gave him a flash of her dark, fine eyes.
  • "I really ought to break myself of the habit. It's absurd to behave like
  • a child when you're my age, but I'm comfortable with my legs under me."
  • "It's awfully jolly to be sitting in this room again," said Philip
  • happily. "You don't know how I've missed it."
  • "Why on earth didn't you come before?" she asked gaily.
  • "I was afraid to," he said, reddening.
  • She gave him a look full of kindness. Her lips outlined a charming smile.
  • "You needn't have been."
  • He hesitated for a moment. His heart beat quickly.
  • "D'you remember the last time we met? I treated you awfully badly--I'm
  • dreadfully ashamed of myself."
  • She looked at him steadily. She did not answer. He was losing his head; he
  • seemed to have come on an errand of which he was only now realising the
  • outrageousness. She did not help him, and he could only blurt out bluntly.
  • "Can you ever forgive me?"
  • Then impetuously he told her that Mildred had left him and that his
  • unhappiness had been so great that he almost killed himself. He told her
  • of all that had happened between them, of the birth of the child, and of
  • the meeting with Griffiths, of his folly and his trust and his immense
  • deception. He told her how often he had thought of her kindness and of her
  • love, and how bitterly he had regretted throwing it away: he had only been
  • happy when he was with her, and he knew now how great was her worth. His
  • voice was hoarse with emotion. Sometimes he was so ashamed of what he was
  • saying that he spoke with his eyes fixed on the ground. His face was
  • distorted with pain, and yet he felt it a strange relief to speak. At last
  • he finished. He flung himself back in his chair, exhausted, and waited. He
  • had concealed nothing, and even, in his self-abasement, he had striven to
  • make himself more despicable than he had really been. He was surprised
  • that she did not speak, and at last he raised his eyes. She was not
  • looking at him. Her face was quite white, and she seemed to be lost in
  • thought.
  • "Haven't you got anything to say to me?"
  • She started and reddened.
  • "I'm afraid you've had a rotten time," she said. "I'm dreadfully sorry."
  • She seemed about to go on, but she stopped, and again he waited. At length
  • she seemed to force herself to speak.
  • "I'm engaged to be married to Mr. Kingsford."
  • "Why didn't you tell me at once?" he cried. "You needn't have allowed me
  • to humiliate myself before you."
  • "I'm sorry, I couldn't stop you.... I met him soon after you"--she seemed
  • to search for an expression that should not wound him--"told me your
  • friend had come back. I was very wretched for a bit, he was extremely kind
  • to me. He knew someone had made me suffer, of course he doesn't know it
  • was you, and I don't know what I should have done without him. And
  • suddenly I felt I couldn't go on working, working, working; I was so
  • tired, I felt so ill. I told him about my husband. He offered to give me
  • the money to get my divorce if I would marry him as soon as I could. He
  • had a very good job, and it wouldn't be necessary for me to do anything
  • unless I wanted to. He was so fond of me and so anxious to take care of
  • me. I was awfully touched. And now I'm very, very fond of him."
  • "Have you got your divorce then?" asked Philip.
  • "I've got the decree nisi. It'll be made absolute in July, and then we are
  • going to be married at once."
  • For some time Philip did not say anything.
  • "I wish I hadn't made such a fool of myself," he muttered at length.
  • He was thinking of his long, humiliating confession. She looked at him
  • curiously.
  • "You were never really in love with me," she said.
  • "It's not very pleasant being in love."
  • But he was always able to recover himself quickly, and, getting up now and
  • holding out his hand, he said:
  • "I hope you'll be very happy. After all, it's the best thing that could
  • have happened to you."
  • She looked a little wistfully at him as she took his hand and held it.
  • "You'll come and see me again, won't you?" she asked.
  • "No," he said, shaking his head. "It would make me too envious to see you
  • happy."
  • He walked slowly away from her house. After all she was right when she
  • said he had never loved her. He was disappointed, irritated even, but his
  • vanity was more affected than his heart. He knew that himself. And
  • presently he grew conscious that the gods had played a very good practical
  • joke on him, and he laughed at himself mirthlessly. It is not very
  • comfortable to have the gift of being amused at one's own absurdity.
  • LXXX
  • For the next three months Philip worked on subjects which were new to him.
  • The unwieldy crowd which had entered the Medical School nearly two years
  • before had thinned out: some had left the hospital, finding the
  • examinations more difficult to pass than they expected, some had been
  • taken away by parents who had not foreseen the expense of life in London,
  • and some had drifted away to other callings. One youth whom Philip knew
  • had devised an ingenious plan to make money; he had bought things at sales
  • and pawned them, but presently found it more profitable to pawn goods
  • bought on credit; and it had caused a little excitement at the hospital
  • when someone pointed out his name in police-court proceedings. There had
  • been a remand, then assurances on the part of a harassed father, and the
  • young man had gone out to bear the White Man's Burden overseas. The
  • imagination of another, a lad who had never before been in a town at all,
  • fell to the glamour of music-halls and bar parlours; he spent his time
  • among racing-men, tipsters, and trainers, and now was become a
  • book-maker's clerk. Philip had seen him once in a bar near Piccadilly
  • Circus in a tight-waisted coat and a brown hat with a broad, flat brim. A
  • third, with a gift for singing and mimicry, who had achieved success at
  • the smoking concerts of the Medical School by his imitation of notorious
  • comedians, had abandoned the hospital for the chorus of a musical comedy.
  • Still another, and he interested Philip because his uncouth manner and
  • interjectional speech did not suggest that he was capable of any deep
  • emotion, had felt himself stifle among the houses of London. He grew
  • haggard in shut-in spaces, and the soul he knew not he possessed struggled
  • like a sparrow held in the hand, with little frightened gasps and a quick
  • palpitation of the heart: he yearned for the broad skies and the open,
  • desolate places among which his childhood had been spent; and he walked
  • off one day, without a word to anybody, between one lecture and another;
  • and the next thing his friends heard was that he had thrown up medicine
  • and was working on a farm.
  • Philip attended now lectures on medicine and on surgery. On certain
  • mornings in the week he practised bandaging on out-patients glad to earn
  • a little money, and he was taught auscultation and how to use the
  • stethoscope. He learned dispensing. He was taking the examination in
  • Materia Medica in July, and it amused him to play with various drugs,
  • concocting mixtures, rolling pills, and making ointments. He seized avidly
  • upon anything from which he could extract a suggestion of human interest.
  • He saw Griffiths once in the distance, but, not to have the pain of
  • cutting him dead, avoided him. Philip had felt a certain
  • self-consciousness with Griffiths' friends, some of whom were now friends
  • of his, when he realised they knew of his quarrel with Griffiths and
  • surmised they were aware of the reason. One of them, a very tall fellow,
  • with a small head and a languid air, a youth called Ramsden, who was one
  • of Griffiths' most faithful admirers, copied his ties, his boots, his
  • manner of talking and his gestures, told Philip that Griffiths was very
  • much hurt because Philip had not answered his letter. He wanted to be
  • reconciled with him.
  • "Has he asked you to give me the message?" asked Philip.
  • "Oh, no. I'm saying this entirely on my own," said Ramsden. "He's awfully
  • sorry for what he did, and he says you always behaved like a perfect brick
  • to him. I know he'd be glad to make it up. He doesn't come to the hospital
  • because he's afraid of meeting you, and he thinks you'd cut him."
  • "I should."
  • "It makes him feel rather wretched, you know."
  • "I can bear the trifling inconvenience that he feels with a good deal of
  • fortitude," said Philip.
  • "He'll do anything he can to make it up."
  • "How childish and hysterical! Why should he care? I'm a very insignificant
  • person, and he can do very well without my company. I'm not interested in
  • him any more."
  • Ramsden thought Philip hard and cold. He paused for a moment or two,
  • looking about him in a perplexed way.
  • "Harry wishes to God he'd never had anything to do with the woman."
  • "Does he?" asked Philip.
  • He spoke with an indifference which he was satisfied with. No one could
  • have guessed how violently his heart was beating. He waited impatiently
  • for Ramsden to go on.
  • "I suppose you've quite got over it now, haven't you?"
  • "I?" said Philip. "Quite."
  • Little by little he discovered the history of Mildred's relations with
  • Griffiths. He listened with a smile on his lips, feigning an equanimity
  • which quite deceived the dull-witted boy who talked to him. The week-end
  • she spent with Griffiths at Oxford inflamed rather than extinguished her
  • sudden passion; and when Griffiths went home, with a feeling that was
  • unexpected in her she determined to stay in Oxford by herself for a couple
  • of days, because she had been so happy in it. She felt that nothing could
  • induce her to go back to Philip. He revolted her. Griffiths was taken
  • aback at the fire he had aroused, for he had found his two days with her
  • in the country somewhat tedious; and he had no desire to turn an amusing
  • episode into a tiresome affair. She made him promise to write to her, and,
  • being an honest, decent fellow, with natural politeness and a desire to
  • make himself pleasant to everybody, when he got home he wrote her a long
  • and charming letter. She answered it with reams of passion, clumsy, for
  • she had no gift of expression, ill-written, and vulgar; the letter bored
  • him, and when it was followed next day by another, and the day after by a
  • third, he began to think her love no longer flattering but alarming. He
  • did not answer; and she bombarded him with telegrams, asking him if he
  • were ill and had received her letters; she said his silence made her
  • dreadfully anxious. He was forced to write, but he sought to make his
  • reply as casual as was possible without being offensive: he begged her not
  • to wire, since it was difficult to explain telegrams to his mother, an
  • old-fashioned person for whom a telegram was still an event to excite
  • tremor. She answered by return of post that she must see him and announced
  • her intention to pawn things (she had the dressing-case which Philip had
  • given her as a wedding-present and could raise eight pounds on that) in
  • order to come up and stay at the market town four miles from which was the
  • village in which his father practised. This frightened Griffiths; and he,
  • this time, made use of the telegraph wires to tell her that she must do
  • nothing of the kind. He promised to let her know the moment he came up to
  • London, and, when he did, found that she had already been asking for him
  • at the hospital at which he had an appointment. He did not like this, and,
  • on seeing her, told Mildred that she was not to come there on any pretext;
  • and now, after an absence of three weeks, he found that she bored him
  • quite decidedly; he wondered why he had ever troubled about her, and made
  • up his mind to break with her as soon as he could. He was a person who
  • dreaded quarrels, nor did he want to give pain; but at the same time he
  • had other things to do, and he was quite determined not to let Mildred
  • bother him. When he met her he was pleasant, cheerful, amusing,
  • affectionate; he invented convincing excuses for the interval since last
  • he had seen her; but he did everything he could to avoid her. When she
  • forced him to make appointments he sent telegrams to her at the last
  • moment to put himself off; and his landlady (the first three months of his
  • appointment he was spending in rooms) had orders to say he was out when
  • Mildred called. She would waylay him in the street and, knowing she had
  • been waiting about for him to come out of the hospital for a couple of
  • hours, he would give her a few charming, friendly words and bolt off with
  • the excuse that he had a business engagement. He grew very skilful in
  • slipping out of the hospital unseen. Once, when he went back to his
  • lodgings at midnight, he saw a woman standing at the area railings and
  • suspecting who it was went to beg a shake-down in Ramsden's rooms; next
  • day the landlady told him that Mildred had sat crying on the doorsteps for
  • hours, and she had been obliged to tell her at last that if she did not go
  • away she would send for a policeman.
  • "I tell you, my boy," said Ramsden, "you're jolly well out of it. Harry
  • says that if he'd suspected for half a second she was going to make such
  • a blooming nuisance of herself he'd have seen himself damned before he had
  • anything to do with her."
  • Philip thought of her sitting on that doorstep through the long hours of
  • the night. He saw her face as she looked up dully at the landlady who sent
  • her away.
  • "I wonder what she's doing now."
  • "Oh, she's got a job somewhere, thank God. That keeps her busy all day."
  • The last thing he heard, just before the end of the summer session, was
  • that Griffiths, urbanity had given way at length under the exasperation of
  • the constant persecution. He had told Mildred that he was sick of being
  • pestered, and she had better take herself off and not bother him again.
  • "It was the only thing he could do," said Ramsden. "It was getting a bit
  • too thick."
  • "Is it all over then?" asked Philip.
  • "Oh, he hasn't seen her for ten days. You know, Harry's wonderful at
  • dropping people. This is about the toughest nut he's ever had to crack,
  • but he's cracked it all right."
  • Then Philip heard nothing more of her at all. She vanished into the vast
  • anonymous mass of the population of London.
  • LXXXI
  • At the beginning of the winter session Philip became an out-patients'
  • clerk. There were three assistant-physicians who took out-patients, two
  • days a week each, and Philip put his name down for Dr. Tyrell. He was
  • popular with the students, and there was some competition to be his clerk.
  • Dr. Tyrell was a tall, thin man of thirty-five, with a very small head,
  • red hair cut short, and prominent blue eyes: his face was bright scarlet.
  • He talked well in a pleasant voice, was fond of a little joke, and treated
  • the world lightly. He was a successful man, with a large consulting
  • practice and a knighthood in prospect. From commerce with students and
  • poor people he had the patronising air, and from dealing always with the
  • sick he had the healthy man's jovial condescension, which some consultants
  • achieve as the professional manner. He made the patient feel like a boy
  • confronted by a jolly schoolmaster; his illness was an absurd piece of
  • naughtiness which amused rather than irritated.
  • The student was supposed to attend in the out-patients' room every day,
  • see cases, and pick up what information he could; but on the days on which
  • he clerked his duties were a little more definite. At that time the
  • out-patients' department at St. Luke's consisted of three rooms, leading
  • into one another, and a large, dark waiting-room with massive pillars of
  • masonry and long benches. Here the patients waited after having been given
  • their 'letters' at mid-day; and the long rows of them, bottles and
  • gallipots in hand, some tattered and dirty, others decent enough, sitting
  • in the dimness, men and women of all ages, children, gave one an
  • impression which was weird and horrible. They suggested the grim drawings
  • of Daumier. All the rooms were painted alike, in salmon-colour with a high
  • dado of maroon; and there was in them an odour of disinfectants, mingling
  • as the afternoon wore on with the crude stench of humanity. The first room
  • was the largest and in the middle of it were a table and an office chair
  • for the physician; on each side of this were two smaller tables, a little
  • lower: at one of these sat the house-physician and at the other the clerk
  • who took the 'book' for the day. This was a large volume in which were
  • written down the name, age, sex, profession, of the patient and the
  • diagnosis of his disease.
  • At half past one the house-physician came in, rang the bell, and told the
  • porter to send in the old patients. There were always a good many of
  • these, and it was necessary to get through as many of them as possible
  • before Dr. Tyrell came at two. The H.P. with whom Philip came in contact
  • was a dapper little man, excessively conscious of his importance: he
  • treated the clerks with condescension and patently resented the
  • familiarity of older students who had been his contemporaries and did not
  • use him with the respect he felt his present position demanded. He set
  • about the cases. A clerk helped him. The patients streamed in. The men
  • came first. Chronic bronchitis, "a nasty 'acking cough," was what they
  • chiefly suffered from; one went to the H.P. and the other to the clerk,
  • handing in their letters: if they were going on well the words Rep 14
  • were written on them, and they went to the dispensary with their bottles
  • or gallipots in order to have medicine given them for fourteen days more.
  • Some old stagers held back so that they might be seen by the physician
  • himself, but they seldom succeeded in this; and only three or four, whose
  • condition seemed to demand his attention, were kept.
  • Dr. Tyrell came in with quick movements and a breezy manner. He reminded
  • one slightly of a clown leaping into the arena of a circus with the cry:
  • Here we are again. His air seemed to indicate: What's all this nonsense
  • about being ill? I'll soon put that right. He took his seat, asked if
  • there were any old patients for him to see, rapidly passed them in review,
  • looking at them with shrewd eyes as he discussed their symptoms, cracked
  • a joke (at which all the clerks laughed heartily) with the H.P., who
  • laughed heartily too but with an air as if he thought it was rather
  • impudent for the clerks to laugh, remarked that it was a fine day or a hot
  • one, and rang the bell for the porter to show in the new patients.
  • They came in one by one and walked up to the table at which sat Dr.
  • Tyrell. They were old men and young men and middle-aged men, mostly of the
  • labouring class, dock labourers, draymen, factory hands, barmen; but some,
  • neatly dressed, were of a station which was obviously superior,
  • shop-assistants, clerks, and the like. Dr. Tyrell looked at these with
  • suspicion. Sometimes they put on shabby clothes in order to pretend they
  • were poor; but he had a keen eye to prevent what he regarded as fraud and
  • sometimes refused to see people who, he thought, could well pay for
  • medical attendance. Women were the worst offenders and they managed the
  • thing more clumsily. They would wear a cloak and a skirt which were almost
  • in rags, and neglect to take the rings off their fingers.
  • "If you can afford to wear jewellery you can afford a doctor. A hospital
  • is a charitable institution," said Dr. Tyrell.
  • He handed back the letter and called for the next case.
  • "But I've got my letter."
  • "I don't care a hang about your letter; you get out. You've got no
  • business to come and steal the time which is wanted by the really poor."
  • The patient retired sulkily, with an angry scowl.
  • "She'll probably write a letter to the papers on the gross mismanagement
  • of the London hospitals," said Dr. Tyrell, with a smile, as he took the
  • next paper and gave the patient one of his shrewd glances.
  • Most of them were under the impression that the hospital was an
  • institution of the state, for which they paid out of the rates, and took
  • the attendance they received as a right they could claim. They imagined
  • the physician who gave them his time was heavily paid.
  • Dr. Tyrell gave each of his clerks a case to examine. The clerk took the
  • patient into one of the inner rooms; they were smaller, and each had a
  • couch in it covered with black horse-hair: he asked his patient a variety
  • of questions, examined his lungs, his heart, and his liver, made notes of
  • fact on the hospital letter, formed in his own mind some idea of the
  • diagnosis, and then waited for Dr. Tyrell to come in. This he did,
  • followed by a small crowd of students, when he had finished the men, and
  • the clerk read out what he had learned. The physician asked him one or two
  • questions, and examined the patient himself. If there was anything
  • interesting to hear students applied their stethoscope: you would see a
  • man with two or three to the chest, and two perhaps to his back, while
  • others waited impatiently to listen. The patient stood among them a little
  • embarrassed, but not altogether displeased to find himself the centre of
  • attention: he listened confusedly while Dr. Tyrell discoursed glibly on
  • the case. Two or three students listened again to recognise the murmur or
  • the crepitation which the physician described, and then the man was told
  • to put on his clothes.
  • When the various cases had been examined Dr. Tyrell went back into the
  • large room and sat down again at his desk. He asked any student who
  • happened to be standing near him what he would prescribe for a patient he
  • had just seen. The student mentioned one or two drugs.
  • "Would you?" said Dr. Tyrell. "Well, that's original at all events. I
  • don't think we'll be rash."
  • This always made the students laugh, and with a twinkle of amusement at
  • his own bright humour the physician prescribed some other drug than that
  • which the student had suggested. When there were two cases of exactly the
  • same sort and the student proposed the treatment which the physician had
  • ordered for the first, Dr. Tyrell exercised considerable ingenuity in
  • thinking of something else. Sometimes, knowing that in the dispensary they
  • were worked off their legs and preferred to give the medicines which they
  • had all ready, the good hospital mixtures which had been found by the
  • experience of years to answer their purpose so well, he amused himself by
  • writing an elaborate prescription.
  • "We'll give the dispenser something to do. If we go on prescribing mist:
  • alb: he'll lose his cunning."
  • The students laughed, and the doctor gave them a circular glance of
  • enjoyment in his joke. Then he touched the bell and, when the porter poked
  • his head in, said:
  • "Old women, please."
  • He leaned back in his chair, chatting with the H.P. while the porter
  • herded along the old patients. They came in, strings of anaemic girls,
  • with large fringes and pallid lips, who could not digest their bad,
  • insufficient food; old ladies, fat and thin, aged prematurely by frequent
  • confinements, with winter coughs; women with this, that, and the other,
  • the matter with them. Dr. Tyrell and his house-physician got through them
  • quickly. Time was getting on, and the air in the small room was growing
  • more sickly. The physician looked at his watch.
  • "Are there many new women today?" he asked.
  • "A good few, I think," said the H.P.
  • "We'd better have them in. You can go on with the old ones."
  • They entered. With the men the most common ailments were due to the
  • excessive use of alcohol, but with the women they were due to defective
  • nourishment. By about six o'clock they were finished. Philip, exhausted by
  • standing all the time, by the bad air, and by the attention he had given,
  • strolled over with his fellow-clerks to the Medical School to have tea. He
  • found the work of absorbing interest. There was humanity there in the
  • rough, the materials the artist worked on; and Philip felt a curious
  • thrill when it occurred to him that he was in the position of the artist
  • and the patients were like clay in his hands. He remembered with an amused
  • shrug of the shoulders his life in Paris, absorbed in colour, tone,
  • values, Heaven knows what, with the aim of producing beautiful things: the
  • directness of contact with men and women gave a thrill of power which he
  • had never known. He found an endless excitement in looking at their faces
  • and hearing them speak; they came in each with his peculiarity, some
  • shuffling uncouthly, some with a little trip, others with heavy, slow
  • tread, some shyly. Often you could guess their trades by the look of them.
  • You learnt in what way to put your questions so that they should be
  • understood, you discovered on what subjects nearly all lied, and by what
  • inquiries you could extort the truth notwithstanding. You saw the
  • different way people took the same things. The diagnosis of dangerous
  • illness would be accepted by one with a laugh and a joke, by another with
  • dumb despair. Philip found that he was less shy with these people than he
  • had ever been with others; he felt not exactly sympathy, for sympathy
  • suggests condescension; but he felt at home with them. He found that he
  • was able to put them at their ease, and, when he had been given a case to
  • find out what he could about it, it seemed to him that the patient
  • delivered himself into his hands with a peculiar confidence.
  • "Perhaps," he thought to himself, with a smile, "perhaps I'm cut out to be
  • a doctor. It would be rather a lark if I'd hit upon the one thing I'm fit
  • for."
  • It seemed to Philip that he alone of the clerks saw the dramatic interest
  • of those afternoons. To the others men and women were only cases, good if
  • they were complicated, tiresome if obvious; they heard murmurs and were
  • astonished at abnormal livers; an unexpected sound in the lungs gave them
  • something to talk about. But to Philip there was much more. He found an
  • interest in just looking at them, in the shape of their heads and their
  • hands, in the look of their eyes and the length of their noses. You saw in
  • that room human nature taken by surprise, and often the mask of custom was
  • torn off rudely, showing you the soul all raw. Sometimes you saw an
  • untaught stoicism which was profoundly moving. Once Philip saw a man,
  • rough and illiterate, told his case was hopeless; and, self-controlled
  • himself, he wondered at the splendid instinct which forced the fellow to
  • keep a stiff upper-lip before strangers. But was it possible for him to be
  • brave when he was by himself, face to face with his soul, or would he then
  • surrender to despair? Sometimes there was tragedy. Once a young woman
  • brought her sister to be examined, a girl of eighteen, with delicate
  • features and large blue eyes, fair hair that sparkled with gold when a ray
  • of autumn sunshine touched it for a moment, and a skin of amazing beauty.
  • The students' eyes went to her with little smiles. They did not often see
  • a pretty girl in these dingy rooms. The elder woman gave the family
  • history, father and mother had died of phthisis, a brother and a sister,
  • these two were the only ones left. The girl had been coughing lately and
  • losing weight. She took off her blouse and the skin of her neck was like
  • milk. Dr. Tyrell examined her quietly, with his usual rapid method; he
  • told two or three of his clerks to apply their stethoscopes to a place he
  • indicated with his finger; and then she was allowed to dress. The sister
  • was standing a little apart and she spoke to him in a low voice, so that
  • the girl should not hear. Her voice trembled with fear.
  • "She hasn't got it, doctor, has she?"
  • "I'm afraid there's no doubt about it."
  • "She was the last one. When she goes I shan't have anybody."
  • She began to cry, while the doctor looked at her gravely; he thought she
  • too had the type; she would not make old bones either. The girl turned
  • round and saw her sister's tears. She understood what they meant. The
  • colour fled from her lovely face and tears fell down her cheeks. The two
  • stood for a minute or two, crying silently, and then the older, forgetting
  • the indifferent crowd that watched them, went up to her, took her in her
  • arms, and rocked her gently to and fro as if she were a baby.
  • When they were gone a student asked:
  • "How long d'you think she'll last, sir?"
  • Dr. Tyrell shrugged his shoulders.
  • "Her brother and sister died within three months of the first symptoms.
  • She'll do the same. If they were rich one might do something. You can't
  • tell these people to go to St. Moritz. Nothing can be done for them."
  • Once a man who was strong and in all the power of his manhood came because
  • a persistent aching troubled him and his club-doctor did not seem to do
  • him any good; and the verdict for him too was death, not the inevitable
  • death that horrified and yet was tolerable because science was helpless
  • before it, but the death which was inevitable because the man was a little
  • wheel in the great machine of a complex civilisation, and had as little
  • power of changing the circumstances as an automaton. Complete rest was his
  • only chance. The physician did not ask impossibilities.
  • "You ought to get some very much lighter job."
  • "There ain't no light jobs in my business."
  • "Well, if you go on like this you'll kill yourself. You're very ill."
  • "D'you mean to say I'm going to die?"
  • "I shouldn't like to say that, but you're certainly unfit for hard work."
  • "If I don't work who's to keep the wife and the kids?"
  • Dr. Tyrell shrugged his shoulders. The dilemma had been presented to him
  • a hundred times. Time was pressing and there were many patients to be
  • seen.
  • "Well, I'll give you some medicine and you can come back in a week and
  • tell me how you're getting on."
  • The man took his letter with the useless prescription written upon it and
  • walked out. The doctor might say what he liked. He did not feel so bad
  • that he could not go on working. He had a good job and he could not afford
  • to throw it away.
  • "I give him a year," said Dr. Tyrell.
  • Sometimes there was comedy. Now and then came a flash of cockney humour,
  • now and then some old lady, a character such as Charles Dickens might have
  • drawn, would amuse them by her garrulous oddities. Once a woman came who
  • was a member of the ballet at a famous music-hall. She looked fifty, but
  • gave her age as twenty-eight. She was outrageously painted and ogled the
  • students impudently with large black eyes; her smiles were grossly
  • alluring. She had abundant self-confidence and treated Dr. Tyrell, vastly
  • amused, with the easy familiarity with which she might have used an
  • intoxicated admirer. She had chronic bronchitis, and told him it hindered
  • her in the exercise of her profession.
  • "I don't know why I should 'ave such a thing, upon my word I don't. I've
  • never 'ad a day's illness in my life. You've only got to look at me to
  • know that."
  • She rolled her eyes round the young men, with a long sweep of her painted
  • eyelashes, and flashed her yellow teeth at them. She spoke with a cockney
  • accent, but with an affectation of refinement which made every word a
  • feast of fun.
  • "It's what they call a winter cough," answered Dr. Tyrell gravely. "A
  • great many middle-aged women have it."
  • "Well, I never! That is a nice thing to say to a lady. No one ever called
  • me middle-aged before."
  • She opened her eyes very wide and cocked her head on one side, looking at
  • him with indescribable archness.
  • "That is the disadvantage of our profession," said he. "It forces us
  • sometimes to be ungallant."
  • She took the prescription and gave him one last, luscious smile.
  • "You will come and see me dance, dearie, won't you?"
  • "I will indeed."
  • He rang the bell for the next case.
  • "I am glad you gentlemen were here to protect me."
  • But on the whole the impression was neither of tragedy nor of comedy.
  • There was no describing it. It was manifold and various; there were tears
  • and laughter, happiness and woe; it was tedious and interesting and
  • indifferent; it was as you saw it: it was tumultuous and passionate; it
  • was grave; it was sad and comic; it was trivial; it was simple and
  • complex; joy was there and despair; the love of mothers for their
  • children, and of men for women; lust trailed itself through the rooms with
  • leaden feet, punishing the guilty and the innocent, helpless wives and
  • wretched children; drink seized men and women and cost its inevitable
  • price; death sighed in these rooms; and the beginning of life, filling
  • some poor girl with terror and shame, was diagnosed there. There was
  • neither good nor bad there. There were just facts. It was life.
  • LXXXII
  • Towards the end of the year, when Philip was bringing to a close his three
  • months as clerk in the out-patients' department, he received a letter from
  • Lawson, who was in Paris.
  • Dear Philip,
  • Cronshaw is in London and would be glad to see you. He is living at 43
  • Hyde Street, Soho. I don't know where it is, but I daresay you will be
  • able to find out. Be a brick and look after him a bit. He is very down on
  • his luck. He will tell you what he is doing. Things are going on here very
  • much as usual. Nothing seems to have changed since you were here. Clutton
  • is back, but he has become quite impossible. He has quarrelled with
  • everybody. As far as I can make out he hasn't got a cent, he lives in a
  • little studio right away beyond the Jardin des Plantes, but he won't let
  • anybody see his work. He doesn't show anywhere, so one doesn't know what
  • he is doing. He may be a genius, but on the other hand he may be off his
  • head. By the way, I ran against Flanagan the other day. He was showing
  • Mrs. Flanagan round the Quarter. He has chucked art and is now in popper's
  • business. He seems to be rolling. Mrs. Flanagan is very pretty and I'm
  • trying to work a portrait. How much would you ask if you were me? I don't
  • want to frighten them, and then on the other hand I don't want to be such
  • an ass as to ask L150 if they're quite willing to give L300.
  • Yours ever,
  • Frederick Lawson.
  • Philip wrote to Cronshaw and received in reply the following letter. It
  • was written on a half-sheet of common note-paper, and the flimsy envelope
  • was dirtier than was justified by its passage through the post.
  • Dear Carey,
  • Of course I remember you very well. I have an idea that I had some part in
  • rescuing you from the Slough of Despond in which myself am hopelessly
  • immersed. I shall be glad to see you. I am a stranger in a strange city
  • and I am buffeted by the philistines. It will be pleasant to talk of
  • Paris. I do not ask you to come and see me, since my lodging is not of a
  • magnificence fit for the reception of an eminent member of Monsieur
  • Purgon's profession, but you will find me eating modestly any evening
  • between seven and eight at a restaurant yclept Au Bon Plaisir in Dean
  • Street.
  • Your sincere
  • J. Cronshaw.
  • Philip went the day he received this letter. The restaurant, consisting of
  • one small room, was of the poorest class, and Cronshaw seemed to be its
  • only customer. He was sitting in the corner, well away from draughts,
  • wearing the same shabby great-coat which Philip had never seen him
  • without, with his old bowler on his head.
  • "I eat here because I can be alone," he said. "They are not doing well;
  • the only people who come are a few trollops and one or two waiters out of
  • a job; they are giving up business, and the food is execrable. But the
  • ruin of their fortunes is my advantage."
  • Cronshaw had before him a glass of absinthe. It was nearly three years
  • since they had met, and Philip was shocked by the change in his
  • appearance. He had been rather corpulent, but now he had a dried-up,
  • yellow look: the skin of his neck was loose and winkled; his clothes hung
  • about him as though they had been bought for someone else; and his collar,
  • three or four sizes too large, added to the slatternliness of his
  • appearance. His hands trembled continually. Philip remembered the
  • handwriting which scrawled over the page with shapeless, haphazard
  • letters. Cronshaw was evidently very ill.
  • "I eat little these days," he said. "I'm very sick in the morning. I'm
  • just having some soup for my dinner, and then I shall have a bit of
  • cheese."
  • Philip's glance unconsciously went to the absinthe, and Cronshaw, seeing
  • it, gave him the quizzical look with which he reproved the admonitions of
  • common sense.
  • "You have diagnosed my case, and you think it's very wrong of me to drink
  • absinthe."
  • "You've evidently got cirrhosis of the liver," said Philip.
  • "Evidently."
  • He looked at Philip in the way which had formerly had the power of making
  • him feel incredibly narrow. It seemed to point out that what he was
  • thinking was distressingly obvious; and when you have agreed with the
  • obvious what more is there to say? Philip changed the topic.
  • "When are you going back to Paris?"
  • "I'm not going back to Paris. I'm going to die."
  • The very naturalness with which he said this startled Philip. He thought
  • of half a dozen things to say, but they seemed futile. He knew that
  • Cronshaw was a dying man.
  • "Are you going to settle in London then?" he asked lamely.
  • "What is London to me? I am a fish out of water. I walk through the
  • crowded streets, men jostle me, and I seem to walk in a dead city. I felt
  • that I couldn't die in Paris. I wanted to die among my own people. I don't
  • know what hidden instinct drew me back at the last."
  • Philip knew of the woman Cronshaw had lived with and the two
  • draggle-tailed children, but Cronshaw had never mentioned them to him, and
  • he did not like to speak of them. He wondered what had happened to them.
  • "I don't know why you talk of dying," he said.
  • "I had pneumonia a couple of winters ago, and they told me then it was a
  • miracle that I came through. It appears I'm extremely liable to it, and
  • another bout will kill me."
  • "Oh, what nonsense! You're not so bad as all that. You've only got to take
  • precautions. Why don't you give up drinking?"
  • "Because I don't choose. It doesn't matter what a man does if he's ready
  • to take the consequences. Well, I'm ready to take the consequences. You
  • talk glibly of giving up drinking, but it's the only thing I've got left
  • now. What do you think life would be to me without it? Can you understand
  • the happiness I get out of my absinthe? I yearn for it; and when I drink
  • it I savour every drop, and afterwards I feel my soul swimming in
  • ineffable happiness. It disgusts you. You are a puritan and in your heart
  • you despise sensual pleasures. Sensual pleasures are the most violent and
  • the most exquisite. I am a man blessed with vivid senses, and I have
  • indulged them with all my soul. I have to pay the penalty now, and I am
  • ready to pay."
  • Philip looked at him for a while steadily.
  • "Aren't you afraid?"
  • For a moment Cronshaw did not answer. He seemed to consider his reply.
  • "Sometimes, when I'm alone." He looked at Philip. "You think that's a
  • condemnation? You're wrong. I'm not afraid of my fear. It's folly, the
  • Christian argument that you should live always in view of your death. The
  • only way to live is to forget that you're going to die. Death is
  • unimportant. The fear of it should never influence a single action of the
  • wise man. I know that I shall die struggling for breath, and I know that
  • I shall be horribly afraid. I know that I shall not be able to keep myself
  • from regretting bitterly the life that has brought me to such a pass; but
  • I disown that regret. I now, weak, old, diseased, poor, dying, hold still
  • my soul in my hands, and I regret nothing."
  • "D'you remember that Persian carpet you gave me?" asked Philip.
  • Cronshaw smiled his old, slow smile of past days.
  • "I told you that it would give you an answer to your question when you
  • asked me what was the meaning of life. Well, have you discovered the
  • answer?"
  • "No," smiled Philip. "Won't you tell it me?"
  • "No, no, I can't do that. The answer is meaningless unless you discover it
  • for yourself."
  • LXXXIII
  • Cronshaw was publishing his poems. His friends had been urging him to do
  • this for years, but his laziness made it impossible for him to take the
  • necessary steps. He had always answered their exhortations by telling them
  • that the love of poetry was dead in England. You brought out a book which
  • had cost you years of thought and labour; it was given two or three
  • contemptuous lines among a batch of similar volumes, twenty or thirty
  • copies were sold, and the rest of the edition was pulped. He had long
  • since worn out the desire for fame. That was an illusion like all else.
  • But one of his friends had taken the matter into his own hands. This was
  • a man of letters, named Leonard Upjohn, whom Philip had met once or twice
  • with Cronshaw in the cafes of the Quarter. He had a considerable
  • reputation in England as a critic and was the accredited exponent in this
  • country of modern French literature. He had lived a good deal in France
  • among the men who made the Mercure de France the liveliest review of the
  • day, and by the simple process of expressing in English their point of
  • view he had acquired in England a reputation for originality. Philip had
  • read some of his articles. He had formed a style for himself by a close
  • imitation of Sir Thomas Browne; he used elaborate sentences, carefully
  • balanced, and obsolete, resplendent words: it gave his writing an
  • appearance of individuality. Leonard Upjohn had induced Cronshaw to give
  • him all his poems and found that there were enough to make a volume of
  • reasonable size. He promised to use his influence with publishers.
  • Cronshaw was in want of money. Since his illness he had found it more
  • difficult than ever to work steadily; he made barely enough to keep
  • himself in liquor; and when Upjohn wrote to him that this publisher and
  • the other, though admiring the poems, thought it not worth while to
  • publish them, Cronshaw began to grow interested. He wrote impressing upon
  • Upjohn his great need and urging him to make more strenuous efforts. Now
  • that he was going to die he wanted to leave behind him a published book,
  • and at the back of his mind was the feeling that he had produced great
  • poetry. He expected to burst upon the world like a new star. There was
  • something fine in keeping to himself these treasures of beauty all his
  • life and giving them to the world disdainfully when, he and the world
  • parting company, he had no further use for them.
  • His decision to come to England was caused directly by an announcement
  • from Leonard Upjohn that a publisher had consented to print the poems. By
  • a miracle of persuasion Upjohn had persuaded him to give ten pounds in
  • advance of royalties.
  • "In advance of royalties, mind you," said Cronshaw to Philip. "Milton only
  • got ten pounds down."
  • Upjohn had promised to write a signed article about them, and he would ask
  • his friends who reviewed to do their best. Cronshaw pretended to treat the
  • matter with detachment, but it was easy to see that he was delighted with
  • the thought of the stir he would make.
  • One day Philip went to dine by arrangement at the wretched eating-house at
  • which Cronshaw insisted on taking his meals, but Cronshaw did not appear.
  • Philip learned that he had not been there for three days. He got himself
  • something to eat and went round to the address from which Cronshaw had
  • first written to him. He had some difficulty in finding Hyde Street. It
  • was a street of dingy houses huddled together; many of the windows had
  • been broken and were clumsily repaired with strips of French newspaper;
  • the doors had not been painted for years; there were shabby little shops
  • on the ground floor, laundries, cobblers, stationers. Ragged children
  • played in the road, and an old barrel-organ was grinding out a vulgar
  • tune. Philip knocked at the door of Cronshaw's house (there was a shop of
  • cheap sweetstuffs at the bottom), and it was opened by an elderly
  • Frenchwoman in a dirty apron. Philip asked her if Cronshaw was in.
  • "Ah, yes, there is an Englishman who lives at the top, at the back. I
  • don't know if he's in. If you want him you had better go up and see."
  • The staircase was lit by one jet of gas. There was a revolting odour in
  • the house. When Philip was passing up a woman came out of a room on the
  • first floor, looked at him suspiciously, but made no remark. There were
  • three doors on the top landing. Philip knocked at one, and knocked again;
  • there was no reply; he tried the handle, but the door was locked. He
  • knocked at another door, got no answer, and tried the door again. It
  • opened. The room was dark.
  • "Who's that?"
  • He recognised Cronshaw's voice.
  • "Carey. Can I come in?"
  • He received no answer. He walked in. The window was closed and the stink
  • was overpowering. There was a certain amount of light from the arc-lamp in
  • the street, and he saw that it was a small room with two beds in it, end
  • to end; there was a washing-stand and one chair, but they left little
  • space for anyone to move in. Cronshaw was in the bed nearest the window.
  • He made no movement, but gave a low chuckle.
  • "Why don't you light the candle?" he said then.
  • Philip struck a match and discovered that there was a candlestick on the
  • floor beside the bed. He lit it and put it on the washing-stand. Cronshaw
  • was lying on his back immobile; he looked very odd in his nightshirt; and
  • his baldness was disconcerting. His face was earthy and death-like.
  • "I say, old man, you look awfully ill. Is there anyone to look after you
  • here?"
  • "George brings me in a bottle of milk in the morning before he goes to his
  • work."
  • "Who's George?"
  • "I call him George because his name is Adolphe. He shares this palatial
  • apartment with me."
  • Philip noticed then that the second bed had not been made since it was
  • slept in. The pillow was black where the head had rested.
  • "You don't mean to say you're sharing this room with somebody else?" he
  • cried.
  • "Why not? Lodging costs money in Soho. George is a waiter, he goes out at
  • eight in the morning and does not come in till closing time, so he isn't
  • in my way at all. We neither of us sleep well, and he helps to pass away
  • the hours of the night by telling me stories of his life. He's a Swiss,
  • and I've always had a taste for waiters. They see life from an
  • entertaining angle."
  • "How long have you been in bed?"
  • "Three days."
  • "D'you mean to say you've had nothing but a bottle of milk for the last
  • three days? Why on earth didn't you send me a line? I can't bear to think
  • of you lying here all day long without a soul to attend to you."
  • Cronshaw gave a little laugh.
  • "Look at your face. Why, dear boy, I really believe you're distressed. You
  • nice fellow."
  • Philip blushed. He had not suspected that his face showed the dismay he
  • felt at the sight of that horrible room and the wretched circumstances of
  • the poor poet. Cronshaw, watching Philip, went on with a gentle smile.
  • "I've been quite happy. Look, here are my proofs. Remember that I am
  • indifferent to discomforts which would harass other folk. What do the
  • circumstances of life matter if your dreams make you lord paramount of
  • time and space?"
  • The proofs were lying on his bed, and as he lay in the darkness he had
  • been able to place his hands on them. He showed them to Philip and his
  • eyes glowed. He turned over the pages, rejoicing in the clear type; he
  • read out a stanza.
  • "They don't look bad, do they?"
  • Philip had an idea. It would involve him in a little expense and he could
  • not afford even the smallest increase of expenditure; but on the other
  • hand this was a case where it revolted him to think of economy.
  • "I say, I can't bear the thought of your remaining here. I've got an extra
  • room, it's empty at present, but I can easily get someone to lend me a
  • bed. Won't you come and live with me for a while? It'll save you the rent
  • of this."
  • "Oh, my dear boy, you'd insist on my keeping my window open."
  • "You shall have every window in the place sealed if you like."
  • "I shall be all right tomorrow. I could have got up today, only I felt
  • lazy."
  • "Then you can very easily make the move. And then if you don't feel well
  • at any time you can just go to bed, and I shall be there to look after
  • you."
  • "If it'll please you I'll come," said Cronshaw, with his torpid not
  • unpleasant smile.
  • "That'll be ripping."
  • They settled that Philip should fetch Cronshaw next day, and Philip
  • snatched an hour from his busy morning to arrange the change. He found
  • Cronshaw dressed, sitting in his hat and great-coat on the bed, with a
  • small, shabby portmanteau, containing his clothes and books, already
  • packed: it was on the floor by his feet, and he looked as if he were
  • sitting in the waiting-room of a station. Philip laughed at the sight of
  • him. They went over to Kennington in a four-wheeler, of which the windows
  • were carefully closed, and Philip installed his guest in his own room. He
  • had gone out early in the morning and bought for himself a second-hand
  • bedstead, a cheap chest of drawers, and a looking-glass. Cronshaw settled
  • down at once to correct his proofs. He was much better.
  • Philip found him, except for the irritability which was a symptom of his
  • disease, an easy guest. He had a lecture at nine in the morning, so did
  • not see Cronshaw till the night. Once or twice Philip persuaded him to
  • share the scrappy meal he prepared for himself in the evening, but
  • Cronshaw was too restless to stay in, and preferred generally to get
  • himself something to eat in one or other of the cheapest restaurants in
  • Soho. Philip asked him to see Dr. Tyrell, but he stoutly refused; he knew
  • a doctor would tell him to stop drinking, and this he was resolved not to
  • do. He always felt horribly ill in the morning, but his absinthe at
  • mid-day put him on his feet again, and by the time he came home, at
  • midnight, he was able to talk with the brilliancy which had astonished
  • Philip when first he made his acquaintance. His proofs were corrected; and
  • the volume was to come out among the publications of the early spring,
  • when the public might be supposed to have recovered from the avalanche of
  • Christmas books.
  • LXXXIV
  • At the new year Philip became dresser in the surgical out-patients'
  • department. The work was of the same character as that which he had just
  • been engaged on, but with the greater directness which surgery has than
  • medicine; and a larger proportion of the patients suffered from those two
  • diseases which a supine public allows, in its prudishness, to be spread
  • broadcast. The assistant-surgeon for whom Philip dressed was called
  • Jacobs. He was a short, fat man, with an exuberant joviality, a bald head,
  • and a loud voice; he had a cockney accent, and was generally described by
  • the students as an 'awful bounder'; but his cleverness, both as a surgeon
  • and as a teacher, caused some of them to overlook this. He had also a
  • considerable facetiousness, which he exercised impartially on the patients
  • and on the students. He took a great pleasure in making his dressers look
  • foolish. Since they were ignorant, nervous, and could not answer as if he
  • were their equal, this was not very difficult. He enjoyed his afternoons,
  • with the home truths he permitted himself, much more than the students who
  • had to put up with them with a smile. One day a case came up of a boy with
  • a club-foot. His parents wanted to know whether anything could be done.
  • Mr. Jacobs turned to Philip.
  • "You'd better take this case, Carey. It's a subject you ought to know
  • something about."
  • Philip flushed, all the more because the surgeon spoke obviously with a
  • humorous intention, and his brow-beaten dressers laughed obsequiously. It
  • was in point of fact a subject which Philip, since coming to the hospital,
  • had studied with anxious attention. He had read everything in the library
  • which treated of talipes in its various forms. He made the boy take off
  • his boot and stocking. He was fourteen, with a snub nose, blue eyes, and
  • a freckled face. His father explained that they wanted something done if
  • possible, it was such a hindrance to the kid in earning his living. Philip
  • looked at him curiously. He was a jolly boy, not at all shy, but talkative
  • and with a cheekiness which his father reproved. He was much interested in
  • his foot.
  • "It's only for the looks of the thing, you know," he said to Philip. "I
  • don't find it no trouble."
  • "Be quiet, Ernie," said his father. "There's too much gas about you."
  • Philip examined the foot and passed his hand slowly over the shapelessness
  • of it. He could not understand why the boy felt none of the humiliation
  • which always oppressed himself. He wondered why he could not take his
  • deformity with that philosophic indifference. Presently Mr. Jacobs came up
  • to him. The boy was sitting on the edge of a couch, the surgeon and Philip
  • stood on each side of him; and in a semi-circle, crowding round, were
  • students. With accustomed brilliancy Jacobs gave a graphic little
  • discourse upon the club-foot: he spoke of its varieties and of the forms
  • which followed upon different anatomical conditions.
  • "I suppose you've got talipes equinus?" he said, turning suddenly to
  • Philip.
  • "Yes."
  • Philip felt the eyes of his fellow-students rest on him, and he cursed
  • himself because he could not help blushing. He felt the sweat start up in
  • the palms of his hands. The surgeon spoke with the fluency due to long
  • practice and with the admirable perspicacity which distinguished him. He
  • was tremendously interested in his profession. But Philip did not listen.
  • He was only wishing that the fellow would get done quickly. Suddenly he
  • realised that Jacobs was addressing him.
  • "You don't mind taking off your sock for a moment, Carey?"
  • Philip felt a shudder pass through him. He had an impulse to tell the
  • surgeon to go to hell, but he had not the courage to make a scene. He
  • feared his brutal ridicule. He forced himself to appear indifferent.
  • "Not a bit," he said.
  • He sat down and unlaced his boot. His fingers were trembling and he
  • thought he should never untie the knot. He remembered how they had forced
  • him at school to show his foot, and the misery which had eaten into his
  • soul.
  • "He keeps his feet nice and clean, doesn't he?" said Jacobs, in his
  • rasping, cockney voice.
  • The attendant students giggled. Philip noticed that the boy whom they were
  • examining looked down at his foot with eager curiosity. Jacobs took the
  • foot in his hands and said:
  • "Yes, that's what I thought. I see you've had an operation. When you were
  • a child, I suppose?"
  • He went on with his fluent explanations. The students leaned over and
  • looked at the foot. Two or three examined it minutely when Jacobs let it
  • go.
  • "When you've quite done," said Philip, with a smile, ironically.
  • He could have killed them all. He thought how jolly it would be to jab a
  • chisel (he didn't know why that particular instrument came into his mind)
  • into their necks. What beasts men were! He wished he could believe in hell
  • so as to comfort himself with the thought of the horrible tortures which
  • would be theirs. Mr. Jacobs turned his attention to treatment. He talked
  • partly to the boy's father and partly to the students. Philip put on his
  • sock and laced his boot. At last the surgeon finished. But he seemed to
  • have an afterthought and turned to Philip.
  • "You know, I think it might be worth your while to have an operation. Of
  • course I couldn't give you a normal foot, but I think I can do something.
  • You might think about it, and when you want a holiday you can just come
  • into the hospital for a bit."
  • Philip had often asked himself whether anything could be done, but his
  • distaste for any reference to the subject had prevented him from
  • consulting any of the surgeons at the hospital. His reading told him that
  • whatever might have been done when he was a small boy, and then treatment
  • of talipes was not as skilful as in the present day, there was small
  • chance now of any great benefit. Still it would be worth while if an
  • operation made it possible for him to wear a more ordinary boot and to
  • limp less. He remembered how passionately he had prayed for the miracle
  • which his uncle had assured him was possible to omnipotence. He smiled
  • ruefully.
  • "I was rather a simple soul in those days," he thought.
  • Towards the end of February it was clear that Cronshaw was growing much
  • worse. He was no longer able to get up. He lay in bed, insisting that the
  • window should be closed always, and refused to see a doctor; he would take
  • little nourishment, but demanded whiskey and cigarettes: Philip knew that
  • he should have neither, but Cronshaw's argument was unanswerable.
  • "I daresay they are killing me. I don't care. You've warned me, you've
  • done all that was necessary: I ignore your warning. Give me something to
  • drink and be damned to you."
  • Leonard Upjohn blew in two or three times a week, and there was something
  • of the dead leaf in his appearance which made the word exactly descriptive
  • of the manner of his appearance. He was a weedy-looking fellow of
  • five-and-thirty, with long pale hair and a white face; he had the look of
  • a man who lived too little in the open air. He wore a hat like a
  • dissenting minister's. Philip disliked him for his patronising manner and
  • was bored by his fluent conversation. Leonard Upjohn liked to hear himself
  • talk. He was not sensitive to the interest of his listeners, which is the
  • first requisite of the good talker; and he never realised that he was
  • telling people what they knew already. With measured words he told Philip
  • what to think of Rodin, Albert Samain, and Caesar Franck. Philip's
  • charwoman only came in for an hour in the morning, and since Philip was
  • obliged to be at the hospital all day Cronshaw was left much alone. Upjohn
  • told Philip that he thought someone should remain with him, but did not
  • offer to make it possible.
  • "It's dreadful to think of that great poet alone. Why, he might die
  • without a soul at hand."
  • "I think he very probably will," said Philip.
  • "How can you be so callous!"
  • "Why don't you come and do your work here every day, and then you'd be
  • near if he wanted anything?" asked Philip drily.
  • "I? My dear fellow, I can only work in the surroundings I'm used to, and
  • besides I go out so much."
  • Upjohn was also a little put out because Philip had brought Cronshaw to
  • his own rooms.
  • "I wish you had left him in Soho," he said, with a wave of his long, thin
  • hands. "There was a touch of romance in that sordid attic. I could even
  • bear it if it were Wapping or Shoreditch, but the respectability of
  • Kennington! What a place for a poet to die!"
  • Cronshaw was often so ill-humoured that Philip could only keep his temper
  • by remembering all the time that this irritability was a symptom of the
  • disease. Upjohn came sometimes before Philip was in, and then Cronshaw
  • would complain of him bitterly. Upjohn listened with complacency.
  • "The fact is that Carey has no sense of beauty," he smiled. "He has a
  • middle-class mind."
  • He was very sarcastic to Philip, and Philip exercised a good deal of
  • self-control in his dealings with him. But one evening he could not
  • contain himself. He had had a hard day at the hospital and was tired out.
  • Leonard Upjohn came to him, while he was making himself a cup of tea in
  • the kitchen, and said that Cronshaw was complaining of Philip's insistence
  • that he should have a doctor.
  • "Don't you realise that you're enjoying a very rare, a very exquisite
  • privilege? You ought to do everything in your power, surely, to show your
  • sense of the greatness of your trust."
  • "It's a rare and exquisite privilege which I can ill afford," said Philip.
  • Whenever there was any question of money, Leonard Upjohn assumed a
  • slightly disdainful expression. His sensitive temperament was offended by
  • the reference.
  • "There's something fine in Cronshaw's attitude, and you disturb it by your
  • importunity. You should make allowances for the delicate imaginings which
  • you cannot feel."
  • Philip's face darkened.
  • "Let us go in to Cronshaw," he said frigidly.
  • The poet was lying on his back, reading a book, with a pipe in his mouth.
  • The air was musty; and the room, notwithstanding Philip's tidying up, had
  • the bedraggled look which seemed to accompany Cronshaw wherever he went.
  • He took off his spectacles as they came in. Philip was in a towering rage.
  • "Upjohn tells me you've been complaining to him because I've urged you to
  • have a doctor," he said. "I want you to have a doctor, because you may die
  • any day, and if you hadn't been seen by anyone I shouldn't be able to get
  • a certificate. There'd have to be an inquest and I should be blamed for
  • not calling a doctor in."
  • "I hadn't thought of that. I thought you wanted me to see a doctor for my
  • sake and not for your own. I'll see a doctor whenever you like."
  • Philip did not answer, but gave an almost imperceptible shrug of the
  • shoulders. Cronshaw, watching him, gave a little chuckle.
  • "Don't look so angry, my dear. I know very well you want to do everything
  • you can for me. Let's see your doctor, perhaps he can do something for me,
  • and at any rate it'll comfort you." He turned his eyes to Upjohn. "You're
  • a damned fool, Leonard. Why d'you want to worry the boy? He has quite
  • enough to do to put up with me. You'll do nothing more for me than write
  • a pretty article about me after my death. I know you."
  • Next day Philip went to Dr. Tyrell. He felt that he was the sort of man to
  • be interested by the story, and as soon as Tyrell was free of his day's
  • work he accompanied Philip to Kennington. He could only agree with what
  • Philip had told him. The case was hopeless.
  • "I'll take him into the hospital if you like," he said. "He can have a
  • small ward."
  • "Nothing would induce him to come."
  • "You know, he may die any minute, or else he may get another attack of
  • pneumonia."
  • Philip nodded. Dr. Tyrell made one or two suggestions, and promised to
  • come again whenever Philip wanted him to. He left his address. When Philip
  • went back to Cronshaw he found him quietly reading. He did not trouble to
  • inquire what the doctor had said.
  • "Are you satisfied now, dear boy?" he asked.
  • "I suppose nothing will induce you to do any of the things Tyrell
  • advised?"
  • "Nothing," smiled Cronshaw.
  • LXXXV
  • About a fortnight after this Philip, going home one evening after his
  • day's work at the hospital, knocked at the door of Cronshaw's room. He got
  • no answer and walked in. Cronshaw was lying huddled up on one side, and
  • Philip went up to the bed. He did not know whether Cronshaw was asleep or
  • merely lay there in one of his uncontrollable fits of irritability. He was
  • surprised to see that his mouth was open. He touched his shoulder. Philip
  • gave a cry of dismay. He slipped his hand under Cronshaw's shirt and felt
  • his heart; he did not know what to do; helplessly, because he had heard of
  • this being done, he held a looking-glass in front of his mouth. It
  • startled him to be alone with Cronshaw. He had his hat and coat still on,
  • and he ran down the stairs into the street; he hailed a cab and drove to
  • Harley Street. Dr. Tyrell was in.
  • "I say, would you mind coming at once? I think Cronshaw's dead."
  • "If he is it's not much good my coming, is it?"
  • "I should be awfully grateful if you would. I've got a cab at the door.
  • It'll only take half an hour."
  • Tyrell put on his hat. In the cab he asked him one or two questions.
  • "He seemed no worse than usual when I left this morning," said Philip. "It
  • gave me an awful shock when I went in just now. And the thought of his
  • dying all alone.... D'you think he knew he was going to die?"
  • Philip remembered what Cronshaw had said. He wondered whether at that last
  • moment he had been seized with the terror of death. Philip imagined
  • himself in such a plight, knowing it was inevitable and with no one, not
  • a soul, to give an encouraging word when the fear seized him.
  • "You're rather upset," said Dr. Tyrell.
  • He looked at him with his bright blue eyes. They were not unsympathetic.
  • When he saw Cronshaw, he said:
  • "He must have been dead for some hours. I should think he died in his
  • sleep. They do sometimes."
  • The body looked shrunk and ignoble. It was not like anything human. Dr.
  • Tyrell looked at it dispassionately. With a mechanical gesture he took out
  • his watch.
  • "Well, I must be getting along. I'll send the certificate round. I suppose
  • you'll communicate with the relatives."
  • "I don't think there are any," said Philip.
  • "How about the funeral?"
  • "Oh, I'll see to that."
  • Dr. Tyrell gave Philip a glance. He wondered whether he ought to offer a
  • couple of sovereigns towards it. He knew nothing of Philip's
  • circumstances; perhaps he could well afford the expense; Philip might
  • think it impertinent if he made any suggestion.
  • "Well, let me know if there's anything I can do," he said.
  • Philip and he went out together, parting on the doorstep, and Philip went
  • to a telegraph office in order to send a message to Leonard Upjohn. Then
  • he went to an undertaker whose shop he passed every day on his way to the
  • hospital. His attention had been drawn to it often by the three words in
  • silver lettering on a black cloth, which, with two model coffins, adorned
  • the window: Economy, Celerity, Propriety. They had always diverted him.
  • The undertaker was a little fat Jew with curly black hair, long and
  • greasy, in black, with a large diamond ring on a podgy finger. He received
  • Philip with a peculiar manner formed by the mingling of his natural
  • blatancy with the subdued air proper to his calling. He quickly saw that
  • Philip was very helpless and promised to send round a woman at once to
  • perform the needful offices. His suggestions for the funeral were very
  • magnificent; and Philip felt ashamed of himself when the undertaker seemed
  • to think his objections mean. It was horrible to haggle on such a matter,
  • and finally Philip consented to an expensiveness which he could ill
  • afford.
  • "I quite understand, sir," said the undertaker, "you don't want any show
  • and that--I'm not a believer in ostentation myself, mind you--but you want
  • it done gentlemanly-like. You leave it to me, I'll do it as cheap as it
  • can be done, 'aving regard to what's right and proper. I can't say more
  • than that, can I?"
  • Philip went home to eat his supper, and while he ate the woman came along
  • to lay out the corpse. Presently a telegram arrived from Leonard Upjohn.
  • Shocked and grieved beyond measure. Regret cannot come tonight. Dining
  • out. With you early tomorrow. Deepest sympathy. Upjohn.
  • In a little while the woman knocked at the door of the sitting-room.
  • "I've done now, sir. Will you come and look at 'im and see it's all
  • right?"
  • Philip followed her. Cronshaw was lying on his back, with his eyes closed
  • and his hands folded piously across his chest.
  • "You ought by rights to 'ave a few flowers, sir."
  • "I'll get some tomorrow."
  • She gave the body a glance of satisfaction. She had performed her job, and
  • now she rolled down her sleeves, took off her apron, and put on her
  • bonnet. Philip asked her how much he owed her.
  • "Well, sir, some give me two and sixpence and some give me five
  • shillings."
  • Philip was ashamed to give her less than the larger sum. She thanked him
  • with just so much effusiveness as was seemly in presence of the grief he
  • might be supposed to feel, and left him. Philip went back into his
  • sitting-room, cleared away the remains of his supper, and sat down to read
  • Walsham's Surgery. He found it difficult. He felt singularly nervous.
  • When there was a sound on the stairs he jumped, and his heart beat
  • violently. That thing in the adjoining room, which had been a man and now
  • was nothing, frightened him. The silence seemed alive, as if some
  • mysterious movement were taking place within it; the presence of death
  • weighed upon these rooms, unearthly and terrifying: Philip felt a sudden
  • horror for what had once been his friend. He tried to force himself to
  • read, but presently pushed away his book in despair. What troubled him was
  • the absolute futility of the life which had just ended. It did not matter
  • if Cronshaw was alive or dead. It would have been just as well if he had
  • never lived. Philip thought of Cronshaw young; and it needed an effort of
  • imagination to picture him slender, with a springing step, and with hair
  • on his head, buoyant and hopeful. Philip's rule of life, to follow one's
  • instincts with due regard to the policeman round the corner, had not acted
  • very well there: it was because Cronshaw had done this that he had made
  • such a lamentable failure of existence. It seemed that the instincts could
  • not be trusted. Philip was puzzled, and he asked himself what rule of life
  • was there, if that one was useless, and why people acted in one way rather
  • than in another. They acted according to their emotions, but their
  • emotions might be good or bad; it seemed just a chance whether they led to
  • triumph or disaster. Life seemed an inextricable confusion. Men hurried
  • hither and thither, urged by forces they knew not; and the purpose of it
  • all escaped them; they seemed to hurry just for hurrying's sake.
  • Next morning Leonard Upjohn appeared with a small wreath of laurel. He was
  • pleased with his idea of crowning the dead poet with this; and attempted,
  • notwithstanding Philip's disapproving silence, to fix it on the bald head;
  • but the wreath fitted grotesquely. It looked like the brim of a hat worn
  • by a low comedian in a music-hall.
  • "I'll put it over his heart instead," said Upjohn.
  • "You've put it on his stomach," remarked Philip.
  • Upjohn gave a thin smile.
  • "Only a poet knows where lies a poet's heart," he answered.
  • They went back into the sitting-room, and Philip told him what
  • arrangements he had made for the funeral.
  • "I hoped you've spared no expense. I should like the hearse to be followed
  • by a long string of empty coaches, and I should like the horses to wear
  • tall nodding plumes, and there should be a vast number of mutes with long
  • streamers on their hats. I like the thought of all those empty coaches."
  • "As the cost of the funeral will apparently fall on me and I'm not over
  • flush just now, I've tried to make it as moderate as possible."
  • "But, my dear fellow, in that case, why didn't you get him a pauper's
  • funeral? There would have been something poetic in that. You have an
  • unerring instinct for mediocrity."
  • Philip flushed a little, but did not answer; and next day he and Upjohn
  • followed the hearse in the one carriage which Philip had ordered. Lawson,
  • unable to come, had sent a wreath; and Philip, so that the coffin should
  • not seem too neglected, had bought a couple. On the way back the coachman
  • whipped up his horses. Philip was dog-tired and presently went to sleep.
  • He was awakened by Upjohn's voice.
  • "It's rather lucky the poems haven't come out yet. I think we'd better
  • hold them back a bit and I'll write a preface. I began thinking of it
  • during the drive to the cemetery. I believe I can do something rather
  • good. Anyhow I'll start with an article in The Saturday."
  • Philip did not reply, and there was silence between them. At last Upjohn
  • said:
  • "I daresay I'd be wiser not to whittle away my copy. I think I'll do an
  • article for one of the reviews, and then I can just print it afterwards as
  • a preface."
  • Philip kept his eye on the monthlies, and a few weeks later it appeared.
  • The article made something of a stir, and extracts from it were printed in
  • many of the papers. It was a very good article, vaguely biographical, for
  • no one knew much of Cronshaw's early life, but delicate, tender, and
  • picturesque. Leonard Upjohn in his intricate style drew graceful little
  • pictures of Cronshaw in the Latin Quarter, talking, writing poetry:
  • Cronshaw became a picturesque figure, an English Verlaine; and Leonard
  • Upjohn's coloured phrases took on a tremulous dignity, a more pathetic
  • grandiloquence, as he described the sordid end, the shabby little room in
  • Soho; and, with a reticence which was wholly charming and suggested a much
  • greater generosity than modesty allowed him to state, the efforts he made
  • to transport the Poet to some cottage embowered with honeysuckle amid a
  • flowering orchard. And the lack of sympathy, well-meaning but so tactless,
  • which had taken the poet instead to the vulgar respectability of
  • Kennington! Leonard Upjohn described Kennington with that restrained
  • humour which a strict adherence to the vocabulary of Sir Thomas Browne
  • necessitated. With delicate sarcasm he narrated the last weeks, the
  • patience with which Cronshaw bore the well-meaning clumsiness of the young
  • student who had appointed himself his nurse, and the pitifulness of that
  • divine vagabond in those hopelessly middle-class surroundings. Beauty from
  • ashes, he quoted from Isaiah. It was a triumph of irony for that outcast
  • poet to die amid the trappings of vulgar respectability; it reminded
  • Leonard Upjohn of Christ among the Pharisees, and the analogy gave him
  • opportunity for an exquisite passage. And then he told how a friend--his
  • good taste did not suffer him more than to hint subtly who the friend was
  • with such gracious fancies--had laid a laurel wreath on the dead poet's
  • heart; and the beautiful dead hands had seemed to rest with a voluptuous
  • passion upon Apollo's leaves, fragrant with the fragrance of art, and more
  • green than jade brought by swart mariners from the manifold, inexplicable
  • China. And, an admirable contrast, the article ended with a description of
  • the middle-class, ordinary, prosaic funeral of him who should have been
  • buried like a prince or like a pauper. It was the crowning buffet, the
  • final victory of Philistia over art, beauty, and immaterial things.
  • Leonard Upjohn had never written anything better. It was a miracle of
  • charm, grace, and pity. He printed all Cronshaw's best poems in the course
  • of the article, so that when the volume appeared much of its point was
  • gone; but he advanced his own position a good deal. He was thenceforth a
  • critic to be reckoned with. He had seemed before a little aloof; but there
  • was a warm humanity about this article which was infinitely attractive.
  • LXXXVI
  • In the spring Philip, having finished his dressing in the out-patients'
  • department, became an in-patients' clerk. This appointment lasted six
  • months. The clerk spent every morning in the wards, first in the men's,
  • then in the women's, with the house-physician; he wrote up cases, made
  • tests, and passed the time of day with the nurses. On two afternoons a
  • week the physician in charge went round with a little knot of students,
  • examined the cases, and dispensed information. The work had not the
  • excitement, the constant change, the intimate contact with reality, of the
  • work in the out-patients' department; but Philip picked up a good deal of
  • knowledge. He got on very well with the patients, and he was a little
  • flattered at the pleasure they showed in his attendance on them. He was
  • not conscious of any deep sympathy in their sufferings, but he liked them;
  • and because he put on no airs he was more popular with them than others of
  • the clerks. He was pleasant, encouraging, and friendly. Like everyone
  • connected with hospitals he found that male patients were more easy to get
  • on with than female. The women were often querulous and ill-tempered. They
  • complained bitterly of the hard-worked nurses, who did not show them the
  • attention they thought their right; and they were troublesome, ungrateful,
  • and rude.
  • Presently Philip was fortunate enough to make a friend. One morning the
  • house-physician gave him a new case, a man; and, seating himself at the
  • bedside, Philip proceeded to write down particulars on the 'letter.' He
  • noticed on looking at this that the patient was described as a journalist:
  • his name was Thorpe Athelny, an unusual one for a hospital patient, and
  • his age was forty-eight. He was suffering from a sharp attack of jaundice,
  • and had been taken into the ward on account of obscure symptoms which it
  • seemed necessary to watch. He answered the various questions which it was
  • Philip's duty to ask him in a pleasant, educated voice. Since he was lying
  • in bed it was difficult to tell if he was short or tall, but his small
  • head and small hands suggested that he was a man of less than average
  • height. Philip had the habit of looking at people's hands, and Athelny's
  • astonished him: they were very small, with long, tapering fingers and
  • beautiful, rosy finger-nails; they were very smooth and except for the
  • jaundice would have been of a surprising whiteness. The patient kept them
  • outside the bed-clothes, one of them slightly spread out, the second and
  • third fingers together, and, while he spoke to Philip, seemed to
  • contemplate them with satisfaction. With a twinkle in his eyes Philip
  • glanced at the man's face. Notwithstanding the yellowness it was
  • distinguished; he had blue eyes, a nose of an imposing boldness, hooked,
  • aggressive but not clumsy, and a small beard, pointed and gray: he was
  • rather bald, but his hair had evidently been quite fine, curling prettily,
  • and he still wore it long.
  • "I see you're a journalist," said Philip. "What papers d'you write for?"
  • "I write for all the papers. You cannot open a paper without seeing some
  • of my writing." There was one by the side of the bed and reaching for it
  • he pointed out an advertisement. In large letters was the name of a firm
  • well-known to Philip, Lynn and Sedley, Regent Street, London; and below,
  • in type smaller but still of some magnitude, was the dogmatic statement:
  • Procrastination is the Thief of Time. Then a question, startling because
  • of its reasonableness: Why not order today? There was a repetition, in
  • large letters, like the hammering of conscience on a murderer's heart: Why
  • not? Then, boldly: Thousands of pairs of gloves from the leading markets
  • of the world at astounding prices. Thousands of pairs of stockings from
  • the most reliable manufacturers of the universe at sensational reductions.
  • Finally the question recurred, but flung now like a challenging gauntlet
  • in the lists: Why not order today?
  • "I'm the press representative of Lynn and Sedley." He gave a little wave
  • of his beautiful hand. "To what base uses..."
  • Philip went on asking the regulation questions, some a mere matter of
  • routine, others artfully devised to lead the patient to discover things
  • which he might be expected to desire to conceal.
  • "Have you ever lived abroad?" asked Philip.
  • "I was in Spain for eleven years."
  • "What were you doing there?"
  • "I was secretary of the English water company at Toledo."
  • Philip remembered that Clutton had spent some months in Toledo, and the
  • journalist's answer made him look at him with more interest; but he felt
  • it would be improper to show this: it was necessary to preserve the
  • distance between the hospital patient and the staff. When he had finished
  • his examination he went on to other beds.
  • Thorpe Athelny's illness was not grave, and, though remaining very yellow,
  • he soon felt much better: he stayed in bed only because the physician
  • thought he should be kept under observation till certain reactions became
  • normal. One day, on entering the ward, Philip noticed that Athelny, pencil
  • in hand, was reading a book. He put it down when Philip came to his bed.
  • "May I see what you're reading?" asked Philip, who could never pass a book
  • without looking at it.
  • Philip took it up and saw that it was a volume of Spanish verse, the poems
  • of San Juan de la Cruz, and as he opened it a sheet of paper fell out.
  • Philip picked it up and noticed that verse was written upon it.
  • "You're not going to tell me you've been occupying your leisure in writing
  • poetry? That's a most improper proceeding in a hospital patient."
  • "I was trying to do some translations. D'you know Spanish?"
  • "No."
  • "Well, you know all about San Juan de la Cruz, don't you?"
  • "I don't indeed."
  • "He was one of the Spanish mystics. He's one of the best poets they've
  • ever had. I thought it would be worth while translating him into English."
  • "May I look at your translation?"
  • "It's very rough," said Athelny, but he gave it to Philip with an alacrity
  • which suggested that he was eager for him to read it.
  • It was written in pencil, in a fine but very peculiar handwriting, which
  • was hard to read: it was just like black letter.
  • "Doesn't it take you an awful time to write like that? It's wonderful."
  • "I don't know why handwriting shouldn't be beautiful." Philip read the
  • first verse:
  • In an obscure night
  • With anxious love inflamed
  • O happy lot!
  • Forth unobserved I went,
  • My house being now at rest...
  • Philip looked curiously at Thorpe Athelny. He did not know whether he felt
  • a little shy with him or was attracted by him. He was conscious that his
  • manner had been slightly patronising, and he flushed as it struck him that
  • Athelny might have thought him ridiculous.
  • "What an unusual name you've got," he remarked, for something to say.
  • "It's a very old Yorkshire name. Once it took the head of my family a
  • day's hard riding to make the circuit of his estates, but the mighty are
  • fallen. Fast women and slow horses."
  • He was short-sighted and when he spoke looked at you with a peculiar
  • intensity. He took up his volume of poetry.
  • "You should read Spanish," he said. "It is a noble tongue. It has not the
  • mellifluousness of Italian, Italian is the language of tenors and
  • organ-grinders, but it has grandeur: it does not ripple like a brook in a
  • garden, but it surges tumultuous like a mighty river in flood."
  • His grandiloquence amused Philip, but he was sensitive to rhetoric; and he
  • listened with pleasure while Athelny, with picturesque expressions and the
  • fire of a real enthusiasm, described to him the rich delight of reading
  • Don Quixote in the original and the music, romantic, limpid, passionate,
  • of the enchanting Calderon.
  • "I must get on with my work," said Philip presently.
  • "Oh, forgive me, I forgot. I will tell my wife to bring me a photograph of
  • Toledo, and I will show it you. Come and talk to me when you have the
  • chance. You don't know what a pleasure it gives me."
  • During the next few days, in moments snatched whenever there was
  • opportunity, Philip's acquaintance with the journalist increased. Thorpe
  • Athelny was a good talker. He did not say brilliant things, but he talked
  • inspiringly, with an eager vividness which fired the imagination; Philip,
  • living so much in a world of make-believe, found his fancy teeming with
  • new pictures. Athelny had very good manners. He knew much more than
  • Philip, both of the world and of books; he was a much older man; and the
  • readiness of his conversation gave him a certain superiority; but he was
  • in the hospital a recipient of charity, subject to strict rules; and he
  • held himself between the two positions with ease and humour. Once Philip
  • asked him why he had come to the hospital.
  • "Oh, my principle is to profit by all the benefits that society provides.
  • I take advantage of the age I live in. When I'm ill I get myself patched
  • up in a hospital and I have no false shame, and I send my children to be
  • educated at the board-school."
  • "Do you really?" said Philip.
  • "And a capital education they get too, much better than I got at
  • Winchester. How else do you think I could educate them at all? I've got
  • nine. You must come and see them all when I get home again. Will you?"
  • "I'd like to very much," said Philip.
  • LXXXVII
  • Ten days later Thorpe Athelny was well enough to leave the hospital. He
  • gave Philip his address, and Philip promised to dine with him at one
  • o'clock on the following Sunday. Athelny had told him that he lived in a
  • house built by Inigo Jones; he had raved, as he raved over everything,
  • over the balustrade of old oak; and when he came down to open the door for
  • Philip he made him at once admire the elegant carving of the lintel. It
  • was a shabby house, badly needing a coat of paint, but with the dignity of
  • its period, in a little street between Chancery Lane and Holborn, which
  • had once been fashionable but was now little better than a slum: there was
  • a plan to pull it down in order to put up handsome offices; meanwhile the
  • rents were small, and Athelny was able to get the two upper floors at a
  • price which suited his income. Philip had not seen him up before and was
  • surprised at his small size; he was not more than five feet and five
  • inches high. He was dressed fantastically in blue linen trousers of the
  • sort worn by working men in France, and a very old brown velvet coat; he
  • wore a bright red sash round his waist, a low collar, and for tie a
  • flowing bow of the kind used by the comic Frenchman in the pages of
  • Punch. He greeted Philip with enthusiasm. He began talking at once of
  • the house and passed his hand lovingly over the balusters.
  • "Look at it, feel it, it's like silk. What a miracle of grace! And in five
  • years the house-breaker will sell it for firewood."
  • He insisted on taking Philip into a room on the first floor, where a man
  • in shirt sleeves, a blousy woman, and three children were having their
  • Sunday dinner.
  • "I've just brought this gentleman in to show him your ceiling. Did you
  • ever see anything so wonderful? How are you, Mrs. Hodgson? This is Mr.
  • Carey, who looked after me when I was in the hospital."
  • "Come in, sir," said the man. "Any friend of Mr. Athelny's is welcome. Mr.
  • Athelny shows the ceiling to all his friends. And it don't matter what
  • we're doing, if we're in bed or if I'm 'aving a wash, in 'e comes."
  • Philip could see that they looked upon Athelny as a little queer; but they
  • liked him none the less and they listened open-mouthed while he discoursed
  • with his impetuous fluency on the beauty of the seventeenth-century
  • ceiling.
  • "What a crime to pull this down, eh, Hodgson? You're an influential
  • citizen, why don't you write to the papers and protest?"
  • The man in shirt sleeves gave a laugh and said to Philip:
  • "Mr. Athelny will 'ave his little joke. They do say these 'ouses are that
  • insanitory, it's not safe to live in them."
  • "Sanitation be damned, give me art," cried Athelny. "I've got nine
  • children and they thrive on bad drains. No, no, I'm not going to take any
  • risk. None of your new-fangled notions for me! When I move from here I'm
  • going to make sure the drains are bad before I take anything."
  • There was a knock at the door, and a little fair-haired girl opened it.
  • "Daddy, mummy says, do stop talking and come and eat your dinner."
  • "This is my third daughter," said Athelny, pointing to her with a dramatic
  • forefinger. "She is called Maria del Pilar, but she answers more willingly
  • to the name of Jane. Jane, your nose wants blowing."
  • "I haven't got a hanky, daddy."
  • "Tut, tut, child," he answered, as he produced a vast, brilliant bandanna,
  • "what do you suppose the Almighty gave you fingers for?"
  • They went upstairs, and Philip was taken into a room with walls panelled
  • in dark oak. In the middle was a narrow table of teak on trestle legs,
  • with two supporting bars of iron, of the kind called in Spain mesa de
  • hieraje. They were to dine there, for two places were laid, and there
  • were two large arm-chairs, with broad flat arms of oak and leathern backs,
  • and leathern seats. They were severe, elegant, and uncomfortable. The only
  • other piece of furniture was a bargueno, elaborately ornamented with
  • gilt iron-work, on a stand of ecclesiastical design roughly but very
  • finely carved. There stood on this two or three lustre plates, much broken
  • but rich in colour; and on the walls were old masters of the Spanish
  • school in beautiful though dilapidated frames: though gruesome in subject,
  • ruined by age and bad treatment, and second-rate in their conception, they
  • had a glow of passion. There was nothing in the room of any value, but the
  • effect was lovely. It was magnificent and yet austere. Philip felt that it
  • offered the very spirit of old Spain. Athelny was in the middle of showing
  • him the inside of the bargueno, with its beautiful ornamentation and
  • secret drawers, when a tall girl, with two plaits of bright brown hair
  • hanging down her back, came in.
  • "Mother says dinner's ready and waiting and I'm to bring it in as soon as
  • you sit down."
  • "Come and shake hands with Mr. Carey, Sally." He turned to Philip. "Isn't
  • she enormous? She's my eldest. How old are you, Sally?"
  • "Fifteen, father, come next June."
  • "I christened her Maria del Sol, because she was my first child and I
  • dedicated her to the glorious sun of Castile; but her mother calls her
  • Sally and her brother Pudding-Face."
  • The girl smiled shyly, she had even, white teeth, and blushed. She was
  • well set-up, tall for her age, with pleasant gray eyes and a broad
  • forehead. She had red cheeks.
  • "Go and tell your mother to come in and shake hands with Mr. Carey before
  • he sits down."
  • "Mother says she'll come in after dinner. She hasn't washed herself yet."
  • "Then we'll go in and see her ourselves. He mustn't eat the Yorkshire
  • pudding till he's shaken the hand that made it."
  • Philip followed his host into the kitchen. It was small and much
  • overcrowded. There had been a lot of noise, but it stopped as soon as the
  • stranger entered. There was a large table in the middle and round it,
  • eager for dinner, were seated Athelny's children. A woman was standing at
  • the oven, taking out baked potatoes one by one.
  • "Here's Mr. Carey, Betty," said Athelny.
  • "Fancy bringing him in here. What will he think?"
  • She wore a dirty apron, and the sleeves of her cotton dress were turned up
  • above her elbows; she had curling pins in her hair. Mrs. Athelny was a
  • large woman, a good three inches taller than her husband, fair, with blue
  • eyes and a kindly expression; she had been a handsome creature, but
  • advancing years and the bearing of many children had made her fat and
  • blousy; her blue eyes had become pale, her skin was coarse and red, the
  • colour had gone out of her hair. She straightened herself, wiped her hand
  • on her apron, and held it out.
  • "You're welcome, sir," she said, in a slow voice, with an accent that
  • seemed oddly familiar to Philip. "Athelny said you was very kind to him in
  • the 'orspital."
  • "Now you must be introduced to the live stock," said Athelny. "That is
  • Thorpe," he pointed to a chubby boy with curly hair, "he is my eldest son,
  • heir to the title, estates, and responsibilities of the family. There is
  • Athelstan, Harold, Edward." He pointed with his forefinger to three
  • smaller boys, all rosy, healthy, and smiling, though when they felt
  • Philip's smiling eyes upon them they looked shyly down at their plates.
  • "Now the girls in order: Maria del Sol..."
  • "Pudding-Face," said one of the small boys.
  • "Your sense of humour is rudimentary, my son. Maria de los Mercedes, Maria
  • del Pilar, Maria de la Concepcion, Maria del Rosario."
  • "I call them Sally, Molly, Connie, Rosie, and Jane," said Mrs. Athelny.
  • "Now, Athelny, you go into your own room and I'll send you your dinner.
  • I'll let the children come in afterwards for a bit when I've washed them."
  • "My dear, if I'd had the naming of you I should have called you Maria of
  • the Soapsuds. You're always torturing these wretched brats with soap."
  • "You go first, Mr. Carey, or I shall never get him to sit down and eat his
  • dinner."
  • Athelny and Philip installed themselves in the great monkish chairs, and
  • Sally brought them in two plates of beef, Yorkshire pudding, baked
  • potatoes, and cabbage. Athelny took sixpence out of his pocket and sent
  • her for a jug of beer.
  • "I hope you didn't have the table laid here on my account," said Philip.
  • "I should have been quite happy to eat with the children."
  • "Oh no, I always have my meals by myself. I like these antique customs. I
  • don't think that women ought to sit down at table with men. It ruins
  • conversation and I'm sure it's very bad for them. It puts ideas in their
  • heads, and women are never at ease with themselves when they have ideas."
  • Both host and guest ate with a hearty appetite.
  • "Did you ever taste such Yorkshire pudding? No one can make it like my
  • wife. That's the advantage of not marrying a lady. You noticed she wasn't
  • a lady, didn't you?"
  • It was an awkward question, and Philip did not know how to answer it.
  • "I never thought about it," he said lamely.
  • Athelny laughed. He had a peculiarly joyous laugh.
  • "No, she's not a lady, nor anything like it. Her father was a farmer, and
  • she's never bothered about aitches in her life. We've had twelve children
  • and nine of them are alive. I tell her it's about time she stopped, but
  • she's an obstinate woman, she's got into the habit of it now, and I don't
  • believe she'll be satisfied till she's had twenty."
  • At that moment Sally came in with the beer, and, having poured out a glass
  • for Philip, went to the other side of the table to pour some out for her
  • father. He put his hand round her waist.
  • "Did you ever see such a handsome, strapping girl? Only fifteen and she
  • might be twenty. Look at her cheeks. She's never had a day's illness in
  • her life. It'll be a lucky man who marries her, won't it, Sally?"
  • Sally listened to all this with a slight, slow smile, not much
  • embarrassed, for she was accustomed to her father's outbursts, but with an
  • easy modesty which was very attractive.
  • "Don't let your dinner get cold, father," she said, drawing herself away
  • from his arm. "You'll call when you're ready for your pudding, won't you?"
  • They were left alone, and Athelny lifted the pewter tankard to his lips.
  • He drank long and deep.
  • "My word, is there anything better than English beer?" he said. "Let us
  • thank God for simple pleasures, roast beef and rice pudding, a good
  • appetite and beer. I was married to a lady once. My God! Don't marry a
  • lady, my boy."
  • Philip laughed. He was exhilarated by the scene, the funny little man in
  • his odd clothes, the panelled room and the Spanish furniture, the English
  • fare: the whole thing had an exquisite incongruity.
  • "You laugh, my boy, you can't imagine marrying beneath you. You want a
  • wife who's an intellectual equal. Your head is crammed full of ideas of
  • comradeship. Stuff and nonsense, my boy! A man doesn't want to talk
  • politics to his wife, and what do you think I care for Betty's views upon
  • the Differential Calculus? A man wants a wife who can cook his dinner and
  • look after his children. I've tried both and I know. Let's have the
  • pudding in."
  • He clapped his hands and presently Sally came. When she took away the
  • plates, Philip wanted to get up and help her, but Athelny stopped him.
  • "Let her alone, my boy. She doesn't want you to fuss about, do you, Sally?
  • And she won't think it rude of you to sit still while she waits upon you.
  • She don't care a damn for chivalry, do you, Sally?"
  • "No, father," answered Sally demurely.
  • "Do you know what I'm talking about, Sally?"
  • "No, father. But you know mother doesn't like you to swear."
  • Athelny laughed boisterously. Sally brought them plates of rice pudding,
  • rich, creamy, and luscious. Athelny attacked his with gusto.
  • "One of the rules of this house is that Sunday dinner should never alter.
  • It is a ritual. Roast beef and rice pudding for fifty Sundays in the year.
  • On Easter Sunday lamb and green peas, and at Michaelmas roast goose and
  • apple sauce. Thus we preserve the traditions of our people. When Sally
  • marries she will forget many of the wise things I have taught her, but she
  • will never forget that if you want to be good and happy you must eat on
  • Sundays roast beef and rice pudding."
  • "You'll call when you're ready for cheese," said Sally impassively.
  • "D'you know the legend of the halcyon?" said Athelny: Philip was growing
  • used to his rapid leaping from one subject to another. "When the
  • kingfisher, flying over the sea, is exhausted, his mate places herself
  • beneath him and bears him along upon her stronger wings. That is what a
  • man wants in a wife, the halcyon. I lived with my first wife for three
  • years. She was a lady, she had fifteen hundred a year, and we used to give
  • nice little dinner parties in our little red brick house in Kensington.
  • She was a charming woman; they all said so, the barristers and their wives
  • who dined with us, and the literary stockbrokers, and the budding
  • politicians; oh, she was a charming woman. She made me go to church in a
  • silk hat and a frock coat, she took me to classical concerts, and she was
  • very fond of lectures on Sunday afternoon; and she sat down to breakfast
  • every morning at eight-thirty, and if I was late breakfast was cold; and
  • she read the right books, admired the right pictures, and adored the right
  • music. My God, how that woman bored me! She is charming still, and she
  • lives in the little red brick house in Kensington, with Morris papers and
  • Whistler's etchings on the walls, and gives the same nice little dinner
  • parties, with veal creams and ices from Gunter's, as she did twenty years
  • ago."
  • Philip did not ask by what means the ill-matched couple had separated, but
  • Athelny told him.
  • "Betty's not my wife, you know; my wife wouldn't divorce me. The children
  • are bastards, every jack one of them, and are they any the worse for that?
  • Betty was one of the maids in the little red brick house in Kensington.
  • Four or five years ago I was on my uppers, and I had seven children, and
  • I went to my wife and asked her to help me. She said she'd make me an
  • allowance if I'd give Betty up and go abroad. Can you see me giving Betty
  • up? We starved for a while instead. My wife said I loved the gutter. I've
  • degenerated; I've come down in the world; I earn three pounds a week as
  • press agent to a linendraper, and every day I thank God that I'm not in
  • the little red brick house in Kensington."
  • Sally brought in Cheddar cheese, and Athelny went on with his fluent
  • conversation.
  • "It's the greatest mistake in the world to think that one needs money to
  • bring up a family. You need money to make them gentlemen and ladies, but
  • I don't want my children to be ladies and gentlemen. Sally's going to earn
  • her living in another year. She's to be apprenticed to a dressmaker,
  • aren't you, Sally? And the boys are going to serve their country. I want
  • them all to go into the Navy; it's a jolly life and a healthy life, good
  • food, good pay, and a pension to end their days on."
  • Philip lit his pipe. Athelny smoked cigarettes of Havana tobacco, which he
  • rolled himself. Sally cleared away. Philip was reserved, and it
  • embarrassed him to be the recipient of so many confidences. Athelny, with
  • his powerful voice in the diminutive body, with his bombast, with his
  • foreign look, with his emphasis, was an astonishing creature. He reminded
  • Philip a good deal of Cronshaw. He appeared to have the same independence
  • of thought, the same bohemianism, but he had an infinitely more vivacious
  • temperament; his mind was coarser, and he had not that interest in the
  • abstract which made Cronshaw's conversation so captivating. Athelny was
  • very proud of the county family to which he belonged; he showed Philip
  • photographs of an Elizabethan mansion, and told him:
  • "The Athelnys have lived there for seven centuries, my boy. Ah, if you saw
  • the chimney-pieces and the ceilings!"
  • There was a cupboard in the wainscoting and from this he took a family
  • tree. He showed it to Philip with child-like satisfaction. It was indeed
  • imposing.
  • "You see how the family names recur, Thorpe, Athelstan, Harold, Edward;
  • I've used the family names for my sons. And the girls, you see, I've given
  • Spanish names to."
  • An uneasy feeling came to Philip that possibly the whole story was an
  • elaborate imposture, not told with any base motive, but merely from a wish
  • to impress, startle, and amaze. Athelny had told him that he was at
  • Winchester; but Philip, sensitive to differences of manner, did not feel
  • that his host had the characteristics of a man educated at a great public
  • school. While he pointed out the great alliances which his ancestors had
  • formed, Philip amused himself by wondering whether Athelny was not the son
  • of some tradesman in Winchester, auctioneer or coal-merchant, and whether
  • a similarity of surname was not his only connection with the ancient
  • family whose tree he was displaying.
  • LXXXVIII
  • There was a knock at the door and a troop of children came in. They were
  • clean and tidy, now. Their faces shone with soap, and their hair was
  • plastered down; they were going to Sunday school under Sally's charge.
  • Athelny joked with them in his dramatic, exuberant fashion, and you could
  • see that he was devoted to them all. His pride in their good health and
  • their good looks was touching. Philip felt that they were a little shy in
  • his presence, and when their father sent them off they fled from the room
  • in evident relief. In a few minutes Mrs. Athelny appeared. She had taken
  • her hair out of the curling pins and now wore an elaborate fringe. She had
  • on a plain black dress, a hat with cheap flowers, and was forcing her
  • hands, red and coarse from much work, into black kid gloves.
  • "I'm going to church, Athelny," she said. "There's nothing you'll be
  • wanting, is there?"
  • "Only your prayers, my Betty."
  • "They won't do you much good, you're too far gone for that," she smiled.
  • Then, turning to Philip, she drawled: "I can't get him to go to church.
  • He's no better than an atheist."
  • "Doesn't she look like Rubens' second wife?" cried Athelny. "Wouldn't she
  • look splendid in a seventeenth-century costume? That's the sort of wife to
  • marry, my boy. Look at her."
  • "I believe you'd talk the hind leg off a donkey, Athelny," she answered
  • calmly.
  • She succeeded in buttoning her gloves, but before she went she turned to
  • Philip with a kindly, slightly embarrassed smile.
  • "You'll stay to tea, won't you? Athelny likes someone to talk to, and it's
  • not often he gets anybody who's clever enough."
  • "Of course he'll stay to tea," said Athelny. Then when his wife had gone:
  • "I make a point of the children going to Sunday school, and I like Betty
  • to go to church. I think women ought to be religious. I don't believe
  • myself, but I like women and children to."
  • Philip, strait-laced in matters of truth, was a little shocked by this
  • airy attitude.
  • "But how can you look on while your children are being taught things which
  • you don't think are true?"
  • "If they're beautiful I don't much mind if they're not true. It's asking
  • a great deal that things should appeal to your reason as well as to your
  • sense of the aesthetic. I wanted Betty to become a Roman Catholic, I
  • should have liked to see her converted in a crown of paper flowers, but
  • she's hopelessly Protestant. Besides, religion is a matter of temperament;
  • you will believe anything if you have the religious turn of mind, and if
  • you haven't it doesn't matter what beliefs were instilled into you, you
  • will grow out of them. Perhaps religion is the best school of morality. It
  • is like one of those drugs you gentlemen use in medicine which carries
  • another in solution: it is of no efficacy in itself, but enables the other
  • to be absorbed. You take your morality because it is combined with
  • religion; you lose the religion and the morality stays behind. A man is
  • more likely to be a good man if he has learned goodness through the love
  • of God than through a perusal of Herbert Spencer."
  • This was contrary to all Philip's ideas. He still looked upon Christianity
  • as a degrading bondage that must be cast away at any cost; it was
  • connected subconsciously in his mind with the dreary services in the
  • cathedral at Tercanbury, and the long hours of boredom in the cold church
  • at Blackstable; and the morality of which Athelny spoke was to him no more
  • than a part of the religion which a halting intelligence preserved, when
  • it had laid aside the beliefs which alone made it reasonable. But while he
  • was meditating a reply Athelny, more interested in hearing himself speak
  • than in discussion, broke into a tirade upon Roman Catholicism. For him it
  • was an essential part of Spain; and Spain meant much to him, because he
  • had escaped to it from the conventionality which during his married life
  • he had found so irksome. With large gestures and in the emphatic tone
  • which made what he said so striking, Athelny described to Philip the
  • Spanish cathedrals with their vast dark spaces, the massive gold of the
  • altar-pieces, and the sumptuous iron-work, gilt and faded, the air laden
  • with incense, the silence: Philip almost saw the Canons in their short
  • surplices of lawn, the acolytes in red, passing from the sacristy to the
  • choir; he almost heard the monotonous chanting of vespers. The names which
  • Athelny mentioned, Avila, Tarragona, Saragossa, Segovia, Cordova, were
  • like trumpets in his heart. He seemed to see the great gray piles of
  • granite set in old Spanish towns amid a landscape tawny, wild, and
  • windswept.
  • "I've always thought I should love to go to Seville," he said casually,
  • when Athelny, with one hand dramatically uplifted, paused for a moment.
  • "Seville!" cried Athelny. "No, no, don't go there. Seville: it brings to
  • the mind girls dancing with castanets, singing in gardens by the
  • Guadalquivir, bull-fights, orange-blossom, mantillas, mantones de
  • Manila. It is the Spain of comic opera and Montmartre. Its facile charm
  • can offer permanent entertainment only to an intelligence which is
  • superficial. Theophile Gautier got out of Seville all that it has to
  • offer. We who come after him can only repeat his sensations. He put large
  • fat hands on the obvious and there is nothing but the obvious there; and
  • it is all finger-marked and frayed. Murillo is its painter."
  • Athelny got up from his chair, walked over to the Spanish cabinet, let
  • down the front with its great gilt hinges and gorgeous lock, and displayed
  • a series of little drawers. He took out a bundle of photographs.
  • "Do you know El Greco?" he asked.
  • "Oh, I remember one of the men in Paris was awfully impressed by him."
  • "El Greco was the painter of Toledo. Betty couldn't find the photograph I
  • wanted to show you. It's a picture that El Greco painted of the city he
  • loved, and it's truer than any photograph. Come and sit at the table."
  • Philip dragged his chair forward, and Athelny set the photograph before
  • him. He looked at it curiously, for a long time, in silence. He stretched
  • out his hand for other photographs, and Athelny passed them to him. He had
  • never before seen the work of that enigmatic master; and at the first
  • glance he was bothered by the arbitrary drawing: the figures were
  • extraordinarily elongated; the heads were very small; the attitudes were
  • extravagant. This was not realism, and yet, and yet even in the
  • photographs you had the impression of a troubling reality. Athelny was
  • describing eagerly, with vivid phrases, but Philip only heard vaguely what
  • he said. He was puzzled. He was curiously moved. These pictures seemed to
  • offer some meaning to him, but he did not know what the meaning was. There
  • were portraits of men with large, melancholy eyes which seemed to say you
  • knew not what; there were long monks in the Franciscan habit or in the
  • Dominican, with distraught faces, making gestures whose sense escaped you;
  • there was an Assumption of the Virgin; there was a Crucifixion in which
  • the painter by some magic of feeling had been able to suggest that the
  • flesh of Christ's dead body was not human flesh only but divine; and there
  • was an Ascension in which the Saviour seemed to surge up towards the
  • empyrean and yet to stand upon the air as steadily as though it were solid
  • ground: the uplifted arms of the Apostles, the sweep of their draperies,
  • their ecstatic gestures, gave an impression of exultation and of holy joy.
  • The background of nearly all was the sky by night, the dark night of the
  • soul, with wild clouds swept by strange winds of hell and lit luridly by
  • an uneasy moon.
  • "I've seen that sky in Toledo over and over again," said Athelny. "I have
  • an idea that when first El Greco came to the city it was by such a night,
  • and it made so vehement an impression upon him that he could never get
  • away from it."
  • Philip remembered how Clutton had been affected by this strange master,
  • whose work he now saw for the first time. He thought that Clutton was the
  • most interesting of all the people he had known in Paris. His sardonic
  • manner, his hostile aloofness, had made it difficult to know him; but it
  • seemed to Philip, looking back, that there had been in him a tragic force,
  • which sought vainly to express itself in painting. He was a man of unusual
  • character, mystical after the fashion of a time that had no leaning to
  • mysticism, who was impatient with life because he found himself unable to
  • say the things which the obscure impulses of his heart suggested. His
  • intellect was not fashioned to the uses of the spirit. It was not
  • surprising that he felt a deep sympathy with the Greek who had devised a
  • new technique to express the yearnings of his soul. Philip looked again at
  • the series of portraits of Spanish gentlemen, with ruffles and pointed
  • beards, their faces pale against the sober black of their clothes and the
  • darkness of the background. El Greco was the painter of the soul; and
  • these gentlemen, wan and wasted, not by exhaustion but by restraint, with
  • their tortured minds, seem to walk unaware of the beauty of the world; for
  • their eyes look only in their hearts, and they are dazzled by the glory of
  • the unseen. No painter has shown more pitilessly that the world is but a
  • place of passage. The souls of the men he painted speak their strange
  • longings through their eyes: their senses are miraculously acute, not for
  • sounds and odours and colour, but for the very subtle sensations of the
  • soul. The noble walks with the monkish heart within him, and his eyes see
  • things which saints in their cells see too, and he is unastounded. His
  • lips are not lips that smile.
  • Philip, silent still, returned to the photograph of Toledo, which seemed
  • to him the most arresting picture of them all. He could not take his eyes
  • off it. He felt strangely that he was on the threshold of some new
  • discovery in life. He was tremulous with a sense of adventure. He thought
  • for an instant of the love that had consumed him: love seemed very trivial
  • beside the excitement which now leaped in his heart. The picture he looked
  • at was a long one, with houses crowded upon a hill; in one corner a boy
  • was holding a large map of the town; in another was a classical figure
  • representing the river Tagus; and in the sky was the Virgin surrounded by
  • angels. It was a landscape alien to all Philip's notion, for he had lived
  • in circles that worshipped exact realism; and yet here again, strangely to
  • himself, he felt a reality greater than any achieved by the masters in
  • whose steps humbly he had sought to walk. He heard Athelny say that the
  • representation was so precise that when the citizens of Toledo came to
  • look at the picture they recognised their houses. The painter had painted
  • exactly what he saw but he had seen with the eyes of the spirit. There was
  • something unearthly in that city of pale gray. It was a city of the soul
  • seen by a wan light that was neither that of night nor day. It stood on a
  • green hill, but of a green not of this world, and it was surrounded by
  • massive walls and bastions to be stormed by no machines or engines of
  • man's invention, but by prayer and fasting, by contrite sighs and by
  • mortifications of the flesh. It was a stronghold of God. Those gray houses
  • were made of no stone known to masons, there was something terrifying in
  • their aspect, and you did not know what men might live in them. You might
  • walk through the streets and be unamazed to find them all deserted, and
  • yet not empty; for you felt a presence invisible and yet manifest to every
  • inner sense. It was a mystical city in which the imagination faltered like
  • one who steps out of the light into darkness; the soul walked naked to and
  • fro, knowing the unknowable, and conscious strangely of experience,
  • intimate but inexpressible, of the absolute. And without surprise, in that
  • blue sky, real with a reality that not the eye but the soul confesses,
  • with its rack of light clouds driven by strange breezes, like the cries
  • and the sighs of lost souls, you saw the Blessed Virgin with a gown of red
  • and a cloak of blue, surrounded by winged angels. Philip felt that the
  • inhabitants of that city would have seen the apparition without
  • astonishment, reverent and thankful, and have gone their ways.
  • Athelny spoke of the mystical writers of Spain, of Teresa de Avila, San
  • Juan de la Cruz, Fray Luis de Leon; in all of them was that passion for
  • the unseen which Philip felt in the pictures of El Greco: they seemed to
  • have the power to touch the incorporeal and see the invisible. They were
  • Spaniards of their age, in whom were tremulous all the mighty exploits of
  • a great nation: their fancies were rich with the glories of America and
  • the green islands of the Caribbean Sea; in their veins was the power that
  • had come from age-long battling with the Moor; they were proud, for they
  • were masters of the world; and they felt in themselves the wide distances,
  • the tawny wastes, the snow-capped mountains of Castile, the sunshine and
  • the blue sky, and the flowering plains of Andalusia. Life was passionate
  • and manifold, and because it offered so much they felt a restless yearning
  • for something more; because they were human they were unsatisfied; and
  • they threw this eager vitality of theirs into a vehement striving after
  • the ineffable. Athelny was not displeased to find someone to whom he could
  • read the translations with which for some time he had amused his leisure;
  • and in his fine, vibrating voice he recited the canticle of the Soul and
  • Christ her lover, the lovely poem which begins with the words en una
  • noche oscura, and the noche serena of Fray Luis de Leon. He had
  • translated them quite simply, not without skill, and he had found words
  • which at all events suggested the rough-hewn grandeur of the original. The
  • pictures of El Greco explained them, and they explained the pictures.
  • Philip had cultivated a certain disdain for idealism. He had always had a
  • passion for life, and the idealism he had come across seemed to him for
  • the most part a cowardly shrinking from it. The idealist withdrew himself,
  • because he could not suffer the jostling of the human crowd; he had not
  • the strength to fight and so called the battle vulgar; he was vain, and
  • since his fellows would not take him at his own estimate, consoled himself
  • with despising his fellows. For Philip his type was Hayward, fair,
  • languid, too fat now and rather bald, still cherishing the remains of his
  • good looks and still delicately proposing to do exquisite things in the
  • uncertain future; and at the back of this were whiskey and vulgar amours
  • of the street. It was in reaction from what Hayward represented that
  • Philip clamoured for life as it stood; sordidness, vice, deformity, did
  • not offend him; he declared that he wanted man in his nakedness; and he
  • rubbed his hands when an instance came before him of meanness, cruelty,
  • selfishness, or lust: that was the real thing. In Paris he had learned
  • that there was neither ugliness nor beauty, but only truth: the search
  • after beauty was sentimental. Had he not painted an advertisement of
  • chocolat Menier in a landscape in order to escape from the tyranny of
  • prettiness?
  • But here he seemed to divine something new. He had been coming to it, all
  • hesitating, for some time, but only now was conscious of the fact; he felt
  • himself on the brink of a discovery. He felt vaguely that here was
  • something better than the realism which he had adored; but certainly it
  • was not the bloodless idealism which stepped aside from life in weakness;
  • it was too strong; it was virile; it accepted life in all its vivacity,
  • ugliness and beauty, squalor and heroism; it was realism still; but it was
  • realism carried to some higher pitch, in which facts were transformed by
  • the more vivid light in which they were seen. He seemed to see things more
  • profoundly through the grave eyes of those dead noblemen of Castile; and
  • the gestures of the saints, which at first had seemed wild and distorted,
  • appeared to have some mysterious significance. But he could not tell what
  • that significance was. It was like a message which it was very important
  • for him to receive, but it was given him in an unknown tongue, and he
  • could not understand. He was always seeking for a meaning in life, and
  • here it seemed to him that a meaning was offered; but it was obscure and
  • vague. He was profoundly troubled. He saw what looked like the truth as by
  • flashes of lightning on a dark, stormy night you might see a mountain
  • range. He seemed to see that a man need not leave his life to chance, but
  • that his will was powerful; he seemed to see that self-control might be as
  • passionate and as active as the surrender to passion; he seemed to see
  • that the inward life might be as manifold, as varied, as rich with
  • experience, as the life of one who conquered realms and explored unknown
  • lands.
  • LXXXIX
  • The conversation between Philip and Athelny was broken into by a clatter
  • up the stairs. Athelny opened the door for the children coming back from
  • Sunday school, and with laughter and shouting they came in. Gaily he asked
  • them what they had learned. Sally appeared for a moment, with instructions
  • from her mother that father was to amuse the children while she got tea
  • ready; and Athelny began to tell them one of Hans Andersen's stories. They
  • were not shy children, and they quickly came to the conclusion that Philip
  • was not formidable. Jane came and stood by him and presently settled
  • herself on his knees. It was the first time that Philip in his lonely life
  • had been present in a family circle: his eyes smiled as they rested on the
  • fair children engrossed in the fairy tale. The life of his new friend,
  • eccentric as it appeared at first glance, seemed now to have the beauty of
  • perfect naturalness. Sally came in once more.
  • "Now then, children, tea's ready," she said.
  • Jane slipped off Philip's knees, and they all went back to the kitchen.
  • Sally began to lay the cloth on the long Spanish table.
  • "Mother says, shall she come and have tea with you?" she asked. "I can
  • give the children their tea."
  • "Tell your mother that we shall be proud and honoured if she will favour
  • us with her company," said Athelny.
  • It seemed to Philip that he could never say anything without an oratorical
  • flourish.
  • "Then I'll lay for her," said Sally.
  • She came back again in a moment with a tray on which were a cottage loaf,
  • a slab of butter, and a jar of strawberry jam. While she placed the things
  • on the table her father chaffed her. He said it was quite time she was
  • walking out; he told Philip that she was very proud, and would have
  • nothing to do with aspirants to that honour who lined up at the door, two
  • by two, outside the Sunday school and craved the honour of escorting her
  • home.
  • "You do talk, father," said Sally, with her slow, good-natured smile.
  • "You wouldn't think to look at her that a tailor's assistant has enlisted
  • in the army because she would not say how d'you do to him and an
  • electrical engineer, an electrical engineer, mind you, has taken to drink
  • because she refused to share her hymn-book with him in church. I shudder
  • to think what will happen when she puts her hair up."
  • "Mother'll bring the tea along herself," said Sally.
  • "Sally never pays any attention to me," laughed Athelny, looking at her
  • with fond, proud eyes. "She goes about her business indifferent to wars,
  • revolutions, and cataclysms. What a wife she'll make to an honest man!"
  • Mrs. Athelny brought in the tea. She sat down and proceeded to cut bread
  • and butter. It amused Philip to see that she treated her husband as though
  • he were a child. She spread jam for him and cut up the bread and butter
  • into convenient slices for him to eat. She had taken off her hat; and in
  • her Sunday dress, which seemed a little tight for her, she looked like one
  • of the farmers' wives whom Philip used to call on sometimes with his uncle
  • when he was a small boy. Then he knew why the sound of her voice was
  • familiar to him. She spoke just like the people round Blackstable.
  • "What part of the country d'you come from?" he asked her.
  • "I'm a Kentish woman. I come from Ferne."
  • "I thought as much. My uncle's Vicar of Blackstable."
  • "That's a funny thing now," she said. "I was wondering in Church just now
  • whether you was any connection of Mr. Carey. Many's the time I've seen
  • 'im. A cousin of mine married Mr. Barker of Roxley Farm, over by
  • Blackstable Church, and I used to go and stay there often when I was a
  • girl. Isn't that a funny thing now?"
  • She looked at him with a new interest, and a brightness came into her
  • faded eyes. She asked him whether he knew Ferne. It was a pretty village
  • about ten miles across country from Blackstable, and the Vicar had come
  • over sometimes to Blackstable for the harvest thanksgiving. She mentioned
  • names of various farmers in the neighbourhood. She was delighted to talk
  • again of the country in which her youth was spent, and it was a pleasure
  • to her to recall scenes and people that had remained in her memory with
  • the tenacity peculiar to her class. It gave Philip a queer sensation too.
  • A breath of the country-side seemed to be wafted into that panelled room
  • in the middle of London. He seemed to see the fat Kentish fields with
  • their stately elms; and his nostrils dilated with the scent of the air; it
  • is laden with the salt of the North Sea, and that makes it keen and sharp.
  • Philip did not leave the Athelnys' till ten o'clock. The children came in
  • to say good-night at eight and quite naturally put up their faces for
  • Philip to kiss. His heart went out to them. Sally only held out her hand.
  • "Sally never kisses gentlemen till she's seen them twice," said her
  • father.
  • "You must ask me again then," said Philip.
  • "You mustn't take any notice of what father says," remarked Sally, with a
  • smile.
  • "She's a most self-possessed young woman," added her parent.
  • They had supper of bread and cheese and beer, while Mrs. Athelny was
  • putting the children to bed; and when Philip went into the kitchen to bid
  • her good-night (she had been sitting there, resting herself and reading
  • The Weekly Despatch) she invited him cordially to come again.
  • "There's always a good dinner on Sundays so long as Athelny's in work,"
  • she said, "and it's a charity to come and talk to him."
  • On the following Saturday Philip received a postcard from Athelny saying
  • that they were expecting him to dinner next day; but fearing their means
  • were not such that Mr. Athelny would desire him to accept, Philip wrote
  • back that he would only come to tea. He bought a large plum cake so that
  • his entertainment should cost nothing. He found the whole family glad to
  • see him, and the cake completed his conquest of the children. He insisted
  • that they should all have tea together in the kitchen, and the meal was
  • noisy and hilarious.
  • Soon Philip got into the habit of going to Athelny's every Sunday. He
  • became a great favourite with the children, because he was simple and
  • unaffected and because it was so plain that he was fond of them. As soon
  • as they heard his ring at the door one of them popped a head out of window
  • to make sure it was he, and then they all rushed downstairs tumultuously
  • to let him in. They flung themselves into his arms. At tea they fought for
  • the privilege of sitting next to him. Soon they began to call him Uncle
  • Philip.
  • Athelny was very communicative, and little by little Philip learned the
  • various stages of his life. He had followed many occupations, and it
  • occurred to Philip that he managed to make a mess of everything he
  • attempted. He had been on a tea plantation in Ceylon and a traveller in
  • America for Italian wines; his secretaryship of the water company in
  • Toledo had lasted longer than any of his employments; he had been a
  • journalist and for some time had worked as police-court reporter for an
  • evening paper; he had been sub-editor of a paper in the Midlands and
  • editor of another on the Riviera. From all his occupations he had gathered
  • amusing anecdotes, which he told with a keen pleasure in his own powers of
  • entertainment. He had read a great deal, chiefly delighting in books which
  • were unusual; and he poured forth his stores of abstruse knowledge with
  • child-like enjoyment of the amazement of his hearers. Three or four years
  • before abject poverty had driven him to take the job of
  • press-representative to a large firm of drapers; and though he felt the
  • work unworthy his abilities, which he rated highly, the firmness of his
  • wife and the needs of his family had made him stick to it.
  • XC
  • When he left the Athelnys' Philip walked down Chancery Lane and along the
  • Strand to get a 'bus at the top of Parliament Street. One Sunday, when he
  • had known them about six weeks, he did this as usual, but he found the
  • Kennington 'bus full. It was June, but it had rained during the day and
  • the night was raw and cold. He walked up to Piccadilly Circus in order to
  • get a seat; the 'bus waited at the fountain, and when it arrived there
  • seldom had more than two or three people in it. This service ran every
  • quarter of an hour, and he had some time to wait. He looked idly at the
  • crowd. The public-houses were closing, and there were many people about.
  • His mind was busy with the ideas Athelny had the charming gift of
  • suggesting.
  • Suddenly his heart stood still. He saw Mildred. He had not thought of her
  • for weeks. She was crossing over from the corner of Shaftesbury Avenue and
  • stopped at the shelter till a string of cabs passed by. She was watching
  • her opportunity and had no eyes for anything else. She wore a large black
  • straw hat with a mass of feathers on it and a black silk dress; at that
  • time it was fashionable for women to wear trains; the road was clear, and
  • Mildred crossed, her skirt trailing on the ground, and walked down
  • Piccadilly. Philip, his heart beating excitedly, followed her. He did not
  • wish to speak to her, but he wondered where she was going at that hour; he
  • wanted to get a look at her face. She walked slowly along and turned down
  • Air Street and so got through into Regent Street. She walked up again
  • towards the Circus. Philip was puzzled. He could not make out what she was
  • doing. Perhaps she was waiting for somebody, and he felt a great curiosity
  • to know who it was. She overtook a short man in a bowler hat, who was
  • strolling very slowly in the same direction as herself; she gave him a
  • sidelong glance as she passed. She walked a few steps more till she came
  • to Swan and Edgar's, then stopped and waited, facing the road. When the
  • man came up she smiled. The man stared at her for a moment, turned away
  • his head, and sauntered on. Then Philip understood.
  • He was overwhelmed with horror. For a moment he felt such a weakness in
  • his legs that he could hardly stand; then he walked after her quickly; he
  • touched her on the arm.
  • "Mildred."
  • She turned round with a violent start. He thought that she reddened, but
  • in the obscurity he could not see very well. For a while they stood and
  • looked at one another without speaking. At last she said:
  • "Fancy seeing you!"
  • He did not know what to answer; he was horribly shaken; and the phrases
  • that chased one another through his brain seemed incredibly melodramatic.
  • "It's awful," he gasped, almost to himself.
  • She did not say anything more, she turned away from him, and looked down
  • at the pavement. He felt that his face was distorted with misery.
  • "Isn't there anywhere we can go and talk?"
  • "I don't want to talk," she said sullenly. "Leave me alone, can't you?"
  • The thought struck him that perhaps she was in urgent need of money and
  • could not afford to go away at that hour.
  • "I've got a couple of sovereigns on me if you're hard up," he blurted out.
  • "I don't know what you mean. I was just walking along here on my way back
  • to my lodgings. I expected to meet one of the girls from where I work."
  • "For God's sake don't lie now," he said.
  • Then he saw that she was crying, and he repeated his question.
  • "Can't we go and talk somewhere? Can't I come back to your rooms?"
  • "No, you can't do that," she sobbed. "I'm not allowed to take gentlemen in
  • there. If you like I'll meet you tomorrow."
  • He felt certain that she would not keep an appointment. He was not going
  • to let her go.
  • "No. You must take me somewhere now."
  • "Well, there is a room I know, but they'll charge six shillings for it."
  • "I don't mind that. Where is it?"
  • She gave him the address, and he called a cab. They drove to a shabby
  • street beyond the British Museum in the neighbourhood of the Gray's Inn
  • Road, and she stopped the cab at the corner.
  • "They don't like you to drive up to the door," she said.
  • They were the first words either of them had spoken since getting into the
  • cab. They walked a few yards and Mildred knocked three times, sharply, at
  • a door. Philip noticed in the fanlight a cardboard on which was an
  • announcement that apartments were to let. The door was opened quietly, and
  • an elderly, tall woman let them in. She gave Philip a stare and then spoke
  • to Mildred in an undertone. Mildred led Philip along a passage to a room
  • at the back. It was quite dark; she asked him for a match, and lit the
  • gas; there was no globe, and the gas flared shrilly. Philip saw that he
  • was in a dingy little bed-room with a suite of furniture, painted to look
  • like pine much too large for it; the lace curtains were very dirty; the
  • grate was hidden by a large paper fan. Mildred sank on the chair which
  • stood by the side of the chimney-piece. Philip sat on the edge of the bed.
  • He felt ashamed. He saw now that Mildred's cheeks were thick with rouge,
  • her eyebrows were blackened; but she looked thin and ill, and the red on
  • her cheeks exaggerated the greenish pallor of her skin. She stared at the
  • paper fan in a listless fashion. Philip could not think what to say, and
  • he had a choking in his throat as if he were going to cry. He covered his
  • eyes with his hands.
  • "My God, it is awful," he groaned.
  • "I don't know what you've got to fuss about. I should have thought you'd
  • have been rather pleased."
  • Philip did not answer, and in a moment she broke into a sob.
  • "You don't think I do it because I like it, do you?"
  • "Oh, my dear," he cried. "I'm so sorry, I'm so awfully sorry."
  • "That'll do me a fat lot of good."
  • Again Philip found nothing to say. He was desperately afraid of saying
  • anything which she might take for a reproach or a sneer.
  • "Where's the baby?" he asked at last.
  • "I've got her with me in London. I hadn't got the money to keep her on at
  • Brighton, so I had to take her. I've got a room up Highbury way. I told
  • them I was on the stage. It's a long way to have to come down to the West
  • End every day, but it's a rare job to find anyone who'll let to ladies at
  • all."
  • "Wouldn't they take you back at the shop?"
  • "I couldn't get any work to do anywhere. I walked my legs off looking for
  • work. I did get a job once, but I was off for a week because I was queer,
  • and when I went back they said they didn't want me any more. You can't
  • blame them either, can you? Them places, they can't afford to have girls
  • that aren't strong."
  • "You don't look very well now," said Philip.
  • "I wasn't fit to come out tonight, but I couldn't help myself, I wanted
  • the money. I wrote to Emil and told him I was broke, but he never even
  • answered the letter."
  • "You might have written to me."
  • "I didn't like to, not after what happened, and I didn't want you to know
  • I was in difficulties. I shouldn't have been surprised if you'd just told
  • me I'd only got what I deserved."
  • "You don't know me very well, do you, even now?"
  • For a moment he remembered all the anguish he had suffered on her account,
  • and he was sick with the recollection of his pain. But it was no more than
  • recollection. When he looked at her he knew that he no longer loved her.
  • He was very sorry for her, but he was glad to be free. Watching her
  • gravely, he asked himself why he had been so besotted with passion for
  • her.
  • "You're a gentleman in every sense of the word," she said. "You're the
  • only one I've ever met." She paused for a minute and then flushed. "I hate
  • asking you, Philip, but can you spare me anything?"
  • "It's lucky I've got some money on me. I'm afraid I've only got two
  • pounds."
  • He gave her the sovereigns.
  • "I'll pay you back, Philip."
  • "Oh, that's all right," he smiled. "You needn't worry."
  • He had said nothing that he wanted to say. They had talked as if the whole
  • thing were natural; and it looked as though she would go now, back to the
  • horror of her life, and he would be able to do nothing to prevent it. She
  • had got up to take the money, and they were both standing.
  • "Am I keeping you?" she asked. "I suppose you want to be getting home."
  • "No, I'm in no hurry," he answered.
  • "I'm glad to have a chance of sitting down."
  • Those words, with all they implied, tore his heart, and it was dreadfully
  • painful to see the weary way in which she sank back into the chair. The
  • silence lasted so long that Philip in his embarrassment lit a cigarette.
  • "It's very good of you not to have said anything disagreeable to me,
  • Philip. I thought you might say I didn't know what all."
  • He saw that she was crying again. He remembered how she had come to him
  • when Emil Miller had deserted her and how she had wept. The recollection
  • of her suffering and of his own humiliation seemed to render more
  • overwhelming the compassion he felt now.
  • "If I could only get out of it!" she moaned. "I hate it so. I'm unfit for
  • the life, I'm not the sort of girl for that. I'd do anything to get away
  • from it, I'd be a servant if I could. Oh, I wish I was dead."
  • And in pity for herself she broke down now completely. She sobbed
  • hysterically, and her thin body was shaken.
  • "Oh, you don't know what it is. Nobody knows till they've done it."
  • Philip could not bear to see her cry. He was tortured by the horror of her
  • position.
  • "Poor child," he whispered. "Poor child."
  • He was deeply moved. Suddenly he had an inspiration. It filled him with a
  • perfect ecstasy of happiness.
  • "Look here, if you want to get away from it, I've got an idea. I'm
  • frightfully hard up just now, I've got to be as economical as I can; but
  • I've got a sort of little flat now in Kennington and I've got a spare
  • room. If you like you and the baby can come and live there. I pay a woman
  • three and sixpence a week to keep the place clean and to do a little
  • cooking for me. You could do that and your food wouldn't come to much more
  • than the money I should save on her. It doesn't cost any more to feed two
  • than one, and I don't suppose the baby eats much."
  • She stopped crying and looked at him.
  • "D'you mean to say that you could take me back after all that's happened?"
  • Philip flushed a little in embarrassment at what he had to say.
  • "I don't want you to mistake me. I'm just giving you a room which doesn't
  • cost me anything and your food. I don't expect anything more from you than
  • that you should do exactly the same as the woman I have in does. Except
  • for that I don't want anything from you at all. I daresay you can cook
  • well enough for that."
  • She sprang to her feet and was about to come towards him.
  • "You are good to me, Philip."
  • "No, please stop where you are," he said hurriedly, putting out his hand
  • as though to push her away.
  • He did not know why it was, but he could not bear the thought that she
  • should touch him.
  • "I don't want to be anything more than a friend to you."
  • "You are good to me," she repeated. "You are good to me."
  • "Does that mean you'll come?"
  • "Oh, yes, I'd do anything to get away from this. You'll never regret what
  • you've done, Philip, never. When can I come, Philip?"
  • "You'd better come tomorrow."
  • Suddenly she burst into tears again.
  • "What on earth are you crying for now?" he smiled.
  • "I'm so grateful to you. I don't know how I can ever make it up to you?"
  • "Oh, that's all right. You'd better go home now."
  • He wrote out the address and told her that if she came at half past five
  • he would be ready for her. It was so late that he had to walk home, but it
  • did not seem a long way, for he was intoxicated with delight; he seemed to
  • walk on air.
  • XCI
  • Next day he got up early to make the room ready for Mildred. He told the
  • woman who had looked after him that he would not want her any more.
  • Mildred came about six, and Philip, who was watching from the window, went
  • down to let her in and help her to bring up the luggage: it consisted now
  • of no more than three large parcels wrapped in brown paper, for she had
  • been obliged to sell everything that was not absolutely needful. She wore
  • the same black silk dress she had worn the night before, and, though she
  • had now no rouge on her cheeks, there was still about her eyes the black
  • which remained after a perfunctory wash in the morning: it made her look
  • very ill. She was a pathetic figure as she stepped out of the cab with the
  • baby in her arms. She seemed a little shy, and they found nothing but
  • commonplace things to say to one another.
  • "So you've got here all right."
  • "I've never lived in this part of London before."
  • Philip showed her the room. It was that in which Cronshaw had died.
  • Philip, though he thought it absurd, had never liked the idea of going
  • back to it; and since Cronshaw's death he had remained in the little room,
  • sleeping on a fold-up bed, into which he had first moved in order to make
  • his friend comfortable. The baby was sleeping placidly.
  • "You don't recognise her, I expect," said Mildred.
  • "I've not seen her since we took her down to Brighton."
  • "Where shall I put her? She's so heavy I can't carry her very long."
  • "I'm afraid I haven't got a cradle," said Philip, with a nervous laugh.
  • "Oh, she'll sleep with me. She always does."
  • Mildred put the baby in an arm-chair and looked round the room. She
  • recognised most of the things which she had known in his old diggings.
  • Only one thing was new, a head and shoulders of Philip which Lawson had
  • painted at the end of the preceding summer; it hung over the
  • chimney-piece; Mildred looked at it critically.
  • "In some ways I like it and in some ways I don't. I think you're better
  • looking than that."
  • "Things are looking up," laughed Philip. "You've never told me I was
  • good-looking before."
  • "I'm not one to worry myself about a man's looks. I don't like
  • good-looking men. They're too conceited for me."
  • Her eyes travelled round the room in an instinctive search for a
  • looking-glass, but there was none; she put up her hand and patted her
  • large fringe.
  • "What'll the other people in the house say to my being here?" she asked
  • suddenly.
  • "Oh, there's only a man and his wife living here. He's out all day, and I
  • never see her except on Saturday to pay my rent. They keep entirely to
  • themselves. I've not spoken two words to either of them since I came."
  • Mildred went into the bedroom to undo her things and put them away. Philip
  • tried to read, but his spirits were too high: he leaned back in his chair,
  • smoking a cigarette, and with smiling eyes looked at the sleeping child.
  • He felt very happy. He was quite sure that he was not at all in love with
  • Mildred. He was surprised that the old feeling had left him so completely;
  • he discerned in himself a faint physical repulsion from her; and he
  • thought that if he touched her it would give him goose-flesh. He could not
  • understand himself. Presently, knocking at the door, she came in again.
  • "I say, you needn't knock," he said. "Have you made the tour of the
  • mansion?"
  • "It's the smallest kitchen I've ever seen."
  • "You'll find it large enough to cook our sumptuous repasts," he retorted
  • lightly.
  • "I see there's nothing in. I'd better go out and get something."
  • "Yes, but I venture to remind you that we must be devilish economical."
  • "What shall I get for supper?"
  • "You'd better get what you think you can cook," laughed Philip.
  • He gave her some money and she went out. She came in half an hour later
  • and put her purchases on the table. She was out of breath from climbing
  • the stairs.
  • "I say, you are anaemic," said Philip. "I'll have to dose you with Blaud's
  • Pills."
  • "It took me some time to find the shops. I bought some liver. That's
  • tasty, isn't it? And you can't eat much of it, so it's more economical
  • than butcher's meat."
  • There was a gas stove in the kitchen, and when she had put the liver on,
  • Mildred came into the sitting-room to lay the cloth.
  • "Why are you only laying one place?" asked Philip. "Aren't you going to
  • eat anything?"
  • Mildred flushed.
  • "I thought you mightn't like me to have my meals with you."
  • "Why on earth not?"
  • "Well, I'm only a servant, aren't I?"
  • "Don't be an ass. How can you be so silly?"
  • He smiled, but her humility gave him a curious twist in his heart. Poor
  • thing! He remembered what she had been when first he knew her. He
  • hesitated for an instant.
  • "Don't think I'm conferring any benefit on you," he said. "It's simply a
  • business arrangement, I'm giving you board and lodging in return for your
  • work. You don't owe me anything. And there's nothing humiliating to you in
  • it."
  • She did not answer, but tears rolled heavily down her cheeks. Philip knew
  • from his experience at the hospital that women of her class looked upon
  • service as degrading: he could not help feeling a little impatient with
  • her; but he blamed himself, for it was clear that she was tired and ill.
  • He got up and helped her to lay another place at the table. The baby was
  • awake now, and Mildred had prepared some Mellin's Food for it. The liver
  • and bacon were ready and they sat down. For economy's sake Philip had
  • given up drinking anything but water, but he had in the house a half a
  • bottle of whiskey, and he thought a little would do Mildred good. He did
  • his best to make the supper pass cheerfully, but Mildred was subdued and
  • exhausted. When they had finished she got up to put the baby to bed.
  • "I think you'll do well to turn in early yourself," said Philip. "You look
  • absolute done up."
  • "I think I will after I've washed up."
  • Philip lit his pipe and began to read. It was pleasant to hear somebody
  • moving about in the next room. Sometimes his loneliness had oppressed him.
  • Mildred came in to clear the table, and he heard the clatter of plates as
  • she washed up. Philip smiled as he thought how characteristic it was of
  • her that she should do all that in a black silk dress. But he had work to
  • do, and he brought his book up to the table. He was reading Osler's
  • Medicine, which had recently taken the place in the students' favour of
  • Taylor's work, for many years the text-book most in use. Presently Mildred
  • came in, rolling down her sleeves. Philip gave her a casual glance, but
  • did not move; the occasion was curious, and he felt a little nervous. He
  • feared that Mildred might imagine he was going to make a nuisance of
  • himself, and he did not quite know how without brutality to reassure her.
  • "By the way, I've got a lecture at nine, so I should want breakfast at a
  • quarter past eight. Can you manage that?"
  • "Oh, yes. Why, when I was in Parliament Street I used to catch the
  • eight-twelve from Herne Hill every morning."
  • "I hope you'll find your room comfortable. You'll be a different woman
  • tomorrow after a long night in bed."
  • "I suppose you work till late?"
  • "I generally work till about eleven or half-past."
  • "I'll say good-night then."
  • "Good-night."
  • The table was between them. He did not offer to shake hands with her. She
  • shut the door quietly. He heard her moving about in the bed-room, and in
  • a little while he heard the creaking of the bed as she got in.
  • XCII
  • The following day was Tuesday. Philip as usual hurried through his
  • breakfast and dashed off to get to his lecture at nine. He had only time
  • to exchange a few words with Mildred. When he came back in the evening he
  • found her seated at the window, darning his socks.
  • "I say, you are industrious," he smiled. "What have you been doing with
  • yourself all day?"
  • "Oh, I gave the place a good cleaning and then I took baby out for a
  • little."
  • She was wearing an old black dress, the same as she had worn as uniform
  • when she served in the tea-shop; it was shabby, but she looked better in
  • it than in the silk of the day before. The baby was sitting on the floor.
  • She looked up at Philip with large, mysterious eyes and broke into a laugh
  • when he sat down beside her and began playing with her bare toes. The
  • afternoon sun came into the room and shed a mellow light.
  • "It's rather jolly to come back and find someone about the place. A woman
  • and a baby make very good decoration in a room."
  • He had gone to the hospital dispensary and got a bottle of Blaud's Pills,
  • He gave them to Mildred and told her she must take them after each meal.
  • It was a remedy she was used to, for she had taken it off and on ever
  • since she was sixteen.
  • "I'm sure Lawson would love that green skin of yours," said Philip. "He'd
  • say it was so paintable, but I'm terribly matter of fact nowadays, and I
  • shan't be happy till you're as pink and white as a milkmaid."
  • "I feel better already."
  • After a frugal supper Philip filled his pouch with tobacco and put on his
  • hat. It was on Tuesdays that he generally went to the tavern in Beak
  • Street, and he was glad that this day came so soon after Mildred's
  • arrival, for he wanted to make his relations with her perfectly clear.
  • "Are you going out?" she said.
  • "Yes, on Tuesdays I give myself a night off. I shall see you tomorrow.
  • Good-night."
  • Philip always went to the tavern with a sense of pleasure. Macalister, the
  • philosophic stockbroker, was generally there and glad to argue upon any
  • subject under the sun; Hayward came regularly when he was in London; and
  • though he and Macalister disliked one another they continued out of habit
  • to meet on that one evening in the week. Macalister thought Hayward a poor
  • creature, and sneered at his delicacies of sentiment: he asked satirically
  • about Hayward's literary work and received with scornful smiles his vague
  • suggestions of future masterpieces; their arguments were often heated; but
  • the punch was good, and they were both fond of it; towards the end of the
  • evening they generally composed their differences and thought each other
  • capital fellows. This evening Philip found them both there, and Lawson
  • also; Lawson came more seldom now that he was beginning to know people in
  • London and went out to dinner a good deal. They were all on excellent
  • terms with themselves, for Macalister had given them a good thing on the
  • Stock Exchange, and Hayward and Lawson had made fifty pounds apiece. It
  • was a great thing for Lawson, who was extravagant and earned little money:
  • he had arrived at that stage of the portrait-painter's career when he was
  • noticed a good deal by the critics and found a number of aristocratic
  • ladies who were willing to allow him to paint them for nothing (it
  • advertised them both, and gave the great ladies quite an air of
  • patronesses of the arts); but he very seldom got hold of the solid
  • philistine who was ready to pay good money for a portrait of his wife.
  • Lawson was brimming over with satisfaction.
  • "It's the most ripping way of making money that I've ever struck," he
  • cried. "I didn't have to put my hand in my pocket for sixpence."
  • "You lost something by not being here last Tuesday, young man," said
  • Macalister to Philip.
  • "My God, why didn't you write to me?" said Philip. "If you only knew how
  • useful a hundred pounds would be to me."
  • "Oh, there wasn't time for that. One has to be on the spot. I heard of a
  • good thing last Tuesday, and I asked these fellows if they'd like to have
  • a flutter, I bought them a thousand shares on Wednesday morning, and there
  • was a rise in the afternoon so I sold them at once. I made fifty pounds
  • for each of them and a couple of hundred for myself."
  • Philip was sick with envy. He had recently sold the last mortgage in which
  • his small fortune had been invested and now had only six hundred pounds
  • left. He was panic-stricken sometimes when he thought of the future. He
  • had still to keep himself for two years before he could be qualified, and
  • then he meant to try for hospital appointments, so that he could not
  • expect to earn anything for three years at least. With the most rigid
  • economy he would not have more than a hundred pounds left then. It was
  • very little to have as a stand-by in case he was ill and could not earn
  • money or found himself at any time without work. A lucky gamble would make
  • all the difference to him.
  • "Oh, well, it doesn't matter," said Macalister. "Something is sure to turn
  • up soon. There'll be a boom in South Africans again one of these days, and
  • then I'll see what I can do for you."
  • Macalister was in the Kaffir market and often told them stories of the
  • sudden fortunes that had been made in the great boom of a year or two
  • back.
  • "Well, don't forget next time."
  • They sat on talking till nearly midnight, and Philip, who lived furthest
  • off, was the first to go. If he did not catch the last tram he had to
  • walk, and that made him very late. As it was he did not reach home till
  • nearly half past twelve. When he got upstairs he was surprised to find
  • Mildred still sitting in his arm-chair.
  • "Why on earth aren't you in bed?" he cried.
  • "I wasn't sleepy."
  • "You ought to go to bed all the same. It would rest you."
  • She did not move. He noticed that since supper she had changed into her
  • black silk dress.
  • "I thought I'd rather wait up for you in case you wanted anything."
  • She looked at him, and the shadow of a smile played upon her thin pale
  • lips. Philip was not sure whether he understood or not. He was slightly
  • embarrassed, but assumed a cheerful, matter-of-fact air.
  • "It's very nice of you, but it's very naughty also. Run off to bed as fast
  • as you can, or you won't be able to get up tomorrow morning."
  • "I don't feel like going to bed."
  • "Nonsense," he said coldly.
  • She got up, a little sulkily, and went into her room. He smiled when he
  • heard her lock the door loudly.
  • The next few days passed without incident. Mildred settled down in her new
  • surroundings. When Philip hurried off after breakfast she had the whole
  • morning to do the housework. They ate very simply, but she liked to take
  • a long time to buy the few things they needed; she could not be bothered
  • to cook anything for her dinner, but made herself some cocoa and ate bread
  • and butter; then she took the baby out in the gocart, and when she came in
  • spent the rest of the afternoon in idleness. She was tired out, and it
  • suited her to do so little. She made friends with Philip's forbidding
  • landlady over the rent, which he left with Mildred to pay, and within a
  • week was able to tell him more about his neighbours than he had learned in
  • a year.
  • "She's a very nice woman," said Mildred. "Quite the lady. I told her we
  • was married."
  • "D'you think that was necessary?"
  • "Well, I had to tell her something. It looks so funny me being here and
  • not married to you. I didn't know what she'd think of me."
  • "I don't suppose she believed you for a moment."
  • "That she did, I lay. I told her we'd been married two years--I had to say
  • that, you know, because of baby--only your people wouldn't hear of it,
  • because you was only a student"--she pronounced it stoodent--"and so we
  • had to keep it a secret, but they'd given way now and we were all going
  • down to stay with them in the summer."
  • "You're a past mistress of the cock-and-bull story," said Philip.
  • He was vaguely irritated that Mildred still had this passion for telling
  • fibs. In the last two years she had learnt nothing. But he shrugged his
  • shoulders.
  • "When all's said and done," he reflected, "she hasn't had much chance."
  • It was a beautiful evening, warm and cloudless, and the people of South
  • London seemed to have poured out into the streets. There was that
  • restlessness in the air which seizes the cockney sometimes when a turn in
  • the weather calls him into the open. After Mildred had cleared away the
  • supper she went and stood at the window. The street noises came up to
  • them, noises of people calling to one another, of the passing traffic, of
  • a barrel-organ in the distance.
  • "I suppose you must work tonight, Philip?" she asked him, with a wistful
  • expression.
  • "I ought, but I don't know that I must. Why, d'you want me to do anything
  • else?"
  • "I'd like to go out for a bit. Couldn't we take a ride on the top of a
  • tram?"
  • "If you like."
  • "I'll just go and put on my hat," she said joyfully.
  • The night made it almost impossible to stay indoors. The baby was asleep
  • and could be safely left; Mildred said she had always left it alone at
  • night when she went out; it never woke. She was in high spirits when she
  • came back with her hat on. She had taken the opportunity to put on a
  • little rouge. Philip thought it was excitement which had brought a faint
  • colour to her pale cheeks; he was touched by her child-like delight, and
  • reproached himself for the austerity with which he had treated her. She
  • laughed when she got out into the air. The first tram they saw was going
  • towards Westminster Bridge and they got on it. Philip smoked his pipe, and
  • they looked at the crowded street. The shops were open, gaily lit, and
  • people were doing their shopping for the next day. They passed a
  • music-hall called the Canterbury and Mildred cried out:
  • "Oh, Philip, do let's go there. I haven't been to a music-hall for
  • months."
  • "We can't afford stalls, you know."
  • "Oh, I don't mind, I shall be quite happy in the gallery."
  • They got down and walked back a hundred yards till they came to the doors.
  • They got capital seats for sixpence each, high up but not in the gallery,
  • and the night was so fine that there was plenty of room. Mildred's eyes
  • glistened. She enjoyed herself thoroughly. There was a simple-mindedness
  • in her which touched Philip. She was a puzzle to him. Certain things in
  • her still pleased him, and he thought that there was a lot in her which
  • was very good: she had been badly brought up, and her life was hard; he
  • had blamed her for much that she could not help; and it was his own fault
  • if he had asked virtues from her which it was not in her power to give.
  • Under different circumstances she might have been a charming girl. She was
  • extraordinarily unfit for the battle of life. As he watched her now in
  • profile, her mouth slightly open and that delicate flush on her cheeks, he
  • thought she looked strangely virginal. He felt an overwhelming compassion
  • for her, and with all his heart he forgave her for the misery she had
  • caused him. The smoky atmosphere made Philip's eyes ache, but when he
  • suggested going she turned to him with beseeching face and asked him to
  • stay till the end. He smiled and consented. She took his hand and held it
  • for the rest of the performance. When they streamed out with the audience
  • into the crowded street she did not want to go home; they wandered up the
  • Westminster Bridge Road, looking at the people.
  • "I've not had such a good time as this for months," she said.
  • Philip's heart was full, and he was thankful to the fates because he had
  • carried out his sudden impulse to take Mildred and her baby into his flat.
  • It was very pleasant to see her happy gratitude. At last she grew tired
  • and they jumped on a tram to go home; it was late now, and when they got
  • down and turned into their own street there was no one about. Mildred
  • slipped her arm through his.
  • "It's just like old times, Phil," she said.
  • She had never called him Phil before, that was what Griffiths called him;
  • and even now it gave him a curious pang. He remembered how much he had
  • wanted to die then; his pain had been so great that he had thought quite
  • seriously of committing suicide. It all seemed very long ago. He smiled at
  • his past self. Now he felt nothing for Mildred but infinite pity. They
  • reached the house, and when they got into the sitting-room Philip lit the
  • gas.
  • "Is the baby all right?" he asked.
  • "I'll just go in and see."
  • When she came back it was to say that it had not stirred since she left
  • it. It was a wonderful child. Philip held out his hand.
  • "Well, good-night."
  • "D'you want to go to bed already?"
  • "It's nearly one. I'm not used to late hours these days," said Philip.
  • She took his hand and holding it looked into his eyes with a little smile.
  • "Phil, the other night in that room, when you asked me to come and stay
  • here, I didn't mean what you thought I meant, when you said you didn't
  • want me to be anything to you except just to cook and that sort of thing."
  • "Didn't you?" answered Philip, withdrawing his hand. "I did."
  • "Don't be such an old silly," she laughed.
  • He shook his head.
  • "I meant it quite seriously. I shouldn't have asked you to stay here on
  • any other condition."
  • "Why not?"
  • "I feel I couldn't. I can't explain it, but it would spoil it all."
  • She shrugged her shoulders.
  • "Oh, very well, it's just as you choose. I'm not one to go down on my
  • hands and knees for that, and chance it."
  • She went out, slamming the door behind her.
  • XCIII
  • Next morning Mildred was sulky and taciturn. She remained in her room till
  • it was time to get the dinner ready. She was a bad cook and could do
  • little more than chops and steaks; and she did not know how to use up odds
  • and ends, so that Philip was obliged to spend more money than he had
  • expected. When she served up she sat down opposite Philip, but would eat
  • nothing; he remarked on it; she said she had a bad headache and was not
  • hungry. He was glad that he had somewhere to spend the rest of the day;
  • the Athelnys were cheerful and friendly. It was a delightful and an
  • unexpected thing to realise that everyone in that household looked forward
  • with pleasure to his visit. Mildred had gone to bed when he came back, but
  • next day she was still silent. At supper she sat with a haughty expression
  • on her face and a little frown between her eyes. It made Philip impatient,
  • but he told himself that he must be considerate to her; he was bound to
  • make allowance.
  • "You're very silent," he said, with a pleasant smile.
  • "I'm paid to cook and clean, I didn't know I was expected to talk as
  • well."
  • He thought it an ungracious answer, but if they were going to live
  • together he must do all he could to make things go easily.
  • "I'm afraid you're cross with me about the other night," he said.
  • It was an awkward thing to speak about, but apparently it was necessary to
  • discuss it.
  • "I don't know what you mean," she answered.
  • "Please don't be angry with me. I should never have asked you to come and
  • live here if I'd not meant our relations to be merely friendly. I
  • suggested it because I thought you wanted a home and you would have a
  • chance of looking about for something to do."
  • "Oh, don't think I care."
  • "I don't for a moment," he hastened to say. "You mustn't think I'm
  • ungrateful. I realise that you only proposed it for my sake. It's just a
  • feeling I have, and I can't help it, it would make the whole thing ugly
  • and horrid."
  • "You are funny," she said, looking at him curiously. "I can't make you
  • out."
  • She was not angry with him now, but puzzled; she had no idea what he
  • meant: she accepted the situation, she had indeed a vague feeling that he
  • was behaving in a very noble fashion and that she ought to admire it; but
  • also she felt inclined to laugh at him and perhaps even to despise him a
  • little.
  • "He's a rum customer," she thought.
  • Life went smoothly enough with them. Philip spent all day at the hospital
  • and worked at home in the evening except when he went to the Athelnys' or
  • to the tavern in Beak Street. Once the physician for whom he clerked asked
  • him to a solemn dinner, and two or three times he went to parties given by
  • fellow-students. Mildred accepted the monotony of her life. If she minded
  • that Philip left her sometimes by herself in the evening she never
  • mentioned it. Occasionally he took her to a music hall. He carried out his
  • intention that the only tie between them should be the domestic service
  • she did in return for board and lodging. She had made up her mind that it
  • was no use trying to get work that summer, and with Philip's approval
  • determined to stay where she was till the autumn. She thought it would be
  • easy to get something to do then.
  • "As far as I'm concerned you can stay on here when you've got a job if
  • it's convenient. The room's there, and the woman who did for me before can
  • come in to look after the baby."
  • He grew very much attached to Mildred's child. He had a naturally
  • affectionate disposition, which had had little opportunity to display
  • itself. Mildred was not unkind to the little girl. She looked after her
  • very well and once when she had a bad cold proved herself a devoted nurse;
  • but the child bored her, and she spoke to her sharply when she bothered;
  • she was fond of her, but had not the maternal passion which might have
  • induced her to forget herself. Mildred had no demonstrativeness, and she
  • found the manifestations of affection ridiculous. When Philip sat with the
  • baby on his knees, playing with it and kissing it, she laughed at him.
  • "You couldn't make more fuss of her if you was her father," she said.
  • "You're perfectly silly with the child."
  • Philip flushed, for he hated to be laughed at. It was absurd to be so
  • devoted to another man's baby, and he was a little ashamed of the
  • overflowing of his heart. But the child, feeling Philip's attachment,
  • would put her face against his or nestle in his arms.
  • "It's all very fine for you," said Mildred. "You don't have any of the
  • disagreeable part of it. How would you like being kept awake for an hour
  • in the middle of the night because her ladyship wouldn't go to sleep?"
  • Philip remembered all sorts of things of his childhood which he thought he
  • had long forgotten. He took hold of the baby's toes.
  • "This little pig went to market, this little pig stayed at home."
  • When he came home in the evening and entered the sitting-room his first
  • glance was for the baby sprawling on the floor, and it gave him a little
  • thrill of delight to hear the child's crow of pleasure at seeing him.
  • Mildred taught her to call him daddy, and when the child did this for the
  • first time of her own accord, laughed immoderately.
  • "I wonder if you're that stuck on baby because she's mine," asked Mildred,
  • "or if you'd be the same with anybody's baby."
  • "I've never known anybody else's baby, so I can't say," said Philip.
  • Towards the end of his second term as in-patients' clerk a piece of good
  • fortune befell Philip. It was the middle of July. He went one Tuesday
  • evening to the tavern in Beak Street and found nobody there but
  • Macalister. They sat together, chatting about their absent friends, and
  • after a while Macalister said to him:
  • "Oh, by the way, I heard of a rather good thing today, New Kleinfonteins;
  • it's a gold mine in Rhodesia. If you'd like to have a flutter you might
  • make a bit."
  • Philip had been waiting anxiously for such an opportunity, but now that it
  • came he hesitated. He was desperately afraid of losing money. He had
  • little of the gambler's spirit.
  • "I'd love to, but I don't know if I dare risk it. How much could I lose if
  • things went wrong?"
  • "I shouldn't have spoken of it, only you seemed so keen about it,"
  • Macalister answered coldly.
  • Philip felt that Macalister looked upon him as rather a donkey.
  • "I'm awfully keen on making a bit," he laughed.
  • "You can't make money unless you're prepared to risk money."
  • Macalister began to talk of other things and Philip, while he was
  • answering him, kept thinking that if the venture turned out well the
  • stockbroker would be very facetious at his expense next time they met.
  • Macalister had a sarcastic tongue.
  • "I think I will have a flutter if you don't mind," said Philip anxiously.
  • "All right. I'll buy you two hundred and fifty shares and if I see a
  • half-crown rise I'll sell them at once."
  • Philip quickly reckoned out how much that would amount to, and his mouth
  • watered; thirty pounds would be a godsend just then, and he thought the
  • fates owed him something. He told Mildred what he had done when he saw her
  • at breakfast next morning. She thought him very silly.
  • "I never knew anyone who made money on the Stock Exchange," she said.
  • "That's what Emil always said, you can't expect to make money on the Stock
  • Exchange, he said."
  • Philip bought an evening paper on his way home and turned at once to the
  • money columns. He knew nothing about these things and had difficulty in
  • finding the stock which Macalister had spoken of. He saw they had advanced
  • a quarter. His heart leaped, and then he felt sick with apprehension in
  • case Macalister had forgotten or for some reason had not bought.
  • Macalister had promised to telegraph. Philip could not wait to take a tram
  • home. He jumped into a cab. It was an unwonted extravagance.
  • "Is there a telegram for me?" he said, as he burst in.
  • "No," said Mildred.
  • His face fell, and in bitter disappointment he sank heavily into a chair.
  • "Then he didn't buy them for me after all. Curse him," he added violently.
  • "What cruel luck! And I've been thinking all day of what I'd do with the
  • money."
  • "Why, what were you going to do?" she asked.
  • "What's the good of thinking about that now? Oh, I wanted the money so
  • badly."
  • She gave a laugh and handed him a telegram.
  • "I was only having a joke with you. I opened it."
  • He tore it out of her hands. Macalister had bought him two hundred and
  • fifty shares and sold them at the half-crown profit he had suggested. The
  • commission note was to follow next day. For one moment Philip was furious
  • with Mildred for her cruel jest, but then he could only think of his joy.
  • "It makes such a difference to me," he cried. "I'll stand you a new dress
  • if you like."
  • "I want it badly enough," she answered.
  • "I'll tell you what I'm going to do. I'm going to be operated upon at the
  • end of July."
  • "Why, have you got something the matter with you?" she interrupted.
  • It struck her that an illness she did not know might explain what had so
  • much puzzled her. He flushed, for he hated to refer to his deformity.
  • "No, but they think they can do something to my foot. I couldn't spare the
  • time before, but now it doesn't matter so much. I shall start my dressing
  • in October instead of next month. I shall only be in hospital a few weeks
  • and then we can go away to the seaside for the rest of the summer. It'll
  • do us all good, you and the baby and me."
  • "Oh, let's go to Brighton, Philip, I like Brighton, you get such a nice
  • class of people there." Philip had vaguely thought of some little fishing
  • village in Cornwall, but as she spoke it occurred to him that Mildred
  • would be bored to death there.
  • "I don't mind where we go as long as I get the sea."
  • He did not know why, but he had suddenly an irresistible longing for the
  • sea. He wanted to bathe, and he thought with delight of splashing about in
  • the salt water. He was a good swimmer, and nothing exhilarated him like a
  • rough sea.
  • "I say, it will be jolly," he cried.
  • "It'll be like a honeymoon, won't it?" she said. "How much can I have for
  • my new dress, Phil?"
  • XCIV
  • Philip asked Mr. Jacobs, the assistant-surgeon for whom he had dressed, to
  • do the operation. Jacobs accepted with pleasure, since he was interested
  • just then in neglected talipes and was getting together materials for a
  • paper. He warned Philip that he could not make his foot like the other,
  • but he thought he could do a good deal; and though he would always limp he
  • would be able to wear a boot less unsightly than that which he had been
  • accustomed to. Philip remembered how he had prayed to a God who was able
  • to remove mountains for him who had faith, and he smiled bitterly.
  • "I don't expect a miracle," he answered.
  • "I think you're wise to let me try what I can do. You'll find a club-foot
  • rather a handicap in practice. The layman is full of fads, and he doesn't
  • like his doctor to have anything the matter with him."
  • Philip went into a 'small ward', which was a room on the landing, outside
  • each ward, reserved for special cases. He remained there a month, for the
  • surgeon would not let him go till he could walk; and, bearing the
  • operation very well, he had a pleasant enough time. Lawson and Athelny
  • came to see him, and one day Mrs. Athelny brought two of her children;
  • students whom he knew looked in now and again to have a chat; Mildred came
  • twice a week. Everyone was very kind to him, and Philip, always surprised
  • when anyone took trouble with him, was touched and grateful. He enjoyed
  • the relief from care; he need not worry there about the future, neither
  • whether his money would last out nor whether he would pass his final
  • examinations; and he could read to his heart's content. He had not been
  • able to read much of late, since Mildred disturbed him: she would make an
  • aimless remark when he was trying to concentrate his attention, and would
  • not be satisfied unless he answered; whenever he was comfortably settled
  • down with a book she would want something done and would come to him with
  • a cork she could not draw or a hammer to drive in a nail.
  • They settled to go to Brighton in August. Philip wanted to take lodgings,
  • but Mildred said that she would have to do housekeeping, and it would only
  • be a holiday for her if they went to a boarding-house.
  • "I have to see about the food every day at home, I get that sick of it I
  • want a thorough change."
  • Philip agreed, and it happened that Mildred knew of a boarding-house at
  • Kemp Town where they would not be charged more than twenty-five shillings
  • a week each. She arranged with Philip to write about rooms, but when he
  • got back to Kennington he found that she had done nothing. He was
  • irritated.
  • "I shouldn't have thought you had so much to do as all that," he said.
  • "Well, I can't think of everything. It's not my fault if I forget, is it?"
  • Philip was so anxious to get to the sea that he would not wait to
  • communicate with the mistress of the boarding-house.
  • "We'll leave the luggage at the station and go to the house and see if
  • they've got rooms, and if they have we can just send an outside porter for
  • our traps."
  • "You can please yourself," said Mildred stiffly.
  • She did not like being reproached, and, retiring huffily into a haughty
  • silence, she sat by listlessly while Philip made the preparations for
  • their departure. The little flat was hot and stuffy under the August sun,
  • and from the road beat up a malodorous sultriness. As he lay in his bed in
  • the small ward with its red, distempered walls he had longed for fresh air
  • and the splashing of the sea against his breast. He felt he would go mad
  • if he had to spend another night in London. Mildred recovered her good
  • temper when she saw the streets of Brighton crowded with people making
  • holiday, and they were both in high spirits as they drove out to Kemp
  • Town. Philip stroked the baby's cheek.
  • "We shall get a very different colour into them when we've been down here
  • a few days," he said, smiling.
  • They arrived at the boarding-house and dismissed the cab. An untidy maid
  • opened the door and, when Philip asked if they had rooms, said she would
  • inquire. She fetched her mistress. A middle-aged woman, stout and
  • business-like, came downstairs, gave them the scrutinising glance of her
  • profession, and asked what accommodation they required.
  • "Two single rooms, and if you've got such a thing we'd rather like a cot
  • in one of them."
  • "I'm afraid I haven't got that. I've got one nice large double room, and
  • I could let you have a cot."
  • "I don't think that would do," said Philip.
  • "I could give you another room next week. Brighton's very full just now,
  • and people have to take what they can get."
  • "If it were only for a few days, Philip, I think we might be able to
  • manage," said Mildred.
  • "I think two rooms would be more convenient. Can you recommend any other
  • place where they take boarders?"
  • "I can, but I don't suppose they'd have room any more than I have."
  • "Perhaps you wouldn't mind giving me the address."
  • The house the stout woman suggested was in the next street, and they
  • walked towards it. Philip could walk quite well, though he had to lean on
  • a stick, and he was rather weak. Mildred carried the baby. They went for
  • a little in silence, and then he saw she was crying. It annoyed him, and
  • he took no notice, but she forced his attention.
  • "Lend me a hanky, will you? I can't get at mine with baby," she said in a
  • voice strangled with sobs, turning her head away from him.
  • He gave her his handkerchief, but said nothing. She dried her eyes, and as
  • he did not speak, went on.
  • "I might be poisonous."
  • "Please don't make a scene in the street," he said.
  • "It'll look so funny insisting on separate rooms like that. What'll they
  • think of us?"
  • "If they knew the circumstances I imagine they'd think us surprisingly
  • moral," said Philip.
  • She gave him a sidelong glance.
  • "You're not going to give it away that we're not married?" she asked
  • quickly.
  • "No."
  • "Why won't you live with me as if we were married then?"
  • "My dear, I can't explain. I don't want to humiliate you, but I simply
  • can't. I daresay it's very silly and unreasonable, but it's stronger than
  • I am. I loved you so much that now..." he broke off. "After all, there's
  • no accounting for that sort of thing."
  • "A fat lot you must have loved me!" she exclaimed.
  • The boarding-house to which they had been directed was kept by a bustling
  • maiden lady, with shrewd eyes and voluble speech. They could have one
  • double room for twenty-five shillings a week each, and five shillings
  • extra for the baby, or they could have two single rooms for a pound a week
  • more.
  • "I have to charge that much more," the woman explained apologetically,
  • "because if I'm pushed to it I can put two beds even in the single rooms."
  • "I daresay that won't ruin us. What do you think, Mildred?"
  • "Oh, I don't mind. Anything's good enough for me," she answered.
  • Philip passed off her sulky reply with a laugh, and, the landlady having
  • arranged to send for their luggage, they sat down to rest themselves.
  • Philip's foot was hurting him a little, and he was glad to put it up on a
  • chair.
  • "I suppose you don't mind my sitting in the same room with you," said
  • Mildred aggressively.
  • "Don't let's quarrel, Mildred," he said gently.
  • "I didn't know you was so well off you could afford to throw away a pound
  • a week."
  • "Don't be angry with me. I assure you it's the only way we can live
  • together at all."
  • "I suppose you despise me, that's it."
  • "Of course I don't. Why should I?"
  • "It's so unnatural."
  • "Is it? You're not in love with me, are you?"
  • "Me? Who d'you take me for?"
  • "It's not as if you were a very passionate woman, you're not that."
  • "It's so humiliating," she said sulkily.
  • "Oh, I wouldn't fuss about that if I were you."
  • There were about a dozen people in the boarding-house. They ate in a
  • narrow, dark room at a long table, at the head of which the landlady sat
  • and carved. The food was bad. The landlady called it French cooking, by
  • which she meant that the poor quality of the materials was disguised by
  • ill-made sauces: plaice masqueraded as sole and New Zealand mutton as
  • lamb. The kitchen was small and inconvenient, so that everything was
  • served up lukewarm. The people were dull and pretentious; old ladies with
  • elderly maiden daughters; funny old bachelors with mincing ways;
  • pale-faced, middle-aged clerks with wives, who talked of their married
  • daughters and their sons who were in a very good position in the Colonies.
  • At table they discussed Miss Corelli's latest novel; some of them liked
  • Lord Leighton better than Mr. Alma-Tadema, and some of them liked Mr.
  • Alma-Tadema better than Lord Leighton. Mildred soon told the ladies of her
  • romantic marriage with Philip; and he found himself an object of interest
  • because his family, county people in a very good position, had cut him off
  • with a shilling because he married while he was only a stoodent; and
  • Mildred's father, who had a large place down Devonshire way, wouldn't do
  • anything for them because she had married Philip. That was why they had
  • come to a boarding-house and had not a nurse for the baby; but they had to
  • have two rooms because they were both used to a good deal of accommodation
  • and they didn't care to be cramped. The other visitors also had
  • explanations of their presence: one of the single gentlemen generally went
  • to the Metropole for his holiday, but he liked cheerful company and you
  • couldn't get that at one of those expensive hotels; and the old lady with
  • the middle-aged daughter was having her beautiful house in London done up
  • and she said to her daughter: "Gwennie, my dear, we must have a cheap
  • holiday this year," and so they had come there, though of course it wasn't
  • at all the kind of thing they were used to. Mildred found them all very
  • superior, and she hated a lot of common, rough people. She liked gentlemen
  • to be gentlemen in every sense of the word.
  • "When people are gentlemen and ladies," she said, "I like them to be
  • gentlemen and ladies."
  • The remark seemed cryptic to Philip, but when he heard her say it two or
  • three times to different persons, and found that it aroused hearty
  • agreement, he came to the conclusion that it was only obscure to his own
  • intelligence. It was the first time that Philip and Mildred had been
  • thrown entirely together. In London he did not see her all day, and when
  • he came home the household affairs, the baby, the neighbours, gave them
  • something to talk about till he settled down to work. Now he spent the
  • whole day with her. After breakfast they went down to the beach; the
  • morning went easily enough with a bathe and a stroll along the front; the
  • evening, which they spent on the pier, having put the baby to bed, was
  • tolerable, for there was music to listen to and a constant stream of
  • people to look at; (Philip amused himself by imagining who they were and
  • weaving little stories about them; he had got into the habit of answering
  • Mildred's remarks with his mouth only so that his thoughts remained
  • undisturbed;) but the afternoons were long and dreary. They sat on the
  • beach. Mildred said they must get all the benefit they could out of Doctor
  • Brighton, and he could not read because Mildred made observations
  • frequently about things in general. If he paid no attention she
  • complained.
  • "Oh, leave that silly old book alone. It can't be good for you always
  • reading. You'll addle your brain, that's what you'll do, Philip."
  • "Oh, rot!" he answered.
  • "Besides, it's so unsociable."
  • He discovered that it was difficult to talk to her. She had not even the
  • power of attending to what she was herself saying, so that a dog running
  • in front of her or the passing of a man in a loud blazer would call forth
  • a remark and then she would forget what she had been speaking of. She had
  • a bad memory for names, and it irritated her not to be able to think of
  • them, so that she would pause in the middle of some story to rack her
  • brains. Sometimes she had to give it up, but it often occurred to her
  • afterwards, and when Philip was talking of something she would interrupt
  • him.
  • "Collins, that was it. I knew it would come back to me some time. Collins,
  • that's the name I couldn't remember."
  • It exasperated him because it showed that she was not listening to
  • anything he said, and yet, if he was silent, she reproached him for
  • sulkiness. Her mind was of an order that could not deal for five minutes
  • with the abstract, and when Philip gave way to his taste for generalising
  • she very quickly showed that she was bored. Mildred dreamt a great deal,
  • and she had an accurate memory for her dreams, which she would relate
  • every day with prolixity.
  • One morning he received a long letter from Thorpe Athelny. He was taking
  • his holiday in the theatrical way, in which there was much sound sense,
  • which characterised him. He had done the same thing for ten years. He took
  • his whole family to a hop-field in Kent, not far from Mrs. Athelny's home,
  • and they spent three weeks hopping. It kept them in the open air, earned
  • them money, much to Mrs. Athelny's satisfaction, and renewed their contact
  • with mother earth. It was upon this that Athelny laid stress. The sojourn
  • in the fields gave them a new strength; it was like a magic ceremony, by
  • which they renewed their youth and the power of their limbs and the
  • sweetness of the spirit: Philip had heard him say many fantastic,
  • rhetorical, and picturesque things on the subject. Now Athelny invited him
  • to come over for a day, he had certain meditations on Shakespeare and the
  • musical glasses which he desired to impart, and the children were
  • clamouring for a sight of Uncle Philip. Philip read the letter again in
  • the afternoon when he was sitting with Mildred on the beach. He thought of
  • Mrs. Athelny, cheerful mother of many children, with her kindly
  • hospitality and her good humour; of Sally, grave for her years, with funny
  • little maternal ways and an air of authority, with her long plait of fair
  • hair and her broad forehead; and then in a bunch of all the others, merry,
  • boisterous, healthy, and handsome. His heart went out to them. There was
  • one quality which they had that he did not remember to have noticed in
  • people before, and that was goodness. It had not occurred to him till now,
  • but it was evidently the beauty of their goodness which attracted him. In
  • theory he did not believe in it: if morality were no more than a matter of
  • convenience good and evil had no meaning. He did not like to be illogical,
  • but here was simple goodness, natural and without effort, and he thought
  • it beautiful. Meditating, he slowly tore the letter into little pieces; he
  • did not see how he could go without Mildred, and he did not want to go
  • with her.
  • It was very hot, the sky was cloudless, and they had been driven to a
  • shady corner. The baby was gravely playing with stones on the beach, and
  • now and then she crawled up to Philip and gave him one to hold, then took
  • it away again and placed it carefully down. She was playing a mysterious
  • and complicated game known only to herself. Mildred was asleep. She lay
  • with her head thrown back and her mouth slightly open; her legs were
  • stretched out, and her boots protruded from her petticoats in a grotesque
  • fashion. His eyes had been resting on her vaguely, but now he looked at
  • her with peculiar attention. He remembered how passionately he had loved
  • her, and he wondered why now he was entirely indifferent to her. The
  • change in him filled him with dull pain. It seemed to him that all he had
  • suffered had been sheer waste. The touch of her hand had filled him with
  • ecstasy; he had desired to enter into her soul so that he could share
  • every thought with her and every feeling; he had suffered acutely because,
  • when silence had fallen between them, a remark of hers showed how far
  • their thoughts had travelled apart, and he had rebelled against the
  • unsurmountable wall which seemed to divide every personality from every
  • other. He found it strangely tragic that he had loved her so madly and now
  • loved her not at all. Sometimes he hated her. She was incapable of
  • learning, and the experience of life had taught her nothing. She was as
  • unmannerly as she had always been. It revolted Philip to hear the
  • insolence with which she treated the hard-worked servant at the
  • boarding-house.
  • Presently he considered his own plans. At the end of his fourth year he
  • would be able to take his examination in midwifery, and a year more would
  • see him qualified. Then he might manage a journey to Spain. He wanted to
  • see the pictures which he knew only from photographs; he felt deeply that
  • El Greco held a secret of peculiar moment to him; and he fancied that in
  • Toledo he would surely find it out. He did not wish to do things grandly,
  • and on a hundred pounds he might live for six months in Spain: if
  • Macalister put him on to another good thing he could make that easily. His
  • heart warmed at the thought of those old beautiful cities, and the tawny
  • plains of Castile. He was convinced that more might be got out of life
  • than offered itself at present, and he thought that in Spain he could live
  • with greater intensity: it might be possible to practise in one of those
  • old cities, there were a good many foreigners, passing or resident, and he
  • should be able to pick up a living. But that would be much later; first he
  • must get one or two hospital appointments; they gave experience and made
  • it easy to get jobs afterwards. He wished to get a berth as ship's doctor
  • on one of the large tramps that took things leisurely enough for a man to
  • see something of the places at which they stopped. He wanted to go to the
  • East; and his fancy was rich with pictures of Bangkok and Shanghai, and
  • the ports of Japan: he pictured to himself palm-trees and skies blue and
  • hot, dark-skinned people, pagodas; the scents of the Orient intoxicated
  • his nostrils. His heart beat with passionate desire for the beauty and the
  • strangeness of the world.
  • Mildred awoke.
  • "I do believe I've been asleep," she said. "Now then, you naughty girl,
  • what have you been doing to yourself? Her dress was clean yesterday and
  • just look at it now, Philip."
  • XCV
  • When they returned to London Philip began his dressing in the surgical
  • wards. He was not so much interested in surgery as in medicine, which, a
  • more empirical science, offered greater scope to the imagination. The work
  • was a little harder than the corresponding work on the medical side. There
  • was a lecture from nine till ten, when he went into the wards; there
  • wounds had to be dressed, stitches taken out, bandages renewed: Philip
  • prided himself a little on his skill in bandaging, and it amused him to
  • wring a word of approval from a nurse. On certain afternoons in the week
  • there were operations; and he stood in the well of the theatre, in a white
  • jacket, ready to hand the operating surgeon any instrument he wanted or to
  • sponge the blood away so that he could see what he was about. When some
  • rare operation was to be performed the theatre would fill up, but
  • generally there were not more than half a dozen students present, and then
  • the proceedings had a cosiness which Philip enjoyed. At that time the
  • world at large seemed to have a passion for appendicitis, and a good many
  • cases came to the operating theatre for this complaint: the surgeon for
  • whom Philip dressed was in friendly rivalry with a colleague as to which
  • could remove an appendix in the shortest time and with the smallest
  • incision.
  • In due course Philip was put on accident duty. The dressers took this in
  • turn; it lasted three days, during which they lived in hospital and ate
  • their meals in the common-room; they had a room on the ground floor near
  • the casualty ward, with a bed that shut up during the day into a cupboard.
  • The dresser on duty had to be at hand day and night to see to any casualty
  • that came in. You were on the move all the time, and not more than an hour
  • or two passed during the night without the clanging of the bell just above
  • your head which made you leap out of bed instinctively. Saturday night was
  • of course the busiest time and the closing of the public-houses the
  • busiest hour. Men would be brought in by the police dead drunk and it
  • would be necessary to administer a stomach-pump; women, rather the worse
  • for liquor themselves, would come in with a wound on the head or a
  • bleeding nose which their husbands had given them: some would vow to have
  • the law on him, and others, ashamed, would declare that it had been an
  • accident. What the dresser could manage himself he did, but if there was
  • anything important he sent for the house-surgeon: he did this with care,
  • since the house-surgeon was not vastly pleased to be dragged down five
  • flights of stairs for nothing. The cases ranged from a cut finger to a cut
  • throat. Boys came in with hands mangled by some machine, men were brought
  • who had been knocked down by a cab, and children who had broken a limb
  • while playing: now and then attempted suicides were carried in by the
  • police: Philip saw a ghastly, wild-eyed man with a great gash from ear to
  • ear, and he was in the ward for weeks afterwards in charge of a constable,
  • silent, angry because he was alive, and sullen; he made no secret of the
  • fact that he would try again to kill himself as soon as he was released.
  • The wards were crowded, and the house-surgeon was faced with a dilemma
  • when patients were brought in by the police: if they were sent on to the
  • station and died there disagreeable things were said in the papers; and it
  • was very difficult sometimes to tell if a man was dying or drunk. Philip
  • did not go to bed till he was tired out, so that he should not have the
  • bother of getting up again in an hour; and he sat in the casualty ward
  • talking in the intervals of work with the night-nurse. She was a
  • gray-haired woman of masculine appearance, who had been night-nurse in the
  • casualty department for twenty years. She liked the work because she was
  • her own mistress and had no sister to bother her. Her movements were slow,
  • but she was immensely capable and she never failed in an emergency. The
  • dressers, often inexperienced or nervous, found her a tower of strength.
  • She had seen thousands of them, and they made no impression upon her: she
  • always called them Mr. Brown; and when they expostulated and told her
  • their real names, she merely nodded and went on calling them Mr. Brown. It
  • interested Philip to sit with her in the bare room, with its two
  • horse-hair couches and the flaring gas, and listen to her. She had long
  • ceased to look upon the people who came in as human beings; they were
  • drunks, or broken arms, or cut throats. She took the vice and misery and
  • cruelty of the world as a matter of course; she found nothing to praise or
  • blame in human actions: she accepted. She had a certain grim humour.
  • "I remember one suicide," she said to Philip, "who threw himself into the
  • Thames. They fished him out and brought him here, and ten days later he
  • developed typhoid fever from swallowing Thames water."
  • "Did he die?"
  • "Yes, he did all right. I could never make up my mind if it was suicide or
  • not.... They're a funny lot, suicides. I remember one man who couldn't get
  • any work to do and his wife died, so he pawned his clothes and bought a
  • revolver; but he made a mess of it, he only shot out an eye and he got all
  • right. And then, if you please, with an eye gone and a piece of his face
  • blow away, he came to the conclusion that the world wasn't such a bad
  • place after all, and he lived happily ever afterwards. Thing I've always
  • noticed, people don't commit suicide for love, as you'd expect, that's
  • just a fancy of novelists; they commit suicide because they haven't got
  • any money. I wonder why that is."
  • "I suppose money's more important than love," suggested Philip.
  • Money was in any case occupying Philip's thoughts a good deal just then.
  • He discovered the little truth there was in the airy saying which himself
  • had repeated, that two could live as cheaply as one, and his expenses were
  • beginning to worry him. Mildred was not a good manager, and it cost them
  • as much to live as if they had eaten in restaurants; the child needed
  • clothes, and Mildred boots, an umbrella, and other small things which it
  • was impossible for her to do without. When they returned from Brighton she
  • had announced her intention of getting a job, but she took no definite
  • steps, and presently a bad cold laid her up for a fortnight. When she was
  • well she answered one or two advertisements, but nothing came of it:
  • either she arrived too late and the vacant place was filled, or the work
  • was more than she felt strong enough to do. Once she got an offer, but the
  • wages were only fourteen shillings a week, and she thought she was worth
  • more than that.
  • "It's no good letting oneself be put upon," she remarked. "People don't
  • respect you if you let yourself go too cheap."
  • "I don't think fourteen shillings is so bad," answered Philip, drily.
  • He could not help thinking how useful it would be towards the expenses of
  • the household, and Mildred was already beginning to hint that she did not
  • get a place because she had not got a decent dress to interview employers
  • in. He gave her the dress, and she made one or two more attempts, but
  • Philip came to the conclusion that they were not serious. She did not want
  • to work. The only way he knew to make money was on the Stock Exchange, and
  • he was very anxious to repeat the lucky experiment of the summer; but war
  • had broken out with the Transvaal and nothing was doing in South Africans.
  • Macalister told him that Redvers Buller would march into Pretoria in a
  • month and then everything would boom. The only thing was to wait
  • patiently. What they wanted was a British reverse to knock things down a
  • bit, and then it might be worth while buying. Philip began reading
  • assiduously the 'city chat' of his favourite newspaper. He was worried and
  • irritable. Once or twice he spoke sharply to Mildred, and since she was
  • neither tactful nor patient she answered with temper, and they quarrelled.
  • Philip always expressed his regret for what he had said, but Mildred had
  • not a forgiving nature, and she would sulk for a couple of days. She got
  • on his nerves in all sorts of ways; by the manner in which she ate, and by
  • the untidiness which made her leave articles of clothing about their
  • sitting-room: Philip was excited by the war and devoured the papers,
  • morning and evening; but she took no interest in anything that happened.
  • She had made the acquaintance of two or three people who lived in the
  • street, and one of them had asked if she would like the curate to call on
  • her. She wore a wedding-ring and called herself Mrs. Carey. On Philip's
  • walls were two or three of the drawings which he had made in Paris, nudes,
  • two of women and one of Miguel Ajuria, standing very square on his feet,
  • with clenched fists. Philip kept them because they were the best things he
  • had done, and they reminded him of happy days. Mildred had long looked at
  • them with disfavour.
  • "I wish you'd take those drawings down, Philip," she said to him at last.
  • "Mrs. Foreman, of number thirteen, came in yesterday afternoon, and I
  • didn't know which way to look. I saw her staring at them."
  • "What's the matter with them?"
  • "They're indecent. Disgusting, that's what I call it, to have drawings of
  • naked people about. And it isn't nice for baby either. She's beginning to
  • notice things now."
  • "How can you be so vulgar?"
  • "Vulgar? Modest, I call it. I've never said anything, but d'you think I
  • like having to look at those naked people all day long."
  • "Have you no sense of humour at all, Mildred?" he asked frigidly.
  • "I don't know what sense of humour's got to do with it. I've got a good
  • mind to take them down myself. If you want to know what I think about
  • them, I think they're disgusting."
  • "I don't want to know what you think about them, and I forbid you to touch
  • them."
  • When Mildred was cross with him she punished him through the baby. The
  • little girl was as fond of Philip as he was of her, and it was her great
  • pleasure every morning to crawl into his room (she was getting on for two
  • now and could walk pretty well), and be taken up into his bed. When
  • Mildred stopped this the poor child would cry bitterly. To Philip's
  • remonstrances she replied:
  • "I don't want her to get into habits."
  • And if then he said anything more she said:
  • "It's nothing to do with you what I do with my child. To hear you talk one
  • would think you was her father. I'm her mother, and I ought to know what's
  • good for her, oughtn't I?"
  • Philip was exasperated by Mildred's stupidity; but he was so indifferent
  • to her now that it was only at times she made him angry. He grew used to
  • having her about. Christmas came, and with it a couple of days holiday for
  • Philip. He brought some holly in and decorated the flat, and on Christmas
  • Day he gave small presents to Mildred and the baby. There were only two of
  • them so they could not have a turkey, but Mildred roasted a chicken and
  • boiled a Christmas pudding which she had bought at a local grocer's. They
  • stood themselves a bottle of wine. When they had dined Philip sat in his
  • arm-chair by the fire, smoking his pipe; and the unaccustomed wine had
  • made him forget for a while the anxiety about money which was so
  • constantly with him. He felt happy and comfortable. Presently Mildred came
  • in to tell him that the baby wanted him to kiss her good-night, and with
  • a smile he went into Mildred's bed-room. Then, telling the child to go to
  • sleep, he turned down the gas and, leaving the door open in case she
  • cried, went back into the sitting-room.
  • "Where are you going to sit?" he asked Mildred.
  • "You sit in your chair. I'm going to sit on the floor."
  • When he sat down she settled herself in front of the fire and leaned
  • against his knees. He could not help remembering that this was how they
  • had sat together in her rooms in the Vauxhall Bridge Road, but the
  • positions had been reversed; it was he who had sat on the floor and leaned
  • his head against her knee. How passionately he had loved her then! Now he
  • felt for her a tenderness he had not known for a long time. He seemed
  • still to feel twined round his neck the baby's soft little arms.
  • "Are you comfy?" he asked.
  • She looked up at him, gave a slight smile, and nodded. They gazed into the
  • fire dreamily, without speaking to one another. At last she turned round
  • and stared at him curiously.
  • "D'you know that you haven't kissed me once since I came here?" she said
  • suddenly.
  • "D'you want me to?" he smiled.
  • "I suppose you don't care for me in that way any more?"
  • "I'm very fond of you."
  • "You're much fonder of baby."
  • He did not answer, and she laid her cheek against his hand.
  • "You're not angry with me any more?" she asked presently, with her eyes
  • cast down.
  • "Why on earth should I be?"
  • "I've never cared for you as I do now. It's only since I passed through
  • the fire that I've learnt to love you." It chilled Philip to hear her make
  • use of the sort of phrase she read in the penny novelettes which she
  • devoured. Then he wondered whether what she said had any meaning for her:
  • perhaps she knew no other way to express her genuine feelings than the
  • stilted language of The Family Herald.
  • "It seems so funny our living together like this."
  • He did not reply for quite a long time, and silence fell upon them again;
  • but at last he spoke and seemed conscious of no interval.
  • "You mustn't be angry with me. One can't help these things. I remember
  • that I thought you wicked and cruel because you did this, that, and the
  • other; but it was very silly of me. You didn't love me, and it was absurd
  • to blame you for that. I thought I could make you love me, but I know now
  • that was impossible. I don't know what it is that makes someone love you,
  • but whatever it is, it's the only thing that matters, and if it isn't
  • there you won't create it by kindness, or generosity, or anything of that
  • sort."
  • "I should have thought if you'd loved me really you'd have loved me
  • still."
  • "I should have thought so too. I remember how I used to think that it
  • would last for ever, I felt I would rather die than be without you, and I
  • used to long for the time when you would be faded and wrinkled so that
  • nobody cared for you any more and I should have you all to myself."
  • She did not answer, and presently she got up and said she was going to
  • bed. She gave a timid little smile.
  • "It's Christmas Day, Philip, won't you kiss me good-night?"
  • He gave a laugh, blushed slightly, and kissed her. She went to her
  • bed-room and he began to read.
  • XCVI
  • The climax came two or three weeks later. Mildred was driven by Philip's
  • behaviour to a pitch of strange exasperation. There were many different
  • emotions in her soul, and she passed from mood to mood with facility. She
  • spent a great deal of time alone and brooded over her position. She did
  • not put all her feelings into words, she did not even know what they were,
  • but certain things stood out in her mind, and she thought of them over and
  • over again. She had never understood Philip, nor had very much liked him;
  • but she was pleased to have him about her because she thought he was a
  • gentleman. She was impressed because his father had been a doctor and his
  • uncle was a clergyman. She despised him a little because she had made such
  • a fool of him, and at the same time was never quite comfortable in his
  • presence; she could not let herself go, and she felt that he was
  • criticising her manners.
  • When she first came to live in the little rooms in Kennington she was
  • tired out and ashamed. She was glad to be left alone. It was a comfort to
  • think that there was no rent to pay; she need not go out in all weathers,
  • and she could lie quietly in bed if she did not feel well. She had hated
  • the life she led. It was horrible to have to be affable and subservient;
  • and even now when it crossed her mind she cried with pity for herself as
  • she thought of the roughness of men and their brutal language. But it
  • crossed her mind very seldom. She was grateful to Philip for coming to her
  • rescue, and when she remembered how honestly he had loved her and how
  • badly she had treated him, she felt a pang of remorse. It was easy to make
  • it up to him. It meant very little to her. She was surprised when he
  • refused her suggestion, but she shrugged her shoulders: let him put on
  • airs if he liked, she did not care, he would be anxious enough in a little
  • while, and then it would be her turn to refuse; if he thought it was any
  • deprivation to her he was very much mistaken. She had no doubt of her
  • power over him. He was peculiar, but she knew him through and through. He
  • had so often quarrelled with her and sworn he would never see her again,
  • and then in a little while he had come on his knees begging to be
  • forgiven. It gave her a thrill to think how he had cringed before her. He
  • would have been glad to lie down on the ground for her to walk on him. She
  • had seen him cry. She knew exactly how to treat him, pay no attention to
  • him, just pretend you didn't notice his tempers, leave him severely alone,
  • and in a little while he was sure to grovel. She laughed a little to
  • herself, good-humouredly, when she thought how he had come and eaten dirt
  • before her. She had had her fling now. She knew what men were and did not
  • want to have anything more to do with them. She was quite ready to settle
  • down with Philip. When all was said, he was a gentleman in every sense of
  • the word, and that was something not to be sneezed at, wasn't it? Anyhow
  • she was in no hurry, and she was not going to take the first step. She was
  • glad to see how fond he was growing of the baby, though it tickled her a
  • good deal; it was comic that he should set so much store on another man's
  • child. He was peculiar and no mistake.
  • But one or two things surprised her. She had been used to his
  • subservience: he was only too glad to do anything for her in the old days,
  • she was accustomed to see him cast down by a cross word and in ecstasy at
  • a kind one; he was different now, and she said to herself that he had not
  • improved in the last year. It never struck her for a moment that there
  • could be any change in his feelings, and she thought it was only acting
  • when he paid no heed to her bad temper. He wanted to read sometimes and
  • told her to stop talking: she did not know whether to flare up or to sulk,
  • and was so puzzled that she did neither. Then came the conversation in
  • which he told her that he intended their relations to be platonic, and,
  • remembering an incident of their common past, it occurred to her that he
  • dreaded the possibility of her being pregnant. She took pains to reassure
  • him. It made no difference. She was the sort of woman who was unable to
  • realise that a man might not have her own obsession with sex; her
  • relations with men had been purely on those lines; and she could not
  • understand that they ever had other interests. The thought struck her that
  • Philip was in love with somebody else, and she watched him, suspecting
  • nurses at the hospital or people he met out; but artful questions led her
  • to the conclusion that there was no one dangerous in the Athelny
  • household; and it forced itself upon her also that Philip, like most
  • medical students, was unconscious of the sex of the nurses with whom his
  • work threw him in contact. They were associated in his mind with a faint
  • odour of iodoform. Philip received no letters, and there was no girl's
  • photograph among his belongings. If he was in love with someone, he was
  • very clever at hiding it; and he answered all Mildred's questions with
  • frankness and apparently without suspicion that there was any motive in
  • them.
  • "I don't believe he's in love with anybody else," she said to herself at
  • last.
  • It was a relief, for in that case he was certainly still in love with her;
  • but it made his behaviour very puzzling. If he was going to treat her like
  • that why did he ask her to come and live at the flat? It was unnatural.
  • Mildred was not a woman who conceived the possibility of compassion,
  • generosity, or kindness. Her only conclusion was that Philip was queer.
  • She took it into her head that the reasons for his conduct were
  • chivalrous; and, her imagination filled with the extravagances of cheap
  • fiction, she pictured to herself all sorts of romantic explanations for
  • his delicacy. Her fancy ran riot with bitter misunderstandings,
  • purifications by fire, snow-white souls, and death in the cruel cold of a
  • Christmas night. She made up her mind that when they went to Brighton she
  • would put an end to all his nonsense; they would be alone there, everyone
  • would think them husband and wife, and there would be the pier and the
  • band. When she found that nothing would induce Philip to share the same
  • room with her, when he spoke to her about it with a tone in his voice she
  • had never heard before, she suddenly realised that he did not want her.
  • She was astounded. She remembered all he had said in the past and how
  • desperately he had loved her. She felt humiliated and angry, but she had
  • a sort of native insolence which carried her through. He needn't think she
  • was in love with him, because she wasn't. She hated him sometimes, and she
  • longed to humble him; but she found herself singularly powerless; she did
  • not know which way to handle him. She began to be a little nervous with
  • him. Once or twice she cried. Once or twice she set herself to be
  • particularly nice to him; but when she took his arm while they walked
  • along the front at night he made some excuse in a while to release
  • himself, as though it were unpleasant for him to be touched by her. She
  • could not make it out. The only hold she had over him was through the
  • baby, of whom he seemed to grow fonder and fonder: she could make him
  • white with anger by giving the child a slap or a push; and the only time
  • the old, tender smile came back into his eyes was when she stood with the
  • baby in her arms. She noticed it when she was being photographed like that
  • by a man on the beach, and afterwards she often stood in the same way for
  • Philip to look at her.
  • When they got back to London Mildred began looking for the work she had
  • asserted was so easy to find; she wanted now to be independent of Philip;
  • and she thought of the satisfaction with which she would announce to him
  • that she was going into rooms and would take the child with her. But her
  • heart failed her when she came into closer contact with the possibility.
  • She had grown unused to the long hours, she did not want to be at the beck
  • and call of a manageress, and her dignity revolted at the thought of
  • wearing once more a uniform. She had made out to such of the neighbours as
  • she knew that they were comfortably off: it would be a come-down if they
  • heard that she had to go out and work. Her natural indolence asserted
  • itself. She did not want to leave Philip, and so long as he was willing to
  • provide for her, she did not see why she should. There was no money to
  • throw away, but she got her board and lodging, and he might get better
  • off. His uncle was an old man and might die any day, he would come into a
  • little then, and even as things were, it was better than slaving from
  • morning till night for a few shillings a week. Her efforts relaxed; she
  • kept on reading the advertisement columns of the daily paper merely to
  • show that she wanted to do something if anything that was worth her while
  • presented itself. But panic seized her, and she was afraid that Philip
  • would grow tired of supporting her. She had no hold over him at all now,
  • and she fancied that he only allowed her to stay there because he was fond
  • of the baby. She brooded over it all, and she thought to herself angrily
  • that she would make him pay for all this some day. She could not reconcile
  • herself to the fact that he no longer cared for her. She would make him.
  • She suffered from pique, and sometimes in a curious fashion she desired
  • Philip. He was so cold now that it exasperated her. She thought of him in
  • that way incessantly. She thought that he was treating her very badly, and
  • she did not know what she had done to deserve it. She kept on saying to
  • herself that it was unnatural they should live like that. Then she thought
  • that if things were different and she were going to have a baby, he would
  • be sure to marry her. He was funny, but he was a gentleman in every sense
  • of the word, no one could deny that. At last it became an obsession with
  • her, and she made up her mind to force a change in their relations. He
  • never even kissed her now, and she wanted him to: she remembered how
  • ardently he had been used to press her lips. It gave her a curious feeling
  • to think of it. She often looked at his mouth.
  • One evening, at the beginning of February, Philip told her that he was
  • dining with Lawson, who was giving a party in his studio to celebrate his
  • birthday; and he would not be in till late; Lawson had bought a couple of
  • bottles of the punch they favoured from the tavern in Beak Street, and
  • they proposed to have a merry evening. Mildred asked if there were going
  • to be women there, but Philip told her there were not; only men had been
  • invited; and they were just going to sit and talk and smoke: Mildred did
  • not think it sounded very amusing; if she were a painter she would have
  • half a dozen models about. She went to bed, but could not sleep, and
  • presently an idea struck her; she got up and fixed the catch on the wicket
  • at the landing, so that Philip could not get in. He came back about one,
  • and she heard him curse when he found that the wicket was closed. She got
  • out of bed and opened.
  • "Why on earth did you shut yourself in? I'm sorry I've dragged you out of
  • bed."
  • "I left it open on purpose, I can't think how it came to be shut."
  • "Hurry up and get back to bed, or you'll catch cold."
  • He walked into the sitting-room and turned up the gas. She followed him
  • in. She went up to the fire.
  • "I want to warm my feet a bit. They're like ice."
  • He sat down and began to take off his boots. His eyes were shining and his
  • cheeks were flushed. She thought he had been drinking.
  • "Have you been enjoying yourself?" she asked, with a smile.
  • "Yes, I've had a ripping time."
  • Philip was quite sober, but he had been talking and laughing, and he was
  • excited still. An evening of that sort reminded him of the old days in
  • Paris. He was in high spirits. He took his pipe out of his pocket and
  • filled it.
  • "Aren't you going to bed?" she asked.
  • "Not yet, I'm not a bit sleepy. Lawson was in great form. He talked
  • sixteen to the dozen from the moment I got there till the moment I left."
  • "What did you talk about?"
  • "Heaven knows! Of every subject under the sun. You should have seen us all
  • shouting at the tops of our voices and nobody listening."
  • Philip laughed with pleasure at the recollection, and Mildred laughed too.
  • She was pretty sure he had drunk more than was good for him. That was
  • exactly what she had expected. She knew men.
  • "Can I sit down?" she said.
  • Before he could answer she settled herself on his knees.
  • "If you're not going to bed you'd better go and put on a dressing-gown."
  • "Oh, I'm all right as I am." Then putting her arms round his neck, she
  • placed her face against his and said: "Why are you so horrid to me, Phil?"
  • He tried to get up, but she would not let him.
  • "I do love you, Philip," she said.
  • "Don't talk damned rot."
  • "It isn't, it's true. I can't live without you. I want you."
  • He released himself from her arms.
  • "Please get up. You're making a fool of yourself and you're making me feel
  • a perfect idiot."
  • "I love you, Philip. I want to make up for all the harm I did you. I can't
  • go on like this, it's not in human nature."
  • He slipped out of the chair and left her in it.
  • "I'm very sorry, but it's too late."
  • She gave a heart-rending sob.
  • "But why? How can you be so cruel?"
  • "I suppose it's because I loved you too much. I wore the passion out. The
  • thought of anything of that sort horrifies me. I can't look at you now
  • without thinking of Emil and Griffiths. One can't help those things, I
  • suppose it's just nerves."
  • She seized his hand and covered it with kisses.
  • "Don't," he cried.
  • She sank back into the chair.
  • "I can't go on like this. If you won't love me, I'd rather go away."
  • "Don't be foolish, you haven't anywhere to go. You can stay here as long
  • as you like, but it must be on the definite understanding that we're
  • friends and nothing more."
  • Then she dropped suddenly the vehemence of passion and gave a soft,
  • insinuating laugh. She sidled up to Philip and put her arms round him. She
  • made her voice low and wheedling.
  • "Don't be such an old silly. I believe you're nervous. You don't know how
  • nice I can be."
  • She put her face against his and rubbed his cheek with hers. To Philip her
  • smile was an abominable leer, and the suggestive glitter of her eyes
  • filled him with horror. He drew back instinctively.
  • "I won't," he said.
  • But she would not let him go. She sought his mouth with her lips. He took
  • her hands and tore them roughly apart and pushed her away.
  • "You disgust me," he said.
  • "Me?"
  • She steadied herself with one hand on the chimney-piece. She looked at him
  • for an instant, and two red spots suddenly appeared on her cheeks. She
  • gave a shrill, angry laugh.
  • "I disgust YOU."
  • She paused and drew in her breath sharply. Then she burst into a furious
  • torrent of abuse. She shouted at the top of her voice. She called him
  • every foul name she could think of. She used language so obscene that
  • Philip was astounded; she was always so anxious to be refined, so shocked
  • by coarseness, that it had never occurred to him that she knew the words
  • she used now. She came up to him and thrust her face in his. It was
  • distorted with passion, and in her tumultuous speech the spittle dribbled
  • over her lips.
  • "I never cared for you, not once, I was making a fool of you always, you
  • bored me, you bored me stiff, and I hated you, I would never have let you
  • touch me only for the money, and it used to make me sick when I had to let
  • you kiss me. We laughed at you, Griffiths and me, we laughed because you
  • was such a mug. A mug! A mug!"
  • Then she burst again into abominable invective. She accused him of every
  • mean fault; she said he was stingy, she said he was dull, she said he was
  • vain, selfish; she cast virulent ridicule on everything upon which he was
  • most sensitive. And at last she turned to go. She kept on, with hysterical
  • violence, shouting at him an opprobrious, filthy epithet. She seized the
  • handle of the door and flung it open. Then she turned round and hurled at
  • him the injury which she knew was the only one that really touched him.
  • She threw into the word all the malice and all the venom of which she was
  • capable. She flung it at him as though it were a blow.
  • "Cripple!"
  • XCVII
  • Philip awoke with a start next morning, conscious that it was late, and
  • looking at his watch found it was nine o'clock. He jumped out of bed and
  • went into the kitchen to get himself some hot water to shave with. There
  • was no sign of Mildred, and the things which she had used for her supper
  • the night before still lay in the sink unwashed. He knocked at her door.
  • "Wake up, Mildred. It's awfully late."
  • She did not answer, even after a second louder knocking, and he concluded
  • that she was sulking. He was in too great a hurry to bother about that. He
  • put some water on to boil and jumped into his bath which was always poured
  • out the night before in order to take the chill off. He presumed that
  • Mildred would cook his breakfast while he was dressing and leave it in the
  • sitting-room. She had done that two or three times when she was out of
  • temper. But he heard no sound of her moving, and realised that if he
  • wanted anything to eat he would have to get it himself. He was irritated
  • that she should play him such a trick on a morning when he had over-slept
  • himself. There was still no sign of her when he was ready, but he heard
  • her moving about her room. She was evidently getting up. He made himself
  • some tea and cut himself a couple of pieces of bread and butter, which he
  • ate while he was putting on his boots, then bolted downstairs and along
  • the street into the main road to catch his tram. While his eyes sought out
  • the newspaper shops to see the war news on the placards, he thought of the
  • scene of the night before: now that it was over and he had slept on it, he
  • could not help thinking it grotesque; he supposed he had been ridiculous,
  • but he was not master of his feelings; at the time they had been
  • overwhelming. He was angry with Mildred because she had forced him into
  • that absurd position, and then with renewed astonishment he thought of her
  • outburst and the filthy language she had used. He could not help flushing
  • when he remembered her final jibe; but he shrugged his shoulders
  • contemptuously. He had long known that when his fellows were angry with
  • him they never failed to taunt him with his deformity. He had seen men at
  • the hospital imitate his walk, not before him as they used at school, but
  • when they thought he was not looking. He knew now that they did it from no
  • wilful unkindness, but because man is naturally an imitative animal, and
  • because it was an easy way to make people laugh: he knew it, but he could
  • never resign himself to it.
  • He was glad to throw himself into his work. The ward seemed pleasant and
  • friendly when he entered it. The sister greeted him with a quick,
  • business-like smile.
  • "You're very late, Mr. Carey."
  • "I was out on the loose last night."
  • "You look it."
  • "Thank you."
  • Laughing, he went to the first of his cases, a boy with tuberculous
  • ulcers, and removed his bandages. The boy was pleased to see him, and
  • Philip chaffed him as he put a clean dressing on the wound. Philip was a
  • favourite with the patients; he treated them good-humouredly; and he had
  • gentle, sensitive hands which did not hurt them: some of the dressers were
  • a little rough and happy-go-lucky in their methods. He lunched with his
  • friends in the club-room, a frugal meal consisting of a scone and butter,
  • with a cup of cocoa, and they talked of the war. Several men were going
  • out, but the authorities were particular and refused everyone who had not
  • had a hospital appointment. Someone suggested that, if the war went on, in
  • a while they would be glad to take anyone who was qualified; but the
  • general opinion was that it would be over in a month. Now that Roberts was
  • there things would get all right in no time. This was Macalister's opinion
  • too, and he had told Philip that they must watch their chance and buy just
  • before peace was declared. There would be a boom then, and they might all
  • make a bit of money. Philip had left with Macalister instructions to buy
  • him stock whenever the opportunity presented itself. His appetite had been
  • whetted by the thirty pounds he had made in the summer, and he wanted now
  • to make a couple of hundred.
  • He finished his day's work and got on a tram to go back to Kennington. He
  • wondered how Mildred would behave that evening. It was a nuisance to think
  • that she would probably be surly and refuse to answer his questions. It
  • was a warm evening for the time of year, and even in those gray streets of
  • South London there was the languor of February; nature is restless then
  • after the long winter months, growing things awake from their sleep, and
  • there is a rustle in the earth, a forerunner of spring, as it resumes its
  • eternal activities. Philip would have liked to drive on further, it was
  • distasteful to him to go back to his rooms, and he wanted the air; but the
  • desire to see the child clutched suddenly at his heartstrings, and he
  • smiled to himself as he thought of her toddling towards him with a crow of
  • delight. He was surprised, when he reached the house and looked up
  • mechanically at the windows, to see that there was no light. He went
  • upstairs and knocked, but got no answer. When Mildred went out she left
  • the key under the mat and he found it there now. He let himself in and
  • going into the sitting-room struck a match. Something had happened, he did
  • not at once know what; he turned the gas on full and lit it; the room was
  • suddenly filled with the glare and he looked round. He gasped. The whole
  • place was wrecked. Everything in it had been wilfully destroyed. Anger
  • seized him, and he rushed into Mildred's room. It was dark and empty. When
  • he had got a light he saw that she had taken away all her things and the
  • baby's (he had noticed on entering that the go-cart was not in its usual
  • place on the landing, but thought Mildred had taken the baby out;) and all
  • the things on the washing-stand had been broken, a knife had been drawn
  • cross-ways through the seats of the two chairs, the pillow had been slit
  • open, there were large gashes in the sheets and the counterpane, the
  • looking-glass appeared to have been broken with a hammer. Philip was
  • bewildered. He went into his own room, and here too everything was in
  • confusion. The basin and the ewer had been smashed, the looking-glass was
  • in fragments, and the sheets were in ribands. Mildred had made a slit
  • large enough to put her hand into the pillow and had scattered the
  • feathers about the room. She had jabbed a knife into the blankets. On the
  • dressing-table were photographs of Philip's mother, the frames had been
  • smashed and the glass shivered. Philip went into the tiny kitchen.
  • Everything that was breakable was broken, glasses, pudding-basins, plates,
  • dishes.
  • It took Philip's breath away. Mildred had left no letter, nothing but this
  • ruin to mark her anger, and he could imagine the set face with which she
  • had gone about her work. He went back into the sitting-room and looked
  • about him. He was so astonished that he no longer felt angry. He looked
  • curiously at the kitchen-knife and the coal-hammer, which were lying on
  • the table where she had left them. Then his eye caught a large
  • carving-knife in the fireplace which had been broken. It must have taken
  • her a long time to do so much damage. Lawson's portrait of him had been
  • cut cross-ways and gaped hideously. His own drawings had been ripped in
  • pieces; and the photographs, Manet's Olympia and the Odalisque of
  • Ingres, the portrait of Philip IV, had been smashed with great blows of
  • the coal-hammer. There were gashes in the table-cloth and in the curtains
  • and in the two arm-chairs. They were quite ruined. On one wall over the
  • table which Philip used as his desk was the little bit of Persian rug
  • which Cronshaw had given him. Mildred had always hated it.
  • "If it's a rug it ought to go on the floor," she said, "and it's a dirty
  • stinking bit of stuff, that's all it is."
  • It made her furious because Philip told her it contained the answer to a
  • great riddle. She thought he was making fun of her. She had drawn the
  • knife right through it three times, it must have required some strength,
  • and it hung now in tatters. Philip had two or three blue and white plates,
  • of no value, but he had bought them one by one for very small sums and
  • liked them for their associations. They littered the floor in fragments.
  • There were long gashes on the backs of his books, and she had taken the
  • trouble to tear pages out of the unbound French ones. The little ornaments
  • on the chimney-piece lay on the hearth in bits. Everything that it had
  • been possible to destroy with a knife or a hammer was destroyed.
  • The whole of Philip's belongings would not have sold for thirty pounds,
  • but most of them were old friends, and he was a domestic creature,
  • attached to all those odds and ends because they were his; he had been
  • proud of his little home, and on so little money had made it pretty and
  • characteristic. He sank down now in despair. He asked himself how she
  • could have been so cruel. A sudden fear got him on his feet again and into
  • the passage, where stood a cupboard in which he kept his clothes. He
  • opened it and gave a sigh of relief. She had apparently forgotten it and
  • none of his things was touched.
  • He went back into the sitting-room and, surveying the scene, wondered what
  • to do; he had not the heart to begin trying to set things straight;
  • besides there was no food in the house, and he was hungry. He went out and
  • got himself something to eat. When he came in he was cooler. A little pang
  • seized him as he thought of the child, and he wondered whether she would
  • miss him, at first perhaps, but in a week she would have forgotten him;
  • and he was thankful to be rid of Mildred. He did not think of her with
  • wrath, but with an overwhelming sense of boredom.
  • "I hope to God I never see her again," he said aloud.
  • The only thing now was to leave the rooms, and he made up his mind to give
  • notice the next morning. He could not afford to make good the damage done,
  • and he had so little money left that he must find cheaper lodgings still.
  • He would be glad to get out of them. The expense had worried him, and now
  • the recollection of Mildred would be in them always. Philip was impatient
  • and could never rest till he had put in action the plan which he had in
  • mind; so on the following afternoon he got in a dealer in second-hand
  • furniture who offered him three pounds for all his goods damaged and
  • undamaged; and two days later he moved into the house opposite the
  • hospital in which he had had rooms when first he became a medical student.
  • The landlady was a very decent woman. He took a bed-room at the top, which
  • she let him have for six shillings a week; it was small and shabby and
  • looked on the yard of the house that backed on to it, but he had nothing
  • now except his clothes and a box of books, and he was glad to lodge so
  • cheaply.
  • XCVIII
  • And now it happened that the fortunes of Philip Carey, of no consequence
  • to any but himself, were affected by the events through which his country
  • was passing. History was being made, and the process was so significant
  • that it seemed absurd it should touch the life of an obscure medical
  • student. Battle after battle, Magersfontein, Colenso, Spion Kop, lost on
  • the playing fields of Eton, had humiliated the nation and dealt the
  • death-blow to the prestige of the aristocracy and gentry who till then had
  • found no one seriously to oppose their assertion that they possessed a
  • natural instinct of government. The old order was being swept away:
  • history was being made indeed. Then the colossus put forth his strength,
  • and, blundering again, at last blundered into the semblance of victory.
  • Cronje surrendered at Paardeberg, Ladysmith was relieved, and at the
  • beginning of March Lord Roberts marched into Bloemfontein.
  • It was two or three days after the news of this reached London that
  • Macalister came into the tavern in Beak Street and announced joyfully that
  • things were looking brighter on the Stock Exchange. Peace was in sight,
  • Roberts would march into Pretoria within a few weeks, and shares were
  • going up already. There was bound to be a boom.
  • "Now's the time to come in," he told Philip. "It's no good waiting till
  • the public gets on to it. It's now or never."
  • He had inside information. The manager of a mine in South Africa had
  • cabled to the senior partner of his firm that the plant was uninjured.
  • They would start working again as soon as possible. It wasn't a
  • speculation, it was an investment. To show how good a thing the senior
  • partner thought it Macalister told Philip that he had bought five hundred
  • shares for both his sisters: he never put them into anything that wasn't
  • as safe as the Bank of England.
  • "I'm going to put my shirt on it myself," he said.
  • The shares were two and an eighth to a quarter. He advised Philip not to
  • be greedy, but to be satisfied with a ten-shilling rise. He was buying
  • three hundred for himself and suggested that Philip should do the same. He
  • would hold them and sell when he thought fit. Philip had great faith in
  • him, partly because he was a Scotsman and therefore by nature cautious,
  • and partly because he had been right before. He jumped at the suggestion.
  • "I daresay we shall be able to sell before the account," said Macalister,
  • "but if not, I'll arrange to carry them over for you."
  • It seemed a capital system to Philip. You held on till you got your
  • profit, and you never even had to put your hand in your pocket. He began
  • to watch the Stock Exchange columns of the paper with new interest. Next
  • day everything was up a little, and Macalister wrote to say that he had
  • had to pay two and a quarter for the shares. He said that the market was
  • firm. But in a day or two there was a set-back. The news that came from
  • South Africa was less reassuring, and Philip with anxiety saw that his
  • shares had fallen to two; but Macalister was optimistic, the Boers
  • couldn't hold out much longer, and he was willing to bet a top-hat that
  • Roberts would march into Johannesburg before the middle of April. At the
  • account Philip had to pay out nearly forty pounds. It worried him
  • considerably, but he felt that the only course was to hold on: in his
  • circumstances the loss was too great for him to pocket. For two or three
  • weeks nothing happened; the Boers would not understand that they were
  • beaten and nothing remained for them but to surrender: in fact they had
  • one or two small successes, and Philip's shares fell half a crown more. It
  • became evident that the war was not finished. There was a lot of selling.
  • When Macalister saw Philip he was pessimistic.
  • "I'm not sure if the best thing wouldn't be to cut the loss. I've been
  • paying out about as much as I want to in differences."
  • Philip was sick with anxiety. He could not sleep at night; he bolted his
  • breakfast, reduced now to tea and bread and butter, in order to get over
  • to the club reading-room and see the paper; sometimes the news was bad,
  • and sometimes there was no news at all, but when the shares moved it was
  • to go down. He did not know what to do. If he sold now he would lose
  • altogether hard on three hundred and fifty pounds; and that would leave
  • him only eighty pounds to go on with. He wished with all his heart that he
  • had never been such a fool as to dabble on the Stock Exchange, but the
  • only thing was to hold on; something decisive might happen any day and the
  • shares would go up; he did not hope now for a profit, but he wanted to
  • make good his loss. It was his only chance of finishing his course at the
  • hospital. The Summer session was beginning in May, and at the end of it he
  • meant to take the examination in midwifery. Then he would only have a year
  • more; he reckoned it out carefully and came to the conclusion that he
  • could manage it, fees and all, on a hundred and fifty pounds; but that was
  • the least it could possibly be done on.
  • Early in April he went to the tavern in Beak Street anxious to see
  • Macalister. It eased him a little to discuss the situation with him; and
  • to realise that numerous people beside himself were suffering from loss of
  • money made his own trouble a little less intolerable. But when Philip
  • arrived no one was there but Hayward, and no sooner had Philip seated
  • himself than he said:
  • "I'm sailing for the Cape on Sunday."
  • "Are you!" exclaimed Philip.
  • Hayward was the last person he would have expected to do anything of the
  • kind. At the hospital men were going out now in numbers; the Government
  • was glad to get anyone who was qualified; and others, going out as
  • troopers, wrote home that they had been put on hospital work as soon as it
  • was learned that they were medical students. A wave of patriotic feeling
  • had swept over the country, and volunteers were coming from all ranks of
  • society.
  • "What are you going as?" asked Philip.
  • "Oh, in the Dorset Yeomanry. I'm going as a trooper."
  • Philip had known Hayward for eight years. The youthful intimacy which had
  • come from Philip's enthusiastic admiration for the man who could tell him
  • of art and literature had long since vanished; but habit had taken its
  • place; and when Hayward was in London they saw one another once or twice
  • a week. He still talked about books with a delicate appreciation. Philip
  • was not yet tolerant, and sometimes Hayward's conversation irritated him.
  • He no longer believed implicitly that nothing in the world was of
  • consequence but art. He resented Hayward's contempt for action and
  • success. Philip, stirring his punch, thought of his early friendship and
  • his ardent expectation that Hayward would do great things; it was long
  • since he had lost all such illusions, and he knew now that Hayward would
  • never do anything but talk. He found his three hundred a year more
  • difficult to live on now that he was thirty-five than he had when he was
  • a young man; and his clothes, though still made by a good tailor, were
  • worn a good deal longer than at one time he would have thought possible.
  • He was too stout and no artful arrangement of his fair hair could conceal
  • the fact that he was bald. His blue eyes were dull and pale. It was not
  • hard to guess that he drank too much.
  • "What on earth made you think of going out to the Cape?" asked Philip.
  • "Oh, I don't know, I thought I ought to."
  • Philip was silent. He felt rather silly. He understood that Hayward was
  • being driven by an uneasiness in his soul which he could not account for.
  • Some power within him made it seem necessary to go and fight for his
  • country. It was strange, since he considered patriotism no more than a
  • prejudice, and, flattering himself on his cosmopolitanism, he had looked
  • upon England as a place of exile. His countrymen in the mass wounded his
  • susceptibilities. Philip wondered what it was that made people do things
  • which were so contrary to all their theories of life. It would have been
  • reasonable for Hayward to stand aside and watch with a smile while the
  • barbarians slaughtered one another. It looked as though men were puppets
  • in the hands of an unknown force, which drove them to do this and that;
  • and sometimes they used their reason to justify their actions; and when
  • this was impossible they did the actions in despite of reason.
  • "People are very extraordinary," said Philip. "I should never have
  • expected you to go out as a trooper."
  • Hayward smiled, slightly embarrassed, and said nothing.
  • "I was examined yesterday," he remarked at last. "It was worth while
  • undergoing the gene of it to know that one was perfectly fit."
  • Philip noticed that he still used a French word in an affected way when an
  • English one would have served. But just then Macalister came in.
  • "I wanted to see you, Carey," he said. "My people don't feel inclined to
  • hold those shares any more, the market's in such an awful state, and they
  • want you to take them up."
  • Philip's heart sank. He knew that was impossible. It meant that he must
  • accept the loss. His pride made him answer calmly.
  • "I don't know that I think that's worth while. You'd better sell them."
  • "It's all very fine to say that, I'm not sure if I can. The market's
  • stagnant, there are no buyers."
  • "But they're marked down at one and an eighth."
  • "Oh yes, but that doesn't mean anything. You can't get that for them."
  • Philip did not say anything for a moment. He was trying to collect
  • himself.
  • "D'you mean to say they're worth nothing at all?"
  • "Oh, I don't say that. Of course they're worth something, but you see,
  • nobody's buying them now."
  • "Then you must just sell them for what you can get."
  • Macalister looked at Philip narrowly. He wondered whether he was very hard
  • hit.
  • "I'm awfully sorry, old man, but we're all in the same boat. No one
  • thought the war was going to hang on this way. I put you into them, but I
  • was in myself too."
  • "It doesn't matter at all," said Philip. "One has to take one's chance."
  • He moved back to the table from which he had got up to talk to Macalister.
  • He was dumfounded; his head suddenly began to ache furiously; but he did
  • not want them to think him unmanly. He sat on for an hour. He laughed
  • feverishly at everything they said. At last he got up to go.
  • "You take it pretty coolly," said Macalister, shaking hands with him. "I
  • don't suppose anyone likes losing between three and four hundred pounds."
  • When Philip got back to his shabby little room he flung himself on his
  • bed, and gave himself over to his despair. He kept on regretting his folly
  • bitterly; and though he told himself that it was absurd to regret for what
  • had happened was inevitable just because it had happened, he could not
  • help himself. He was utterly miserable. He could not sleep. He remembered
  • all the ways he had wasted money during the last few years. His head ached
  • dreadfully.
  • The following evening there came by the last post the statement of his
  • account. He examined his pass-book. He found that when he had paid
  • everything he would have seven pounds left. Seven pounds! He was thankful
  • he had been able to pay. It would have been horrible to be obliged to
  • confess to Macalister that he had not the money. He was dressing in the
  • eye-department during the summer session, and he had bought an
  • ophthalmoscope off a student who had one to sell. He had not paid for
  • this, but he lacked the courage to tell the student that he wanted to go
  • back on his bargain. Also he had to buy certain books. He had about five
  • pounds to go on with. It lasted him six weeks; then he wrote to his uncle
  • a letter which he thought very business-like; he said that owing to the
  • war he had had grave losses and could not go on with his studies unless
  • his uncle came to his help. He suggested that the Vicar should lend him a
  • hundred and fifty pounds paid over the next eighteen months in monthly
  • instalments; he would pay interest on this and promised to refund the
  • capital by degrees when he began to earn money. He would be qualified in
  • a year and a half at the latest, and he could be pretty sure then of
  • getting an assistantship at three pounds a week. His uncle wrote back that
  • he could do nothing. It was not fair to ask him to sell out when
  • everything was at its worst, and the little he had he felt that his duty
  • to himself made it necessary for him to keep in case of illness. He ended
  • the letter with a little homily. He had warned Philip time after time, and
  • Philip had never paid any attention to him; he could not honestly say he
  • was surprised; he had long expected that this would be the end of Philip's
  • extravagance and want of balance. Philip grew hot and cold when he read
  • this. It had never occurred to him that his uncle would refuse, and he
  • burst into furious anger; but this was succeeded by utter blankness: if
  • his uncle would not help him he could not go on at the hospital. Panic
  • seized him and, putting aside his pride, he wrote again to the Vicar of
  • Blackstable, placing the case before him more urgently; but perhaps he did
  • not explain himself properly and his uncle did not realise in what
  • desperate straits he was, for he answered that he could not change his
  • mind; Philip was twenty-five and really ought to be earning his living.
  • When he died Philip would come into a little, but till then he refused to
  • give him a penny. Philip felt in the letter the satisfaction of a man who
  • for many years had disapproved of his courses and now saw himself
  • justified.
  • XCIX
  • Philip began to pawn his clothes. He reduced his expenses by eating only
  • one meal a day beside his breakfast; and he ate it, bread and butter and
  • cocoa, at four so that it should last him till next morning. He was so
  • hungry by nine o'clock that he had to go to bed. He thought of borrowing
  • money from Lawson, but the fear of a refusal held him back; at last he
  • asked him for five pounds. Lawson lent it with pleasure, but, as he did
  • so, said:
  • "You'll let me have it back in a week or so, won't you? I've got to pay my
  • framer, and I'm awfully broke just now."
  • Philip knew he would not be able to return it, and the thought of what
  • Lawson would think made him so ashamed that in a couple of days he took
  • the money back untouched. Lawson was just going out to luncheon and asked
  • Philip to come too. Philip could hardly eat, he was so glad to get some
  • solid food. On Sunday he was sure of a good dinner from Athelny. He
  • hesitated to tell the Athelnys what had happened to him: they had always
  • looked upon him as comparatively well-to-do, and he had a dread that they
  • would think less well of him if they knew he was penniless.
  • Though he had always been poor, the possibility of not having enough to
  • eat had never occurred to him; it was not the sort of thing that happened
  • to the people among whom he lived; and he was as ashamed as if he had some
  • disgraceful disease. The situation in which he found himself was quite
  • outside the range of his experience. He was so taken aback that he did not
  • know what else to do than to go on at the hospital; he had a vague hope
  • that something would turn up; he could not quite believe that what was
  • happening to him was true; and he remembered how during his first term at
  • school he had often thought his life was a dream from which he would awake
  • to find himself once more at home. But very soon he foresaw that in a week
  • or so he would have no money at all. He must set about trying to earn
  • something at once. If he had been qualified, even with a club-foot, he
  • could have gone out to the Cape, since the demand for medical men was now
  • great. Except for his deformity he might have enlisted in one of the
  • yeomanry regiments which were constantly being sent out. He went to the
  • secretary of the Medical School and asked if he could give him the
  • coaching of some backward student; but the secretary held out no hope of
  • getting him anything of the sort. Philip read the advertisement columns of
  • the medical papers, and he applied for the post of unqualified assistant
  • to a man who had a dispensary in the Fulham Road. When he went to see him,
  • he saw the doctor glance at his club-foot; and on hearing that Philip was
  • only in his fourth year at the hospital he said at once that his
  • experience was insufficient: Philip understood that this was only an
  • excuse; the man would not have an assistant who might not be as active as
  • he wanted. Philip turned his attention to other means of earning money. He
  • knew French and German and thought there might be some chance of finding
  • a job as correspondence clerk; it made his heart sink, but he set his
  • teeth; there was nothing else to do. Though too shy to answer the
  • advertisements which demanded a personal application, he replied to those
  • which asked for letters; but he had no experience to state and no
  • recommendations: he was conscious that neither his German nor his French
  • was commercial; he was ignorant of the terms used in business; he knew
  • neither shorthand nor typewriting. He could not help recognising that his
  • case was hopeless. He thought of writing to the solicitor who had been his
  • father's executor, but he could not bring himself to, for it was contrary
  • to his express advice that he had sold the mortgages in which his money
  • had been invested. He knew from his uncle that Mr. Nixon thoroughly
  • disapproved of him. He had gathered from Philip's year in the accountant's
  • office that he was idle and incompetent.
  • "I'd sooner starve," Philip muttered to himself.
  • Once or twice the possibility of suicide presented itself to him; it would
  • be easy to get something from the hospital dispensary, and it was a
  • comfort to think that if the worst came to the worst he had at hand means
  • of making a painless end of himself; but it was not a course that he
  • considered seriously. When Mildred had left him to go with Griffiths his
  • anguish had been so great that he wanted to die in order to get rid of the
  • pain. He did not feel like that now. He remembered that the Casualty
  • Sister had told him how people oftener did away with themselves for want
  • of money than for want of love; and he chuckled when he thought that he
  • was an exception. He wished only that he could talk his worries over with
  • somebody, but he could not bring himself to confess them. He was ashamed.
  • He went on looking for work. He left his rent unpaid for three weeks,
  • explaining to his landlady that he would get money at the end of the
  • month; she did not say anything, but pursed her lips and looked grim. When
  • the end of the month came and she asked if it would be convenient for him
  • to pay something on account, it made him feel very sick to say that he
  • could not; he told her he would write to his uncle and was sure to be able
  • to settle his bill on the following Saturday.
  • "Well, I 'ope you will, Mr. Carey, because I 'ave my rent to pay, and I
  • can't afford to let accounts run on." She did not speak with anger, but
  • with determination that was rather frightening. She paused for a moment
  • and then said: "If you don't pay next Saturday, I shall 'ave to complain
  • to the secretary of the 'ospital."
  • "Oh yes, that'll be all right."
  • She looked at him for a little and glanced round the bare room. When she
  • spoke it was without any emphasis, as though it were quite a natural thing
  • to say.
  • "I've got a nice 'ot joint downstairs, and if you like to come down to the
  • kitchen you're welcome to a bit of dinner."
  • Philip felt himself redden to the soles of his feet, and a sob caught at
  • his throat.
  • "Thank you very much, Mrs. Higgins, but I'm not at all hungry."
  • "Very good, sir."
  • When she left the room Philip threw himself on his bed. He had to clench
  • his fists in order to prevent himself from crying.
  • C
  • Saturday. It was the day on which he had promised to pay his landlady. He
  • had been expecting something to turn up all through the week. He had found
  • no work. He had never been driven to extremities before, and he was so
  • dazed that he did not know what to do. He had at the back of his mind a
  • feeling that the whole thing was a preposterous joke. He had no more than
  • a few coppers left, he had sold all the clothes he could do without; he
  • had some books and one or two odds and ends upon which he might have got
  • a shilling or two, but the landlady was keeping an eye on his comings and
  • goings: he was afraid she would stop him if he took anything more from his
  • room. The only thing was to tell her that he could not pay his bill. He
  • had not the courage. It was the middle of June. The night was fine and
  • warm. He made up his mind to stay out. He walked slowly along the Chelsea
  • Embankment, because the river was restful and quiet, till he was tired,
  • and then sat on a bench and dozed. He did not know how long he slept; he
  • awoke with a start, dreaming that he was being shaken by a policeman and
  • told to move on; but when he opened his eyes he found himself alone. He
  • walked on, he did not know why, and at last came to Chiswick, where he
  • slept again. Presently the hardness of the bench roused him. The night
  • seemed very long. He shivered. He was seized with a sense of his misery;
  • and he did not know what on earth to do: he was ashamed at having slept on
  • the Embankment; it seemed peculiarly humiliating, and he felt his cheeks
  • flush in the darkness. He remembered stories he had heard of those who did
  • and how among them were officers, clergymen, and men who had been to
  • universities: he wondered if he would become one of them, standing in a
  • line to get soup from a charitable institution. It would be much better to
  • commit suicide. He could not go on like that: Lawson would help him when
  • he knew what straits he was in; it was absurd to let his pride prevent him
  • from asking for assistance. He wondered why he had come such a cropper. He
  • had always tried to do what he thought best, and everything had gone
  • wrong. He had helped people when he could, he did not think he had been
  • more selfish than anyone else, it seemed horribly unjust that he should be
  • reduced to such a pass.
  • But it was no good thinking about it. He walked on. It was now light: the
  • river was beautiful in the silence, and there was something mysterious in
  • the early day; it was going to be very fine, and the sky, pale in the
  • dawn, was cloudless. He felt very tired, and hunger was gnawing at his
  • entrails, but he could not sit still; he was constantly afraid of being
  • spoken to by a policeman. He dreaded the mortification of that. He felt
  • dirty and wished he could have a wash. At last he found himself at Hampton
  • Court. He felt that if he did not have something to eat he would cry. He
  • chose a cheap eating-house and went in; there was a smell of hot things,
  • and it made him feel slightly sick: he meant to eat something nourishing
  • enough to keep up for the rest of the day, but his stomach revolted at the
  • sight of food. He had a cup of tea and some bread and butter. He
  • remembered then that it was Sunday and he could go to the Athelnys; he
  • thought of the roast beef and the Yorkshire pudding they would eat; but he
  • was fearfully tired and could not face the happy, noisy family. He was
  • feeling morose and wretched. He wanted to be left alone. He made up his
  • mind that he would go into the gardens of the palace and lie down. His
  • bones ached. Perhaps he would find a pump so that he could wash his hands
  • and face and drink something; he was very thirsty; and now that he was no
  • longer hungry he thought with pleasure of the flowers and the lawns and
  • the great leafy trees. He felt that there he could think out better what
  • he must do. He lay on the grass, in the shade, and lit his pipe. For
  • economy's sake he had for a long time confined himself to two pipes a day;
  • he was thankful now that his pouch was full. He did not know what people
  • did when they had no money. Presently he fell asleep. When he awoke it was
  • nearly mid-day, and he thought that soon he must be setting out for London
  • so as to be there in the early morning and answer any advertisements which
  • seemed to promise. He thought of his uncle, who had told him that he would
  • leave him at his death the little he had; Philip did not in the least know
  • how much this was: it could not be more than a few hundred pounds. He
  • wondered whether he could raise money on the reversion. Not without the
  • old man's consent, and that he would never give.
  • "The only thing I can do is to hang on somehow till he dies."
  • Philip reckoned his age. The Vicar of Blackstable was well over seventy.
  • He had chronic bronchitis, but many old men had that and lived on
  • indefinitely. Meanwhile something must turn up; Philip could not get away
  • from the feeling that his position was altogether abnormal; people in his
  • particular station did not starve. It was because he could not bring
  • himself to believe in the reality of his experience that he did not give
  • way to utter despair. He made up his mind to borrow half a sovereign from
  • Lawson. He stayed in the garden all day and smoked when he felt very
  • hungry; he did not mean to eat anything until he was setting out again for
  • London: it was a long way and he must keep up his strength for that. He
  • started when the day began to grow cooler, and slept on benches when he
  • was tired. No one disturbed him. He had a wash and brush up, and a shave
  • at Victoria, some tea and bread and butter, and while he was eating this
  • read the advertisement columns of the morning paper. As he looked down
  • them his eye fell upon an announcement asking for a salesman in the
  • 'furnishing drapery' department of some well-known stores. He had a
  • curious little sinking of the heart, for with his middle-class prejudices
  • it seemed dreadful to go into a shop; but he shrugged his shoulders, after
  • all what did it matter? and he made up his mind to have a shot at it. He
  • had a queer feeling that by accepting every humiliation, by going out to
  • meet it even, he was forcing the hand of fate. When he presented himself,
  • feeling horribly shy, in the department at nine o'clock he found that many
  • others were there before him. They were of all ages, from boys of sixteen
  • to men of forty; some were talking to one another in undertones, but most
  • were silent; and when he took up his place those around him gave him a
  • look of hostility. He heard one man say:
  • "The only thing I look forward to is getting my refusal soon enough to
  • give me time to look elsewhere."
  • The man, standing next him, glanced at Philip and asked:
  • "Had any experience?"
  • "No," said Philip.
  • He paused a moment and then made a remark: "Even the smaller houses won't
  • see you without appointment after lunch."
  • Philip looked at the assistants. Some were draping chintzes and cretonnes,
  • and others, his neighbour told him were preparing country orders that had
  • come in by post. At about a quarter past nine the buyer arrived. He heard
  • one of the men who were waiting say to another that it was Mr. Gibbons. He
  • was middle-aged, short and corpulent, with a black beard and dark, greasy
  • hair. He had brisk movements and a clever face. He wore a silk hat and a
  • frock coat, the lapel of which was adorned with a white geranium
  • surrounded by leaves. He went into his office, leaving the door open; it
  • was very small and contained only an American roll-desk in the corner, a
  • bookcase, and a cupboard. The men standing outside watched him
  • mechanically take the geranium out of his coat and put it in an ink-pot
  • filled with water. It was against the rules to wear flowers in business.
  • During the day the department men who wanted to keep in with the governor
  • admired the flower.
  • "I've never seen better," they said, "you didn't grow it yourself?"
  • "Yes I did," he smiled, and a gleam of pride filled his intelligent eyes.
  • He took off his hat and changed his coat, glanced at the letters and then
  • at the men who were waiting to see him. He made a slight sign with one
  • finger, and the first in the queue stepped into the office. They filed
  • past him one by one and answered his questions. He put them very briefly,
  • keeping his eyes fixed on the applicant's face.
  • "Age? Experience? Why did you leave your job?"
  • He listened to the replies without expression. When it came to Philip's
  • turn he fancied that Mr. Gibbons stared at him curiously. Philip's clothes
  • were neat and tolerably cut. He looked a little different from the others.
  • "Experience?"
  • "I'm afraid I haven't any," said Philip.
  • "No good."
  • Philip walked out of the office. The ordeal had been so much less painful
  • than he expected that he felt no particular disappointment. He could
  • hardly hope to succeed in getting a place the first time he tried. He had
  • kept the newspaper and now looked at the advertisements again: a shop in
  • Holborn needed a salesman too, and he went there; but when he arrived he
  • found that someone had already been engaged. If he wanted to get anything
  • to eat that day he must go to Lawson's studio before he went out to
  • luncheon, so he made his way along the Brompton Road to Yeoman's Row.
  • "I say, I'm rather broke till the end of the month," he said as soon as he
  • found an opportunity. "I wish you'd lend me half a sovereign, will you?"
  • It was incredible the difficulty he found in asking for money; and he
  • remembered the casual way, as though almost they were conferring a favour,
  • men at the hospital had extracted small sums out of him which they had no
  • intention of repaying.
  • "Like a shot," said Lawson.
  • But when he put his hand in his pocket he found that he had only eight
  • shillings. Philip's heart sank.
  • "Oh well, lend me five bob, will you?" he said lightly.
  • "Here you are."
  • Philip went to the public baths in Westminster and spent sixpence on a
  • bath. Then he got himself something to eat. He did not know what to do
  • with himself in the afternoon. He would not go back to the hospital in
  • case anyone should ask him questions, and besides, he had nothing to do
  • there now; they would wonder in the two or three departments he had worked
  • in why he did not come, but they must think what they chose, it did not
  • matter: he would not be the first student who had dropped out without
  • warning. He went to the free library, and looked at the papers till they
  • wearied him, then he took out Stevenson's New Arabian Nights; but he
  • found he could not read: the words meant nothing to him, and he continued
  • to brood over his helplessness. He kept on thinking the same things all
  • the time, and the fixity of his thoughts made his head ache. At last,
  • craving for fresh air, he went into the Green Park and lay down on the
  • grass. He thought miserably of his deformity, which made it impossible for
  • him to go to the war. He went to sleep and dreamt that he was suddenly
  • sound of foot and out at the Cape in a regiment of Yeomanry; the pictures
  • he had looked at in the illustrated papers gave materials for his fancy;
  • and he saw himself on the Veldt, in khaki, sitting with other men round a
  • fire at night. When he awoke he found that it was still quite light, and
  • presently he heard Big Ben strike seven. He had twelve hours to get
  • through with nothing to do. He dreaded the interminable night. The sky was
  • overcast and he feared it would rain; he would have to go to a
  • lodging-house where he could get a bed; he had seen them advertised on
  • lamps outside houses in Lambeth: Good Beds sixpence; he had never been
  • inside one, and dreaded the foul smell and the vermin. He made up his mind
  • to stay in the open air if he possibly could. He remained in the park till
  • it was closed and then began to walk about. He was very tired. The thought
  • came to him that an accident would be a piece of luck, so that he could be
  • taken to a hospital and lie there, in a clean bed, for weeks. At midnight
  • he was so hungry that he could not go without food any more, so he went to
  • a coffee stall at Hyde Park Corner and ate a couple of potatoes and had a
  • cup of coffee. Then he walked again. He felt too restless to sleep, and he
  • had a horrible dread of being moved on by the police. He noted that he was
  • beginning to look upon the constable from quite a new angle. This was the
  • third night he had spent out. Now and then he sat on the benches in
  • Piccadilly and towards morning he strolled down to The Embankment. He
  • listened to the striking of Big Ben, marking every quarter of an hour, and
  • reckoned out how long it left till the city woke again. In the morning he
  • spent a few coppers on making himself neat and clean, bought a paper to
  • read the advertisements, and set out once more on the search for work.
  • He went on in this way for several days. He had very little food and began
  • to feel weak and ill, so that he had hardly enough energy to go on looking
  • for the work which seemed so desperately hard to find. He was growing used
  • now to the long waiting at the back of a shop on the chance that he would
  • be taken on, and the curt dismissal. He walked to all parts of London in
  • answer to the advertisements, and he came to know by sight men who applied
  • as fruitlessly as himself. One or two tried to make friends with him, but
  • he was too tired and too wretched to accept their advances. He did not go
  • any more to Lawson, because he owed him five shillings. He began to be too
  • dazed to think clearly and ceased very much to care what would happen to
  • him. He cried a good deal. At first he was very angry with himself for
  • this and ashamed, but he found it relieved him, and somehow made him feel
  • less hungry. In the very early morning he suffered a good deal from cold.
  • One night he went into his room to change his linen; he slipped in about
  • three, when he was quite sure everyone would be asleep, and out again at
  • five; he lay on the bed and its softness was enchanting; all his bones
  • ached, and as he lay he revelled in the pleasure of it; it was so
  • delicious that he did not want to go to sleep. He was growing used to want
  • of food and did not feel very hungry, but only weak. Constantly now at the
  • back of his mind was the thought of doing away with himself, but he used
  • all the strength he had not to dwell on it, because he was afraid the
  • temptation would get hold of him so that he would not be able to help
  • himself. He kept on saying to himself that it would be absurd to commit
  • suicide, since something must happen soon; he could not get over the
  • impression that his situation was too preposterous to be taken quite
  • seriously; it was like an illness which must be endured but from which he
  • was bound to recover. Every night he swore that nothing would induce him
  • to put up with such another and determined next morning to write to his
  • uncle, or to Mr. Nixon, the solicitor, or to Lawson; but when the time
  • came he could not bring himself to make the humiliating confession of his
  • utter failure. He did not know how Lawson would take it. In their
  • friendship Lawson had been scatter-brained and he had prided himself on
  • his common sense. He would have to tell the whole history of his folly. He
  • had an uneasy feeling that Lawson, after helping him, would turn the cold
  • shoulder on him. His uncle and the solicitor would of course do something
  • for him, but he dreaded their reproaches. He did not want anyone to
  • reproach him: he clenched his teeth and repeated that what had happened
  • was inevitable just because it had happened. Regret was absurd.
  • The days were unending, and the five shillings Lawson had lent him would
  • not last much longer. Philip longed for Sunday to come so that he could go
  • to Athelny's. He did not know what prevented him from going there sooner,
  • except perhaps that he wanted so badly to get through on his own; for
  • Athelny, who had been in straits as desperate, was the only person who
  • could do anything for him. Perhaps after dinner he could bring himself to
  • tell Athelny that he was in difficulties. Philip repeated to himself over
  • and over again what he should say to him. He was dreadfully afraid that
  • Athelny would put him off with airy phrases: that would be so horrible
  • that he wanted to delay as long as possible the putting of him to the
  • test. Philip had lost all confidence in his fellows.
  • Saturday night was cold and raw. Philip suffered horribly. From midday on
  • Saturday till he dragged himself wearily to Athelny's house he ate
  • nothing. He spent his last twopence on Sunday morning on a wash and a
  • brush up in the lavatory at Charing Cross.
  • CI
  • When Philip rang a head was put out of the window, and in a minute he
  • heard a noisy clatter on the stairs as the children ran down to let him
  • in. It was a pale, anxious, thin face that he bent down for them to kiss.
  • He was so moved by their exuberant affection that, to give himself time to
  • recover, he made excuses to linger on the stairs. He was in a hysterical
  • state and almost anything was enough to make him cry. They asked him why
  • he had not come on the previous Sunday, and he told them he had been ill;
  • they wanted to know what was the matter with him; and Philip, to amuse
  • them, suggested a mysterious ailment, the name of which, double-barrelled
  • and barbarous with its mixture of Greek and Latin (medical nomenclature
  • bristled with such), made them shriek with delight. They dragged Philip
  • into the parlour and made him repeat it for their father's edification.
  • Athelny got up and shook hands with him. He stared at Philip, but with his
  • round, bulging eyes he always seemed to stare, Philip did not know why on
  • this occasion it made him self-conscious.
  • "We missed you last Sunday," he said.
  • Philip could never tell lies without embarrassment, and he was scarlet
  • when he finished his explanation for not coming. Then Mrs. Athelny entered
  • and shook hands with him.
  • "I hope you're better, Mr. Carey," she said.
  • He did not know why she imagined that anything had been the matter with
  • him, for the kitchen door was closed when he came up with the children,
  • and they had not left him.
  • "Dinner won't be ready for another ten minutes," she said, in her slow
  • drawl. "Won't you have an egg beaten up in a glass of milk while you're
  • waiting?"
  • There was a look of concern on her face which made Philip uncomfortable.
  • He forced a laugh and answered that he was not at all hungry. Sally came
  • in to lay the table, and Philip began to chaff her. It was the family joke
  • that she would be as fat as an aunt of Mrs. Athelny, called Aunt
  • Elizabeth, whom the children had never seen but regarded as the type of
  • obscene corpulence.
  • "I say, what HAS happened since I saw you last, Sally?" Philip began.
  • "Nothing that I know of."
  • "I believe you've been putting on weight."
  • "I'm sure you haven't," she retorted. "You're a perfect skeleton."
  • Philip reddened.
  • "That's a tu quoque, Sally," cried her father. "You will be fined one
  • golden hair of your head. Jane, fetch the shears."
  • "Well, he is thin, father," remonstrated Sally. "He's just skin and bone."
  • "That's not the question, child. He is at perfect liberty to be thin, but
  • your obesity is contrary to decorum."
  • As he spoke he put his arm proudly round her waist and looked at her with
  • admiring eyes.
  • "Let me get on with the table, father. If I am comfortable there are some
  • who don't seem to mind it."
  • "The hussy!" cried Athelny, with a dramatic wave of the hand. "She taunts
  • me with the notorious fact that Joseph, a son of Levi who sells jewels in
  • Holborn, has made her an offer of marriage."
  • "Have you accepted him, Sally?" asked Philip.
  • "Don't you know father better than that by this time? There's not a word
  • of truth in it."
  • "Well, if he hasn't made you an offer of marriage," cried Athelny, "by
  • Saint George and Merry England, I will seize him by the nose and demand of
  • him immediately what are his intentions."
  • "Sit down, father, dinner's ready. Now then, you children, get along with
  • you and wash your hands all of you, and don't shirk it, because I mean to
  • look at them before you have a scrap of dinner, so there."
  • Philip thought he was ravenous till he began to eat, but then discovered
  • that his stomach turned against food, and he could eat hardly at all. His
  • brain was weary; and he did not notice that Athelny, contrary to his
  • habit, spoke very little. Philip was relieved to be sitting in a
  • comfortable house, but every now and then he could not prevent himself
  • from glancing out of the window. The day was tempestuous. The fine weather
  • had broken; and it was cold, and there was a bitter wind; now and again
  • gusts of rain drove against the window. Philip wondered what he should do
  • that night. The Athelnys went to bed early, and he could not stay where he
  • was after ten o'clock. His heart sank at the thought of going out into the
  • bleak darkness. It seemed more terrible now that he was with his friends
  • than when he was outside and alone. He kept on saying to himself that
  • there were plenty more who would be spending the night out of doors. He
  • strove to distract his mind by talking, but in the middle of his words a
  • spatter of rain against the window would make him start.
  • "It's like March weather," said Athelny. "Not the sort of day one would
  • like to be crossing the Channel."
  • Presently they finished, and Sally came in and cleared away.
  • "Would you like a twopenny stinker?" said Athelny, handing him a cigar.
  • Philip took it and inhaled the smoke with delight. It soothed him
  • extraordinarily. When Sally had finished Athelny told her to shut the door
  • after her.
  • "Now we shan't be disturbed," he said, turning to Philip. "I've arranged
  • with Betty not to let the children come in till I call them."
  • Philip gave him a startled look, but before he could take in the meaning
  • of his words, Athelny, fixing his glasses on his nose with the gesture
  • habitual to him, went on.
  • "I wrote to you last Sunday to ask if anything was the matter with you,
  • and as you didn't answer I went to your rooms on Wednesday."
  • Philip turned his head away and did not answer. His heart began to beat
  • violently. Athelny did not speak, and presently the silence seemed
  • intolerable to Philip. He could not think of a single word to say.
  • "Your landlady told me you hadn't been in since Saturday night, and she
  • said you owed her for the last month. Where have you been sleeping all
  • this week?"
  • It made Philip sick to answer. He stared out of the window.
  • "Nowhere."
  • "I tried to find you."
  • "Why?" asked Philip.
  • "Betty and I have been just as broke in our day, only we had babies to
  • look after. Why didn't you come here?"
  • "I couldn't."
  • Philip was afraid he was going to cry. He felt very weak. He shut his eyes
  • and frowned, trying to control himself. He felt a sudden flash of anger
  • with Athelny because he would not leave him alone; but he was broken; and
  • presently, his eyes still closed, slowly in order to keep his voice
  • steady, he told him the story of his adventures during the last few weeks.
  • As he spoke it seemed to him that he had behaved inanely, and it made it
  • still harder to tell. He felt that Athelny would think him an utter fool.
  • "Now you're coming to live with us till you find something to do," said
  • Athelny, when he had finished.
  • Philip flushed, he knew not why.
  • "Oh, it's awfully kind of you, but I don't think I'll do that."
  • "Why not?"
  • Philip did not answer. He had refused instinctively from fear that he
  • would be a bother, and he had a natural bashfulness of accepting favours.
  • He knew besides that the Athelnys lived from hand to mouth, and with their
  • large family had neither space nor money to entertain a stranger.
  • "Of course you must come here," said Athelny. "Thorpe will tuck in with
  • one of his brothers and you can sleep in his bed. You don't suppose your
  • food's going to make any difference to us."
  • Philip was afraid to speak, and Athelny, going to the door, called his
  • wife.
  • "Betty," he said, when she came in, "Mr. Carey's coming to live with us."
  • "Oh, that is nice," she said. "I'll go and get the bed ready."
  • She spoke in such a hearty, friendly tone, taking everything for granted,
  • that Philip was deeply touched. He never expected people to be kind to
  • him, and when they were it surprised and moved him. Now he could not
  • prevent two large tears from rolling down his cheeks. The Athelnys
  • discussed the arrangements and pretended not to notice to what a state his
  • weakness had brought him. When Mrs. Athelny left them Philip leaned back
  • in his chair, and looking out of the window laughed a little.
  • "It's not a very nice night to be out, is it?"
  • CII
  • Athelny told Philip that he could easily get him something to do in the
  • large firm of linendrapers in which himself worked. Several of the
  • assistants had gone to the war, and Lynn and Sedley with patriotic zeal
  • had promised to keep their places open for them. They put the work of the
  • heroes on those who remained, and since they did not increase the wages of
  • these were able at once to exhibit public spirit and effect an economy;
  • but the war continued and trade was less depressed; the holidays were
  • coming, when numbers of the staff went away for a fortnight at a time:
  • they were bound to engage more assistants. Philip's experience had made
  • him doubtful whether even then they would engage him; but Athelny,
  • representing himself as a person of consequence in the firm, insisted that
  • the manager could refuse him nothing. Philip, with his training in Paris,
  • would be very useful; it was only a matter of waiting a little and he was
  • bound to get a well-paid job to design costumes and draw posters. Philip
  • made a poster for the summer sale and Athelny took it away. Two days later
  • he brought it back, saying that the manager admired it very much and
  • regretted with all his heart that there was no vacancy just then in that
  • department. Philip asked whether there was nothing else he could do.
  • "I'm afraid not."
  • "Are you quite sure?"
  • "Well, the fact is they're advertising for a shop-walker tomorrow," said
  • Athelny, looking at him doubtfully through his glasses.
  • "D'you think I stand any chance of getting it?"
  • Athelny was a little confused; he had led Philip to expect something much
  • more splendid; on the other hand he was too poor to go on providing him
  • indefinitely with board and lodging.
  • "You might take it while you wait for something better. You always stand
  • a better chance if you're engaged by the firm already."
  • "I'm not proud, you know," smiled Philip.
  • "If you decide on that you must be there at a quarter to nine tomorrow
  • morning."
  • Notwithstanding the war there was evidently much difficulty in finding
  • work, for when Philip went to the shop many men were waiting already. He
  • recognised some whom he had seen in his own searching, and there was one
  • whom he had noticed lying about the park in the afternoon. To Philip now
  • that suggested that he was as homeless as himself and passed the night out
  • of doors. The men were of all sorts, old and young, tall and short; but
  • every one had tried to make himself smart for the interview with the
  • manager: they had carefully brushed hair and scrupulously clean hands.
  • They waited in a passage which Philip learnt afterwards led up to the
  • dining-hall and the work rooms; it was broken every few yards by five or
  • six steps. Though there was electric light in the shop here was only gas,
  • with wire cages over it for protection, and it flared noisily. Philip
  • arrived punctually, but it was nearly ten o'clock when he was admitted
  • into the office. It was three-cornered, like a cut of cheese lying on its
  • side: on the walls were pictures of women in corsets, and two
  • poster-proofs, one of a man in pyjamas, green and white in large stripes,
  • and the other of a ship in full sail ploughing an azure sea: on the sail
  • was printed in large letters 'great white sale.' The widest side of the
  • office was the back of one of the shop-windows, which was being dressed at
  • the time, and an assistant went to and fro during the interview. The
  • manager was reading a letter. He was a florid man, with sandy hair and a
  • large sandy moustache; from the middle of his watch-chain hung a bunch of
  • football medals. He sat in his shirt sleeves at a large desk with a
  • telephone by his side; before him were the day's advertisements, Athelny's
  • work, and cuttings from newspapers pasted on a card. He gave Philip a
  • glance but did not speak to him; he dictated a letter to the typist, a
  • girl who sat at a small table in one corner; then he asked Philip his
  • name, age, and what experience he had had. He spoke with a cockney twang
  • in a high, metallic voice which he seemed not able always to control;
  • Philip noticed that his upper teeth were large and protruding; they gave
  • you the impression that they were loose and would come out if you gave
  • them a sharp tug.
  • "I think Mr. Athelny has spoken to you about me," said Philip.
  • "Oh, you are the young feller who did that poster?"
  • "Yes, sir."
  • "No good to us, you know, not a bit of good."
  • He looked Philip up and down. He seemed to notice that Philip was in some
  • way different from the men who had preceded him.
  • "You'd 'ave to get a frock coat, you know. I suppose you 'aven't got one.
  • You seem a respectable young feller. I suppose you found art didn't pay."
  • Philip could not tell whether he meant to engage him or not. He threw
  • remarks at him in a hostile way.
  • "Where's your home?"
  • "My father and mother died when I was a child."
  • "I like to give young fellers a chance. Many's the one I've given their
  • chance to and they're managers of departments now. And they're grateful to
  • me, I'll say that for them. They know what I done for them. Start at the
  • bottom of the ladder, that's the only way to learn the business, and then
  • if you stick to it there's no knowing what it can lead to. If you suit,
  • one of these days you may find yourself in a position like what mine is.
  • Bear that in mind, young feller."
  • "I'm very anxious to do my best, sir," said Philip.
  • He knew that he must put in the sir whenever he could, but it sounded odd
  • to him, and he was afraid of overdoing it. The manager liked talking. It
  • gave him a happy consciousness of his own importance, and he did not give
  • Philip his decision till he had used a great many words.
  • "Well, I daresay you'll do," he said at last, in a pompous way. "Anyhow I
  • don't mind giving you a trial."
  • "Thank you very much, sir."
  • "You can start at once. I'll give you six shillings a week and your keep.
  • Everything found, you know; the six shillings is only pocket money, to do
  • what you like with, paid monthly. Start on Monday. I suppose you've got no
  • cause of complaint with that."
  • "No, sir."
  • "Harrington Street, d'you know where that is, Shaftesbury Avenue. That's
  • where you sleep. Number ten, it is. You can sleep there on Sunday night,
  • if you like; that's just as you please, or you can send your box there on
  • Monday." The manager nodded: "Good-morning."
  • CIII
  • Mrs. Athelny lent Philip money to pay his landlady enough of her bill to
  • let him take his things away. For five shillings and the pawn-ticket on a
  • suit he was able to get from a pawnbroker a frock coat which fitted him
  • fairly well. He redeemed the rest of his clothes. He sent his box to
  • Harrington Street by Carter Patterson and on Monday morning went with
  • Athelny to the shop. Athelny introduced him to the buyer of the costumes
  • and left him. The buyer was a pleasant, fussy little man of thirty, named
  • Sampson; he shook hands with Philip, and, in order to show his own
  • accomplishment of which he was very proud, asked him if he spoke French.
  • He was surprised when Philip told him he did.
  • "Any other language?"
  • "I speak German."
  • "Oh! I go over to Paris myself occasionally. Parlez-vous francais? Ever
  • been to Maxim's?"
  • Philip was stationed at the top of the stairs in the 'costumes.' His work
  • consisted in directing people to the various departments. There seemed a
  • great many of them as Mr. Sampson tripped them off his tongue. Suddenly he
  • noticed that Philip limped.
  • "What's the matter with your leg?" he asked.
  • "I've got a club-foot," said Philip. "But it doesn't prevent my walking or
  • anything like that."
  • The buyer looked at it for a moment doubtfully, and Philip surmised that
  • he was wondering why the manager had engaged him. Philip knew that he had
  • not noticed there was anything the matter with him.
  • "I don't expect you to get them all correct the first day. If you're in
  • any doubt all you've got to do is to ask one of the young ladies."
  • Mr. Sampson turned away; and Philip, trying to remember where this or the
  • other department was, watched anxiously for the customer in search of
  • information. At one o'clock he went up to dinner. The dining-room, on the
  • top floor of the vast building, was large, long, and well lit; but all the
  • windows were shut to keep out the dust, and there was a horrid smell of
  • cooking. There were long tables covered with cloths, with big glass
  • bottles of water at intervals, and down the centre salt cellars and
  • bottles of vinegar. The assistants crowded in noisily, and sat down on
  • forms still warm from those who had dined at twelve-thirty.
  • "No pickles," remarked the man next to Philip.
  • He was a tall thin young man, with a hooked nose and a pasty face; he had
  • a long head, unevenly shaped as though the skull had been pushed in here
  • and there oddly, and on his forehead and neck were large acne spots red
  • and inflamed. His name was Harris. Philip discovered that on some days
  • there were large soup-plates down the table full of mixed pickles. They
  • were very popular. There were no knives and forks, but in a minute a large
  • fat boy in a white coat came in with a couple of handfuls of them and
  • threw them loudly on the middle of the table. Each man took what he
  • wanted; they were warm and greasy from recent washing in dirty water.
  • Plates of meat swimming in gravy were handed round by boys in white
  • jackets, and as they flung each plate down with the quick gesture of a
  • prestidigitator the gravy slopped over on to the table-cloth. Then they
  • brought large dishes of cabbages and potatoes; the sight of them turned
  • Philip's stomach; he noticed that everyone poured quantities of vinegar
  • over them. The noise was awful. They talked and laughed and shouted, and
  • there was the clatter of knives and forks, and strange sounds of eating.
  • Philip was glad to get back into the department. He was beginning to
  • remember where each one was, and had less often to ask one of the
  • assistants, when somebody wanted to know the way.
  • "First to the right. Second on the left, madam."
  • One or two of the girls spoke to him, just a word when things were slack,
  • and he felt they were taking his measure. At five he was sent up again to
  • the dining-room for tea. He was glad to sit down. There were large slices
  • of bread heavily spread with butter; and many had pots of jam, which were
  • kept in the 'store' and had their names written on.
  • Philip was exhausted when work stopped at half past six. Harris, the man
  • he had sat next to at dinner, offered to take him over to Harrington
  • Street to show him where he was to sleep. He told Philip there was a spare
  • bed in his room, and, as the other rooms were full, he expected Philip
  • would be put there. The house in Harrington Street had been a bootmaker's;
  • and the shop was used as a bed-room; but it was very dark, since the
  • window had been boarded three parts up, and as this did not open the only
  • ventilation came from a small skylight at the far end. There was a musty
  • smell, and Philip was thankful that he would not have to sleep there.
  • Harris took him up to the sitting-room, which was on the first floor; it
  • had an old piano in it with a keyboard that looked like a row of decayed
  • teeth; and on the table in a cigar-box without a lid was a set of
  • dominoes; old numbers of The Strand Magazine and of The Graphic were
  • lying about. The other rooms were used as bed-rooms. That in which Philip
  • was to sleep was at the top of the house. There were six beds in it, and
  • a trunk or a box stood by the side of each. The only furniture was a chest
  • of drawers: it had four large drawers and two small ones, and Philip as
  • the new-comer had one of these; there were keys to them, but as they were
  • all alike they were not of much use, and Harris advised him to keep his
  • valuables in his trunk. There was a looking-glass on the chimney-piece.
  • Harris showed Philip the lavatory, which was a fairly large room with
  • eight basins in a row, and here all the inmates did their washing. It led
  • into another room in which were two baths, discoloured, the woodwork
  • stained with soap; and in them were dark rings at various intervals which
  • indicated the water marks of different baths.
  • When Harris and Philip went back to their bed-room they found a tall man
  • changing his clothes and a boy of sixteen whistling as loud as he could
  • while he brushed his hair. In a minute or two without saying a word to
  • anybody the tall man went out. Harris winked at the boy, and the boy,
  • whistling still, winked back. Harris told Philip that the man was called
  • Prior; he had been in the army and now served in the silks; he kept pretty
  • much to himself, and he went off every night, just like that, without so
  • much as a good-evening, to see his girl. Harris went out too, and only the
  • boy remained to watch Philip curiously while he unpacked his things. His
  • name was Bell and he was serving his time for nothing in the haberdashery.
  • He was much interested in Philip's evening clothes. He told him about the
  • other men in the room and asked him every sort of question about himself.
  • He was a cheerful youth, and in the intervals of conversation sang in a
  • half-broken voice snatches of music-hall songs. When Philip had finished
  • he went out to walk about the streets and look at the crowd; occasionally
  • he stopped outside the doors of restaurants and watched the people going
  • in; he felt hungry, so he bought a bath bun and ate it while he strolled
  • along. He had been given a latch-key by the prefect, the man who turned
  • out the gas at a quarter past eleven, but afraid of being locked out he
  • returned in good time; he had learned already the system of fines: you had
  • to pay a shilling if you came in after eleven, and half a crown after a
  • quarter past, and you were reported besides: if it happened three times
  • you were dismissed.
  • All but the soldier were in when Philip arrived and two were already in
  • bed. Philip was greeted with cries.
  • "Oh, Clarence! Naughty boy!"
  • He discovered that Bell had dressed up the bolster in his evening clothes.
  • The boy was delighted with his joke.
  • "You must wear them at the social evening, Clarence."
  • "He'll catch the belle of Lynn's, if he's not careful."
  • Philip had already heard of the social evenings, for the money stopped
  • from the wages to pay for them was one of the grievances of the staff. It
  • was only two shillings a month, and it covered medical attendance and the
  • use of a library of worn novels; but as four shillings a month besides was
  • stopped for washing, Philip discovered that a quarter of his six shillings
  • a week would never be paid to him.
  • Most of the men were eating thick slices of fat bacon between a roll of
  • bread cut in two. These sandwiches, the assistants' usual supper, were
  • supplied by a small shop a few doors off at twopence each. The soldier
  • rolled in; silently, rapidly, took off his clothes and threw himself into
  • bed. At ten minutes past eleven the gas gave a big jump and five minutes
  • later went out. The soldier went to sleep, but the others crowded round
  • the big window in their pyjamas and night-shirts and, throwing remains of
  • their sandwiches at the women who passed in the street below, shouted to
  • them facetious remarks. The house opposite, six storeys high, was a
  • workshop for Jewish tailors who left off work at eleven; the rooms were
  • brightly lit and there were no blinds to the windows. The sweater's
  • daughter--the family consisted of father, mother, two small boys, and a
  • girl of twenty--went round the house to put out the lights when work was
  • over, and sometimes she allowed herself to be made love to by one of the
  • tailors. The shop assistants in Philip's room got a lot of amusement out
  • of watching the manoeuvres of one man or another to stay behind, and they
  • made small bets on which would succeed. At midnight the people were turned
  • out of the Harrington Arms at the end of the street, and soon after they
  • all went to bed: Bell, who slept nearest the door, made his way across the
  • room by jumping from bed to bed, and even when he got to his own would not
  • stop talking. At last everything was silent but for the steady snoring of
  • the soldier, and Philip went to sleep.
  • He was awaked at seven by the loud ringing of a bell, and by a quarter to
  • eight they were all dressed and hurrying downstairs in their stockinged
  • feet to pick out their boots. They laced them as they ran along to the
  • shop in Oxford Street for breakfast. If they were a minute later than
  • eight they got none, nor, once in, were they allowed out to get themselves
  • anything to eat. Sometimes, if they knew they could not get into the
  • building in time, they stopped at the little shop near their quarters and
  • bought a couple of buns; but this cost money, and most went without food
  • till dinner. Philip ate some bread and butter, drank a cup of tea, and at
  • half past eight began his day's work again.
  • "First to the right. Second on the left, madam."
  • Soon he began to answer the questions quite mechanically. The work was
  • monotonous and very tiring. After a few days his feet hurt him so that he
  • could hardly stand: the thick soft carpets made them burn, and at night
  • his socks were painful to remove. It was a common complaint, and his
  • fellow 'floormen' told him that socks and boots just rotted away from the
  • continual sweating. All the men in his room suffered in the same fashion,
  • and they relieved the pain by sleeping with their feet outside the
  • bed-clothes. At first Philip could not walk at all and was obliged to
  • spend a good many of his evenings in the sitting-room at Harrington Street
  • with his feet in a pail of cold water. His companion on these occasions
  • was Bell, the lad in the haberdashery, who stayed in often to arrange the
  • stamps he collected. As he fastened them with little pieces of stamp-paper
  • he whistled monotonously.
  • CIV
  • The social evenings took place on alternate Mondays. There was one at the
  • beginning of Philip's second week at Lynn's. He arranged to go with one of
  • the women in his department.
  • "Meet 'em 'alf-way," she said, "same as I do."
  • This was Mrs. Hodges, a little woman of five-and-forty, with badly dyed
  • hair; she had a yellow face with a network of small red veins all over it,
  • and yellow whites to her pale blue eyes. She took a fancy to Philip and
  • called him by his Christian name before he had been in the shop a week.
  • "We've both known what it is to come down," she said.
  • She told Philip that her real name was not Hodges, but she always referred
  • to "me 'usband Misterodges;" he was a barrister and he treated her simply
  • shocking, so she left him as she preferred to be independent like; but she
  • had known what it was to drive in her own carriage, dear--she called
  • everyone dear--and they always had late dinner at home. She used to pick
  • her teeth with the pin of an enormous silver brooch. It was in the form of
  • a whip and a hunting-crop crossed, with two spurs in the middle. Philip
  • was ill at ease in his new surroundings, and the girls in the shop called
  • him 'sidey.' One addressed him as Phil, and he did not answer because he
  • had not the least idea that she was speaking to him; so she tossed her
  • head, saying he was a 'stuck-up thing,' and next time with ironical
  • emphasis called him Mister Carey. She was a Miss Jewell, and she was going
  • to marry a doctor. The other girls had never seen him, but they said he
  • must be a gentleman as he gave her such lovely presents.
  • "Never you mind what they say, dear," said Mrs. Hodges. "I've 'ad to go
  • through it same as you 'ave. They don't know any better, poor things. You
  • take my word for it, they'll like you all right if you 'old your own same
  • as I 'ave."
  • The social evening was held in the restaurant in the basement. The tables
  • were put on one side so that there might be room for dancing, and smaller
  • ones were set out for progressive whist.
  • "The 'eads 'ave to get there early," said Mrs. Hodges.
  • She introduced him to Miss Bennett, who was the belle of Lynn's. She was
  • the buyer in the 'Petticoats,' and when Philip entered was engaged in
  • conversation with the buyer in the 'Gentlemen's Hosiery;' Miss Bennett was
  • a woman of massive proportions, with a very large red face heavily
  • powdered and a bust of imposing dimensions; her flaxen hair was arranged
  • with elaboration. She was overdressed, but not badly dressed, in black
  • with a high collar, and she wore black glace gloves, in which she played
  • cards; she had several heavy gold chains round her neck, bangles on her
  • wrists, and circular photograph pendants, one being of Queen Alexandra;
  • she carried a black satin bag and chewed Sen-sens.
  • "Please to meet you, Mr. Carey," she said. "This is your first visit to
  • our social evenings, ain't it? I expect you feel a bit shy, but there's no
  • cause to, I promise you that."
  • She did her best to make people feel at home. She slapped them on the
  • shoulders and laughed a great deal.
  • "Ain't I a pickle?" she cried, turning to Philip. "What must you think of
  • me? But I can't 'elp meself."
  • Those who were going to take part in the social evening came in, the
  • younger members of the staff mostly, boys who had not girls of their own,
  • and girls who had not yet found anyone to walk with. Several of the young
  • gentlemen wore lounge suits with white evening ties and red silk
  • handkerchiefs; they were going to perform, and they had a busy, abstracted
  • air; some were self-confident, but others were nervous, and they watched
  • their public with an anxious eye. Presently a girl with a great deal of
  • hair sat at the piano and ran her hands noisily across the keyboard. When
  • the audience had settled itself she looked round and gave the name of her
  • piece.
  • "A Drive in Russia."
  • There was a round of clapping during which she deftly fixed bells to her
  • wrists. She smiled a little and immediately burst into energetic melody.
  • There was a great deal more clapping when she finished, and when this was
  • over, as an encore, she gave a piece which imitated the sea; there were
  • little trills to represent the lapping waves and thundering chords, with
  • the loud pedal down, to suggest a storm. After this a gentleman sang a
  • song called Bid me Good-bye, and as an encore obliged with Sing me to
  • Sleep. The audience measured their enthusiasm with a nice discrimination.
  • Everyone was applauded till he gave an encore, and so that there might be
  • no jealousy no one was applauded more than anyone else. Miss Bennett
  • sailed up to Philip.
  • "I'm sure you play or sing, Mr. Carey," she said archly. "I can see it in
  • your face."
  • "I'm afraid I don't."
  • "Don't you even recite?"
  • "I have no parlour tricks."
  • The buyer in the 'gentleman's hosiery' was a well-known reciter, and he
  • was called upon loudly to perform by all the assistants in his department.
  • Needing no pressing, he gave a long poem of tragic character, in which he
  • rolled his eyes, put his hand on his chest, and acted as though he were in
  • great agony. The point, that he had eaten cucumber for supper, was
  • divulged in the last line and was greeted with laughter, a little forced
  • because everyone knew the poem well, but loud and long. Miss Bennett did
  • not sing, play, or recite.
  • "Oh no, she 'as a little game of her own," said Mrs. Hodges.
  • "Now, don't you begin chaffing me. The fact is I know quite a lot about
  • palmistry and second sight."
  • "Oh, do tell my 'and, Miss Bennett," cried the girls in her department,
  • eager to please her.
  • "I don't like telling 'ands, I don't really. I've told people such
  • terrible things and they've all come true, it makes one superstitious
  • like."
  • "Oh, Miss Bennett, just for once."
  • A little crowd collected round her, and, amid screams of embarrassment,
  • giggles, blushings, and cries of dismay or admiration, she talked
  • mysteriously of fair and dark men, of money in a letter, and of journeys,
  • till the sweat stood in heavy beads on her painted face.
  • "Look at me," she said. "I'm all of a perspiration."
  • Supper was at nine. There were cakes, buns, sandwiches, tea and coffee,
  • all free; but if you wanted mineral water you had to pay for it. Gallantry
  • often led young men to offer the ladies ginger beer, but common decency
  • made them refuse. Miss Bennett was very fond of ginger beer, and she drank
  • two and sometimes three bottles during the evening; but she insisted on
  • paying for them herself. The men liked her for that.
  • "She's a rum old bird," they said, "but mind you, she's not a bad sort,
  • she's not like what some are."
  • After supper progressive whist was played. This was very noisy, and there
  • was a great deal of laughing and shouting, as people moved from table to
  • table. Miss Bennett grew hotter and hotter.
  • "Look at me," she said. "I'm all of a perspiration."
  • In due course one of the more dashing of the young men remarked that if
  • they wanted to dance they'd better begin. The girl who had played the
  • accompaniments sat at the piano and placed a decided foot on the loud
  • pedal. She played a dreamy waltz, marking the time with the bass, while
  • with the right hand she 'tiddled' in alternate octaves. By way of a change
  • she crossed her hands and played the air in the bass.
  • "She does play well, doesn't she?" Mrs. Hodges remarked to Philip. "And
  • what's more she's never 'ad a lesson in 'er life; it's all ear."
  • Miss Bennett liked dancing and poetry better than anything in the world.
  • She danced well, but very, very slowly, and an expression came into her
  • eyes as though her thoughts were far, far away. She talked breathlessly of
  • the floor and the heat and the supper. She said that the Portman Rooms had
  • the best floor in London and she always liked the dances there; they were
  • very select, and she couldn't bear dancing with all sorts of men you
  • didn't know anything about; why, you might be exposing yourself to you
  • didn't know what all. Nearly all the people danced very well, and they
  • enjoyed themselves. Sweat poured down their faces, and the very high
  • collars of the young men grew limp.
  • Philip looked on, and a greater depression seized him than he remembered
  • to have felt for a long time. He felt intolerably alone. He did not go,
  • because he was afraid to seem supercilious, and he talked with the girls
  • and laughed, but in his heart was unhappiness. Miss Bennett asked him if
  • he had a girl.
  • "No," he smiled.
  • "Oh, well, there's plenty to choose from here. And they're very nice
  • respectable girls, some of them. I expect you'll have a girl before you've
  • been here long."
  • She looked at him very archly.
  • "Meet 'em 'alf-way," said Mrs. Hodges. "That's what I tell him."
  • It was nearly eleven o'clock, and the party broke up. Philip could not get
  • to sleep. Like the others he kept his aching feet outside the bed-clothes.
  • He tried with all his might not to think of the life he was leading. The
  • soldier was snoring quietly.
  • CV
  • The wages were paid once a month by the secretary. On pay-day each batch
  • of assistants, coming down from tea, went into the passage and joined the
  • long line of people waiting orderly like the audience in a queue outside
  • a gallery door. One by one they entered the office. The secretary sat at
  • a desk with wooden bowls of money in front of him, and he asked the
  • employe's name; he referred to a book, quickly, after a suspicious
  • glance at the assistant, said aloud the sum due, and taking money out of
  • the bowl counted it into his hand.
  • "Thank you," he said. "Next."
  • "Thank you," was the reply.
  • The assistant passed on to the second secretary and before leaving the
  • room paid him four shillings for washing money, two shillings for the
  • club, and any fines that he might have incurred. With what he had left he
  • went back into his department and there waited till it was time to go.
  • Most of the men in Philip's house were in debt with the woman who sold the
  • sandwiches they generally ate for supper. She was a funny old thing, very
  • fat, with a broad, red face, and black hair plastered neatly on each side
  • of the forehead in the fashion shown in early pictures of Queen Victoria.
  • She always wore a little black bonnet and a white apron; her sleeves were
  • tucked up to the elbow; she cut the sandwiches with large, dirty, greasy
  • hands; and there was grease on her bodice, grease on her apron, grease on
  • her skirt. She was called Mrs. Fletcher, but everyone addressed her as
  • 'Ma'; she was really fond of the shop assistants, whom she called her
  • boys; she never minded giving credit towards the end of the month, and it
  • was known that now and then she had lent someone or other a few shillings
  • when he was in straits. She was a good woman. When they were leaving or
  • when they came back from the holidays, the boys kissed her fat red cheek;
  • and more than one, dismissed and unable to find another job, had got for
  • nothing food to keep body and soul together. The boys were sensible of her
  • large heart and repaid her with genuine affection. There was a story they
  • liked to tell of a man who had done well for himself at Bradford, and had
  • five shops of his own, and had come back after fifteen years and visited
  • Ma Fletcher and given her a gold watch.
  • Philip found himself with eighteen shillings left out of his month's pay.
  • It was the first money he had ever earned in his life. It gave him none of
  • the pride which might have been expected, but merely a feeling of dismay.
  • The smallness of the sum emphasised the hopelessness of his position. He
  • took fifteen shillings to Mrs. Athelny to pay back part of what he owed
  • her, but she would not take more than half a sovereign.
  • "D'you know, at that rate it'll take me eight months to settle up with
  • you."
  • "As long as Athelny's in work I can afford to wait, and who knows, p'raps
  • they'll give you a rise."
  • Athelny kept on saying that he would speak to the manager about Philip, it
  • was absurd that no use should be made of his talents; but he did nothing,
  • and Philip soon came to the conclusion that the press-agent was not a
  • person of so much importance in the manager's eyes as in his own.
  • Occasionally he saw Athelny in the shop. His flamboyance was extinguished;
  • and in neat, commonplace, shabby clothes he hurried, a subdued, unassuming
  • little man, through the departments as though anxious to escape notice.
  • "When I think of how I'm wasted there," he said at home, "I'm almost
  • tempted to give in my notice. There's no scope for a man like me. I'm
  • stunted, I'm starved."
  • Mrs. Athelny, quietly sewing, took no notice of his complaints. Her mouth
  • tightened a little.
  • "It's very hard to get jobs in these times. It's regular and it's safe; I
  • expect you'll stay there as long as you give satisfaction."
  • It was evident that Athelny would. It was interesting to see the
  • ascendency which the uneducated woman, bound to him by no legal tie, had
  • acquired over the brilliant, unstable man. Mrs. Athelny treated Philip
  • with motherly kindness now that he was in a different position, and he was
  • touched by her anxiety that he should make a good meal. It was the solace
  • of his life (and when he grew used to it, the monotony of it was what
  • chiefly appalled him) that he could go every Sunday to that friendly
  • house. It was a joy to sit in the stately Spanish chairs and discuss all
  • manner of things with Athelny. Though his condition seemed so desperate he
  • never left him to go back to Harrington Street without a feeling of
  • exultation. At first Philip, in order not to forget what he had learned,
  • tried to go on reading his medical books, but he found it useless; he
  • could not fix his attention on them after the exhausting work of the day;
  • and it seemed hopeless to continue working when he did not know in how
  • long he would be able to go back to the hospital. He dreamed constantly
  • that he was in the wards. The awakening was painful. The sensation of
  • other people sleeping in the room was inexpressibly irksome to him; he had
  • been used to solitude, and to be with others always, never to be by
  • himself for an instant was at these moments horrible to him. It was then
  • that he found it most difficult to combat his despair. He saw himself
  • going on with that life, first to the right, second on the left, madam,
  • indefinitely; and having to be thankful if he was not sent away: the men
  • who had gone to the war would be coming home soon, the firm had guaranteed
  • to take them back, and this must mean that others would be sacked; he
  • would have to stir himself even to keep the wretched post he had.
  • There was only one thing to free him and that was the death of his uncle.
  • He would get a few hundred pounds then, and on this he could finish his
  • course at the hospital. Philip began to wish with all his might for the
  • old man's death. He reckoned out how long he could possibly live: he was
  • well over seventy, Philip did not know his exact age, but he must be at
  • least seventy-five; he suffered from chronic bronchitis and every winter
  • had a bad cough. Though he knew them by heart Philip read over and over
  • again the details in his text-book of medicine of chronic bronchitis in
  • the old. A severe winter might be too much for the old man. With all his
  • heart Philip longed for cold and rain. He thought of it constantly, so
  • that it became a monomania. Uncle William was affected by the great heat
  • too, and in August they had three weeks of sweltering weather. Philip
  • imagined to himself that one day perhaps a telegram would come saying that
  • the Vicar had died suddenly, and he pictured to himself his unutterable
  • relief. As he stood at the top of the stairs and directed people to the
  • departments they wanted, he occupied his mind with thinking incessantly
  • what he would do with the money. He did not know how much it would be,
  • perhaps no more than five hundred pounds, but even that would be enough.
  • He would leave the shop at once, he would not bother to give notice, he
  • would pack his box and go without saying a word to anybody; and then he
  • would return to the hospital. That was the first thing. Would he have
  • forgotten much? In six months he could get it all back, and then he would
  • take his three examinations as soon as he could, midwifery first, then
  • medicine and surgery. The awful fear seized him that his uncle,
  • notwithstanding his promises, might leave everything he had to the parish
  • or the church. The thought made Philip sick. He could not be so cruel. But
  • if that happened Philip was quite determined what to do, he would not go
  • on in that way indefinitely; his life was only tolerable because he could
  • look forward to something better. If he had no hope he would have no fear.
  • The only brave thing to do then would be to commit suicide, and, thinking
  • this over too, Philip decided minutely what painless drug he would take
  • and how he would get hold of it. It encouraged him to think that, if
  • things became unendurable, he had at all events a way out.
  • "Second to the right, madam, and down the stairs. First on the left and
  • straight through. Mr. Philips, forward please."
  • Once a month, for a week, Philip was 'on duty.' He had to go to the
  • department at seven in the morning and keep an eye on the sweepers. When
  • they finished he had to take the sheets off the cases and the models.
  • Then, in the evening when the assistants left, he had to put back the
  • sheets on the models and the cases and 'gang' the sweepers again. It was
  • a dusty, dirty job. He was not allowed to read or write or smoke, but just
  • had to walk about, and the time hung heavily on his hands. When he went
  • off at half past nine he had supper given him, and this was the only
  • consolation; for tea at five o'clock had left him with a healthy appetite,
  • and the bread and cheese, the abundant cocoa which the firm provided, were
  • welcome.
  • One day when Philip had been at Lynn's for three months, Mr. Sampson, the
  • buyer, came into the department, fuming with anger. The manager, happening
  • to notice the costume window as he came in, had sent for the buyer and
  • made satirical remarks upon the colour scheme. Forced to submit in silence
  • to his superior's sarcasm, Mr. Sampson took it out of the assistants; and
  • he rated the wretched fellow whose duty it was to dress the window.
  • "If you want a thing well done you must do it yourself," Mr. Sampson
  • stormed. "I've always said it and I always shall. One can't leave anything
  • to you chaps. Intelligent you call yourselves, do you? Intelligent!"
  • He threw the word at the assistants as though it were the bitterest term
  • of reproach.
  • "Don't you know that if you put an electric blue in the window it'll kill
  • all the other blues?"
  • He looked round the department ferociously, and his eye fell upon Philip.
  • "You'll dress the window next Friday, Carey. Let's see what you can make
  • of it."
  • He went into his office, muttering angrily. Philip's heart sank. When
  • Friday morning came he went into the window with a sickening sense of
  • shame. His cheeks were burning. It was horrible to display himself to the
  • passers-by, and though he told himself it was foolish to give way to such
  • a feeling he turned his back to the street. There was not much chance that
  • any of the students at the hospital would pass along Oxford Street at that
  • hour, and he knew hardly anyone else in London; but as Philip worked, with
  • a huge lump in his throat, he fancied that on turning round he would catch
  • the eye of some man he knew. He made all the haste he could. By the simple
  • observation that all reds went together, and by spacing the costumes more
  • than was usual, Philip got a very good effect; and when the buyer went
  • into the street to look at the result he was obviously pleased.
  • "I knew I shouldn't go far wrong in putting you on the window. The fact
  • is, you and me are gentlemen, mind you I wouldn't say this in the
  • department, but you and me are gentlemen, and that always tells. It's no
  • good your telling me it doesn't tell, because I know it does tell."
  • Philip was put on the job regularly, but he could not accustom himself to
  • the publicity; and he dreaded Friday morning, on which the window was
  • dressed, with a terror that made him awake at five o'clock and lie
  • sleepless with sickness in his heart. The girls in the department noticed
  • his shamefaced way, and they very soon discovered his trick of standing
  • with his back to the street. They laughed at him and called him 'sidey.'
  • "I suppose you're afraid your aunt'll come along and cut you out of her
  • will."
  • On the whole he got on well enough with the girls. They thought him a
  • little queer; but his club-foot seemed to excuse his not being like the
  • rest, and they found in due course that he was good-natured. He never
  • minded helping anyone, and he was polite and even tempered.
  • "You can see he's a gentleman," they said.
  • "Very reserved, isn't he?" said one young woman, to whose passionate
  • enthusiasm for the theatre he had listened unmoved.
  • Most of them had 'fellers,' and those who hadn't said they had rather than
  • have it supposed that no one had an inclination for them. One or two
  • showed signs of being willing to start a flirtation with Philip, and he
  • watched their manoeuvres with grave amusement. He had had enough of
  • love-making for some time; and he was nearly always tired and often
  • hungry.
  • CVI
  • Philip avoided the places he had known in happier times. The little
  • gatherings at the tavern in Beak Street were broken up: Macalister, having
  • let down his friends, no longer went there, and Hayward was at the Cape.
  • Only Lawson remained; and Philip, feeling that now the painter and he had
  • nothing in common, did not wish to see him; but one Saturday afternoon,
  • after dinner, having changed his clothes he walked down Regent Street to
  • go to the free library in St. Martin's Lane, meaning to spend the
  • afternoon there, and suddenly found himself face to face with him. His
  • first instinct was to pass on without a word, but Lawson did not give him
  • the opportunity.
  • "Where on earth have you been all this time?" he cried.
  • "I?" said Philip.
  • "I wrote you and asked you to come to the studio for a beano and you never
  • even answered."
  • "I didn't get your letter."
  • "No, I know. I went to the hospital to ask for you, and I saw my letter in
  • the rack. Have you chucked the Medical?"
  • Philip hesitated for a moment. He was ashamed to tell the truth, but the
  • shame he felt angered him, and he forced himself to speak. He could not
  • help reddening.
  • "Yes, I lost the little money I had. I couldn't afford to go on with it."
  • "I say, I'm awfully sorry. What are you doing?"
  • "I'm a shop-walker."
  • The words choked Philip, but he was determined not to shirk the truth. He
  • kept his eyes on Lawson and saw his embarrassment. Philip smiled savagely.
  • "If you went into Lynn and Sedley, and made your way into the 'made robes'
  • department, you would see me in a frock coat, walking about with a
  • degage air and directing ladies who want to buy petticoats or stockings.
  • First to the right, madam, and second on the left."
  • Lawson, seeing that Philip was making a jest of it, laughed awkwardly. He
  • did not know what to say. The picture that Philip called up horrified him,
  • but he was afraid to show his sympathy.
  • "That's a bit of a change for you," he said.
  • His words seemed absurd to him, and immediately he wished he had not said
  • them. Philip flushed darkly.
  • "A bit," he said. "By the way, I owe you five bob."
  • He put his hand in his pocket and pulled out some silver.
  • "Oh, it doesn't matter. I'd forgotten all about it."
  • "Go on, take it."
  • Lawson received the money silently. They stood in the middle of the
  • pavement, and people jostled them as they passed. There was a sardonic
  • twinkle in Philip's eyes, which made the painter intensely uncomfortable,
  • and he could not tell that Philip's heart was heavy with despair. Lawson
  • wanted dreadfully to do something, but he did not know what to do.
  • "I say, won't you come to the studio and have a talk?"
  • "No," said Philip.
  • "Why not?"
  • "There's nothing to talk about."
  • He saw the pain come into Lawson's eyes, he could not help it, he was
  • sorry, but he had to think of himself; he could not bear the thought of
  • discussing his situation, he could endure it only by determining
  • resolutely not to think about it. He was afraid of his weakness if once he
  • began to open his heart. Moreover, he took irresistible dislikes to the
  • places where he had been miserable: he remembered the humiliation he had
  • endured when he had waited in that studio, ravenous with hunger, for
  • Lawson to offer him a meal, and the last occasion when he had taken the
  • five shillings off him. He hated the sight of Lawson, because he recalled
  • those days of utter abasement.
  • "Then look here, come and dine with me one night. Choose your own
  • evening."
  • Philip was touched with the painter's kindness. All sorts of people were
  • strangely kind to him, he thought.
  • "It's awfully good of you, old man, but I'd rather not." He held out his
  • hand. "Good-bye."
  • Lawson, troubled by a behaviour which seemed inexplicable, took his hand,
  • and Philip quickly limped away. His heart was heavy; and, as was usual
  • with him, he began to reproach himself for what he had done: he did not
  • know what madness of pride had made him refuse the offered friendship. But
  • he heard someone running behind him and presently Lawson's voice calling
  • him; he stopped and suddenly the feeling of hostility got the better of
  • him; he presented to Lawson a cold, set face.
  • "What is it?"
  • "I suppose you heard about Hayward, didn't you?"
  • "I know he went to the Cape."
  • "He died, you know, soon after landing."
  • For a moment Philip did not answer. He could hardly believe his ears.
  • "How?" he asked.
  • "Oh, enteric. Hard luck, wasn't it? I thought you mightn't know. Gave me
  • a bit of a turn when I heard it."
  • Lawson nodded quickly and walked away. Philip felt a shiver pass through
  • his heart. He had never before lost a friend of his own age, for the death
  • of Cronshaw, a man so much older than himself, had seemed to come in the
  • normal course of things. The news gave him a peculiar shock. It reminded
  • him of his own mortality, for like everyone else Philip, knowing perfectly
  • that all men must die, had no intimate feeling that the same must apply to
  • himself; and Hayward's death, though he had long ceased to have any warm
  • feeling for him, affected him deeply. He remembered on a sudden all the
  • good talks they had had, and it pained him to think that they would never
  • talk with one another again; he remembered their first meeting and the
  • pleasant months they had spent together in Heidelberg. Philip's heart sank
  • as he thought of the lost years. He walked on mechanically, not noticing
  • where he went, and realised suddenly, with a movement of irritation, that
  • instead of turning down the Haymarket he had sauntered along Shaftesbury
  • Avenue. It bored him to retrace his steps; and besides, with that news, he
  • did not want to read, he wanted to sit alone and think. He made up his
  • mind to go to the British Museum. Solitude was now his only luxury. Since
  • he had been at Lynn's he had often gone there and sat in front of the
  • groups from the Parthenon; and, not deliberately thinking, had allowed
  • their divine masses to rest his troubled soul. But this afternoon they had
  • nothing to say to him, and after a few minutes, impatiently, he wandered
  • out of the room. There were too many people, provincials with foolish
  • faces, foreigners poring over guide-books; their hideousness besmirched
  • the everlasting masterpieces, their restlessness troubled the god's
  • immortal repose. He went into another room and here there was hardly
  • anyone. Philip sat down wearily. His nerves were on edge. He could not get
  • the people out of his mind. Sometimes at Lynn's they affected him in the
  • same way, and he looked at them file past him with horror; they were so
  • ugly and there was such meanness in their faces, it was terrifying; their
  • features were distorted with paltry desires, and you felt they were
  • strange to any ideas of beauty. They had furtive eyes and weak chins.
  • There was no wickedness in them, but only pettiness and vulgarity. Their
  • humour was a low facetiousness. Sometimes he found himself looking at them
  • to see what animal they resembled (he tried not to, for it quickly became
  • an obsession,) and he saw in them all the sheep or the horse or the fox or
  • the goat. Human beings filled him with disgust.
  • But presently the influence of the place descended upon him. He felt
  • quieter. He began to look absently at the tombstones with which the room
  • was lined. They were the work of Athenian stone masons of the fourth and
  • fifth centuries before Christ, and they were very simple, work of no great
  • talent but with the exquisite spirit of Athens upon them; time had
  • mellowed the marble to the colour of honey, so that unconsciously one
  • thought of the bees of Hymettus, and softened their outlines. Some
  • represented a nude figure, seated on a bench, some the departure of the
  • dead from those who loved him, and some the dead clasping hands with one
  • who remained behind. On all was the tragic word farewell; that and nothing
  • more. Their simplicity was infinitely touching. Friend parted from friend,
  • the son from his mother, and the restraint made the survivor's grief more
  • poignant. It was so long, long ago, and century upon century had passed
  • over that unhappiness; for two thousand years those who wept had been dust
  • as those they wept for. Yet the woe was alive still, and it filled
  • Philip's heart so that he felt compassion spring up in it, and he said:
  • "Poor things, poor things."
  • And it came to him that the gaping sight-seers and the fat strangers with
  • their guide-books, and all those mean, common people who thronged the
  • shop, with their trivial desires and vulgar cares, were mortal and must
  • die. They too loved and must part from those they loved, the son from his
  • mother, the wife from her husband; and perhaps it was more tragic because
  • their lives were ugly and sordid, and they knew nothing that gave beauty
  • to the world. There was one stone which was very beautiful, a bas relief
  • of two young men holding each other's hand; and the reticence of line, the
  • simplicity, made one like to think that the sculptor here had been touched
  • with a genuine emotion. It was an exquisite memorial to that than which
  • the world offers but one thing more precious, to a friendship; and as
  • Philip looked at it, he felt the tears come to his eyes. He thought of
  • Hayward and his eager admiration for him when first they met, and how
  • disillusion had come and then indifference, till nothing held them
  • together but habit and old memories. It was one of the queer things of
  • life that you saw a person every day for months and were so intimate with
  • him that you could not imagine existence without him; then separation
  • came, and everything went on in the same way, and the companion who had
  • seemed essential proved unnecessary. Your life proceeded and you did not
  • even miss him. Philip thought of those early days in Heidelberg when
  • Hayward, capable of great things, had been full of enthusiasm for the
  • future, and how, little by little, achieving nothing, he had resigned
  • himself to failure. Now he was dead. His death had been as futile as his
  • life. He died ingloriously, of a stupid disease, failing once more, even
  • at the end, to accomplish anything. It was just the same now as if he had
  • never lived.
  • Philip asked himself desperately what was the use of living at all. It all
  • seemed inane. It was the same with Cronshaw: it was quite unimportant that
  • he had lived; he was dead and forgotten, his book of poems sold in
  • remainder by second-hand booksellers; his life seemed to have served
  • nothing except to give a pushing journalist occasion to write an article
  • in a review. And Philip cried out in his soul:
  • "What is the use of it?"
  • The effort was so incommensurate with the result. The bright hopes of
  • youth had to be paid for at such a bitter price of disillusionment. Pain
  • and disease and unhappiness weighed down the scale so heavily. What did it
  • all mean? He thought of his own life, the high hopes with which he had
  • entered upon it, the limitations which his body forced upon him, his
  • friendlessness, and the lack of affection which had surrounded his youth.
  • He did not know that he had ever done anything but what seemed best to do,
  • and what a cropper he had come! Other men, with no more advantages than
  • he, succeeded, and others again, with many more, failed. It seemed pure
  • chance. The rain fell alike upon the just and upon the unjust, and for
  • nothing was there a why and a wherefore.
  • Thinking of Cronshaw, Philip remembered the Persian rug which he had given
  • him, telling him that it offered an answer to his question upon the
  • meaning of life; and suddenly the answer occurred to him: he chuckled: now
  • that he had it, it was like one of the puzzles which you worry over till
  • you are shown the solution and then cannot imagine how it could ever have
  • escaped you. The answer was obvious. Life had no meaning. On the earth,
  • satellite of a star speeding through space, living things had arisen under
  • the influence of conditions which were part of the planet's history; and
  • as there had been a beginning of life upon it so, under the influence of
  • other conditions, there would be an end: man, no more significant than
  • other forms of life, had come not as the climax of creation but as a
  • physical reaction to the environment. Philip remembered the story of the
  • Eastern King who, desiring to know the history of man, was brought by a
  • sage five hundred volumes; busy with affairs of state, he bade him go and
  • condense it; in twenty years the sage returned and his history now was in
  • no more than fifty volumes, but the King, too old then to read so many
  • ponderous tomes, bade him go and shorten it once more; twenty years passed
  • again and the sage, old and gray, brought a single book in which was the
  • knowledge the King had sought; but the King lay on his death-bed, and he
  • had no time to read even that; and then the sage gave him the history of
  • man in a single line; it was this: he was born, he suffered, and he died.
  • There was no meaning in life, and man by living served no end. It was
  • immaterial whether he was born or not born, whether he lived or ceased to
  • live. Life was insignificant and death without consequence. Philip
  • exulted, as he had exulted in his boyhood when the weight of a belief in
  • God was lifted from his shoulders: it seemed to him that the last burden
  • of responsibility was taken from him; and for the first time he was
  • utterly free. His insignificance was turned to power, and he felt himself
  • suddenly equal with the cruel fate which had seemed to persecute him; for,
  • if life was meaningless, the world was robbed of its cruelty. What he did
  • or left undone did not matter. Failure was unimportant and success
  • amounted to nothing. He was the most inconsiderate creature in that
  • swarming mass of mankind which for a brief space occupied the surface of
  • the earth; and he was almighty because he had wrenched from chaos the
  • secret of its nothingness. Thoughts came tumbling over one another in
  • Philip's eager fancy, and he took long breaths of joyous satisfaction. He
  • felt inclined to leap and sing. He had not been so happy for months.
  • "Oh, life," he cried in his heart, "Oh life, where is thy sting?"
  • For the same uprush of fancy which had shown him with all the force of
  • mathematical demonstration that life had no meaning, brought with it
  • another idea; and that was why Cronshaw, he imagined, had given him the
  • Persian rug. As the weaver elaborated his pattern for no end but the
  • pleasure of his aesthetic sense, so might a man live his life, or if one
  • was forced to believe that his actions were outside his choosing, so might
  • a man look at his life, that it made a pattern. There was as little need
  • to do this as there was use. It was merely something he did for his own
  • pleasure. Out of the manifold events of his life, his deeds, his feelings,
  • his thoughts, he might make a design, regular, elaborate, complicated, or
  • beautiful; and though it might be no more than an illusion that he had the
  • power of selection, though it might be no more than a fantastic
  • legerdemain in which appearances were interwoven with moonbeams, that did
  • not matter: it seemed, and so to him it was. In the vast warp of life (a
  • river arising from no spring and flowing endlessly to no sea), with the
  • background to his fancies that there was no meaning and that nothing was
  • important, a man might get a personal satisfaction in selecting the
  • various strands that worked out the pattern. There was one pattern, the
  • most obvious, perfect, and beautiful, in which a man was born, grew to
  • manhood, married, produced children, toiled for his bread, and died; but
  • there were others, intricate and wonderful, in which happiness did not
  • enter and in which success was not attempted; and in them might be
  • discovered a more troubling grace. Some lives, and Hayward's was among
  • them, the blind indifference of chance cut off while the design was still
  • imperfect; and then the solace was comfortable that it did not matter;
  • other lives, such as Cronshaw's, offered a pattern which was difficult to
  • follow, the point of view had to be shifted and old standards had to be
  • altered before one could understand that such a life was its own
  • justification. Philip thought that in throwing over the desire for
  • happiness he was casting aside the last of his illusions. His life had
  • seemed horrible when it was measured by its happiness, but now he seemed
  • to gather strength as he realised that it might be measured by something
  • else. Happiness mattered as little as pain. They came in, both of them, as
  • all the other details of his life came in, to the elaboration of the
  • design. He seemed for an instant to stand above the accidents of his
  • existence, and he felt that they could not affect him again as they had
  • done before. Whatever happened to him now would be one more motive to add
  • to the complexity of the pattern, and when the end approached he would
  • rejoice in its completion. It would be a work of art, and it would be none
  • the less beautiful because he alone knew of its existence, and with his
  • death it would at once cease to be.
  • Philip was happy.
  • CVII
  • Mr. Sampson, the buyer, took a fancy to Philip. Mr. Sampson was very
  • dashing, and the girls in his department said they would not be surprised
  • if he married one of the rich customers. He lived out of town and often
  • impressed the assistants by putting on his evening clothes in the office.
  • Sometimes he would be seen by those on sweeping duty coming in next
  • morning still dressed, and they would wink gravely to one another while he
  • went into his office and changed into a frock coat. On these occasions,
  • having slipped out for a hurried breakfast, he also would wink at Philip
  • as he walked up the stairs on his way back and rub his hands.
  • "What a night! What a night!" he said. "My word!"
  • He told Philip that he was the only gentleman there, and he and Philip
  • were the only fellows who knew what life was. Having said this, he changed
  • his manner suddenly, called Philip Mr. Carey instead of old boy, assumed
  • the importance due to his position as buyer, and put Philip back into his
  • place of shop-walker.
  • Lynn and Sedley received fashion papers from Paris once a week and adapted
  • the costumes illustrated in them to the needs of their customers. Their
  • clientele was peculiar. The most substantial part consisted of women from
  • the smaller manufacturing towns, who were too elegant to have their frocks
  • made locally and not sufficiently acquainted with London to discover good
  • dressmakers within their means. Beside these, incongruously, was a large
  • number of music-hall artistes. This was a connection that Mr. Sampson had
  • worked up for himself and took great pride in. They had begun by getting
  • their stage-costumes at Lynn's, and he had induced many of them to get
  • their other clothes there as well.
  • "As good as Paquin and half the price," he said.
  • He had a persuasive, hail-fellow well-met air with him which appealed to
  • customers of this sort, and they said to one another:
  • "What's the good of throwing money away when you can get a coat and skirt
  • at Lynn's that nobody knows don't come from Paris?"
  • Mr. Sampson was very proud of his friendship with the popular favourites
  • whose frocks he made, and when he went out to dinner at two o'clock on
  • Sunday with Miss Victoria Virgo--"she was wearing that powder blue we made
  • her and I lay she didn't let on it come from us, I 'ad to tell her meself
  • that if I 'adn't designed it with my own 'ands I'd have said it must come
  • from Paquin"--at her beautiful house in Tulse Hill, he regaled the
  • department next day with abundant details. Philip had never paid much
  • attention to women's clothes, but in course of time he began, a little
  • amused at himself, to take a technical interest in them. He had an eye for
  • colour which was more highly trained than that of anyone in the
  • department, and he had kept from his student days in Paris some knowledge
  • of line. Mr. Sampson, an ignorant man conscious of his incompetence, but
  • with a shrewdness that enabled him to combine other people's suggestions,
  • constantly asked the opinion of the assistants in his department in making
  • up new designs; and he had the quickness to see that Philip's criticisms
  • were valuable. But he was very jealous, and would never allow that he took
  • anyone's advice. When he had altered some drawing in accordance with
  • Philip's suggestion, he always finished up by saying:
  • "Well, it comes round to my own idea in the end."
  • One day, when Philip had been at the shop for five months, Miss Alice
  • Antonia, the well-known serio-comic, came in and asked to see Mr. Sampson.
  • She was a large woman, with flaxen hair, and a boldly painted face, a
  • metallic voice, and the breezy manner of a comedienne accustomed to be on
  • friendly terms with the gallery boys of provincial music-halls. She had a
  • new song and wished Mr. Sampson to design a costume for her.
  • "I want something striking," she said. "I don't want any old thing you
  • know. I want something different from what anybody else has."
  • Mr. Sampson, bland and familiar, said he was quite certain they could get
  • her the very thing she required. He showed her sketches.
  • "I know there's nothing here that would do, but I just want to show you
  • the kind of thing I would suggest."
  • "Oh no, that's not the sort of thing at all," she said, as she glanced at
  • them impatiently. "What I want is something that'll just hit 'em in the
  • jaw and make their front teeth rattle."
  • "Yes, I quite understand, Miss Antonia," said the buyer, with a bland
  • smile, but his eyes grew blank and stupid.
  • "I expect I shall 'ave to pop over to Paris for it in the end."
  • "Oh, I think we can give you satisfaction, Miss Antonia. What you can get
  • in Paris you can get here."
  • When she had swept out of the department Mr. Sampson, a little worried,
  • discussed the matter with Mrs. Hodges.
  • "She's a caution and no mistake," said Mrs. Hodges.
  • "Alice, where art thou?" remarked the buyer, irritably, and thought he had
  • scored a point against her.
  • His ideas of music-hall costumes had never gone beyond short skirts, a
  • swirl of lace, and glittering sequins; but Miss Antonia had expressed
  • herself on that subject in no uncertain terms.
  • "Oh, my aunt!" she said.
  • And the invocation was uttered in such a tone as to indicate a rooted
  • antipathy to anything so commonplace, even if she had not added that
  • sequins gave her the sick. Mr. Sampson 'got out' one or two ideas, but
  • Mrs. Hodges told him frankly she did not think they would do. It was she
  • who gave Philip the suggestion:
  • "Can you draw, Phil? Why don't you try your 'and and see what you can do?"
  • Philip bought a cheap box of water colours, and in the evening while Bell,
  • the noisy lad of sixteen, whistling three notes, busied himself with his
  • stamps, he made one or two sketches. He remembered some of the costumes he
  • had seen in Paris, and he adapted one of them, getting his effect from a
  • combination of violent, unusual colours. The result amused him and next
  • morning he showed it to Mrs. Hodges. She was somewhat astonished, but took
  • it at once to the buyer.
  • "It's unusual," he said, "there's no denying that."
  • It puzzled him, and at the same time his trained eye saw that it would
  • make up admirably. To save his face he began making suggestions for
  • altering it, but Mrs. Hodges, with more sense, advised him to show it to
  • Miss Antonia as it was.
  • "It's neck or nothing with her, and she may take a fancy to it."
  • "It's a good deal more nothing than neck," said Mr. Sampson, looking at
  • the decolletage. "He can draw, can't he? Fancy 'im keeping it dark all
  • this time."
  • When Miss Antonia was announced, the buyer placed the design on the table
  • in such a position that it must catch her eye the moment she was shown
  • into his office. She pounced on it at once.
  • "What's that?" she said. "Why can't I 'ave that?"
  • "That's just an idea we got out for you," said Mr. Sampson casually.
  • "D'you like it?"
  • "Do I like it!" she said. "Give me 'alf a pint with a little drop of gin
  • in it."
  • "Ah, you see, you don't have to go to Paris. You've only got to say what
  • you want and there you are."
  • The work was put in hand at once, and Philip felt quite a thrill of
  • satisfaction when he saw the costume completed. The buyer and Mrs. Hodges
  • took all the credit of it; but he did not care, and when he went with them
  • to the Tivoli to see Miss Antonia wear it for the first time he was filled
  • with elation. In answer to her questions he at last told Mrs. Hodges how
  • he had learnt to draw--fearing that the people he lived with would think
  • he wanted to put on airs, he had always taken the greatest care to say
  • nothing about his past occupations--and she repeated the information to
  • Mr. Sampson. The buyer said nothing to him on the subject, but began to
  • treat him a little more deferentially and presently gave him designs to do
  • for two of the country customers. They met with satisfaction. Then he
  • began to speak to his clients of a "clever young feller, Paris
  • art-student, you know," who worked for him; and soon Philip, ensconced
  • behind a screen, in his shirt sleeves, was drawing from morning till
  • night. Sometimes he was so busy that he had to dine at three with the
  • 'stragglers.' He liked it, because there were few of them and they were
  • all too tired to talk; the food also was better, for it consisted of what
  • was left over from the buyers' table. Philip's rise from shop-walker to
  • designer of costumes had a great effect on the department. He realised
  • that he was an object of envy. Harris, the assistant with the queer-shaped
  • head, who was the first person he had known at the shop and had attached
  • himself to Philip, could not conceal his bitterness.
  • "Some people 'ave all the luck," he said. "You'll be a buyer yourself one
  • of these days, and we shall all be calling you sir."
  • He told Philip that he should demand higher wages, for notwithstanding the
  • difficult work he was now engaged in, he received no more than the six
  • shillings a week with which he started. But it was a ticklish matter to
  • ask for a rise. The manager had a sardonic way of dealing with such
  • applicants.
  • "Think you're worth more, do you? How much d'you think you're worth, eh?"
  • The assistant, with his heart in his mouth, would suggest that he thought
  • he ought to have another two shillings a week.
  • "Oh, very well, if you think you're worth it. You can 'ave it." Then he
  • paused and sometimes, with a steely eye, added: "And you can 'ave your
  • notice too."
  • It was no use then to withdraw your request, you had to go. The manager's
  • idea was that assistants who were dissatisfied did not work properly, and
  • if they were not worth a rise it was better to sack them at once. The
  • result was that they never asked for one unless they were prepared to
  • leave. Philip hesitated. He was a little suspicious of the men in his room
  • who told him that the buyer could not do without him. They were decent
  • fellows, but their sense of humour was primitive, and it would have seemed
  • funny to them if they had persuaded Philip to ask for more wages and he
  • were sacked. He could not forget the mortification he had suffered in
  • looking for work, he did not wish to expose himself to that again, and he
  • knew there was small chance of his getting elsewhere a post as designer:
  • there were hundreds of people about who could draw as well as he. But he
  • wanted money very badly; his clothes were worn out, and the heavy carpets
  • rotted his socks and boots; he had almost persuaded himself to take the
  • venturesome step when one morning, passing up from breakfast in the
  • basement through the passage that led to the manager's office, he saw a
  • queue of men waiting in answer to an advertisement. There were about a
  • hundred of them, and whichever was engaged would be offered his keep and
  • the same six shillings a week that Philip had. He saw some of them cast
  • envious glances at him because he had employment. It made him shudder. He
  • dared not risk it.
  • CVIII
  • The winter passed. Now and then Philip went to the hospital, slinking in
  • when it was late and there was little chance of meeting anyone he knew, to
  • see whether there were letters for him. At Easter he received one from his
  • uncle. He was surprised to hear from him, for the Vicar of Blackstable had
  • never written him more than half a dozen letters in his whole life, and
  • they were on business matters.
  • Dear Philip,
  • If you are thinking of taking a holiday soon and care to come down here I
  • shall be pleased to see you. I was very ill with my bronchitis in the
  • winter and Doctor Wigram never expected me to pull through. I have a
  • wonderful constitution and I made, thank God, a marvellous recovery.
  • Yours affectionately,
  • William Carey.
  • The letter made Philip angry. How did his uncle think he was living? He
  • did not even trouble to inquire. He might have starved for all the old man
  • cared. But as he walked home something struck him; he stopped under a
  • lamp-post and read the letter again; the handwriting had no longer the
  • business-like firmness which had characterised it; it was larger and
  • wavering: perhaps the illness had shaken him more than he was willing to
  • confess, and he sought in that formal note to express a yearning to see
  • the only relation he had in the world. Philip wrote back that he could
  • come down to Blackstable for a fortnight in July. The invitation was
  • convenient, for he had not known what to do, with his brief holiday. The
  • Athelnys went hopping in September, but he could not then be spared, since
  • during that month the autumn models were prepared. The rule of Lynn's was
  • that everyone must take a fortnight whether he wanted it or not; and
  • during that time, if he had nowhere to go, the assistant might sleep in
  • his room, but he was not allowed food. A number had no friends within
  • reasonable distance of London, and to these the holiday was an awkward
  • interval when they had to provide food out of their small wages and, with
  • the whole day on their hands, had nothing to spend. Philip had not been
  • out of London since his visit to Brighton with Mildred, now two years
  • before, and he longed for fresh air and the silence of the sea. He thought
  • of it with such a passionate desire, all through May and June, that, when
  • at length the time came for him to go, he was listless.
  • On his last evening, when he talked with the buyer of one or two jobs he
  • had to leave over, Mr. Sampson suddenly said to him:
  • "What wages have you been getting?"
  • "Six shillings."
  • "I don't think it's enough. I'll see that you're put up to twelve when you
  • come back."
  • "Thank you very much," smiled Philip. "I'm beginning to want some new
  • clothes badly."
  • "If you stick to your work and don't go larking about with the girls like
  • what some of them do, I'll look after you, Carey. Mind you, you've got a
  • lot to learn, but you're promising, I'll say that for you, you're
  • promising, and I'll see that you get a pound a week as soon as you deserve
  • it."
  • Philip wondered how long he would have to wait for that. Two years?
  • He was startled at the change in his uncle. When last he had seen him he
  • was a stout man, who held himself upright, clean-shaven, with a round,
  • sensual face; but he had fallen in strangely, his skin was yellow; there
  • were great bags under the eyes, and he was bent and old. He had grown a
  • beard during his last illness, and he walked very slowly.
  • "I'm not at my best today," he said when Philip, having just arrived, was
  • sitting with him in the dining-room. "The heat upsets me."
  • Philip, asking after the affairs of the parish, looked at him and wondered
  • how much longer he could last. A hot summer would finish him; Philip
  • noticed how thin his hands were; they trembled. It meant so much to
  • Philip. If he died that summer he could go back to the hospital at the
  • beginning of the winter session; his heart leaped at the thought of
  • returning no more to Lynn's. At dinner the Vicar sat humped up on his
  • chair, and the housekeeper who had been with him since his wife's death
  • said:
  • "Shall Mr. Philip carve, sir?"
  • The old man, who had been about to do so from disinclination to confess
  • his weakness, seemed glad at the first suggestion to relinquish the
  • attempt.
  • "You've got a very good appetite," said Philip.
  • "Oh yes, I always eat well. But I'm thinner than when you were here last.
  • I'm glad to be thinner, I didn't like being so fat. Dr. Wigram thinks I'm
  • all the better for being thinner than I was."
  • When dinner was over the housekeeper brought him some medicine.
  • "Show the prescription to Master Philip," he said. "He's a doctor too. I'd
  • like him to see that he thinks it's all right. I told Dr. Wigram that now
  • you're studying to be a doctor he ought to make a reduction in his
  • charges. It's dreadful the bills I've had to pay. He came every day for
  • two months, and he charges five shillings a visit. It's a lot of money,
  • isn't it? He comes twice a week still. I'm going to tell him he needn't
  • come any more. I'll send for him if I want him."
  • He looked at Philip eagerly while he read the prescriptions. They were
  • narcotics. There were two of them, and one was a medicine which the Vicar
  • explained he was to use only if his neuritis grew unendurable.
  • "I'm very careful," he said. "I don't want to get into the opium habit."
  • He did not mention his nephew's affairs. Philip fancied that it was by way
  • of precaution, in case he asked for money, that his uncle kept dwelling on
  • the financial calls upon him. He had spent so much on the doctor and so
  • much more on the chemist, while he was ill they had had to have a fire
  • every day in his bed-room, and now on Sunday he needed a carriage to go to
  • church in the evening as well as in the morning. Philip felt angrily
  • inclined to say he need not be afraid, he was not going to borrow from
  • him, but he held his tongue. It seemed to him that everything had left the
  • old man now but two things, pleasure in his food and a grasping desire for
  • money. It was a hideous old age.
  • In the afternoon Dr. Wigram came, and after the visit Philip walked with
  • him to the garden gate.
  • "How d'you think he is?" said Philip.
  • Dr. Wigram was more anxious not to do wrong than to do right, and he never
  • hazarded a definite opinion if he could help it. He had practised at
  • Blackstable for five-and-thirty years. He had the reputation of being very
  • safe, and many of his patients thought it much better that a doctor should
  • be safe than clever. There was a new man at Blackstable--he had been
  • settled there for ten years, but they still looked upon him as an
  • interloper--and he was said to be very clever; but he had not much
  • practice among the better people, because no one really knew anything
  • about him.
  • "Oh, he's as well as can be expected," said Dr. Wigram in answer to
  • Philip's inquiry.
  • "Has he got anything seriously the matter with him?"
  • "Well, Philip, your uncle is no longer a young man," said the doctor with
  • a cautious little smile, which suggested that after all the Vicar of
  • Blackstable was not an old man either.
  • "He seems to think his heart's in a bad way."
  • "I'm not satisfied with his heart," hazarded the doctor, "I think he
  • should be careful, very careful."
  • On the tip of Philip's tongue was the question: how much longer can he
  • live? He was afraid it would shock. In these matters a periphrase was
  • demanded by the decorum of life, but, as he asked another question
  • instead, it flashed through him that the doctor must be accustomed to the
  • impatience of a sick man's relatives. He must see through their
  • sympathetic expressions. Philip, with a faint smile at his own hypocrisy,
  • cast down his eyes.
  • "I suppose he's in no immediate danger?"
  • This was the kind of question the doctor hated. If you said a patient
  • couldn't live another month the family prepared itself for a bereavement,
  • and if then the patient lived on they visited the medical attendant with
  • the resentment they felt at having tormented themselves before it was
  • necessary. On the other hand, if you said the patient might live a year
  • and he died in a week the family said you did not know your business. They
  • thought of all the affection they would have lavished on the defunct if
  • they had known the end was so near. Dr. Wigram made the gesture of washing
  • his hands.
  • "I don't think there's any grave risk so long as he--remains as he is," he
  • ventured at last. "But on the other hand, we mustn't forget that he's no
  • longer a young man, and well, the machine is wearing out. If he gets over
  • the hot weather I don't see why he shouldn't get on very comfortably till
  • the winter, and then if the winter does not bother him too much, well, I
  • don't see why anything should happen."
  • Philip went back to the dining-room where his uncle was sitting. With his
  • skull-cap and a crochet shawl over his shoulders he looked grotesque. His
  • eyes had been fixed on the door, and they rested on Philip's face as he
  • entered. Philip saw that his uncle had been waiting anxiously for his
  • return.
  • "Well, what did he say about me?"
  • Philip understood suddenly that the old man was frightened of dying. It
  • made Philip a little ashamed, so that he looked away involuntarily. He was
  • always embarrassed by the weakness of human nature.
  • "He says he thinks you're much better," said Philip.
  • A gleam of delight came into his uncle's eyes.
  • "I've got a wonderful constitution," he said. "What else did he say?" he
  • added suspiciously.
  • Philip smiled.
  • "He said that if you take care of yourself there's no reason why you
  • shouldn't live to be a hundred."
  • "I don't know that I can expect to do that, but I don't see why I
  • shouldn't see eighty. My mother lived till she was eighty-four."
  • There was a little table by the side of Mr. Carey's chair, and on it were
  • a Bible and the large volume of the Common Prayer from which for so many
  • years he had been accustomed to read to his household. He stretched out
  • now his shaking hand and took his Bible.
  • "Those old patriarchs lived to a jolly good old age, didn't they?" he
  • said, with a queer little laugh in which Philip read a sort of timid
  • appeal.
  • The old man clung to life. Yet he believed implicitly all that his
  • religion taught him. He had no doubt in the immortality of the soul, and
  • he felt that he had conducted himself well enough, according to his
  • capacities, to make it very likely that he would go to heaven. In his long
  • career to how many dying persons must he have administered the
  • consolations of religion! Perhaps he was like the doctor who could get no
  • benefit from his own prescriptions. Philip was puzzled and shocked by that
  • eager cleaving to the earth. He wondered what nameless horror was at the
  • back of the old man's mind. He would have liked to probe into his soul so
  • that he might see in its nakedness the dreadful dismay of the unknown
  • which he suspected.
  • The fortnight passed quickly and Philip returned to London. He passed a
  • sweltering August behind his screen in the costumes department, drawing in
  • his shirt sleeves. The assistants in relays went for their holidays. In
  • the evening Philip generally went into Hyde Park and listened to the band.
  • Growing more accustomed to his work it tired him less, and his mind,
  • recovering from its long stagnation, sought for fresh activity. His whole
  • desire now was set on his uncle's death. He kept on dreaming the same
  • dream: a telegram was handed to him one morning, early, which announced
  • the Vicar's sudden demise, and freedom was in his grasp. When he awoke and
  • found it was nothing but a dream he was filled with sombre rage. He
  • occupied himself, now that the event seemed likely to happen at any time,
  • with elaborate plans for the future. In these he passed rapidly over the
  • year which he must spend before it was possible for him to be qualified
  • and dwelt on the journey to Spain on which his heart was set. He read
  • books about that country, which he borrowed from the free library, and
  • already he knew from photographs exactly what each city looked like. He
  • saw himself lingering in Cordova on the bridge that spanned the
  • Gaudalquivir; he wandered through tortuous streets in Toledo and sat in
  • churches where he wrung from El Greco the secret which he felt the
  • mysterious painter held for him. Athelny entered into his humour, and on
  • Sunday afternoons they made out elaborate itineraries so that Philip
  • should miss nothing that was noteworthy. To cheat his impatience Philip
  • began to teach himself Spanish, and in the deserted sitting-room in
  • Harrington Street he spent an hour every evening doing Spanish exercises
  • and puzzling out with an English translation by his side the magnificent
  • phrases of Don Quixote. Athelny gave him a lesson once a week, and Philip
  • learned a few sentences to help him on his journey. Mrs. Athelny laughed
  • at them.
  • "You two and your Spanish!" she said. "Why don't you do something useful?"
  • But Sally, who was growing up and was to put up her hair at Christmas,
  • stood by sometimes and listened in her grave way while her father and
  • Philip exchanged remarks in a language she did not understand. She thought
  • her father the most wonderful man who had ever existed, and she expressed
  • her opinion of Philip only through her father's commendations.
  • "Father thinks a rare lot of your Uncle Philip," she remarked to her
  • brothers and sisters.
  • Thorpe, the eldest boy, was old enough to go on the Arethusa, and Athelny
  • regaled his family with magnificent descriptions of the appearance the lad
  • would make when he came back in uniform for his holidays. As soon as Sally
  • was seventeen she was to be apprenticed to a dressmaker. Athelny in his
  • rhetorical way talked of the birds, strong enough to fly now, who were
  • leaving the parental nest, and with tears in his eyes told them that the
  • nest would be there still if ever they wished to return to it. A shakedown
  • and a dinner would always be theirs, and the heart of a father would never
  • be closed to the troubles of his children.
  • "You do talk, Athelny," said his wife. "I don't know what trouble they're
  • likely to get into so long as they're steady. So long as you're honest and
  • not afraid of work you'll never be out of a job, that's what I think, and
  • I can tell you I shan't be sorry when I see the last of them earning their
  • own living."
  • Child-bearing, hard work, and constant anxiety were beginning to tell on
  • Mrs. Athelny; and sometimes her back ached in the evening so that she had
  • to sit down and rest herself. Her ideal of happiness was to have a girl to
  • do the rough work so that she need not herself get up before seven.
  • Athelny waved his beautiful white hand.
  • "Ah, my Betty, we've deserved well of the state, you and I. We've reared
  • nine healthy children, and the boys shall serve their king; the girls
  • shall cook and sew and in their turn breed healthy children." He turned to
  • Sally, and to comfort her for the anti-climax of the contrast added
  • grandiloquently: "They also serve who only stand and wait."
  • Athelny had lately added socialism to the other contradictory theories he
  • vehemently believed in, and he stated now:
  • "In a socialist state we should be richly pensioned, you and I, Betty."
  • "Oh, don't talk to me about your socialists, I've got no patience with
  • them," she cried. "It only means that another lot of lazy loafers will
  • make a good thing out of the working classes. My motto is, leave me alone;
  • I don't want anyone interfering with me; I'll make the best of a bad job,
  • and the devil take the hindmost."
  • "D'you call life a bad job?" said Athelny. "Never! We've had our ups and
  • downs, we've had our struggles, we've always been poor, but it's been
  • worth it, ay, worth it a hundred times I say when I look round at my
  • children."
  • "You do talk, Athelny," she said, looking at him, not with anger but with
  • scornful calm. "You've had the pleasant part of the children, I've had the
  • bearing of them, and the bearing with them. I don't say that I'm not fond
  • of them, now they're there, but if I had my time over again I'd remain
  • single. Why, if I'd remained single I might have a little shop by now, and
  • four or five hundred pounds in the bank, and a girl to do the rough work.
  • Oh, I wouldn't go over my life again, not for something."
  • Philip thought of the countless millions to whom life is no more than
  • unending labour, neither beautiful nor ugly, but just to be accepted in
  • the same spirit as one accepts the changes of the seasons. Fury seized him
  • because it all seemed useless. He could not reconcile himself to the
  • belief that life had no meaning and yet everything he saw, all his
  • thoughts, added to the force of his conviction. But though fury seized him
  • it was a joyful fury. Life was not so horrible if it was meaningless, and
  • he faced it with a strange sense of power.
  • CIX
  • The autumn passed into winter. Philip had left his address with Mrs.
  • Foster, his uncle's housekeeper, so that she might communicate with him,
  • but still went once a week to the hospital on the chance of there being a
  • letter. One evening he saw his name on an envelope in a handwriting he had
  • hoped never to see again. It gave him a queer feeling. For a little while
  • he could not bring himself to take it. It brought back a host of hateful
  • memories. But at length, impatient with himself, he ripped open the
  • envelope.
  • 7 William Street,
  • Fitzroy Square.
  • Dear Phil,
  • Can I see you for a minute or two as soon as possible. I am in awful
  • trouble and don't know what to do. It's not money.
  • Yours truly,
  • Mildred.
  • He tore the letter into little bits and going out into the street
  • scattered them in the darkness.
  • "I'll see her damned," he muttered.
  • A feeling of disgust surged up in him at the thought of seeing her again.
  • He did not care if she was in distress, it served her right whatever it
  • was, he thought of her with hatred, and the love he had had for her
  • aroused his loathing. His recollections filled him with nausea, and as he
  • walked across the Thames he drew himself aside in an instinctive
  • withdrawal from his thought of her. He went to bed, but he could not
  • sleep; he wondered what was the matter with her, and he could not get out
  • of his head the fear that she was ill and hungry; she would not have
  • written to him unless she were desperate. He was angry with himself for
  • his weakness, but he knew that he would have no peace unless he saw her.
  • Next morning he wrote a letter-card and posted it on his way to the shop.
  • He made it as stiff as he could and said merely that he was sorry she was
  • in difficulties and would come to the address she had given at seven
  • o'clock that evening.
  • It was that of a shabby lodging-house in a sordid street; and when, sick
  • at the thought of seeing her, he asked whether she was in, a wild hope
  • seized him that she had left. It looked the sort of place people moved in
  • and out of frequently. He had not thought of looking at the postmark on
  • her letter and did not know how many days it had lain in the rack. The
  • woman who answered the bell did not reply to his inquiry, but silently
  • preceded him along the passage and knocked on a door at the back.
  • "Mrs. Miller, a gentleman to see you," she called.
  • The door was slightly opened, and Mildred looked out suspiciously.
  • "Oh, it's you," she said. "Come in."
  • He walked in and she closed the door. It was a very small bed-room, untidy
  • as was every place she lived in; there was a pair of shoes on the floor,
  • lying apart from one another and uncleaned; a hat was on the chest of
  • drawers, with false curls beside it; and there was a blouse on the table.
  • Philip looked for somewhere to put his hat. The hooks behind the door were
  • laden with skirts, and he noticed that they were muddy at the hem.
  • "Sit down, won't you?" she said. Then she gave a little awkward laugh. "I
  • suppose you were surprised to hear from me again."
  • "You're awfully hoarse," he answered. "Have you got a sore throat?"
  • "Yes, I have had for some time."
  • He did not say anything. He waited for her to explain why she wanted to
  • see him. The look of the room told him clearly enough that she had gone
  • back to the life from which he had taken her. He wondered what had
  • happened to the baby; there was a photograph of it on the chimney-piece,
  • but no sign in the room that a child was ever there. Mildred was holding
  • her handkerchief. She made it into a little ball, and passed it from hand
  • to hand. He saw that she was very nervous. She was staring at the fire,
  • and he could look at her without meeting her eyes. She was much thinner
  • than when she had left him; and the skin, yellow and dryish, was drawn
  • more tightly over her cheekbones. She had dyed her hair and it was now
  • flaxen: it altered her a good deal, and made her look more vulgar.
  • "I was relieved to get your letter, I can tell you," she said at last. "I
  • thought p'raps you weren't at the 'ospital any more."
  • Philip did not speak.
  • "I suppose you're qualified by now, aren't you?"
  • "No."
  • "How's that?"
  • "I'm no longer at the hospital. I had to give it up eighteen months ago."
  • "You are changeable. You don't seem as if you could stick to anything."
  • Philip was silent for another moment, and when he went on it was with
  • coldness.
  • "I lost the little money I had in an unlucky speculation and I couldn't
  • afford to go on with the medical. I had to earn my living as best I
  • could."
  • "What are you doing then?"
  • "I'm in a shop."
  • "Oh!"
  • She gave him a quick glance and turned her eyes away at once. He thought
  • that she reddened. She dabbed her palms nervously with the handkerchief.
  • "You've not forgotten all your doctoring, have you?" She jerked the words
  • out quite oddly.
  • "Not entirely."
  • "Because that's why I wanted to see you." Her voice sank to a hoarse
  • whisper. "I don't know what's the matter with me."
  • "Why don't you go to a hospital?"
  • "I don't like to do that, and have all the stoodents staring at me, and
  • I'm afraid they'd want to keep me."
  • "What are you complaining of?" asked Philip coldly, with the stereotyped
  • phrase used in the out-patients' room.
  • "Well, I've come out in a rash, and I can't get rid of it."
  • Philip felt a twinge of horror in his heart. Sweat broke out on his
  • forehead.
  • "Let me look at your throat?"
  • He took her over to the window and made such examination as he could.
  • Suddenly he caught sight of her eyes. There was deadly fear in them. It
  • was horrible to see. She was terrified. She wanted him to reassure her;
  • she looked at him pleadingly, not daring to ask for words of comfort but
  • with all her nerves astrung to receive them: he had none to offer her.
  • "I'm afraid you're very ill indeed," he said.
  • "What d'you think it is?"
  • When he told her she grew deathly pale, and her lips even turned, yellow.
  • she began to cry, hopelessly, quietly at first and then with choking sobs.
  • "I'm awfully sorry," he said at last. "But I had to tell you."
  • "I may just as well kill myself and have done with it."
  • He took no notice of the threat.
  • "Have you got any money?" he asked.
  • "Six or seven pounds."
  • "You must give up this life, you know. Don't you think you could find some
  • work to do? I'm afraid I can't help you much. I only get twelve bob a
  • week."
  • "What is there I can do now?" she cried impatiently.
  • "Damn it all, you MUST try to get something."
  • He spoke to her very gravely, telling her of her own danger and the danger
  • to which she exposed others, and she listened sullenly. He tried to
  • console her. At last he brought her to a sulky acquiescence in which she
  • promised to do all he advised. He wrote a prescription, which he said he
  • would leave at the nearest chemist's, and he impressed upon her the
  • necessity of taking her medicine with the utmost regularity. Getting up to
  • go, he held out his hand.
  • "Don't be downhearted, you'll soon get over your throat."
  • But as he went her face became suddenly distorted, and she caught hold of
  • his coat.
  • "Oh, don't leave me," she cried hoarsely. "I'm so afraid, don't leave me
  • alone yet. Phil, please. There's no one else I can go to, you're the only
  • friend I've ever had."
  • He felt the terror of her soul, and it was strangely like that terror he
  • had seen in his uncle's eyes when he feared that he might die. Philip
  • looked down. Twice that woman had come into his life and made him
  • wretched; she had no claim upon him; and yet, he knew not why, deep in his
  • heart was a strange aching; it was that which, when he received her
  • letter, had left him no peace till he obeyed her summons.
  • "I suppose I shall never really quite get over it," he said to himself.
  • What perplexed him was that he felt a curious physical distaste, which
  • made it uncomfortable for him to be near her.
  • "What do you want me to do?" he asked.
  • "Let's go out and dine together. I'll pay."
  • He hesitated. He felt that she was creeping back again into his life when
  • he thought she was gone out of it for ever. She watched him with sickening
  • anxiety.
  • "Oh, I know I've treated you shocking, but don't leave me alone now.
  • You've had your revenge. If you leave me by myself now I don't know what
  • I shall do."
  • "All right, I don't mind," he said, "but we shall have to do it on the
  • cheap, I haven't got money to throw away these days."
  • She sat down and put her shoes on, then changed her skirt and put on a
  • hat; and they walked out together till they found a restaurant in the
  • Tottenham Court Road. Philip had got out of the habit of eating at those
  • hours, and Mildred's throat was so sore that she could not swallow. They
  • had a little cold ham and Philip drank a glass of beer. They sat opposite
  • one another, as they had so often sat before; he wondered if she
  • remembered; they had nothing to say to one another and would have sat in
  • silence if Philip had not forced himself to talk. In the bright light of
  • the restaurant, with its vulgar looking-glasses that reflected in an
  • endless series, she looked old and haggard. Philip was anxious to know
  • about the child, but he had not the courage to ask. At last she said:
  • "You know baby died last summer."
  • "Oh!" he said.
  • "You might say you're sorry."
  • "I'm not," he answered, "I'm very glad."
  • She glanced at him and, understanding what he meant, looked away
  • "You were rare stuck on it at one time, weren't you? I always thought it
  • funny like how you could see so much in another man's child."
  • When they had finished eating they called at the chemist's for the
  • medicine Philip had ordered, and going back to the shabby room he made her
  • take a dose. Then they sat together till it was time for Philip to go back
  • to Harrington Street. He was hideously bored.
  • Philip went to see her every day. She took the medicine he had prescribed
  • and followed his directions, and soon the results were so apparent that
  • she gained the greatest confidence in Philip's skill. As she grew better
  • she grew less despondent. She talked more freely.
  • "As soon as I can get a job I shall be all right," she said. "I've had my
  • lesson now and I mean to profit by it. No more racketing about for yours
  • truly."
  • Each time he saw her, Philip asked whether she had found work. She told
  • him not to worry, she would find something to do as soon as she wanted it;
  • she had several strings to her bow; it was all the better not to do
  • anything for a week or two. He could not deny this, but at the end of that
  • time he became more insistent. She laughed at him, she was much more
  • cheerful now, and said he was a fussy old thing. She told him long stories
  • of the manageresses she interviewed, for her idea was to get work at some
  • eating-house; what they said and what she answered. Nothing definite was
  • fixed, but she was sure to settle something at the beginning of the
  • following week: there was no use hurrying, and it would be a mistake to
  • take something unsuitable.
  • "It's absurd to talk like that," he said impatiently. "You must take
  • anything you can get. I can't help you, and your money won't last for
  • ever."
  • "Oh, well, I've not come to the end of it yet and chance it."
  • He looked at her sharply. It was three weeks since his first visit, and
  • she had then less than seven pounds. Suspicion seized him. He remembered
  • some of the things she had said. He put two and two together. He wondered
  • whether she had made any attempt to find work. Perhaps she had been lying
  • to him all the time. It was very strange that her money should have lasted
  • so long.
  • "What is your rent here?"
  • "Oh, the landlady's very nice, different from what some of them are; she's
  • quite willing to wait till it's convenient for me to pay."
  • He was silent. What he suspected was so horrible that he hesitated. It was
  • no use to ask her, she would deny everything; if he wanted to know he must
  • find out for himself. He was in the habit of leaving her every evening at
  • eight, and when the clock struck he got up; but instead of going back to
  • Harrington Street he stationed himself at the corner of Fitzroy Square so
  • that he could see anyone who came along William Street. It seemed to him
  • that he waited an interminable time, and he was on the point of going
  • away, thinking his surmise had been mistaken, when the door of No. 7
  • opened and Mildred came out. He fell back into the darkness and watched
  • her walk towards him. She had on the hat with a quantity of feathers on it
  • which he had seen in her room, and she wore a dress he recognized, too
  • showy for the street and unsuitable to the time of year. He followed her
  • slowly till she came into the Tottenham Court Road, where she slackened
  • her pace; at the corner of Oxford Street she stopped, looked round, and
  • crossed over to a music-hall. He went up to her and touched her on the
  • arm. He saw that she had rouged her cheeks and painted her lips.
  • "Where are you going, Mildred?"
  • She started at the sound of his voice and reddened as she always did when
  • she was caught in a lie; then the flash of anger which he knew so well
  • came into her eyes as she instinctively sought to defend herself by abuse.
  • But she did not say the words which were on the tip of her tongue.
  • "Oh, I was only going to see the show. It gives me the hump sitting every
  • night by myself."
  • He did not pretend to believe her.
  • "You mustn't. Good heavens, I've told you fifty times how dangerous it is.
  • You must stop this sort of thing at once."
  • "Oh, hold your jaw," she cried roughly. "How d'you suppose I'm going to
  • live?"
  • He took hold of her arm and without thinking what he was doing tried to
  • drag her away.
  • "For God's sake come along. Let me take you home. You don't know what
  • you're doing. It's criminal."
  • "What do I care? Let them take their chance. Men haven't been so good to
  • me that I need bother my head about them."
  • She pushed him away and walking up to the box-office put down her money.
  • Philip had threepence in his pocket. He could not follow. He turned away
  • and walked slowly down Oxford Street.
  • "I can't do anything more," he said to himself.
  • That was the end. He did not see her again.
  • CX
  • Christmas that year falling on Thursday, the shop was to close for four
  • days: Philip wrote to his uncle asking whether it would be convenient for
  • him to spend the holidays at the vicarage. He received an answer from Mrs.
  • Foster, saying that Mr. Carey was not well enough to write himself, but
  • wished to see his nephew and would be glad if he came down. She met Philip
  • at the door, and when she shook hands with him, said:
  • "You'll find him changed since you was here last, sir; but you'll pretend
  • you don't notice anything, won't you, sir? He's that nervous about
  • himself."
  • Philip nodded, and she led him into the dining-room.
  • "Here's Mr. Philip, sir."
  • The Vicar of Blackstable was a dying man. There was no mistaking that when
  • you looked at the hollow cheeks and the shrunken body. He sat huddled in
  • the arm-chair, with his head strangely thrown back, and a shawl over his
  • shoulders. He could not walk now without the help of sticks, and his hands
  • trembled so that he could only feed himself with difficulty.
  • "He can't last long now," thought Philip, as he looked at him.
  • "How d'you think I'm looking?" asked the Vicar. "D'you think I've changed
  • since you were here last?"
  • "I think you look stronger than you did last summer."
  • "It was the heat. That always upsets me."
  • Mr. Carey's history of the last few months consisted in the number of
  • weeks he had spent in his bed-room and the number of weeks he had spent
  • downstairs. He had a hand-bell by his side and while he talked he rang it
  • for Mrs. Foster, who sat in the next room ready to attend to his wants, to
  • ask on what day of the month he had first left his room.
  • "On the seventh of November, sir."
  • Mr. Carey looked at Philip to see how he took the information.
  • "But I eat well still, don't I, Mrs. Foster?"
  • "Yes, sir, you've got a wonderful appetite."
  • "I don't seem to put on flesh though."
  • Nothing interested him now but his health. He was set upon one thing
  • indomitably and that was living, just living, notwithstanding the monotony
  • of his life and the constant pain which allowed him to sleep only when he
  • was under the influence of morphia.
  • "It's terrible, the amount of money I have to spend on doctor's bills." He
  • tinkled his bell again. "Mrs. Foster, show Master Philip the chemist's
  • bill."
  • Patiently she took it off the chimney-piece and handed it to Philip.
  • "That's only one month. I was wondering if as you're doctoring yourself
  • you couldn't get me the drugs cheaper. I thought of getting them down from
  • the stores, but then there's the postage."
  • Though apparently taking so little interest in him that he did not trouble
  • to inquire what Phil was doing, he seemed glad to have him there. He asked
  • how long he could stay, and when Philip told him he must leave on Tuesday
  • morning, expressed a wish that the visit might have been longer. He told
  • him minutely all his symptoms and repeated what the doctor had said of
  • him. He broke off to ring his bell, and when Mrs. Foster came in, said:
  • "Oh, I wasn't sure if you were there. I only rang to see if you were."
  • When she had gone he explained to Philip that it made him uneasy if he was
  • not certain that Mrs. Foster was within earshot; she knew exactly what to
  • do with him if anything happened. Philip, seeing that she was tired and
  • that her eyes were heavy from want of sleep, suggested that he was working
  • her too hard.
  • "Oh, nonsense," said the Vicar, "she's as strong as a horse." And when
  • next she came in to give him his medicine he said to her:
  • "Master Philip says you've got too much to do, Mrs. Foster. You like
  • looking after me, don't you?"
  • "Oh, I don't mind, sir. I want to do everything I can."
  • Presently the medicine took effect and Mr. Carey fell asleep. Philip went
  • into the kitchen and asked Mrs. Foster whether she could stand the work.
  • He saw that for some months she had had little peace.
  • "Well, sir, what can I do?" she answered. "The poor old gentleman's so
  • dependent on me, and, although he is troublesome sometimes, you can't help
  • liking him, can you? I've been here so many years now, I don't know what
  • I shall do when he comes to go."
  • Philip saw that she was really fond of the old man. She washed and dressed
  • him, gave him his food, and was up half a dozen times in the night; for
  • she slept in the next room to his and whenever he awoke he tinkled his
  • little bell till she came in. He might die at any moment, but he might
  • live for months. It was wonderful that she should look after a stranger
  • with such patient tenderness, and it was tragic and pitiful that she
  • should be alone in the world to care for him.
  • It seemed to Philip that the religion which his uncle had preached all his
  • life was now of no more than formal importance to him: every Sunday the
  • curate came and administered to him Holy Communion, and he often read his
  • Bible; but it was clear that he looked upon death with horror. He believed
  • that it was the gateway to life everlasting, but he did not want to enter
  • upon that life. In constant pain, chained to his chair and having given up
  • the hope of ever getting out into the open again, like a child in the
  • hands of a woman to whom he paid wages, he clung to the world he knew.
  • In Philip's head was a question he could not ask, because he was aware
  • that his uncle would never give any but a conventional answer: he wondered
  • whether at the very end, now that the machine was painfully wearing itself
  • out, the clergyman still believed in immortality; perhaps at the bottom of
  • his soul, not allowed to shape itself into words in case it became urgent,
  • was the conviction that there was no God and after this life nothing.
  • On the evening of Boxing Day Philip sat in the dining-room with his uncle.
  • He had to start very early next morning in order to get to the shop by
  • nine, and he was to say good-night to Mr. Carey then. The Vicar of
  • Blackstable was dozing and Philip, lying on the sofa by the window, let
  • his book fall on his knees and looked idly round the room. He asked
  • himself how much the furniture would fetch. He had walked round the house
  • and looked at the things he had known from his childhood; there were a few
  • pieces of china which might go for a decent price and Philip wondered if
  • it would be worth while to take them up to London; but the furniture was
  • of the Victorian order, of mahogany, solid and ugly; it would go for
  • nothing at an auction. There were three or four thousand books, but
  • everyone knew how badly they sold, and it was not probable that they would
  • fetch more than a hundred pounds. Philip did not know how much his uncle
  • would leave, and he reckoned out for the hundredth time what was the least
  • sum upon which he could finish the curriculum at the hospital, take his
  • degree, and live during the time he wished to spend on hospital
  • appointments. He looked at the old man, sleeping restlessly: there was no
  • humanity left in that shrivelled face; it was the face of some queer
  • animal. Philip thought how easy it would be to finish that useless life.
  • He had thought it each evening when Mrs. Foster prepared for his uncle the
  • medicine which was to give him an easy night. There were two bottles: one
  • contained a drug which he took regularly, and the other an opiate if the
  • pain grew unendurable. This was poured out for him and left by his
  • bed-side. He generally took it at three or four in the morning. It would
  • be a simple thing to double the dose; he would die in the night, and no
  • one would suspect anything; for that was how Doctor Wigram expected him to
  • die. The end would be painless. Philip clenched his hands as he thought of
  • the money he wanted so badly. A few more months of that wretched life
  • could matter nothing to the old man, but the few more months meant
  • everything to him: he was getting to the end of his endurance, and when he
  • thought of going back to work in the morning he shuddered with horror. His
  • heart beat quickly at the thought which obsessed him, and though he made
  • an effort to put it out of his mind he could not. It would be so easy, so
  • desperately easy. He had no feeling for the old man, he had never liked
  • him; he had been selfish all his life, selfish to his wife who adored him,
  • indifferent to the boy who had been put in his charge; he was not a cruel
  • man, but a stupid, hard man, eaten up with a small sensuality. It would be
  • easy, desperately easy. Philip did not dare. He was afraid of remorse; it
  • would be no good having the money if he regretted all his life what he had
  • done. Though he had told himself so often that regret was futile, there
  • were certain things that came back to him occasionally and worried him. He
  • wished they were not on his conscience.
  • His uncle opened his eyes; Philip was glad, for he looked a little more
  • human then. He was frankly horrified at the idea that had come to him, it
  • was murder that he was meditating; and he wondered if other people had
  • such thoughts or whether he was abnormal and depraved. He supposed he
  • could not have done it when it came to the point, but there the thought
  • was, constantly recurring: if he held his hand it was from fear. His uncle
  • spoke.
  • "You're not looking forward to my death, Philip?" Philip felt his heart
  • beat against his chest.
  • "Good heavens, no."
  • "That's a good boy. I shouldn't like you to do that. You'll get a little
  • bit of money when I pass away, but you mustn't look forward to it. It
  • wouldn't profit you if you did."
  • He spoke in a low voice, and there was a curious anxiety in his tone. It
  • sent a pang into Philip's heart. He wondered what strange insight might
  • have led the old man to surmise what strange desires were in Philip's
  • mind.
  • "I hope you'll live for another twenty years," he said.
  • "Oh, well, I can't expect to do that, but if I take care of myself I don't
  • see why I shouldn't last another three or four."
  • He was silent for a while, and Philip found nothing to say. Then, as if he
  • had been thinking it all over, the old man spoke again.
  • "Everyone has the right to live as long as he can."
  • Philip wanted to distract his mind.
  • "By the way, I suppose you never hear from Miss Wilkinson now?"
  • "Yes, I had a letter some time this year. She's married, you know."
  • "Really?"
  • "Yes, she married a widower. I believe they're quite comfortable."
  • CXI
  • Next day Philip began work again, but the end which he expected within a
  • few weeks did not come. The weeks passed into months. The winter wore
  • away, and in the parks the trees burst into bud and into leaf. A terrible
  • lassitude settled upon Philip. Time was passing, though it went with such
  • heavy feet, and he thought that his youth was going and soon he would have
  • lost it and nothing would have been accomplished. His work seemed more
  • aimless now that there was the certainty of his leaving it. He became
  • skilful in the designing of costumes, and though he had no inventive
  • faculty acquired quickness in the adaptation of French fashions to the
  • English market. Sometimes he was not displeased with his drawings, but
  • they always bungled them in the execution. He was amused to notice that he
  • suffered from a lively irritation when his ideas were not adequately
  • carried out. He had to walk warily. Whenever he suggested something
  • original Mr. Sampson turned it down: their customers did not want anything
  • outre, it was a very respectable class of business, and when you had a
  • connection of that sort it wasn't worth while taking liberties with it.
  • Once or twice he spoke sharply to Philip; he thought the young man was
  • getting a bit above himself, because Philip's ideas did not always
  • coincide with his own.
  • "You jolly well take care, my fine young fellow, or one of these days
  • you'll find yourself in the street."
  • Philip longed to give him a punch on the nose, but he restrained himself.
  • After all it could not possibly last much longer, and then he would be
  • done with all these people for ever. Sometimes in comic desperation he
  • cried out that his uncle must be made of iron. What a constitution! The
  • ills he suffered from would have killed any decent person twelve months
  • before. When at last the news came that the Vicar was dying Philip, who
  • had been thinking of other things, was taken by surprise. It was in July,
  • and in another fortnight he was to have gone for his holiday. He received
  • a letter from Mrs. Foster to say the doctor did not give Mr. Carey many
  • days to live, and if Philip wished to see him again he must come at once.
  • Philip went to the buyer and told him he wanted to leave. Mr. Sampson was
  • a decent fellow, and when he knew the circumstances made no difficulties.
  • Philip said good-bye to the people in his department; the reason of his
  • leaving had spread among them in an exaggerated form, and they thought he
  • had come into a fortune. Mrs. Hodges had tears in her eyes when she shook
  • hands with him.
  • "I suppose we shan't often see you again," she said.
  • "I'm glad to get away from Lynn's," he answered.
  • It was strange, but he was actually sorry to leave these people whom he
  • thought he had loathed, and when he drove away from the house in
  • Harrington Street it was with no exultation. He had so anticipated the
  • emotions he would experience on this occasion that now he felt nothing: he
  • was as unconcerned as though he were going for a few days' holiday.
  • "I've got a rotten nature," he said to himself. "I look forward to things
  • awfully, and then when they come I'm always disappointed."
  • He reached Blackstable early in the afternoon. Mrs. Foster met him at the
  • door, and her face told him that his uncle was not yet dead.
  • "He's a little better today," she said. "He's got a wonderful
  • constitution."
  • She led him into the bed-room where Mr. Carey lay on his back. He gave
  • Philip a slight smile, in which was a trace of satisfied cunning at having
  • circumvented his enemy once more.
  • "I thought it was all up with me yesterday," he said, in an exhausted
  • voice. "They'd all given me up, hadn't you, Mrs. Foster?"
  • "You've got a wonderful constitution, there's no denying that."
  • "There's life in the old dog yet."
  • Mrs. Foster said that the Vicar must not talk, it would tire him; she
  • treated him like a child, with kindly despotism; and there was something
  • childish in the old man's satisfaction at having cheated all their
  • expectations. It struck him at once that Philip had been sent for, and he
  • was amused that he had been brought on a fool's errand. If he could only
  • avoid another of his heart attacks he would get well enough in a week or
  • two; and he had had the attacks several times before; he always felt as if
  • he were going to die, but he never did. They all talked of his
  • constitution, but they none of them knew how strong it was.
  • "Are you going to stay a day or two?" He asked Philip, pretending to
  • believe he had come down for a holiday.
  • "I was thinking of it," Philip answered cheerfully.
  • "A breath of sea-air will do you good."
  • Presently Dr. Wigram came, and after he had seen the Vicar talked with
  • Philip. He adopted an appropriate manner.
  • "I'm afraid it is the end this time, Philip," he said. "It'll be a great
  • loss to all of us. I've known him for five-and-thirty years."
  • "He seems well enough now," said Philip.
  • "I'm keeping him alive on drugs, but it can't last. It was dreadful these
  • last two days, I thought he was dead half a dozen times."
  • The doctor was silent for a minute or two, but at the gate he said
  • suddenly to Philip:
  • "Has Mrs. Foster said anything to you?"
  • "What d'you mean?"
  • "They're very superstitious, these people: she's got hold of an idea that
  • he's got something on his mind, and he can't die till he gets rid of it;
  • and he can't bring himself to confess it."
  • Philip did not answer, and the doctor went on.
  • "Of course it's nonsense. He's led a very good life, he's done his duty,
  • he's been a good parish priest, and I'm sure we shall all miss him; he
  • can't have anything to reproach himself with. I very much doubt whether
  • the next vicar will suit us half so well."
  • For several days Mr. Carey continued without change. His appetite which
  • had been excellent left him, and he could eat little. Dr. Wigram did not
  • hesitate now to still the pain of the neuritis which tormented him; and
  • that, with the constant shaking of his palsied limbs, was gradually
  • exhausting him. His mind remained clear. Philip and Mrs. Foster nursed him
  • between them. She was so tired by the many months during which she had
  • been attentive to all his wants that Philip insisted on sitting up with
  • the patient so that she might have her night's rest. He passed the long
  • hours in an arm-chair so that he should not sleep soundly, and read by the
  • light of shaded candles The Thousand and One Nights. He had not read
  • them since he was a little boy, and they brought back his childhood to
  • him. Sometimes he sat and listened to the silence of the night. When the
  • effects of the opiate wore off Mr. Carey grew restless and kept him
  • constantly busy.
  • At last, early one morning, when the birds were chattering noisily in the
  • trees, he heard his name called. He went up to the bed. Mr. Carey was
  • lying on his back, with his eyes looking at the ceiling; he did not turn
  • them on Philip. Philip saw that sweat was on his forehead, and he took a
  • towel and wiped it.
  • "Is that you, Philip?" the old man asked.
  • Philip was startled because the voice was suddenly changed. It was hoarse
  • and low. So would a man speak if he was cold with fear.
  • "Yes, d'you want anything?"
  • There was a pause, and still the unseeing eyes stared at the ceiling. Then
  • a twitch passed over the face.
  • "I think I'm going to die," he said.
  • "Oh, what nonsense!" cried Philip. "You're not going to die for years."
  • Two tears were wrung from the old man's eyes. They moved Philip horribly.
  • His uncle had never betrayed any particular emotion in the affairs of
  • life; and it was dreadful to see them now, for they signified a terror
  • that was unspeakable.
  • "Send for Mr. Simmonds," he said. "I want to take the Communion."
  • Mr. Simmonds was the curate.
  • "Now?" asked Philip.
  • "Soon, or else it'll be too late."
  • Philip went to awake Mrs. Foster, but it was later than he thought and she
  • was up already. He told her to send the gardener with a message, and he
  • went back to his uncle's room.
  • "Have you sent for Mr. Simmonds?"
  • "Yes."
  • There was a silence. Philip sat by the bed-side, and occasionally wiped
  • the sweating forehead.
  • "Let me hold your hand, Philip," the old man said at last.
  • Philip gave him his hand and he clung to it as to life, for comfort in his
  • extremity. Perhaps he had never really loved anyone in all his days, but
  • now he turned instinctively to a human being. His hand was wet and cold.
  • It grasped Philip's with feeble, despairing energy. The old man was
  • fighting with the fear of death. And Philip thought that all must go
  • through that. Oh, how monstrous it was, and they could believe in a God
  • that allowed his creatures to suffer such a cruel torture! He had never
  • cared for his uncle, and for two years he had longed every day for his
  • death; but now he could not overcome the compassion that filled his heart.
  • What a price it was to pay for being other than the beasts!
  • They remained in silence broken only once by a low inquiry from Mr. Carey.
  • "Hasn't he come yet?"
  • At last the housekeeper came in softly to say that Mr. Simmonds was there.
  • He carried a bag in which were his surplice and his hood. Mrs. Foster
  • brought the communion plate. Mr. Simmonds shook hands silently with
  • Philip, and then with professional gravity went to the sick man's side.
  • Philip and the maid went out of the room.
  • Philip walked round the garden all fresh and dewy in the morning. The
  • birds were singing gaily. The sky was blue, but the air, salt-laden, was
  • sweet and cool. The roses were in full bloom. The green of the trees, the
  • green of the lawns, was eager and brilliant. Philip walked, and as he
  • walked he thought of the mystery which was proceeding in that bedroom. It
  • gave him a peculiar emotion. Presently Mrs. Foster came out to him and
  • said that his uncle wished to see him. The curate was putting his things
  • back into the black bag. The sick man turned his head a little and greeted
  • him with a smile. Philip was astonished, for there was a change in him, an
  • extraordinary change; his eyes had no longer the terror-stricken look, and
  • the pinching of his face had gone: he looked happy and serene.
  • "I'm quite prepared now," he said, and his voice had a different tone in
  • it. "When the Lord sees fit to call me I am ready to give my soul into his
  • hands."
  • Philip did not speak. He could see that his uncle was sincere. It was
  • almost a miracle. He had taken the body and blood of his Savior, and they
  • had given him strength so that he no longer feared the inevitable passage
  • into the night. He knew he was going to die: he was resigned. He only said
  • one thing more:
  • "I shall rejoin my dear wife."
  • It startled Philip. He remembered with what a callous selfishness his
  • uncle had treated her, how obtuse he had been to her humble, devoted love.
  • The curate, deeply moved, went away and Mrs. Foster, weeping, accompanied
  • him to the door. Mr. Carey, exhausted by his effort, fell into a light
  • doze, and Philip sat down by the bed and waited for the end. The morning
  • wore on, and the old man's breathing grew stertorous. The doctor came and
  • said he was dying. He was unconscious and he pecked feebly at the sheets;
  • he was restless and he cried out. Dr. Wigram gave him a hypodermic
  • injection.
  • "It can't do any good now, he may die at any moment."
  • The doctor looked at his watch and then at the patient. Philip saw that it
  • was one o'clock. Dr. Wigram was thinking of his dinner.
  • "It's no use your waiting," he said.
  • "There's nothing I can do," said the doctor.
  • When he was gone Mrs. Foster asked Philip if he would go to the carpenter,
  • who was also the undertaker, and tell him to send up a woman to lay out
  • the body.
  • "You want a little fresh air," she said, "it'll do you good."
  • The undertaker lived half a mile away. When Philip gave him his message,
  • he said:
  • "When did the poor old gentleman die?"
  • Philip hesitated. It occurred to him that it would seem brutal to fetch a
  • woman to wash the body while his uncle still lived, and he wondered why
  • Mrs. Foster had asked him to come. They would think he was in a great
  • hurry to kill the old man off. He thought the undertaker looked at him
  • oddly. He repeated the question. It irritated Philip. It was no business
  • of his.
  • "When did the Vicar pass away?"
  • Philip's first impulse was to say that it had just happened, but then it
  • would seem inexplicable if the sick man lingered for several hours. He
  • reddened and answered awkwardly.
  • "Oh, he isn't exactly dead yet."
  • The undertaker looked at him in perplexity, and he hurried to explain.
  • "Mrs. Foster is all alone and she wants a woman there. You understood,
  • don't you? He may be dead by now."
  • The undertaker nodded.
  • "Oh, yes, I see. I'll send someone up at once."
  • When Philip got back to the vicarage he went up to the bed-room. Mrs.
  • Foster rose from her chair by the bed-side.
  • "He's just as he was when you left," she said.
  • She went down to get herself something to eat, and Philip watched
  • curiously the process of death. There was nothing human now in the
  • unconscious being that struggled feebly. Sometimes a muttered ejaculation
  • issued from the loose mouth. The sun beat down hotly from a cloudless sky,
  • but the trees in the garden were pleasant and cool. It was a lovely day.
  • A bluebottle buzzed against the windowpane. Suddenly there was a loud
  • rattle, it made Philip start, it was horribly frightening; a movement
  • passed through the limbs and the old man was dead. The machine had run
  • down. The bluebottle buzzed, buzzed noisily against the windowpane.
  • CXII
  • Josiah Graves in his masterful way made arrangements, becoming but
  • economical, for the funeral; and when it was over came back to the
  • vicarage with Philip. The will was in his charge, and with a due sense of
  • the fitness of things he read it to Philip over an early cup of tea. It
  • was written on half a sheet of paper and left everything Mr. Carey had to
  • his nephew. There was the furniture, about eighty pounds at the bank,
  • twenty shares in the A. B. C. company, a few in Allsop's brewery, some in
  • the Oxford music-hall, and a few more in a London restaurant. They had
  • been bought under Mr. Graves' direction, and he told Philip with
  • satisfaction:
  • "You see, people must eat, they will drink, and they want amusement.
  • You're always safe if you put your money in what the public thinks
  • necessities."
  • His words showed a nice discrimination between the grossness of the
  • vulgar, which he deplored but accepted, and the finer taste of the elect.
  • Altogether in investments there was about five hundred pounds; and to that
  • must be added the balance at the bank and what the furniture would fetch.
  • It was riches to Philip. He was not happy but infinitely relieved.
  • Mr. Graves left him, after they had discussed the auction which must be
  • held as soon as possible, and Philip sat himself down to go through the
  • papers of the deceased. The Rev. William Carey had prided himself on never
  • destroying anything, and there were piles of correspondence dating back
  • for fifty years and bundles upon bundles of neatly docketed bills. He had
  • kept not only letters addressed to him, but letters which himself had
  • written. There was a yellow packet of letters which he had written to his
  • father in the forties, when as an Oxford undergraduate he had gone to
  • Germany for the long vacation. Philip read them idly. It was a different
  • William Carey from the William Carey he had known, and yet there were
  • traces in the boy which might to an acute observer have suggested the man.
  • The letters were formal and a little stilted. He showed himself strenuous
  • to see all that was noteworthy, and he described with a fine enthusiasm
  • the castles of the Rhine. The falls of Schaffhausen made him 'offer
  • reverent thanks to the all-powerful Creator of the universe, whose works
  • were wondrous and beautiful,' and he could not help thinking that they who
  • lived in sight of 'this handiwork of their blessed Maker must be moved by
  • the contemplation to lead pure and holy lives.' Among some bills Philip
  • found a miniature which had been painted of William Carey soon after he
  • was ordained. It represented a thin young curate, with long hair that fell
  • over his head in natural curls, with dark eyes, large and dreamy, and a
  • pale ascetic face. Philip remembered the chuckle with which his uncle used
  • to tell of the dozens of slippers which were worked for him by adoring
  • ladies.
  • The rest of the afternoon and all the evening Philip toiled through the
  • innumerable correspondence. He glanced at the address and at the
  • signature, then tore the letter in two and threw it into the
  • washing-basket by his side. Suddenly he came upon one signed Helen. He did
  • not know the writing. It was thin, angular, and old-fashioned. It began:
  • my dear William, and ended: your affectionate sister. Then it struck him
  • that it was from his own mother. He had never seen a letter of hers
  • before, and her handwriting was strange to him. It was about himself.
  • My dear William,
  • Stephen wrote to you to thank you for your congratulations on the birth of
  • our son and your kind wishes to myself. Thank God we are both well and I
  • am deeply thankful for the great mercy which has been shown me. Now that
  • I can hold a pen I want to tell you and dear Louisa myself how truly
  • grateful I am to you both for all your kindness to me now and always since
  • my marriage. I am going to ask you to do me a great favour. Both Stephen
  • and I wish you to be the boy's godfather, and we hope that you will
  • consent. I know I am not asking a small thing, for I am sure you will take
  • the responsibilities of the position very seriously, but I am especially
  • anxious that you should undertake this office because you are a clergyman
  • as well as the boy's uncle. I am very anxious for the boy's welfare and I
  • pray God night and day that he may grow into a good, honest, and Christian
  • man. With you to guide him I hope that he will become a soldier in
  • Christ's Faith and be all the days of his life God-fearing, humble, and
  • pious.
  • Your affectionate sister,
  • Helen.
  • Philip pushed the letter away and, leaning forward, rested his face on his
  • hands. It deeply touched and at the same time surprised him. He was
  • astonished at its religious tone, which seemed to him neither mawkish nor
  • sentimental. He knew nothing of his mother, dead now for nearly twenty
  • years, but that she was beautiful, and it was strange to learn that she
  • was simple and pious. He had never thought of that side of her. He read
  • again what she said about him, what she expected and thought about him; he
  • had turned out very differently; he looked at himself for a moment;
  • perhaps it was better that she was dead. Then a sudden impulse caused him
  • to tear up the letter; its tenderness and simplicity made it seem
  • peculiarly private; he had a queer feeling that there was something
  • indecent in his reading what exposed his mother's gentle soul. He went on
  • with the Vicar's dreary correspondence.
  • A few days later he went up to London, and for the first time for two
  • years entered by day the hall of St. Luke's Hospital. He went to see the
  • secretary of the Medical School; he was surprised to see him and asked
  • Philip curiously what he had been doing. Philip's experiences had given
  • him a certain confidence in himself and a different outlook upon many
  • things: such a question would have embarrassed him before; but now he
  • answered coolly, with a deliberate vagueness which prevented further
  • inquiry, that private affairs had obliged him to make a break in the
  • curriculum; he was now anxious to qualify as soon as possible. The first
  • examination he could take was in midwifery and the diseases of women, and
  • he put his name down to be a clerk in the ward devoted to feminine
  • ailments; since it was holiday time there happened to be no difficulty in
  • getting a post as obstetric clerk; he arranged to undertake that duty
  • during the last week of August and the first two of September. After this
  • interview Philip walked through the Medical School, more or less deserted,
  • for the examinations at the end of the summer session were all over; and
  • he wandered along the terrace by the river-side. His heart was full. He
  • thought that now he could begin a new life, and he would put behind him
  • all the errors, follies, and miseries of the past. The flowing river
  • suggested that everything passed, was passing always, and nothing
  • mattered; the future was before him rich with possibilities.
  • He went back to Blackstable and busied himself with the settling up of his
  • uncle's estate. The auction was fixed for the middle of August, when the
  • presence of visitors for the summer holidays would make it possible to get
  • better prices. Catalogues were made out and sent to the various dealers in
  • second-hand books at Tercanbury, Maidstone, and Ashford.
  • One afternoon Philip took it into his head to go over to Tercanbury and
  • see his old school. He had not been there since the day when, with relief
  • in his heart, he had left it with the feeling that thenceforward he was
  • his own master. It was strange to wander through the narrow streets of
  • Tercanbury which he had known so well for so many years. He looked at the
  • old shops, still there, still selling the same things; the booksellers
  • with school-books, pious works, and the latest novels in one window and
  • photographs of the Cathedral and of the city in the other; the games shop,
  • with its cricket bats, fishing tackle, tennis rackets, and footballs; the
  • tailor from whom he had got clothes all through his boyhood; and the
  • fishmonger where his uncle whenever he came to Tercanbury bought fish. He
  • wandered along the sordid street in which, behind a high wall, lay the red
  • brick house which was the preparatory school. Further on was the gateway
  • that led into King's School, and he stood in the quadrangle round which
  • were the various buildings. It was just four and the boys were hurrying
  • out of school. He saw the masters in their gowns and mortar-boards, and
  • they were strange to him. It was more than ten years since he had left and
  • many changes had taken place. He saw the headmaster; he walked slowly down
  • from the schoolhouse to his own, talking to a big boy who Philip supposed
  • was in the sixth; he was little changed, tall, cadaverous, romantic as
  • Philip remembered him, with the same wild eyes; but the black beard was
  • streaked with gray now and the dark, sallow face was more deeply lined.
  • Philip had an impulse to go up and speak to him, but he was afraid he
  • would have forgotten him, and he hated the thought of explaining who he
  • was.
  • Boys lingered talking to one another, and presently some who had hurried
  • to change came out to play fives; others straggled out in twos and threes
  • and went out of the gateway, Philip knew they were going up to the cricket
  • ground; others again went into the precincts to bat at the nets. Philip
  • stood among them a stranger; one or two gave him an indifferent glance;
  • but visitors, attracted by the Norman staircase, were not rare and excited
  • little attention. Philip looked at them curiously. He thought with
  • melancholy of the distance that separated him from them, and he thought
  • bitterly how much he had wanted to do and how little done. It seemed to
  • him that all those years, vanished beyond recall, had been utterly wasted.
  • The boys, fresh and buoyant, were doing the same things that he had done,
  • it seemed that not a day had passed since he left the school, and yet in
  • that place where at least by name he had known everybody now he knew not
  • a soul. In a few years these too, others taking their place, would stand
  • alien as he stood; but the reflection brought him no solace; it merely
  • impressed upon him the futility of human existence. Each generation
  • repeated the trivial round. He wondered what had become of the boys who
  • were his companions: they were nearly thirty now; some would be dead, but
  • others were married and had children; they were soldiers and parsons,
  • doctors, lawyers; they were staid men who were beginning to put youth
  • behind them. Had any of them made such a hash of life as he? He thought
  • of the boy he had been devoted to; it was funny, he could not recall his
  • name; he remembered exactly what he looked like, he had been his greatest
  • friend; but his name would not come back to him. He looked back with
  • amusement on the jealous emotions he had suffered on his account. It was
  • irritating not to recollect his name. He longed to be a boy again, like
  • those he saw sauntering through the quadrangle, so that, avoiding his
  • mistakes, he might start fresh and make something more out of life. He
  • felt an intolerable loneliness. He almost regretted the penury which he
  • had suffered during the last two years, since the desperate struggle
  • merely to keep body and soul together had deadened the pain of living. In
  • the sweat of thy brow shalt thou earn thy daily bread: it was not a curse
  • upon mankind, but the balm which reconciled it to existence.
  • But Philip was impatient with himself; he called to mind his idea of the
  • pattern of life: the unhappiness he had suffered was no more than part of
  • a decoration which was elaborate and beautiful; he told himself
  • strenuously that he must accept with gaiety everything, dreariness and
  • excitement, pleasure and pain, because it added to the richness of the
  • design. He sought for beauty consciously, and he remembered how even as a
  • boy he had taken pleasure in the Gothic cathedral as one saw it from the
  • precincts; he went there and looked at the massive pile, gray under the
  • cloudy sky, with the central tower that rose like the praise of men to
  • their God; but the boys were batting at the nets, and they were lissom and
  • strong and active; he could not help hearing their shouts and laughter.
  • The cry of youth was insistent, and he saw the beautiful thing before him
  • only with his eyes.
  • CXIII
  • At the beginning of the last week in August Philip entered upon his duties
  • in the 'district.' They were arduous, for he had to attend on an average
  • three confinements a day. The patient had obtained a 'card' from the
  • hospital some time before; and when her time came it was taken to the
  • porter by a messenger, generally a little girl, who was then sent across
  • the road to the house in which Philip lodged. At night the porter, who had
  • a latch-key, himself came over and awoke Philip. It was mysterious then to
  • get up in the darkness and walk through the deserted streets of the South
  • Side. At those hours it was generally the husband who brought the card. If
  • there had been a number of babies before he took it for the most part with
  • surly indifference, but if newly married he was nervous and then sometimes
  • strove to allay his anxiety by getting drunk. Often there was a mile or
  • more to walk, during which Philip and the messenger discussed the
  • conditions of labour and the cost of living; Philip learnt about the
  • various trades which were practised on that side of the river. He inspired
  • confidence in the people among whom he was thrown, and during the long
  • hours that he waited in a stuffy room, the woman in labour lying on a
  • large bed that took up half of it, her mother and the midwife talked to
  • him as naturally as they talked to one another. The circumstances in which
  • he had lived during the last two years had taught him several things about
  • the life of the very poor, which it amused them to find he knew; and they
  • were impressed because he was not deceived by their little subterfuges. He
  • was kind, and he had gentle hands, and he did not lose his temper. They
  • were pleased because he was not above drinking a cup of tea with them, and
  • when the dawn came and they were still waiting they offered him a slice of
  • bread and dripping; he was not squeamish and could eat most things now
  • with a good appetite. Some of the houses he went to, in filthy courts off
  • a dingy street, huddled against one another without light or air, were
  • merely squalid; but others, unexpectedly, though dilapidated, with
  • worm-eaten floors and leaking roofs, had the grand air: you found in them
  • oak balusters exquisitely carved, and the walls had still their panelling.
  • These were thickly inhabited. One family lived in each room, and in the
  • daytime there was the incessant noise of children playing in the court.
  • The old walls were the breeding-place of vermin; the air was so foul that
  • often, feeling sick, Philip had to light his pipe. The people who dwelt
  • here lived from hand to mouth. Babies were unwelcome, the man received
  • them with surly anger, the mother with despair; it was one more mouth to
  • feed, and there was little enough wherewith to feed those already there.
  • Philip often discerned the wish that the child might be born dead or might
  • die quickly. He delivered one woman of twins (a source of humour to the
  • facetious) and when she was told she burst into a long, shrill wail of
  • misery. Her mother said outright:
  • "I don't know how they're going to feed 'em."
  • "Maybe the Lord'll see fit to take 'em to 'imself," said the midwife.
  • Philip caught sight of the husband's face as he looked at the tiny pair
  • lying side by side, and there was a ferocious sullenness in it which
  • startled him. He felt in the family assembled there a hideous resentment
  • against those poor atoms who had come into the world unwished for; and he
  • had a suspicion that if he did not speak firmly an 'accident' would occur.
  • Accidents occurred often; mothers 'overlay' their babies, and perhaps
  • errors of diet were not always the result of carelessness.
  • "I shall come every day," he said. "I warn you that if anything happens to
  • them there'll have to be an inquest."
  • The father made no reply, but he gave Philip a scowl. There was murder in
  • his soul.
  • "Bless their little 'earts," said the grandmother, "what should 'appen to
  • them?"
  • The great difficulty was to keep the mothers in bed for ten days, which
  • was the minimum upon which the hospital practice insisted. It was awkward
  • to look after the family, no one would see to the children without
  • payment, and the husband tumbled because his tea was not right when he
  • came home tired from his work and hungry. Philip had heard that the poor
  • helped one another, but woman after woman complained to him that she could
  • not get anyone in to clean up and see to the children's dinner without
  • paying for the service, and she could not afford to pay. By listening to
  • the women as they talked and by chance remarks from which he could deduce
  • much that was left unsaid, Philip learned how little there was in common
  • between the poor and the classes above them. They did not envy their
  • betters, for the life was too different, and they had an ideal of ease
  • which made the existence of the middle-classes seem formal and stiff;
  • moreover, they had a certain contempt for them because they were soft and
  • did not work with their hands. The proud merely wished to be left alone,
  • but the majority looked upon the well-to-do as people to be exploited;
  • they knew what to say in order to get such advantages as the charitable
  • put at their disposal, and they accepted benefits as a right which came to
  • them from the folly of their superiors and their own astuteness. They bore
  • the curate with contemptuous indifference, but the district visitor
  • excited their bitter hatred. She came in and opened your windows without
  • so much as a by your leave or with your leave, 'and me with my bronchitis,
  • enough to give me my death of cold;' she poked her nose into corners, and
  • if she didn't say the place was dirty you saw what she thought right
  • enough, 'an' it's all very well for them as 'as servants, but I'd like to
  • see what she'd make of 'er room if she 'ad four children, and 'ad to do
  • the cookin', and mend their clothes, and wash them.'
  • Philip discovered that the greatest tragedy of life to these people was
  • not separation or death, that was natural and the grief of it could be
  • assuaged with tears, but loss of work. He saw a man come home one
  • afternoon, three days after his wife's confinement, and tell her he had
  • been dismissed; he was a builder and at that time work was slack; he
  • stated the fact, and sat down to his tea.
  • "Oh, Jim," she said.
  • The man ate stolidly some mess which had been stewing in a sauce-pan
  • against his coming; he stared at his plate; his wife looked at him two or
  • three times, with little startled glances, and then quite silently began
  • to cry. The builder was an uncouth little fellow with a rough,
  • weather-beaten face and a long white scar on his forehead; he had large,
  • stubbly hands. Presently he pushed aside his plate as if he must give up
  • the effort to force himself to eat, and turned a fixed gaze out of the
  • window. The room was at the top of the house, at the back, and one saw
  • nothing but sullen clouds. The silence seemed heavy with despair. Philip
  • felt that there was nothing to be said, he could only go; and as he walked
  • away wearily, for he had been up most of the night, his heart was filled
  • with rage against the cruelty of the world. He knew the hopelessness of
  • the search for work and the desolation which is harder to bear than
  • hunger. He was thankful not to have to believe in God, for then such a
  • condition of things would be intolerable; one could reconcile oneself to
  • existence only because it was meaningless.
  • It seemed to Philip that the people who spent their time in helping the
  • poorer classes erred because they sought to remedy things which would
  • harass them if themselves had to endure them without thinking that they
  • did not in the least disturb those who were used to them. The poor did not
  • want large airy rooms; they suffered from cold, for their food was not
  • nourishing and their circulation bad; space gave them a feeling of
  • chilliness, and they wanted to burn as little coal as need be; there was
  • no hardship for several to sleep in one room, they preferred it; they were
  • never alone for a moment, from the time they were born to the time they
  • died, and loneliness oppressed them; they enjoyed the promiscuity in which
  • they dwelt, and the constant noise of their surroundings pressed upon
  • their ears unnoticed. They did not feel the need of taking a bath
  • constantly, and Philip often heard them speak with indignation of the
  • necessity to do so with which they were faced on entering the hospital: it
  • was both an affront and a discomfort. They wanted chiefly to be left
  • alone; then if the man was in regular work life went easily and was not
  • without its pleasures: there was plenty of time for gossip, after the
  • day's work a glass of beer was very good to drink, the streets were a
  • constant source of entertainment, if you wanted to read there was
  • Reynolds' or The News of the World; 'but there, you couldn't make out
  • 'ow the time did fly, the truth was and that's a fact, you was a rare one
  • for reading when you was a girl, but what with one thing and another you
  • didn't get no time now not even to read the paper.'
  • The usual practice was to pay three visits after a confinement, and one
  • Sunday Philip went to see a patient at the dinner hour. She was up for the
  • first time.
  • "I couldn't stay in bed no longer, I really couldn't. I'm not one for
  • idling, and it gives me the fidgets to be there and do nothing all day
  • long, so I said to 'Erb, I'm just going to get up and cook your dinner for
  • you."
  • 'Erb was sitting at table with his knife and fork already in his hands. He
  • was a young man, with an open face and blue eyes. He was earning good
  • money, and as things went the couple were in easy circumstances. They had
  • only been married a few months, and were both delighted with the rosy boy
  • who lay in the cradle at the foot of the bed. There was a savoury smell of
  • beefsteak in the room and Philip's eyes turned to the range.
  • "I was just going to dish up this minute," said the woman.
  • "Fire away," said Philip. "I'll just have a look at the son and heir and
  • then I'll take myself off."
  • Husband and wife laughed at Philip's expression, and 'Erb getting up went
  • over with Philip to the cradle. He looked at his baby proudly.
  • "There doesn't seem much wrong with him, does there?" said Philip.
  • He took up his hat, and by this time 'Erb's wife had dished up the
  • beefsteak and put on the table a plate of green peas.
  • "You're going to have a nice dinner," smiled Philip.
  • "He's only in of a Sunday and I like to 'ave something special for him, so
  • as he shall miss his 'ome when he's out at work."
  • "I suppose you'd be above sittin' down and 'avin' a bit of dinner with
  • us?" said 'Erb.
  • "Oh, 'Erb," said his wife, in a shocked tone.
  • "Not if you ask me," answered Philip, with his attractive smile.
  • "Well, that's what I call friendly, I knew 'e wouldn't take offence,
  • Polly. Just get another plate, my girl."
  • Polly was flustered, and she thought 'Erb a regular caution, you never
  • knew what ideas 'e'd get in 'is 'ead next; but she got a plate and wiped
  • it quickly with her apron, then took a new knife and fork from the chest
  • of drawers, where her best cutlery rested among her best clothes. There
  • was a jug of stout on the table, and 'Erb poured Philip out a glass. He
  • wanted to give him the lion's share of the beefsteak, but Philip insisted
  • that they should share alike. It was a sunny room with two windows that
  • reached to the floor; it had been the parlour of a house which at one time
  • was if not fashionable at least respectable: it might have been inhabited
  • fifty years before by a well-to-do tradesman or an officer on half pay.
  • 'Erb had been a football player before he married, and there were
  • photographs on the wall of various teams in self-conscious attitudes, with
  • neatly plastered hair, the captain seated proudly in the middle holding a
  • cup. There were other signs of prosperity: photographs of the relations of
  • 'Erb and his wife in Sunday clothes; on the chimney-piece an elaborate
  • arrangement of shells stuck on a miniature rock; and on each side mugs, 'A
  • present from Southend' in Gothic letters, with pictures of a pier and a
  • parade on them. 'Erb was something of a character; he was a non-union man
  • and expressed himself with indignation at the efforts of the union to
  • force him to join. The union wasn't no good to him, he never found no
  • difficulty in getting work, and there was good wages for anyone as 'ad a
  • head on his shoulders and wasn't above puttin' 'is 'and to anything as
  • come 'is way. Polly was timorous. If she was 'im she'd join the union, the
  • last time there was a strike she was expectin' 'im to be brought back in
  • an ambulance every time he went out. She turned to Philip.
  • "He's that obstinate, there's no doing anything with 'im."
  • "Well, what I say is, it's a free country, and I won't be dictated to."
  • "It's no good saying it's a free country," said Polly, "that won't prevent
  • 'em bashin' your 'ead in if they get the chanst."
  • When they had finished Philip passed his pouch over to 'Erb and they lit
  • their pipes; then he got up, for a 'call' might be waiting for him at his
  • rooms, and shook hands. He saw that it had given them pleasure that he
  • shared their meal, and they saw that he had thoroughly enjoyed it.
  • "Well, good-bye, sir," said 'Erb, "and I 'ope we shall 'ave as nice a
  • doctor next time the missus disgraces 'erself."
  • "Go on with you, 'Erb," she retorted. "'Ow d'you know there's going to
  • be a next time?"
  • CXIV
  • The three weeks which the appointment lasted drew to an end. Philip had
  • attended sixty-two cases, and he was tired out. When he came home about
  • ten o'clock on his last night he hoped with all his heart that he would
  • not be called out again. He had not had a whole night's rest for ten days.
  • The case which he had just come from was horrible. He had been fetched by
  • a huge, burly man, the worse for liquor, and taken to a room in an
  • evil-smelling court, which was filthier than any he had seen: it was a
  • tiny attic; most of the space was taken up by a wooden bed, with a canopy
  • of dirty red hangings, and the ceiling was so low that Philip could touch
  • it with the tips of his fingers; with the solitary candle that afforded
  • what light there was he went over it, frizzling up the bugs that crawled
  • upon it. The woman was a blowsy creature of middle age, who had had a long
  • succession of still-born children. It was a story that Philip was not
  • unaccustomed to: the husband had been a soldier in India; the legislation
  • forced upon that country by the prudery of the English public had given a
  • free run to the most distressing of all diseases; the innocent suffered.
  • Yawning, Philip undressed and took a bath, then shook his clothes over the
  • water and watched the animals that fell out wriggling. He was just going
  • to get into bed when there was a knock at the door, and the hospital
  • porter brought him a card.
  • "Curse you," said Philip. "You're the last person I wanted to see tonight.
  • Who's brought it?"
  • "I think it's the 'usband, sir. Shall I tell him to wait?"
  • Philip looked at the address, saw that the street was familiar to him, and
  • told the porter that he would find his own way. He dressed himself and in
  • five minutes, with his black bag in his hand, stepped into the street. A
  • man, whom he could not see in the darkness, came up to him, and said he
  • was the husband.
  • "I thought I'd better wait, sir," he said. "It's a pretty rough
  • neighbour'ood, and them not knowing who you was."
  • Philip laughed.
  • "Bless your heart, they all know the doctor, I've been in some damned
  • sight rougher places than Waver Street."
  • It was quite true. The black bag was a passport through wretched alleys
  • and down foul-smelling courts into which a policeman was not ready to
  • venture by himself. Once or twice a little group of men had looked at
  • Philip curiously as he passed; he heard a mutter of observations and then
  • one say:
  • "It's the 'orspital doctor."
  • As he went by one or two of them said: "Good-night, sir."
  • "We shall 'ave to step out if you don't mind, sir," said the man who
  • accompanied him now. "They told me there was no time to lose."
  • "Why did you leave it so late?" asked Philip, as he quickened his pace.
  • He glanced at the fellow as they passed a lamp-post.
  • "You look awfully young," he said.
  • "I'm turned eighteen, sir."
  • He was fair, and he had not a hair on his face, he looked no more than a
  • boy; he was short, but thick set.
  • "You're young to be married," said Philip.
  • "We 'ad to."
  • "How much d'you earn?"
  • "Sixteen, sir."
  • Sixteen shillings a week was not much to keep a wife and child on. The
  • room the couple lived in showed that their poverty was extreme. It was a
  • fair size, but it looked quite large, since there was hardly any furniture
  • in it; there was no carpet on the floor; there were no pictures on the
  • walls; and most rooms had something, photographs or supplements in cheap
  • frames from the Christmas numbers of the illustrated papers. The patient
  • lay on a little iron bed of the cheapest sort. It startled Philip to see
  • how young she was.
  • "By Jove, she can't be more than sixteen," he said to the woman who had
  • come in to 'see her through.'
  • She had given her age as eighteen on the card, but when they were very
  • young they often put on a year or two. Also she was pretty, which was rare
  • in those classes in which the constitution has been undermined by bad
  • food, bad air, and unhealthy occupations; she had delicate features and
  • large blue eyes, and a mass of dark hair done in the elaborate fashion of
  • the coster girl. She and her husband were very nervous.
  • "You'd better wait outside, so as to be at hand if I want you," Philip
  • said to him.
  • Now that he saw him better Philip was surprised again at his boyish air:
  • you felt that he should be larking in the street with the other lads
  • instead of waiting anxiously for the birth of a child. The hours passed,
  • and it was not till nearly two that the baby was born. Everything seemed
  • to be going satisfactorily; the husband was called in, and it touched
  • Philip to see the awkward, shy way in which he kissed his wife; Philip
  • packed up his things. Before going he felt once more his patient's pulse.
  • "Hulloa!" he said.
  • He looked at her quickly: something had happened. In cases of emergency
  • the S. O. C.--senior obstetric clerk--had to be sent for; he was a
  • qualified man, and the 'district' was in his charge. Philip scribbled a
  • note, and giving it to the husband, told him to run with it to the
  • hospital; he bade him hurry, for his wife was in a dangerous state. The
  • man set off. Philip waited anxiously; he knew the woman was bleeding to
  • death; he was afraid she would die before his chief arrived; he took what
  • steps he could. He hoped fervently that the S. O. C. would not have been
  • called elsewhere. The minutes were interminable. He came at last, and,
  • while he examined the patient, in a low voice asked Philip questions.
  • Philip saw by his face that he thought the case very grave. His name was
  • Chandler. He was a tall man of few words, with a long nose and a thin face
  • much lined for his age. He shook his head.
  • "It was hopeless from the beginning. Where's the husband?"
  • "I told him to wait on the stairs," said Philip.
  • "You'd better bring him in."
  • Philip opened the door and called him. He was sitting in the dark on the
  • first step of the flight that led to the next floor. He came up to the
  • bed.
  • "What's the matter?" he asked.
  • "Why, there's internal bleeding. It's impossible to stop it." The S. O. C.
  • hesitated a moment, and because it was a painful thing to say he forced
  • his voice to become brusque. "She's dying."
  • The man did not say a word; he stopped quite still, looking at his wife,
  • who lay, pale and unconscious, on the bed. It was the midwife who spoke.
  • "The gentlemen 'ave done all they could, 'Arry," she said. "I saw what was
  • comin' from the first."
  • "Shut up," said Chandler.
  • There were no curtains on the windows, and gradually the night seemed to
  • lighten; it was not yet the dawn, but the dawn was at hand. Chandler was
  • keeping the woman alive by all the means in his power, but life was
  • slipping away from her, and suddenly she died. The boy who was her husband
  • stood at the end of the cheap iron bed with his hands resting on the rail;
  • he did not speak; but he looked very pale and once or twice Chandler gave
  • him an uneasy glance, thinking he was going to faint: his lips were gray.
  • The midwife sobbed noisily, but he took no notice of her. His eyes were
  • fixed upon his wife, and in them was an utter bewilderment. He reminded
  • you of a dog whipped for something he did not know was wrong. When
  • Chandler and Philip had gathered together their things Chandler turned to
  • the husband.
  • "You'd better lie down for a bit. I expect you're about done up."
  • "There's nowhere for me to lie down, sir," he answered, and there was in
  • his voice a humbleness which was very distressing.
  • "Don't you know anyone in the house who'll give you a shakedown?"
  • "No, sir."
  • "They only moved in last week," said the midwife. "They don't know nobody
  • yet."
  • Chandler hesitated a moment awkwardly, then he went up to the man and
  • said:
  • "I'm very sorry this has happened."
  • He held out his hand and the man, with an instinctive glance at his own to
  • see if it was clean, shook it.
  • "Thank you, sir."
  • Philip shook hands with him too. Chandler told the midwife to come and
  • fetch the certificate in the morning. They left the house and walked along
  • together in silence.
  • "It upsets one a bit at first, doesn't it?" said Chandler at last.
  • "A bit," answered Philip.
  • "If you like I'll tell the porter not to bring you any more calls
  • tonight."
  • "I'm off duty at eight in the morning in any case."
  • "How many cases have you had?"
  • "Sixty-three."
  • "Good. You'll get your certificate then."
  • They arrived at the hospital, and the S. O. C. went in to see if anyone
  • wanted him. Philip walked on. It had been very hot all the day before, and
  • even now in the early morning there was a balminess in the air. The street
  • was very still. Philip did not feel inclined to go to bed. It was the end
  • of his work and he need not hurry. He strolled along, glad of the fresh
  • air and the silence; he thought that he would go on to the bridge and look
  • at day break on the river. A policeman at the corner bade him
  • good-morning. He knew who Philip was from his bag.
  • "Out late tonight, sir," he said.
  • Philip nodded and passed. He leaned against the parapet and looked towards
  • the morning. At that hour the great city was like a city of the dead. The
  • sky was cloudless, but the stars were dim at the approach of day; there
  • was a light mist on the river, and the great buildings on the north side
  • were like palaces in an enchanted island. A group of barges was moored in
  • midstream. It was all of an unearthly violet, troubling somehow and
  • awe-inspiring; but quickly everything grew pale, and cold, and gray. Then
  • the sun rose, a ray of yellow gold stole across the sky, and the sky was
  • iridescent. Philip could not get out of his eyes the dead girl lying on
  • the bed, wan and white, and the boy who stood at the end of it like a
  • stricken beast. The bareness of the squalid room made the pain of it more
  • poignant. It was cruel that a stupid chance should have cut off her life
  • when she was just entering upon it; but in the very moment of saying this
  • to himself, Philip thought of the life which had been in store for her,
  • the bearing of children, the dreary fight with poverty, the youth broken
  • by toil and deprivation into a slatternly middle age--he saw the pretty
  • face grow thin and white, the hair grow scanty, the pretty hands, worn
  • down brutally by work, become like the claws of an old animal--then, when
  • the man was past his prime, the difficulty of getting jobs, the small
  • wages he had to take; and the inevitable, abject penury of the end: she
  • might be energetic, thrifty, industrious, it would not have saved her; in
  • the end was the workhouse or subsistence on the charity of her children.
  • Who could pity her because she had died when life offered so little?
  • But pity was inane. Philip felt it was not that which these people needed.
  • They did not pity themselves. They accepted their fate. It was the natural
  • order of things. Otherwise, good heavens! otherwise they would swarm over
  • the river in their multitude to the side where those great buildings were,
  • secure and stately, and they would pillage, burn, and sack. But the day,
  • tender and pale, had broken now, and the mist was tenuous; it bathed
  • everything in a soft radiance; and the Thames was gray, rosy, and green;
  • gray like mother-of-pearl and green like the heart of a yellow rose. The
  • wharfs and store-houses of the Surrey Side were massed in disorderly
  • loveliness. The scene was so exquisite that Philip's heart beat
  • passionately. He was overwhelmed by the beauty of the world. Beside that
  • nothing seemed to matter.
  • CXV
  • Philip spent the few weeks that remained before the beginning of the
  • winter session in the out-patients' department, and in October settled
  • down to regular work. He had been away from the hospital for so long that
  • he found himself very largely among new people; the men of different years
  • had little to do with one another, and his contemporaries were now mostly
  • qualified: some had left to take up assistantships or posts in country
  • hospitals and infirmaries, and some held appointments at St. Luke's. The
  • two years during which his mind had lain fallow had refreshed him, he
  • fancied, and he was able now to work with energy.
  • The Athelnys were delighted with his change of fortune. He had kept aside
  • a few things from the sale of his uncle's effects and gave them all
  • presents. He gave Sally a gold chain that had belonged to his aunt. She
  • was now grown up. She was apprenticed to a dressmaker and set out every
  • morning at eight to work all day in a shop in Regent Street. Sally had
  • frank blue eyes, a broad brow, and plentiful shining hair; she was buxom,
  • with broad hips and full breasts; and her father, who was fond of
  • discussing her appearance, warned her constantly that she must not grow
  • fat. She attracted because she was healthy, animal, and feminine. She had
  • many admirers, but they left her unmoved; she gave one the impression that
  • she looked upon love-making as nonsense; and it was easy to imagine that
  • young men found her unapproachable. Sally was old for her years: she had
  • been used to help her mother in the household work and in the care of the
  • children, so that she had acquired a managing air, which made her mother
  • say that Sally was a bit too fond of having things her own way. She did
  • not speak very much, but as she grew older she seemed to be acquiring a
  • quiet sense of humour, and sometimes uttered a remark which suggested that
  • beneath her impassive exterior she was quietly bubbling with amusement at
  • her fellow-creatures. Philip found that with her he never got on the terms
  • of affectionate intimacy upon which he was with the rest of Athelny's huge
  • family. Now and then her indifference slightly irritated him. There was
  • something enigmatic in her.
  • When Philip gave her the necklace Athelny in his boisterous way insisted
  • that she must kiss him; but Sally reddened and drew back.
  • "No, I'm not going to," she said.
  • "Ungrateful hussy!" cried Athelny. "Why not?"
  • "I don't like being kissed by men," she said.
  • Philip saw her embarrassment, and, amused, turned Athelny's attention to
  • something else. That was never a very difficult thing to do. But evidently
  • her mother spoke of the matter later, for next time Philip came she took
  • the opportunity when they were alone for a couple of minutes to refer to
  • it.
  • "You didn't think it disagreeable of me last week when I wouldn't kiss
  • you?"
  • "Not a bit," he laughed.
  • "It's not because I wasn't grateful." She blushed a little as she uttered
  • the formal phrase which she had prepared. "I shall always value the
  • necklace, and it was very kind of you to give it me."
  • Philip found it always a little difficult to talk to her. She did all that
  • she had to do very competently, but seemed to feel no need of
  • conversation; yet there was nothing unsociable in her. One Sunday
  • afternoon when Athelny and his wife had gone out together, and Philip,
  • treated as one of the family, sat reading in the parlour, Sally came in
  • and sat by the window to sew. The girls' clothes were made at home and
  • Sally could not afford to spend Sundays in idleness. Philip thought she
  • wished to talk and put down his book.
  • "Go on reading," she said. "I only thought as you were alone I'd come and
  • sit with you."
  • "You're the most silent person I've ever struck," said Philip.
  • "We don't want another one who's talkative in this house," she said.
  • There was no irony in her tone: she was merely stating a fact. But it
  • suggested to Philip that she measured her father, alas, no longer the hero
  • he was to her childhood, and in her mind joined together his entertaining
  • conversation and the thriftlessness which often brought difficulties into
  • their life; she compared his rhetoric with her mother's practical common
  • sense; and though the liveliness of her father amused her she was perhaps
  • sometimes a little impatient with it. Philip looked at her as she bent
  • over her work; she was healthy, strong, and normal; it must be odd to see
  • her among the other girls in the shop with their flat chests and anaemic
  • faces. Mildred suffered from anaemia.
  • After a time it appeared that Sally had a suitor. She went out
  • occasionally with friends she had made in the work-room, and had met a
  • young man, an electrical engineer in a very good way of business, who was
  • a most eligible person. One day she told her mother that he had asked her
  • to marry him.
  • "What did you say?" said her mother.
  • "Oh, I told him I wasn't over-anxious to marry anyone just yet awhile."
  • She paused a little as was her habit between observations. "He took on so
  • that I said he might come to tea on Sunday."
  • It was an occasion that thoroughly appealed to Athelny. He rehearsed all
  • the afternoon how he should play the heavy father for the young man's
  • edification till he reduced his children to helpless giggling. Just before
  • he was due Athelny routed out an Egyptian tarboosh and insisted on putting
  • it on.
  • "Go on with you, Athelny," said his wife, who was in her best, which was
  • of black velvet, and, since she was growing stouter every year, very tight
  • for her. "You'll spoil the girl's chances."
  • She tried to pull it off, but the little man skipped nimbly out of her
  • way.
  • "Unhand me, woman. Nothing will induce me to take it off. This young man
  • must be shown at once that it is no ordinary family he is preparing to
  • enter."
  • "Let him keep it on, mother," said Sally, in her even, indifferent
  • fashion. "If Mr. Donaldson doesn't take it the way it's meant he can take
  • himself off, and good riddance."
  • Philip thought it was a severe ordeal that the young man was being exposed
  • to, since Athelny, in his brown velvet jacket, flowing black tie, and red
  • tarboosh, was a startling spectacle for an innocent electrical engineer.
  • When he came he was greeted by his host with the proud courtesy of a
  • Spanish grandee and by Mrs. Athelny in an altogether homely and natural
  • fashion. They sat down at the old ironing-table in the high-backed monkish
  • chairs, and Mrs. Athelny poured tea out of a lustre teapot which gave a
  • note of England and the country-side to the festivity. She had made little
  • cakes with her own hand, and on the table was home-made jam. It was a
  • farm-house tea, and to Philip very quaint and charming in that Jacobean
  • house. Athelny for some fantastic reason took it into his head to
  • discourse upon Byzantine history; he had been reading the later volumes of
  • the Decline and Fall; and, his forefinger dramatically extended, he
  • poured into the astonished ears of the suitor scandalous stories about
  • Theodora and Irene. He addressed himself directly to his guest with a
  • torrent of rhodomontade; and the young man, reduced to helpless silence
  • and shy, nodded his head at intervals to show that he took an intelligent
  • interest. Mrs. Athelny paid no attention to Thorpe's conversation, but
  • interrupted now and then to offer the young man more tea or to press upon
  • him cake and jam. Philip watched Sally; she sat with downcast eyes, calm,
  • silent, and observant; and her long eye-lashes cast a pretty shadow on her
  • cheek. You could not tell whether she was amused at the scene or if she
  • cared for the young man. She was inscrutable. But one thing was certain:
  • the electrical engineer was good-looking, fair and clean-shaven, with
  • pleasant, regular features, and an honest face; he was tall and well-made.
  • Philip could not help thinking he would make an excellent mate for her,
  • and he felt a pang of envy for the happiness which he fancied was in store
  • for them.
  • Presently the suitor said he thought it was about time he was getting
  • along. Sally rose to her feet without a word and accompanied him to the
  • door. When she came back her father burst out:
  • "Well, Sally, we think your young man very nice. We are prepared to
  • welcome him into our family. Let the banns be called and I will compose a
  • nuptial song."
  • Sally set about clearing away the tea-things. She did not answer. Suddenly
  • she shot a swift glance at Philip.
  • "What did you think of him, Mr. Philip?"
  • She had always refused to call him Uncle Phil as the other children did,
  • and would not call him Philip.
  • "I think you'd make an awfully handsome pair."
  • She looked at him quickly once more, and then with a slight blush went on
  • with her business.
  • "I thought him a very nice civil-spoken young fellow," said Mrs. Athelny,
  • "and I think he's just the sort to make any girl happy."
  • Sally did not reply for a minute or two, and Philip looked at her
  • curiously: it might be thought that she was meditating upon what her
  • mother had said, and on the other hand she might be thinking of the man in
  • the moon.
  • "Why don't you answer when you're spoken to, Sally?" remarked her mother,
  • a little irritably.
  • "I thought he was a silly."
  • "Aren't you going to have him then?"
  • "No, I'm not."
  • "I don't know how much more you want," said Mrs. Athelny, and it was quite
  • clear now that she was put out. "He's a very decent young fellow and he
  • can afford to give you a thorough good home. We've got quite enough to
  • feed here without you. If you get a chance like that it's wicked not to
  • take it. And I daresay you'd be able to have a girl to do the rough work."
  • Philip had never before heard Mrs. Athelny refer so directly to the
  • difficulties of her life. He saw how important it was that each child
  • should be provided for.
  • "It's no good your carrying on, mother," said Sally in her quiet way. "I'm
  • not going to marry him."
  • "I think you're a very hard-hearted, cruel, selfish girl."
  • "If you want me to earn my own living, mother, I can always go into
  • service."
  • "Don't be so silly, you know your father would never let you do that."
  • Philip caught Sally's eye, and he thought there was in it a glimmer of
  • amusement. He wondered what there had been in the conversation to touch
  • her sense of humour. She was an odd girl.
  • CXVI
  • During his last year at St. Luke's Philip had to work hard. He was
  • contented with life. He found it very comfortable to be heart-free and to
  • have enough money for his needs. He had heard people speak contemptuously
  • of money: he wondered if they had ever tried to do without it. He knew
  • that the lack made a man petty, mean, grasping; it distorted his character
  • and caused him to view the world from a vulgar angle; when you had to
  • consider every penny, money became of grotesque importance: you needed a
  • competency to rate it at its proper value. He lived a solitary life,
  • seeing no one except the Athelnys, but he was not lonely; he busied
  • himself with plans for the future, and sometimes he thought of the past.
  • His recollection dwelt now and then on old friends, but he made no effort
  • to see them. He would have liked to know what was become of Norah Nesbit;
  • she was Norah something else now, but he could not remember the name of
  • the man she was going to marry; he was glad to have known her: she was a
  • good and a brave soul. One evening about half past eleven he saw Lawson,
  • walking along Piccadilly; he was in evening clothes and might be supposed
  • to be coming back from a theatre. Philip gave way to a sudden impulse and
  • quickly turned down a side street. He had not seen him for two years and
  • felt that he could not now take up again the interrupted friendship. He
  • and Lawson had nothing more to say to one another. Philip was no longer
  • interested in art; it seemed to him that he was able to enjoy beauty with
  • greater force than when he was a boy; but art appeared to him unimportant.
  • He was occupied with the forming of a pattern out of the manifold chaos of
  • life, and the materials with which he worked seemed to make preoccupation
  • with pigments and words very trivial. Lawson had served his turn. Philip's
  • friendship with him had been a motive in the design he was elaborating: it
  • was merely sentimental to ignore the fact that the painter was of no
  • further interest to him.
  • Sometimes Philip thought of Mildred. He avoided deliberately the streets
  • in which there was a chance of seeing her; but occasionally some feeling,
  • perhaps curiosity, perhaps something deeper which he would not
  • acknowledge, made him wander about Piccadilly and Regent Street during the
  • hours when she might be expected to be there. He did not know then whether
  • he wished to see her or dreaded it. Once he saw a back which reminded him
  • of hers, and for a moment he thought it was she; it gave him a curious
  • sensation: it was a strange sharp pain in his heart, there was fear in it
  • and a sickening dismay; and when he hurried on and found that he was
  • mistaken he did not know whether it was relief that he experienced or
  • disappointment.
  • At the beginning of August Philip passed his surgery, his last
  • examination, and received his diploma. It was seven years since he had
  • entered St. Luke's Hospital. He was nearly thirty. He walked down the
  • stairs of the Royal College of Surgeons with the roll in his hand which
  • qualified him to practice, and his heart beat with satisfaction.
  • "Now I'm really going to begin life," he thought.
  • Next day he went to the secretary's office to put his name down for one of
  • the hospital appointments. The secretary was a pleasant little man with a
  • black beard, whom Philip had always found very affable. He congratulated
  • him on his success, and then said:
  • "I suppose you wouldn't like to do a locum for a month on the South coast?
  • Three guineas a week with board and lodging."
  • "I wouldn't mind," said Philip.
  • "It's at Farnley, in Dorsetshire. Doctor South. You'd have to go down at
  • once; his assistant has developed mumps. I believe it's a very pleasant
  • place."
  • There was something in the secretary's manner that puzzled Philip. It was
  • a little doubtful.
  • "What's the crab in it?" he asked.
  • The secretary hesitated a moment and laughed in a conciliating fashion.
  • "Well, the fact is, I understand he's rather a crusty, funny old fellow.
  • The agencies won't send him anyone any more. He speaks his mind very
  • openly, and men don't like it."
  • "But d'you think he'll be satisfied with a man who's only just qualified?
  • After all I have no experience."
  • "He ought to be glad to get you," said the secretary diplomatically.
  • Philip thought for a moment. He had nothing to do for the next few weeks,
  • and he was glad of the chance to earn a bit of money. He could put it
  • aside for the holiday in Spain which he had promised himself when he had
  • finished his appointment at St. Luke's or, if they would not give him
  • anything there, at some other hospital.
  • "All right. I'll go."
  • "The only thing is, you must go this afternoon. Will that suit you? If so,
  • I'll send a wire at once."
  • Philip would have liked a few days to himself; but he had seen the
  • Athelnys the night before (he had gone at once to take them his good news)
  • and there was really no reason why he should not start immediately. He had
  • little luggage to pack. Soon after seven that evening he got out of the
  • station at Farnley and took a cab to Doctor South's. It was a broad low
  • stucco house, with a Virginia creeper growing over it. He was shown into
  • the consulting-room. An old man was writing at a desk. He looked up as the
  • maid ushered Philip in. He did not get up, and he did not speak; he merely
  • stared at Philip. Philip was taken aback.
  • "I think you're expecting me," he said. "The secretary of St. Luke's wired
  • to you this morning."
  • "I kept dinner back for half an hour. D'you want to wash?"
  • "I do," said Philip.
  • Doctor South amused him by his odd manner. He got up now, and Philip saw
  • that he was a man of middle height, thin, with white hair cut very short
  • and a long mouth closed so tightly that he seemed to have no lips at all;
  • he was clean-shaven but for small white whiskers, and they increased the
  • squareness of face which his firm jaw gave him. He wore a brown tweed suit
  • and a white stock. His clothes hung loosely about him as though they had
  • been made for a much larger man. He looked like a respectable farmer of
  • the middle of the nineteenth century. He opened the door.
  • "There is the dining-room," he said, pointing to the door opposite. "Your
  • bed-room is the first door you come to when you get on the landing. Come
  • downstairs when you're ready."
  • During dinner Philip knew that Doctor South was examining him, but he
  • spoke little, and Philip felt that he did not want to hear his assistant
  • talk.
  • "When were you qualified?" he asked suddenly.
  • "Yesterday."
  • "Were you at a university?"
  • "No."
  • "Last year when my assistant took a holiday they sent me a 'Varsity man.
  • I told 'em not to do it again. Too damned gentlemanly for me."
  • There was another pause. The dinner was very simple and very good. Philip
  • preserved a sedate exterior, but in his heart he was bubbling over with
  • excitement. He was immensely elated at being engaged as a locum; it made
  • him feel extremely grown up; he had an insane desire to laugh at nothing
  • in particular; and the more he thought of his professional dignity the
  • more he was inclined to chuckle.
  • But Doctor South broke suddenly into his thoughts. "How old are you?"
  • "Getting on for thirty."
  • "How is it you're only just qualified?"
  • "I didn't go in for the medical till I was nearly twenty-three, and I had
  • to give it up for two years in the middle."
  • "Why?"
  • "Poverty."
  • Doctor South gave him an odd look and relapsed into silence. At the end of
  • dinner he got up from the table.
  • "D'you know what sort of a practice this is?"
  • "No," answered Philip.
  • "Mostly fishermen and their families. I have the Union and the Seamen's
  • Hospital. I used to be alone here, but since they tried to make this into
  • a fashionable sea-side resort a man has set up on the cliff, and the
  • well-to-do people go to him. I only have those who can't afford to pay for
  • a doctor at all."
  • Philip saw that the rivalry was a sore point with the old man.
  • "You know that I have no experience," said Philip.
  • "You none of you know anything."
  • He walked out of the room without another word and left Philip by himself.
  • When the maid came in to clear away she told Philip that Doctor South saw
  • patients from six till seven. Work for that night was over. Philip fetched
  • a book from his room, lit his pipe, and settled himself down to read. It
  • was a great comfort, since he had read nothing but medical books for the
  • last few months. At ten o'clock Doctor South came in and looked at him.
  • Philip hated not to have his feet up, and he had dragged up a chair for
  • them.
  • "You seem able to make yourself pretty comfortable," said Doctor South,
  • with a grimness which would have disturbed Philip if he had not been in
  • such high spirits.
  • Philip's eyes twinkled as he answered.
  • "Have you any objection?"
  • Doctor South gave him a look, but did not reply directly.
  • "What's that you're reading?"
  • "Peregrine Pickle. Smollett."
  • "I happen to know that Smollett wrote Peregrine Pickle."
  • "I beg your pardon. Medical men aren't much interested in literature, are
  • they?"
  • Philip had put the book down on the table, and Doctor South took it up. It
  • was a volume of an edition which had belonged to the Vicar of Blackstable.
  • It was a thin book bound in faded morocco, with a copperplate engraving as
  • a frontispiece; the pages were musty with age and stained with mould.
  • Philip, without meaning to, started forward a little as Doctor South took
  • the volume in his hands, and a slight smile came into his eyes. Very
  • little escaped the old doctor.
  • "Do I amuse you?" he asked icily.
  • "I see you're fond of books. You can always tell by the way people handle
  • them."
  • Doctor South put down the novel immediately.
  • "Breakfast at eight-thirty," he said and left the room.
  • "What a funny old fellow!" thought Philip.
  • He soon discovered why Doctor South's assistants found it difficult to get
  • on with him. In the first place, he set his face firmly against all the
  • discoveries of the last thirty years: he had no patience with the drugs
  • which became modish, were thought to work marvellous cures, and in a few
  • years were discarded; he had stock mixtures which he had brought from St.
  • Luke's where he had been a student, and had used all his life; he found
  • them just as efficacious as anything that had come into fashion since.
  • Philip was startled at Doctor South's suspicion of asepsis; he had
  • accepted it in deference to universal opinion; but he used the precautions
  • which Philip had known insisted upon so scrupulously at the hospital with
  • the disdainful tolerance of a man playing at soldiers with children.
  • "I've seen antiseptics come along and sweep everything before them, and
  • then I've seen asepsis take their place. Bunkum!"
  • The young men who were sent down to him knew only hospital practice; and
  • they came with the unconcealed scorn for the General Practitioner which
  • they had absorbed in the air at the hospital; but they had seen only the
  • complicated cases which appeared in the wards; they knew how to treat an
  • obscure disease of the suprarenal bodies, but were helpless when consulted
  • for a cold in the head. Their knowledge was theoretical and their
  • self-assurance unbounded. Doctor South watched them with tightened lips;
  • he took a savage pleasure in showing them how great was their ignorance
  • and how unjustified their conceit. It was a poor practice, of fishing
  • folk, and the doctor made up his own prescriptions. Doctor South asked his
  • assistant how he expected to make both ends meet if he gave a fisherman
  • with a stomach-ache a mixture consisting of half a dozen expensive drugs.
  • He complained too that the young medical men were uneducated: their
  • reading consisted of The Sporting Times and The British Medical
  • Journal; they could neither write a legible hand nor spell correctly. For
  • two or three days Doctor South watched Philip closely, ready to fall on
  • him with acid sarcasm if he gave him the opportunity; and Philip, aware of
  • this, went about his work with a quiet sense of amusement. He was pleased
  • with the change of occupation. He liked the feeling of independence and of
  • responsibility. All sorts of people came to the consulting-room. He was
  • gratified because he seemed able to inspire his patients with confidence;
  • and it was entertaining to watch the process of cure which at a hospital
  • necessarily could be watched only at distant intervals. His rounds took
  • him into low-roofed cottages in which were fishing tackle and sails and
  • here and there mementoes of deep-sea travelling, a lacquer box from Japan,
  • spears and oars from Melanesia, or daggers from the bazaars of Stamboul;
  • there was an air of romance in the stuffy little rooms, and the salt of
  • the sea gave them a bitter freshness. Philip liked to talk to the
  • sailor-men, and when they found that he was not supercilious they told him
  • long yarns of the distant journeys of their youth.
  • Once or twice he made a mistake in diagnosis: (he had never seen a case of
  • measles before, and when he was confronted with the rash took it for an
  • obscure disease of the skin;) and once or twice his ideas of treatment
  • differed from Doctor South's. The first time this happened Doctor South
  • attacked him with savage irony; but Philip took it with good humour; he
  • had some gift for repartee, and he made one or two answers which caused
  • Doctor South to stop and look at him curiously. Philip's face was grave,
  • but his eyes were twinkling. The old gentleman could not avoid the
  • impression that Philip was chaffing him. He was used to being disliked and
  • feared by his assistants, and this was a new experience. He had half a
  • mind to fly into a passion and pack Philip off by the next train, he had
  • done that before with his assistants; but he had an uneasy feeling that
  • Philip then would simply laugh at him outright; and suddenly he felt
  • amused. His mouth formed itself into a smile against his will, and he
  • turned away. In a little while he grew conscious that Philip was amusing
  • himself systematically at his expense. He was taken aback at first and
  • then diverted.
  • "Damn his impudence," he chuckled to himself. "Damn his impudence."
  • CXVII
  • Philip had written to Athelny to tell him that he was doing a locum in
  • Dorsetshire and in due course received an answer from him. It was written
  • in the formal manner he affected, studded with pompous epithets as a
  • Persian diadem was studded with precious stones; and in the beautiful
  • hand, like black letter and as difficult to read, upon which he prided
  • himself. He suggested that Philip should join him and his family in the
  • Kentish hop-field to which he went every year; and to persuade him said
  • various beautiful and complicated things about Philip's soul and the
  • winding tendrils of the hops. Philip replied at once that he would come on
  • the first day he was free. Though not born there, he had a peculiar
  • affection for the Isle of Thanet, and he was fired with enthusiasm at the
  • thought of spending a fortnight so close to the earth and amid conditions
  • which needed only a blue sky to be as idyllic as the olive groves of
  • Arcady.
  • The four weeks of his engagement at Farnley passed quickly. On the cliff
  • a new town was springing up, with red brick villas round golf links, and
  • a large hotel had recently been opened to cater for the summer visitors;
  • but Philip went there seldom. Down below, by the harbour, the little stone
  • houses of a past century were clustered in a delightful confusion, and the
  • narrow streets, climbing down steeply, had an air of antiquity which
  • appealed to the imagination. By the water's edge were neat cottages with
  • trim, tiny gardens in front of them; they were inhabited by retired
  • captains in the merchant service, and by mothers or widows of men who had
  • gained their living by the sea; and they had an appearance which was
  • quaint and peaceful. In the little harbour came tramps from Spain and the
  • Levant, ships of small tonnage; and now and then a windjammer was borne in
  • by the winds of romance. It reminded Philip of the dirty little harbour
  • with its colliers at Blackstable, and he thought that there he had first
  • acquired the desire, which was now an obsession, for Eastern lands and
  • sunlit islands in a tropic sea. But here you felt yourself closer to the
  • wide, deep ocean than on the shore of that North Sea which seemed always
  • circumscribed; here you could draw a long breath as you looked out upon
  • the even vastness; and the west wind, the dear soft salt wind of England,
  • uplifted the heart and at the same time melted it to tenderness.
  • One evening, when Philip had reached his last week with Doctor South, a
  • child came to the surgery door while the old doctor and Philip were making
  • up prescriptions. It was a little ragged girl with a dirty face and bare
  • feet. Philip opened the door.
  • "Please, sir, will you come to Mrs. Fletcher's in Ivy Lane at once?"
  • "What's the matter with Mrs. Fletcher?" called out Doctor South in his
  • rasping voice.
  • The child took no notice of him, but addressed herself again to Philip.
  • "Please, sir, her little boy's had an accident and will you come at once?"
  • "Tell Mrs. Fletcher I'm coming," called out Doctor South.
  • The little girl hesitated for a moment, and putting a dirty finger in a
  • dirty mouth stood still and looked at Philip.
  • "What's the matter, Kid?" said Philip, smiling.
  • "Please, sir, Mrs. Fletcher says, will the new doctor come?" There was a
  • sound in the dispensary and Doctor South came out into the passage.
  • "Isn't Mrs. Fletcher satisfied with me?" he barked. "I've attended Mrs.
  • Fletcher since she was born. Why aren't I good enough to attend her filthy
  • brat?"
  • The little girl looked for a moment as though she were going to cry, then
  • she thought better of it; she put out her tongue deliberately at Doctor
  • South, and, before he could recover from his astonishment, bolted off as
  • fast as she could run. Philip saw that the old gentleman was annoyed.
  • "You look rather fagged, and it's a goodish way to Ivy Lane," he said, by
  • way of giving him an excuse not to go himself.
  • Doctor South gave a low snarl.
  • "It's a damned sight nearer for a man who's got the use of both legs than
  • for a man who's only got one and a half."
  • Philip reddened and stood silent for a while.
  • "Do you wish me to go or will you go yourself?" he said at last frigidly.
  • "What's the good of my going? They want you."
  • Philip took up his hat and went to see the patient. It was hard upon eight
  • o'clock when he came back. Doctor South was standing in the dining-room
  • with his back to the fireplace.
  • "You've been a long time," he said.
  • "I'm sorry. Why didn't you start dinner?"
  • "Because I chose to wait. Have you been all this while at Mrs.
  • Fletcher's?"
  • "No, I'm afraid I haven't. I stopped to look at the sunset on my way back,
  • and I didn't think of the time."
  • Doctor South did not reply, and the servant brought in some grilled
  • sprats. Philip ate them with an excellent appetite. Suddenly Doctor South
  • shot a question at him.
  • "Why did you look at the sunset?"
  • Philip answered with his mouth full.
  • "Because I was happy."
  • Doctor South gave him an odd look, and the shadow of a smile flickered
  • across his old, tired face. They ate the rest of the dinner in silence;
  • but when the maid had given them the port and left the room, the old man
  • leaned back and fixed his sharp eyes on Philip.
  • "It stung you up a bit when I spoke of your game leg, young fellow?" he
  • said.
  • "People always do, directly or indirectly, when they get angry with me."
  • "I suppose they know it's your weak point."
  • Philip faced him and looked at him steadily.
  • "Are you very glad to have discovered it?"
  • The doctor did not answer, but he gave a chuckle of bitter mirth. They sat
  • for a while staring at one another. Then Doctor South surprised Philip
  • extremely.
  • "Why don't you stay here and I'll get rid of that damned fool with his
  • mumps?"
  • "It's very kind of you, but I hope to get an appointment at the hospital
  • in the autumn. It'll help me so much in getting other work later."
  • "I'm offering you a partnership," said Doctor South grumpily.
  • "Why?" asked Philip, with surprise.
  • "They seem to like you down here."
  • "I didn't think that was a fact which altogether met with your approval,"
  • Philip said drily.
  • "D'you suppose that after forty years' practice I care a twopenny damn
  • whether people prefer my assistant to me? No, my friend. There's no
  • sentiment between my patients and me. I don't expect gratitude from them,
  • I expect them to pay my fees. Well, what d'you say to it?"
  • Philip made no reply, not because he was thinking over the proposal, but
  • because he was astonished. It was evidently very unusual for someone to
  • offer a partnership to a newly qualified man; and he realised with wonder
  • that, although nothing would induce him to say so, Doctor South had taken
  • a fancy to him. He thought how amused the secretary at St. Luke's would be
  • when he told him.
  • "The practice brings in about seven hundred a year. We can reckon out how
  • much your share would be worth, and you can pay me off by degrees. And
  • when I die you can succeed me. I think that's better than knocking about
  • hospitals for two or three years, and then taking assistantships until you
  • can afford to set up for yourself."
  • Philip knew it was a chance that most people in his profession would jump
  • at; the profession was over-crowded, and half the men he knew would be
  • thankful to accept the certainty of even so modest a competence as that.
  • "I'm awfully sorry, but I can't," he said. "It means giving up everything
  • I've aimed at for years. In one way and another I've had a roughish time,
  • but I always had that one hope before me, to get qualified so that I might
  • travel; and now, when I wake in the morning, my bones simply ache to get
  • off, I don't mind where particularly, but just away, to places I've never
  • been to."
  • Now the goal seemed very near. He would have finished his appointment at
  • St. Luke's by the middle of the following year, and then he would go to
  • Spain; he could afford to spend several months there, rambling up and down
  • the land which stood to him for romance; after that he would get a ship
  • and go to the East. Life was before him and time of no account. He could
  • wander, for years if he chose, in unfrequented places, amid strange
  • peoples, where life was led in strange ways. He did not know what he
  • sought or what his journeys would bring him; but he had a feeling that he
  • would learn something new about life and gain some clue to the mystery
  • that he had solved only to find more mysterious. And even if he found
  • nothing he would allay the unrest which gnawed at his heart. But Doctor
  • South was showing him a great kindness, and it seemed ungrateful to refuse
  • his offer for no adequate reason; so in his shy way, trying to appear as
  • matter of fact as possible, he made some attempt to explain why it was so
  • important to him to carry out the plans he had cherished so passionately.
  • Doctor South listened quietly, and a gentle look came into his shrewd old
  • eyes. It seemed to Philip an added kindness that he did not press him to
  • accept his offer. Benevolence is often very peremptory. He appeared to
  • look upon Philip's reasons as sound. Dropping the subject, he began to
  • talk of his own youth; he had been in the Royal Navy, and it was his long
  • connection with the sea that, when he retired, had made him settle at
  • Farnley. He told Philip of old days in the Pacific and of wild adventures
  • in China. He had taken part in an expedition against the head-hunters of
  • Borneo and had known Samoa when it was still an independent state. He had
  • touched at coral islands. Philip listened to him entranced. Little by
  • little he told Philip about himself. Doctor South was a widower, his wife
  • had died thirty years before, and his daughter had married a farmer in
  • Rhodesia; he had quarrelled with him, and she had not come to England for
  • ten years. It was just as if he had never had wife or child. He was very
  • lonely. His gruffness was little more than a protection which he wore to
  • hide a complete disillusionment; and to Philip it seemed tragic to see him
  • just waiting for death, not impatiently, but rather with loathing for it,
  • hating old age and unable to resign himself to its limitations, and yet
  • with the feeling that death was the only solution of the bitterness of his
  • life. Philip crossed his path, and the natural affection which long
  • separation from his daughter had killed--she had taken her husband's part
  • in the quarrel and her children he had never seen--settled itself upon
  • Philip. At first it made him angry, he told himself it was a sign of
  • dotage; but there was something in Philip that attracted him, and he found
  • himself smiling at him he knew not why. Philip did not bore him. Once or
  • twice he put his hand on his shoulder: it was as near a caress as he had
  • got since his daughter left England so many years before. When the time
  • came for Philip to go Doctor South accompanied him to the station: he
  • found himself unaccountably depressed.
  • "I've had a ripping time here," said Philip. "You've been awfully kind to
  • me."
  • "I suppose you're very glad to go?"
  • "I've enjoyed myself here."
  • "But you want to get out into the world? Ah, you have youth." He hesitated
  • a moment. "I want you to remember that if you change your mind my offer
  • still stands."
  • "That's awfully kind of you."
  • Philip shook hands with him out of the carriage window, and the train
  • steamed out of the station. Philip thought of the fortnight he was going
  • to spend in the hop-field: he was happy at the idea of seeing his friends
  • again, and he rejoiced because the day was fine. But Doctor South walked
  • slowly back to his empty house. He felt very old and very lonely.
  • CXVIII
  • It was late in the evening when Philip arrived at Ferne. It was Mrs.
  • Athelny's native village, and she had been accustomed from her childhood
  • to pick in the hop-field to which with her husband and her children she
  • still went every year. Like many Kentish folk her family had gone out
  • regularly, glad to earn a little money, but especially regarding the
  • annual outing, looked forward to for months, as the best of holidays. The
  • work was not hard, it was done in common, in the open air, and for the
  • children it was a long, delightful picnic; here the young men met the
  • maidens; in the long evenings when work was over they wandered about the
  • lanes, making love; and the hopping season was generally followed by
  • weddings. They went out in carts with bedding, pots and pans, chairs and
  • tables; and Ferne while the hopping lasted was deserted. They were very
  • exclusive and would have resented the intrusion of foreigners, as they
  • called the people who came from London; they looked down upon them and
  • feared them too; they were a rough lot, and the respectable country folk
  • did not want to mix with them. In the old days the hoppers slept in barns,
  • but ten years ago a row of huts had been erected at the side of a meadow;
  • and the Athelnys, like many others, had the same hut every year.
  • Athelny met Philip at the station in a cart he had borrowed from the
  • public-house at which he had got a room for Philip. It was a quarter of a
  • mile from the hop-field. They left his bag there and walked over to the
  • meadow in which were the huts. They were nothing more than a long, low
  • shed, divided into little rooms about twelve feet square. In front of each
  • was a fire of sticks, round which a family was grouped, eagerly watching
  • the cooking of supper. The sea-air and the sun had browned already the
  • faces of Athelny's children. Mrs. Athelny seemed a different woman in her
  • sun-bonnet: you felt that the long years in the city had made no real
  • difference to her; she was the country woman born and bred, and you could
  • see how much at home she found herself in the country. She was frying
  • bacon and at the same time keeping an eye on the younger children, but she
  • had a hearty handshake and a jolly smile for Philip. Athelny was
  • enthusiastic over the delights of a rural existence.
  • "We're starved for sun and light in the cities we live in. It isn't life,
  • it's a long imprisonment. Let us sell all we have, Betty, and take a farm
  • in the country."
  • "I can see you in the country," she answered with good-humoured scorn.
  • "Why, the first rainy day we had in the winter you'd be crying for
  • London." She turned to Philip. "Athelny's always like this when we come
  • down here. Country, I like that! Why, he don't know a swede from a
  • mangel-wurzel."
  • "Daddy was lazy today," remarked Jane, with the frankness which
  • characterized her, "he didn't fill one bin."
  • "I'm getting into practice, child, and tomorrow I shall fill more bins
  • than all of you put together."
  • "Come and eat your supper, children," said Mrs. Athelny. "Where's Sally?"
  • "Here I am, mother."
  • She stepped out of their little hut, and the flames of the wood fire
  • leaped up and cast sharp colour upon her face. Of late Philip had only
  • seen her in the trim frocks she had taken to since she was at the
  • dressmaker's, and there was something very charming in the print dress she
  • wore now, loose and easy to work in; the sleeves were tucked up and showed
  • her strong, round arms. She too had a sun-bonnet.
  • "You look like a milkmaid in a fairy story," said Philip, as he shook
  • hands with her.
  • "She's the belle of the hop-fields," said Athelny. "My word, if the
  • Squire's son sees you he'll make you an offer of marriage before you can
  • say Jack Robinson."
  • "The Squire hasn't got a son, father," said Sally.
  • She looked about for a place to sit down in, and Philip made room for her
  • beside him. She looked wonderful in the night lit by wood fires. She was
  • like some rural goddess, and you thought of those fresh, strong girls whom
  • old Herrick had praised in exquisite numbers. The supper was simple, bread
  • and butter, crisp bacon, tea for the children, and beer for Mr. and Mrs.
  • Athelny and Philip. Athelny, eating hungrily, praised loudly all he ate.
  • He flung words of scorn at Lucullus and piled invectives upon
  • Brillat-Savarin.
  • "There's one thing one can say for you, Athelny," said his wife, "you do
  • enjoy your food and no mistake!"
  • "Cooked by your hand, my Betty," he said, stretching out an eloquent
  • forefinger.
  • Philip felt himself very comfortable. He looked happily at the line of
  • fires, with people grouped about them, and the colour of the flames
  • against the night; at the end of the meadow was a line of great elms, and
  • above the starry sky. The children talked and laughed, and Athelny, a
  • child among them, made them roar by his tricks and fancies.
  • "They think a rare lot of Athelny down here," said his wife. "Why, Mrs.
  • Bridges said to me, I don't know what we should do without Mr. Athelny
  • now, she said. He's always up to something, he's more like a schoolboy
  • than the father of a family."
  • Sally sat in silence, but she attended to Philip's wants in a thoughtful
  • fashion that charmed him. It was pleasant to have her beside him, and now
  • and then he glanced at her sunburned, healthy face. Once he caught her
  • eyes, and she smiled quietly. When supper was over Jane and a small
  • brother were sent down to a brook that ran at the bottom of the meadow to
  • fetch a pail of water for washing up.
  • "You children, show your Uncle Philip where we sleep, and then you must be
  • thinking of going to bed."
  • Small hands seized Philip, and he was dragged towards the hut. He went in
  • and struck a match. There was no furniture in it; and beside a tin box, in
  • which clothes were kept, there was nothing but the beds; there were three
  • of them, one against each wall. Athelny followed Philip in and showed them
  • proudly.
  • "That's the stuff to sleep on," he cried. "None of your spring-mattresses
  • and swansdown. I never sleep so soundly anywhere as here. YOU will
  • sleep between sheets. My dear fellow, I pity you from the bottom of my
  • soul."
  • The beds consisted of a thick layer of hopvine, on the top of which was a
  • coating of straw, and this was covered with a blanket. After a day in the
  • open air, with the aromatic scent of the hops all round them, the happy
  • pickers slept like tops. By nine o'clock all was quiet in the meadow and
  • everyone in bed but one or two men who still lingered in the public-house
  • and would not come back till it was closed at ten. Athelny walked there
  • with Philip. But before he went Mrs. Athelny said to him:
  • "We breakfast about a quarter to six, but I daresay you won't want to get
  • up as early as that. You see, we have to set to work at six."
  • "Of course he must get up early," cried Athelny, "and he must work like
  • the rest of us. He's got to earn his board. No work, no dinner, my lad."
  • "The children go down to bathe before breakfast, and they can give you a
  • call on their way back. They pass The Jolly Sailor."
  • "If they'll wake me I'll come and bathe with them," said Philip.
  • Jane and Harold and Edward shouted with delight at the prospect, and next
  • morning Philip was awakened out of a sound sleep by their bursting into
  • his room. The boys jumped on his bed, and he had to chase them out with
  • his slippers. He put on a coat and a pair of trousers and went down. The
  • day had only just broken, and there was a nip in the air; but the sky was
  • cloudless, and the sun was shining yellow. Sally, holding Connie's hand,
  • was standing in the middle of the road, with a towel and a bathing-dress
  • over her arm. He saw now that her sun-bonnet was of the colour of
  • lavender, and against it her face, red and brown, was like an apple. She
  • greeted him with her slow, sweet smile, and he noticed suddenly that her
  • teeth were small and regular and very white. He wondered why they had
  • never caught his attention before.
  • "I was for letting you sleep on," she said, "but they would go up and wake
  • you. I said you didn't really want to come."
  • "Oh, yes, I did."
  • They walked down the road and then cut across the marshes. That way it was
  • under a mile to the sea. The water looked cold and gray, and Philip
  • shivered at the sight of it; but the others tore off their clothes and ran
  • in shouting. Sally did everything a little slowly, and she did not come
  • into the water till all the rest were splashing round Philip. Swimming was
  • his only accomplishment; he felt at home in the water; and soon he had
  • them all imitating him as he played at being a porpoise, and a drowning
  • man, and a fat lady afraid of wetting her hair. The bathe was uproarious,
  • and it was necessary for Sally to be very severe to induce them all to
  • come out.
  • "You're as bad as any of them," she said to Philip, in her grave, maternal
  • way, which was at once comic and touching. "They're not anything like so
  • naughty when you're not here."
  • They walked back, Sally with her bright hair streaming over one shoulder
  • and her sun-bonnet in her hand, but when they got to the huts Mrs. Athelny
  • had already started for the hop-garden. Athleny, in a pair of the oldest
  • trousers anyone had ever worn, his jacket buttoned up to show he had no
  • shirt on, and in a wide-brimmed soft hat, was frying kippers over a fire
  • of sticks. He was delighted with himself: he looked every inch a brigand.
  • As soon as he saw the party he began to shout the witches' chorus from
  • Macbeth over the odorous kippers.
  • "You mustn't dawdle over your breakfast or mother will be angry," he said,
  • when they came up.
  • And in a few minutes, Harold and Jane with pieces of bread and butter in
  • their hands, they sauntered through the meadow into the hop-field. They
  • were the last to leave. A hop-garden was one of the sights connected with
  • Philip's boyhood and the oast-houses to him the most typical feature of
  • the Kentish scene. It was with no sense of strangeness, but as though he
  • were at home, that Philip followed Sally through the long lines of the
  • hops. The sun was bright now and cast a sharp shadow. Philip feasted his
  • eyes on the richness of the green leaves. The hops were yellowing, and to
  • him they had the beauty and the passion which poets in Sicily have found
  • in the purple grape. As they walked along Philip felt himself overwhelmed
  • by the rich luxuriance. A sweet scent arose from the fat Kentish soil, and
  • the fitful September breeze was heavy with the goodly perfume of the hops.
  • Athelstan felt the exhilaration instinctively, for he lifted up his voice
  • and sang; it was the cracked voice of the boy of fifteen, and Sally turned
  • round.
  • "You be quiet, Athelstan, or we shall have a thunderstorm."
  • In a moment they heard the hum of voices, and in a moment more came upon
  • the pickers. They were all hard at work, talking and laughing as they
  • picked. They sat on chairs, on stools, on boxes, with their baskets by
  • their sides, and some stood by the bin throwing the hops they picked
  • straight into it. There were a lot of children about and a good many
  • babies, some in makeshift cradles, some tucked up in a rug on the soft
  • brown dry earth. The children picked a little and played a great deal. The
  • women worked busily, they had been pickers from childhood, and they could
  • pick twice as fast as foreigners from London. They boasted about the
  • number of bushels they had picked in a day, but they complained you could
  • not make money now as in former times: then they paid you a shilling for
  • five bushels, but now the rate was eight and even nine bushels to the
  • shilling. In the old days a good picker could earn enough in the season to
  • keep her for the rest of the year, but now there was nothing in it; you
  • got a holiday for nothing, and that was about all. Mrs. Hill had bought
  • herself a pianner out of what she made picking, so she said, but she was
  • very near, one wouldn't like to be near like that, and most people thought
  • it was only what she said, if the truth was known perhaps it would be
  • found that she had put a bit of money from the savings bank towards it.
  • The hoppers were divided into bin companies of ten pickers, not counting
  • children, and Athelny loudly boasted of the day when he would have a
  • company consisting entirely of his own family. Each company had a bin-man,
  • whose duty it was to supply it with strings of hops at their bins (the bin
  • was a large sack on a wooden frame, about seven feet high, and long rows
  • of them were placed between the rows of hops;) and it was to this position
  • that Athelny aspired when his family was old enough to form a company.
  • Meanwhile he worked rather by encouraging others than by exertions of his
  • own. He sauntered up to Mrs. Athelny, who had been busy for half an hour
  • and had already emptied a basket into the bin, and with his cigarette
  • between his lips began to pick. He asserted that he was going to pick more
  • than anyone that day, but mother; of course no one could pick so much as
  • mother; that reminded him of the trials which Aphrodite put upon the
  • curious Psyche, and he began to tell his children the story of her love
  • for the unseen bridegroom. He told it very well. It seemed to Philip,
  • listening with a smile on his lips, that the old tale fitted in with the
  • scene. The sky was very blue now, and he thought it could not be more
  • lovely even in Greece. The children with their fair hair and rosy cheeks,
  • strong, healthy, and vivacious; the delicate form of the hops; the
  • challenging emerald of the leaves, like a blare of trumpets; the magic of
  • the green alley, narrowing to a point as you looked down the row, with the
  • pickers in their sun-bonnets: perhaps there was more of the Greek spirit
  • there than you could find in the books of professors or in museums. He was
  • thankful for the beauty of England. He thought of the winding white roads
  • and the hedgerows, the green meadows with their elm-trees, the delicate
  • line of the hills and the copses that crowned them, the flatness of the
  • marshes, and the melancholy of the North Sea. He was very glad that he
  • felt its loveliness. But presently Athelny grew restless and announced
  • that he would go and ask how Robert Kemp's mother was. He knew everyone in
  • the garden and called them all by their Christian names; he knew their
  • family histories and all that had happened to them from birth. With
  • harmless vanity he played the fine gentleman among them, and there was a
  • touch of condescension in his familiarity. Philip would not go with him.
  • "I'm going to earn my dinner," he said.
  • "Quite right, my boy," answered Athelny, with a wave of the hand, as he
  • strolled away. "No work, no dinner."
  • CXIX
  • Philip had not a basket of his own, but sat with Sally. Jane thought it
  • monstrous that he should help her elder sister rather than herself, and he
  • had to promise to pick for her when Sally's basket was full. Sally was
  • almost as quick as her mother.
  • "Won't it hurt your hands for sewing?" asked Philip.
  • "Oh, no, it wants soft hands. That's why women pick better than men. If
  • your hands are hard and your fingers all stiff with a lot of rough work
  • you can't pick near so well."
  • He liked to see her deft movements, and she watched him too now and then
  • with that maternal spirit of hers which was so amusing and yet so
  • charming. He was clumsy at first, and she laughed at him. When she bent
  • over and showed him how best to deal with a whole line their hands met. He
  • was surprised to see her blush. He could not persuade himself that she was
  • a woman; because he had known her as a flapper, he could not help looking
  • upon her as a child still; yet the number of her admirers showed that she
  • was a child no longer; and though they had only been down a few days one
  • of Sally's cousins was already so attentive that she had to endure a lot
  • of chaffing. His name was Peter Gann, and he was the son of Mrs. Athelny's
  • sister, who had married a farmer near Ferne. Everyone knew why he found it
  • necessary to walk through the hop-field every day.
  • A call-off by the sounding of a horn was made for breakfast at eight, and
  • though Mrs. Athelny told them they had not deserved it, they ate it very
  • heartily. They set to work again and worked till twelve, when the horn
  • sounded once more for dinner. At intervals the measurer went his round
  • from bin to bin, accompanied by the booker, who entered first in his own
  • book and then in the hopper's the number of bushels picked. As each bin
  • was filled it was measured out in bushel baskets into a huge bag called a
  • poke; and this the measurer and the pole-puller carried off between them
  • and put on the waggon. Athelny came back now and then with stories of how
  • much Mrs. Heath or Mrs. Jones had picked, and he conjured his family to
  • beat her: he was always wanting to make records, and sometimes in his
  • enthusiasm picked steadily for an hour. His chief amusement in it,
  • however, was that it showed the beauty of his graceful hands, of which he
  • was excessively proud. He spent much time manicuring them. He told Philip,
  • as he stretched out his tapering fingers, that the Spanish grandees had
  • always slept in oiled gloves to preserve their whiteness. The hand that
  • wrung the throat of Europe, he remarked dramatically, was as shapely and
  • exquisite as a woman's; and he looked at his own, as he delicately picked
  • the hops, and sighed with self-satisfaction. When he grew tired of this he
  • rolled himself a cigarette and discoursed to Philip of art and literature.
  • In the afternoon it grew very hot. Work did not proceed so actively and
  • conversation halted. The incessant chatter of the morning dwindled now to
  • desultory remarks. Tiny beads of sweat stood on Sally's upper lip, and as
  • she worked her lips were slightly parted. She was like a rosebud bursting
  • into flower.
  • Calling-off time depended on the state of the oast-house. Sometimes it was
  • filled early, and as many hops had been picked by three or four as could
  • be dried during the night. Then work was stopped. But generally the last
  • measuring of the day began at five. As each company had its bin measured
  • it gathered up its things and, chatting again now that work was over,
  • sauntered out of the garden. The women went back to the huts to clean up
  • and prepare the supper, while a good many of the men strolled down the
  • road to the public-house. A glass of beer was very pleasant after the
  • day's work.
  • The Athelnys' bin was the last to be dealt with. When the measurer came
  • Mrs. Athelny, with a sigh of relief, stood up and stretched her arms: she
  • had been sitting in the same position for many hours and was stiff.
  • "Now, let's go to The Jolly Sailor," said Athelny. "The rites of the day
  • must be duly performed, and there is none more sacred than that."
  • "Take a jug with you, Athelny," said his wife, "and bring back a pint and
  • a half for supper."
  • She gave him the money, copper by copper. The bar-parlour was already well
  • filled. It had a sanded floor, benches round it, and yellow pictures of
  • Victorian prize-fighters on the walls. The licencee knew all his customers
  • by name, and he leaned over his bar smiling benignly at two young men who
  • were throwing rings on a stick that stood up from the floor: their failure
  • was greeted with a good deal of hearty chaff from the rest of the company.
  • Room was made for the new arrivals. Philip found himself sitting between
  • an old labourer in corduroys, with string tied under his knees, and a
  • shiny-faced lad of seventeen with a love-lock neatly plastered on his red
  • forehead. Athelny insisted on trying his hand at the throwing of rings. He
  • backed himself for half a pint and won it. As he drank the loser's health
  • he said:
  • "I would sooner have won this than won the Derby, my boy."
  • He was an outlandish figure, with his wide-brimmed hat and pointed beard,
  • among those country folk, and it was easy to see that they thought him
  • very queer; but his spirits were so high, his enthusiasm so contagious,
  • that it was impossible not to like him. Conversation went easily. A
  • certain number of pleasantries were exchanged in the broad, slow accent of
  • the Isle of Thanet, and there was uproarious laughter at the sallies of
  • the local wag. A pleasant gathering! It would have been a hard-hearted
  • person who did not feel a glow of satisfaction in his fellows. Philip's
  • eyes wandered out of the window where it was bright and sunny still; there
  • were little white curtains in it tied up with red ribbon like those of a
  • cottage window, and on the sill were pots of geraniums. In due course one
  • by one the idlers got up and sauntered back to the meadow where supper was
  • cooking.
  • "I expect you'll be ready for your bed," said Mrs. Athelny to Philip.
  • "You're not used to getting up at five and staying in the open air all
  • day."
  • "You're coming to bathe with us, Uncle Phil, aren't you?" the boys cried.
  • "Rather."
  • He was tired and happy. After supper, balancing himself against the wall
  • of the hut on a chair without a back, he smoked his pipe and looked at the
  • night. Sally was busy. She passed in and out of the hut, and he lazily
  • watched her methodical actions. Her walk attracted his notice; it was not
  • particularly graceful, but it was easy and assured; she swung her legs
  • from the hips, and her feet seemed to tread the earth with decision.
  • Athelny had gone off to gossip with one of the neighbours, and presently
  • Philip heard his wife address the world in general.
  • "There now, I'm out of tea and I wanted Athelny to go down to Mrs. Black's
  • and get some." A pause, and then her voice was raised: "Sally, just run
  • down to Mrs. Black's and get me half a pound of tea, will you? I've run
  • quite out of it."
  • "All right, mother."
  • Mrs. Black had a cottage about half a mile along the road, and she
  • combined the office of postmistress with that of universal provider. Sally
  • came out of the hut, turning down her sleeves.
  • "Shall I come with you, Sally?" asked Philip.
  • "Don't you trouble. I'm not afraid to go alone."
  • "I didn't think you were; but it's getting near my bedtime, and I was just
  • thinking I'd like to stretch my legs."
  • Sally did not answer, and they set out together. The road was white and
  • silent. There was not a sound in the summer night. They did not speak
  • much.
  • "It's quite hot even now, isn't it?" said Philip.
  • "I think it's wonderful for the time of year."
  • But their silence did not seem awkward. They found it was pleasant to walk
  • side by side and felt no need of words. Suddenly at a stile in the
  • hedgerow they heard a low murmur of voices, and in the darkness they saw
  • the outline of two people. They were sitting very close to one another and
  • did not move as Philip and Sally passed.
  • "I wonder who that was," said Sally.
  • "They looked happy enough, didn't they?"
  • "I expect they took us for lovers too."
  • They saw the light of the cottage in front of them, and in a minute went
  • into the little shop. The glare dazzled them for a moment.
  • "You are late," said Mrs. Black. "I was just going to shut up." She looked
  • at the clock. "Getting on for nine."
  • Sally asked for her half pound of tea (Mrs. Athelny could never bring
  • herself to buy more than half a pound at a time), and they set off up the
  • road again. Now and then some beast of the night made a short, sharp
  • sound, but it seemed only to make the silence more marked.
  • "I believe if you stood still you could hear the sea," said Sally.
  • They strained their ears, and their fancy presented them with a faint
  • sound of little waves lapping up against the shingle. When they passed the
  • stile again the lovers were still there, but now they were not speaking;
  • they were in one another's arms, and the man's lips were pressed against
  • the girl's.
  • "They seem busy," said Sally.
  • They turned a corner, and a breath of warm wind beat for a moment against
  • their faces. The earth gave forth its freshness. There was something
  • strange in the tremulous night, and something, you knew not what, seemed
  • to be waiting; the silence was on a sudden pregnant with meaning. Philip
  • had a queer feeling in his heart, it seemed very full, it seemed to melt
  • (the hackneyed phrases expressed precisely the curious sensation), he felt
  • happy and anxious and expectant. To his memory came back those lines in
  • which Jessica and Lorenzo murmur melodious words to one another, capping
  • each other's utterance; but passion shines bright and clear through the
  • conceits that amuse them. He did not know what there was in the air that
  • made his senses so strangely alert; it seemed to him that he was pure soul
  • to enjoy the scents and the sounds and the savours of the earth. He had
  • never felt such an exquisite capacity for beauty. He was afraid that Sally
  • by speaking would break the spell, but she said never a word, and he
  • wanted to hear the sound of her voice. Its low richness was the voice of
  • the country night itself.
  • They arrived at the field through which she had to walk to get back to the
  • huts. Philip went in to hold the gate open for her.
  • "Well, here I think I'll say good-night."
  • "Thank you for coming all that way with me."
  • She gave him her hand, and as he took it, he said:
  • "If you were very nice you'd kiss me good-night like the rest of the
  • family."
  • "I don't mind," she said.
  • Philip had spoken in jest. He merely wanted to kiss her, because he was
  • happy and he liked her and the night was so lovely.
  • "Good-night then," he said, with a little laugh, drawing her towards him.
  • She gave him her lips; they were warm and full and soft; he lingered a
  • little, they were like a flower; then, he knew not how, without meaning
  • it, he flung his arms round her. She yielded quite silently. Her body was
  • firm and strong. He felt her heart beat against his. Then he lost his
  • head. His senses overwhelmed him like a flood of rushing waters. He drew
  • her into the darker shadow of the hedge.
  • CXX
  • Philip slept like a log and awoke with a start to find Harold tickling his
  • face with a feather. There was a shout of delight when he opened his eyes.
  • He was drunken with sleep.
  • "Come on, lazybones," said Jane. "Sally says she won't wait for you unless
  • you hurry up."
  • Then he remembered what had happened. His heart sank, and, half out of bed
  • already, he stopped; he did not know how he was going to face her; he was
  • overwhelmed with a sudden rush of self-reproach, and bitterly, bitterly,
  • he regretted what he had done. What would she say to him that morning? He
  • dreaded meeting her, and he asked himself how he could have been such a
  • fool. But the children gave him no time; Edward took his bathing-drawers
  • and his towel, Athelstan tore the bed-clothes away; and in three minutes
  • they all clattered down into the road. Sally gave him a smile. It was as
  • sweet and innocent as it had ever been.
  • "You do take a time to dress yourself," she said. "I thought you was never
  • coming."
  • There was not a particle of difference in her manner. He had expected some
  • change, subtle or abrupt; he fancied that there would be shame in the way
  • she treated him, or anger, or perhaps some increase of familiarity; but
  • there was nothing. She was exactly the same as before. They walked towards
  • the sea all together, talking and laughing; and Sally was quiet, but she
  • was always that, reserved, but he had never seen her otherwise, and
  • gentle. She neither sought conversation with him nor avoided it. Philip
  • was astounded. He had expected the incident of the night before to have
  • caused some revolution in her, but it was just as though nothing had
  • happened; it might have been a dream; and as he walked along, a little
  • girl holding on to one hand and a little boy to the other, while he
  • chatted as unconcernedly as he could, he sought for an explanation. He
  • wondered whether Sally meant the affair to be forgotten. Perhaps her
  • senses had run away with her just as his had, and, treating what had
  • occurred as an accident due to unusual circumstances, it might be that she
  • had decided to put the matter out of her mind. It was ascribing to her a
  • power of thought and a mature wisdom which fitted neither with her age nor
  • with her character. But he realised that he knew nothing of her. There had
  • been in her always something enigmatic.
  • They played leap-frog in the water, and the bathe was as uproarious as on
  • the previous day. Sally mothered them all, keeping a watchful eye on them,
  • and calling to them when they went out too far. She swam staidly backwards
  • and forwards while the others got up to their larks, and now and then
  • turned on her back to float. Presently she went out and began drying
  • herself; she called to the others more or less peremptorily, and at last
  • only Philip was left in the water. He took the opportunity to have a good
  • hard swim. He was more used to the cold water this second morning, and he
  • revelled in its salt freshness; it rejoiced him to use his limbs freely,
  • and he covered the water with long, firm strokes. But Sally, with a towel
  • round her, went down to the water's edge.
  • "You're to come out this minute, Philip," she called, as though he were a
  • small boy under her charge.
  • And when, smiling with amusement at her authoritative way, he came towards
  • her, she upbraided him.
  • "It is naughty of you to stay in so long. Your lips are quite blue, and
  • just look at your teeth, they're chattering."
  • "All right. I'll come out."
  • She had never talked to him in that manner before. It was as though what
  • had happened gave her a sort of right over him, and she looked upon him as
  • a child to be cared for. In a few minutes they were dressed, and they
  • started to walk back. Sally noticed his hands.
  • "Just look, they're quite blue."
  • "Oh, that's all right. It's only the circulation. I shall get the blood
  • back in a minute."
  • "Give them to me."
  • She took his hands in hers and rubbed them, first one and then the other,
  • till the colour returned. Philip, touched and puzzled, watched her. He
  • could not say anything to her on account of the children, and he did not
  • meet her eyes; but he was sure they did not avoid his purposely, it just
  • happened that they did not meet. And during the day there was nothing in
  • her behaviour to suggest a consciousness in her that anything had passed
  • between them. Perhaps she was a little more talkative than usual. When
  • they were all sitting again in the hop-field she told her mother how
  • naughty Philip had been in not coming out of the water till he was blue
  • with cold. It was incredible, and yet it seemed that the only effect of
  • the incident of the night before was to arouse in her a feeling of
  • protection towards him: she had the same instinctive desire to mother him
  • as she had with regard to her brothers and sisters.
  • It was not till the evening that he found himself alone with her. She was
  • cooking the supper, and Philip was sitting on the grass by the side of the
  • fire. Mrs. Athelny had gone down to the village to do some shopping, and
  • the children were scattered in various pursuits of their own. Philip
  • hesitated to speak. He was very nervous. Sally attended to her business
  • with serene competence and she accepted placidly the silence which to him
  • was so embarrassing. He did not know how to begin. Sally seldom spoke
  • unless she was spoken to or had something particular to say. At last he
  • could not bear it any longer.
  • "You're not angry with me, Sally?" he blurted out suddenly.
  • She raised her eyes quietly and looked at him without emotion.
  • "Me? No. Why should I be?"
  • He was taken aback and did not reply. She took the lid off the pot,
  • stirred the contents, and put it on again. A savoury smell spread over the
  • air. She looked at him once more, with a quiet smile which barely
  • separated her lips; it was more a smile of the eyes.
  • "I always liked you," she said.
  • His heart gave a great thump against his ribs, and he felt the blood
  • rushing to his cheeks. He forced a faint laugh.
  • "I didn't know that."
  • "That's because you're a silly."
  • "I don't know why you liked me."
  • "I don't either." She put a little more wood on the fire. "I knew I liked
  • you that day you came when you'd been sleeping out and hadn't had anything
  • to eat, d'you remember? And me and mother, we got Thorpy's bed ready for
  • you."
  • He flushed again, for he did not know that she was aware of that incident.
  • He remembered it himself with horror and shame.
  • "That's why I wouldn't have anything to do with the others. You remember
  • that young fellow mother wanted me to have? I let him come to tea because
  • he bothered so, but I knew I'd say no."
  • Philip was so surprised that he found nothing to say. There was a queer
  • feeling in his heart; he did not know what it was, unless it was
  • happiness. Sally stirred the pot once more.
  • "I wish those children would make haste and come. I don't know where
  • they've got to. Supper's ready now."
  • "Shall I go and see if I can find them?" said Philip.
  • It was a relief to talk about practical things.
  • "Well, it wouldn't be a bad idea, I must say.... There's mother coming."
  • Then, as he got up, she looked at him without embarrassment.
  • "Shall I come for a walk with you tonight when I've put the children to
  • bed?"
  • "Yes."
  • "Well, you wait for me down by the stile, and I'll come when I'm ready."
  • He waited under the stars, sitting on the stile, and the hedges with their
  • ripening blackberries were high on each side of him. From the earth rose
  • rich scents of the night, and the air was soft and still. His heart was
  • beating madly. He could not understand anything of what happened to him.
  • He associated passion with cries and tears and vehemence, and there was
  • nothing of this in Sally; but he did not know what else but passion could
  • have caused her to give herself. But passion for him? He would not have
  • been surprised if she had fallen to her cousin, Peter Gann, tall, spare,
  • and straight, with his sunburned face and long, easy stride. Philip
  • wondered what she saw in him. He did not know if she loved him as he
  • reckoned love. And yet? He was convinced of her purity. He had a vague
  • inkling that many things had combined, things that she felt though was
  • unconscious of, the intoxication of the air and the hops and the night,
  • the healthy instincts of the natural woman, a tenderness that overflowed,
  • and an affection that had in it something maternal and something sisterly;
  • and she gave all she had to give because her heart was full of charity.
  • He heard a step on the road, and a figure came out of the darkness.
  • "Sally," he murmured.
  • She stopped and came to the stile, and with her came sweet, clean odours
  • of the country-side. She seemed to carry with her scents of the new-mown
  • hay, and the savour of ripe hops, and the freshness of young grass. Her
  • lips were soft and full against his, and her lovely, strong body was firm
  • within his arms.
  • "Milk and honey," he said. "You're like milk and honey."
  • He made her close her eyes and kissed her eyelids, first one and then the
  • other. Her arm, strong and muscular, was bare to the elbow; he passed his
  • hand over it and wondered at its beauty; it gleamed in the darkness; she
  • had the skin that Rubens painted, astonishingly fair and transparent, and
  • on one side were little golden hairs. It was the arm of a Saxon goddess;
  • but no immortal had that exquisite, homely naturalness; and Philip thought
  • of a cottage garden with the dear flowers which bloom in all men's hearts,
  • of the hollyhock and the red and white rose which is called York and
  • Lancaster, and of love--in-a-mist and Sweet William, and honeysuckle,
  • larkspur, and London Pride.
  • "How can you care for me?" he said. "I'm insignificant and crippled and
  • ordinary and ugly."
  • She took his face in both her hands and kissed his lips.
  • "You're an old silly, that's what you are," she said.
  • CXXI
  • When the hops were picked, Philip with the news in his pocket that he had
  • got the appointment as assistant house-physician at St. Luke's,
  • accompanied the Athelnys back to London. He took modest rooms in
  • Westminster and at the beginning of October entered upon his duties. The
  • work was interesting and varied; every day he learned something new; he
  • felt himself of some consequence; and he saw a good deal of Sally. He
  • found life uncommonly pleasant. He was free about six, except on the days
  • on which he had out-patients, and then he went to the shop at which Sally
  • worked to meet her when she came out. There were several young men, who
  • hung about opposite the 'trade entrance' or a little further along, at the
  • first corner; and the girls, coming out two and two or in little groups,
  • nudged one another and giggled as they recognised them. Sally in her plain
  • black dress looked very different from the country lass who had picked
  • hops side by side with him. She walked away from the shop quickly, but she
  • slackened her pace when they met, and greeted him with her quiet smile.
  • They walked together through the busy street. He talked to her of his work
  • at the hospital, and she told him what she had been doing in the shop that
  • day. He came to know the names of the girls she worked with. He found that
  • Sally had a restrained, but keen, sense of the ridiculous, and she made
  • remarks about the girls or the men who were set over them which amused him
  • by their unexpected drollery. She had a way of saying a thing which was
  • very characteristic, quite gravely, as though there were nothing funny in
  • it at all, and yet it was so sharp-sighted that Philip broke into
  • delighted laughter. Then she would give him a little glance in which the
  • smiling eyes showed she was not unaware of her own humour. They met with
  • a handshake and parted as formally. Once Philip asked her to come and have
  • tea with him in his rooms, but she refused.
  • "No, I won't do that. It would look funny."
  • Never a word of love passed between them. She seemed not to desire
  • anything more than the companionship of those walks. Yet Philip was
  • positive that she was glad to be with him. She puzzled him as much as she
  • had done at the beginning. He did not begin to understand her conduct; but
  • the more he knew her the fonder he grew of her; she was competent and self
  • controlled, and there was a charming honesty in her: you felt that you
  • could rely upon her in every circumstance.
  • "You are an awfully good sort," he said to her once a propos of nothing
  • at all.
  • "I expect I'm just the same as everyone else," she answered.
  • He knew that he did not love her. It was a great affection that he felt
  • for her, and he liked her company; it was curiously soothing; and he had
  • a feeling for her which seemed to him ridiculous to entertain towards a
  • shop-girl of nineteen: he respected her. And he admired her magnificent
  • healthiness. She was a splendid animal, without defect; and physical
  • perfection filled him always with admiring awe. She made him feel
  • unworthy.
  • Then, one day, about three weeks after they had come back to London as
  • they walked together, he noticed that she was unusually silent. The
  • serenity of her expression was altered by a slight line between the
  • eyebrows: it was the beginning of a frown.
  • "What's the matter, Sally?" he asked.
  • She did not look at him, but straight in front of her, and her colour
  • darkened.
  • "I don't know."
  • He understood at once what she meant. His heart gave a sudden, quick beat,
  • and he felt the colour leave his cheeks.
  • "What d'you mean? Are you afraid that... ?"
  • He stopped. He could not go on. The possibility that anything of the sort
  • could happen had never crossed his mind. Then he saw that her lips were
  • trembling, and she was trying not to cry.
  • "I'm not certain yet. Perhaps it'll be all right."
  • They walked on in silence till they came to the corner of Chancery Lane,
  • where he always left her. She held out her hand and smiled.
  • "Don't worry about it yet. Let's hope for the best."
  • He walked away with a tumult of thoughts in his head. What a fool he had
  • been! That was the first thing that struck him, an abject, miserable fool,
  • and he repeated it to himself a dozen times in a rush of angry feeling. He
  • despised himself. How could he have got into such a mess? But at the same
  • time, for his thoughts chased one another through his brain and yet seemed
  • to stand together, in a hopeless confusion, like the pieces of a jig-saw
  • puzzle seen in a nightmare, he asked himself what he was going to do.
  • Everything was so clear before him, all he had aimed at so long within
  • reach at last, and now his inconceivable stupidity had erected this new
  • obstacle. Philip had never been able to surmount what he acknowledged was
  • a defect in his resolute desire for a well ordered life, and that was his
  • passion for living in the future; and no sooner was he settled in his work
  • at the hospital than he had busied himself with arrangements for his
  • travels. In the past he had often tried not to think too circumstantially
  • of his plans for the future, it was only discouraging; but now that his
  • goal was so near he saw no harm in giving away to a longing that was so
  • difficult to resist. First of all he meant to go to Spain. That was the
  • land of his heart; and by now he was imbued with its spirit, its romance
  • and colour and history and grandeur; he felt that it had a message for him
  • in particular which no other country could give. He knew the fine old
  • cities already as though he had trodden their tortuous streets from
  • childhood. Cordova, Seville, Toledo, Leon, Tarragona, Burgos. The great
  • painters of Spain were the painters of his soul, and his pulse beat
  • quickly as he pictured his ecstasy on standing face to face with those
  • works which were more significant than any others to his own tortured,
  • restless heart. He had read the great poets, more characteristic of their
  • race than the poets of other lands; for they seemed to have drawn their
  • inspiration not at all from the general currents of the world's literature
  • but directly from the torrid, scented plains and the bleak mountains of
  • their country. A few short months now, and he would hear with his own ears
  • all around him the language which seemed most apt for grandeur of soul and
  • passion. His fine taste had given him an inkling that Andalusia was too
  • soft and sensuous, a little vulgar even, to satisfy his ardour; and his
  • imagination dwelt more willingly among the wind-swept distances of Castile
  • and the rugged magnificence of Aragon and Leon. He did not know quite what
  • those unknown contacts would give him, but he felt that he would gather
  • from them a strength and a purpose which would make him more capable of
  • affronting and comprehending the manifold wonders of places more distant
  • and more strange.
  • For this was only a beginning. He had got into communication with the
  • various companies which took surgeons out on their ships, and knew exactly
  • what were their routes, and from men who had been on them what were the
  • advantages and disadvantages of each line. He put aside the Orient and the
  • P. & O. It was difficult to get a berth with them; and besides their
  • passenger traffic allowed the medical officer little freedom; but there
  • were other services which sent large tramps on leisurely expeditions to
  • the East, stopping at all sorts of ports for various periods, from a day
  • or two to a fortnight, so that you had plenty of time, and it was often
  • possible to make a trip inland. The pay was poor and the food no more than
  • adequate, so that there was not much demand for the posts, and a man with
  • a London degree was pretty sure to get one if he applied. Since there were
  • no passengers other than a casual man or so, shipping on business from
  • some out-of-the-way port to another, the life on board was friendly and
  • pleasant. Philip knew by heart the list of places at which they touched;
  • and each one called up in him visions of tropical sunshine, and magic
  • colour, and of a teeming, mysterious, intense life. Life! That was what he
  • wanted. At last he would come to close quarters with Life. And perhaps,
  • from Tokyo or Shanghai it would be possible to tranship into some other
  • line and drip down to the islands of the South Pacific. A doctor was
  • useful anywhere. There might be an opportunity to go up country in Burmah,
  • and what rich jungles in Sumatra or Borneo might he not visit? He was
  • young still and time was no object to him. He had no ties in England, no
  • friends; he could go up and down the world for years, learning the beauty
  • and the wonder and the variedness of life.
  • Now this thing had come. He put aside the possibility that Sally was
  • mistaken; he felt strangely certain that she was right; after all, it was
  • so likely; anyone could see that Nature had built her to be the mother of
  • children. He knew what he ought to do. He ought not to let the incident
  • divert him a hair's breadth from his path. He thought of Griffiths; he
  • could easily imagine with what indifference that young man would have
  • received such a piece of news; he would have thought it an awful nuisance
  • and would at once have taken to his heels, like a wise fellow; he would
  • have left the girl to deal with her troubles as best she could. Philip
  • told himself that if this had happened it was because it was inevitable.
  • He was no more to blame than Sally; she was a girl who knew the world and
  • the facts of life, and she had taken the risk with her eyes open. It would
  • be madness to allow such an accident to disturb the whole pattern of his
  • life. He was one of the few people who was acutely conscious of the
  • transitoriness of life, and how necessary it was to make the most of it.
  • He would do what he could for Sally; he could afford to give her a
  • sufficient sum of money. A strong man would never allow himself to be
  • turned from his purpose.
  • Philip said all this to himself, but he knew he could not do it. He simply
  • could not. He knew himself.
  • "I'm so damned weak," he muttered despairingly.
  • She had trusted him and been kind to him. He simply could not do a thing
  • which, notwithstanding all his reason, he felt was horrible. He knew he
  • would have no peace on his travels if he had the thought constantly with
  • him that she was wretched. Besides, there were her father and mother: they
  • had always treated him well; it was not possible to repay them with
  • ingratitude. The only thing was to marry Sally as quickly as possible. He
  • would write to Doctor South, tell him he was going to be married at once,
  • and say that if his offer still held he was willing to accept it. That
  • sort of practice, among poor people, was the only one possible for him;
  • there his deformity did not matter, and they would not sneer at the simple
  • manners of his wife. It was curious to think of her as his wife, it gave
  • him a queer, soft feeling; and a wave of emotion spread over him as he
  • thought of the child which was his. He had little doubt that Doctor South
  • would be glad to have him, and he pictured to himself the life he would
  • lead with Sally in the fishing village. They would have a little house
  • within sight of the sea, and he would watch the mighty ships passing to
  • the lands he would never know. Perhaps that was the wisest thing. Cronshaw
  • had told him that the facts of life mattered nothing to him who by the
  • power of fancy held in fee the twin realms of space and time. It was true.
  • Forever wilt thou love and she be fair!
  • His wedding present to his wife would be all his high hopes.
  • Self-sacrifice! Philip was uplifted by its beauty, and all through the
  • evening he thought of it. He was so excited that he could not read. He
  • seemed to be driven out of his rooms into the streets, and he walked up
  • and down Birdcage Walk, his heart throbbing with joy. He could hardly bear
  • his impatience. He wanted to see Sally's happiness when he made her his
  • offer, and if it had not been so late he would have gone to her there and
  • then. He pictured to himself the long evenings he would spend with Sally
  • in the cosy sitting-room, the blinds undrawn so that they could watch the
  • sea; he with his books, while she bent over her work, and the shaded lamp
  • made her sweet face more fair. They would talk over the growing child, and
  • when she turned her eyes to his there was in them the light of love. And
  • the fishermen and their wives who were his patients would come to feel a
  • great affection for them, and they in their turn would enter into the
  • pleasures and pains of those simple lives. But his thoughts returned to
  • the son who would be his and hers. Already he felt in himself a passionate
  • devotion to it. He thought of passing his hands over his little perfect
  • limbs, he knew he would be beautiful; and he would make over to him all
  • his dreams of a rich and varied life. And thinking over the long
  • pilgrimage of his past he accepted it joyfully. He accepted the deformity
  • which had made life so hard for him; he knew that it had warped his
  • character, but now he saw also that by reason of it he had acquired that
  • power of introspection which had given him so much delight. Without it he
  • would never have had his keen appreciation of beauty, his passion for art
  • and literature, and his interest in the varied spectacle of life. The
  • ridicule and the contempt which had so often been heaped upon him had
  • turned his mind inward and called forth those flowers which he felt would
  • never lose their fragrance. Then he saw that the normal was the rarest
  • thing in the world. Everyone had some defect, of body or of mind: he
  • thought of all the people he had known (the whole world was like a
  • sick-house, and there was no rhyme or reason in it), he saw a long
  • procession, deformed in body and warped in mind, some with illness of the
  • flesh, weak hearts or weak lungs, and some with illness of the spirit,
  • languor of will, or a craving for liquor. At this moment he could feel a
  • holy compassion for them all. They were the helpless instruments of blind
  • chance. He could pardon Griffiths for his treachery and Mildred for the
  • pain she had caused him. They could not help themselves. The only
  • reasonable thing was to accept the good of men and be patient with their
  • faults. The words of the dying God crossed his memory:
  • Forgive them, for they know not what they do.
  • CXXII
  • He had arranged to meet Sally on Saturday in the National Gallery. She was
  • to come there as soon as she was released from the shop and had agreed to
  • lunch with him. Two days had passed since he had seen her, and his
  • exultation had not left him for a moment. It was because he rejoiced in
  • the feeling that he had not attempted to see her. He had repeated to
  • himself exactly what he would say to her and how he should say it. Now his
  • impatience was unbearable. He had written to Doctor South and had in his
  • pocket a telegram from him received that morning: "Sacking the mumpish
  • fool. When will you come?" Philip walked along Parliament Street. It was
  • a fine day, and there was a bright, frosty sun which made the light dance
  • in the street. It was crowded. There was a tenuous mist in the distance,
  • and it softened exquisitely the noble lines of the buildings. He crossed
  • Trafalgar Square. Suddenly his heart gave a sort of twist in his body; he
  • saw a woman in front of him who he thought was Mildred. She had the same
  • figure, and she walked with that slight dragging of the feet which was so
  • characteristic of her. Without thinking, but with a beating heart, he
  • hurried till he came alongside, and then, when the woman turned, he saw it
  • was someone unknown to him. It was the face of a much older person, with
  • a lined, yellow skin. He slackened his pace. He was infinitely relieved,
  • but it was not only relief that he felt; it was disappointment too; he was
  • seized with horror of himself. Would he never be free from that passion?
  • At the bottom of his heart, notwithstanding everything, he felt that a
  • strange, desperate thirst for that vile woman would always linger. That
  • love had caused him so much suffering that he knew he would never, never
  • quite be free of it. Only death could finally assuage his desire.
  • But he wrenched the pang from his heart. He thought of Sally, with her
  • kind blue eyes; and his lips unconsciously formed themselves into a smile.
  • He walked up the steps of the National Gallery and sat down in the first
  • room, so that he should see her the moment she came in. It always
  • comforted him to get among pictures. He looked at none in particular, but
  • allowed the magnificence of their colour, the beauty of their lines, to
  • work upon his soul. His imagination was busy with Sally. It would be
  • pleasant to take her away from that London in which she seemed an unusual
  • figure, like a cornflower in a shop among orchids and azaleas; he had
  • learned in the Kentish hop-field that she did not belong to the town; and
  • he was sure that she would blossom under the soft skies of Dorset to a
  • rarer beauty. She came in, and he got up to meet her. She was in black,
  • with white cuffs at her wrists and a lawn collar round her neck. They
  • shook hands.
  • "Have you been waiting long?"
  • "No. Ten minutes. Are you hungry?"
  • "Not very."
  • "Let's sit here for a bit, shall we?"
  • "If you like."
  • They sat quietly, side by side, without speaking. Philip enjoyed having
  • her near him. He was warmed by her radiant health. A glow of life seemed
  • like an aureole to shine about her.
  • "Well, how have you been?" he said at last, with a little smile.
  • "Oh, it's all right. It was a false alarm."
  • "Was it?"
  • "Aren't you glad?"
  • An extraordinary sensation filled him. He had felt certain that Sally's
  • suspicion was well-founded; it had never occurred to him for an instant
  • that there was a possibility of error. All his plans were suddenly
  • overthrown, and the existence, so elaborately pictured, was no more than
  • a dream which would never be realised. He was free once more. Free! He
  • need give up none of his projects, and life still was in his hands for him
  • to do what he liked with. He felt no exhilaration, but only dismay. His
  • heart sank. The future stretched out before him in desolate emptiness. It
  • was as though he had sailed for many years over a great waste of waters,
  • with peril and privation, and at last had come upon a fair haven, but as
  • he was about to enter, some contrary wind had arisen and drove him out
  • again into the open sea; and because he had let his mind dwell on these
  • soft meads and pleasant woods of the land, the vast deserts of the ocean
  • filled him with anguish. He could not confront again the loneliness and
  • the tempest. Sally looked at him with her clear eyes.
  • "Aren't you glad?" she asked again. "I thought you'd be as pleased as
  • Punch."
  • He met her gaze haggardly. "I'm not sure," he muttered.
  • "You are funny. Most men would."
  • He realised that he had deceived himself; it was no self-sacrifice that
  • had driven him to think of marrying, but the desire for a wife and a home
  • and love; and now that it all seemed to slip through his fingers he was
  • seized with despair. He wanted all that more than anything in the world.
  • What did he care for Spain and its cities, Cordova, Toledo, Leon; what to
  • him were the pagodas of Burmah and the lagoons of South Sea Islands?
  • America was here and now. It seemed to him that all his life he had
  • followed the ideals that other people, by their words or their writings,
  • had instilled into him, and never the desires of his own heart. Always his
  • course had been swayed by what he thought he should do and never by what
  • he wanted with his whole soul to do. He put all that aside now with a
  • gesture of impatience. He had lived always in the future, and the present
  • always, always had slipped through his fingers. His ideals? He thought of
  • his desire to make a design, intricate and beautiful, out of the myriad,
  • meaningless facts of life: had he not seen also that the simplest pattern,
  • that in which a man was born, worked, married, had children, and died, was
  • likewise the most perfect? It might be that to surrender to happiness was
  • to accept defeat, but it was a defeat better than many victories.
  • He glanced quickly at Sally, he wondered what she was thinking, and then
  • looked away again.
  • "I was going to ask you to marry me," he said.
  • "I thought p'raps you might, but I shouldn't have liked to stand in your
  • way."
  • "You wouldn't have done that."
  • "How about your travels, Spain and all that?"
  • "How d'you know I want to travel?"
  • "I ought to know something about it. I've heard you and Dad talk about it
  • till you were blue in the face."
  • "I don't care a damn about all that." He paused for an instant and then
  • spoke in a low, hoarse whisper. "I don't want to leave you! I can't leave
  • you."
  • She did not answer. He could not tell what she thought.
  • "I wonder if you'll marry me, Sally."
  • She did not move and there was no flicker of emotion on her face, but she
  • did not look at him when she answered.
  • "If you like."
  • "Don't you want to?"
  • "Oh, of course I'd like to have a house of my own, and it's about time I
  • was settling down."
  • He smiled a little. He knew her pretty well by now, and her manner did not
  • surprise him.
  • "But don't you want to marry ME?"
  • "There's no one else I would marry."
  • "Then that settles it."
  • "Mother and Dad will be surprised, won't they?"
  • "I'm so happy."
  • "I want my lunch," she said.
  • "Dear!"
  • He smiled and took her hand and pressed it. They got up and walked out of
  • the gallery. They stood for a moment at the balustrade and looked at
  • Trafalgar Square. Cabs and omnibuses hurried to and fro, and crowds
  • passed, hastening in every direction, and the sun was shining.
  • End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Of Human Bondage, by W. Somerset Maugham
  • *** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OF HUMAN BONDAGE ***
  • ***** This file should be named 351.txt or 351.zip *****
  • This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
  • http://www.gutenberg.org/3/5/351/
  • Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
  • will be renamed.
  • Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
  • one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
  • (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
  • permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
  • set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
  • copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
  • protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
  • Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
  • charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
  • do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
  • rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
  • such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
  • research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
  • practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
  • subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
  • redistribution.
  • *** START: FULL LICENSE ***
  • THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
  • PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
  • To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
  • distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
  • (or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
  • Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
  • http://gutenberg.net/license).
  • Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic works
  • 1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
  • and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
  • (trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
  • the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
  • all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
  • If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
  • terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
  • entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
  • 1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
  • used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
  • agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
  • things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
  • even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
  • paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
  • and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works. See paragraph 1.E below.
  • 1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
  • or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
  • collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
  • individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
  • located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
  • copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
  • works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
  • are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
  • freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
  • this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
  • the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
  • keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
  • 1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
  • what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
  • a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
  • the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
  • before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
  • creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
  • Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
  • the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
  • States.
  • 1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
  • 1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
  • access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
  • whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
  • phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
  • Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
  • copied or distributed:
  • This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
  • almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
  • re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
  • with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.net
  • 1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
  • from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
  • posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
  • and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
  • or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
  • with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
  • work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
  • through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
  • Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
  • 1.E.9.
  • 1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
  • with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
  • must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
  • terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
  • to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
  • permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
  • 1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
  • work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
  • 1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
  • electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
  • prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
  • active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License.
  • 1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
  • compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
  • word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
  • distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
  • "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
  • posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.net),
  • you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
  • copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
  • request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
  • form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
  • 1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
  • performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
  • unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
  • 1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
  • access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
  • that
  • - You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
  • the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
  • you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
  • owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
  • has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
  • Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
  • must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
  • prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
  • returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
  • sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
  • address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
  • the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
  • - You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
  • you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
  • does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License. You must require such a user to return or
  • destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
  • and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
  • Project Gutenberg-tm works.
  • - You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
  • money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
  • electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
  • of receipt of the work.
  • - You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
  • distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
  • 1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
  • forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
  • both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
  • Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
  • Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
  • 1.F.
  • 1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
  • effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
  • public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
  • collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
  • "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
  • corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
  • property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
  • computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
  • your equipment.
  • 1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
  • of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
  • Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
  • liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
  • fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
  • LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
  • PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
  • TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
  • LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
  • INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
  • DAMAGE.
  • 1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
  • defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
  • receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
  • written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
  • received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
  • your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
  • the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
  • refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
  • providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
  • receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
  • is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
  • opportunities to fix the problem.
  • 1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
  • in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
  • WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
  • WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
  • 1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
  • warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
  • If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
  • law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
  • interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
  • the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
  • provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
  • 1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
  • trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
  • providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
  • with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
  • promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
  • harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
  • that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
  • or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
  • work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
  • Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
  • Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
  • Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
  • electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
  • including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
  • because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
  • people in all walks of life.
  • Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
  • assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
  • goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
  • remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
  • Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
  • and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
  • To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
  • and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
  • and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
  • Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
  • Foundation
  • The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
  • 501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
  • state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
  • Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
  • number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
  • http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
  • Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
  • permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
  • The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
  • Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
  • throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
  • 809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
  • business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
  • information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
  • page at http://pglaf.org
  • For additional contact information:
  • Dr. Gregory B. Newby
  • Chief Executive and Director
  • gbnewby@pglaf.org
  • Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
  • Literary Archive Foundation
  • Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
  • spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
  • increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
  • freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
  • array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
  • ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
  • status with the IRS.
  • The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
  • charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
  • States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
  • considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
  • with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
  • where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
  • SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
  • particular state visit http://pglaf.org
  • While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
  • have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
  • against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
  • approach us with offers to donate.
  • International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
  • any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
  • outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
  • Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
  • methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
  • ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
  • donations. To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
  • Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works.
  • Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
  • concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
  • with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
  • Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
  • Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
  • editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
  • unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
  • keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
  • Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
  • http://www.gutenberg.net
  • This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
  • including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
  • Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
  • subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.